NACHI Full - Catalog - Small - Rev PDF

Using the NACHI Standard Hydraulic Equipment Catalog
As a comprehensive manufacturer of a full range of hydraulic equipment, Nachi-Fujikoshi manufactures, markets,

and provides a wide range of other services for a full lineup of outstanding products.
This general catalog introduces standard hydraulic equipment that has been carefully selected from the wide
range of products manufactured by Nachi-Fujikoshi. We hope that this catalog will be of assistance in planning
your hydraulic system and for providing some guidelines for your inquiries about Nachi-Fujikoshi products.
ɵ,QWHUSUHWLQJ0RGHO1XPEHUV
0RGHOQXPEHUVDUHDVVLJQHGLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK1DFKL)XMLNRVKLVWDQGDUGVDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ
A change in the right digit of the design number indicates there is no component compatibility.
However, installation method compatibility still exists. This is subject to change without notice.
ɵ8VLQJWKH0RGHO1XPEHU,QGH[
7KH0RGHO1XPEHU,QGH[DWWKHEDFNRIWKLVFDWDORJOLVWVWKHPRGHOQXPEHUVIRU1$&+,VWDQGDUGK\GUDXOLF
HTXLSPHQW8VHWKHLQGH[ZKHQORRNLQJXSHTXLSPHQWGHWDLOV
,
Hydraulic Equipment and Device Safety Precautions
ɵ%HIRUH using any Nachi-Fujikoshi hydraulic equipment or device, carefully read the precautions and the "Handling" section for each of the standard
hydraulic equipment products.
ɵ3UHFDXWLRQV are classified according to the three types described below. All three indicate important information that you need to know to ensure
safety. Be sure to read all precautions and carefully follow the advice that they provide.
Danger 7KLV type of precaution indicates a condition in which incorrect handling creates the immediate risk of death or serious
personal injury.
Warning 7KLV type of precaution indicates a condition in which incorrect handling creates the risk of death or serious personal injury.
Caution 7KLV type of precaution indicates a condition in which incorrect handling creates the risk of personal injury or material
damage.
*Danger, Warning, and Caution precautions are not comprehensive. Other risks may exist, even though they are not specifically mentioned.
Before actually using any Nachi-Fujikoshi product, be sure to read its user documentation. You should use the product or device only after you
thoroughly understand its user documentation, always keeping safety first and foremost in your mind.
*Be sure that you always comply with the following laws in order to ensure safe operation of a product.
• +LJK3UHVVXUH*DV6DIHW\/DZ
2FFXSDWLRQDO6DIHW\DQG+HDOWK/DZ
• Fire Codes
ɵ+\GUDXOLF2SHUDWLQJ)OXLG3UHFDXWLRQV
• Use of improper hydraulic operating fluid creates the risk of malfunction and breakdown.
Danger Many hydraulic operating fluids are flammable, so do not use open flame and do not perform welding in the vicinity of hydraulic
devices and equipment. Failure to follow this precaution creates the risk of fire.
Use only anti-wear type hydraulic operating fluid that is ISO3448 viscosity grade VG32 to VG68. Never use any other type of
Caution hydraulic operating fluid or fluid that is contaminated with foreign matter. Always check your user documentation for information
before using non-mineral type hydraulic operating fluid (water based, synthetic, etc.)
Use the proper type of hydraulic operating fluid, ensuring that fluid temperature, viscosity, contaminant level, and other factors are
Caution all within their prescribed ranges. Using hydraulic operating fluid outside of its prescribed ranges creates the risk of fire due to
operational problems, mechanical damage, and fluid leaks.
Configure circuits and operate the system to ensure that the contamination level of the hydraulic operating fluid being used is
always within the manufacturer's recommended values. Check the contamination level and the condition of the filter at regular
Caution
intervals. Also periodically check hydraulic operating fluid for oxidation, deterioration, and moisture, and replace the hydraulic
operating fluid whenever these levels exceed the recommended values of the fluid manufacturer.
Whenever changing to another type of hydraulic operating fluid, be sure to thoroughly flush out the interior of the circuit. Never
Caution
mix hydraulic operating fluids of different types. Continued use creates the risk of malfunction of and damage to the equipment.
Make sure to avoid splashing hydraulic operating fluid on you and others. Should fluid get on your skin, wash the area
Caution
thoroughly with soap and water. Allowing hydraulic operating fluid to remain on the skin creates the risk of skin irritation.
Before replacing the hydraulic operating fluid, allow the fluid in the system to cool sufficiently. Hot fluid creates the risk of burn
Caution
injury.
Caution Allowing the hydraulic operating fluid level in the tank to become too low creates the risk of malfunction and breakdown.
ɵ3UHFDXWLRQVZKHQ3UHSDULQJIRUD7HVW5XQ
Warning Always leave product installation, removal, piping, wiring, and other work up to specialists.
Warning Never attempt any unauthorized modification of the hydraulic system or control circuit.
Warning Never attempt any unauthorized modification of the setting values of the pressure and flow rate adjusting devices.
Always check new hydraulic devices for looseness of internal components that may have occurred during shipment and check to
Caution
make sure that all components are fitted securely.
Whenever suspending a product, make sure that you use all of the attached eye plates or eye bolts. Using any other method (such
Caution
as using a single eye plate) to suspend the product creates the risk of it falling.
&KHFNLQJWKH3URGXFW0RGHO1XPEHU
In any atmosphere where there is the danger of explosion or fire, be sure to use only products that are designed for operation in
Danger
such atmospheres.
Whenever installing a valve, pump, or motor, check its plate and engravings to confirm that it is the proper type. In many cases you
Caution
cannot tell the difference between different hydraulic equipment types by their outward appearance only.
II
2. Product Handling
Never climb onto, strike, tip over, or apply excessive force to a product. Doing so creates the risk of malfunction, damage,
Caution
fluid leaks, etc.
Caution Wipe up any hydraulic operating fluid that gets on the product or floor. Failure to do so creates the risk of personal injury due to
the product slipping out of your hand and falling, and due to someone slipping on the fluid left on the floor.
3. External Piping
• Be sure to perform sufficient flushing.
• Anchor pipe supports to a secure surface.
Caution
• Use pipe that has sufficient pressure rating. The rated pressure of the pipe should be double the pressure that you plan to be using.
• The finish of the O-ring seal surface should be within the equivalent of 6.3S. Make sure there are no cracks, etc.
4. Electrical
Leave all electrical work up to a qualified professional. Be sure to turn off power before performing electrical work. Failure to do
Warning
so creates the risk of electric shock.
Failure to check the condition of the gate valve and relief valve when checking the rotation direction of a hydraulic pump creates
Warning
the risk of accident, malfunction, and breakdown.
5. Coupling Alignment
Though motor and pump shaft alignment is checked at the factory prior to shipment, they may go out of alignment during
Caution
shipping or due to installation conditions. Because of this, you should always check for proper alignment during the test run.
6. Valve, Pump, and Motor Installation
Make sure installation holes and surfaces are clean. Insufficient bolt tightening torque can allow fluid to leak, creating the
Caution
risk of fire.
Whenever installing a product, always use bolts of the specified strength and specified number, and tighten them to the specified
Caution torque. Failure to observer proper specified values during installation creates the risk of fire due to malfunction, mechanical
damage, and hydraulic fluid leaks.
During installation and removal, never strike the pump shaft or motor shaft with a hammer or otherwise subject them to impact.
Caution
Doing so can damage the product.
In the case of a pump or motor that requires a drain pipe, the drain pipe that is used should not allow the pressure inside the
casing to exceed the specified value. In the case of a pump or motor structure where operating fluid needs to be filled within
Caution the casing during operation, use a drain pipe that constantly replenishes operating fluid but does not allow air to collect inside of
the casing. The drain pipe also should not let the level of operating fluid inside of the case to drop (does not allow fulid to return
to the tank) during long periods of non-operation.
7. High-pressure Restrictions
When using a pump that does not have a pressure compensation function (with maximum pressure adjustment), be sure to install
Warning
a hydraulic circuit maximum pressure regulating relief valve near the pump discharge side.
8. Using an Accumulator
When using an accumulator, use only nitrogen gas. Be sure to read and understand all pertinent user documentation before using
Warning
an accumulator.
Warning Never attempt to modify an accumulator by mechanical processing or welding.
9. Fluid Supply
Supply fluid up to the standard quantity through the prescribed oil supply port. Take care to ensure that no foreign matter or
Caution moisture contaminates the fluid. Also, check to make sure that the standard oil quantity is maintained even when the actuator
is operated.
ɵ3UHFDXWLRQV'XULQJD7HVW5un
Warning Authorized personnel only should be allowed in the vicinity of hydraulic devices during operation. Never touch devices
during operation.
Warning Never remove covers of rotating parts or operate hydraulic devices with covers open.
Warning Before turning on the power supply, first check to make sure that all operation switches are off.
Caution Start up a pump while it is in the no-load state, and check to make sure that the rotation direction is correct.
Caution Valves, pumps, and motor casings can become very hot during operation. Do not touch them.
Should you ever notice abnormal noise, abnormal heat, abnormal vibration, leaking oil, smoke, abnormal odor, or any other
abnormal operation in a valve, pump, or motor, immediately shut down operation and take the necessary steps to correct the
Caution condition. Installation of sensors designed to detect abnormalities is recommended. Continued use under the above conditions
creates the risk of damage, fire, and personal injury.
III
+\GUDXOLF3XPS2SHUDWLRQ
%HIRUHVWDUWLQJRSHUDWLRQFKHFNWRPDNHVXUHWKDWDOOVWRSYDOYHVDUHFRUUHFWO\RSHQRUFORVHGDVUHTXLUHG3DUWLFXODUDWWHQWLRQLV
:DUQLQJ UHTXLUHGLQWKHFDVHRIWKHVXFWLRQOLQHDQGUHWXUQOLQH
7KRXJKWKHUHLVVRPHYLEUDWLRQGXULQJQRUPDORSHUDWLRQH[WUHPHYLEUDWLRQPD\LQGLFDWHDGHIHFWLYHILWWLQJ&RQWLQXHGXVHFUHDWHV
&DXWLRQ WKHULVNRIDFFLGHQWRUEUHDNGRZQ
8VHDFXUUHQWPHWHUWRFKHFNIRUDEQRUPDOO\KLJKORDGVRQWKHPRWRU$ODUJHORDGFDQLQGLFDWHDGHIHFWLYHILWWLQJVWLFNLQJHWF
&DXWLRQ &RUUHFWWKHDEQRUPDOLW\EHIRUHRSHUDWLQJWKHSXPS
3ULPLQJ$LU%OHHGLQJ
:DUQLQJ 6HWWKHSUHVVXUHWRDYDOXHWKDWGRHVQRWRSHUDWHWKHDFWXDWRUQRUPDOO\WRSVL3HUIRUPRSHUDWLRQFDUHIXOO\ZKLOH

PRQLWRULQJWKHSUHVVXUHZLWKDSUHVVXUHJDXJH
:KHQEOHHGLQJDLUZKLOHWKHDFWXDWRULVEHLQJRSHUDWHGEHFDUHIXODERXWWKHPRYHPHQWRIWKHPDFKLQHU\6KXWGRZQWKHPDFKLQHU\
:DUQLQJ
LPPHGLDWHO\ZKHQHYHUWKHUHLVWKHGDQJHURIDFFLGHQW
&DXWLRQ 3HUIRUPLQJZRUNZKLOHRSHUDWLQJIOXLGLVEHORZWKHSUHVFULEHGOHYHORUXVLQJDPL[WXUHRIGLIIHUHQWW\SHVRIRSHUDWLQJIOXLGFUHDWHV
WKHULVNRIPDOIXQFWLRQRUEUHDNGRZQRIWKHSXPSRURWKHUGHYLFHV
$FWXDWRU2SHUDWLRQ
2SHUDWHWKHDFWXDWRUPDQXDOO\DWORZVSHHGIRULQLWLDORSHUDWLRQ:KLOHFDUHIXOO\REVHUYLQJWKHRSHUDWLRQRIWKHPDFKLQHSHUIRUP
:DUQLQJ FRQWLQXRXVRSHUDWLRQDQGDXWRPDWLFRSHUDWLRQ7U\LQJWRSHUIRUPFRQWLQXRXVRSHUDWLRQDQGDXWRPDWLFRSHUDWLRQIRUWKHLQLWLDO
RSHUDWLRQFUHDWHVWKHULVNRIXQH[SHFWHGDFFLGHQWDQGEUHDNGRZQ
&OHDQLQJWKH)LOWHU
&DXWLRQ 7KHILOWHUFDQEHFRPHFORJJHGULJKWIURPWKHILUVWWHVWUXQ%HVXUHWRZDWFKWKHILOWHULQGLFDWRUIRUVLJQVRIFORJJLQJ&RQWLQXHGXVH
RIDFORJJHGILOWHUFUHDWHVWKHULVNRIXQH[SHFWHGDFFLGHQWDQGEUHDNGRZQ
9DOYH&RQWURO
All Valves
:DUQLQJ 8VHYDOYHVZLWKLQWKHLUSUHVFULEHGPD[LPXPRSHUDWLQJSUHVVXUHVLQFOXGLQJVXUJHSUHVVXUH
:DUQLQJ 6XGGHQRSHUDWLRQRIWKHKDQGOHVFUHZLVGDQJHURXV%HVXUHWRXQORDGWKHYDOYHEHIRUHJUDGXDOO\LQFUHDVLQJSUHVVXUH1HYHUNHHS

DYDOYHDWDSUHVVXUHWKDWLVJUHDWHUWKDQLWVGHVLJQVSHFLILFDWLRQSUHVVXUHYDOXH
0DNHVXUH\RXXQGHUVWDQGWKHK\GUDXOLFFLUFXLWGLDJUDPDQGVZLWFKLQJYDOYHVWUXFWXUHDQGFKHFNWKHHOHFWULFDORSHUDWLRQFLUFXLW
:DUQLQJ DQGVROHQRLGYDOYHEHIRUHSHUIRUPLQJDQ\RSHUDWLRQ
$QLQFRUUHFWVZLWFKLQJGLUHFWLRQFDQFDXVHUHYHUVHRSHUDWLRQRIWKHDFWXDWRUDQGFUHDWHWKHULVNRIXQH[SHFWHGDFFLGHQWDQG
EUHDNGRZQ
:DUQLQJ 0DNHVXUH\RXXQGHUVWDQGWKHK\GUDXOLFFLUFXLWGLDJUDPDQGIORZFRQWUROYDOYHVWUXFWXUHEHIRUHSHUIRUPLQJDQ\RSHUDWLRQV
6XGGHQRSHUDWLRQFDQFKDQJHWKHRSHUDWLQJVSHHGRIWKHDFWXDWRUDQGFUHDWHWKHULVNRIXQH[SHFWHGDFFLGHQWRUEUHDNGRZQ
Solenoid Valves, Proportional Valves, Servo Valves
:DUQLQJ 8VHYDOYHVZLWKLQWKHLUSUHVFULEHGPD[LPXPRSHUDWLQJSUHVVXUHVLQFOXGLQJVXUJHSUHVVXUH
:DUQLQJ 1HYHUFKDUJHERWKFRLOVRIDGRXEOHVROHQRLGYDOYHDWWKHVDPHWLPH
&DXWLRQ 7KHSXPSFDVLQJDQGVROHQRLGFRLOVXUIDFHFDQEHFRPHYHU\KRW1HYHUWRXFKWKHP
&DXWLRQ %HVXUHWRXVHWKHDSSURSULDWHPRGHOLQHQYLURQPHQWVWKDWUHTXLUHZDWHUUHVLVWDQFH
ɵ0DLQWHQDQFH3UHFDXWLRQV'XULQJ1RUPDO'DLO\2SHUDWLRQ
2SHUDWLQJ)OXLG
,QRUGHUWRHQVXUHSURSHUSHUIRUPDQFHRIK\GUDXOLFGHYLFHVFKHFNWKHIOXLGWHPSHUDWXUHIOXLGOHYHODQGIOXLGFRORU
&DXWLRQ
IRUGLVFRORUDWLRQDQGGHWHULRUDWLRQHYHU\GD\$Q\DEQRUPDOLWLHVFUHDWHWKHULVNRIPDOIXQFWLRQDQGEUHDNGRZQ
:KLWHLVKIOXLGLQGLFDWHVWKDWZDWHUKDVFRQWDPLQDWHGWKHIOXLGDQGEODFNLVKIOXLGLQGLFDWHVWKDWWKHIOXLGKDVEHHQ
&DXWLRQ
VXEMHFWHGWRKLJKWHPSHUDWXUHV5HSODFHWKHRSHUDWLQJIOXLGZKHQHYHUWKHVHV\PSWRPVDUHQRWLFHG
2SHUDWLQJIOXLGWKDWLVEHORZWKHSUHVFULEHGOHYHOFDQFDXVHLPSURSHUSXPSVXFWLRQ.HHSIOXLGILOOHGWRSUHVFULEHGOHYHO
&DXWLRQ
$VLWLVXVHGIRUQRUPDORSHUDWLRQVRSHUDWLQJIOXLGGHWHULRUDWHVDQGJUDGXDOO\ORVHVLWVUXVWLQKLELWLQJOXEULFDWLRQDQG
&DXWLRQ IRDPLQKLELWLQJFKDUDFWHULVWLFV'HWHULRUDWHGRSHUDWLQJIOXLGFUHDWHVWKHULVNRIPDOIXQFWLRQDQGEUHDNGRZQ$VD
JHQHUDOUXOHUHSODFHRSHUDWLQJIOXLGDWOHDVWRQFHD\HDU
+\GUDXOLF3XPSV
$YHU\KRWK\GUDXOLFSXPSVXUIDFHLQGLFDWHVWKHSRVVLELOLW\RIPDOIXQFWLRQDQGEUHDNGRZQ,PPHGLDWHO\VKXWGRZQWKHSXPSDQG
&DXWLRQ
WDNHVWHSVWRFRUUHFWWKHSUREOHP
IV
3. Fluid Leaks
)OXLGOHDNLQJIURPZHOGHGSLSHVHDPVIURPDK\GUDXOLFSXPSIURPK\GUDXOLFPDFKLQHU\RUIURPRWKHUVRXUFHVFUHDWHVWKHULVNRI
:DUQLQJ VHULRXVDFFLGHQW$OZD\VEHRQWKHORRNRXWIRUSRVVLEOHOHDNV
4. Filters
&RQWLQXHGXVHRIDFORJJHGILOWHUFUHDWHVWKHULVNRIXQH[SHFWHGDFFLGHQWDQGEUHDNGRZQ5HSODFHDILOWHUDVVRRQDVSRVVLEOHDIWHU
Caution
LWVKRZVVLJQVRIFORJJLQJ1HYHURSHUDWHGHYLFHVZLWKILOWHUHOHPHQWVUHPRYHG
5. Pressure Gauges
$OZD\VEHVXUHWRWLJKWHQWKHJDXJHFRFNZKHQHYHU\RXGRQRWQHHGWRYLHZHUWKHSUHVVXUHJDXJH'HIOHFWLRQRIWKHQHHGOHFDQ
Caution GDPDJHWKHSUHVVXUHJDXJH
6. Tank Interior
$FWXDOWDQNLQVSHFWLRQQHHGVGHSHQGRQWKHFRQWDPLQDWLRQOHYHORIWKHRSHUDWLQJIOXLG$VDJHQHUDOUXOHWKHWDQNVKRXOGEH
Caution
HPSWLHGRIIOXLGDQGLWVLQWHULRULQVSHFWHGDQGFOHDQHGRQFHD\HDU
7. Hydraulic Devices
Caution 1HYHUDOORZFXWWLQJRLOJULQGLQJRLOFOLSSLQJVZDWHURURWKHUVLPLODUPDWWHUWRJHWRQK\GUDXOLFGHYLFHV
8. Coolers
)RUDZDWHUFRROHUDGMXVWWKHWHPSHUDWXUHDGMXVWLQJYDOYHWRNHHSWKHZDWHUWHPSHUDWXUHEHORZ)3URYLGHDIDQFRROHUWR
Caution
DOORZSURSHULQWDNHRXWIORZDQGIORZRIFRROLQJDLU
ɵHandling Precautions During Non-use
,IWKHV\VWHPZLOOQRWEHRSHUDWHGIRUORQJSHULRGVEHVXUHWRWDNHSURSHUDQWLUXVWPHDVXUHV
1RWRSHUDWLQJWKHV\VWHPIRUORQJSHULRGVZLWKRXWWDNLQJDQWLUXVWPHDVXUHVFUHDWHVWKHULVNRIPDOIXQFWLRQDQGEUHDNGRZQGXH
Caution to rust.
%HVXUHWRIOXVKWKHV\VWHPEHIRUHXVLQJLWDJDLQDIWHUDORQJSHULRGRIQRQXVH)DLOXUHWRIOXVKRXWUXVWLQKLELWRUVFUHDWHVWKHULVN
RIPDOIXQFWLRQDQGEUHDNGRZQ
ɵ'LVDVVHPEO\DQG,QVSHFWLRQ:RUN3UHFDXWLRQV
1HYHUDWWHPSWWRPRGLI\RUUHFRQILJXUHYDOYHVSXPSVRUPRWRUV'RLQJVRFDQFDXVHWKHPWRRSHUDWHDWOHYHOVWKDWDUHORZHUWKDQ
:DUQLQJ IRUZKLFKWKH\DUHGHVLJQHGDQGFUHDWHVWKHULVNRIPDOIXQFWLRQDQGEUHDNGRZQ
$OOGLVDVVHPEO\DQGLQVSHFWLRQZRUNVKRXOGEHOHIWXSWRSHUVRQVZKRSRVVHVVWKHUHTXLUHGVSHFLDONQRZOHGJHIRUVXFKZRUN
:DUQLQJ $WWHPSWLQJGLVDVVHPEO\ZLWKRXWWKHUHTXLUHGNQRZOHGJHFUHDWHVWKHULVNRIXQH[SHFWHGDFFLGHQW,QFRUUHFWO\SHUIRUPHGGLVDVVHPEO\
DQGLQVSHFWLRQZRUNFUHDWHVWKHULVNRIPDOIXQFWLRQDQGEUHDNGRZQ
%HIRUHVWDUWLQJGLVDVVHPEO\RUPDLQWHQDQFHZRUNPDNHVXUHWKDWDOOHOHFWULFDOEUHDNHUVDUHFXWRIIDQGXVHDQHOHFWURVFRSHWR
:DUQLQJ FKHFNIRUWKHSUHVHQFHRIHOHFWULFLW\)DLOXUHWRGRVRFUHDWHVWKHULVNRIXQH[SHFWHGDFFLGHQWWRDFWXDWRUIUHHUXQQLQJHOHFWULF
VKRFNHWF
:DUQLQJ 3HUIRUPLQJZRUNZKLOHWKHHOHFWULFDOFLUFXLWU\LVFKDUJHGFUHDWHVWKHULVNRIXQH[SHFWHGDFFLGHQWGXHWRHOHFWULFVKRFN
$OZD\VPDNHVXUHWRUHOHDVHDOOUHVLGXDOSUHVVXUHEHIRUHVWDUWLQJGLVDVVHPEO\ZRUN3HUIRUPLQJGLVDVVHPEO\ZRUNZLWKRXWUHOHDVLQJ
:DUQLQJ UHVLGXDOSUHVVXUHFUHDWHVWKHULVNRIDFFLGHQWGXHWRVSXUWLQJIOXLGDFWXDWRUIUHHUXQQLQJRUGURSSLQJDQGDOVRFUHDWHVWKHULVNRI
PDOIXQFWLRQDQGEUHDNGRZQ
$OZD\VSODFHYDOYHVSXPSVDQGPRWRUVRQDVHFXUHVXUIDFHDQGQHYHUSODFHWKHPRQWRSRIK\GUDXOLFPDFKLQHU\'RLQJVRFUHDWHV
Caution
WKHULVNRIGDPDJHWRWKHK\GUDXOLFPDFKLQHU\
Caution 1HYHUVWULNHRUGURSYDOYHVSXPSVRUPRWRUVDQGQHYHUVXEMHFWK\GUDXOLFHTXLSPHQWWRVWURQJH[WHUQDOIRUFH
'XULQJUHDVVHPEO\IDLOXUHWRWLJKWHQWRSURSHUWRUTXHVDQGFRQWDPLQDQWVJHWWLQJLQWRSLSLQJFUHDWHVWKHULVNRIPDOIXQFWLRQDQG
EUHDNGRZQ
Caution
7DNHFDUHWRHQVXUHWKDWWKHWLJKWHQLQJWRUTXHVRIK\GUDXOLFHTXLSPHQWDUHXQLIRUPDQGDWSUHVFULEHGOHYHOV
7DNHFDUHWKDWVHDOLQJPDWHULDOVZHOGLQJVFDOHVDQGRWKHUFRQWDPLQDQWVGRQRWJHWLQVLGHRISLSLQJ
$IWHUGLVDVVHPEO\DQGUHDVVHPEO\GRXEOHFKHFNWRPDNHVXUHWKDW\RXGLGQRWIRUJHWWRRSHQVWRSSHUYDOYHVDQGWKDW\RXKDYH
Caution SURSHUO\WLJKWHQHGDOOEROWVVWRSSHUSOXJVFRXSOLQJVDQGRWKHUUHTXLUHGSDUWVEHIRUHSHUIRUPLQJWKHILUVWRSHUDWLRQ
ɵ6WRUDJH3UHFDXWLRQV
Caution 6HDOVPD\QHHGWREHUHSODFHGEHIRUHXVLQJDSURGXFWIRUWKHILUVWWLPHDIWHUORQJVWRUDJH
V
Standard Hydraulic Equipment ~ Index
NACHI Hydraulic Pumps
General Information..................................................................................................................................................A1-A2
Piston Pumps
PVS PVS Series Variable Volume Piston Pumps....................................................................................................................A3
PVS Series Uni-Pump....................................................................................................................................................A19
PZS PZS Series Variable Volume Piston Pump...................................................................................................................A22
PZ PZ Series Load Sensitive Variable Piston Pump.........................................................................................................A36
Vane Pumps
VDS VDS Series Small Variable Volume Vane Pump.............................................................................................................B1
VDS Uni-Pump...................................................................................................................................................B4
VDR22 VDR22 Design Series Variable Volume Vane Pump......................................................................................................B6
VDR Uni-Pump................................................................................................................................................B12
VDR13 VDR13 Design Series Variable Volume Vane Pump...................................................................................................B15
VDR Uni-Pump................................................................................................................................................B22
VDC VDC Series High-Pressure Type Variable Volume Vane Pump....................................................................................B25
VDC Series High-Pressure Type Variable Volume Double Vane Pump
VDC Uni-Pump.................................................................................................................................................B37
UVN UVN Series Variable Volume Vane Uni-Pump (NSP Uni-Pump)..................................................................................B39
Gear Pumps
IPH IPH Series IP Pump.........................................................................................................................................................C1
IPH Series Double Pump..............................................................................................................................................C14
NACHI Hydraulic Valves
General Information.................................................................................................................................................D1-D3
Solenoid Valves
SS SS Series (Wiring System: Central Terminal Box) Wet Type Solenoid Valve................................................................D4
SA SA Series (Wiring System: DIN Connector Type) Wet Type Solenoid Valve................................................................D16
SE SE Series Pilot Operated Lower Power Solenoid Valve...............................................................................................D28
SL SL Series (Wiring System: Central Terminal Box) Wet Type Solenoid Valve..............................................................D34
DSS DSS (DSA) 21 Design Series Solenoid Control Valve..................................................................................................D41
SF SF Series Fine Solenoid Valve......................................................................................................................................D49
SNH SNH Series Non-Leak Type Solenoid Valve.................................................................................................................D53
SAW SAW Series Solenoid Valve with Monitoring Switch...................................................................................................D62
SCW SCW Series Poppet Type Solenoid Valve with Monitoring Switch..............................................................................D71
SK SK-G01 Series Wet Type Solenoid Valve.....................................................................................................................D76
Manual Valves
DMA DMA Type Manual Valve.................................................................................................................................................E1
Modular Valves
General Information........................................................................................................................................................F1
G01 G01 Modular Valve Series..............................................................................................................................................F4
OR OR Relief Modular Valve...............................................................................................................................................F10
ORO ORO Brake Modular Valve............................................................................................................................................F16
ORD ORD Direct Relief Modular Valve..................................................................................................................................F20
OG OG Pressure Reducing Modular Valve.........................................................................................................................F25
OGB OGB Balanced Piston Type Pressure Reducing Modular Valve..................................................................................F32
OG OG Pressure Reducing Modular Valve.........................................................................................................................F34
OGS OGS Two-Pressure Reducing Modular Valve...............................................................................................................F41
VI
OQ OQ Sequence Modular Valve..................................................................................................................F44 Piston Pumps A
OCQ OCQ Counter Balance Modular Valve.....................................................................................................F47
OW OW Pressure Switch Modular Valve........................................................................................................F52
OY, OCY OY, OCY Flow Regulator Modular Valve..................................................................................................F55
OF, OCF OF, OCF Flow Control Modular Valve (Pressure and temperature compensated)...............................F63 Vane Pumps B
OC, OCV OC, OCV Check Modular Valve................................................................................................................F69
OCP OCP Pilot Operated Check Modular Valve..............................................................................................F76
OK
OB
OK Gauge Modular Block........................................................................................................................F81
OB High-Low System Block.....................................................................................................................F83 Gear Pumps C
MOB MOB End Plate, Free Flow Plate, 03/01 Change Plate..........................................................................F85
OTH, OTD OTH, OTD Valve Installation Bolt List......................................................................................................F87
MOB MOB 01, 03 Base Block..........................................................................................................................F90 Solenoid Valves D
M35 M35 High Pressure Modules..................................................................................................................F92
Proportional Valves
General Information..................................................................................................................................G1 Manual Valves E
EPR EPR Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pilot Relief Valve..............................................................................G2
ER ER Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Relief Valve........................................................................................G4
EGB
ES
EGB Electro-Hydraulic ProportionalRelief and Reducing Valve..............................................................G6
ES Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Flow Control Valve.............................................................................G8 Modular Valves F
ESR ESR Load Response Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Relief and Flow Control Valve............................G11
ESD ESD Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Relief and Flow Control Valve.......................................................G14
ESD Pressure Compensation Valve Kit
EOG EOG Modular Type Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Reducing Valve.....................................................G22
Proportional
Valves G
EOF EOF Modular Type Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Flow Control Valve.................................................G24
EMA,EMC EMA, EMC Power Amplifier Series for Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Valve Drive...............................G26
EDA,EDC EDA, EDC Small Type Multi-Function Power Amplifier...........................................................................G30
Subplates H
ESH ESH G01 High-Response Proportional Flow Control Valve..................................................................G38
ESH G03, 04, 06 High-Response Proportional Flow Control Valve......................................................G40
EHA EHA High-Speed Response Proportional Control Valve ........................................................................G42 Pressure Control
EA EA Electro-Hydraulic Servo Valve Driver Servo Amplifier.......................................................................G44 Valves I
Subplates Part Number Index
Subplates Part Number Index...................................................................................................................H1 Flow Control
Valves J
Pressure Control Valves
R R Series Relief Valve...................................................................................................................................I1
RI RI Series Relief Valve (ISO Mounting, Balanced Piston Type)...................................................................I5 Check Valves K
RC RC Series Remote Control Relief Valve......................................................................................................I8
RSS RSS Series Solenoid Controlled Relief Valve...........................................................................................I10
RIS
CG
RIS Series Solenoid Controlled Relief Valve............................................................................................I15
(C) CG Series Pressure Reducing (and Check) Valve..............................................................................I18 Hydraulic Units L
GR GR Series Balancing Valve (Pressure Reducing and Relief Valve).........................................................I23
CQ (C) CQ Series Pressure Control (and Check) Valve..................................................................................I25
Flow Control Valves Wheel Motors M

FR (C) FR Series Throttle (and Check) Valve...................................................................................................J1
FT (C) FT Series Type Flow Control (and Check) Valve with Pressure and Temperature Compensation..............J4
F
TN
(C) F Series Type Flow control (and Check) Valve with Pressure Compensation.....................................J8
(C) TN Series Type Flow Control (and Check) Valve................................................................................J11
Technical Data N
Fine Adjustment Type with Pressure and Temperature Compensation
TS (C) TS Series Type Flow Control (and Check) Valve.................................................................................J14
Fine Adjustment Type with Pressure and Temperature Compensation Model Index O
TL, TLT TL, TLT Series Type Feed Control Valve...................................................................................................J16
Fine Control Type with Pressure Compensation
VII
Check Valves
CA, CN CA, CN Series Right Angle Check Valve In-Line Check Valve.........................................................................................K1
CP CP Series Pilot Check Valves..........................................................................................................................................K4
K2 K2 Gauge Cock...............................................................................................................................................................K7
CA Flange Type Check Valve................................................................................................................................................K8
NACHI Hydraulic Power Units
Power Units
NV NV Vertical Units.............................................................................................................................................................L1
NH NH Horizontal Units.........................................................................................................................................................L5
NCP NCP Series Standard Variable Pump Unit......................................................................................................................L9
NSP NSP Series Compact Variable Pump Unit....................................................................................................................L26
NSP-L NSP-L Series Compact Variable Pump Unit.................................................................................................................L32
NSP-I NSP-I Series Energy-Saving Variable Pump Unit with Inverter Drive..........................................................................L34
NN NN Pack High-Pressure Standard Variable Pump Unit................................................................................................L38
NCP/NNP NCP/NNP Series Energy-Saving Variable Pump Unit with Inverter Drive...................................................................L43
Power Meister...............................................................................................................................................................L45
Powerfit..........................................................................................................................................................................L49
NACHI Wheel Motors

Wheel Motors
PHV-1 PHV-1..............................................................................................................................................................................M1
PHV-2 PHV-2..............................................................................................................................................................................M4
PHV-3 PHV-3..............................................................................................................................................................................M7
PHV-4 PHV-4............................................................................................................................................................................M9
PHV-5 PHV-5......................................................................................................................................................................M12
Technical Data
Operating Fluid...............................................................................................................................................................N1
Water-Glycol Type Operating Fluid Hydraulic Devices..................................................................................................N3
SI Units and Conversion Formulas................................................................................................................................N7
Model No. Index

Model Number Index......................................................................................................................................................O1
VIII
A

Features Terms Used in This Catalog
1 Nachi Fujikoshi hydraulic pumps are 9 When inserting couplings into shafts, The following describes the meanings of
finished by high-grade, precision machin- insert them gently. When removing the terms used in this catalog:
ing technology unique to the comprehen- couplings from shafts, be sure to use a • Rated Pressure:
sive manufacturer Nachi Fujikoshi using pulley extractor. Avoid hitting the shaft The maximum pressure at which
carefully selected materials and tradition- when attaching or removing couplings. a hydraulic pump can be used
al heat treatment technology. High 10 Connect to the suction port above the
continuously.
performance and quality are assured with horizontal to keep oil inside hydraulic • Maximum Operating Pressure:
all models of Nachi Fujikoshi hydraulic pumps. The maximum pressure (includ-
pumps. 11 Provide an air bleed valve in circuits
ing surge pressure) at which a
Noise has been thoroughly reduced on where it is difficult to release air at hydraulic pump can be used
2
hydraulic pumps, a general source of startup. within six seconds at most within
noise on machinery and equipment. All 12 Be sure to use only specified bolts on
1/10 of the cycle time.
models such as the low-noise type IP hydraulic pumps. Use grade 8 or • Allowable Peak Pressure:
series can be operated quietly with little equivalent. The maximum pressure (set
noise. pressure + surge pressure) that
3
Attention has been paid to surface Uni-pumps can be momentarily allowed.
treatment and selection of materials in
NACHI hydraulic pumps so that they can The following shows the standards in Lists
Uni-pumps are compact pump/motor
be applied extensively with fire-resistant of Sealing Parts:
units which have a motor directly
hydraulic operating fluid. JIS standardB2401 (O-ring)
coupled to the hydraulic pump.
JIS standardB2407 (backup ring)
Variable discharge volume type vane
SAE standardAS568 (O-ring)
Installation and pumps and piston pumps are
Maintenance available. As each of these pumps are Pipe apertures mentioned in this catalog
ideally integrated with the motor, they that are indicated as "G*/*" comply with
can be easily installed, and more JIS B2351 O-ring seal systems. Note,
1 Limit the eccentricity between the drive compact equipment configurations can however, that G3/4 adopts dimensions
shaft and hydraulic pump shaft to .001 in., be achieved economically. before JIS revisions were made in 1990.
keep the angle error within 1º and use • Standard Motor: Nachi Fujikoshi adopts P24 as the O-ring
flexible couplings for connections. totally-enclosed splashproof size whereas P22.4 is stated in current JIS
2 When operating hydraulic pumps with housing surface flange standards.
belts, gears and chains, prevent a radial or cooled self-actuating type
thrust load exceeding the allowable value (totally enclosed fan-cooled
from being applied on the pump shaft. type) Calculation
Calculation Formula
Formula Required
Also, if necessary, install a device that 5 hp to 4P or less: Class E Required when Selecting
prevents a load (bending force) from being insulation when Selecting Hydraulic
applied at right angles on the shaft. Mount 7 hp to 4P or more: Class Hydraulic
PumpsPumps and
and Motors
hydraulic pumps so that the pump shaft is B insulation
horizontal. 9ROWDJH9ÃÃÃ+]
3 Use a rigid pump mounting base. 9ÃÃÃ+] 1. Pump Discharge Flow Rate
4 The direction of rotation is determined on
each hydraulic pump. Operate the TÃ1ÃƦv
hydraulic pump in the correct direction of
Management of Hydraulic 4S JDO / min)
231
rotation after checking the indicated Operating Fluid q = discharge volume per rotation
model No. on the nameplate or the arrow (cu in/rev)
indicating the direction of rotation on the 1 Use mineral oil-based hydraulic N = revolution speed (min- ¹)
body. The direction of rotation is clockwise operating fluid.
when viewed from the shaft end. Ʀv = volume efficiency
2 Provide a suction filter of about 100 to
5 Limit the suction pressure to within the 150 mesh on the suction port. 2. Power Required for Pump Drive
range 4.3 psi. 3 When operating hydraulic pumps at a
6 With external drain type hydraulic pumps, high pressure or when using fire-resis- 3Ã4S
WP1 = (hp)
directly connect the drain to the tank, tant hydraulic operating fluid, oil 1714
insert the drain pipe under the oil level, contamination greatly affect pump
and limit the drain back pressure to 4.3 service life. So, use a filter of 10 m or p = discharge pressure (psi)
psi. less.
7 When connecting steel pipes to the Consult your agent when using Ʀ= overall efficiency
4
suction and discharge sides, prevent force fire-resistant hydraulic operating fluid. 3. Motor Revolution Speed
pressure from being applied on the When using water- or glycol-based
hydraulic pump by the piping. ÃI
hydraulic operating fluid, refer to page 1 Ã6PLQð
-
8 Set the clamping length of couplings and N-3 for details on applicable models of P
hydraulic pump shafts so that it is within hydraulic pumps. f = frequency (50Hz, 60 Hz)
at least 2/3 or more of the coupling width. 5 For details on the viscosity of hydraulic P = number of motor poles
Also, use a size of coupling that matches operating fluid, refer to the separate
the shaft diameter. S = slip rate
item "Hydraulic Operating Fluid."
Catalog 1501
A1
A Hydraulic Pump Selection Table
Type Rated
Pump Displacement cu in / rev Page
Name Classifi- Pressure
Type psi
cation .12 .30 .61 1.2 3.0 6.1 12.2 30.5 61.0 122.0 305
PVS series variable piston

pump PVS 3000 .21 2.74 A-3
Variable piston pumps
Uni-pump UPV 3000 .21 2.74 A-19
PZS series variable piston PZS 3000 A-22

2.56 13.4
pump
PZ load-sensitive variable 3000
PZ .48 13.4 A-35
piston pump
VDS series compact variable 1015
vane pump VDS .18 .5 B-1
Uni-pump USV 1015 .18 .5 B-4

Variable discharge volume vane pumps
VDR22 design series variable 2030

vane pump VDR .3 2.7 B-6
Uni-pump UVD 1015 .3 2.0 B-12
VDR13 design series variable 870

vane pump VDR .24 1.69 B-15
Uni-pump UVD 870 .24 1.69 B-22
VDC series high-pressure 2030

variable vane pump
VDC .3 5.42 B-25
Uni-pump UVC 1015 .3 2.0 B-37
UVN series variable vane 1160

uni-pump UVN .49 1.59 B-39
Internal gear
IPH series IP pump IPH 3625 .21 7.68 C-1

pump
IPH series double IP pump IPH 3045 .43 15.36 C-14
A2
Discharge
3966HULHV9DULDEOH9ROXPH3LVWRQ3XPS port
* A
PVS Series Variable .48 to 2.74 cu in/rev
Piston Pumps
M
*
Volume Piston Pumps 3045 psi
0
Suction Drain
port port
ʅDesign No. 30 is applied on PVS-0B to make the pump more compact and lighter, and reduce noise.
ʅ3URGXFWLRQRI396%KDVEHHQGLVFRQWLQXHG8VH3=6%
ʅ3UHVVXUHDGMXVWPHQWW\SHKDVEHHQDGGHGWR396%DQG396%'HVLJQ1RLVDSSOLHGRQO\RQ396%
Features
Energy-saving Type with effective use of power corresponding Silent Type That Demonstrates
Drastically Reduced Loss to the load cycle. Its Power Quietly
A NACHI-proprietary semi-circular barrel This "energy-saving type" conserves Proprietary low-noise mechanisms are
swash plate that receives pressure on its energy, reduces power loss, and helps incorporated on the shoe, swash plate,
surface ensures a stable discharge to reduce hydraulic costs. valve plate, and other locations to ensure
volume at all times. This eliminates excess silent operation. In particular, a semi-circu-
discharge volume, and enables the lar barrel swash plate stabilizes operation
characteristics to ensure silent operation.
Specifications
Volume Permitted Rotating speed min-1
Model No. Discharge volume at no-load gpm Pressure adjustment Mass
in³/rev peak pressure
range psi lbs
(cm³/rev) psi
1000min -1 1200min -1 1500min -1 1800min -1 Min. Max.
PVS-0B-8*0-E30 290 to 507
1 .18 - .48 2.1 2.5 3.2 3.8 290 to 1015 500 2000 17
3625
2 (8.0) 435 to 2030
3 435 to 3045
PVS-1B-16*0-(*)-E13 290 to 507

1 .3 - 1.0 290 to 1015
4.4 5.2 6.5 7.8 3625 500 2000 23
(16.5) 435 to 2030
2
3 435 to 3045
PVS-1B-22*0-(*)-E13 290 to 507

1 .42 - 1.34
5.8 7.0 8.7 10.5 290 to 1015 3625 500 2000 23
2 (22.0) 435 to 2030
3 435 to 3045
PVS-2B-35*0-(*)-E13 290 to 507

1 .48 - 2.1 290 to 1015 500 2000 51
9.2 11.1 13.9 16.6 3625
2 (35.0) 435 to 2030
3 435 to 3045
PVS-2B-45*0-(*)-E13 290 to 507

1 .67 - 2.74 290 to 1015
11.9 14.3 17.9 21.5 3625 500 2000 51
2 (45.0) 435 to 2030
3 -(*)-E20 435 to 3045
Note: Direction of rotation is clockwise when viewed from the shaft end.
•Handling insert the return section of the drain operation is 20 to 50 centistokes.
•Cautions during Pump Installation and piping into the hydraulic operating fluid. 2 The operating temperature range is 40 to
Piping Also, observe the values in the following 190º F. When the oil temperature at
1 Use flexible couplings for connecting the table to limit the drain back pressure to startup is 40º F or less, warm up the
pump shaft to the drive shaft, and prevent 14 psi. hydraulic pump by low-pressure,
a radial or thrust load from being applied Model PVS-0B low-operation speed operation until the
on the pump shaft. Item
No .
PVS-1B
PVS-2B oil temperature reaches 40°F.
2 For centering of the pump shaft, limit the 3/8" 1/2" 3 Provide a suction strainer with a filtering
Pipe joint size
eccentricity between the drive shaft and or more or more JUDGHRIDERXWƫPPHVK%H
hydraulic pump shaft to .002 in, and Pipe I.D 3/8" 1/2"
sure to provide a return line filter of grade
keep the angle error within 1°. ƫPRUOHVVRQWKHUHWXUQOLQHWRWKH
3 Set the clamping length of couplings and Pipe length 39” 39” tank. (When the hydraulic pump is used
hydraulic pump shafts so that it is within at a high pressure of 2000 psi or more,
at least 2/3 or more of the coupling width. •Management of Hydraulic Operating ZHUHFRPPHQGSURYLGLQJDILOWHURIƫP
4 Use a sufficiently rigid pump mounting Fluid or less.
base. 1 Use good-quality hydraulic operating fluid, 4 Manage the hydraulic operating fluid so
5 Set the pressure on the pump suction and use within a kinematic viscosity range that contamination is maintained at class
side to 4.3 or more (suction port of 20 to 200 centistokes during operation. NAS10 or lower.
flow velocity within 6 ft/sec). Use an R&O type and antiwear hydraulic 5 Use hydraulic operating fluid within an
6 Raise part of the drain piping to above fluid of ISO-VG32 to 68. operating ambient temperature of 32 to
the topmost part of the pump body, and The optimum kinematic viscosity during 140º F. (continued on following page)
A3
• Caution at Startup NACHI-proprietary 4 Air entering the pump or pipes may [Pressure adjustment]
Discharge
volume
A 1 Before you start pump operation, fill the
pump body with clean hydraulic operating
cause noise or vibration. At startup, set
the pump discharge side to a no-load
Turning the pressure
adjusting screw CW CW
fluid via the lubrication port. state, and operate the pump in the increases the pressure. CCW
Piston Pumps
inching mode to release any air in the [Discharge volume Pressure
Discharge
Model No. Injection amount cu in
volume
pump or pipes. adjustment] Pressure
adjustment range
PVS-0B-8 13 5 Provide an air bleed valve in circuits Turning the flow
adjustment range
Discharge volume
where it is difficult to release air at rate adjusting screw CW
PVS-1B-16, 22 18 startup. CW decreases the
CCW
• How to Set Pressure and Discharge discharge volume.
PVS-2B-35, 45 39
Volume Note: Pressure
The default pump discharge volume is Ã)RUGHWDLOVUHJDUGLQJWKHUHODWLRQVKLS
2 An unload is required when the motor is set to "maximum" and default discharge between flow rate adjustment length l and
started under condition WYE.Delta Start. pressure is set to "minimum". Change pump capacity q, see the tables provided
Consult your agent regarding the circuit. the discharge volume and discharge in the installation dimension drawings for
3 Make sure that the pump operates in the pressure settings according to your each of the pumps.
direction of rotation the same as that particular operating conditions. Ã)LUPO\WLJKWHQWKHORFNQXWVDIWHU\RXKDYH
indicated by the arrow on the pump body. finished adjustments.
Note:
• Variable control mechanism
Standard Type
Explanation of Model No. N* Pressure compensation type
(manual mode)
PVS – 1 B – 16 N 2 – ( *) – 12 Option type
P* Pressure compensation type
Design No. 30: PVS-0B (remote control mode)
12: PVS-1B, PVS-2B (BSPT piping) R Load Sense
E13: PVS-1B, PVS-2B (SAE piping)
E20: PVS-2B -45N3 N*Q* 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control
R* AS* Solenoid cutoff control
Auxiliary Symbol None: Side port type
Z: Axial port type W* AS* 2-pressure control
RQ* A
S* 2-pressure, 2-flow rate
Pressure Adjustment Range [Note] Reference
control w/ solenoid cutoff
Variable Control Mechanism [Note] Reference C* A
S* 2-cutoff control
Max. Pump Capacity (cm³/rev) • * : Pressure adjustment range
Nominal 8, 16, 22, 35, 45 0 : 286 - 500
1 : 286 - 1000
Mounting Method 2 : 429 - 2000
B: Mounting flange type A: Mounting foot type 3 : 429 - 3000
*
• : Applicable to solenoid specifications A, S
Pump Size 0,1,2
A * : SA-G01
S * : SS-G01
PVS Series Variable Piston Pump 1 : 100V 50/60Hz
2 : 200V 50/60Hz
3 : DC12V
4 : DC24V
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
P2: 429-2000psi Q1: 290-1000psi

[Example 1] [Example 2] [Example 3]
N *: Pressure P *: Pressure N *Q *: 2-pressure,
compensation type compensation type 2-flow rate control
(manual mode) (remote control mode) PVS-1B-16N2Q1
PVS-1B-16N2 PVS-1B-16P2 N2: 429-2000psi
N2: 429-2000psi
Discharge pressure Discharge pressure Discharge pressure
[Example 6]
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
P2: 429-2000psi W2: 429-2000psi

[Example 4] [Example 5] RQ *S *: 2-pressure,
R *S *: Solenoid W *S *: 2-pressure control 2-flow rate control w/ R2: 429-2000psi
cutoff control PVS-1B-16W2S1 solenoid cutoff
PVS-1B-16R2S2 Solenoid specifications PVS-1B-16RQ2S1
Solenoid specifications sol"ON" 120V 50/60Hz sol"ON" Solenoid specifications sol"ON"
120V 50/60Hz SS-G01 VRO2)) 120V 50/60Hz
SS-G01 SS-G01
VRO2)) VRO2))
Discharge pressure Discharge pressure Discharge pressure
Discharge volume
[Example 7]
C *S *:
2-cutoff control C2: 429-2000psi
PVS-1B-16C2S2
Solenoid specifications
120V 50/60Hz sol"ON" ɵ5ORDGVHQVHDYDLODEOHIRUDOO396PRGHOV
SS-G01
ɵ1456:6546DQG&6W\SHVDUHQRWDYDLODEOHIRUWKH396%
35
VRO2)) ɵ14546DQG&6W\SHVDUHQRt available for the PVS-1B- 16 -Z and PVS-2B- -Z.
Discharge pressure 22 45
A4
Variable Control Mechanisms
Symbol External View
Pressure
Characteristics Hydraulic Circuit
Discharge
Explanation
Pressure compensation type

A
Discharge volume
Drain port adjusting screw port
Standard type
Flow rate (manual system)
adjusting screw
Piston Pumps
* When the discharge pressure
reaches the preset volume
N set by the pressure compen-
sator, the discharge volume is
M automatically reduced to hold
NACHI
*
0 the pressure at the set
Discharge pressure
Suction Drain pressure.
port port
Pilot port Drain port Differential pressure Discharge

Pressure compensation type
Discharge volume
Flow rate adjusting screw Pilotport port
adjusting screw (adjustment forbidden) (remote control mode)
* This mode demonstrates the
same characteristics as the
Option type
P manual mode.
NACHI
The discharge pressure can
M
*
be adjusted by external pilot
0 pressure. The discharge volume
Suction Drain can be adjusted manually.
Discharge pressure port port
q1 flow rate adjusting screw
P2 pressure Discharge port 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control
Discharge volume
q2 flow rate Drain port
adjusting screw adjusting screw type
q1 The discharge volume changes
in two stages by the pump's
NQ
built-in sequence valve. This
P1 allows conventional high/ low
q2 pressure control to be
NACHI
* M
N performed on a single pump
0 *
P2
Suction Drain
unit, and save energy in the
P1 pressure adjusting screw Discharge pressure port port hydraulic circuit.
Discharge port
Discharge volume
Pressure SOL b Solenoid cutoff control type

adjusting screw Drain port A solenoid valve for unload is
(at solenoid ON) integrated into the pressure
RS SOL SOL compensation type to minimize
(RA) Flow rate "OFF" "ON" energy loss when pump output
adjusting screw * M
is not required. Only a slight
*
0 amount of heat is generated.
NACHI
Suction Drain
Discharge port
Discharge volume
Pressure SOL b
Pressure 2-pressure control type
adjusting screw adjusting screw Two pressure compensation
(at solenoid OFF) (at solenoid ON) types can be obtained by
WS Drain port switching the solenoid valve
SOL SOL
(WA) Flow rate "OFF" "ON" ON/OFF. Two types of output
adjusting screw * M control are possible with the
0 * actuator set to a constant
NACHI
P1 P2 Suction Drain speed.

P2 pressure
adjusting screw q1 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control
Discharge volume
Discharge port
(at solenoid ON) SOL b
type w/ solenoid cutoff
q2 flow rate The discharge volume can be
Drain port changed in two stages by the
RQS adjusting screw
q2 P1 SOL ON sequencer valve and solenoid
(RQA) *
q1 flow rate valve for unload mounted on
M
adjusting screw N * the pump, and unloading is
NACHI
SOL OFF P2
0 Suction Drain possible when pressure oil is
port port not required.
P1 pressure adjusting screw Discharge pressure
q1 flow rate adjusting screw Differential pressure q1
Discharge volume
q2 flow rate Drain port adjusting screw

adjusting screw (adjustment forbidden)
Discharge port 2-cutoff control type
Two types of pressure - flow
rate characteristics can be
CS q2 SOL ON obtained by the solenoid valve
(CA) and cylinder mounted on the
NACHI
* M
N * pump.
0 Suction Drain
P1 SOL OFF P2
port port
P2 pressure adjusting screw Discharge pressure
Load sense Drain port Differential pressure Discharge

Load sense type
Discharge volume
Flow rate adjusting screw Pilotport port

adjusting screw (adjustment forbidden) This mode demonstrates the
* same characteristics as the
manual mode.
R The discharge pressure can
be adjusted by external pilot
NACHI
M
*
pressure. The discharge volume
0 can be adjusted manually.
Suction Drain Note 2)
Note 1: Many other variable control mechanism are also available in addition to those in the above table. Please consult your agent for details.
Note 2: We recommend ZR-T02-*-5895* as the remote control valve. For details, consult your agent. Prevent the pipe volume up to the remote control valve from falling below 10 cu in.
A5
Pressure Compensation Type
A PVS-0B-8N*-30
Manual Mode: Standard Type
2 Bolt SAE A Mount
Piston Pumps
Installation Dimension Drawing

214( MAX)
PVS-0B-8N*-30
164.5(MAX) 49.5 .61
Drain port 18 6
Pump capacity q cu in/rev

(flow rateadjustmentlength) SAE 3/8 14 Pressure Pressure compensator 47
10 5 Lock nut MIN adjusting screw 29 3 Lubrication port
.48
0
*-3
Lock nut
-8N
cu in/rev
B
.36 S-0
PV
0
Key width 4.76 –0.012
Flow rate
78
77
adjusting screw 42.5
25.4 5 .24
142
11
127
82.6 –0.036
–0.071
.18
19.05 –0.021
21.2 –0.25
.12
0
0
.19 .39 .59
R46
49
Discharge port
SAE 1/2 Flow rate adjustment length in.
11 53.2 Suction port Set a flow rate adjustment length within
127.5 Discharge port 106.4 SAE 3/4 the above range. Oil will leak if the pump
149.5 SAE 1/2 110 is operated below the adjustment range
130 lower limit.
Cross-Sectional Drawing Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 15 Spring S 29 Parallel pin
2 Case 16 Control piston 30 Spring pin
3 Shaft 17 Guide pin 31 Hexagon socket head bolt
4 Cylinder barrel 18 Parallel key 32 Cross-recessed countersunk
5 Valve plate 19 Retainer head screw
6 Piston 20 Needle 33 Hexagon socket set
7 Shoe 21 Ball bearing screw
8 Shoe holder 22 Needle bearing 34 Hexagon nut
9 Barrel holder 23 Oil seal 35 Hexagon plug
10 Swash plate 24 Snap ring 36 Metal plug
11 Thrust bush 25 Snap ring 37 Nameplate
12 Spring holder 26 Snap ring 38 Lubrication port plate
13 Gasket 27 O-ring 39 CAUTION plate
14 Spring C 28 O-ring 40 Rivet
Seal Kit Part No. PSS-100000

Part PVS-0B-8
Part Name Q'ty
No. Size Remarks
* 13 Packing 1 PSC46-100000 3 Bond
23 Oil seal 1 TCV-254511 N.O.K
27 O-ring 1 1B-P9 JIS B 2401
28 O-ring 1 1B-P11 JIS B 2401
Parts marked by an asterisk "*"are not available on the market.
Consult your agent.
Pressure Compensation Type Typical characteristics at hydraulic operating fluid kinematic viscosity of 32 centistokes
Pressure - Discharge
General Performance Volume Characteristics Axial Input
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
4.0 Discharge volume

3.7 3.7 Q 9.4
Discharge volume Q 1800min–1 1800min–1
3.4
3.2 3.2 8.0
1500min–1 1500min–1 Q=3.8
Q gpm
Q gpm
Volume efficiency Ʀ v r /min

Efficiency
Axial Input hp
100 6.7 Q=3.2

Ʀ,Ʀv%
90 r /min
80 Overall efficiency Ʀ 5.4 Q=2.6
r /min
70 Q=2.1
60 –1 8 6 4.0 r /min
in Q=1.6
50 0m
180 Input Lin
Drain volume
r /min
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
Input Lin –1 5.4 1.1 in

–1 –1 4 2.7
0min 0m 0min
150 180 150
DR gpm
2.7 0.5 2 1.3

Drain volume DR
0 0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
Discharge pressure P psi Discharge pressure P psi Discharge pressure P psi
Noise Characteristics
Axial Input at Full Cutoff
Measurement position: 1m rear of pump
2.7 80
Axial input at full cutoff hp
Noise level dB(A)
2.0
70
1.3 –1
min
–1 min
1800 800
0/1
60 150 1
–1 in–
0.7 1500m
in 1800m
1
m in–
1500
0 At full cutoff
50
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
Full cutoff pressure psi Discharge pressure P psi
A6
PVS-1B- 16 N*-(Z)-E13 SAE A Mount Relationship between flow rate adjustment
A
22 (side port type) length (l) and pump capacity (q)
Piston Pumps
237(MAX)
Flow rate 77.5 49.5 1.8
adjustment length r Drain port Pressure 23 6 42 Lubrication port
adjusting screw (MIN) Flow rate adjustment range
3
Flow rate SAE 3/8

adjusting screw
43 Key width 1.3
0
4.76 –0.012
1.2
88
82
2
73
*-1
25.4 5
55
1.0 2N 2
137
2 *-1
Ƶ82.6 –0.036
–0.071
B-
47.5±0.2
S-1 6N
NACHI
PV B-1
11
.61 S-1
PV
52
Ƶ 24 .42
Ƶ 19.05 –0.021
21.2 –0.25
4-M10X16 22±0.2 12.5 .30
0
158.5 106.4
181.5 Discharge port 124 Suction port Flow rate adjustment range
Code 61 - 3/4 130 Code 61 - 1
0
.19 .39 .59 .78
Flow rate adjustment length l in
Set a flow rate adjustment length within
the above range. Oil will leak if the pump
is operated below the adjustment range
lower limit.
(Axial Port Type)
237(MAX)
77.5 49.5
Flow rate 23(MIN) 6
120 adjustment length r Drain port Pressure Pressure compensator 42 Lubrication port
adjusting screw
3
Flow rate SAE 3/8
adjusting screw
42.5 Key width

0
4.76–0.012
88
82
73
25.4 5
55
137
Ƶ82.6 –0.036
–0.071
52.4±0.2
47.5±0.2
NACHI
11
52
Code 61 - 1 Code 61 - 3/4
Ƶ 19.05 –0.021
21.2 –0.25
0
(suction port (discharge port 12.5

0
24 mm dia.) 26.2±0.2 22±0.2 24 mm dia.)

183.5 106.4
30 30 4-M10X16 130
4-M10X16
110
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name

Cross-Sectional Drawing 1 Body 22 Ball bearing
2 Case 23 Needle bearing
3 Shaft 24 Oil seal
4 Cylinder barrel 25 Snap ring
5 Valve plate 26 Snap ring
6 Piston 27 Snap ring
7 Shoe 28 O-ring
8 Shoe holder 29 O-ring
9 Barrel holder 30 O-ring
10 Swash plate 31 Pin
11 Thrust bush 32 Hexagon socket head bolt
12 Seal holder 33 Cross-recessed coun-
13 Gasket tersunk head screw
14 Spring C 34 Hexagon socket set screw
15 Spring S 35 Metal plug
16 Control piston 36 Nameplate
17 Needle 37 CAUTION plate
18 Key 38 Spring holder
19 Nut 39 Lubrication port plate
20 Retainer 40 Rivet
21 Plug 41 Guide pin
List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number PSS-101000-2A)

Part No. Name Q'ty Size Remarks
* 13 Gasket 1 PS46-101000 Nihon Gasket
24 Oil seal 1 TCN-254511 N.O.K
28 O-ring 1 1B-G55 JIS B 2401
29 O-ring 1 1B-P9 JIS B 2401
30 O-ring 1 1B-P14 JIS B 2401
Parts marked by an asterisk "*" are not available on the market.
Consult your agent.
A7
Performance Curves
A
Typical characteristics at hydraulic operating fluid kinematic viscosity of 32 centistokes
PVS-1B-16N*-(Z)-E13
Piston Pumps
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
7.9 7.9
7.4 7.4 18.7
Discharge volume Q 1800min–1 Discharge 1800min–1
volume Q
Q gpm
Q gpm
16.1
1500min–1 1500min–1 Q=7.9
gpm
Volume efficiency Ʀv 13.4
Axial input hp
100 Q=6.6
90 gpm
10.7
Efficiency
80 Overall efficiency Ʀ Q=5.3

Ʀ,Ʀv%
70 gpm
1
60 in
– 16.1 16.1 8.0 Q=3.9
0m Input Lin
50 180 13.4 gpm
Drain volume
40 Input Lin 1 10.7 1.1 in
– 1
10.7 5.3
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
1 Q=2.6
n– 0m n–
0mi 0mi
DR gpm
150 8.0 180 150 gpm
5.3 .5 5.3 2.6
2.6 Drain volume DR
0 0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
Noise Characteristics Oil Temperature Rise Characteristics

Axial Input at Full Cutoff
2.7 80
Measurement position: 1m rear of pump PVS-1B-16N1-12
Revolution speed 1800 min–1
86
Noise level dB(A)
Temperature difference º F
2.0
70 – 1 68
min
min
– 1
1800
1.3 1800 in–1
1500m 50
Full cutoff pressure 1000 psi
1
in– 60
0.7 1500m Full cutoff pressure 500 psi
32
At full cutoff Tank capacity 10 gal
0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Time Hr
Full cutoff pressure psi Discharge pressure P psi
Revolution speed 1800 min–1
86
Temperature difference º F
Performance Curves Curves Typical characteristics at hydraulic

operating fluid kinematic viscosity of 32 centistokes 68
PVS-1B-22N*-(Z)-E13
50
General Performance Pressure - Flow Rate Full cutoff pressure 1000 psi
10.6 Characteristics Full cutoff pressure 500 psi
Discharge volume
Discharge 32
volume Q 1800min–1 9.3 Discharge volume Q
Discharge volume
1500min–1 7.9 10.6 Tank capacity 16 gal

1800min–1
6.6
100 Volume efficiency Ʀv 7.9 1500min–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Q gpm
Efficiency
90 Time Hr
Ʀ,Ʀv%
Q gpm
80 Overall efficiency Ʀ
70 21.4 Input Lin
60 19.0 – 1 21.4
–1
50 mi
n 16.1 min
Input Lin hp
00 00
18 16.1
Input Lin hp
18 13.4
–1 – 1
10.7 in
Input Lin min 1.1 0m 10.7
00 8.0 150
Drain volume
15
5.4 Axial Input
DR gpm
2.7 .5 5.3
Drain volume DR 21.4
0 1000 2000 3000 0 0 0
Q=10.6
0 1000 2000 3000 19.0 gpm
Discharge pressure P psi Q=9.3
Discharge pressure P psi 16.1 gpm
Q=7.9
Axial input hp
Axial input at full cutoff hp 13.4 gpm

Noise Characteristics Q=6.6
2.7 Measurement position: 1m rear of pump gpm
80 10.7
Q=5.3
gpm
Noise level dB(A)
2.0 – 1 8.0
70 min
1800 –1
–1 00m in 5.4
1.3 min 15
1800 60
in–1 At full cutoff 2.7
0.7 1500m
50 0
0 0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
0 1000 2000 3000
A8
Installation Dimension Drawing Relationship between flow rate adjustment
PVS-2B- 35 N*-(Z)-E13
45
SAE B Mount
(side port type) 3.05
length (l) and pump capacity (q)
Flow rate adjustment range

A
Lubrication port
2.75
317.5 (MAX) Pressure compensator 45
Piston Pumps
3

Drain port
88.5 60 2.44
Pressure adjusting screw
Flow rate Lock nut 60 MIN 6 2.14 0)
adjustment length r SAE 1/2
(2
12
*-
Flow rate
adjusting screw Key width 1.83 N
104
6.3 +0.015 45
B- -12
–0.010
S-2 N*
172
1.22 PV -35
13
53
B
69.5
S-2
38 3
PV
101.6 –0.051
.67
0
52.4±0.2
.61
NACHI
65
.49
Flow rate adjustment range
28
144 0
Discharge port 146 Suction port .79 .98 1.18 1.38
&RGH-1 172 &RGH-11/4
B
A
26.2±0.2 15
Flow rate adjustment length l in
4-M10X16
192.5
222.5 Set a flow rate adjustment length
cm3/rev Pressure Design A B
within the above range. Oil will leak
35
Range
0 to 3
No.
0.875 0.987
if the pump is operated below the
0 to 2
12D 0.874 0.986 adjustment range lower limit.
45 3 0.999 0.999
20D
0.998 0.998 Pressure compensator 45 Lubrication port
3
(axial port type) 257.5 (MAX)
88.5 60
60(MIN) 6
Flow rate Lock nut Drain port Pressure
adjustment length
104
r SAE 1/2 adjusting screw
128 Flow rate
adjusting screw Key width
172
0.015
6.3 +–0.010
13
53
69.5
38 4
101.6 –0.051
65
0
NACHI
58.7±0.2
52.4±0.2
146
172
&RGH-11/4 &RGH-1
B
A
(suction port (discharge port 15 Part Part Name Part Part Name Part Part Name
28 mm dia.) 28 mm dia.) 220.5 No. No. No.
30.2±0.2 26.2±0.2
4-M10X16 1 146
Body 172 16 Control piston 31 Backup ring
37 37 4-M10X16 2 Case 17 Needle 32 Pin
140 cm3/rev Pressure Design A B
Range No. 3 Shaft 18 Key 33 Hexagon socket
35 0 to 3 0.875 0.987 4 Cylinder barrel 19 Nut head bolt
12D 0.874 0.986
0 to 2 5 Valve plate 20 Retainer 34 Cross-recessed coun-
45 3 0.999 0.999
20D 6 Piston 21 Plug tersunk head screw
0.998 0.998
7 Shoe 22 Ball bearing 35 Flow rate adjust-
8 Shoe holder 23 Needle bearing ing screw
9 Barrel holder 24 Oil seal 36 Metal plug
Cross-Sectional Drawing 10
11
Swash plate
Thrust bush
25
26
Snap ring
Snap ring
37
38
Nameplate
CAUTION plate
12 Seal holder 27 Snap ring 39 Spring holder
13 Gasket 28 O-ring 40 Guide
PVS-2B- 35 N*-(Z)-E13 SAE B Mount 14 Spring C 29 O-ring 41 Lubrication port plate
45 15 Spring S 30 O-ring 42 Orifice
43 Rivet
List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number PSS-102000-2A)
PVS-2B-35/45
Part No. Part Name Q'ty
Size Remarks
13 Gasket 1 PS46-102000-0A Nihon Gasket
*
24 Oil seal 1 TCN-305011Z N.O.K
*
28 O-ring 1 1B-G70 JIS B 2401
29 O-ring 1 1B-P14 JIS B 2401
30 O-ring 1 1B-P11 JIS B 2401
31 Backup ring 1 T2-P11 JIS B 2407
Parts marked by an asterisk "*" are not available on the market. Consult your agent.
Part Part Name Part Part Name Part Part Name
No. No. No.
1 Body 17 Needle 33 Hexagon socket
2 Case 18 Key head bolt
3 Shaft 19 Nut 34 Cross-recessed coun-
4 Cylinder barrel 20 Retainer tersunk head screw
5 Valve plate 21 Plug 35 Flow rate adjust-
6 Piston 22 Roller bearing ing screw
7 Shoe 23 Needle bearing 36 Metal plug
8 Shoe holder 24 Oil seal 37 Nameplate
PVS-2B-45N3-(Z)-E13 9 Barrel holder 25 Snap ring 38 CAUTION plate
10 Swash plate 26 Snap ring 39 Spring holder
11 Thrust bush 27 Snap ring 40 Guide
12 Seal holder 28 O-ring 41 Lubrication port plate
13 Gasket 29 O-ring 42 Orifice
14 Spring C 30 O-ring 43 Rivet
15 Spring S 31 Backup ring 44 Orifice
16 Control piston 32 Pin 45 Pin
46 O-ring
47 Plug
List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number PSBS-102220)
PVS-2B-45N3
Size Remarks
* 13 Gasket 1 PS46-102000-0A Nihon Gasket

24 Oil seal 1 TCN-305011Z N.O.K
*
28 O-ring 1 1B-G70 JIS B 2401
29 O-ring 1 1B-P14 JIS B 2401
30 O-ring 1 1B-P11 JIS B 2401
46 O-ring 2 1B-P5 JIS B 2401
A9
Performance Curves Typical characteristics at hydraulic operating fluid kinematic viscosity of 32 centistokes
A PVS-2B-35N*-(Z)-E13
Piston Pumps

17.5
Discharge volume
Discharge volume
1800min–1 15.9 18.5 Discharge 37.5
Discharge volume Q
14.5 volume Q Q=15.9
1500min–1 13.2 15.9 1800min–1 32.2 gpm
Q gpm
Q gpm
Volume efficiency Ʀ v Q=13.2
100 13.2 26.3
Axial input hp
1500min–1 gpm
90
Efficiency
Overall efficiency Ʀ Q=10.6

Ʀ,Ʀv%
80 21.5
gpm
70
60 40.2 40.2 16.1 Q=7.9
n–
1 gpm
50 0mi Input Lin
Drain volume
180
Input Lin hp
10.7
Input Lin hp
Input Lin 26.8 1.1 –1 26.8
DR gpm
–1 in
0min 00m
150 13.4
18
1 Drain volume 13.4 5.4
.5 n–
0mi DR
150
0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
Axial Input at Full Cutoff Noise Characteristics

5.4 80
Measurement position: 1m rear of pump
Noise level dB(A)

4.0 70 –1
in
1800m –1
–1
2.7 1800
min 60 1500min
At full cutoff
– 1
min
1.3 1500 50
0 1000 2000 3000
0 Discharge pressure psi

0 1000 2000 3000
Full cutoff pressure psi
PVS-2B-45N*-(Z)-E13
General Performance Pressure - Discharge Axial Input
Discharge 1800min–1
21.2 Volume Characteristics 42.9
Q=21.2
Discharge volume
19.8 Discharge volume Q

Discharge volume
volume Q 21.2 gpm

1500min–1 18.5 37.5 Q=18.5
1800min–1
17.2 gpm
Volume efficiency Ʀ v 18.5 1500min–1 32.1
100 Q=15.9
Efficiency
Q gpm
90 gpm
Ʀ,Ʀv%
Axial input hp
Q gpm
Overall efficiency Ʀ 15.9 26.8

80 Q=13.2
70 gpm
21.5
60 Input Lin Q=10.6
50 40.2 gpm
Input Lin hp
in
–1 16.1
–1
0m 40.2
in 180
0m
180
Input Lin hp
26.8 10.7
Drain volume
Input Lin 1 1.1 26.8

n– 1
0mi
–
150 0min
150 5.4
DR gpm
13.4
0.5 13.4
Drain volume DR
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 0 0 1000 2000 3000
0 1000 2000 3000
Discharge pressure P psi Discharge pressure P psi
Discharge pressure P psi

5.4 Measurement position: 1m rear of pump
80
4.0
Noise level dB(A)
70
in–1
2.7 1800m
in–1
1500m
– 1
–1 min 60
0min 1500
1.3 180 At full cutoff
50
0 0 1000 2000 3000
0 1000 2000 3000
Full cutoff pressure psi
A 10
Response Performance
A
Test Circuit Pressure MPa
Piston Pumps
Piping volume 29.4 cu in
t1
t2
Q
Ps
Legend
FC
(Q=0)
2000 psi
M 145 psi 145 psi
M (Q=MAX)
SOL ON
0 SOL OFF SOL OFF
Time s
Response Time (s) Surge Pressure psi

Model No.
t1 t2 PS
PVS-0B-8 0.03 to 0.04 0.04 to 0.06 1 290 to 580
PVS-1B-16 0.05 to 0.06 0.07 to 0.08 1 580 to 1000
PVS-1B-22 0.05 to 0.06 0.07 to 0.08 1 725 to 1160
PVS-2B-35 0.05 to 0.06 0.05 to 0.07 1 870 to 1300
PVS-2B-45 0.05 to 0.06 0.05 to 0.07 1 870 to 1300

Response performance changes according to pipe volume and size.
Use a surgeless valve to prevent surge pressure.
Pressure Compensator

1 Body 8 Nut
2 Spool 9 O-ring
3 Holder 10 O-ring
4 Plunger 11 O-ring
5 Spring 12 Plug
6 Retainer 13 Plug
7 Pressure 14 Mounting bolt
adjusting bolt
List of Sealing Parts

Part Size
Name Q'ty
No. For 0B, 1B, 2B
Replacement Items 9
10
O-ring
O-ring
1
3
1A-P14
1B-P6
11 O-ring 1 1B-P10
PVS Rotating Group Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
PVS-0B-8*E30 PSCG-100000-0F
PVS-1B-16*E13 PSG-101100-0A
PVS-1B-22*E13 PSG-101200-1E
PVS-2B-35*E13 PSG-102100-0A
PVS-2B-45*E13 PSG-102200-0A
PVS-2B-45N3*E20
Includes Items 4,5,6 & 7
PVS Thrust Plate Item 11 Compensator Part Numbers

PVS-0B-8*E30 PSC69-100000 N0 - PSN-101000 P - ZR-G01-P-E2405C
PVS-1B-16*E13 PS69-101000 N1 - PSN-101010 R - ZR-G01-R3-E2171B
PVS-1B-22*E13 PS69-101000 N2 - PSN-101020
PVS-2B-35*E13 PS69-102000 N3 - PSN-101030
PVS-2B-45*E13 PS69-102000
A 11
Pressure Compensation Type (remote control mode)
A Explanation of Model No.: PVS -- 0 B -- 8 P * -- E30 P-Q Characteristics
Design No.
Piston Pumps
E30: PVS-0*
Max. pump capacity q

E12: PVS-1*, PVS-2 *
Set by remote
E20: PVS-2*-45P3 only
cu in/rev
control V
Pressure adjustment range
0: 286 - 500
1: 286 - 1000
2: 429 - 2000
3: 429 - 3000
P: Pressure compensation type (remote control mode)
Max. pump capacity (cm³/rev)
Nominal 8, 16, 22, 35, 45
Pump size 0, 1, 2
The ZR-T02-*-5895* is the recommended remote control valve. Provide piping to the remote
Installation Dimension Drawing control valve at a pipe volume of 9 cu in or less.
PVS-0B-8P*-E30 SAE A Mount
214 (MAX)
164.5 (MAX) 49.5
93.5 6
(flow rate adjust- 18 47
l ment length) Pilot port
Drain port
3
29
10 5 3/8 SAE
1/4 SAE Lubrication port
Lock nut
Flow rate
0
4.76–0.012
77
78
42.5
25.4 5
142
127
11
–0.036
Ƶ82.6 –0.071
R46
49
Discharge port
1/2 SAE
Ƶ 19.05 –0.021
–0.25
11 53.2 Suction port

0
0
127.5 Discharge port 106.4 3/4 SAE

21.2
149.5 110
1/2 SAE
130
PVS-1B- 16 P*-E13 SAE A Mount

22
237(MAX)
77.5 49.5
Drain port 60
Pilot port Lubrication port
3/8 SAE 42
Differential pressure adjusting screw
3
Flow rate adjust- 1/4 SAE
ment length l (adjustment forbidden)
Flow rate adjust- 6
ing screw
43 Key width
88
82
0
73
4.76 –0.012
137
25.4 5
55
Ƶ 82.6 –0.036
–0.071
47.5 ±0.2
24
NACHI
Ƶ
11
52
106.4
Ƶ 19.05 –0.021
–0.25
4–M10x16 22±0.2 12.5 124

0
Discharge port Suction port

0
158.5 3/4 SAE Code 61 130 1” SAE Code 61

21.2
181.5
35
PVS-2B- 45 P*-E13 SAE B Mount
Flow rate 317.5(MAX)

adjustment Drain port Differential pressure
length r adjusting screw 45
1/2 SAE Lubrication port
3
Pilot port pp (adjustment forbidden)

Flow rate
adjusting screw 1/4 SAE 88.5 60
Lock nut 6
Key width
+0.015
104
6.3 –0.010
172
53
13
69.5
38 3
Ƶ 101.6 –0.051
52.4±0.2
0
NACHI
28
Ƶ
65
Discharge port
Code 61 - 1 144 Suction port
B
A
146 Code 61 - 1 1/4

4–M10x16 26.2±0.2 15 cm3/rev Pressure Design A
Range No. B 172
192.5
222.5 35 0 to 3 0.875 0.987
12D 0.874 0.978
0 to 2
45 3 0.999 1.096
20D
0.998 1.087
A 12
2-Pressure, 2-Flow Rate Control Type
Explanation of model No.: PVS -- 1 B -- 16 N 3 Q 1 -- E13 Design No.
A
E13: PVS-1 *, PVS-2 * P-Q Characteristics
Piston Pumps
E20: PVS-2 *-45N3Q*
Pressure adjustment range q1
cu in/rev (Note 2)
Pump capacity q
N*: High-pressure adjustment range,
P2 (Set to lowest pressure before shipping)
q2
Q *: Low-pressure adjustment range,
P1 (Set to 3.5 MPa before shipping)
0: 286 - 500 psi
1: 286 - 1000 psi
2: 429 - 2000 psi 0 P1 P2
3: 429 - 3000 psi Discharge pressure P psi
NQ: 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control
Max. pump capacity (cm³/rev) Nominal 16, 22, 35, 45
Pump size 1, 2
PVS-1B- 16 N*Q*-E13 SAE A Mount

22
301.5(MAX)
77.5 49.5
Drain port P2 pressure Pressure compensator 42 Lubrication port
23 6
3
3/8 SAE adjusting screw (MIN)
P1 pressure
43 Key width adjusting screw
0
4.76 –0.012
88
82
73
25.4 5
–0.036
q1 flow rate
Ƶ 82.6 –0.071
137
adjusting screw
47.5±0.2
NACHI
24
Ƶ
q2 flow rate
adjusting screw
11
52
Ƶ 19.05 –0.021
21.2 –0.25
4–M10x16 22±0.2 12.5

0
158.5 107.5(MAX)
0
181.5 106.4
Discharge port 124 Suction port
Code 61 - 3/4 130 Code 61 - 1
PVS-2B- 35 N*Q*-E13(E20) SAE B Mount

45
357.5(MAX)
88.5 60
P2 pressure
Drain port adjusting screw Pressure compensator 45 Lubrication port
3
1/2 SAE 60.5(Min) 6
P1 pressure
Key width adjusting screw
+0.015
6.3 –0.010
q1 flow rate
104
adjusting screw 53
38 3
q2 flow rate
Ƶ 101.6 –0.051
172
13
adjusting screw
0
52.4±0.2
28
NACHI
Ƶ
65
4–M10x16
B
A
Discharge port
26.2±0.2 15 Code 61 - 1 107.5(MAX) Suction port
192.5 Code 61 - 1 1/4
144
222.5 146
172

Range No.
35 0 to 3 0.875 0.987
12D 0.874 0.978
0 to 2
45 3 0.999 1.096
20D
0.998 1.087
l 1
Pump Model No. q2 Adjustment Range (in³/rev) Default q 2 (Setting in³/rev)
l 2
PVS-1B-16 .12 to 0.6 .2
PVS-1B-22 .12 to .79 .26
PVS-2B-35 .12 to 1.16 .42
PVS-2B-45 .18 to 1.46 .54

q1 flow rate
Note 1: The setting range of maximum pump capacity q 1 varies according to the setting of q2. adjusting screw
q2 flow rate
Note 2: Overall efficiency at a low flow rate is worse than at the maximum flow rate. Pay attention adjusting screw
to this when selecting the motor capacity for the drive.
A 13
Solenoid Cutoff Control Type
A Explanation of Model No.: PVS -- 1 B -- 16 R 2 S 1 -- E13 P-Q Characteristics
Solenoid power supply 1: AC110-115V
Piston Pumps
2: AC220-230V
Pump capacity q
3: DC12V
cu in/rev
4: DC24V
Solenoid specifications A: SA-G01 SOL SOL
"OFF" "ON"
S: SS-G01
0: 286 - 500
1: 286 - 1000
2: 429 - 2000
3: 429 - 3000
RA
S : Solenoid cutoff control
Pump size 1, 2
Nominal 16, 22, 35, 45
16 A
PVS-1B- 22 R* S*-E13 6$($0RXQW
200.3
42
Drain port
SOL b 3/8 SAE Differential pressure
Pressure adjusting adjusting screw (adjustment forbidden)
screw
(at solenoid ON) (adjustment forbidden)
215(SS-G01)
Lubrication
177(SA-G01)
77.5 49.5 port
3
47.4 6
Flow rate adjusting
screw
43 Key width
108
0
4.76 –0.012
82
25.4 5
55
137
11
–0.036
Ƶ82.6 –0.071
47.5±0.2
4
NACHI
Ƶ2
52
19.05 –0.021
21.2 –0.25
4–M10x16 22±0.2 12.5

0
0
158.5 106.4
181.5 124
Code 61 - 3/4 Code 61 - 1
130
35 A
PVS-2B- 45 R*S *-E13 6$(%0RXQW
317.5(MAX) 45
Pilot port
1/4 SAE
Drain port
Pressure adjusting 3/8 SAE
screw SOL b Differential pressure
(at solenoid ON) Differential pressure adjusting screw
adjusting screw (adjustment forbidden)
(adjustment forbidden)
236(SS-G01)
Lock nut
88.5 60 Lubrication port
194.5(SA-G01)
3
6
Flow rate adjust- Key width
ing screw +0.015
6.3 –0.010
104
90.5
53
69.5
172
38 3
–0.051
13
0
52.4±0.2
NACHI
28
Ƶ
Ƶ 101.6
65
4–M10x16
B
A
26.2±0.2 15 144
192.5 146
Code 61 Code 61
222.5
172

Range No.
35 0 to 3 0.875 0.987
12D 0.874 0.978
0 to 2
45 3 0.999 1.096
20D
0.998 1.087
ɵ7KHFRLOVXUIDFHWHPSHUDWXUHLQFUHDVHVLIWKLVSXPSLVNHSWFRQWLQXRXVO\HQHUJL]HG
'RQRWWRXFKWKHVXUIDFHRIWKHFRLOGLUHFWO\ZLWK\RXUKDQGV
A 14
2-Pressure Control Type
Explanation of model No.: PVS -- 1 B -- 16 W 2 S 1 -- E13 P-Q Characteristics A
Piston Pumps
Pump capacity q
2: AC220-230V
cu in/rev
3: DC12V
4: DC24V SOL SOL
"OFF" "ON"
Solenoid specifications A: SA-G01
S: SS-G01
Pressure adjustment range P1 P2
0: 286 - 500
1: 286 - 1000
2: 429 - 2000
3: 429 - 3000
A
W S : 2-pressure control
Pump size 1, 2
Nominal 16, 22, 35, 45
PVS-1B- 16 W*A *-E13 6$($0RXQW

22 S 42
Drain port
Pressure adjusting 3/8 SAE
screw SOL b Differential pressure
(at solenoid OFF) Pressure adjusting screw adjusting screw
(at solenoid ON) (adjustment forbidden)
Differential pressure
233(SS-G01)
adjusting screw
(adjustment forbidden) Lubrication port
195(SA-G01)
77.5 49.5
3
Flow rate
adjusting screw 6
127
43 Key width
0
4.76 –0.012
82
25.4 5
55
11
–0.071
Ƶ 82.6–0.036
137
47.5±0.2
NACHI
4
Ƶ2
52
Ƶ19.05–0.021
21.2 –0.25
4–M10x16 22±0.2 12.5

0
0
158.5 Discharge port 106.4 Suction port

181.5 Code 61 - 3/4 124 Code 61 - 1
130
PVS-2B- 35 W*A *-E13 6$(%0RXQW

45 S
317.5 (MAX ) 45
Pilot port pp
1/4 SAE
Drain port
1/2 SAE
Pressure adjusting SOL b Pressure adjusting
screw screw (at solenoid ON) Differential pressure
(at solenoid OFF) adjusting screw
Differential pressure (adjustment forbidden)
adjusting screw
254(SS-G01)
Lock nut
212.5(SA-G01)
88.5 60 Lubrication port

3
6
Flow rate adjusting
screw Key width
+0.015
6.3 –0.010
104
90.5
53
69.5
38 3
172
Ƶ 101.6 –0.051
13
52.4±0.2
8
NACHI
Ƶ2
65
4–M10x16
B
A
26.2±0.2 15 Discharge port 144

Suction port
192.5 Code 61 - 1 146 Code 61 - 1 1/4
222.5 172

Range No.
35 0 to 3 0.875 0.987
12D 0.874 0.978
0 to 2
45 3 0.999 1.096
20D
0.998 1.087
A 15
2-Pressure, 2-Flow Rate Control Type w/Solenoid Cutoff
A Explanation of Model No.: PVS -- 1 B -- 16 RQ 2 S 1 -- E13 P-Q Characteristics
Piston Pumps
q1
2: AC220-230V
Pump capacity q
3: DC12V
SOL "ON"
cu in/rev
4: DC24V
Solenoid specifications A: SA-G01 q2
S: SS-G01
Pressure adjustment range SOL "OFF"
0: 286 - 500 P1 P2
1: 286 - 1000 Discharge pressure P psi
2: 429 - 2000
3: 429 - 3000
RQ A
S : 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control w/solenoid cutoff
Pump size 1, 2
Nominal 16, 22, 35, 45

16 A
PVS-1B- 22 54 S *-E13 6$($0RXQW
296.5(MAX) 42
P2 pressure adjusting
screw
(at solenoid ON) Differential pressure
SOL b adjusting screw
q1 flow rate (adjustment forbidden)
adjusting screw Drain port Differential pressure
adjusting screw
215(SS-G01)
3/8 SAE
adjusting screw 77.5 49.5
177(SA-G01)
6 Lubrication port
3
P1 pressure
43 Key width adjusting screw
0
4.76 –0.012
82
25.4 5
137
Ƶ 82.6 –0.036
–0.071
47.5±0.2
NACHI
4
Ƶ2
11
52
Ƶ 19.05–0.021
21.2 –0.25
22±0.2 12.5
0
4–M10x16 107.5(MAX)
0
158.5 106.4
181.5 Discharge port Suction port
Code 61 - 3/4 124
Code 61 - 1
221.5 130
A
PVS-2B- 35 RQ* *-E20
6 6$(%0RXQW
352.5(MAX) 45
Drain port
1/2 SAE
P2 pressure adjusting
screw SOL b Differential pressure Differential pressure
(at solenoid ON) adjusting screw adjusting screw
236(SS-G01)
adjusting screw
194.5(SA-G01)
q2 flow rate 88.5 60 Lubrication port

3
adjusting screw 6
Key width P1 pressure
+0.015
6.3 –0.010 adjusting screw
104
90.5
53
172
38 3
Ƶ 101.6 –0.051
13
52.4±0.2
8
Ƶ2
NACHI
65
B
A
4–M10x16 26.2±0.2 15 107.5(MAX)

192.5 Discharge port 144 Suction port
222.5 Code 61 - 1 146 Code 61 - 1 1/4
172

Range No.
35 0 to 3 0.875 0.987
12D 0.874 0.978
0 to 2
45 3 0.999 1.096
20D
0.998 1.087
A 16
2-Cutoff Control Type
Explanation of Model No.: PVS -- 1 B -- 16 C 2 S 1 -- E13 P-Q Characteristics A
Solenoid power supply 1: AC110-115V q1
Piston Pumps
2: AC220-230V
3: DC12V
Pump capacity q
4: DC24V
cu in/rev
q2 SOL "ON"
Solenoid specifications A: SA-G01
S: SS-G01
SOL
Pressure adjustment range "OFF"
0: 286 - 500 P1 P2
1: 286 - 1000 Discharge pressure P psi
2: 429 - 2000
3: 429 - 3000
CA
S : 2-cutoff control
Pump size 1, 2
Nominal 16, 22, 35, 45
PVS-1B- 16 C* A*-E13 6$($0RXQW

22 S
296.5(MAX) 49.5
(P2 pressure Differential pressure adjusting screw
77.5 6
q1 flow rate adjusting screw adjusting screw) (adjustment forbidden)
Drain port Differential pressure 80
q2 flow rate adjusting screw 3/8 SAE adjusting screw 42 Lubrication port
3
(P1 pressure
43 Key width adjusting screw)
0
4.76 –0.012
88
82
25.4 5
137
Ƶ 82.6 –0.036
–0.071
NACHI
Ƶ2
4
11
52
47.5±0.2
Ƶ 19.05–0.021
21.2 –0.25
22±0.2 102
0
0
4–M10x16 12.5
Discharge port 106.4
158.5 Suction port
Code 61 - 3/4 124 Code 61 - 1
25 181.5 130
295.5(SA-G01)
331.5(SS-G01)
P2 pressure adjusting screw

Opposite side: P1 pressure adjusting screw
PVS-2B- 35 C* A*-E20 6$(%0RXQW

45 S
352.5(MAX) 60
88.5 6
q1 flow rate adjusting screw Differential pressure (P2 pressure (adjustment forbidden)
Drain port adjusting screw adjusting screw) 45
Lubrication port
3
q2 flow rate adjusting screw 1/2 SAE (adjustment forbidden)
Key width (P1 pressure adjusting

screw)
6.3 +0.015
–0.010
104
90.5
53
38 3
172
Ƶ 101.6–0.051
52.4±0.2
8
Ƶ2
NACHI
13
65
B
A
Discharge port
26.2±0.2 15 Code 61 - 1 102 Suction port
4–M10x16 144 Code 61 - 1 1/4
192.5
222.5 146
351.5(SA-G01) 172
387.5(SS-G01)
Range No.
P2 pressure adjusting screw 35 0 to 3 0.875 0.987
12D 0.874 0.978
Opposite side: P1 pressure adjusting screw 0 to 2
45 3 0.999 1.096
20D
0.998 1.087
A 17
Foot Mounting Kit
A
Piston Pumps
Accessories Dimensions
Kit Model No. Applicable Pump Model No.
Bolt Q'ty Washer Q'ty A B C E F
PVS-0B
IHM-2-10 TB-10 ×30 2 WP-10 2 127.7 152.5 69.8 1 150.8
PVS-1B
IHM-4-10 PVS-2B TB-12 ×30 2 WP-12 2 220.7 246.5 107.95 1 114.3
Dimensions Weight
Kit Model No.
H (I) (J) K N P Q (S) T ƵD Ƶd1 Ƶd2 Ƶd3 Ƶd4 kg
IHM-2-10 96 64.5 32 17.5 13 M10 135 32.5 36.5 82.6 22 11 106.4 50 2.0
IHM-4-10 140 56.7 44 16 16 M12 195.5 12.7 53 101.6 22 11 146 40 5.5
When only the mounting feet are required, the pump mounting bolts, washers and other parts are sold together as the Foot Mounting Kit.
Piping Flange Kit

For PVS-1B, 2B X-NPT
Applicable Pump Model No. PVS-1B-16/22 PVS-2B-35/45

PSF-101000 PSF-102000
Plunger Kit model No.
Suction port Discharge port Suction port Discharge port
A 70 65 79 70
B 59 52 73 59
C 52.4 47.5 58.7 52.4
D 26.2 22.0 30.2 26.2
T 24 24 28 24
Ƶd1 Ƶ11 Ƶ11 Ƶ11 Ƶ11
Ƶd2 Ƶ28 Ƶ22 Ƶ37 Ƶ28
X 1 3/4 1-1/4 1
Mounting bolt TH-10 ×40 TH-10 ×40 TH-10 ×45 TH-10 ×40
Washer WS-B-10 WS-B-10 WS-B-10 WS-B-10
O-ring 1B-G35 1B-G30 1B-G45 1B-G35
Weight lbs 1.3 1.1 1.6 1.3
Notes: 1. The piping flange is on sale in the Flange Kit which includes mounting bolts, washers and O-rings.
2. O-ring 1B/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1B.
3. For details on tightening torque, see page C-11.
A 18
Uni-Pump Specifications
Explanation of Model No.: A
UPV -- 1 A -- 16 N 1 -- 1.5 * -- 4 * * -- *20(40)
Piston Pumps
Design No. 20: PVS-1B 0.75 - 5.5kW; 1 hp - 7 hp
PVS-2B 3.7 - 7.5kW; 5 hp - 10 hp
40: PVS-0B 0.75 - 3.7kW; 1 hp - 5 hp
*E: Unified Thread
Auxiliary symbol None: Side port type; Z: Axial port type (PVS-1B, 2B)
M: 230 Volt
G: 460 Volt
Symbol None: 200 Volt
Number of motor poles 4: 4 poles
Motor terminal None: Right side viewed from pump side

A: Left side viewed from pump side
0A
Motor output 0.7: 0.75 kW (1hp) 3.7: 3.7kW; (5hp) Note: UPV-1A is 0.75-5.5kW; (1 hp - 7 hp)
1.5: 1.5 kW (2hp) 5.5: 5.5kW; (7hp) UPV-2A is 3.7-7.5kW; (5 hp - 10 hp)
2.2: 2.2 kW (3hp) 7.5: 7.5kW; (10hp)

0: 286-500 psi
1: 286-1000 psi
2: 429-2000 psi
3: 429-3000 psi Note: Not available at 45 cm³/rev
Variable control mechanism
N: pressure compensation type (Note) Control option is also standard on the PVS pump.
Nominal 8, 16, 22, 35, 45
Motor mounting method
Mounting foot type
Pump size 0: PVS-0B, 1: PVS-1B, 2: PVS-2B
PVS series uni-pump
*This Uni-Pump is the metric version from Japan
Motor selection curves

Metric Version
UPV-0A UPV-1A ( /min) UPV-2A
( /min) ( /min)
16 40
3.7kW 5.5kW 80
7.5kW
14
3.7kW 5.5kW
Discharge volume Q
Discharge volume Q
Discharge volume Q
12 30 60
2.2kW 3.7kW
10
2.2kW 1.5kW
8 20 40
6
4 10 20
1.5kW
2
0.75kW 0.75kW
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 21
{20.4}{40.8}{61.2}{81.6} {102} {122} {143} {163} {184} {204} {214} {20.4}{40.8}{61.2}{81.6} {102} {122} {143} {163} {184} {204} {214} 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 21
{20.4}{40.8}{61.2}{81.6} {102} {122} {143} {163} {184} {204} {214}
Discharge pressure P MPa {kgf/cm²} Discharge pressure P MPa {kgf/cm²}
Discharge pressure P MPa {kgf/cm²}
U.S. Version UPV-2A

UPV-0A UPV-1A gpm
gpm gpm
4.2 10.5
5 hp 7 hp 21.1
10 hp
3.7
5 hp 7 hp
Discharge volume Q
Discharge volume Q
Discharge volume Q
3.1 7.9 15.8

3 hp 5 hp
2.6
3 hp 2 hp
2.1 5.2
10.5
1.5
1.0 2.6
2 hp 5.2
0.5
1 hp 1 hp
0 870 1450 2300 3000 0 870 1450 2300 3000 0 870 1450 2300 3000
• How to select the motor

The lower side of the output curves for each of the motors shown above indicates the operating range under rated output for that motor.
* Select a uni-pump that has a pressure and flow rate that is within the range of the drive so that the drive will not overload
A 19
Installation Dimension Drawings
A UPV-0A-8**-**-4-40 Pump model Flow rate adjusting screw Pressure adjusting screw Hanging bolt (5 hp only)
(side port type) Terminal box (nameplate)
Piston Pumps
Motor rating plate

A terminal D MAX.164.5 L
KL KL Terminal box 18 IL A
B terminal
P Drain port Uni-pump
SAE 3/8 (Name sticker)
Lubrication port
77
50
I
H
ƵKD
-0.5
0
(Round drain hole)
C
Suction port
SAE 3/4 11
127.5 T
(suction port, discharge
110 J F F
G
port position) R
S
E E Discharge port 149.5 N
M SAE 1/2
O O Auxiliary View R: Oval Hole Detail
(4 locations)
1 hp Electric drive 1 hp Electric drive
conceptual diagram (A terminal) conceptual diagram (B terminal)
UPV-1A- 16**-**-4-20 Flow rate adjusting screw Pressure adjusting screw Hanging bolt(3.7/5.5kWonly)
22
(side port type) D
Motor rating plate
MAX.187 L
Terminal box
KL KL 77.5 IL A
B terminal
Uni-pump
Terminal box P Drain port (Name sticker)
A terminal Lubrication port SAE 3/8
82
55
H
I
Ƶ2
4
±0.2
-0.5
Ƶ KD
0
47.5
C
(Round drain hole) 22 ±0.2 4-M10X16

158.5
(suction port, discharge
124 J port position) F F
4-M10X16
G
R
E E Discharge port Pump model
181.5 N Ƶ 24
M Code 61 - 3/4 T
(nameplate) 26.2
±0.2
52.4 ±0.2
Suction port O
O
S
Code 61 - 1 Suction port shape
1 hp Electric drive 1 hp Electric drive
conceptual diagram conceptual diagram View R(4 locations)
(A terminal) (B terminal)
UPV-2A- 35**-**-4-20 Flow rate adjusting screw Pressure adjusting screw

45 Motor rating plate
D
(side port type) KL KL MAX.257 L
B terminal
Drain port 88.5 IL A
A terminal Lubrication port
SAE 1/2 Uni-pump
(Name sticker)
104
69.5
I
H
Ƶ2
8
52.4 ±0.2
Ƶ KD
-0.5
0
C
(Round drain hole)

±0.2
26.2 4-M10X16
144 J 192.5(suction port, discharge port position) F F
G
R
E E 4-M10X16 222.5 N
M Pump model T
Ƶ 28
(nameplate)
Suction port 30.2 ±0.2
S
Discharge port
±0.2
Code 61 - 1 1/4 Code 61 - 1

58.7
View R(4 locations) Suction port shape

*These Pumps are Metric Versions from Japan Note: A terminal measurements are in parentheses ( ).
1. Drive motor is fully enclosed fan cooled, 1 to 5 hp is E type, and 7 to 10 hp is B type.
2. Standard voltage for drive motor is 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz or 220 VAC, 60 Hz; EM - 230 VAC, EG - 460 VAC
3. Viewed from the pump side, suction port is on the left and discharge port is on the right.
4. Broken lines indicate instances for the A terminal. Broken lines pass through to the other side of the pump along its center.
A 20
Motor Specifications
Output
Motor Dimensions
Frame
A
Weight
hp No.
Piston Pumps
A IL C D E F G H I J L M N S ×T KD KL O lbs
1 133 107.5 80 170 62.5 50 4.5 165 î 35 240.5 165 130 18×10 Ƶ27 157 27.5 80M 14.5
2 143 118.5 90 198 70 62.5 10 190 î 40 261 176 150 12×10 Ƶ27 159 î 90L 16
3 157.5 133 100 198 80 70 12 200 î 40 290.5 200 168 14×12 Ƶ27 159 î 100L 21
5 186 143.5 112 214 95 70 12 î 261 40 329.5 220 168 14×12 Ƶ27 166 î 112M 27
7 210.5 163.5 132 252 108 70 15 î 303 50 374 260 175 14×12 Ƶ35 240 î 132S 42
10 229.5 182.5 132 252 108 89 15 î 303 50 412 260 213 14×12 Ƶ35 240 î 132M 48
Characteristics of drive motor for unipump (domestic standard 3 rating)

(Note1)
Output Model Number Voltage Frequency Current rating RPM rating Heat
Poles
hp TYPE (N) [V] [Hz] [A] [min -1 ] resistance
200 50 2.2 1400

VBDA -0A4*04
.5 4 200 60 2.0 1680 B
(VDS series only)
230-460 60 2.0 1710
200 50 3.8 1410
1 4 V*DA-*A4*07 200 60 3.4 1690 B
230-460 60 3.4 1720
200 50 7.0 1410
2 4 V*DA-*A4*15 200 60 6.2 1690 B
230-460 60 6.0 1710
200 50 9.8 1400
3 4 V*DA-*A4*22 200 60 8.9 1680 B
230-460 60 8.5 1710
200 50 16.0 1410
5 4 V*DA-*A4*37 200 60 14.8 1690 B
230-460 60 14.0 1710
200 50 23.8 1430
7 4 V*DA-*A4*55 200 60 21.0 1730 B
230-460 60 20.0 1740
200 50 31.8 1435
10 4 V*DA-*A4*75 200 60 28.2 1730 B
230-460 60 27.0 1740
1. The asterisks * indicate variations in the hydraulic pump series, size, and position of terminal box.
Check the ratings sticker on the top of the drive motor.
2.Contact us for variations in voltage.
A 21
PZS Series Variable Volume Piston Pump Discharge
A *
* port
4.27 to 13.47 cu in/rev

PZS Series Variable M
Piston Pumps
*
4.27 to 6.10 cu in/rev 4085 psi
0
Suction
Volume Piston Pumps
Drain
port port
7.93 to 13.42/rev 3642 psi
Features
1 High pressure, high reliability the PVS series provides high support hydraulic pressure balance, for stable
These pumps deliver the perfect combina- and rigidity, making it possible to operation across a wide range and
tion of high pressure (4085 psi maximum) increase the number of pistons (from better contamination resistance
and high reliability. nine to 11) and equip optimal valve characteristics.
Hydraulic device energy efficiency is plates, all of which make low-noise 4 A wide range of possible applications
ensured because variable volume operation possible. In addition to use as a stand-alone
capabilities provide the means to keep the 3 High reliability, long life pump, a PZS Series pump can be
discharge rate to the desired level. O-ring seals used for mating surfaces combined with another IP pump in a
2 Low noise, low vibration operation eliminate worries about oil leaks. A wide range of possible applications with an
The semi-cylindrical swash plate of spherical valve plate maintains optimal adapter kit.
Specifications
Rated Maximum Revolution Speed min -1 Fixed Discharge Pump (Note 1)

Pump
Capacity Pressure Working Pressure Adjustment Weight
Model No. in³/rev Range psi Capacity Pressure
psi Pressure psi (lbs) GPM
(cm³/rev) Min. Max.
cu in/rev psi
PZS-3B- 70* 1-E4481A 2 - 1000

291 0 3.6 to 15.8 0
21
3-E4481A 2.74 - 4.27 3000 4085 291 - 3000 .4 500 1800 81 (IPH- 32
(70) 291 - 4085 {214}
4-E10 .4 2.3 type)
PZS-4B- 100* 1-E4481A 2 - 1000

291 0 3.6 to 15.8 0
21
3-E4481A 2.44 - 6.10 3000 4085 291 - 3000 .4 500 1800 128 (IPH- 46
(100) 291 - 4085 {214}
4-E10 .4 2.3 type)
PZS-5B- 130* 1-E10 2 - 1000
291 0 3.6 to 32.3 0
3.11 - 7.93 21
3-E5533A 3000 3642 291 - 3000 .4 500 1800 189 (IPH- 60
(130) {214}
4 291 - 3642 .4 2.3.4 type)
PZS-6B- 180* 1-E10 2 - 1000
291 0 3.6 to 63.9 0
6.16 - 10.98 21
3 3000 3642 291 - 3000 .4 500 1800 271 (IPH- 83
(180) {214}
4 291 - 3642 .4 2.3.4.5 type)
PZS-6B- 220* 1-E10 2 - 1000

291 0 3.6 to 63.9 0
7.56 - 13.42 3000 3642 21 87
3 291 - 3000 .4 500 1500 278 (IPH-
(220) {214}
4 291 - 3642 . 2.3.4.5 type)
Note 1. Fixed discharge pump can be configured by combining with an IP pump.
2. Pump capacity adjustment ranges are for control codes N, RS, and WS. For information about control code NQ, see page A-27.
3. Direction of rotation is clockwise when viewed from the shaft end.
•Handling insert the return section of the drain • Management of Hydraulic Operating
•Cautions during Pump Installation and piping into the hydraulic operating fluid. Fluid
Piping Also, observe the values in the following 1 Use only good-quality hydraulic operating
1 Use flexible couplings for connecting the table to limit the drain back pressure to fluid with a kinematic viscosity during
pump shaft to the drive shaft, and prevent 14.5 psi. operation within the range of 20 to 200
a radial or thrust load from being applied Model centistokes. Normally, you should use an
to the pump shaft. No . 3B, 4B, 5B 6B R&O type and wear-resistant type of
Item
2 Eccentricity between the drive shaft and ISOGV32 to 68 or equivalent. The
Pipe joint size at least 3/4" at least 1"
pump shaft should be no greater than optimum kinematic viscosity during
.001 in, with an eccentric angle error of Pipe I.D 5/8 7/8
operation is 20 to 50 centistokes.
1°or less. 2 The operating temperature range is 40 to
3 Set the clamping length of couplings and Pipe length 1m or less 1m or less 140°F. When the oil temperature at
pump shafts at least 2/3 the length of the startup is 5°C or less, run the pump at
coupling width. 7 Mount the pump so the pump shaft is low pressure and low speed until the oil
4 Use a sufficiently rigid pump mounting oriented horizontally. temperature reaches 40°F.
base. 8 Use of rubber hose is recommended 3 Provide a suction strainer with a filtering
5 Set the pressure on the pump suction in order to minimize noise and vibration. JUDGHRIDERXWƫPHVK
side to -5 psi or more (suction port 9 Check valve is located on the discharge
flow velocity within 6 ft/sec). side of the pump. (To prevent reverse (continued on following page)
6 Raise part of the drain piping to above rotation and damage to the pump when it
the topmost part of the pump body, and is off)
A 22
4 Manage hydraulic operating fluid so direction of the pump is the same as the • Configuring Pressure and Discharge
contamination is maintained at class
NAS10 or lower.
rotation direction indicated by the arrow
on the pump body.
Rate Settings
The factory default pump discharge rate A
5 Use hydraulic operating fluid when the 4 Air entering the pump or pipes can setting is the setting's maximum value,
operating ambient temperature is in the while the default discharge pressure is the
Piston Pumps
cause noise or vibration. At startup, set
range of 32 to 140°F. the pump discharge side to a no-load settings minimum value. Change the
• Startup Precautions state, and operate the pump in the discharge rate and discharge pressure
Before starting up the pump, fill the pump settings in accordance with your particular
1 inching mode to remove any air that operating conditions.
body with clean hydraulic operating fluid might be in the pump or pipes.
[Pressure Adjustment]
Discharge
through the lubrication port. 5 Equip an air bleed valve in circuits
rate
where it is difficult to release air before Rotating the pressure Rotate left
Model No. Oil Amount cu in startup. adjusting screw Rotate
(See "IP Pumps" on page C-13.) clockwise increases right
PZS-3B 61 pressure. Pressure
6 Install a check valve on the discharge
PZS-4B 110 side to protect the pump if the load is [Discharge Volume Pressure adjustment range
large or if there is an accumulator in the Adjustment]
Discharge rate
Discharge rate adjustment range
PZS-5B 134 Rotating the flow
circuit on the discharge side of the
PZS-6B 183 pump. rate adjusting Rotate left
7 Do not release the pressure in the screw clockwise Rotate right
An unload circuit is required when decreases the
2 hydraulic circuit by switching the discharge rate.
the motor is started under condition WYE solenoid valve (RS/WS type) on the Pressure
Delta . Contact your agent about the pump. Note:
unload circuit. 8 Provide a return filter of 10m or less Securely tighten the lock nut after making
3 Check to make sure that the rotation adjustments.
Understanding Model Numbers P-Q characteristics
Standard Type, Pressure compensation(N)
Pump capacity
PZS -- 4 B -- 100 N * -- E10
cu in/rev
Design number
E-5533A Thru Drive 5B (SAE A)
Note: Thru Drive for SAE A - E4481A (3B & 4B)
1: 291 - 1000
3: 291 - 3000 Discharge pressure psi
4: 291 - 4085
Note: PZS-5B/6B maximum operating pressure: 3642 psi Discharge
* port
Variable Control Mechanisms *
N: Pressure compensation control
Pump capacity (cm³/rev)
70, 100, 130, 180, 220
M
Mounting method B: Flange type mounting A: Foot type mounting 0
*
Suction Drain
Pump size 3, 4, 5, 6 port port
Option type, 2-Pressure, 2-Flow Rate Control Type (NQ) P-Q characteristics
PZS -- 4 B -- 100 N * Q * -- E10
qH
Pump capacity
cu in/rev
Design number E10
N*: High-pressure adjustment range, PH qL

Q*: Low-pressure adjustment range, P L
1: 291 - 1000
3: 291 - 3000
4: 291 - 4085 PL PH
Note: PZS-5B maximum operating pressure: 3642 psi Discharge pressure psi
* Discharge
port
Variable Control Mechanisms *
NQ: 2-pressure, 2-flow rate control
Pump capacity (cm³/rev)

70, 100, 130
M
Mounting method B: Flange type mounting A: Foot type mounting 0
*
Suction port Drain port
Pump size 3, 4, 5
A 23
A Solenoid Cutoff Control Type (RS)
PZS -- 4 B -- 100 R * S * -- E10 P-Q characteristics
Design Number
E-5533A Thru Drive 5B
Piston Pumps
Note: Thru Drive for SAE A - E4481A (3B-4B
Pump capacity
cm 3 / rev
Solenoid power supply
1: AC100-115V
2: AC200-230V
SOL"OFF"
1: 291 - 1000
3: DC12V SOL"ON"
3: 291 - 3000 4: DC24V
4: 291 - 4085 Discharge pressure MPa
Note: PZS-5B/6B maximum operating pressure: 3625 psi
Variable Control Mechanisms Discharge
RS: Solenoid cutoff control (S: SS-G01) * port
Pump capacity (cu in/rev) *
70, 100, 130, 180, 220
Mounting method B: Flange type mounting A: Foot type mounting

M
Pump size 3, 4, 5, 6
0
*
ɵ'RQRWXVHWKHVROHQRLGYDOYHWRUHOHDVHWKHSUHVVXUHLQWKHK\GUDXOLFFLUFXLW Suction port Drain port
2-Pressure Control System (WS)

PZS -- 4 B -- 100 W * S * -- E10 P-Q characteristics
Design Number
E-5533A Thru Drive 5B
Pump capacity
Note: Thru Drive for SAE A - E4481A (3B-4B
cu in/rev
Pressure adjustment range 1: AC100-115V
1: 2 to 7MPa 2: AC200-230V SOL"OFF" SOL"ON"
3: 2 to 21MPa 3: DC12V
4: DC24V
4: 2 to 28MPa PL PH
Note: PZS-5B/6B maximum operating pressure: 3625 psi Discharge pressure psi

WS: 2-pressure control type (S: SS-G01) Discharge
* port
Pump capacity (cm³/rev) *
70, 100, 130, 180, 220
Mounting method B: Flange type mounting A: Foot type mounting

M
Pump size 3, 4, 5, 6 *
0
Suction port Drain port
Installation Dimension Drawings control valve at a pipe volume of 9 cu in or less.
Pressure Compensation Type
Installing a remote control relieve valve to the pilot port provides
remote control of pressure compensation. (PZS series "P type")
PZS-3B-70N*-E10 (E4481A Thru Drive) SAE C 2 Bolt Mount (will fit)
Pilot port Pressure adjusting Lubrication
1/4 BSPT screw port 3/8 BSPP 57
34 Drain port 3/4 SAE
(P
CD
Key width 18
1)
18
0
7.94 –0.05
147.5
Flow rate
147
136
adjusting screw Suction port

48 5
Ƶ 127–0.051
128
SAE A Mount
0
58.7
70
30
Ƶ
75 Ƶ 38
85
36
Ƶ31.75–0.051
35.33–0.25
Discharge port M10X16 Discharge port

0
0
30.2 18 128 Suction port 4-M12X20

223 Code 61 - 1 1/4
8 164 Code 61 - 1 1/2
279 85 172
296 (MAX)
306 (MAX)
A 24
PZS-4B-100N*-10 (E4481A Thru Drive) 4 Bolt SAE D Mount
Flow rate adjusting screw
Pilot port 1/4 BSPT
Pressure
adjusting screw
Lubrication port 3/8 BSPP 58 A
91 Drain port 3/4 SAE (P
CD
22
Piston Pumps
8.
SAE A Mount Key width 5)
21
0
9.53 –0.015
195
167
153
Suction port
55 10
161.6
Ƶ152.4–0.005
0
77.8
77.8
33
Ƶ
81
100
Ƶ 48
Ƶ 38.1–0.030
42.9
42.2–0.15
Discharge port
M12X20
0
0
25 8 4-M12X20
42.9 161.6
257 90 Discharge port Suction port
320 200
Code 61 - 2 Code 61 - 2
347 (MAX)
PZS-5B-130N*-E10 (E5533A Thru Drive) 4 Bolt SAE E Mount

Pressure adjusting screw Lubrication port 3/8 BSPP
Pilot port 1/4 BSPT 70
Key width
Ƶ2
0
11.113 –0.051
2
206
185
Flow rate Suction port
155
adjusting screw 67 6
224.6
–0.040
(265)
0
88.9
88.9
Ƶ3
8 Ƶ 165.1
87 Ƶ 60
SAE A Mount
50.8
Ƶ 44.45–0.051
49.43–0.25
Discharge M12X20
0
portg 110 110 4-M12X20

50.8 25 10
268 100 Discharge port 224.6 Suction port
334 (265) Code 61 - 2 1/2
362 (MAX) Code 61 - 2 1/2
364 (MAX)
PZS-6B-180N*-E10 4 Bolt SAE E Mount

PZS-6B-220N*-E10
76
Pressure adjusting screw Lubrication port 3/8 BSPP
Pilot port 1/4 BSPT
99 Drain port 1” SAE
Ƶ2
Key width
Flow rate 0
2
245
adjusting screw 14 –0.018

209
Suction port
194
52
Ƶ
60 5
–0.040
0
106.4
88.9
Ƶ 165.1
(224.6)
(265)
74
Discharge Ƶ 70
port
+0.008
Ƶ 50+0.021
53.5–0.3
0
61.9
50.8 M12X20 25 12 (224.6)
Suction port 4-M16X25
333 88 Discharge port 130 130
411 (265) Code 61 - 3
Code 61 - 2 1/2
Flow Adjustment Rotation Angle (l) and Pump Capacity (q)

8.5 13.7
13.4
7.9 Flow rate adjustment
7.3
length: l 12.2
20
-2
10.9
6B
30
6.1 10.6
Pump capacity q
S-
Pump capacity q
-1
00
PZ
5B
-1 80
4B
cu in/rev
cu in/rev
S-
- -1
6B
PZ
4.8 S 9.1
PZ S-
4.2 8.4 PZ
70
3.6 B- 7.6
3.1 ZS-3 Flow rate
2.7
P adjusting screw 6.9
2.5 6.1
2.4
Lock nut End plug

1.2 4.5
.19 .39 .59 .78 1.0 .19 .39 .59 .78 1.0
Flow rate adjustment length in l Flow rate adjustment length in l
Use a flow adjustment length that is within the range noted in the above chart. Using a length that is outside the lower limit adjustment range can lead to oil leaks.
A 25
A 2-Pressure, 2-Flow Rate Control Type
PZS-3B-70N*Q*-10 (E4481A Thru Drive) (will fit) 2 Bolt SAE C Mount
P L pressure
Piston Pumps
qL flow rate P H pressure

adjusting screw adjusting screw adjusting screw 127.5 Lubrication port
qH flow rate
adjusting screw
Key width 18
0
7.94 –0.05
177
Suction port
136
48 5
SAE A Mount
128
Ƶ127–0.051
58.7
70
0
30 Ƶ 38
85
75
Discharge 36
Ƶ 31.75–0.051
35.33–0.25
port M10x16 (P
CD
0
0
30.2 18 1 4-M12X20
223 8 Discharge 128 Suction 81)
279 85 port 164 port
411 (MAX) Code 61 - 1 1/4 172 Code 61 - 1 1/2
PZS-4B-100N*Q*-10 (E4481A Thru Drive) 4 Bolt SAE D Mount

qL flow rate P H pressure P L pressure adjusting screw
adjusting screw adjusting screw 129 Lubrication port
Drain port 3/4 SAE
qH flow rate
adjusting screw 91
Key width 21
0
9.53 –0.015
197
Suction port
153
55 10
SAE A Mount
161.6
Ƶ152.4–0.005
77.8
77.8
0
Ƶ3
3
100
81 Ƶ 48
Discharge
port (P 42.9
Ƶ38.1–0.030
CD
42.2–0.15
M12x20 22
25 8 4-M12X20
0
0
42.9 8.
5
257 90 Discharge Suction )
320 port 161.6 port
452 (MAX) Code 61 - 2 200 Code 61 - 2
PZS-5B-130N*Q*-10 (E5533A Thru Drive) 4 Bolt SAE E Mount

P H pressure
adjusting screw P L pressure adjusting screw 141
qL flow rate
adjusting screw 35 Lubrication port
qH flow rate Drain port 3/4 SAE
adjusting screw
Key width
0
11.113 –0.051
215
Suction port
Ƶ2
155
67 6
2
224.6
SAE A Mount
(265)
Ƶ165.1–0.040
88.9
88.9
0
Ƶ3
8 Ƶ 60
87
Discharge
port
Ƶ 44.45–0.051
50.8
49.43–0.25
M12x20
0
0
50.8 25 10 4-M12X20
268 100 110 110
334 Discharge
port 224.6 Suction port
466 (MAX) (265)
Code 61 - 2 1/2 Code 61 - 2 1/2
Pump Volume Adjustable Range P-Q characteristics

Volume Adjustment Range cu in/rev Factory Default qH
Pump capacity q
Pump Model No.

qH Note 1 qL Note 2 qL Setting (cu in/rev)
PZS-3B-70N*Q*-10 .3 to 4.2 .3 to 2.4 .85

qL
PZS-4B-100N*Q*-10 .9 to 6.1 .4 to 3.6 1.2
PZS-5B-130N*Q*-10 1.0 to 7.9 .48 to 4.2 1.5 cu in/rev
Note 1: The setting range for pump maximum capacity qH depends on the q L setting.
PL PH
Note 2: Overall efficiency at a low flow rate is worse than at the maximum flow rate. Keep this in
Discharge pressure psi
mind when deciding on the drive motor capacity.
Note 3: PL is set to 500 psi before shipping. (PH is the lowest pressure)
A 26
PZS Pump 2-Pressure 2-Flow Rate Control Flow Rate Adjustment Graph
• Be sure to adjust the low flow rate first, and then adjust the maximum flow rate.
A
• Remember that the maximum flow rate adjustment range (lower limit) changes in accordance with the low flow rate
Piston Pumps
adjustment. The maximum flow rate adjustment lower limit is equivalent to the low flow rate adjustment length (L1) plus .43”.
• Pump efficiency at a low flow rate is worse than at the maximum flow rate. Keep this in mind when deciding on the drive
motor capacity.
qH (maximum capacity)
adjusting screw
qL (small capacity)
Q2 Q1 adjusting screw
Pump small capacity Pump maximum capacity

adjustment length adjustment length
6.1 8.5
5.5 7.9
4.8 7.3
(cu in/rev)
(cu in/rev)
4.2 6.7
5B
3.6 6.1 S-
5B -4B PZ
H
B
L
3.0 S- PZS 5.5

S-4
Pump capacity q
Pump capacity q
PZ PZ
2.4 B 4.8
S-3 L1
PZ 4.2
1.8 B L2
S-3
1.2 3.6 PZ
.6 3.0
0 2.4
.5 .6 .7 .78 .86 .94 1.0 1.1 1.18 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.7 1.8 2.0
Adjustment length: L1 (in) Adjustment length: L2 (in)
Adapter with coupling for Thru Drive E4481A & E5533A
E4481A - PZMK SAE A (with 3/4” coupling)

E4481A - PZMK SAE A 5/8 (with 5/8” coupling)
E5533A - JWF-SUB-0187-15-A (SAE A with 7/8” coupling)
E5533A - JWF-SUB-0186-15-A (SAE A with 3/4” coupling)
E5533A - JWF-SUB-0188-15-A (SAE B with 1” coupling)
A 27
Solenoid Cutoff Control Type
A
3UHVVXUHDGMXVWLQJ
/XEULFDWLRQ VFUHZ
2 Bolt SAE C Mount poUt
PZS-3B-70R*S*-10 DUDLQSRUW6$(

Piston Pumps
KH\ZLGWK
0
² 18
202

136
)OoZUDWH

6XFWLRQSRUt
DGMXVWLQJVFUHZ
Ƶ127–
128

70
30
Ƶ
Ƶ 38

36
Ƶ –
M10x16
–
18 (PC
128
0
0
D1 0;
'LVFKDUJHSRUt 223 8
6XFWLRQ 81
'LVFKDUJHSRUt poUt )
172
0$;
&RGH &RGH
0$;
4 Bolt SAE D Mount /XEULFDWLRQ 3UHVVXUHDGMXVWLQJVFUHZ

poUt
PZS-4B-100R*S*-10
'UDLQSRUW6$(
)OoZUDWH
DGMXVWLQJVFUHZ
KH\ZLGWK
222
21

0
² 6XFWLRQSRUt

10
Ƶ–
0

33
Ƶ
100
81 Ƶ

Ƶ –
'LVFKDUJH 3
–
M12x20 8 &'

poUt 0;
0
0

200 6XFWLRQ
320 'LVFKDUJHSRUt poUt
0$; &RGH &RGH
4 Bolt SAE E Mount

PZS-5B-130R*S*-10 /XEULFDWLRQ
70 3UHVVXUHDGMXVWLQJVFUHZ
poUt
)OoZUDWH
DGMXVWLQJVFUHZ 'UDLQSRUW6$(
2
Ƶ2
KH\ZLGWK
0
–
232
6XFWLRQSRUt

67 6

Ƶ–

Ƶ3
8 Ƶ 60
87

Ƶ –
–
'LVFKDUJHSRUt M12x20
0
0;
10 110 110
6XFWLRQSRUt
268 100 'LVFKDUJH
poUt &RGH
0$; &RGH
0$;
4 Bolt SAE E Mount
PZS-6B-180R*S*-10
PZS-6B-220R*S*-10
)OoZUDWH /XEULFDWLRQ
DGMXVWLQJVFUHZ poUt 3UHVVXUHDGMXVWLQJVFUHZ
'UDLQSRUW6$(
22
KH\ZLGWK Ƶ

0
–
6XFWLRQSRUt

Ƶ 60
Ƶ–

Ƶ 70
'LVFKDUJH
poUt

Ƶ
–

0
M12x20 12 6XFWLRQ 0;

'LVFKDUJH
333 88 poUt 130 130 poUt
&RGH
&RGH
ɵ8VLQJWKHLQVWDOOHGVROHQRLGYDOYHVRLWLVFRQWLQXRXVO\FRQGXFWLQJFXUUHQWFDQFDXVHWKHFRLOVXUIDFHWREHFRPHKRW
ɵ'RQRWXVHWKHVROHQRLGYDOYHWRUHOHDVHWKHSUHVVXUHLQWKHK\GUDXOLFFLUFXLW

A 28
127.5
2-Pressure Control Type
A
57.5 P H pressure
Lubrication P L pressure adjusting screw
2 Bolt SAE C Mount port adjusting screw
PZS-3B-70W*S-10 34 Drain port 3/4 SAE
Piston Pumps
18
242
Key width
0
7.94 –0.05
174.5
Flow rate
Suction port
102.5
adjusting screw
136
48 5
Ƶ127–0.051
128
58.7
70
0
Ƶ3
0 Ƶ 38
75
85
36
Ƶ31.75–0.051
Discharge port M10x16
35.33–0.25
(P 4-M12X20
CD
0
30.2 18 1
223 8 128 Suction 81)
279 85 Discharge port 164 port
296 (MAX) 172 Code 61 - 1 1/2
Code 61 - 1 1/4
306 (MAX)
4 Bolt SAE D Mount 128.5

PZS-4B-100W*S*-10 Lubrication P L pressure
58.5
P H pressure adjusting screw
port adjusting screw
Drain port 3/4 SAE
91
Flow rate
adjusting screw 21
Key width
262
0
9.53 –0.015
195
122.5
55 10 Suction port
153
Ƶ 152.4–0.005
161.6
0
77.8
77.8
Ƶ3
3
100
81 Ƶ 48
Discharge port 42.9

Ƶ38.1 –0.030
42.2 –0.15
M12x20 (P 4-M12X20
CD
0
0
42.9 25 8 22
257 90 Suction 8.5
Discharge port 161.6 port )
320
347 (MAX) Code 61 - 2 200 Code 61 - 2
4 Bolt SAE E Mount
PZS-5B-130W*S*-10 141
P L pressure 71 P H pressure
Lubrication adjusting screw
port adjusting screw
22
Ƶ
Key width
272
0
11.113 –0.051
Flow rate Suction port
155
132.5
adjusting screw 67 6 (265)

224.6
Ƶ165.1–0.040
88.9
88.9
Ƶ3
8 Ƶ 60
87
Discharge port 50.8
Ƶ 44.45 –0.051
M12x20
49.43 –0.25
0
50.8 25 10 4-M12X20
268 100 110 110
334 224.6
362 (MAX) Discharge port Suction port
(265)
364 (MAX) Code 61 - 2 1/2 Code 61 - 2 1/2
4 Bolt SAE E Mount

PZS-6B-180W*S*-10
PZS-6B-220W*S*-10 146.5
Lubrication P L pressure 76.5 P H pressure
port adjusting screw adjusting screw
99 Drain port 1 SAE
2
296
Flow rate Key width Ƶ2

245
adjusting screw 0
14 –0.018 Suction port
2
194
156.5
Ƶ5
60 5
Ƶ165.1–0.040
106.4
0
88.9
(224.6)
Ƶ 70
(265)
74
Discharge port
+0.021
Ƶ 50 +0.008
53.5 –0.3
0
M12x20 61.9
50.8 25 12 (224.6)
333 88 Discharge port 130 130 Suction port 4-M16X25
411 Code 61 - 2 1/2 (265) Code 61 - 3
ɵ8VLQJWKHLQVWDOOHGVROHQRLGYDOYHVRLWLVFRQWLQXRXVO\FRQGXFWLQJFXUUHQWFDQFDXVHWKHFRLOVXUIDFHWREHFRPHKRW
ɵ'RQRWXVHWKHVROHQRLGYDOYHWRUHOHDVHWKHSUHVVXUHLQWKHK\GUDXOLFFLUFXLW
A 29
A Performance Curves Typical Characteristics at a Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity of 46 centistokes
PZS-3B-70N*-10
Piston Pumps
Pressure - Flow Rate Axial input

General Performance Characteristics Q=33
34 80 gpm
1800min–1
Discharge rate
31 37
Discharge rate
Q gpm
Q
1500min–1 29 1800min–1 Q=26
Q gpm
Q 67
26 31 gpm
Volume efficiency 1500min–1
Ʀv Q=21
100 26 53 gpm
Axial input hp
90
Efficiency
Overall efficiency
Ʀ
Ʀ,Ʀv%
80 Q=16
40
70 gpm
60 80 60
50 67 27
Input Lin hp
53 2.6 –1
40
min
–1
min
DR gpm
–1
00 –1
Input Lin hp
00 in in
Drain rate
18 0m 40 18 0m
Lin 150 26 1.3
Lin 150 20
13
DR
13
0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000

10
Noise Level dB(A)
8 80
5 70 1800min–1
– 1
in
0m 1500min–1
180
–1
in
2.6 0m 60
150
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
PZS-4B-100N*-10 Typical Characteristics at a Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity of 46 centistokes
Pressure - Flow Rate

General Performance Characteristics Axial input
1800min–1 1800min–1
Discharge rate
Discharge rate
47 47
Q Q
42 1500min–1
Q gpm
Q gpm
134
37 42
1500min–1
Q=47
Volume efficiency gpm
100 Ʀv 37 107
Axial input hp
90
Overall efficiency Q=37
Efficiency
80 Ʀ 107 107 gpm

Ʀ,Ʀv%
–1 80
70 n
mi
80 00 80 Q=26
60 18 –1
gpm
Input Lin hp
n
Input Lin hp
–1
50 mi
n mi 53
00
–1
n
00 mi 53 15 53
18 00 10
15 Lin Q=16
DR gpm
gpm
Drain rate
Lin 26
26 5 26
DR
0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
Axial input at full cutoff Noise Characteristics

10
80
Noise Level dB(A)
8
1800min–1
– 1
5 in
0m –1 70
180 min
00 1500min–1
15
2.6
60
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
A 30
Pressure – Flow Rate

A
Piston Pumps
63
160
Discharge rate
58 63
Discharge rate
1800min–1
Q Q=61
52 1800min–1
gpm
Q gpm
134
Q gpm
1500min–1 47 52
1500min–1 Q=52
Volume efficiency
100 Ʀv 42 107 gpm
90
Axial input hp
Efficiency
Overall efficiency Q=39

Ʀ,Ʀv%
80 Ʀ
80 gpm
70
60 160 160 Q=26
50 134 53
gpm
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
–1 107 2.6 107
min 1
00
1 –
DR gpm
in
–
80 –1 in
Drain rate
18 0m min 0m
Lin 150 53 1.3 00 150 53
26
18
26
0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 3625 0 1000 2000 3000 3625 0 1000 2000 3000 3625
Axial input at full cutoff

18
16 Noise Characteristics
13
Noise Level dB(A)
10 min
–1
–1 80 1800
n
8 mi
00
18 70 –1
0min
150
–1
5 min
00 60
15
2.6
0
0 1000 2000 3000 3625 0 1000 2000 3000 3625

87 Q=85
Discharge rate
Discharge rate
1800min–1 79 87 Q 187 gpm

Q 1500min–1
71 1800min–1
Q gpm
Q gpm
63 71 160
1500min–1 Q=66
100 Ʀv 55 134
Q=52
90
Axial input hp
gpm
Efficiency
Overall efficiency
Ʀ
Ʀ,Ʀv%
80 214 107
Q=39
70 187
gpm
60 160 160 80
Input Lin hp
–1 –1
n 134
50 mi n
Input Lin hp
00 mi –1
18 107 2.6 00 mi
n 107 53
–1
in 18 00
15
DR gpm
0m
Drain rate
80 Lin
0
Lin 15 53 1.3 DR 53 26
26
0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 3625 0 1000 2000 3000 3625 0 1000 2000 3000 3625

21
18 Noise Characteristics
16
13 n
–1 80
mi
Noise Level dB(A)
in–1
00 –1 1800m
18 in
10 0 0m
15 in–1
8 70 1500m
5
2.6 60
0
0 1000 2000 3000 3625 0 1000 2000 3000 3625
A 31
A PZS-6B-220N*-10 Typical Characteristics at a Hydraulic Operating Fluid Kinematic Viscosity of 46 centistokes
Piston Pumps
87 214
1500min–1 Q=87
Discharge rate
1500min–1
Discharge rate
79 87 gpm
Discharge rate Q
1200min–1 71 Discharge rate Q 187
Q gpm
Q gpm
1200min–1
63 71
160 Q=66
100 Ʀv 55
90 134
Axial input hp
Q=52
Efficiency
Overall efficiency
Ʀ gpm
Ʀ,Ʀv%
80 214
107
70 187
n
–1 Q=39
60 160 mi 160 gpm
00 80
15
Input Lin hp
–1 –1
50
mi
n 134 min
Input Lin hp
00
00 1
107 2.6 12 107
15 mi
n– 53
DR gpm
0
Drain rate
0 80
Input Lin 12 Input Lin
53 1.3 53 26
Drain rate DR
26
0 0 0 10
0 1000 2000 3000 3625 0 1000 2000 3000 3625 0 1000 2000 3000 3625
Axial Input at Deadhead

21
Axial input at Deadhead hp
18
16 80
–1
Noise Level dB(A)
n
mi
– 1
13 in
00 n
–1
0m
15 mi 150
10 00 –1
12 0min
70 120
8
5
2.6 60
0 1000 2000 3000 3625 0 1000 2000 3000 3625

Performance Curves Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
PZS-3B-70N*-10 PZS-4B-100N*-10 PZS-6B-**N*-10 1 Body 19 Spring holder 37 O-ring

2 Case 20 Retainer 38 O-ring
21 3 Shaft 21 Needle 39 O-ring
4 Cylinder barrel 22 Key 40 O-ring
5 Valve plate 23 Plug 41 Backup ring
6 Piston 24 Pin 42 Orifice
7 Shoe 25 Orifice 43 Flat philips head screw
8 Shoe holder 26 Nut 44 Plug
9 Barrel holder 27 Ball bearing 45 Pin
10 Swash plate 28 Needle bearing 46 Bolt
11 Thrust bush 29 Oil seal 47 Plug
12 Seal holder 30 Snap ring 48 O-ring
13 Thrust plate 31 Snap ring 49 Plate
14 Spring C 32 Snap ring 50 Washer
15 Spring S 33 O-ring 51 Bolt
16 Control piston 34 O-ring 52 Eye bolt
17 End plug 35 O-ring
18 Guide screw 36 O-ring
List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number 3B : PZBS-103000,

39 45 4B : PZAS-104100, 5B: PZAS-104000, 6B : PZBS-106000)
Part Product Number
Name Remarks
No. PZS-3B Q'ty PZS-4B Q'ty PZS-6B Q'ty
29 Oil seal TCN-456812 1 TCN-507212 1 TCN-659013 1 NOK
33 O-ring 1B-G95 1 1B-G105 1 1B-G135 1 JIS B 2401
34 O-ring 1B-G130 1 1B-G155 1 1B-G200 1 Ȩ
35 O-ring 1B-G50 1 1B-G50 1 1B-G65 1 Ȩ
36 O-ring 1B-P34 1 1B-P36 1 1B-P41 1 Ȩ
37 O-ring 1B-P12 1 1B-P16 1 1B-P16 1 Ȩ
* 38 O-ring 1B-P14 2 1B-P14 3 1B-P14 3 Ȩ
39 O-ring Note 1 1 1B-P9 1 1B-P10 1 Ȩ
40 O-ring 1B-P8 5 1B-P8 5 1B-P8 8 Ȩ
41 Backup ring T2-P12 1 T2-P16 1 T2-P16 1 JIS B 2407
48 O-ring Note 1 1 1B-G85 1 1B-G85 1 JIS B 2401
Note 1: Contact your agent about this type of O-ring.
A 32
PZS-5B-130N*-10 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1
2
Body 28 Ball bearing A
Case 29 Needle bearing
3 Shaft 30 Oil seal
Piston Pumps
5 Valve plate 32 Snap ring
6 Piston 33 Snap ring
7 Shoe 34 O-ring
10 Swash plate 37 O-ring
11 Thrust plate 38 O-ring
12 Seal holder 39 O-ring
13 Gasket 40 O-ring
14 Spring C 41 Backup ring
15 Spring S 42 Bolt
16 Control piston 43 Flat philips head screw
17 End plug 44 Plug
18 Guide screw 45 Plug
19 Thrust bush 46 Plug
20 Spring holder 47 Orifice
21 Retainer 48 O-ring
22 Needle 49 Plate
23 Key 50 Washer
24 Plug 51 Bolt
25 Pin 52 Plug
26 Connector 53 Eye bolt
PZS-5B (Kit Model Number 5B : PZAS-104000) 27 Nut
Part No. Name Q'ty Size Remarks

13 Gasket 1 * 3 Bond
30 Oil seal 1 TCN-608212 N. O. K
34 O-ring 1 1B-G125 JIS B 2401
35 O-ring 2 1B-P21 JIS B 2401
36 O-ring 1 1B-P16 JIS B 2401
37 O-ring 1 1B-P42 JIS B 2401
38 O-ring 1 1B-P14 JIS B 2401
39 O-ring 5 1B-P8 JIS B 2401
40 O-ring 2 1B-P7 JIS B 2401
48 O-ring 1 1B-G85 JIS B 2401

Pressure Compensator
1 Valve body 12 Collar
2 Spool 13 Plug
3 Spring guide 14 Plug
4 Sprint bearing 15 Nut
5 Spring 16 Socket head screw
7 Needle valve 18 O-ring
8 Valve seat 19 O-ring
9 Spring 20 O-ring
10 Adjustment screw kit 21 O-ring
10-1 Adjustment screw 22 Plug
10-2 Nut
10-3 O-ring
10-4 Nut
10-5 Spring pin
11 Retainer
A 33
A Part
No.
Name
PZS-3B, 4B
Part Number
Q'ty PZS-5B, 6B Q'ty
Remarks
10-3 O-ring 1B-P10A 1 1B-P10A 1 JIS B 2401

Piston Pumps
17 O-ring 1B-P8 1 1B-P11 2 Ȩ

18 O-ring 1B-P9 4 1B-P9 5 Ȩ
19 O-ring 1B-P5 1 1B-P14 1 Ȩ
20 O-ring 1B-P12 1 1B-P22 1 Ȩ
21 O-ring 1B-P14 1 1B-P14 1 Ȩ
Foot Mounting Kit Foot Mounting Installation Measurement Chart

PZM -*- 10 R I IHM - 55 - 10 R
4-P
L 4 to P L K (J)
K J
Ƶ d4
M
ƵD
M
ƵD
Q
Q
C
C
Ƶd1 Ƶd1
Ƶd2 Ƶd2
T T G S T T (I)
E
E
N
A H A F G
N
S
B B H
Foot Mounting Applicable Pump Accessories Measurements (mm)

Kit Model No. Model No. Bolt Q'ty Washer Q'ty A B C E F G H (I)
PZM-3-10 PZS-3B TH-16 ×40 4 WP-16 4 295.3 334 152.4 1 î 139.7 203 104.5
PZM-4-10 PZS-4B TH-20 ×45 4 WP-20 4 290 334 160 1 î 135 198 95
IHM-55-10 PZS-5B , 6B TH-20 ×50 4 WS-B-20 4 330 370 200 1 125 125 300 40
Foot Mounting Measurements (mm) Weight

Kit Model No. (J) K L M N P Q R (S) T ƵD Ƶd1 Ƶd2 Ƶd4 kg
PZM-3-10 60 25 128 128 25 M16 259 - 44.5 61 127 35 18 Ƶ186 13.5
PZM-4-10 62 28 161.6 161.6 25 M20 270 220 33 62 152.4 34 18 Ƶ152.4 18.0
IHM-55-10 70 (Note) 30 224.6 224.6 30 M20 340 275 20 90 165.1 34 18 Ƶ140 32.0
Note: The IHM-55-10 (J) dimension (70) is the value for the PZS-5B. This dimension becomes 58 in the case of the PZS-6B.
The IHM-55-10 (I) dimension (40) is the value for the PZS-5B. This dimension becomes 28 in the case of the PZS-6B.
See the IHM-45-10 on pages B-36 and C-12 to see what the PZM-3-10 looks like.
Piping Flange Kit

Screw In Type
Screw In Type Applicable Pump IN Flange
Flange Kit model No. Model No. Flange Part No. Bolt Washer O-ring
PJFE-10300T PZS-3B IH03J-100120 1 TH-12 ×55 4 WS-B-12 4 1B-G50 1
OUT Flange
Flange Part No. Bolt Washer O-ring
IH03J-100100 1 TH-10 ×55 4 WS-B-10 4 1B-G40 1
IH03J-100160 1 TH-12 ×60 4 WS-B-12 4 1B-G60 1
IH03J-100200 1 TH-12 ×65 4 WS-B-12 4 1B-G75 1
IH03J-100200 1 TH-12 ×65 4 WS-B-12 4 1B-G75 1
Welded Type
Welded Type Applicable Pump IN Flange
Flange Kit model No. Model No. Flange Part No. Bolt Washer O-ring
PJF-10300E PZS-3B IH03J-200120 1 TH-12 ×55 4 WS-B-12 4 1B-G50 1
OUT Flange
IH03J-200100 1 TH-10 ×55 4 WS-B-10 4 1B-G40 1
IH03J-200160 1 TH-12 ×60 4 WS-B-12 4 1B-G60 1
See page C-11 for dimensions. IH03J-200200 1 TH-12 ×65 4 WS-B-12 4 1B-G75 1
O-ring 1B-** refers to JIS B2401-1B-**.
See page C-11 for details on tightening torque. IH03J-200200 1 TH-12 ×65 4 WS-B-12 4 1B-G75 1
A 34
Replacement Items A
PZS Rotating Group PZS Thrust Plate Item 11 (2 required per pump)
Piston Pumps
PZS-3B-70N*10 PZBG-103000 PZS-3B-70N*E30 PZB69-103000
PZS-4B-100N*10 PZG-104100 PZS-4B-100N*E13 PZ69-104100
PZS-5B-130N*10 PZG-104000 PZS-5B-130N*E13 PZ69-104000
Includes Items 4,5,6 & 7
PZS Compensator Kit

N1 N3 N4
PZS-3B-70N*10 ZR-G01-RI-2089C ZR-G01-R3-2089C ZR-G01-R4-2089C
PZS-4B-100N*10 ZR-G01-RI-2089C ZR-G01-R3-2089C ZR-G01-R4-2089C
PZS-5B-130N*10 ZR-G01-RI-4049B ZR-G01-R3-4049B ZR-G01-R4-4049B
A 35
PZ Series Proportional Volume Piston Pump
A
PZ Series 2.13 to 13.42 cu in/rev
Piston Pumps
Load Sensitive Variable Piston Pump 3045 psi
Features
1 The PZ Series load sensitive variable nisms for operation that is even quieter 3 The electro-hydraulic proportional control
piston pump employs the semi-cylindrical than that of PVS Series pumps. valve uses the proven force feedback
swash plate that is part of the basic 2 The pump body houses an electro- system for improved hysteresis, repeatabil-
technology used by the PVS series hydraulic proportional control valve, ity, and response.
variable piston pump. To this it adds a compensator, and surge cutoff valve, 4 The ability to create a double pump
hydrostatic bearing mechanism, valve which eliminates the need for configuration with an IP pump further
plate, and other noise reducing mecha- superfluous piping. expands the range of possible applications.
Specifications
Pump System Specifications
Maximum
Flow Control Revolution Speed min -1 Fixed Discharge Pump Note 1
Pump Pressure Adjustment
Working Limit Range Weight
Model No. Capacity Range psi Capacity Pressure
Pressure gpm Min. Max. lbs
cu in/rev psi cu in/rev psi
Note 3
PZ-2B-*- 135E1A-11 290 to 1000
2 2.13 3045 290 to 2000 .26 to 16.6 600 2000 79 3.6 to 18.18 3000
3 290 to 3000 .4
PZ-2B-*- 145E1A-11 290 to 2000
2.74 2030 .26 to 21 600 2000 79 3.6 to 18.18 3000
2 290 to 3000
PZ-3B-*- 170E1A-10 290 to 1000
2 4.27 3045 290 to 2000 .26 to 33 600 1800 132 3.6 to 15.80 3000
3 290 to 3000
PZ-4B-*-100E1A-10 290 to 1000
2 3045 290 to 2000 .26 to 47.5 600 1800 167 3.6 to 15.80 3000
3 6.10 290 to 3000
PZ-5B-*-130E1A-10 290 to 1000
2 7.93 3045 290 to 2000 .79 to 61.8 600 1800 220 3.6 to 32.3 3000
(Note 2) 3 290 to 3000
PZ-6B-*-180E1A-20 290 to 1000
2 3045 290 to 2000 .79 to 85.6 600 1800 353 3.6 to 63.98 3000
3 10.98 290 to 3000
PZ-6B-*-220E1A-20 290 to 1000
2 13.42 3045 290 to 2000 .79 to 87.1 600 1500 357 3.6 to 63.98 3000
3 290 to 3000
Note 1: Can be used in combination with an IP pump to configure a Note 3: Maximum flow rate depends on the revolution speed. Values in the above table are for
fixed discharge pump. a speed of 1800min -1 for the PZ-2B to PZ-6B-180, and 1500min -1 for the PZ-6B-220.
Note 2: The PZ-4B-130 model number was changed to PZ-5B-130.
Pressure/Flow Rate Control System Specifications PZ-2B/3B/5B PZ-4B-100

Pressure Control System Discharge Discharge
T port port T port port
Pressure Control .26 to 1000 *
Range .26 to 2000 *
psi .26 to 3000
Rated Current mA 800 *
Coil Resistance 20 (20º C)
Hysteresis % 3% max. Note 1
Flow Rate Control System M
M PZ-6B * 0 *
0
Valve Differential T1 port Discharge
145 Note 2 port Suction port
Pressure Suction port
*
Rated Current mA 800
Coil Resistance 20 (20º C) *

Hysteresis % 3% max. Note 1
Note 1. Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special
amplifier is used (with dithering).
Note 2. Pressure differential of pump discharge
pressure (valve IN side) and load pressure M
0
(valve OUT side).
Note 3. For information about power amplifiers, T2 port Suction port
see pages G-26 through G-37.
A 36
Understanding Model Numbers
A
PZ -- 3 B -- 10 -- 70 E 2 A -- 10
Piston Pumps
Design number 11: PZ-2B, 2A
3=%WR%
20: PZ-6B
Auxiliary symbol
Pressure adjustment range (See specifications.)

1, 2, 3
Control mechanism EA: Load response control
Variable pump capacity (cu in/rev)

Fixed discharge pump capacity (cu in/rev)

WR6HH,3SXPS&
Mounting method B: Flange type mounting

A: Foot type mounting
3XPSVL]H
PZ Series Piston Pump
• Handling •Management of Hydraulic Operating 2 Check to make sure that the rotation
• Pump Installation and Piping Precautions Fluid direction of the pump is the same as
1 Use flexible couplings for connecting the 1 Use only good-quality hydraulic operating the rotation direction indicated by the
pump shaft to the drive shaft, and prevent fluid with a kinematic viscosity during arrow on the pump body.
radial or thrust load from being applied to operation within the range of 20 to 200 3 Air entering the pump or pipes can
centistokes. cause noise or vibration. At startup, set
the pump shaft. the pump discharge side to a no-load
2 Eccentricity between the drive shaft and Normally, you should use an R&O type
and wear-resistant type of ISOGV32 to state, and operate the pump in the
pump shaft should be no greater than 0.01 inching mode to remove any air that
in, with an eccentric angle error of 1° or 68 or equivalent.
The optimum kinematic viscosity during might be in the pump or pipes.
less. Equip an air bleed valve in circuits
3 Keep the clamping length of couplings RSHUDWLRQLVWRFHQWLVWRNHV where it is difficult to release air
and pump shafts at least 2/3 the length of 2 The operating temperature range is before startup. (See "IP Pumps" on
the coupling width. WR):KHQWKHRLOWHPSHUDWXUH page C-13.)
Use a sufficiently rigid pump mounting DWVWDUWXSLV)RUOHVVUXQWKHSXPS To enable superior pressure and flow
base. at low pressure until the oil temperature control, loosen the air vent when
6HWSXPSVXFWLRQVLGHSUHVVXUHWRîSVL UHDFKHV) starting up the pump in order to release
or more (suction port flow velocity less 3 Provide a suction strainer with a filtering any air, and fill the inside of the
than 6 ft/sec). JUDGHRIDERXWƫPHVK solenoid with hydraulic operating fluid.
6 Raise part of the drain piping so it is above 3URYLGHDUHWXUQOLQHILOWHURIJUDGHƫP You can change the position of the air
the topmost part of the pump body, and or less on the return line to the tank. vent by rotating its cover.
insert the return section of the drain piping :KHQWKHSXPSLVXVHGDWDKLJK 6 Before adjusting the manual adjusting
into the hydraulic operating fluid. Also, pressure of 2000 psi or greater, a filter screw from the first time or when there
observe the values in the following table in RIƫPRUOHVVLVUHFRPPHQGHG is no input current to the valve due to
Manage hydraulic operating fluid so electrical malfunction or some other
order to limit the drain back pressure to reason, you can control pump pressure
SVL contamination is maintained at class
NAS10 or lower. and flow rate by rotating the manual
Use hydraulic operating fluid when the adjusting screw. Normally, the manual
Item 3B adjusting screw should be returned
PZ-2B 3=% PZ-6B operating ambient temperature is in the
Model No. completely to its original position and
% UDQJHRIWR) secured with the lock nut.
Pipe Joint At least At least
At least 1" • Startup Precautions
Size 1/2" 1 Before starting up the pump, fill the
Pipe I.D. 1/2” µ 7/8” pump body with clean hydraulic
operating fluid through the lubrication
Pipe Length 1 m or less 1 m or less 1 m or less
port.
7 Mount the pump so the pump shaft is Model No. Oil Amount cu in
oriented horizontally. PZ-2B 39
8 Use of rubber hose is recommended in
order to minimize noise and vibration. PZ-3B 61
3=% 110
3=%
PZ-6B 183
A 37
A Installation Diagram
Connecting cord diameter Ƶ 8 to 10
2 Bolt SAE B Mount
PZ-2B- 35
135
T port
45
Piston Pumps
Air vent
Manual pressure 3/8 BSPT Relief valve pressure adjusting screw
adjusting screw 184
Lubrication 88 60
port 6
Drain port
1/2 BSPT
8
Manual flow rate
234
adjusting screw
192
Key width
169
Air vent
6.3 +0.015
–0.010
102
53
66
Ƶ101.6–0.051
175
38 3
13
0
22
Note:b
Note:a
65
4-M10x16 117
47.5
Discharge port Ƶ23 (Suction port 15 163 72
Suction port position dimension) P port 146 Suction port
1” Code 61 222 Rc 1/4 172 1 1/4” Code 61
425
58.7
a b
Ƶ28
Note
0 0
Single Pump Ƶ22.23 î0.021 24.9 î0.5
30.2 4-M10x16
0 0
Double Pump with Fixed Flow IP Ƶ25.385 î0.025 27.85 î0.25
PZ-3B-70 4 Bolt SAE E Mount

Connecting cord
diameter Ƶ8 to 10 T port 1/2 BSPT 148
Air vent Relief valve pressure adjusting screw
219 DR port 4– Ƶ22

Lubrication 58 3/4 BSPT
Manual pressure port
8
234 (MAX)
Manual flow rate 0
7.94 –0.05
192
adjusting screw
168.5
Air vent
124
48 5
66
Ƶ 165.1–0.040
265
0
26.2
224.6
4-M10x16
38.5
Ƶ34.9 –0.051
Suction port Discharge port Ƶ23 52.4

configuration
0
1 1/4” Code 61 225 (Suction port

position dimension)
258 P port
459.5 (MAX) 137 90 Suction port
85
70
Ƶ 38 1/4 BSPT 224.6

265 1 1/2” Code 61
181
36
4-M12x20
PZ-4B-100 4 Bolt SAE D Mount

91
Drain port 3/4 BSPP
Air vent Lubrication port
Relief valve pressure adjusting screw Manual pressure adjusting screw
Manual flow rate adjusting screw

204
0
Key width 9.53 –0.015
153
55 10
Ƶ152.4–0.05
0
26.2
161.6
100
T port 1/2 BSPT

Ƶ38.1–0.03
42.2–0.15
0
0
(PT1/2) 4–M10x25 4–
21 161.6 Suction port
52.4 25 8
Suction port Discharge port Ƶ 23
223 200 2” Code 61
257 (Suction port position dimension) 205
2” Code 61 278 81
347 90
77.8
Ƶ 48
4–M12x20
42.9
A 38
PZ-5B-130 4 Bolt SAE E Mount
A
Connecting cord T port 3/4 BSPT
Piston Pumps
diameter Ƶ8 to 10 Relief valve pressure adjusting screw 175
Air vent 252

35
Lubrication port
Lubrication Drain port 3/4 BSPP
port
Manual pressure 4- Ƶ 22
0
287
11.113 –0.051
245
Air vent
155
67 6
90
Ƶ 165.1–0.040
0
36
(265)
224.6
87
Ƶ44.45 –0.051
49.428–0.25
4-M12x20 P port
0
0
Discharge 1/2 BSPT
port 28 70 165
2 1/2” Code 61 268 (Suction 25 10 Suction port
port position dimension) 220 110
2 1/2” Code 61
224.6
313
(265)
526 (MAX) 100
Suction port
88.9
Ƶ 60
4-M12x20
50.8
PZ-6B- 180 4 Bolt SAE E Mount

220
Relief valve pressure adjusting screw
T 1 port Rc 3/4 Lubrication port
T 2 port 3/8 BSPT
361 195
Air vent
317 Drain port
Manual pressure 99
adjusting screw 1 BSPP
4- Ƶ22
Air vent Key width

(287)
0
245
14 –0.018
221
194
123
60 5
90
Ƶ 165.1–0.040
224.6
(265)
36
0
Manual flow rate

adjusting screw
53.5
+0.008
Ƶ 50 +0.021
4-M12x20 Discharge port Ƶ28 P port 224.6

2 1/2” Code 61 74 1/2 BSPT 186
70 Suction port
333 (Suction port 241 131
position dimension) 12 3” Code 61
(265)
378
591 88
Suction port
106.4
Ƶ70
4-M16x25
61.9
A 39
A Performance Curves Typical characteristics at hydraulic operating fluid kinematic viscosity of 32 centistokes
Input Current - Discharge Rate Characteristics

Piston Pumps
PZ-2B- 35 PZ-3B-70 PZ-4B-100

45
26 52
39
PZ-2B-45
21
Discharge rate Q l /min

39
PZ-2B-35
16 26
26
10
13
13
5
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
I n p u t c u rre n t m A I n p u t c u rre n t m A Input current mA
Input Current–Discharge
PZ-5B-130 Pressure Characteristics
PZ-6B-180/220
79 92 E3A
3000
79
Discharge pressure psi

53 E2A
2000
52
26 E1A
1000
26
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
I n p u t c u rre n t m A I n p u t c u rre n t m A Input current mA
General Performance
PZ-2B-35 PZ-2B-45 PZ-3B-70
Discharge rate
Discharge rate
Discharge rate
17 21 34
16 20 31
Q gpm
Q gpm
Q gpm
Discharge rate Q 1800min–1 Discharge rate Q 1800min–1 1800min–1

14 18 29
13 17 26
1500min–1 1500min–1 1500min–1
Volume efficiency Ʀ v Volume efficiency Ʀ v Volume efficiency Ʀ v
100 100 100
90 90 90
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
Overall efficiency Ʀ Overall efficiency Ʀ

Ʀ,Ʀv%
Ʀ,Ʀv%
Ʀ,Ʀv%
80 80 80
Overall efficiency Ʀ
70 70 70
60 30 60 40 60
– 1 – 1
50 in 50 50 in 67
0m 0m
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
1
180
–
in 180
20 0m 27 53
Input Lin –1 Input Lin 180 Input Lin
0min
–1
40
150
–1
0min
10 0min 13 150 27
150
13
0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 500 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
PZ-4B-100 PZ-5B-130 PZ-6B-180 PZ-6B-220

63
Discharge rate
Discharge rate
Discharge rate
Discharge rate
47 58 Discharge rate Q 1800min–1 87 87

42 Discharge rate Q 1800min–1 79 Discharge rate Q 1800min–1 79 Discharge rate Q 1500min–1
Q gpm
Q gpm
Q gpm
Q gpm
52
37 1500min–1 47 71 71
1500min–1 1500min –1
1200min–1
Volume efficiency Ʀ v
Volume efficiency Ʀ v 100 Volume efficiency Ʀ v Volume efficiency Ʀ v
100 90 100 100
90 80 90 90
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
80 Overall efficiency Ʀ 80
Ʀ,Ʀv%
Ʀ,Ʀv%
Ʀ,Ʀv%
Ʀ,Ʀv%
80
70 Overall efficiency Ʀ 70 70 Overall efficiency Ʀ 70 Overall efficiency Ʀ
60 –1 93 60 60 187 60 187
min
– 1 1
in
–
in
– 1
in
50 Input Lin 1800 80 50 0m 134 50 Input Lin 0m 160 50 0m 160
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
180 Input Lin

40 67 40 180 107 40 134 40 150 134
–1
Input Lin
0min 53 107
–1 –1 107
80 0min 0min
–1
150 40 0min 150 80 120 80
27 150 53 53 53
13 40 27 27
0 0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000 0 1000 2000 3000
Discharge pressure P psi Discharge pressure P psi Discharge pressure P psi Discharge pressure P psi
A 40
Cross-Sectional Drawing A
PZ-2B- 35E*A-11 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
Piston Pumps
45
1 Body 24 Oil seal
2 Case 25 Snap ring
35 19 31 30 32 42 16 36 17 6 7 39 15 21 41 29 22 12 28 25 3 Shaft 26 Snap ring
5 Valve plate 28 O-ring
3 6 Piston 29 O-ring
7 Shoe 30 O-ring
8 Shoe holder 31 Backup ring
18
9 Barrel holder 32 Pin
40 10 Swash plate 33 Screw
11 Thrust bush 34 Screw
23
12 Seal holder 35 Screw
13 Gasket 36 Plug
14 Spring C 37 Plug
15 Spring S 38 Plug
46 16 Control piston 39 Spring holder
17 Needle 40 Guide
45 18 Key 41 Hydraulic fluid input seal
19 Nut 42 Orifice
43 20 Retainer 43 Pin
21 Plug 44 Orifice
37 2 5 27 14 4 20 9 8 13 10 11 34 44 26 24 1 33 38
22 Ball bearing 45 Connector
23 Needle bearing 46 O-ring
List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number PSBS-102220)

Part No. Part Name Q'ty Size Remarks
* 13 Gasket 1 PS46-102000-0A 3 Bond
24 Oil seal 1 TCN-305011 N. O. K
28 O-ring 1 1B-G70 JIS B 2401
29 O-ring 1 1B-P14 JIS B 2401
30 O-ring 1 1B-P11 JIS B 2401
46 O-ring 2 1B-P5 JIS B 2401
PZ-3/5B-*E*A-10
18 27 17 41 38 39 16 25 45 6 22 7 11 20 10 15 9 19 43 36 32 3 23
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 18 Guide screw 37 O-ring
2 Case 19 Thrust bush 38 O-ring
3 Shaft 20 Spring holder 39 O-ring
4 Cylinder barrel 21 Retainer 40 O-ring
5 Valve plate 22 Needle 41 Backup ring
6 Piston 23 Key 42 Bolt
7 Shoe 24 Plug 43 Screw
8 Shoe holder 25 Pin 44 Plug
9 Barrel holder 26 Connector 45 Plug
10 Swash plate 27 Nut 46 Pin
11 Thrust plate 28 Ball bearing 47 O-ring
12 Seal holder 29 Needle bearing 48 Plate
13 Gasket 30 Oil seal 49 Screw
14 Spring C 32 Snap ring
49 15 Spring S 33 Snap ring
16 Control piston 34 Snap ring
48
17 End plug 36 O-ring
47
46 42 2 29 5 33 14 4 21 24 37 8 13 26 40 1 44 34 28 30 12
List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number 3B; PZAS-103200, 5B; PZAS-104000)
PZ-3B PZ-5B
Part No. Part Name Remarks
Size Q'ty Size Q'ty
13 G as ke t * 1 * 1 3 Bond
30 Oil seal TCN-456812 1 TCN-608212 1 N. O. K
36 O-ring 1B-G95 1 1B-G125 1 JIS B 2401
37 O-ring 1B-P21 2 1B-P21 2 JIS B 2401
38 O-ring 1B-P12 1 1B-P16 1 JIS B 2401
39 O-ring 1B-P34 1 1B-P42 1 JIS B 2401
40 O-ring 1B-P7 2 1B-P7 2 JIS B 2401
41 Backup ring T2-P12 1 T2-P16 1 JIS B 2407
47 O-ring 1B-G90 1 1B-G85 1 JIS B 2401
A 41
A PZ-4/6B-* Part No.
1
Part Name
Body
Part No.
31
Part Name
Snap ring
30
2 Case 32 Snap ring
Piston Pumps
3 Shaft 33 Snap ring

4 Cylinder barrel 34 O-ring
5 Valve plate 35 O-ring
6 Piston 36 O-ring
7 Shoe 37 O-ring
10 Swash plate 40 O-ring
11 Thrust bush 41 O-ring
12 Seal holder 42 O-ring
13 Sleeve 43 Backup ring
14 Spring C 44 Orifice
15 Spring S 45 Screw
16 Control piston 46 Plug
17 End plug 47 Pin
18 Guide screw 48 Bolt
19 Spring holder 49 Plug
20 Thrust plate 50 Plate
21 Retainer 51 Washer
22 Needle 52 Bolt
23 Key 53 Eye bolt
24 Plug 54 Electro-hydraulic proportional valve
25 Pin
List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number 4B : PZAS-104100, 6B : PZBS-106000) 26 Orifice
27 Nut
PZ-4B PZ-6B 28 Ball bearing
Part No. Part Name Remarks
Size Q'ty Size Q'ty 29 Needle bearing
30 Oil seal TCN-507212 1 TCN-659013 1 N. O. K 30 Oil seal
34 O-ring 1B-G85 1 1B-G85 1 JIS B 2401
35 O-ring 1B-G105 1 1B-G135 1 JIS B 2401
36 O-ring 1B-G155 1 1B-G200 1 JIS B 2401
37 O-ring 1B-G50 1 1B-G65 1 JIS B 2401
38 O-ring 1B-P36 1 1B-P41 1 JIS B 2401
39 O-ring 1B-P16 1 1B-P16 1 JIS B 2401
40 O-ring 1B-P21 3 1B-P21 3 JIS B 2401
41 O-ring 1B-P9 1 1B-P10 1 JIS B 2401
42 O-ring 1B-P8 5 1B-P8 8 JIS B 2401
43 Backup ring T2-P16 1 T2-P16 1 JIS B 2407
Foot Mounting Kit

Pump Model No. Mounting Model No.
PZ-2B IHM-44-10
PZ-3B
PZ-5B IHM-55-10
PZ-6B
PZ-4B PZM-4-10
Note: See pages C-12 and A-34 for information about mounting methods.
Piping Flange Kit

Applicable Pump IN Flange
Flange Kit model No.
Model No. Flange Part No. Bolt Washer O-ring
IHF -4-T-20 PZ-2B-35/45 IH03J-100100 1 TH-10 × 55 4 WS-B-10 4 1B-G40 1
IHF -5-T-20 PZ-3B-70 IH03J-100120 1 TH-12 × 55 4 WS-B-12 4 1B-G50 1
PZF -4-T-10 PZ-4B-100 IH03J-100160 1 TH-12 × 60 4 WS-B-12 4 1B-G60 1
IHF -7-T-10 PZ-5B-130 IH03J-100200 1 TH-12 × 60 4 WS-B-12 4 1B-G75 1
PZF -6-T-10 PZ-6B-180/220 IH03J-100240 1 TH-16 × 75 4 WS-B-16 4 1B-G85 1
OUT Flange
Plug
IH03J-100060 1 TH-10 × 50 4 WS-B-10 4 1B-G30 1 TPHA-1/4 1
IH03J-100080 1 TH-10 × 50 4 WS-B-10 4 1B-G35 1 TPHA-1/4 2
IH03J-100080 1 TH-10 × 50 4 WS-B-10 4 1B-G35 1 TPHA-1/4 1
IH03J-100120 1 TH-12 × 60 4 WS-B-12 4 1B-G50 1 TPHA-1/4 1
IH03J-100120 1 TH-12 × 60 4 WS-B-12 4 1B-G50 1 TPHA-1/4 1
Note 1. See page C-11 for dimensions.
2. O-ring 1B/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1B.
3. See page C-11 for details on tightening torque.
A 42
VDS Series Small Variable Volume Vane Pump
VDS Series 0.5 in³/rev

3.94 gpm
Small Variable Volume Vane Pump 1015 psi
B
Features
Vane Pumps
High efficiency operation with operation with minimal vibration, even in and OFF-ON ensures instantaneous,
minimal power loss the high-pressure range. stable, high-precision operation.
All the performance of the original
new VDR series mechanisms combines Compact and simple Solidly built for high efficiency
with precision machining for a design, easy operation and long life
pump that minimizes power loss, Compact and quiet, VDS Series variable VDS Series pumps are built to last,
especially at full cutoff. vane pumps are economical and easy to with a design that incorporates years
handle. A simple design allows use in a of NACHI experience and know-how.
Quiet operation wide range of hydraulic systems. Specially selected materials and skilled
Journal bearings with a proven workmanship provide outstanding
record on IP pumps plus new suction Precise characteristics, durability along with stable, high-
and discharge port configurations prompt response efficiency operation.
reduce operating noise and deliver quiet Prompt response at both ON-OFF
Specifications
Pressure Allowable Revolution Speed min
No-load Discharge Rate
Adjustment Peak
Capacity gpm minî1 Weight
Model No. Range Pressure
in 3/rev lbs
1000min î1 1200min î1 1500min î1 1800min î1 psi psi Min. Max.
VDS-0A(B)-1A1-E11
145 ~ 290
A : 14.3
Ȩ -1A2-E11 .50 2.1 2.6 3.2 3.94 800 1800
317 ~ 507 2030 B : 9.9
Ȩ -1A3-E11 435 ~ 1015
•Handling
1 The direction of rotation for this pump is Flow rate gpm = in³ x rpm See callout 9 in the cross-section diagram
clockwise (rightward) when viewed from 231 on page B-4.
the shaft side. Q: No-load Discharge Rate (gpm) 7 Initial Operation
2 Drain piping must be direct piping up to a q: Capacity (in³/rev) Before operating the pump for the first
point that is below the tank fluid level, and time, put the pump discharge side into
back pressure due to pipe resistance .61 the no-load state and then repeatedly
should not exceed 4.3 psi. start and stop the motor to bleed all air
3 When adjusting pressure, pressure is from inside the pump and the suction
increased by clockwise (rightward) rotation .48 piping. After confirming that the pump is
of the adjusting screw and decreased by discharging oil, continue the no-load
counterclockwise (leftward) rotation. operation for at least 10 minutes to
in³
.36
4 When adjusting the flow rate, the flow rate discharge all the air from the circuit.
is decreased by clockwise (rightward) 8 For the hydraulic operating fluid, use an
rotation of the adjusting screw and .24 R&O type and wear-resistant type of ISO
increased by counterclockwise (leftward) VG32 to 68 or equivalent (viscosity
rotation. The graph on the right provides .18 index of at least 90). Use hydraulic
general guidelines for the relationship .12 operating fluid that provides kinematic
between the rotation angle of the flow rate viscosity during operation in the range of
adjusting screw and the noload discharge 20 to 150 centistokes.
rate. 9 The operating temperature range is 59 to
5 Factory Default P-Q Settings (Standard 140°F. When the oil temperature at
Model) startup is 59°F or less, perform a
• Flow Rate Setting = Maximum flow rate The values indicated above are at warm-up operation at low pressure until
for model as indicated in the catalog. maximum pump discharge volume with the oil temperature reaches 59°F. Use
• Pressure Setting = Pressure shown in the flow volume adjusting screwat the 0° the pump in an area where the tempera-
table below. position. The broken line shows the flow ture is within the range of 59 to 140°F.
volume adjustment range lower limit (continued on following page)
Factory Default value.
Pressure Settings
kgf/cm² (psi)
6 Thrust Screw
The thrust screw is precision adjusted
1 : 20.4 (290) at the factory during assembly. Never
2 : 35.7 (507) touch the thrust screw.
3 : 71.4 (1015)
Catalog 1501
B1
10 Suction pressure is 4.35 psi, and the 13 Manage hydraulic operating fluid so VWDUWVWRSWREOHHGDLUIURPWKHSXPSDQG
suction port flow rate should to greater contamination is maintained at class pipes.
than 6 ft/sec. NAS10 or lower. Take care to avoid 16 Equip an air bleed valve in circuits where it
11 Avoid pulley, gear, and other drive contamination with water or other is difficult to bleed air before startup. See
systems that impart a radial or thrust load foreign matter, and watch for discolor- page C-13 for more information.
on the end of the pump shaft. ation. Whitish fluid indicates that air has 17 To ensure proper lubrication of the pump's
B Mount the pump so its pump shaft is

oriented horizontally.
contaminated the fluid, and brownish
fluid indicates the fluid is dirty.
rubbing surfaces, supply oil to the interior
of the pump before starting operation.
When centering the pump shaft, eccentricty
12 Provide a suction strainer with a filtering 14 Contact your agent about using water-
with the motor shaft should be no greater
Vane Pumps
JUDGHRIDERXWƫPPHVK)RU and glycol-based hydraulic operating than 0.001 in.
WKHUHWXUQOLQHWRWKHWDQNXVHDƫP fluids. The angle error should be no
line filter. 15 At startup, repeat the inching operation greater than 1°.

VDS -- 0 * -- 1 A * -- E11
Design Number
Pressure Adjustment Range

1: 145 to 290 psi
2: 217 to 507 psi
3: 437 to 1015 psi
)ORZUDWHFKDUDFWHULVWLFV$&RQVWDQWGLVFKDUJHUDWHW\SH
5LQJ6L]HJSPPLQQRORDG
-1
Mounting Method
$)RRW7\SH0RXQWLQJ%)ODQJH7\SH0RXQWLQJ
Pump Size 0
Pump Type: VDS Series Compact Variable Vane Pump

VDS-0A-1A-*-10
Foot Mounting Type mm (inch)

Pressure adjusting screw 26

1/4” SAE DR
25
DR
µ6$(287 1/2” SAE IN
0$;
3.97 +0.03 PCD Ƶ 106.4

65
OUT 0

135
± 0.1

–0.025
17.73 –0.25
4 to Ƶ 11
0

13
0
Ƶ
2-36.5

14.5
)Oow rate adjusting screw

1RWH)RRW0RXQWLQJ.LW,+00
B2
VDS-0B-1A-*-10 SAE A Mount
Flange Mounting 61
100
Pressure adjusting screw 26 (IN-OUT port dimension)
B
1/4” SAE
DR
Vane Pumps
20
DR
3/8” SAE 1/2” SAE
MAX 130
3.97 +0.03
0
OUT IN
OUT
2- 11
25
65
33
Ƶ82.55 –0.05
Ƶ15.875–0.025
0
0
MAX 58
10
17.73–0.25
5.5
0
Width 42 4
across flats
82 32 106
118.5 125
Specifications Typical characteristics at hydraulic operating fluid kinematic viscosity of 32 centistokes
3.9 1800m –1
in
Q
1500m –1
in
1A3
Discharge rate gpm
Lin hp
2.6 1A2
1A1
Input
–1 2
min
00
18
–1
in 1.3
1.3 0m
150
.67
0
0 10.2 20.4 30.6 40.8 51.0 61.2 71.4
(145) (290) (435) (580) (725) (870) (1015)
Discharge pressure P kgf/cm² (psi)
Measurement Position: 1 meter behind pump

1.3 80
0.8
Noise level dB(A)
70
0.6
–1
1800min
0.53 60
–1
min
1800
–1
0.26 min
1500
–1
1500min
50
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 (145) (290) (435) (580) (725) (870) (1015)
0 10.2 20.4 30.6 40.8 51.0 61.2 71.4
(145) (290) (435) (580) (725) (870) (1015) Discharge pressure P MPa (psi)
B3
Cross-Sectional Drawing
VDS-0B-1A*-10
B
Vane Pumps
List of Sealing Parts Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
Seal Kit: VBAS-100B00 1 Body 16 Key
Applicable Pump Model: VDS-0A/B-1A *-10 2 Cover (A) 17 Nut
3 Cover (B) 18 O-ring
Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty
4 Shaft 19 O-ring
18 O-ring AS568-032 1 5 Cam ring 20 O-ring
19 O-ring AS568-023 1 6 Vane 21 O-ring
20 O-ring S71 (NOK) 1 7 Plate (S) 22 O-ring
8 Plate (H) 23 Screw
21 O-ring 1A-P20 1
9 Thrust screw 24 Bearing
22 O-ring 1A-P10 2 10 Screw 25 Screw
27 Oil seal TC-17358 1 11 Piston 26 Screw
Note: 12 Holder 27 Oil seal
1. Oil seals are manufactured by Nippon Oil Seal 13 Spring 28 Snap ring
Industry Co. Ltd. (NOK). 14 Nut 29 Pin
2. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A.
15 Cap 30 Nameplate
Uni-Pump Specifications (CE mark standard compliant) Cartridge Kit:

VBAC-100*A*
Understanding Model Numbers Includes Items: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 16, 29
Maximum Working
USV -- O A -- A 3 -- 1.5 -- 4 -- 20 Pressure
Maximum Flow Rate gpm
Design number kgf/cm (psi) 50Hz 60Hz
Number of motor poles: 4 (P) 200V 71.4 (1015) 3.30 3.94

Motor output kw (hp) 4 (M) 230V
0.4, 0.75, 1.5 (.5, 1, 2) 4 (G) 460V

1: 10.2 to 20.4kgf/cm² (145 to 290)
2: 15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm² (217 to 507)
3: 30.6 to 71.4kgf/cm² (435 to 1015)
Flow Characteristics A: Constant Discharge Type 1. Standard drive motor is the fully enclosed fan-cooled B type.
2. Standard voltage for drive motor is 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz or
Motor Mounting Method A: Foot Type Mounting 220 VAC, 60 Hz.
3. Standard terminal box is B terminal (right side viewed from pump).
Pump Size 0: VDS–0B
Pump Type: VDS Series Uni-pump
B4
• How to select a motor
Motor Selection Curves The area under a motor output curve in
3.9 the graph to the left is the operating
range for that motor under the rated
output for that motor.
Discharge rate Q gpm

2.6 2 hp
1.5 kw
Example:
To find the motor that can produce
B
pressure of 507 psi and a discharge
Vane Pumps
rate of 3.3 gpm.
1.3 1 hp Selection Process:
.5 hp 0.75 kw Since the intersection of the two
.4 kw broken lines from a pressure of 507
psi and discharge rate of 3.3 gpm
60Hz 50Hz 0 10.2 20.4 30.6 40.8 51 61.2 71.4 intersect in the area under the 2 hp
areas areas (145) (290) (435) (580) (725) (870) (1015) curve, it means that a 2 hp motor
Discharge pressure P kgf/cm² (psi) should be used.
* Select a uni-pump that has a pressure and flow rate that is
within the range of the drive so that the drive will not overload.
0.4
USV-0A-A* - 0.75-4-20
1.5
Pressure
D adjusting screw
KL KL 86.5 L
61 42 IL A
Drain port 1/4” SAE
100 20
Motor rating plate Uni-pump
26 10
Terminal box: A terminal Terminal box: B terminal P (Name sticker)
O
MAX.130
NACHi
65
84
33
H
0.75kW Electric
MAX.58
drive exterior diagram

C -0.5
T
0
S
J F F
G
R
Suction port E E Discharge port N Auxiliary View R: Oval Hole Detail
1/2” SAE M 3/8” SAE
(4 locations)
Motor Dimensions mm Output Weight

Frame
Uni-pump hp
No. (4 poles) lbs
A IL C D E F G H J L M N S×T KD KL O
USV-0A-A1-0.4-4-20
USV-0A-A2-0.4-4-20 121 107.5 71 150 56 45 2.3 146 30 228.5 140 110 15 × 7 Ƶ27 151 35 71M 0.5 30
USV-0A-A3-0.4-4-20
USV-0A-A1-0.75-4-20
USV-0A-A2-0.75-4-20 133 107.5 80 170 62.5 50 4.5 165 35 240.5 165 130 18 × 10 Ƶ27 157 27.5 80M 1.0 42
USV-0A-A3-0.75-4-20
USV-0A-A3-1.5-4-20 143 118.5 90 198 70 62.5 10 190 40 261.5 176 150 12 × 10 Ƶ27 159 î 90L 2 45
* See page A-21 for the characteristics of the drive motor for the unipump (domestic standard 3 rating).
B5
VDR 22 Design Series Variable Volume Vane Pump
VDR Design Series 7.9 gpm at 2030 psi

Variable Volume Vane Pump
B 10.5 gpm at 1000 psi
Features
Vane Pumps
Stable, highly efficient operation up ensures instantaneous, stable, high-pre- A combination of NACHI-original
to 2030 psi cision operation. mechanical innovations and precision
A biased piston that minimizes ring Silent operation, even in machining create a pump that minimizes
vibration and leak-free pressure balance the high pressure range power loss, especially at full cutoff.
construction enables highly efficient CQuiet journal bearings, a bias piston
highpressure operation, and very stable Solid construction stands up to
that allows a 3-point support system, harsh operating conditions
performance up to 2030 psi. and new suction and discharge port The tough and rugged construction of
High-precision instantaneous shapes all contribute to minimize this pump is made possible by a long
response operation noise. Silent, vibration-free history of quality pump designs. This, in
Response has been improved by a special operation is ensured, even in the high combination with specially selected
bias piston mechanism. Prompt pressure range. materials and skilled workmanship,
response at both ON-OFF and OFF-ON provides outstanding durability.
Reduced power loss
Specifications
Single Pump
Model Type No-load Discharge Rate l/min (gpm) Pressure Adjustment Allowable Peak Revolution Speedmin î1
Weight
Range Pressure
Foot Mounting Flange Mounting 1800 rpm 1500 rpm 1200 rpm psi psi Min. Max. lbs
VDR-1A-1A2-*22 VDR-1B-1A2-*22 217 ~ 507 500

VDR-1A-1A3-*22 VDR-1B-1A3-*22 435 ~ 1015 1000
30 (7.9) 25 (6.6) 20 (5.3) 800 1800 19.9
VDR-1A-1A4-*22 VDR-1B-1A4-*22 942 ~ 1522 1500
VDR-1A-1A5-*22 VDR-1B-1A5-*22 1305 ~ 2030 2000
VDR-1A-2A2-*22 VDR-1B-2A2-*22 214 ~ 500 500

40 (10.6) 33 (8.7) 27 (7.1) 800 1800 19.9
VDR-1A-2A3-*22 VDR-1B-2A3-*22 429 ~ 1000 1000
Double Pump
Model No. Vent Side Shaft Side Vent Side Shaft Side Revolution Speedmin î1
Weight
Foot Mounting Type Discharge Pressure Adjustment Discharge Pressure Adjustment Allowable Peak Pressure
Range Range Min. Max. lbs
(Flange Mounting Type) Rate gpm Rate gpm psi
psi psi
VDR-11A(B)-1A2-1A2-22 217 ~ 507
217 ~ 507
VDR-11A(B)-1A2-1A3-22 435 ~ 1015 2030
7.9 7.9 800 1800 37
VDR-11A(B)-1A3-1A3-22 435 ~ 1015 435 ~ 1015
VDR-11A(B)-2A2-2A2-22 217 ~ 507

217 ~ 507
VDR-11A(B)-2A2-2A3-22 435 ~ 1015 2030
10.5 10.5 800 1800 37
VDR-11A(B)-2A3-2A3-22 435 ~ 1015 435 ~ 1015
Note: 1. The discharge rate is the value at 1800min -1 no load.

2. The change from design number 21 to design number 22 represents a change in the shaft key width from .125 in to .187 in. This means that
when using a .125 in key coupling, you need to use a stepped key (VD31J-302000) or add a new key groove at .187 in.
•Handling 3 Discharge Volume Adjustment

1 Rotation Direction The discharge flow rate is decreased by 1.5
The direction of rotation is always is clockwise (rightward) rotation of the
clockwise (rightward) when viewed from discharge rate adjusting screw, and 1.2
the shaft side. increased by counterclockwise (leftward)
Pump capacity in³/rev
2 Drain rotation. Loosen the lock nut before .9

Drain piping must be direct piping up to a making adjustments. After adjustment
point that is below the tank fluid level, and is complete, re-tighten the lock nut. .6
back pressure due to pipe resistance The graph on the right provides general
should not exceed 4.35 psi. When using a guidelines for the relationship between .42
.3
pump that has drain ports at two locations, the rotation angle of the flow rate
use the drain port that is higher after the adjusting screw and the no-load discharge
pump is installed. rate. 0 90 180 270 360 450
(continued on following page)
B6
Flow rate gpm: Q = in³ x rpm adjusting screw, and increased by Factory Default
231 counterclockwise (leftward) rotation. Pressure Settings
Q: No-load Discharge Rate Q r/min 5 Factory Default P-Q Settings (Standard kgf/cm² (psi)
q: Volume cm³/rev Model) 2 : 35.7 (507)
N: Revolution Speed min-1 • Flow Rate Setting = Maximum flow 3 : 30.6 (435)
The broken line shows the flow volume
adjustment range lower limit value.
rate for model as indicated in the
catalog
• Pressure Setting = Pressure shown in
4 : 66.3 (942)
5 : 91.8 (1305)
B
Note:
The values indicated above are at table to the right 7 Initial Operation
Vane Pumps
maximum discharge volume with the flow 6 Thrust Screw Before operating the pump for the first
volume adjusting screw at the 0° position. The thrust screw is precision adjusted at time, put the pump discharge side into the
4 Pressure Adjustment the factory during assembly. Never no-load state and then repeatedly start
Pressure is decreased by clockwise touch the thrust screw. See callout 21 in and stop the motor to bleed all air from
(rightward) rotation of the discharge rate the cross-section diagram on page B-11. inside the pump and the suction piping.
After confirming that the pump is discharg-
ing oil, continue the noload operation for at
Understanding Model Numbers least 10 minutes to discharge all the air
from the circuit.
Single Pump Provide an air bleed valve in circuits where
VDR -- 1 A -- 1 A 2 -- *22 it is difficult to bleed air before startup.
8 Sub Plate
Use the following table for specification
when a sub plate is required.
Design Number For detailed dimensions, see pages B-17
E: NPT Piping through B-19.
9 For the hydraulic operating fluid, use type
Pressure Adjustment Range ISO VG32 or equivalent (viscosity index of
2: 15 ~ 35 kgf/cm² (217 ~ 507 psi)
3: 30 ~ 70 kgf/cm² (435 ~ 1015 psi) at least 90) for pressures of 1015 psi or
4: 65 ~ 105 kgf/cm² (942 ~ 1522 psi) lower, and type ISO VG68 or equivalent
5: 90 ~ 140 kgf/cm² (1305 ~ 2030 psi) (viscosity index of at least 90) for
Note: Ring size: in the case of 2, maximum setting pressures greater than 10 15 psi.
pressure is 1015 psi
Flow Rate Characteristics A: Constant discharge rate type Pump Model No. Sub Plate Number Motor(hp)
Ring Size 1: 7.9 gpm } at 1800 min -1 MVD-1-115-10 1~2

2: 10.5 gpm VDR-1A-1A*-22
MVD-1-135-10 3~5
Mounting Method MVD-1-115Y-10 1~2
A: Foot Type Mounting B: Flange Type Mounting VDR-1A-2A*-22
MVD-1-135Y-10 3~5
Pump Size 1
VDR-11A-*A* MVD-11-135-10
Pump Type: VDR Series Variable Discharge Rate Vane Pump 2~5
-*A*-22 MVD-11-135X-10
Double pump
10 The operating temperature range
VDR -- 11 A -- 1 A 2 -- 1 A 3 -- 22 is 59 to 140°F. When the oil temperature
at startup is 59°F or less, perform a
Design Number warm-up operation at low pressure until
E: NPT Piping the oil temperature reaches 59°F. Use the
Shaft Side Pressure Adjustment Range pump in an area where the temperature is
2: 15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm² (217 to 507) within the range of 32 to 140°F.
3: 30.6 to 71.4kgf/cm² (435 to 1015) 11 Suction pressure is 4.35 psi, and the
suction port flow rate should be to greater
Shaft Side Flow Rate Characteristics than 6 ft/sec.
(based on single pump) Avoid pulley, gear, and other drive systems
12 that impart a radial or thrust load on the
Shaft Side Ring Size end of the pump shaft. Mount the pump so
(based on single pump) its pump shaft is oriented horizontally.
(Continued on following page)
Head Side Pressure Adjustment Range
2: 15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm² (217 to 507)
3: 30.6 to 71.4kgf/cm² (435 to 1015)
Head Side Flow Rate Characteristics

(based on single pump)
Head Side Ring Size

(based on single pump)
Mounting Method
A: Foot type mounting B: Flange type mounting
Pump Size: 11
Pump Type: VDR Series Variable Discharge Rate Vane Pump
B7
Provide a suction strainer with a filtering IOXLGLQGLFDWHVWKHIOXLGLVGLUW\ 18 7RHQVXUHSURSHUOXEULFDWLRQRIWKHSXPS
V
JUDGHRIDERXWƫPPHVK)RU Contact your agent about using water- rubbing surfaces, supply oil to the interior
WKHUHWXUQOLQHWRWKHWDQNXVHDƫP and glycol-based hydraulic operating RIWKHSXPSEHIRUHVWDUWLQJRSHUDWLRQ
OLQHILOWHU IOXLGV 19 When centering the pump shaft, eccentrici-
14 Manage hydraulic operating fluid so 16 At startup, repeat the inching operation ty with the motor shaft should be no
B contamination is maintained at class

1$6RUORZHU7DNHFDUHWRDYRLG
VWDUWVWRSWREOHHGDLUIURPWKHSXPS
DQGSLSHV
JUHDWHUWKDQLQ8VHDSXPS
PRXQWLQJEDVHRIVXIILFLHQWULJLGLW\7KH
contamination with water or other foreign 17 Equip an air bleed valve in circuits DQJOHHUURUVKRXOGEHQRJUHDWHUWKDQ
PDWWHUDQGZDWFKRXWIRUGLVFRORUDWLRQ where it is difficult to bleed air before
Vane Pumps
Whitish fluid indicates that air has VWDUWXS6HHSDJH&IRUPRUH

contaminated the fluid, and brownish LQIRUPDWLRQ
Installation Dimension Drawings )Oow rate adjusting screw 137µ'5$$W\SHRQO\

VDR-0A-1A-*-10 18
²
0

Ƶ

²
0
²
0

14
87

Ƶ
,12rLQJ$3
Ƶ Ƶ
'52ring 1A-P10A
Ƶ
2872rLQJ$3
±
140

±

96
VDR-1B-*A*-22 Not SAE Mount 137µ'5$$W\SHRQO\

14 DR port position

²
0
A

)Oow rate adjusting

screw 16
Ƶ

4
²
87
²
0
0

137'5
137,1

Ƶ
4 to Ƶ 11
137µ287
90 ±

90±

Auxiliary View A
B8
227
VDR-11A-*-*-22
Flow rate 53.6 77 63 33
adjusting 29.6 25
screw
Ƶ19.05 –0.021
B
0
Pressure adjusting
77.5
screw
4.76+0.024
+0.012
131.4
Vane Pumps
50
53.9–0.1
21.15–0.2
0
0
35
14
129.5 92.5
222 8 to Ƶ11
120.6±0.2
140
51
2 to IN (Ƶ 26) O-ring 1A-P22
2 to DR (Ƶ 14) O-ring 1A-P10A
2 to OUT (Ƶ26) O-ring 1A-P22
25.5±0.2 46.75
45
96
77 59.5
VDR-11B-*-*-22 Not SAE Mount

Flow rate adjusting
screw 77 59
16
–0.021
Pressure adjusting
0
screw
77.5
25 4.76+0.024
+0.012
95.02 –0.04
0
50
21.15–0.2
55
0
35
129.5 92.5 4
222 77 22.5 37
226.6
NPT 1/2” IN 4 to Ƶ11 hole

NPT 3/8” OUT
113
90±0.2
37
37
90±0.2
113
130
NPT 1/4” DR
B9
Performance Curves Typical characteristics at hydraulic operating fluid kinematic viscosity of 32 centistokes.
VDR-1*-1A2-22 VDR-1*-1A3-22 VDR-1*-1A4-22

B 7.9
1800min–1
7.9
1800min–1
7.9
1800min–1
Q Q
1500min–1 1500min–1 1500m –1 Q
in
Vane Pumps
6.6 6.6 6.6 5


5.2 2.6 5.2 4 5.2 4
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
Lin Lin
3.9 2 3.9 3 3.9 3
Lin
–1
min
2.6 00 1.3 2.6 2 2.6 –1
2
18 –1
in
n
mi
–1
in
m
–1
0m 00
00
in
150 18 –1
m
18
1.3 .67 1.3 min 1 1.3 00 1
500 15
1
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 35 70 105
(72) (145) (217) (290) (360) (435) (507) (145) (290) (435) (571) (714) (857) (1015) (507) (1015) (1520)
Discharge pressure P kgf/cm² (psi) Discharge pressure P kgf/cm² (psi) Discharge pressure P kgf/cm² (psi)
VDR-1*-1A5-22 VDR-1*-2A2-22 VDR-1*-2A3-22

1800min–1 1800min–1 1800min–1
7.9 10.5 10.5
Q Q Q
1500m –1 1500min–1 1500min–1
6.6 in
7.9

7.9
5.2 8
2.5
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
3.9 6 5.2 2.0 5.2 4
Lin Lin
Lin in
–1
1.5 3
2.6 4 m –1
00 mi
n
–1 2.6 18 n
–1
1.0 2.6 00 2
n
mi –1 mi 18 –1
00 mi
n
1.3 00 2 15
00
18 mi
n 0.5 15 1
00
15
0 0 0 0
0 35 70 105 140 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
(507) (1015) (1520) (2030) (72) (145) (217) (290) (360) (435) (507) (143) (286) (429) (571) (714) (857) (1000)
Axial Input At Full Cutoff Noise Characteristics

Measurement Position: 1 meter behind pump
2.0 80
Noise level dB(A)
–1
1.3 n
mi 70
00
18 –1
1800min
–1
min
00
.67 15
60
–1
1500min
0 35 70 105 140
(507) (1015) (1520) (2030)
50
Discharge pressure P kgf/cm² (psi) 0 35 70 105 140
(507) (1015) (1520) (2030)
B 10
Cross-Sectional Drawing
VDR-1A-*A*-22
40 39
4 18 25 12 11 7 8 34 21 22 15 16 33 32 17 24 38 31 29 10 47 1 9 19 27 28 23 5
14
41
30 B
36
37
Vane Pumps
3
35
20
13
46
26
42 43 42
Single Pump 1 Body (A) 25 Pin
Applicable Pump Model No. VDR-1A-*-22 2 Body (B) 26 Spring pin
Part 3 Cover 27 Oil seal
Seal Kit Number VDBS-101A00
No. 4 Cover 28 Snap ring
Part Name Part Number Q'ty 5 Shaft 29 Backup ring
18 Packing VDB32-101000 1 6 Rotor 30 Backup ring
27 Oil seal ISRD-224211 1 7 Ring 31 O-ring
29 Backup ring VDB34-101000 1 8 Vane 32 O-ring
9 Plate (S) 33 O-ring
30 Backup ring VDB34-201000 1
10 Plate (H) 34 O-ring
31 O-ring S85(NOK) 1
11 Piston 35 O-ring
32 O-ring 1A-P22 1 12 Spring 36 Screw
33 O-ring 1A-P5 1 13 Screw 37 Screw
34 O-ring 1A-P14 1 14 Nut 38 Nut
35 O-ring 1A-P12 1 15 Piston 39 Plug
16 Holder 40 O-ring
40 O-ring AS568-036 1
17 Adapter 41 O-ring
41 O-ring AS568-029 1
18 Packing 42 O-ring
42 O-ring 1A-P22 2 19 Bearing (S) 43 O-ring
43 O-ring 1A-P10A 1 20 Bearing (H) 44 Screw
Note: 21 Thrust screw 45 Key
1. Oil seals are manufactured by Nippon Oil Seal Industry Co. Ltd. (NOK). 22 Nut 46 Nameplate
2. O-ring 1A-** refers to JIS B2401-1A-**. 23 Key 47 Cap
3. For VDR-1B-*-22, the seal kit number becomes VDBS-101B00,
24 Screw 48 Pin
without the 42 and 43 O-rings.
Double Pump
Applicable Pump Model No. VDR-11A-*-*-22 Cartridge Kit:
Part VDR-1-22; VDBC-101*A*
Seal Kit Number VDBS-111A00
Name Includes Items: 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 23, 25
Part Name Part Number Q'ty
18 Packing VDB32-101000 2
27 Oil seal ISRD-224211 1
31 O-ring S85(NOK) 2
32 O-ring 1A-P22 2
33 O-ring 1A-P5 2
34 O-ring 1A-P14 2
35 O-ring 1A-P12 2
40 O-ring AS568-036 2
Note:
41 O-ring AS568-029 2 1. Oil seals are manufactured by Nippon Oil Seal Industry Co. Ltd. (NOK).
42 O-ring 1A-P22 4 2. O-ring 1A-** refers to JIS B2401-1A-**.
3. For VDR-11B-*-*-22, the seal kit number becomes VDBS-111B00, without the 42
43 O-ring 1A-P10A 2 and 43 O-rings.
B 11
VDR-11A-*A*-*A*-22
48
40 39 39
4 18 25 12 11 7 8 34 21 22 47 15 16 33 32 17 24 38 41 30 31 29 10 45 2 9 19 1 19 27 28 44 5 23
B 14
37
36
3
35 20
Vane Pumps
13 46
6
26
42 43 42
Uni-Pump Specifications (CE mark standard compliant)
Single Pump Double Pump

UVD -- 1 A -- 2 A 2 -- 1.5 -- 4 -- 40 UVD -- 11 A -- 2 A 2 -- 2 A 2 -- 3.7 -- 4 -- 40
Design Number - E=NPT Design Number - E=NPT
Number of Motor Poles: 4 (P) 200V Number of Motor Poles: 4 (P) 200V
4 (G) 230V 4 (G) 230V
4 (M) 460V 4 (M) 460V
Motor Output kw (hp)
Motor Output kw (hp) 1.5, 2.2, 3.7 (2, 3, 5)
0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7 (1, 2, 3, 5)
Shaft Side Pump Pressure Adjustment Range
Pressure Adjustment Range 2: 15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm² (217 to 507)
2: 15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm² (217 to 507) 3: 30.6 to 71.4kgf/cm² (435 to 1015)
3: 30.6 to 71.4kgf/cm² (435 to 1015)
Shaft Side Pump Flow Rate Characteristics
Flow Characteristics A: Constant Discharge Type A: Constant Discharge Type
Ring Size
None: 7.9 gpm
2 : 10.5 gpm }
at 1800min -1
Shaft Side Pump Ring Size
None: 7.9 gpm
}
at 1800min -1
2 : 10.5 gpm
A: Foot Type Mounting
Pump Size 1: VDR-1B (22D) Head Side Pump Pressure Adjustment Range:
Pump Type: VDR (220) Series Uni-Pump Same as the shaft side pump
Head Side Pump Flow Rate Characteristics
A: Constant Discharge Type
Head Side Pump Ring Size
None: 7.9 gpm
2 : 10.5 gpm }
at 1800min -1

Pump Size 11: VDR-11B (22D)
Pump Type: VDR (220) Series Uni-Pump
Specifications
Maximum Working Maximum Flow Rate gpm (A*) Maximum Flow Rate gpm (2A*)
Model No. Pressure
kgf/cm² (psi) } 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz
UVD- 11A 71.4 (1015)

6.6 7.9 8.7 10.5
UVD-11A 71.4 (1015)
B 12
Motor Selection Curves • Selecting a motor
7.9 The area under a motor output curve
in the graph to the left is the operat-
3.7 hp ing range for that motor under the
5 kw rated output for that motor.

5.2
3 hp
Example:
B
2.2 kw pressure of 435 psi and a discharge
2 hp
Vane Pumps
2.6 1.5 kw rate of 6.6 gpm.
1 hp Selection Process:
0.75 kw
Since the intersection of the two
broken lines from a pressure of 435
60Hz 50Hz 0 10.2 20.4 30.6 40.8 51 61.2 71.4 psi and discharge rate of 6.6 gpm
areas areas (145) (290) (435) (580) (725) (870) (1015) intersect in the area under the 3 hp
curve, it means that a 3 hp motor
Discharge pressure P kgf/cm² (psi) should be used. In the case of a
* Select a uni-pump that has a pressure and flow rate that is within the range of the drive so that the drive will not overload.
double pump configuration, select a
motor that is larger than the total
power required by both pumps.

UVD-1A
D
KL NPT 1/2” IN
113 L
129.5 92.5 3/8” NPT (OUT on opposite side)
59 IL A
130
Motor rating plate 22.5 5 hp only (refer to P in dimension table)
(IN-OUT port dimension)
16 Uni-pump
P Terminal box (Name sticker)
B terminal
H
I
NACHI
Ƶ102
50
Ƶ KD
55
-0.5
Pressure (Round drain hole)

0
adjusting screw
C
Flow rate
J adjusting screw
G
R F F
Pump model E E
NPT 1/4” DR N T
(nameplate) M
1 hp Electric drive 27.5
S
exterior diagram
Auxiliary View R: Oval Hole Detail

(4 locations)
Motor Dimensions mm Output

Frame Weight
Uni-pump hp
No. lbs
A IL C D E F G H I J L M N S × T KD KL O (4 poles)
UVD-1A-A2-0.75-4-40 133 105 80 170 62.5 50 4.5 165 î 35 238 165 130 18 × 10 Ƶ27 157 27.5 80M 1 53
UVD-1A-A2-1.5-4-40
UVD-1A-A3-1.5-4-40 143 118.5 90 198 70 62.5 10 190 î 40 261.5 176 150 12 × 10 Ƶ27 159 î 90L 2 55
UVD-1A-2A2-1.5-4-40
UVD-1A-A2-2.2-4-40
UVD-1A-A3-2.2-4-40 157.5 133 100 198 80 70 12 200 î 40 290.5 200 168 14 × 12 Ƶ27 159 î 100L 3 66
UVD-1A-2A2-2.2-4-40
UVD-1A-A3-3.7-4-40
UVD-1A-2A2-3.7-4-40 186 140 112 214 95 70 12 î 261 40 326 220 168 14 × 12 Ƶ27 166 î 112M 5 80
UVD-1A-2A3-3.7-4-40
1 - 3 hp model does not have hangers.

1. Standard drive motor is the fully enclosed fan-cooled B type.
2. Standard voltage for drive motor is 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz or 220 VAC, 60 Hz.
4. See page A-21 for the characteristics of the drive motor for the unipump (domestic standard 3 rating).
B 13
UVD-11A
D NPT 1/2” IN
KL 3/8” NPT (OUT on opposite side)
190 L
B
130 (IN-OUT port dimension)
136 IL A
113 75.5
Motor rating plate 99.5 5 hp only
59 Uni-pump
22.5
Vane Pumps
P Terminal box (Name sticker)

B terminal 16
NACHi
I
102
50
55
Ƶ KD
-0.5
(Round drain hole)
0
C
Flow rate
G
adjusting screw
1/4” NPT DR
J T R F F
E E
N
M
S
Pressure
adjusting screw Pump model
(nameplate) Auxiliary View R: Oval Hole Detail
(4 locations)

Frame Weight
Uni-Pump hp
No. lbs
A IL C D E F G H I J L M N S × T KD KL O (4 poles)
UVD-11A-A2-A2-1.5-4-40
UVD-11A-A2-A3-1.5-4-40 143 118.5 90 198 70 62.5 10 190 î 40 261.5 176 150 12 × 10 Ƶ27 159 î 90L 2 73
UVD-11A-A3-A3-1.5-4-40
UVD-11A-A2-A2-2.2-4-40
UVD-11A-A2-A3-2.2-4-40
157.5 133 100 198 80 70 12 200 î 40 290.5 200 168 14 × 12 Ƶ27 159 î 100L 3 84
UVD-11A-A3-A3-2.2-4-40
UVD-11A-2A2-2A2-2.2-4-40
UVD-11A-A2-A2-3.7-4-40
UVD-11A-A2-A3-3.7-4-40
UVD-11A-A3-A3-3.7-4-40 186 140 112 214 95 70 12 î 261 40 326 220 168 14 × 12 Ƶ27 166 î 112M 5 97
UVD-11A-2A2-2A2-3.7-4-40
UVD-11A-2A2-2A3-3.7-4-40
1. 2 to 3 hp model does not have hangers.
B 14
VDR Series Variable Volume Vane Pump
VDR13 Design Series 5.2 to 11.8 gpm

Variable Volume Vane Pump 870 psi
B
The new design number 13 was created by modifying some of the components of old design numbers 11 and 12, and the new
Vane Pumps
design installation is compatible with the old design.
Features
Energy efficient, economical Relief valve and unloading valve can be • Handling
operation eliminated from the circuit. 1 Rotation Direction The direction
It was possible to reduce the size of rotation is always is clockwise
Built-in high-precision temperature of the unit because there was no (rightward) when viewed from the
compensation mechanism increase of proportional input to shaft side.
The ring is displaced by a spring, pressure which prevented increases 2 Drain Drain piping must be direct piping
and a rise in pressure automatically in the temperature of the fluid. up to a point that is below the tank fluid
moves it to the center to make the New design for lower noise level, and back pressure due to pipe
discharge rate zero. and improved durability resistance should not exceed 4.35 psi.
Specifications
Single Pump
Revolution Speed
No-load Discharge Rate (gpm) Pressure Allowable
Capacity Peak Pressure min î1 Weight
Model No. Adjustment Range
in 3/rev kgf/cm² (psi) lbs
1000min î1
1200min î1
1500min î1
1800min î1 kgf/cm² (psi) Min. Max.
VDR-1A(B) -1A1-13 .84 3.6 4.3 5.5 6.6 10.2 ~ 20.6 (145 ~ 290)
-1A2- .84 3.6 4.3 5.5 6.6 15.3 ~ 35.7 (217 ~ 507) 143 800 1800 17.6
.67 2.9 3.9 4.5 5.2 30.6 ~ 61.2 (435 ~ 870) (2030)
-1A3-
VDR-2A(B) -1A1-13 1.5 6.6 7.9 10 11.8 10.2 ~ 20.6 (145 ~ 290) 143
-1A2- 1.5 6.6 7.9 10 11.8 15.3 ~ 35.7 (217 ~ 507) (2030) 800 1800 46
-1A3- 1.3 5.8 7.0 8.9 10.5 30.6 ~ 61.2 (435 ~ 870)
Double Pump
Model No. Vent Side Shaft Side Vent Side Shaft Side Revolutionî1Speed
min
Pressure Weight
Foot Mounting Type Pressure Adjustment
Discharge Adjustment Discharge Allowable Peak Pressure lbs
Range Min. Max.
(Flange Mounting Type) Rate gpm Range Rate gpm kgf/cm² (psi)
kgf/cm² (psi) kgf/cm² (psi)
VDR-11A(B)-1A1-1A1-13 10.2 ~ 20.6 (145 ~ 290)

10.2 ~ 20.6 6.6 143
VDR-11A(B)-1A1-1A2-13 15.3 ~ 35.7 (217 ~ 507) (2030)
(145 ~ 290)
VDR-11A(B)-1A1-1A3-13 30.6 ~ 51 (435 ~ 725) A : 30
6.6 5.2
800 1800
VDR-11A(B)-1A2-1A2-13 15.3 ~ 35.7 6.6 15.3 ~ 35.7 (217 ~ 507) 143 B : 30
VDR-11A(B)-1A2-1A3-13 (217 ~ 507) 5.2 30.6 ~ 51 (435 ~ 725) (2030)
VDR-11A(B)-1A3-1A3-13 5.2 30.6 ~ 51 (435 ~ 725) 5.2 30.6 ~ 51 (435 ~ 725) 143 (2030)
Note: 1. The discharge rate is the value at 1800min no-load. -1
2. In addition to this model, the VDC Series (maximum working pressure: 2030 psi) high-pressure variable vane pump is also available. See page
B-25 for more information.
3. The change from VDR-1 Series design number 11 to design number 12 represents a change in the shaft key width from .125 in. to .187 in.
This means that when using a .125 in. key coupling, you need to use a stepped key (VD31J-302000) or add a new key groove at .187 in.
4. There is no change in the mounting method with the change from the VDR-1 size design number 12 and VDR-2 design number 11 to design
number 13.
B 15
VDR -- 1 A -- 1 A 2 -- 13 VDR 1 1A 1A 1 1 A 2 13
B Design Number Design number
Vane Pumps
Pressure Adjustment Range Shaft side pressure adjustment range

3: 30.6 to 61.2kgf/cm² (435 to 870) 3: 30.6 to 51kgf/cm² (435 to 725)
Shaft side flow rate characteristics

Flow characteristics A: Constant discharge rate type
A: Constant discharge type
Shaft side ring size 1
Ring size 1
Head side pressure adjustment range
Mounting method
A: Foot type mounting Head side flow rate characteristics
B: Flange type mounting
Head side ring size 1
Pump size 1, 2
Pump Type: VDR Series Mounting method A: Foot type mounting

Variable Discharge Rate Vane Pump B: Flange type mounting
Shaft side pump size 1
Head side pump size 1
Pump Type: VDR Series

Variable Discharge Rate Vane Pump
3 Discharge Volume Adjustment 5 Factory Default P-Q Settings (Standard Factory Default
The discharge flow rate is decreased by Model) Pressure Settings
clockwise (rightward) rotation of the • Flow Rate Setting = Maximum flow kgf/cm² (psi)
discharge rate adjusting screw, and rate for model as indicated in the catalog 1: 20.4 (290)
increased by counterclockwise (leftward) • Pressure Setting = Pressure shown in 2: 35.7 (507)
rotation. Loosen the lock nut before table to the right 3: 30.6 (435)
making adjustments. After adjustment is 6 Initial Operation
complete, re-tighten the lock nut. The Before operating the pump for the first fluid that provides kinematic viscosity
graph below provides general guidelines time, put the pump discharge side into during operation in the range of 20 to
for the relationship between the rotation the no-load state and then repeatedly 150 centistokes.
angle of the flow rate adjusting screw and start and stop the motor to bleed all air 9 The operating temperature range is
the no-load discharge rate. from inside the pump and the suction 59 to 140°F. When the oil temperature
However: piping. After confirming that the pump is at startup is 59°F or less, perform a
Q: Flow rate gpm = in³ x rpm discharging oil, continue the no-load warm-up operation at low pressure and
231 operation for at least 10 minutes to low speed until the oil temperature
4 Pressure Adjustment discharge all the air from the circuit. reaches 59°F. Use the pump in an area
Pressure is decreased by clockwise Provide an air bleed valve in circuits where the temperature is within the
(rightward) rotation of the discharge rate where it is difficult to bleed air before range of 32 to 140°F.
adjusting screw, and increased by startup. 10 Suction pressure is 4.35 psi,
counterclockwise (leftward) rotation. 7 Sub Plate and the suction port flow rate
When a sub plate is required, specify a should be to greater than 6 ft/sec.
sub-plate type from the table in the
1.8
installation dimension diagram.
8 For the hydraulic operating fluid, use an
1.5 R&O type and wear-resistant type of ISO
VG32 to 68 or equivalent (viscosity index
Pump capacity q in³ /rev
1.2 of at least 90). Use hydraulic operating

.9
Note) The values indicated above are at
.6
maximum pump discharge volume with the
.48 flow volume adjusting screw at the 0°
.30 position.
2.4
The broken line shows the flow volume
0 45 90 135 180 225 270
B 16
11 Avoid pulley, gear, and other drive discoloration. starting operation.
systems that impart a radial or thrust load Whitish fluid indicates that air has 17 When centering the pump shaft,
on the end of the pump shaft. Mount the contaminated the fluid, and brownish eccentricity with the motor shaft should
pump so its pump shaft is oriented fluid indicates the fluid is dirty. EHQRJUHDWHUWKDQPP8VHD
horizontally. 14 At startup, repeat the inching operation pump mounting base of sufficient
12 Provide a suction strainer with a filtering
JUDGHRIDERXWƫPPHVK)RU
WKHUHWXUQOLQHWRWKHWDQNXVHDƫP
VWDUWVWRSWREOHHGDLUIURPWKHSXPS
and pipes.
Equip an air bleed valve in circuits
rigidity. The angle error should be no
greater than 1°. B
line filter. where it is difficult to bleed air before
Vane Pumps
Manage hydraulic operating fluid so VWDUWXS6HHSDJH&IRUPRUH
contamination is maintained at class information.
NAS10 or lower. Take care to avoid 16 To ensure proper lubrication of the
contamination with water and other pump's rubbing surfaces, supply
foreign matter, and watch out for oil to the interior of the pump before

VDR-1A-*-13 (Foot Mounting)
147.6

–0.021
0
–0.2
)Oow rate adjusting screw
0
+0.024
4.76 +0.012
Ƶ106
–0.1

0
14
H
120.6
2– Ƶ20 Pressure adjusting screw
C
M10 mounting bolt

10
h
16
6XESODWH Ƶ
²
DR 1/4” SAE 60
%6372SSRVLWHVLGH%6372SSRVLWHVLGH
2875F=%637
3OXJFORVHGEHfRUHVKLSSLQJ
Note: 6XESODWH is not provided. Must be provided
separately if needed.
210
178
Sub Plate Weight 0RWRU2XWSXt

H h A B C Y =
Number lb h p 3
09'0 1/2 8 DR Rc 1/4 BSPT
8 11 61.1 188 2 26 1 to 2 3OXJFORVHGEHfRUHVKLSSLQJ
M9'11<10 4 1/2
09'0 1/2 8 IN Rc Y BSPT
10.8 81.1 208 40 40 WR 3OXJFORVHGEHfRUHVKLSSLQJ
M9'1<10 4 1/2
VDR-1B-*-13 (Flange Mounting) Not SAE Mount
Ƶ 147.6
Ƶ –0.021
Ƶ 11 holes 61

0
–0.2
0
)Oow rate adjusting screw +0.024

4.76+0.012

Ƶ –0.04
0
Ƶ 106

IN 1/2 287 4 16 Pressure adjusting screw

BSPT BSPT DR 1/4

BSPT
B 17
278 212.1
108 170 54 90
+0.024
4.76 +0.012
Ƶ 25.4 –0.021
B
0
27.7–0.1
96.75
0
Flow rate adjusting screw 40
M12 mounting bolt
Vane Pumps
Ƶ 140
75 –0.1 30
A
0
16
159
H
Pressure
adjusting
h
19
B screw
C
IN Y 86.5 OUT 3/4 BSPT
BSPT
DR 1/4
BSPT
256
228
38
Note: Sub-plate is not provided. Must be provided separately if needed.
Weight Motor Output Applicable Pump
Sub Plate Number H h A B C Y
kg kW(4P) Model No.
MVD-2-135-10 7.0 135 60 231.75 33 29 1 2.2 to 3.7 4 – Ƶ 28x0.5 counterbore
14 Ƶ 13.5 holes
MVD-2-160-10 1 VDR-2A-1A*-13 (IN Y) BSPT
8.2 160 85 256.75 48 48 5.5 48
MVD-2-160Z-10 11/4 Closed plug
76
VDR-2B-*-13 (Flange Mounting) Not SAE Mount
278 212.1
108 170 42 102
+0.024 20
4.76 +0.012 4 16
96.75
50
40
–0.021
171.75
Ƶ 135–0.04
75
Ƶ140
0
0
27.7 –0.1
0
Ƶ25.4
Flow rate
adjusting screw
4 – Ƶ25x1 counterbore 88.5 Pressure

Ƶ13.5 holes adjusting
screw
OUT 3/4
BSPT
DR 1/4
BSPT IN 1
BSPT
B 18
188.5 222.1
75.5 113 2-pressure adjusting 32.5 65 77
screw
Ƶ19.05 –0.021
2-flow rate adjusting
0
screw
21.15 –0.2
0
+0.024
4.76 +0.012 25
73
Vane Pumps
Ƶ 106
25.5 25.5
53.9 –0.1
0
208
120.6 ±0.35
14
135
M10 mounting bolt
81.1
2 to 43
25
20
77
8 OUT Z BSPT 97.5
38 42 (Opposite side) OUT Z
IN 1 BSPT DR 3/8 BSPT BSPT
(Opposite side) (Opposite side) Ƶ 137
Ƶ13 holes
DR 3/8 BSPT
(Plug closed before shipping)
Note: Sub-plate is not provided. Must be provided

separately if needed.
185
158
Weight Applicable Pump Model
15
Sub Plate Number Z
lbs No.
MVD-11-135-10 3/8
10.3 VDR-11A-1A*-1A*-13
MVD-11-135X-10 1/2
IN 1 BSPT
Plug closed before shipping
VDR-11B-*-*-13 (Flange Mounting) Not SAE Mount
188.5 222.1
Ƶ19.05–0.021
2-flow rate adjusting 75.5 113 37 61 77

screw
0
21.15–0.2
+0.024
0
4.76 +0.012
73
25
–0.04
0
Ƶ 106
Ƶ 95.02
55
IN 1/2 4 16 2-pressure
90
BSPT 59.5 77 adjusting screw
113
4– Ƶ21x0.5 counterbore 130
OUT 3/8 DR 1/4
Ƶ11 holes BSPT
BSPT
B 19
Performance Curves Typical characteristics at hydraulic operating fluid kinematic viscosity of 32 centistokes.
–1
1800min–1
B VDR-1A-1A1-13 VDR-1A-1A2-13
6.6
VDR-1A-1A3-13
Q Q
Vane Pumps
6.6 6.6
5.2
Q

5.2 5.2
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
3.9 4
3.9 2 3.9 2
Lin 2.6 2.6
Lin 2.6 Lin
2.6 1.3 1.3
1.3 1.3
1.3 .67 1.3 .67
0 0 0 0 0 0
5 10.2 15.7 20.4 5 10.2 15.7 20.4 25.4 30.6 35.7 10.2 20.4 30.6 40.8 51 61.2 71.4
(72) (145) (217) (290) (72) (145) (217) (290) (362) (435) (507) (145) (290) (435) (580) (725) (870) (1015)
VDR-2A-1A1-13 VDR-2A-1A2-13 VDR-2A-1A3-13

13.2 13.2 13.2
Q Q
10.5 10.5 10.5

Q
Discharge rate Qgpm
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
7.9 2 7.9 4 7.9
Lin
5.2 1.3 5.2 2.6 5.2 6.7
Lin
5.3
Lin
2.6 .67 2.6 1.3 2.6 4.0
2.6
1.3
0 0 0 0 0 0
5 10.2 15.7 20.4 5 10.2 15.7 20.4 25.4 30.6 35.7 10.2 20.4 30.6 40.8 51 61.2 71.4
(72) (145) (217) (290) (72) (145) (217) (290) (362) (435) (507) (145) (290) (435) (580) (725) (870) (1015)
Axial Input At Full Cutoff

VDR-1 VDR-2
3.3 3.3
2.6 2.6
2 2
–1
in
1.3 1.3 0m
180
–1
–1 in
min 0m
1800 150
.67 –1 .67
min
1500
0 0
0 10.2 20.4 30.6 40.8 51 61.2 71.4 0 10.2 20.4 30.6 40.8 51 61.2 71.4
(145) (290) (435) (580) (725) (870) (1015) (145) (290) (435) (580) (725) (870) (1015)
Discharge pressure P kgf/cm² (psi) Discharge pressure P kgf/cm² (psi)
Measurement Position: Measurement Position:
VDR-1 1 meter behind pump VDR-2 1 meter behind pump
80 80
1800min–1
Noise level dB(A)
Noise level dB(A)
70 70
1800min–1
1500min–1
1500min–1
60 60
50 50
0 10.2 20.4 30.6 40.8 51 61.2 71.4 0 10.2 20.4 30.6 40.8 51 61.2 71.4
(145) (290) (435) (580) (725) (870) (1015) (145) (290) (435) (580) (725) (870) (1015)
B 20
Cross-sectional Drawing
40 33 20 26 38 15 3 11 21 39 18 13 22 16 12 36 41 37 14 2 35 10 9 28 29 30 19
VDR-1A-*-13
VDR-2A-*-13
B
Vane Pumps
OUTLET INLET
4 25 23 17 6 7 8 32 1 31 34 24 27 5
Applicable Pump Model No. VDR-1A-*-13 VDR-2A-*-13 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
Part
Seal Kit Number VDAS-101A00 VDAS-102A00 1 Body 15 Shim 29 Oil seal
No.
Part Name Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty 2 Cover 16 Retainer 30 Snap ring
3 Cover 17 Spring 31 O-ring
20 Packing VD32J-101000 1 VD32J-102000 1
4 Cover 18 Spring 32 O-ring
21 Square ring VD33J-101000 1 1A-G45 1 5 Shaft 19 Key 33 O-ring
29 Oil seal ISRD-204010 1 ISP-284811 1 6 Piston 20 Packing 34 O-ring
31 O-ring 1A-P20 2 1A-G30 2 7 Ring 21 Square ring (O-ring) 35 O-ring
32 O-ring 1A-P10A 1 1A-P12 1 8 Vane 22 Needle 36 Nut
9 Plate (S) 23 Screw 37 Screw
33 O-ring 1A-P12 1 1A-P14 1
10 Plate (H) 24 Screw 38 Screw
34 O-ring 1A-P5 1 1A-P9 1
11 Plate 25 Nut 39 Screw
35 O-ring 1A-G70 1 1A-G100 1 12 Holder 26 Pin 40 Screw
Note: 1. Oil seals are manufactured by Nippon Oil Seal Industry Co. Ltd. (NOK) 13 Holder 27 Pin 41 Nameplate
2. O-ring 1A-** refers to JIS B2401-1A-**. 14 Shim 28 Bearing
3. For VDR-*B-*-13, the seal kit number becomes VDBS-10*B00,
without the 31 and 32 O-rings.
VDR-11A-*-13
39 24 31 20 19 46 17 4 13 25 45 21 15 26 18 14 30 47 42 16 3 8 23 2 41 12 11 1 33 43 34 35 22
OUTLET INLET
44 5 29 27 7 9 10 38 37 40 28 36 32 6
Part No. Part Name
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name 31 Pin
Applicable Pump Model No. VDR-11A-*-*-13
Part 32 Pin
Seal Kit Number VDAS-111A00 1 Body 11 Plate (S) 21 Spring 33 Bearing
No.
Part Name Part Number Q'ty 2 Body 12 Plate (H) 22 Key 34 Oil seal
3 Cover 13 Plate 23 Key 35 Snap ring
24 Packing VD32J-101000 2
4 Cover 14 Holder 24 Packing 36 Nut
25 Square ring VD33J-101000 2
5 Cover 15 Holder 25 Square ring 37 O-ring
34 Oil seal ISRD-204010 1 6 Shaft 16 Shim 26 Needle 38 O-ring
37 O-ring 1A-P20 4 7 Piston 17 Shim 27 Screw 39 O-ring
38 O-ring 1A-P10A 2 8 Rotor 18 Retainer 28 Screw 40 O-ring
39 O-ring 1A-P12 2 9 Ring 19 Spring 29 Nut 41 O-ring
10 Vane 20 Spring 30 Pin 42 Screw
40 O-ring 1A-P5 2
43 Screw
41 O-ring 1A-G70 2
44 Screw
Note: 1. Oil seals are manufactured by Nippon Oil Seal Industry Co. Ltd. (NOK). 45 Screw
2. O-ring 1A-** refers to JIS B2401-1A-**.
3. For VDR-11B-*-*-13, the seal kit number becomes VDBS-111B00, without the 37 and 38 O-rings. 46 Screw
47 Nameplate
B 21
Performance Curves (CE mark standard compliant)
B Single Pump
UVD - 1 A - A 2 - 1.5 - 4 - 30
Double Pump
UVD - 11 A - A * - A * - *- 4 - 30
Vane Pumps
Design Number - E=NPT Design Number

Number of Motor Poles: 4 (P) 200V Number of Motor Poles: 4 (P) 200V
4 (G) 230V 4 (G) 230V
Motor Output kw (hp) 4 (M) 460V 4 (M) 460V
Motor Output kw (hp)
0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7 (1, 2, 3, 5) 1.5, 2.2, 3.7 (2, 3, 5)
Shaft Side Pump Pressure Adjustment Range
1: 10.2 to 20.4kgf/cm² (145 to 290)
1: 10.2 to 20.4kgf/cm² (145 to 290)
2: 15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm² (217 to 507)
2: 15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm² (217 to 507)
3: 30.6 to 61.2kgf/cm² (435 to 870)
3: 30.6 to 51kgf/cm² (435 to 725)
Flow Characteristics Shaft Side Pump Flow Rate Characteristics
A: Constant Discharge Type A: Constant Discharge Type
A: Foot Type Mounting Head Side Pump Pressure Adjustment Range:
Pump Size 1: VDR-1B Same as the shaft side pump
2: VDR-2B
Pump Type: VDR (13D) Series Uni-Pump A: Constant Discharge Type
Pump Size 11: VDR-11B
Pump Type: VDR (13D) Series Uni-Pump
Specifications
Maximum Working Maximum Flow Rate gpm
Model No. Pressure
kgf/cm² (psi) 50Hz 60Hz
UVD- 11 A 61.2 (870) 5.5 6.6
UVD- 12 A 51.0 (725) 10 11.8
UVD- 11A 51.0 (725) 5.5 6.5-6.6
Motor Selection Curves
• Selecting a motor
10.5 The area under a motor output curve in
the graph to the left is the operating
UVD-2A

5 hp output for that motor.
UVD-2A
7.9 3.7 kw
Example:
5.2 pressure of 507 psi and a discharge rate
3 hp of 5.5 gpm.
UVD-1A
2.2 kw Selection Process:

UVD-1A
1 hp
2.6 0.75 kw 2 hp Since the intersection of the two broken
1.5 kw lines from a pressure of 507 psi and
discharge rate of 5.5 gpm intersect in
the area under the 3 hp curve, it means
60Hz 50Hz 0 10.2 20.4 30.6 40.8 51.0 61.2
(145) (290) (435) (580) (725) (870)
that a 3 hp motor should be used. In the
areas areas
case of a double pump configuration,
Discharge pressure P kgf/cm² (psi) select a motor that is larger than the
total power required by both pumps.
*Select a uni-pump that has a pressure and flow rate that is within the range
of the drive so that the drive will not overload.
B 22
Installation Dimension Drawing 1/2(IN) BSPT
D 3/8(OUT on opposite side) L
KL
UVD-1A 108.6 IL A
130 (IN-OUT port dimension) 99.5
Motor rating plate
B
113 75.5 61 Uni-pump
Terminal box 22.5 (Name sticker)
B terminal 16
Vane Pumps
H
Ƶ 106
50
55
Ƶ KD
C -0.5
Pressure adjusting screw (Round drain hole)
0
Flow rate
adjusting screw
G
T
J
R F F
E E 1/4(DR) BSPT
S
O N
M
1 hp Electric drive
Pump model exterior diagram Auxiliary View R: Oval Hole Detail
(nameplate) (4 locations)

Frame Weight
Uni-pump No. hp
A IL C D E F G H J L M N S×T KD KL O (4poles) lbs
UVD-1A-A1-0.75-4-30
133 105 80 170 62.5 50 4.5 165 35 238 165 130 18 × 10 Ƶ27 157 27.5 80M 1 50
UVD-1A-A2-0.75-4-30
UVD-1A-A2-1.5-4-30
143 118.5 90 198 70 62.5 10 190 40 261.5 176 150 12 × 10 Ƶ27 159 î 90L 2 53
UVD-1A-A3-1.5-4-30
UVD-1A-A3-2.2-4-30 157.5 133 100 198 80 70 12 200 40 290.5 200 168 14 × 12 Ƶ27 159 î 100L 3 64
No hanger.
1.Standard drive motor is the fully enclosed fan-cooled B type.
2.Standard voltage for drive motor is 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz or 220 VAC, 60 Hz.
3.Standard terminal box is B terminal (right side viewed from pump).
4.See page A-21 for the characteristics of the drive motor for the unipump (domestic standard 3 rating).
UVD-2A D 1(IN) BSPT

KL 3/4(OUT on opposite side)
166 L
170 108
98 IL A
16 Uni-pump
P (Name sticker)
Terminal box
B terminal
I
Ƶ 140
H
66
ƵKD
75
-0.5

0
adjusting screw
C
G
Ü J
T 1/4(DR) R F F
E E Pump model
BSPT N
M (nameplate)
S
Auxiliary View R: Oval Hole Detail

(4 locations)
Motor Dimensions mm
Frame Output Weight
Uni-pump hp
No. (4poles) lbs
A IL C D E F G H I J L M N S×T KD KL O
UVD-2A-A1-1.5-4-30
143 118.5 90 198 70 62.5 10 190 î 40 261.5 176 150 12 × 10 Ƶ27 159 î 90L 2 84
UVD-2A-A2-1.5-4-30
UVD-2A-A2-2.2-4-30
157.5 133 100 198 80 70 12 200 î 40 290.5 200 168 14 × 12 Ƶ27 159 î 100L 3 95
UVD-2A-A3-2.2-4-30
UVD-2A-A2-3.7-4-30
186 140 112 214 95 70 12 î 261 40 326 220 168 14 × 12 Ƶ27 166 î 112M 5 108
UVD-2A-A3-3.7-4-30
2 to 3 hp model does not have hangers.
1.Standard drive motor is the fully enclosed fan-cooled B type.
2.Standard voltage for drive motor is 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz or 220 VAC, 60 Hz.
3.Standard terminal box is B terminal (right side viewed from pump).
4.See page A-21 for the characteristics of the drive motor for the unipump (domestic standard 3 rating).
B 23
UVD-11A
D 1/2(IN) BSPT
KL 3/8 (OUT on opposite side)
188 L
B
138 IL A
113 75.5
61 Uni-pump
P Terminal box 22.5 (Name sticker)
Vane Pumps
B terminal 16
Ƶ 106
I
H
50
55
Ƶ KD
-0.5
0
adjusting
C
screw
G
Flow rate
adjusting screw 1/4(DR)
J
T BSPT R F F
E E
N
M
S
Pump model
(nameplate) Auxiliary View R: Oval Hole Detail
(4 locations)

Frame Weight
Uni-pump hp
No. (4poles) lbs
A IL C D E F G H I J L M N S×T KD KL O
UVD-11A-A1-A1-1.5-4-30
UVD-11A-A1-A2-1.5-4-30
UVD-11A-A1-A3-1.5-4-30
143 118.5 90 198 70 62.5 10 190 î 40 261.5 176 150 12 × 10 Ƶ27 159 î 90L 2 66
UVD-11A-A2-A2-1.5-4-30
UVD-11A-A2-A3-1.5-4-30
UVD-11A-A3-A3-1.5-4-30
UVD-11A-A1-A2-2.2-4-30
UVD-11A-A1-A3-2.2-4-30
UVD-11A-A2-A2-2.2-4-30 157.5 133 100 198 80 70 12 200 î 40 290.5 200 168 14 × 12 Ƶ27 159 î 100L 3 77
UVD-11A-A2-A3-2.2-4-30
UVD-11A-A3-A3-2.2-4-30
UVD-11A-A1-A3-3.7-4-30
UVD-11A-A2-A2-3.7-4-30
186 140 112 214 95 70 12 î 261 40 326 220 168 14 × 12 Ƶ27 166 î 112M 5 90
UVD-11A-A2-A3-3.7-4-30
UVD-11A-A3-A3-3.7-4-30
No hanger on 2 and 3 hp models.

B 24
VDC Series Small Variable Volume Vane Pump
VDC Series 7.9 to 31.7 gpm

High Pressure Type Variable Volume Vane Pump 2000 psi
B
Features
Vane Pumps
Highly efficient and stable stability. This minimizes ring vibration ensures a highly stable fixed discharge
high-pressure operation and delivers quiet operation. rate, even in the high pressure range.
Innovative pressure control and pressure Outstanding response, High efficiency operation with
balance mechanisms combine with an
original 3-point ring support system high-precision operation minimal power loss
dramatically improves high-pressure An innovative new ring stopper New mechanical innovations minimize
operation. The result is outstanding eliminates excessive ring displacement power loss, especially at full cutoff.
performance at high pressures up to and improves response. The result is Simplified maintenance and
2000 psi. high precision operation at all times, handling
including during starts, stops, and load
Low vibration and noise changes. Pressure adjusting and discharge rate
A number of innovative new mechanisms adjusting mechanisms are located
are adopted to minimize vibration Precise characteristics for a on the same side of the pump for
and noise. In particular, a 3-point stable discharge rate simplified maintenance and handling.
support system is used for the control A revolutionary new pressure compensa-
piston and bias piston to increase ring tor type pressure control mechanism
Specifications
Single Pump
Revolution Speed
Model No. No-load Discharge Rate gpm Pressure Adjustment Allowable Peak
Capacity min î1 Weight
Range Pressure
in³/rev kgf/cm (psi) kgf/cm (psi) lbs
Foot Mounting Flange Mounting 1500min î1
1800min î1
Min. Max.
VDC-1A-1A2-*20 VDC-1B-1A2-*20/35 15.3 to 35.7 (217 to 507) 143

VDC-1A-1A3-*20 VDC-1B-1A3-*20/35 . (290 to 1000)
20.4 to 71.4 (2000)
1.0 6.6 7.9 800 1800 21
VDC-1A-1A4-*20 VDC-1B-1A4-*20/35 51 to 107 (725 to 1500) 214
VDC-1A-1A5-*20 VDC-1B-1A5-*20/35 71.4 to 143
. (1000 to 2000) (3000)
VDC-1A-2A2-*20 VDC-1B-2A2-*20/35 15.3 to 35.7 (217 to 507) 143
1.3 8.7 10.5 800 1800 21
VDC-1A-2A3-*20 VDC-1B-2A3-*20/35 20.4 to 71.4 (290 to 1000) (2000)
VDC-2A-1A2-*20 VDC-2B-1A2-*20/35 15.3 to 35.7 (217 to 507) 143

VDC-2A-1A3-*20 VDC-2B-1A3-*20/35 . (290 to 1000)
20.4 to 71.4 (2000)
1.8 11.8 14.2 800 1800 55
VDC-2A-1A4-*20 VDC-2B-1A4-*20/35 51 to 107 (725 to 1500) 214
VDC-2A-1A5-*20 VDC-2B-1A5-*20/35 71.4 to 143
. (1000 to 2000) (3000)
VDC-2A-2A2-*20 VDC-2B-2A2-*20/35 15.3 to 35.7 (217 to 507) 143
2.3 15.3 18.4 800 1800 55
VDC-2A-2A3-*20 VDC-2B-2A3-*20/35 20.4 to 71.4
. (290 to 1000) (2000)
VDC-3A-1A2-*20 VDC-3B-1A2-*20 15.3 to 35.7 (217 to 507) 143

. (290 to 1000) (2000)
VDC-3A-1A3-*20 VDC-3B-1A3-*20 20.4 to 71.4
4.0 26.4 31.7 800 1800 103
VDC-3A-1A4-*20 VDC-3B-1A4-*20 51 to 107 (725 to 1500) 214
VDC-3A-1A5-*20 VDC-3B-1A5-*20 71.4 to 143
. (1000 to 2000) (3000)
Double Pump
Model No. Vent Side Shaft Side
Revolution
Discharge Rate gpm Pressure Adjustment Discharge Rate gpm Pressure Adjustment Speed min î1
Weight
Foot Mounting Type
Range Range lbs
(Flange Mounting) kgf/cm (psi) kgf/cm (psi)
1800minî1 1500minî1 1800minî1 1500min î1 Min. Max.
VDC-11A(B)-2A3-2A*20/35 20.4 to 71.4 10.5 8.7 20.4 to 71.4 (290 to 1000) Type A 59
10.5 8.7 800 1800
VDC-11A(B)-2A3-1A*20/35 (290 to 1000) 7.9 6.6 71.4 to 143 (1000 to 2000) Type B 44
VDC-12A(B)-2A3-2A*20/35 20.4 to 71.4 18.4 15.3 20.4 to 71.4 (290 to 1000)
VDC-12A(B)-2A3-1A*20/35 10.5 8.7 (290 to 1000) 14.2 11.8 71.4 to 143 (1000 to 2000) Type A 92
20.4 to 71.4 (290 to 1000) 800 1800
VDC-12A(B)-1A5-2A*20/35 71.4 to 143 18.4 15.3 Type B 77
7.9 6.6 14.2 11.8 71.4 to 143 (1000 to 2000)
VDC-12A(B)-1A5-1A*20/35 (1000 to 2000)
VDC-22A(B)-2A3-2A*20/35 20.4 to 71.4 18.4 15.3 20.4 to 71.4 (290 to 1000) Type A 136
18.4 15.3 800 1800
VDC-22A(B)-2A3-1A*20/35 (290 to 1000) 17.2 11.8 71.4 to 143 (1000 to 2000) Type B 110
VDC-13A(B)-2A3-1A*20 20.4 to 71.4 20.4 to 71.4 (290 to 1000)
VDC-13A(B)-2A3-1A*20 10.5 8.7 (290 to 1000) 71.4 to 143 (1000 to 2000) Type A 136
31.7 26.4 800 1800
VDC-13A(B)-1A5-1A*20 20.4 to 71.4 (290 to 1000) Type B 105
7.9 6.6 71.4 to 143
(1000 to 2000) 71.4 to 143 (1000 to 2000)
VDC-13A(B)-1A5-1A*20
Note: 1. VDC-3A, VDC-11A, VDC-12A and VDC-13A are foot mounting types, and come with foot mountings.
2. VDC-1A and VDC-2A are sub plate types. Sub plates are not included.
B 25
• Handling 4 Pressure Adjustment Pressure is 10 Foot Mounting
1 Rotation Direction The direction of rotation increased by clockwise (rightward) For a double pump with VDC-3 foot
is always is clockwise (rightward) when rotation of the discharge rate adjusting mounting, the foot mounting kit and
viewed from the shaft side. screw, and decreased by counterclock- pump are sold as a set. When only the
2 Drain Drain piping must be direct piping wise (leftward) rotation. mounting feet are required, pump
B up to a point that is below the tank fluid
level, and piping should comply with the
Loosen the lock nut before making
adjustments. After adjustment is
mounting bolts, washers and other
parts are sold together as the Foot
conditions shown in the table below to complete, re-tighten the lock nut. Mounting Kit.
Vane Pumps
ensure that back pressure due to pipe 5 Factory Default P-Q Settings See page B-36 for detailed dimensions.
resistance does not exceed 14 psi. When (Standard Model) 11 For the hydraulic operating fluid, use
using a pump that has drain ports at two • Flow Rate Setting = Maximum flow rate type ISO VG32 or equivalent (viscosity
locations, use the drain port that is higher for model as indicated in the catalog index of at least 90) for pressures of
after the pump is installed. In the case of • Pressure Setting = Pressure shown in 1000 psi or lower, and type ISO VG68
a double pump, run separate pipes from table below or equivalent (viscosity index of at least
both the shaft side and the head side 6 Thrust Screw and Stopper 90) for pressures greater than 1000
drains directly connect to the tank, so the The thrust screw and stopper are psi.
drain pipe is below the surface of the oil. precision adjusted at the factory during 12 The operating temperature range is
3 Discharge Volume Adjustment assembly. Never touch them. 59 to 140°F. When the oil temperature
See callouts 15/43 and 15/38 in the at startup is 59°F or less, perform a
Model No.
VDC-1 VDC-2 VDC-3 VDC-1A and 2A/3A cross-section warm-up operation at low pressure
Item
diagrams on pages B-33 and B-34. until the oil temperature reaches
Pipe Joint At least At least At least 7 An unload circuit is required when 59°F. Use the pump in an area where
Size 1/4" 1/4" 3/8" the motor is started under condition the temperature is within the range of
Pipe I.D.
At least At least At least WYE Delta. Contact your agent about the 32 to 140°F.
.29 .29 .37 unload circuit. 13 Suction pressure is 4.35 psi, and the
Pipe
1m or less 1m or less 1m or less
8 Initial Operation suction port flow rate should be no
Length Before operating the pump for the first greater than 6 ft/sec.
time, put the pump discharge side into 14 Avoid pulley, gear, and other drive
The discharge flow rate is decreased by the noload state and then repeatedly systems that impart a radial or thrust
clockwise (rightward) rotation of the start and stop the motor to bleed all air load on the end of the pump shaft.
discharge rate adjusting screw, and from inside the pump and the suction Mount the pump so its pump shaft
increased by counterclockwise (leftward) piping. After confirming that the pump is is oriented horizontally.
rotation. discharging oil, continue the no-load 15 Provide a suction strainer with a filtering
Loosen the lock nut before making operation for at least 10 minutes to JUDGHRIDERXWƫPPHVK)RU
adjustments. After adjustment is discharge all the air from the circuit. WKHUHWXUQOLQHWRWKHWDQNXVHDƫP
complete, re-tighten the lock nut. The Provide an air bleed valve in circuits line filter.
graph below provides general guidelines where it is difficult to bleed air before 16 Manage hydraulic operating fluid so
for the relationship between the rotation startup. contamination is maintained at class
angle of the flow rate adjusting screw and 9 Sub Plate NAS10 or lower. Take care to avoid
the no-load discharge rate. Use the table below for to specify contamination with water and other
Q: Flow rate gpm = in³ x rpm a sub plate type when one is foreign matter, and watch out for
231 required. discoloration. Whitish fluid indicates
that water has contaminated the fluid,
and brownish fluid indicates the fluid is
4.2
Factory Default dirty.
3.6
Pressure Settings 17 Contact your agent about using water-
kgf/cm² (psi) and glycol-based hydraulic operating
Pump capacity q in³ /rev
3.0 2: 35.7 (507) fluids.

VD
C-3 3: 30.6 (435)
18 At startup, repeat the inching operation
2.4 (start-stop) to bleed air from the pump
4: 51
. (725)
and pipes.
1.8 5: 71.4 (1000)
(Continued on following page)
1.2
.73
.61
.48
.36
0 90 180 270 360 450

Sub Plate Number
Pump Model No. Sub Plate Number Motor (hp)

MVD-1-115-10 1-2
Note: VDC-1A-1A*-20
MVD-1-135-10 3-5
The values indicated above are at
maximum pump discharge volume with MVD-1-115Y-10 1-2
the flow volume adjusting screw at the VDC-1A-2A*-20
MVD-1-135Y-10 3-5
0°position.
The broken line shows the flow volume MVD-2-135-10 3-5
adjustment range lower limit value. VDC-2A-*A*-20
MVD-2-160-10 7
VDC-2A-2A*-20 MVD-2-160Z-10 7
Note: See pages B-17 and B-18 for detailed dimensions.
B 26
19 Equip an air bleed valve in circuits where 21 When centering the pump shaft,
it is difficult to bleed air before startup. eccentricity with the motor shaft should
See page C-13 for more information. be no greater than 0.001 in.
20 To ensure proper lubrication of the pump's Use a pump mounting base of sufficient
rubbing surfaces, supply oil to the interior rigidity. The angle error should be no
of the pump before starting operation. greater than 1°.
B
Vane Pumps
Single Pump
VDC -- 2 A -- 1 A 2 * 20
20 Design Number Metric
E20 - VDC-1A, 2A, 3A/B; Unified Threads
E35 - VDC-1B, VDC-2B; Unified Threads
* P - Remote Control Compensator
2: 15.3 to 35.7kgf/cm² (217 to 507)
3: 20.4 to 71.4kgf/cm² (290 to 1015)
4: 51 to 107kgf/cm² (725 to 1522)
5: 71.4 to 143kgf/cm² (1015 to 2000)
Note: Ring Size: In the case of 2,
maximum setting pressure is 71.4kgf/cm² (1015).
Flow Characteristics A: Constant DischargeType
Ring Size –1
at 1800min
Ring size VDC-1 VDC-2 VDC-3
1 7.9 gpm 14.2 gpm 31 gpm
2 10.5 gpm 18.5 gpm _
Mounting Method
A: Foot Type Mounting B: Flange Type Mounting
Pump Size
1, 2, 3
Pump Type: VDC Series High-pressure Variable Discharge Rate Vane Pump
control valve at a pipe volume of 9 cu in or less.
Double Pump
VDC -- 1 2 A -- 1 A 5 -- 2 A 3 -- 20
Design Number Metric
E35 - VDC-11B, 12B
E20 - VDC-13B
Shaft Side Pressure Adjustment Range

3: 20.4 to 71.4kgf/cm² (290 to 1015)
5: 71.4 to 143kgf/cm² (1015 to 2000)
Shaft Side Flow Rate Characteristics A: Constant Discharge Rate Type
Shaft Side Ring Size 1, 2
(Size 1 only for VDC-3)
Head Side Pressure Adjustment Range 3, 5
Head Side Flow Rate Characteristics A: Constant Discharge Rate Type
Head Side Ring Size 1, 2
Mounting Method
Shaft Side Pump Size 1, 2, 3
Head Side Pump Size 1, 2
Pump Type: VDC Series High-Pressure Variable Discharge Rate Vane Pump
B 27
Installation Dimension Drawings Pressure
adjusting 153
Single Pump screw 138
VDC-1A-*A*-20 63 33 1/4 DR NPT
B 130
106 18 (1A4, 1A5 type only)
Vane Pumps
21.15 -0.2
0
25 +0.024
4.76 +0.012
Max. 174
53
131.4
106.9
-0.1
0
ƕ -0.021
0
53.9
14
Flow rate
85 adjusting screw 26.5
91 Max. 113 59.5
Max. 205
140
;ƕ 120.6 +0.2
-
51 0
R1
25.5
+0.2
45
-
2XWƕ '5ƕ ,1ƕ

O-ring 1A-P22 O-ring 1A-P10A O-ring 1A-P25 1/4 DR
Pressure SAE
adjusting 153
screw
VDC-1B-*A*-E35 138
SAE A Mount 130 96
ƕ -0.021
106
-0.02
ƕ -0.10
42 37
21.15 -0.2
0
25
Max. 120
77.5
53
Flow rate
adjusting screw
85 4
91 Max. 113
12
Max. 205
+0.024
4.76 +0.012
130
106
3/4 In 11
SAE 1/2 out
113 SAE
65 65
B 28
Pressure 224.6
VDC-2A-*A*-20 adjusting 204
160 screw
148 90 54 Drain NPT 1/4
20
+0.024
B
-0.1
40 4.76 +0.012
0
27.7
Vane Pumps
Max. 184
168
146
0
75 -0.1
25.4 -0.021
0
107 Flow Rate
16

adjusting
130 Max. 139.5 screw 86.5
Max. 269.5
187
159
;ƕ 4X R14
76
30
58
14
2XWƕ ,1ƕ

O-ring RO-G35 O-ring RO-G35
'5ƕ
O-ring RO-P15
Pressure 224.6
VDC-2B-*A*-20 adjusting 204
screw
SAE B Mount 160 98 46 Drain SAE 1/4
148 70
Max. 119
-0.1
93
0
27.7
40
80
-0.02
ƕ -0.10
-0.021
Flow Rate
0
25.4
adjusting
screw
107 4
16
130 Max. 139.5
42.5
+0.024
Max. 269.5 4.76 +0.012
146
1” SAE
1-5/16 - 12UN-2B
Inlet 14.3 3/4” SAE
1-1/16 - 12UN-2B
147 Outlet
In-Out port dimension
B 29
VDC-3A-1A*-20
NPT 3/8 (DR) MAX 286.6
38 298 Pressure MAX 154.6 132
B 33 153
93
23
25
85 adjusting
screw
122
4 to M16
0
7.938 –0.015
Ƶ 31.75 –0.051
Vane Pumps
P.C.D181
MAX.119
35.3 –0.2
0
116
48
286.4
4– Ƶ35x1 handhold
152.4 ±0.1
Ƶ 18 holes
25
Foot
5
139.7±0.2 104.5
203 Mounting Kit 295.3±0.2
IHM-45-10
334
OUT flange
Screw-in type IH03J-100080
Welded type IH03J-200080 180 Ƶ 26
52.4±0.2 4-M10x18
26.2 ±0.2

31.8 50.8
70 ±0.2
IN flange
Screw-in type IH03J-100120 Ƶ 40
Welded type IH03J-200120 4-M12x23
36±0.2
VDC-3B-1A*-E35
SAE C Mount 3/8 DR NPT MAX 286.6
38 298 MAX 154.6 132
Pressure adjusting
33 213 85 screw 122 0
7.938–0.015
153 6 181
Ƶ31.75–0.051
93 164
0
23
35.3 –0.2
20
0
MAX 119
48
MAX 216
Ƶ 127–0.051
198
164
0
150
2 to 17.5
OUT flange
Screw-in type IH03J-100080 180
Welded type IH03J-200080 Ƶ 26
Code 61 - 1 52.4 ±0.2
4-M10x18
26.2±0.2
Flow rate adjusting Note: Use the following table when specifying
screw the piping flange kit.
31.8 50.8
Type Flange Kit model No.

70 ±0.2
Screw in type IHF-5-T-20

Welded Type IHF-5-E-20
IN flange Ƶ40
For dimensions, components, and other details,
Screw-in type IH03J-100120 4-M12x23 see the IP pump piping flange kits on pages C-10 and C-11.
Welded type IH03J-200120 36 ±0.2
Code 61 - 1 1/2
B 30
Double Pump SAE 1/4
VDC-11B-*A*-*A*-E35 (DR)
SAE 1/4
Pressure (DR) MAX 113 92
259 51
adjusting screw 143 101 130
B
85
14 143 113
Ƶ19.05–0.021
42 4
Ƶ82.55–0.04
+0.024
21.15–0.2
4.76 +0.012
0
12
0
25
Vane Pumps
MAX 120
77.5
53
106
Flow rate
adjusting screw
SAE 3/4 SAE 1/2

(IN) 11 (OUT)
143 22.5
VDC-12B-*A*-*A*-E35
SAE 1/4 (DR)
SAE 1/4 (DR)
Pressure
adjusting screw 318 60 MAX139.5 130
Ƶ 25.4–0.021
130 145 158 107
14 132 70 4 85 +0.024
0
(IN-OUT 4.76 +0.012
27.7–0.1
16 147
0
port dimension)
(IN-OUT port dimension)
MAX119
Flow rate adjusting 40
93
screw
80
Ƶ 101.6-0.02
-0.10
146
SAE 3/4 (IN)
SAE 1/2 (OUT) SAE 1 (IN) 14.3 SAE 3/4
182 42.5 (OUT)
147
SAE 1/4 (DR) SAE 1/4 (DR)

VDC-22B-*A*-*A*-E35
Pressure 369 60
adjusting screw 190.5 158
Ƶ 25.4–0.021
107 70 190.5 MAX 139.5 130

147
0
70
27.7 –0.1
4 +0.024
0
16 (IN-OUT port dimension) 4.76 +0.012

MAX 119
40
93
80
Ƶ101.6–0.10
-0.02
146
SAE 1 (IN) SAE
Flow rate
adjusting screw 4– Ƶ13.5hole 14.3 3/4 (OUT)
190.5 42.5
147
VDC-13B-*A*-*A*-E35
SAE 1/4 DR
210 361 85
Pressure 218 128 6 3/8 DR NPT
(IN-OUT port dimension) 14 245
adjusting screw
130 23 170 132
52.4 (OUT)
(IN-OUT port dimension) 20 155

Ƶ 31.75–0.051
85
70 (IN)
35.3 0.2
0
0
2X 17.5
MAX 119
MAX 113
0
116
7.938–0.015
48
75
0.051
0
Ƶ 127
82
Flow rate
adjusting screw
IN OUT
36 (IN) Flow rate
SAE 3/4 IN SAE 181
26.2 (OUT) adjusting screw
SAE 1/2 OUT SAE 74.5 193
Code 61 1 1/2
Code 61 1 4-M12x23 (IN)
4-M10x18 (OUT)
Note: 1. VDC-**A has the foot mounting kit shown on page B-36 installed.
B 31
VDC-1A(B)-1A3-20/35 VDC-1A(B)-2A3-20/35 VDC-2A(B)-2A3-20/35

B 7.9
1800min–1 Q
10.5
1800min–1 Q
18.5
1800min–1 Q
1500min–1 1500min –1
1500min –1
6.6 6.7
Vane Pumps
15.8
7.9 8.0

5.3 5.4 13.2 13.4
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
6.7
Lin 10.5 10.7
4.0 4.0 Lin
5.3 5.4 Lin
7.9 8.0
4.0
2.6 n
–1 2.7 –1 –1
mi mi
n 5.3 mi
n 5.4
00 00 2.7 00
Drain rate DR
Drain rate DR
2.6 4
18 18 18
Drain rate DR
6
–1 –1 –1
1.3 4 n 1.3
mi min 2.6 min 2.7
00 1.3 4
00
2
5 5 00
2 1 DR 1 DR 2 15 DR
0 0 0 0 0
143 286 429 571 714 857 1000 143 286 429 571 714 857 1000 143 286 429 571 714 857 1000
VDC-2A(B)-1A3-20/35 VDC-3A(B)-1A3-20/35 VDC-1A(B)-1A5-20/35

1800min–1 Q 20.1 1800min–1
15.8 31.7 7.9 Q
1800min–1 Q
1500min–1 1500min–1
13.2 26.4 6.6
1500min–1

10.5 10.7 21.1 13.4 5.3 10.7

Lin
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
9.4
7.9
Lin
8.0 15.8 –1 4.0 8.0
Lin in
6.7 m
8 00
5.3 5.4 10.5 1 –1
6.7 2.6 –1 5.4
–1 n
mi
n
m
in mi
00
Drain rate DR
Drain rate DR
4.0
Drain rate DR
Drain rate DR
6
00 0 0
18
18 –1
6
15 –1
2.6 2.7 5.2 1.3 min 2.7
4 4
in
0m DR 4 00
2 150 1.3 2 DR
2 15 DR
0 0 0 0 0 0
143 286 429 571 714 857 1000 143 286 429 571 714 857 1000 0 507 1000 1500 2000
VDC-2A(B)-1A5-20/35 VDC-3A(B)-1A5-20/35
1800min –1 Q
15.8 31.7 40.2
1800min–1
Q
1500min–1
13.2 26.4 33.5
1500min–1
Lin
21.1 26.8
10.5 21.4
Input Lin hp
Input Lin hp
18.8
7.9 16.1 15.8 20.1
Lin –1
13.4 in
m
5.3 10.7 10.5 00 13.4
n
–1 18 –1
mi
Drain rate DR
in
00 8.0
Drain rate DR
6
m
18 –1
6
500
2.6 4
in 5.4 5.2 1 6.7
0m 4
2 150 DR 2.7 2 DR
0 0 0 0
507 1000 1500 2000 507 1000 1500 2000

VDC-1 VDC-2 VDC-3
2.6 5.3 6.7
5.3
2.0 4.0
–1
4.0 n
mi
–1 –1
00
1.3 min 2.6 min 18 –1
00 –1 00 –1 2.6 min
18 min 18 min 00
00 00 15
.67 15 1.3 15
1.3
0
0 507 1000 1500 2000 0 507 1000 1500 2000 0 507 1000 1500 2000
B 32
VDC-1 VDC-2 VDC-3
Measurement Position: 1 meter behind pump Measurement Position: 1 meter behind pump Measurement Position: 1 meter behind pump
80 80 80
B
–1
–1 1800min
Noise level dB(A)
Noise level dB(A)
Noise level dB(A)

1800min
70 70 70
–1 –1 At full cutoff
1800min 1500min
–1
At full cutoff 1500min At full cutoff
Vane Pumps
60 –1 60 60
1500min
50 50 50
0 507 1000 1500 2000 0 507 1000 1500 2000 0 507 1000 1500 2000
VDC-1A-*A*-20
VDC-2A-*A*-20
Seal Component Table (VDC-1*, VDC-2*)

Applicable Pump Model No. VDC-1A-*-20 VDC-2A-*-20
Part
Seal Kit Number VCBS-101A00 VCBS-102A00 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
No.
Part Name Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
1 Body (1) 21 Holder 41 Screw
24 Oil seal TCV-224211 1 TCN-325211 1 2 Body (2) 22 Holder 42 Screw
25 O-ring S85(NOK) 1 1A-G115 1 3 Cover (1) 23 Orifice 43 Screw (stopper)
26 O-ring AS568-034 1 AS568-150 1 4 Cover (2) 24 Oil seal 44 Screw
27 O-ring AS568-026 1 AS568-134 1 5 Shaft 25 O-ring 45 Plug
6 Ring 26 O-ring 46 Plug
28 O-ring 1A-P14 1 1A-P18 1
7 Vane 27 O-ring 47 Pole
29 O-ring 1A-P22 1 1A-G35 1 8 Plate (S) 28 O-ring 48 Nameplate
30 O-ring 1A-P20 1 1A-G35 1 9 Plate (H) 29 O-ring 49 Valve body
31 O-ring 1A-P5 2 1A-P9 2 10 Piston (1) 30 O-ring 50 Spool
32 O-ring 1A-P6 4 1A-P7 4 11 Piston (2) 31 O-ring 51 Holder
12 Bearing 32 O-ring 52 Plunger
33 O-ring 1A-P25 1 1A-G35 1
13 Bearing 33 O-ring 53 Spring
34 O-ring 1A-P22 1 1A-G35 1 14 Spring 34 O-ring 54 Retainer
35 O-ring 1A-P10A 1 1A-P15 1 15 Thrust screw 35 O-ring 55 Screw
36 Backup ring VCB34-101000 1 VCB34-102000 1 16 Screw 36 Backup ring 56 Nut
17 Nut 37 Backup ring 57 O-ring
37 Backup ring VCB34-201000 1 VCB34-202000 1
18 Nut 38 Cap 58 O-ring
57 O-ring 1A-P14 1 1A-P14 1 19 Key 39 Snap ring 59 Plug
58 O-ring 1B-P6(Hs90) 3 1B-P6(Hs90) 3 20 Pin 40 Screw 60 Plug
Note: 1. Oil seals are manufactured by Nippon Oil Seal Industry Co. Ltd. (NOK). 61 Screw
Cartridge Kits:
2. O-ring 1A-** refers to JIS B2401-1A-**. VDC-1 VCBC-101*A*
3. For VDR-*B-*-20, the seal kit number becomes VDBS-10*B00, VDC-2 VCBC-102*A*
without the 33, 24, and 35 O-rings.
Includes Items: 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 19, 20
B 33
Performance Curves
VDC-3A-1A*-20 40 41
B 39 38 29 21 5 27 14 12 8 28 17 32 7 11 22 27 21 29 16 18
30
2 13 42 24 25 10
34 35
15 1 9 13 23 33 3 19 6
Vane Pumps
37
36 26
4 3143
20
56
54 53 45 46 44 48 52 47 49 51 50
Seal Component Table (VDC-3*) Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
Applicable Pump Model No. VDC-3A(B)-*-20 1 Body (1) 20 Pin 39 Screw
Part
Seal Kit Number VCBS-103B00 2 Body (2) 21 Holder 40 Plug
No.
Part Name Part Number Q'ty 3 Mounting 22 Orifice 41 Washer
4 Cover (1) 23 Oil seal 42 Nameplate
23 Oil seal TCN-385811 1
5 Cover (2) 24 O-ring 43 Pole
24 O-ring 1A-G130 1 6 Shaft 25 O-ring 44 Valve body
25 O-ring AS568-154(Hs90) 1 7 Ring 26 O-ring 45 Spool
26 O-ring AS568-151(Hs90) 1 8 Vane 27 O-ring 46 Holder
27 O-ring 1A-G40 2 9 Plate (S) 28 O-ring 47 Plunger
10 Plate (H) 29 O-ring 48 Spring
28 O-ring 1A-P22 1
11 Piston (1) 30 O-ring 49 Retainer
29 O-ring 1A-P9 2
12 Piston (2) 31 O-ring 50 Screw
30 O-ring 1A-P7 2 13 Bearing 32 Cap 51 Nut
31 O-ring 1A-P7 2 14 Spring 33 Snap ring 52 O-ring
52 O-ring 1A-P14 1 15 Thrust screw 34 Screw 53 O-ring
16 Screw 35 Screw 54 Plug
53 O-ring 1B-P6(Hs90) 3
17 Nut 36 Screw 55 Plug
Note: 1. Oil seals are manufactured by Nippon Oil Seal 18 Nut 37 Screw 56 Screw
Industry Co. Ltd. (NOK).
19 Key 38 Screw (stopper)
Compensator Kits: Cartridge Kits:

VDC-1 Thru -3 are same VDC-1-20/35 VDC-3-20/35
VDC-A2 ZR-G01-A2-1688C VCBC-1011A2 (A2,A3) VCBC-1031A2 (A2,A3)
-A3 ZR-G01-A3-1688C VCBC-1011A4 (A4,A5) VCBC-1031A4 (A4,A5)
-A4 ZR-G01-A4-1688C VCBC-1012A2 (2A2,2A3)
-A5 ZR-G01-A5-1688C Includes Items: 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 19, 20
P-Remote ZR-G01-P-E1235A VDC-2-20/35
VCBC-1021A2 (A2,A3)
VCBC-1021A4 (A4,A5)
VCBC-1022A2 (2A2,2A3)
B 34
VDC Series
Double Pump
10
9 8
B
4 7 2 5 6 1 3
Vane Pumps
Part No. Part Name
1 Body (2)
2 Body (3)
3 Shaft (S)
4 Shaft (H)
5 Joint
6 O-ring
7 O-ring
8 Screw
9 Screw
10 Screw
Note:
In the case of a double pump, use single
pump parts in addition to the 10 parts listed
above.

Part VDC-11A-*-*-20 VDC-12A-*-*-20 VDC-22A-*-*-20 VDC-13A-*-*-20
Part Name
No. Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
6 O-ring 1A-G60 1 1A-G60 1
7 O-ring 1A-G85 1 1A-G45 1 1A-G60 1 1A-G85 1
Note: 1. See the description of the single pump for seal parts that are not included in the list.
B 35
Foot Mounting Installation Measurement Chart
For VDC-11A, VDC-12 and VDC-22 (for double pump)
B
Vane Pumps
For VDC-3A and VDC-13A
Foot Mounting Applicable Pump Accessories Dimensions (mm)

Kit Model No. Model No. Bolt Q'ty Washer Q'ty A B C E F H
VDC-1 (20)
VCM-11-20 TH-10 × 30 4 WS-B-10 4 171.45 204 107.95 1 095.25 150
VDC-11 (20)
VDC-2 (20)
VCM-22-20 VDC-12 (20) TH-12 × 35 4 WS-B-12 4 235.00 267 139.70 1 127 193
VDC-22 (20)
VDC-3 (20)
IHM-45-10 TB-16 × 40 2 WP-16 2 295.30 334 152.40 1 139.7 203
VDC-13 (20)
Foot Mounting Dimensions (mm) Weight

Kit Model No. (I) (J) K N P Q S T U ƵD Ƶ d1 Ƶ d2 Ƶ d3 Ƶ d4 lbs
VCM-11-20 66.5 33 18 18 M10 180 32.5 50 90 195.02 22 11 40 14.3

VCM-22-20 84.5 40 20 20 M12 232 44.5 57.5 124 135 22 14 40 26.4
IHM-45-10 104.5 60 25 25 M16 259 44.5 61 127 35 18 181 86 29.7
B 36
Uni-Pump Specifications (CE mark standard compliant)
UVC -- 1 A -- 2 A 2 -- 1.5 - 4 * 30
Design Number
UVC -- 11 A -- 2 A 2 -- 2 A 2 -- 3.7 -- 4 * 30
Design Number
B
E=NPT E=NPT
Vane Pumps
Number of Motor Poles: 4(P) 200V Number of Motor Poles: 4(P) 200V
Motor Output (hp) 4(M) 230V Motor Output (hp) 4(M) 230V
4(G) 460V 2, 3, 5 4(G) 460V
1, 2, 3, 5
Pressure Adjustment Range Shaft Side Pump Pressure Adjustment Range
Flow Characteristics A: Constant Discharge Type Shaft Side Pump Flow Rate Characteristics
Ring Size
None: 7.9 gpm
} at 1800min-1 Shaft side pump ring size
2: 10.5 gpm None: 7.9 gpm
} at 1800min-1
2: 10.5 gpm
Pump Size 1: VDC-1B(20D) Head Side Pump Pressure Adjustment Range:
Same as the Shaft Side Pump
Pump Type: VDC Series Uni-Pump
Head Side Pump Ring Size
None: 7.9 gpm
} at 1800min-1
2: 10.5 gpm
Pump Size 11: VDC-11B (20D)
Pump Type: VDC Series Uni-Pump
Specifications
Maximum Working Maximum Flow Rate gpm (A*) Maximum Flow Rate gpm(2A*)
Model No. Pressure
kgf/cm² (psi)} 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz
UVC- 11 A 71.4
6.6 7.9 8.7 10.3
UVC-11A (1015)

• Selecting a motor
7.9 The area under a motor output curve in
5 hp the graph to the left is the operating
5.2 output for that motor.

3 hp Example:
2 hp To find the motor that can produce
pressure of 507 psi and a discharge
2.6
1 hp rate of 6.6 gpm.
Selection Process:
Since the intersection of the two broken
60Hz 50Hz 0 10.2 20.4 30.6 40.8 51 61.2 71.4 lines from a pressure of 507 psi and
areas areas (145) (290) (435) (580) (725) (870) (1015) discharge rate of 6.6 gpm intersect
Discharge pressure P kgf/cm² (psi) in the area under the 3 hp curve,
it means that a 3 hp motor should be
used. In the case of a double pump
configuration, select a motor that is
* Select a uni-pump that has a pressure and flow rate that is within the range of the drive larger than the total power required by
so that the drive will not overload.
both pumps.
B 37
UVC-1A D
116 L
KL
91 113 Pressure 101 IL A
Motor rating plate
B
85 adjusting 59 3.7 kW only
screw 1/4 DR SAE
130 (IN-OUT port dimension) 14
Terminal box 12 Uni-pump
P (Name sticker)
B terminal
Vane Pumps
MAX.120
53
H
I
ƵKD Flow rate
adjusting screw
-0.5
0
(Round drain hole) 3/4 IN SAE
C
G
1/2(OUT on opposite side) T
22.5
S
1 hp Electric drive 0
J exterior diagram
E E R F F Auxiliary View R: Oval Hole Detail
Pump model (4 locations)
M N
(nameplate)
Motor Dimensions mm Frame Output Weight

Uni-pump hp
A IL C D E F G H I J L M N S ×T KD KL O No. (4 poles) lbs
UVC-1A-A2-0.75-4-30 133 105 80 170 62.5 50 4.5 165 î 35 238 165 130 18 × 10 Ƶ27 157 27.5 80M 1 53
UVC-1A-A2-1.5-4-30
UVC-1A-A3-1.5-4-30 143 118.5 90 198 70 62.5 10 190 î 40 261.5 176 150 12 × 10 Ƶ27 159 î 90L 2 56
UVC-1A-2A2-1.5-4-30
UVC-1A-A2-2.2-4-30
UVC-1A-A3-2.2-4-30 157.5 133 100 198 80 70 12 200 î 40 290.5 200 168 14 × 12 Ƶ27 159 î 100L 3 67
UVC-1A-2A2-2.2-4-30
UVC-1A-A3-3.7-4-30
UVC-1A-A4-3.7-4-30
186 140 112 214 95 70 12 î 261 40 326 220 168 14 × 12 Ƶ27 166 î 112M 5 80
UVC-1A-2A2-3.7-4-30
UVC-1A-2A3-3.7-4-30
0.75 to 2.2kW model does not have hangers.
D
UVC-11A KL
259 L
91 113
Motor rating plate 244 IL A
85
202 5 hp only
130 (IN-OUT port dimension) 165.5 1/4 DR SAE
157 Uni-pump
P Terminal box 101 (Name sticker)
B terminal 59
22.5
14
MAX.120
53
I
H
ƵKD
T
-0.5
0
(Round drain hole)

C
Flow rate adjusting screw 12

S
G
J 3/4 IN SAE Auxiliary View R: Oval Hole Detail

R F F (4 locations)
E E Pump model 1/2(OUT on opposite side) N
M
(nameplate)
Motor Dimensions mm Frame Output Weight

Uni-pump hp
A IL C D E F G H I J L M N S ×T KD KL No. (4 poles) lbs
UVC-11A-A2-A2-1.5-4-30
UVC-11A-A2-A3-1.5-4-30 143 118.5 90 198 70 62.5 10 190 î 40 261.5 176 150 12 × 10 Ƶ27 159 90L 2 79
UVC-11A-A3-A3-1.5-4-30
UVC-11A-A2-A2-2.2-4-30
UVC-11A-A2-A3-2.2-4-30
157.5 133 100 198 80 70 12 200 î 40 290.5 200 168 14 × 12 Ƶ27 159 100L 3 90
UVC-11A-A3-A3-2.2-4-30
UVC-11A-2A2-2A2-2.2-4-30
UVC-11A-A2-A2-3.7-4-30
UVC-11A-A2-A3-3.7-4-30
UVC-11A-A3-A3-3.7-4-30 186 140 112 214 95 70 12 î 261 40 326 220 168 14 × 12 Ƶ27 166 112M 5 103
UVC-11A-2A2-2A2-3.7-4-30
UVC-11A-2A2-2A3-3.7-4-30
No hanger on 2 and 3 hp models.
B 38
UVN Series Variable Volume Vane Uni-Pump
UVN Series Variable Volume Vane Uni-Pump 7.9 to 31.7 gpm

NSP Uni-Pump 2000 psi
B
Features
Vane Pumps
Energy efficient high performance mother machine, as well as to process Low noise, long life
All the performance of a vane pump, right precision. The pump and motor shaft are linked by
from the low pressure range, is enhanced Lightweight, compact design a joint, which minimizes noise by
even further by eliminating the external The pump and motor are designed for eliminating the effects of shaft vibration
drain and optimizing the pressure exclusive uni-pump use, making them and an off-center shaft. The coupling is
balance, creating a design that generates lightweight, compact, easy to handle, constructed to allow constant lubrica-
little heat. The result is a pump that and suitable for a wide range of tion, for friction-free long life.
contributes to the energy efficiency of the applications.
Specifications
Pump Pressure No-load Discharge Rate gpm
r
Model No. Capacity Adjustment Range
in3/rev kgf/cm² (psi) 50Hz 60Hz
0.7
UVN-1A-0A2- -4-11 15.3 to 40.8 (217 to 580)
1.5
0.7
UVN-1A-0A3- -4-11 .49 35.7 to 61.2 (507 to 870)
1.5 3.1 3.8
0.7
UVN-1A-0A4- -4-11 56.1 to 81.6 (797 to 1160)
1.5
1.5
UVN-1A-1A2- -4-11 15.3 to 40.8 (217 to 580)
2.2
1.5
UVN-1A-1A3- -4-11 .98 35.7 to 61.2 (507 to 870) 6.3 7.6
2.2
1.5
UVN-1A-1A4- -4-11 56.1 to 81.6 (797 to 1160)
2.2
2.2
UVN-1A-2A3- -4-11 (507 to 870)
3.7
1.59 10 3.7 - 12
2.2
UVN-1A-2A4- -4-11 (797 to 1160)
3.7
Note: Contact your agent for combinations other than those noted above.

UVN -- 1 A -- 1 A 4 -- 1.5 -- 4 -- 11
Design Number
Number of Motor Poles: 4 (P) 200V
4 (M) 230V
4 (G) 460V
Motor Output (hp) *Power Supply AC200V-50/60Hz AC220V-60Hz
1, 2, 3
4: 56.1 to 81.6kgf/cm² (797 to 1160)
Flow Characteristics A: Constant Discharge Type
Discharge Rate (At N=1800min–1)
0: 3.8 gpm (max) 1: 7.6 gpm (max) 2: 12 gpm (max)
Pump Size 1: VDN-1B
UVN Series Uni-Pump
• Handling
1. Installation and Piping Precautions Provide a suction strainer with a filtering startup.
1 Provide a mounting base of sufficient JUDGHRIDERXWƫPPHVK 4 Make sure the maximum peak pressure
rigidity, and install so that the pump shaft 2.Running Precautions (setting pressure + surge pressure)
is oriented horizontally. 1 The direction of rotation is clockwise during operation does not exceed 2000
2 Make sure the flow rate of the suction (rightward) when viewed from the motor psi.
piping is no more than 6 ft/s, and that fan side. Refer to the following piping conditions
the suction pressure at the pump suction 2 At startup, repeat the inching operation as a guideline to keep the maximum
port is in the range of 4.35 psi. (start-stop) with the pump discharge peak pressure below 2000 psi.
3 Drain piping must be direct piping up to side at no-load to bleed air from the 1/2" x 2 m rubber hose (for 2000 psi)
a point that is below the tank fluid level, pump and suction piping. (pipe volume: approximately 15 in³)
and back pressure due to pipe resistance 5 Install a relief valve to cut surges in the
3 Equip an air bleed valve in circuits
should not exceed 14 psi. where it is difficult to bleed air before circuit if pressure exceeds 2000 psi.
B 39
3. Management of Hydraulic Operating 4. Setting the Pressure and Discharge Rate After adjustment is complete, securely
Fluid 1 When adjusting pressure, pressure is tighten the lock nut.
1 Use only good-quality hydraulic operating increased by clockwise (rightward) 3 Factory Default P-Q Settings (Standard
fluid with a kinematic viscosity at a fluid rotation of the adjusting screw and Model)
temperature of 104°F within the range of decreased by counterclockwise • Flow Rate Setting = Maximum flow
(30 to 50cSt).
B 2 Normally, you should use an R&O type and
wear-resistant type of ISO VG32 or 46, or
(leftward) rotation. After adjustment is
complete, securely tighten the lock nut.
rate for model as indicated in the catalog
• Pressure Setting = Pressure shown in
2 Turn adjustment screw right to decrease table below
equivalent.
or left to increase volume of discharge. Factory Default
Vane Pumps
The operating temperature range is 59 to Pressure Settings

140°F. When the oil temperature at Refer to guidelines in the following kgf/cm² (psi)
startup is 59°F or less, perform a warm-up diagram for the relationship of the 2: 35.7 (507)
operation at low pressure until the oil non-load volume of discharge and the 3: 51.0 (725)
temperature reaches 59°F. Use the pump position of the flow adjustment screw.
4: 71.4 (1015)
in an area where the temperature is within 1.2
the range of 50 to 104°F. 4 All adjustments, except the flow volume
3 )RUWKHUHWXUQOLQHWRWKHWDQNXVHDƫP adjusting screw, are precision adjusted at
Pump capacity in³/rev

.97
line filter. the factory during assembly, do not adjust
4 Manage hydraulic operating fluid so .73 them. (Do not make any adjustments
contamination is maintained at class other than the pressure adjustment screw
NAS10 or lower. Take care to avoid .48 and the flow rate adjusting screw.)
contamination with water, foreign matter, Note:
and other oil, and watch out for discolor- .24 The values indicated above are at maximum
ation. .18
pump discharge volume with the flow volume
0 90 180 270 360 450
adjusting screw at the 0° position.
The broken lines show the flow volume
Installation Dimensions Installation method is the same as design number 10D (old design).
(128) (61) 90.5 L
72 B terminal (standard) 68.5 P
83 O Outlet M8 eye bolt
A terminal Flow rate adjusting bolt terminal
(50) 50 A G3/4
Drain port Pump Discharge Port Rotation direction sticker
1/4 BSPT 1/2 SAE J518b Code 61 Auxiliary
or BSPT 1/2” View X
Pressure adjusting bolt
H
Pressure adjusting bolt 17.5

Flow rate adjusting bolt
I
descend P rise
68
(Vent hole diameter)

56
increas Q decre
11
38.1
28
Ƶ KD
Ƶ KB
21
52
4-M8 depth 15
S
Auxiliary View X
R T E E F F
M Pressure gauge connection port 26 N
Auxiliary View Y BSPT 1/4 69.5 IL
Pump suction port
Installation Hole Dimensions Y 3/4 BSPT
(4 Locations)
Output - Motor Dimensions mm (mm)

Weight
Model No. Poles
(hp - 4P) lbs
A IL C Ƶ KD E F G H J L M N T ×S R * Ƶ KB O P I
UVN-1A-*A*-0.7*-4-11 1-4 20 90 80 157 62.5 50.5 2.3 120 72 230 155 120 15 × 10 R5 110 65 130 92 37
UVN-1A-*A*-1.5*-4-11 2-4 20 100 90 175 70.5 62.5 3.2 128 80 255 170 150 15 × 10 R5 120 65 130 100 46
UVN-1A-*A*-2.2*-4-11 3-4 20 110 100 195 80.5 70.5 3.2 138 90 285 200 165 17 × 12 R6 134 65 135 110 57
No hanger.
1. Standard drive motor is the fully enclosed fan-cooled E type.
Characteristics of drive motor for Uni-Pump (domestic standard 3 rating)

Output hp Poles (Note1).
Model Number Voltage [V] Frequency [Hz] Current rating [A] RPM rating [min -1] Heat resistance
230 200 460 50 3.9 1400
1 4 230 200 460 60 3.6 1690 E
The drive motor is spe- 230 220 460 60 3.5 1710
230 200 460 50 7.1 1390
cialized for the
2 4 230 200 460 60 6.6 1670 E
unipump and is not a
230 220 460 60 6.3 1700
specific model. 230 200 460 50 9.0 1410
3 4 230 200 460 60 8.7 1700 E
230 220 460 60 8.2 1720
B 40
Performance Curves
UVN-1A-*A*-*-4-11 Example: the area under the 2 hp curve, it
Operating Fluid : ISO VG 32 To find the motor that can produce means that a 2 hp motor should be
Oil temperature : 104°F
pressure of 507 psi and a discharge rate
of 3.1 gpm.
used. B
The area under a motor output curve in Selection Process
Vane Pumps
the graph below is the operating range for Since the intersection of the two broken
that motor under the rated output for that lines from a pressure of 507 psi and
motor. discharge rate of 3.1 gpm intersect in
* Select a uni-pump that has a pressure and flow rate that is within the range of the drive so that the drive will not overload.
9.2
3.9 7.9
2 hp 3 hp
6.6

2.6 5.2
1 hp 2 hp
3.9
1.3 2.6
1.3
0 20.4 40.8 61.2 81.6 0 20.4 40.8 61.2 81.6

(290) (580) (870) (1160) (290) (580) (870) (1160)
Motor Power Loss at Full Cutoff DR Volume at Full Cutoff

UVN -1A-2A＊-3.7-4-20(60Hz) UVN -1A-2A＊-＊-4-20(60Hz)
1.6 .31
1.3 .26
Motor axial input hp
Drain rate DR gpm
1.0 .21
0.8 .15
.53 .10
.26 .05
0 290 580 870 1160 0 290 580 870 1160
Discharge pressure P kgf/cm² (psi) FC setting pressure P kgf/cm² (psi)
Motor Power Loss at Full Cutoff DR Volume at Full Cutoff
.31 .31
.26 .26
Motor axial input hp
Drain rate DR gpm
.21 .21
.15 .15
.10 .10
.05 .05
0 20.4 40.8 61.2 81.6 0 20.4 40.8 61.2 81.6

(290) (580) (870) (1160) (290) (580) (870) (1160)
Discharge pressure P kgf/cm² (psi) FC setting pressure P kgf/cm² (psi)
B 41
IPH Series IP Pump
IPH Series IP Pump .21 to 7.68 in³/rev

4350 psi
This is a new design series in which all pump types are installation compatible with previous designs. Note, however, that there is no longer compatibility
for some of the seal components between the IPH-3 and IPH-4 sizes and design numbers 10 and 12.
Features C
A patented axial and radial pressure Outstanding durability and very long life. exceptionally quiet operation.
loading system provides high efficiency A modified involute short-tooth gear A simple structure makes maintenance
Gear Pumps
and generates pressures up to 4350 psi. enables internal gearing for greatly and inspection easier.
reduced pulsation and noise, and
Specifications
Capacity Rated Pressure Maximum Operating Minimum Revolution Maximum Revolution Weight lbs
Model No. Pressure Speed Speed
cm³/rev (in³) psi psi min î1 min î1 Type A Type B
IP H-2A(B)- 3.5-11 3.60 (.21) 9.7 5.2
5 5.24 (.31) 9.9 5.5
3625 4350 600 2000
6.5 6.55 (.39) 10.1 5.7
8 8.18 (.49) 10.5 6.1
IPH-3A(B) - 10-20 10.2 (.62) 23.1 10.5
3625 4350
13 13.3 (.81) 600 2000 23.5 11.0
16 15.8 (.96) 24.2 11.6
IPH-4A(B) - 20-20 20.7 (1.26 33.5 20.9
25 3625 4350 500 2000
25.7 (1.56) 34.6 22.0
32 32.3 (1.97) 35.7 23.1
IPH-5A(B)- 40-21(11) 40.8 (2.48) 70.5 41.8
50 50.3 (3.06) 3625 4350 400 2000 72.7 44.1
64 63.9 (3.89) 74.9 46.3
IPH-6A(B)- 80-21(11) 81.3 (4.96) 136.7 85.9
100 101.6 (6.19) 3625 4350 300 2000 141.1 90.4
125 125.9 (7.68) 145.5 94.8
Note: • Handling startup is 40°F or less, perform a

1. Suction Pressure: 3.6 psi. 1 For the hydraulic operating fluid, use an warm-up operation at low pressure until
2. Maximum working pressure shown here R&O type and wear-resistant type of ISO the oil temperature reaches 40°F. Use
is the pressure limit when there are VG32 to 68 or equivalent (viscosity index the pump in an area where the tempera-
frequent pressure changes. of at least 90). Use hydraulic operating ture is within the range of 32 to 140°F.
3. Avoid installation with the suction port fluid that provides kinematic viscosity 3 Suction pressure 3.6 psi, and
towards the bottom of the pump. during operation in the range of 20 to the suction port flow rate should be to
4. Specify using the model number format 150 centistokes. greater than 5 ft/sec.
shown below when pipe flanges are 2 The operating temperature range is 40 4 Avoid pulley, gear, and other drive
required. to 149°F. When the oil temperature at systems that impart a radial or thrust load
on the end of the pump shaft.
5 Mount the hydraulic pump so its pump
shaft is oriented horizontally. Provide a
Understanding Model Numbers suction strainer with a filtering grade of
DERXWƫPPHVK)RUWKHUHWXUQ
OLQHWRWKHWDQNXVHDƫPOLQHILOWHU
IPH -- 4 B -- 25 -- LT -- 20 6 Manage hydraulic operating fluid so
contamination is maintained at class
Design Number NAS10 or lower. Take care to avoid
11: 2A (B), 5B, 6B contamination with water and other
20: 3A (B), 4A (B) foreign matter, and watch out for
21: 5A, 6A discoloration. Whitish fluid indicates that
Auxiliary Symbol None: Clockwise (viewed from shaft end) air has contaminated the fluid, and
L: Counterclockwise (viewed from shaft end) brownish fluid indicates the fluid is dirty.
T: With screw in type flange kit (continued on following page)
E: With welded type flange kit
Auxiliary symbol must be provided in
Capacity (cm³/rev)
alphabetic order
Mounting Method
Size 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
IPH Series IP Pump
Catalog 1501
C1
7 Operate within the RPM range in the of hydraulic pumps. the interior of the pump before starting
catalog for the minimum RPM of the 9 At startup, repeat the inching operation operation.
pump. Unload the pump's load pressure (start-stop) to bleed air from the pump 12 When centering the pump shaft, eccentrici-
to operate at variable speeds. Condition of and pipes. ty with the motor shaft should be no
inflow piping must produces as little inflow 10 Equip an air bleed valve in circuits greater than 0.001 in. Use a pump
load pressure as possible to minimize where it is difficult to bleed air before mounting base of sufficient rigidity. The
effect of cavitation. startup. See page C-13 for more angle error should be no greater than 1°.
8 When using water- or glycol-based information. 13 Contact your agent for information about
hydraulic operating fluid, refer to page O-3 11 To ensure proper lubrication of the engines.
for details on applicable models pump's rubbing surfaces, supply oil to
C Discharge Rate and Required Input for Each Pump Speed

Discharge Rate gpm Required Input hp
Speed Pressure psi
Gear Pumps
Model No. 100 1015 2030 3045 3625 4350 100 1015 2030 3045 3625 4350
IPH-2A(B)- 3.5-11 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 .14 .68 1.6 2.4 2.8 3.5
5 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 .20 1.2 2.3 3.5 4.1 5.0
6.5 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 .25 1.5 2.9 4.3 5.1 6.2
8 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 .30 1.9 3.6 5.3 6.3 7.6
IPH-3A(B)- 10-20 3.2 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 .40 2.4 4.3 6.6 7.9 9.6
13 4.2 4.2 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 .52 3.1 5.7 8.6 10.1 12.4
16 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 .60 3.7 6.8 10.2 12 14.8
1200 IPH-4A(B)- 20-20 6.5 6.7 6.28 6.1 6.1 6.0 .83 5.0 8.9 13.2 15.8 19.0
min-1 25 8.1 8.0 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.5 1.0 6.1 11.0 16.4 19.7 23.4
32 10.2 10.0 9.8 9.7 9.5 9.4 1.2 7.5 13.9 20.7 24.6 29.5
IPH-5A(B)- 40-21(11) 12.9 12.6 12.4 12.1 12.0 11.8 1.6 9.9 17.2 26.1 30.9 38.0
50 15.9 15.6 15.4 15.1 14.9 14.7 1.9 11.9 21.7 32.1 38.3 45.9
64 20.2 19.8 19.5 19.2 19.0 18.8 2.4 15.0 27.6 40.9 48.6 58.3
IPH-6A(B)- 80-21(11) 25.7 25.2 24.7 24.2 24.0 29.8 3.2 19.1 35.1 51.8 61.9 75.2
100 32.2 31.6 31.0 30.5 30.2 32.2 3.9 23.4 43.3 64.9 77.3 92.7
125 39.8 39.2 38.5 37.8 37.4 37.0 4.8 28.8 53.7 86.5 96.0 115.1
IPH-2A(B)- 3.5-11 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 .22 1.5 2.7 3.9 4.6 5.5
5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 .32 1.9 3.5 4.6 6.1 7.5
6.5 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.9 2.8 2.8 .40 2.3 4.3 6.5 7.6 9.2
8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.5 .49 2.9 5.4 8.1 9.4 11.4
IPH-3A(B)- 10-20 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.5 4.4 .65 3.8 6.7 10.0 11.9 14.4
13 6.3 6.2 6.1 5.9 5.9 5.8 .83 4.9 8.8 12.9 15.1 18.6
16 7.3 7.3 7.2 7.1 7.0 6.9 .96 5.7 10.4 15.2 18.1 22.1
1800 IPH-4A(B)- 20-20 9.8 9.6 9.5 9.3 9.2 9.1 1.3 7.5 13.4 19.9 23.6 28.4
min-1 25 12.2 12.0 11.8 11.7 11.5 11.4 1.6 9.1 16.6 24.8 29.0 35.2
32 15.3 15.1 14.9 14.6 14.5 14.3 1.9 11.3 20.9 30.9 36.8 44.2
IPH-5A(B)- 40-21(11) 19.3 19.0 18.7 18.4 18.2 17.9 2.6 15.6 27.0 40.2 47.7 58.6
50 23.9 23.5 23.2 22.8 22.6 22.4 3.1 18.9 33.0 49.4 58.7 70.5
64 30.3 29.9 29.4 29.0 28.8 28.5 3.9 23.6 42.3 62.7 74.6 89.7
IPH-6A(B)- 80-21(11) 38.6 37.9 37.3 36.7 36.3 35.8 5.2 30.0 53.9 79.9 95.0 115
100 46.2 47.6 46.9 46.2 45.8 45.3 6.3 37.1 67.4 99.7 118 142
125 59.8 58.9 58.1 57.3 56.8 56.1 7.4 45.3 83.4 123.7 147 176
Note: Values in the table are general values at an operating fluid viscosity of 46 centistokes. Use the values when selecting the model for your needs.
Parts for IPH Pump (Standard) Seal Kit Najimi 3 Parts Set* Radial Piston Kit** Axial Plate Kit***
Single Pump Mineral Oil/ Mineral Oil Mineral Oil Mineral Oil
Water Glycoloi
IPH-2B-***-(L)-11 IHAS-2S2***-10 FZD-7004-*** IHP-2-***-10 IHQ-2-10
IPH-3B-**-(L)-20 IHAS-2S30**-20 FZD-7004-0** IHP-3-0**-10 IHQ-3-10
IPH-6B-***-(L)-11 IHAS-2S6***-10 FZD-7004-*** IHP-6-***-10 IHQ-6-10
*Najimi set includes: Stopper-pin, axial plate-1, axial plate-2, feeler piece, axial backup ring, O-ring; **Radial Piston Kit includes: Radial piston, radial backup ring, backup ring, O-ring and washer
***Axial Plate Kit includes: Axial plate-1, axial plate-2, axial backup ring and O-ring
Head (Rear) Side Pump Shaft Side Pump

Double Pump Pump Model Seal Kit Pump Model Seal Kit
IPH-22B-***-***-(L)-11 IPH-2H-***-(L)-11 IHAS-2H2***-10 IPH-2S-***-(L)-11 IHAS-2S2***-10
IPH-23B-***-**-(L)-11 IPH-2H-***-(L)-11 IHAS-2H2***-10 IPH-3S-**-(L)-11 IHAS-2S30**-20
IPH-24B-***-**-(L)-11 IPH-2H-***-(L)-11 IHAS-2H2***-10 IPH-4S-**-H(L)-11 IHAS-2S40**-30
IPH-25B-***-**-(L)-11 IPH-2H-***-(L)-11 IHAS-2H2***-10 IPH-5S-**-H(L)-11 IHAS-2S50**-10
IPH-26B-***-***-(L)-11 IPH-2H-***-(L)-11 IHAS-2H2***-10 IPH-6S-***-H(L)-11 IHAS-2S6***-10
IPH-33B-**-**-(L)-11 IPH-3H-**-(L)-11 IHAS-2H30**-20 IPH-3S-**-(L)-11 IHAS-2S30**-20
IPH-34B-**-**-(L)-11 IPH-3H-**-(L)-11 IHAS-2H30**-20 IPH-4S-**-(L)S-11 IHAS-2S40**-30
IPH-35B-**-**-(L)-11 IPH-3H-**-(L)-11 IHAS-2H30**-20 IPH-5S-**-H(L)-11 IHAS-2S50**-10
IPH-36B-**-***-(L)-11 IPH-3H-**-(L)-11 IHAS-2H30**-20 IPH-6S-***-H(L)-11 IHAS-2S6***-10
IPH-46B-**-***-(L)-11 IPH-4H-**-(L)-11 IHAS-2H40**-30 IPH-6S-***-H(L)-11 IHAS-2S6***-10
IPH-55B-**-**-(L)-11 IPH-5H-**-(L)-11 IHAS-2H50**-10 IPH-5S-**-F(L)-11 IHAS-2S50**-10
IPH-56B-**-***-(L)-11 IPH-5H-**-(L)-11 IHAS-2H50**-10 IPH-6S-***-F(L)-11 IHAS-2S6***-10
IPH-66B-***-***-(L)-11 IPH-6H-***-(L)-11 IHAS-2H6***-10 IPH-6S-***-F(L)-11 IHAS-2S6***-10
*Regarding Shaft side pump: H, F means the way of the bolt - H: 2-Bolt type, F: 4-Bolt type
C2
IPH-2A-*-11 (Foot Mounting, Clockwise Rotation)
96
4 to Ƶ22x1counterbore 50.8 32.5
Ƶ 11holes
4 to M8x12
38.1
152.5
127
Gear Pumps
Suction port flange
51
Code 61 - 1/2
Ƶ 14
17.5
LA 59 0
3.968 -0.018
4 to M8x12 LB 17.5
17.73 –0.25
34
135
38.1
115.3
±0.1
13
69.8
5.47
Discharge port flange 17.5 ƵD Ƶ 15.875 –0.025

0
Code 61 - 1/2
IPH-2B-*-11 (Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) SAE A Mount

4 to M8x12
38.1
Suction port flange

51
Code 61 - 1/2
Ƶ14
17.5
LA 59 130
LB 4 106.4
17.73 –0.25
4 to M8x12 3.968–0.018
0
0
53
34
5.47
45.5
Ƶ 82.55–0.035
11
0
38.1
12
52
Discharge port flange

17.5 Ƶ 15.875–0.025
0
ƵD
Code 61 - 1/2
Dimensions (mm)
Model No.
LA LB ƵD
IPH-2*-3.5-*-11 107 51.0 8.9
IPH-2*-5 -*-11 112 53.5 11
IPH-2*-6.5-*-11 116 55.5 12 Note: IPH-2A (B)-*-L-11 (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror
image of the drawings shown above. In the case the suction port flange is facing upwards,
IPH-2*-8 -*-11 121 58.0 13 the discharge port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from the shaft side.
C3
140
Ƶ 114.3 12.7
Ƶ
4 to M10x15
52.4
220.7
246
64
Suction port flange
Code 61 - 1
Gear Pumps
26.2
LA 65
4.76–0.018
0
4 to M8x15 LB 16
21.15 –0.25
38
195.5
165.2
107.95±0.1
6.8
16
38.1
Discharge port flange 17.5 Ƶ Ƶ 0

–0.025
Code 61 - 1/2
IPH-3B-*-20 (Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) SAE B Mount 3/4 Shaft

4 to M10x15
52.4
64
Suction port flange

Code 61 - 1
Ƶ 25
26.2
168
Ƶ 101.6 –0.051
LA 65 146
0
LB 5
21.15 –0.25
4.76–0.018
0
4 to M8x15
0
58
38
38.1
6.8
13
57.2
65.3
13
Discharge port flange 17.5 ƵD Ƶ 19.05–0.025

0
Code 61 - 1/2
Dimensions (mm)
Model No.
LA LB ƵD
IPH-3*-10-*-20 128.5 60.0 14
IPH-3*-13-*-20 134.5 63.0 17 Note: IPH-3A (B)-*-L-20 (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror
IPH-3*-16-*-20 139.5 65.5 18 the discharge port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from the shaft side.
C4
140
4 to Ƶ22x1counterbore
Ƶ 11holes 114.3 12.7
4 to M10x15
C
58.7
220.7
246
77
Suction port flange
Gear Pumps
Code 61 --1 1/4
Ƶ 32
30.2
LA 78
4 to M10x15 LB 16 6.375 –0.025
0
27.85 –0.25
60
0
8.7
195.5
47.5
174.3
107.95±0.1
16
Discharge port flange 22 ƵD
Ƶ 25.385–0.025
0
Code 61 - 3/4
IPH-4B-*-20 (Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) SAE BB Mount

4 to M10x15
58.7
77
Suction port flange

Code 61 - 1 1/4
Ƶ 32
30.2
172
LA 78 146
LB 6
–0.25
4 to M10x15 6.375–0.025
0
0
69.5
27.85
60
13.5
66.3
8.7
Ƶ 101.6–0.051
0
47.5
144
13
Discharge port flange 22 ƵD Ƶ 25.385 –0.025

0
Code 61 - 3/4
Dimensions (mm)
Model No.
LA LB ƵD
IPH-4*-20-*-20 164.5 71 18
Note: IPH-4A (B)-*-L-20 (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror
IPH-4*-25-*-20 170.5 74 20
IPH-4*-32-*-20 178.5 78 24 the discharge port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from the shaft side.
C5
203
4 to Ƶ35x counter bore 139.7 44.5
Ƶ18 holes
4 to M12x19
295.3
334
70
95
36
Gear Pumps
Suction port flange

Code 61 - 1 1/2
Ƶ 42
LA 85
4 to M10x15 LB 25 7.938 –0.051
0
35.331–0.25
0
60
11.2
259
239.2
152.4 ±0.1
52.4
25
ƵD
Discharge port flange 26.2 Ƶ 31.75 –0.051
0
Code 61 - 1
IPH-5B-*-11 (Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) SAE C Mount

4 to M12x19
70
95
Suction port flange

Code 61 - 1 1/2 36 Ƶ42
210
LA 85 181
7.938–0.051
0
35.331–0.25
LB 6
0
4 to M10x15
76
65
52.4
17.5
11.2
86.8
Ƶ 127–0.051
194.8
0
18
Discharge port flange ƵD

26.2 Ƶ 31.75 –0.051
0
Code 61 - 1
Dimensions (mm)
Model No.
LA LB ƵD
IPH-5*-40-*-21 (11) 201.5 91.0 24
IPH-5*-50-*-21 (11) 208.5 94.5 26 Note: IPH-5A (B)-*-L-21 (11) (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror
image of the drawings shown above. In the case the suction port flange is facing upwards, the
IPH-5*-64-*-21 (11) 218.5 99.5 28 discharge port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from the shaft side.
C6
220.7
4 toƵ37x1counter bore
Ƶ20holes 149.2 49.5
4 to M12x23
77.8
C
330.2
374
120
42.9
Suction port flange
Gear Pumps
Code 61 - 2
Ƶ 50
LA 100
0
11.113 –0.051
49.428–0.25
4 to M12x20 LB 30
0
70
13.7
70
336.7
310.2
203.2±0.1
30
ƵD 0
Discharge port flange 36 Ƶ 44.45 –0.051
Code 61 - 1 1/2
IPH-6B-*-11 (Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) SAE D Mount

4 to M12x23
77.8
120
Suction port flange

Code 61 - 2 42.9
Ƶ50
264
Ƶ152.4 –0.063
LA 100 228.6
0
49.428 –0.25
0
LB 6 11.113 –0.051
0
4 to M12x20
92
70
13.7
22
107
70
244
20
Discharge port flange 36 ƵD

Ƶ44.45 –0.051
0
Code 61 - 1 1/2
Dimensions (mm)
Model No.
LA LB ƵD
IPH-6*- 80-*-21 (11) 241.5 111.5 32
Note: IPH-6A (B)-*-L-21 (11) (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror
IPH-6*-100- *-21 (11) 251.5 116.5 36
image of the drawings shown above. In the case the suction port flange is facing upwards, the
IPH-6*-125-*-21 (11) 263.5 122.5 38 discharge port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from the shaft side.
C7
Performance Curves
Revolution Speed 1200 rpm
Operating Hydraulic Fluid Viscosity 46 centistokes
Representative Characteristics Under Above Conditions
Volume efficiency
C
ƦƬ
Gear Pumps
Overall efficiency
Noise level
Ʀ
51 102 153 204 255

(725) (1450) (2175) (2900) (3625) 51 102 153 204 255
(725) (1450) (2175) (2900) (3625)
Pressure kgf/cm² (psi)
Pressure kgf/cm² (psi)
Part No. Part Name
IPH-*B-*-**
1 Body -1
2 Body -2
3 Mounting
4 Rear cover
5 Pinion shaft
6 Radial piston
7 Internal gear
8 Bushing
9 Knock pin
10 Stopper pin
11 Spring pin (guide pin)
12 Axial plate -1
13 Axial plate -2
14 Feeler piece
15 Spring holder
16 Spring
Note: Drawings shown above are the IPH-5 and IPH-6. 17 Key
The lower left cross-sectional drawing is the IPH-4, the radial seal #18 was removed and a wave washer was added. 18 Radial seal
The lower right cross-sectional drawing is the IPH-2 and IPH-3, the bushing #8 was removed, the spring pin #11 19 Radial backup ring
was replaced with a guide pin, and the radial seal #18 was removed and a wave washer #32 was added. 20 Axial backup ring
21 Backup ring
22 Bearing
23 Oil seal
24 Pin
25 O-ring
26 O-ring
27 O-ring
28 O-ring
29 Snap ring
30 Screw
31 Washer
32 Wave washer
*Note: See page C2 for Parts/Kit Numbers
C8
IPH Series Seal Kit
Understanding Seal Kit IHAS -- 2 S * *** -- 10 (20, 30)
Model Numbers :
Design Number (IPH3 : 20D, IPH4 : 30D)
Capacity Classification D35 to 125
Size 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
S: Shaft Side Single Pump or Double Pump
H: Head Side Double Pump C
Indoor/Outdoor Use Sealing
Gear Pumps
IPH Series Seal Kit
Component Part Numbers

Applicable
Seal Kit Number 18 19 20 21
Pump Model No. Q'ty Q'ty Q'ty Q'ty
Radial Seal Radial Backup Ring Axial Backup Ring Backup ring
IHAS-2S2D35-10 IPH-2A(B)-3.5-11 IH34J-102D35-1A 2 IH34J-202000 2 IH34J-402D35 1
2S2005-10 5 102005-1A 2 Ȩ 2 402005 1
2S2D65-10 6.5 102D65-1A 2 Ȩ 2 402D65 1
2S2008-10 8 102008-1A 2 Ȩ 2 402008 1
IHAS-2S3010-20 IPH-3A(B)-10-20 IH34J-103010-1A 2 IH34J-203000 2 IH34J-403010 1
2S3013-20 13 103013-1A 2 Ȩ 2 403013 1
2S3016-20 16 103016-1A 2 Ȩ 2 403016 1
IHAS-2S4020-30 IPH-4A(B)-20-20 IH34J-104020-2A 2 IH34J-204000-1A 2 IH34J-404020 1
2S4025-30 25 104025-2A 2 Ȩ 2 404025 1
2S4032-30 32 104032-2A 2 Ȩ 2 404032 1
IHAS-2S5040-10 IPH-5A(B)-40-21(11) IH33J-105040-1A 2 IH34J-105040-1A 2 IH34J-205000 2 IH34J-405040 1
2S5050-10 50 105050-1A 2 105050-1A 2 Ȩ 2 405050 1
2S5064-10 64 105064-1A 2 105064-1A 2 Ȩ 2 405064 1
IHAS-2S6080-10 IPH-6A(B)-80-21(11) IH33J-106080-1A 2 IH34J-106080-1A 2 IH34J-206000 2 IH34J-406080 1
2S6100-10 100 106100-1A 2 106100-1A 2 Ȩ 2 406100 1
2S6125-10 125 106125-1A 2 106125-1A 2 Ȩ 2 406125 1
Component Part Numbers

Seal Kit Number 23 25 26 27 28
Q'ty Q'ty Q'ty Q'ty Q'ty
Oil seal O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring
IHAS-2S2D35-10 ISD-20328 1 R68 × 2 3 R23 × 2 2 R10 × 2 1 R10 × 2 2
2S2005-10 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 3 Ȩ 2 R12 × 2 1 R12 × 2 2
2S2D65-10 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 3 Ȩ 2 R14 × 2 1 R14 × 2 2
2S2008-10 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 3 Ȩ 2 R16 × 2 1 R16 × 2 2
IHAS-2S3010-20 ISD-25388 1 R86 × 2 3 R30 × 2 2 R15 × 2.5 1 R15 × 2.5 2
2S3013-20 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 3 Ȩ 2 R18 × 2.5 1 R18 × 2.5 2
2S3016-20 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 3 Ȩ 2 R20 × 2.5 1 R20 × 2.5 2
IHAS-2S4020-30 ISD-32458 1 R108 × 3 3 R38 × 2.5 2 R21 × 2.5 1 R21 × 2.5 2
2S4025-30 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 3 Ȩ 2 R23 × 3 1 R23 × 3 2
2S4032-30 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 3 Ȩ 2 R26 × 3 1 R26 × 3 2
IHAS-2S5040-10 ISD-40558 1 R140 × 3 3 R49 × 3 2 R26 × 3 1
2S5050-10 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 3 Ȩ 2 R29 × 3.5 1
2S5064-10 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 3 Ȩ 2 R33 × 3.5 1
IHAS-2S6080-10 ISD-50659 1 R172 × 4 3 R60 × 3.5 2 R34 × 3.5 1
2S6100-10 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 3 Ȩ 2 R38 × 4 1
2S6125-10 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 3 Ȩ 2 R43 × 4 1
Note: 1. Oil seals are manufactured by Nippon Oil Seal Industry Co. Ltd. (NOK).
2. O-rings are not available through retail sources. Consult your agent for more information.
C9
IHF – 3 – T – 20
IPH Series Pipe Flange Kit
Design Number
: 20 Design
Understanding Flange Kit Model Numbers :
T : Screw in Type
The pipe flange kit combines the flanges, bolts, washers, and O-rings required E : Welded Type
for each type of pump into a single kit.
Pump Size
The component parts table shows the screw in type flange kit. In the case of the : Single Pump
welded type flange, the flange part number is IH03J-200040 (1 of IH03J- 2 to 6
100040 changes to 2). All other included parts are the same. : Double Pump
C 22 to 46
IPH Series Flange Kit
Note: O-ring 1B-* *
Gear Pumps
refers to JIS B2401-1B-* *
Screw in type Applicable Pump Code 61 IN Flange

Flange Kit model No. Model No. Size Flange Part No. Bolt Washer O-ring
IHF-2-T-20 IPH-2A(B)-*-11 1/2” IH03J-100040 1 TH- 8 × 45 4 WS-B- 8 4 IB-P22 1
IHF-3-T-20 IPH-3A(B)-*-20 1” IH03J-100080 1 TH-10 × 50 4 WS-B-10 4 IB-G35 1
IHF-4-T-20 IPH-4A(B)-*-20 1 1/4” IH03J-100100 1 TH-10 × 55 4 Ȩ 4 IB-G40 1
IHF-5-T-20 IPH-5A(B)-*-21(11) 1 1/2” IH03J-100120 1 TH-12 × 55 4 WS-B-12 4 IB-G50 1
IHF-6-T-20 IPH-6A(B)-*-21(11) 2” IH03J-100160 1 TH-12 × 60 4 Ȩ 4 IB-G60 1
Code 61 OUT Flange Note: 1. In the case of a double pump, the

Plug flange kit includes three flanges:
Size Flange Part No. Bolt Washer O-ring one for the common IN port and
two OUT port flanges. When using
1/2” IH03J-100040 1 TH- 8 × 45 4 WS-B- 8 4 IB-P22 1 TPHA-1/4 2 separate IN ports, use separate
single pump flange kits, one each
1/2” IH03J-100040 1 TH- 8 × 45 4 Ȩ 4 IB-P22 1 Ȩ 2 for the head side and the shaft
side.
3/4” IH03J-100060 1 TH-10 × 50 4 WS-B-10 4 IB-G30 1 Ȩ 1
Note: 2. There is no common IN port in the
1” IH03J-100080 1 TH-10 × 50 4 Ȩ 4 IB-G35 1 Ȩ 2 case of the double pump models
IPH-55, IPH-56, and IPH-66, or a
1 1/2” IH03J-100120 1 TH-12 × 60 4 WS-B-12 4 IB-G50 1 Ȩ 1 single IN port is used.
Screw in type Applicable Pump Model IN Flange

Flange Kit model No. No. Flange Part No. Bolt Washer O-ring
IHF-22-T-20 IPH- 22B-*-*-11 IH03J-100060 1 TH-10 × 50 4 WS-B-10 4 IB-G30 1
IHF-23-T-20 23 IH03J-100080 1 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 4 IB-G35 1
IHF-24-T-20 24 IH03J-100120 1 TH-12 × 55 4 WS-B-12 4 IB-G50 1
IHF-25-T-20 25 IH03J-100160 1 TH-12 × 60 4 Ȩ 4 IB-G60 1
IHF-26-T-20 26 IH03J-100200 1 TH-12 × 65 4 Ȩ 4 IB-G75 1
IHF-33-T-20 IPH- 33B-*-*-11 IH03J-100100 1 TH-10 × 55 4 WS-B-10 4 IB-G40 1
IHF-35-T-20 35 IH03J-100160 1 TH-12 × 60 4 Ȩ 4 IB-G60 1
IHF-36-T-20 36 IH03J-100200 1 TH-12 × 60 4 Ȩ 4 IB-G75 1
IHF-44-T-20 IPH- 44B-*-*-11 IH03J-100120 1 TH-12 × 55 4 Ȩ 4 IB-G50 1
IHF-45-T-20 45 IH03J-100200 1 TH-12 × 65 4 Ȩ 4 IB-G75 1
*IFH Numbers include both Inlet and Outlet Flange Kits
OUT Flange (Shaft Side) OUT Flange (Head Side)

Plug
Flange Part No. Bolt Washer O-ring Flange Part No. Bolt Washer O-ring
IH03J-100040 1 TH- 8 × 45 4 WS-B- 8 4 IB-P22 1 IH03J-100040 1 TH- 8 × 45 4 WS-B- 8 4 IB-P22 1 TPHA-1/4 3
IH03J-100040 1 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 4 IB-P22 1 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 3
IH03J-100060 1 TH-10 × 50 4 WS-B-10 4 IB-G30 1 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 3
IH03J-100080 1 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 4 IB-G35 1 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 2
IH03J-100040 1 TH- 8 × 45 4 WS-B- 8 4 IB-P22 1 IH03J-100040 1 TH- 8 × 45 4 WS-B- 8 4 IB-P22 1 Ȩ 2
IH03J-100080 1 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 4 IB-G35 1 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 2
IH03J-100060 1 TH-10 × 50 4 WS-B-10 4 IB-G30 1 IH03J-100060 1 TH-10 × 50 4 WS-B-10 4 IB-G30 1 Ȩ 3
IH03J-100080 1 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 4 IB-G35 1 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 4 Ȩ 1 Ȩ 2
C 10
Pipe Flange Installation Dimension Diagram
Note: BSPT (previously PT) 1/4
Gear Pumps
BSPT
(previously PT) X
Screw in type
Pipe Flange Kit Nominal Dimensions (mm) Weight

SAE Standard
Part Number Code 61 Diameter A B C D T Ƶ d1 Ƶ d4 lbs
IH03J -100040 SAE J518b 1/2 1/2 54 46 38.1 17.5 33 9 12.7 .88
-100060 SAE J518b 3/4 3/4 65 52 47.5 22.0 33 11 20 1.3
-100080 SAE J518b 1 1 70 59 52.4 26.2 33 11 27 1.3
-100100 SAE J518b 11/4 11/4 79 73 58.7 30.2 38 11 33 2.2
-100120 SAE J518b 11/2 11/2 94 83 70.0 36.0 38 13 37.5 3.0
-100160 SAE J518b 2 2 102 97 77.8 42.9 38 13 50 3.7
-100200 SAE J518b 2 1/2 21/2 114 109 88.9 50.8 43 13 60 4.6
-100240 SAE J518b 3 3 135 131 106.4 61.9 48 17.5 71 7.2
Welded Type
Pipe Flange Kit Pipe Dimensions (mm) Weight

SAE Standard
Part Number Code 61 Diameter A B C D T e Ƶd1 Ƶd2 Ƶd3 Ƶd4 lbs
IH03J -200040 SAE J518b 1/2 1/2 54 46 38.1 17.5 33 11 9 22.2 27 12.7 .88
-200060 SAE J518b 3/4 3/4 65 52 47.5 22.0 33 12 11 27.7 35 20 1.3
-200080 SAE J518b 1 1 70 59 52.4 26.2 33 14 11 34.5 42 27 1.3
-200100 SAE J518b 1 1/4 11/4 79 73 58.7 30.2 38 16 11 43.2 48 33 2.2
-200120 SAE J518b 1 1/2 11/2 94 83 70.0 36.0 38 18 13 49.1 58 37.5 3.0
-200160 SAE J518b 2 2 102 97 77.8 42.9 38 19 13 61.1 68 50 3.7
-200200 SAE J518b 2 1/2 21/2 114 109 88.9 50.8 43 22 13 77.1 82 60 4.6
-200240 SAE J518b 3 3 135 131 106.4 61.9 48 25 17.5 90.0 97 71 7.2
Recommended Tightening Torque for Flange Installation Bolts

For aluminum body For cast body (shared IN port)
Mounting bolt Tightening Torque ft/lbs Mounting bolt Tightening Torque ft/lbs
M8 14 to 17 M10 36 to 47
M10 36 to 43 M12 64 to 82
M12 65 to 83 M16 158 to 202
Note: There is no BSPT (previously PT) 1/4 tap for the above flange numbers (exclusively for suction port use)
marked with a star ( ).
C 11
IPH Series Pipe Flange Kit
Understanding Foot Mounting Kit IHM – 2 – 10
Numbers:
When only the mounting feet are required Design Number
for a single pump or double pump, pump
mounting bolts, washers and other parts Pump Size: Single Pump 2 to 6
are sold together as the Foot Mounting Kit. : Double Pump 22 to 66
C Foot Mounting Installation Measurement Chart

IPH Series Foot Mounting Kit
SAE-2BOLT-MOUNTING SAE-4BOLT-MOUNTING
Gear Pumps
SAE-2BOLT-MOUNTING
Applicable Pump Model No. Accessories Dimensions (mm)
Foot Mounting
Kit Model No. SINGLE
DOUBLE PUMP Bolt Q'ty Washer Q'ty A B C E F H
PUMP
IHM-2-10 IPH-2 î TB-10 × 30 2 WP-10 2 127 152.5 69.8 1 50.8 96
IHM-4-10 IPH-3 î TB-12 × 30 2 WG-12 2 220.7 246 107.95 1 114.3 140
IHM-4-10 IPH-4 î TB-12 × 30 2 WG-12 2 220.7 246 107.95 1 114.3 140
IHM-22-10 IPH-22 TB-10 × 30 2 WP-10 2 171.45 204 107.95 1 95.25 150
IHM-44-10 IPH23, IPH-33 TB-12 × 30 2 WG-12 2 235 267 139.7 1 127 193
IHM-44-10 IPH-24, IPH-34, IPH-44 TB-12 × 30 2 WG-12 2 235 267 139.7 1 127 193
IHM-45-10 IPH-5 IPH-25, IPH-35, IPH-45 TB-16 × 40 2 WP-16 2 295.3 334 152.4 1 139.7 203
IHM-46-10 IPH-6 IPH-26, IPH-36, IPH-46 TB-20 × 50 2 WP-20 2 330.2 374 203.2 1 149.2 220.7

Kit Model No. I (J) K N P Q (S) T ƵD Ƶd1 Ƶd2 Ƶd3 Ƶd4 lbs
IHM-2-10 74 41.5 17.5 13 M10 135 32.5 36.5 82.55 22 11 106.4 50 4.4
IHM-4-10 61.7 49 16 16 M12 195.5 12.7 53 101.6 22 11 146 40 12.1
IHM-4-10 74.7 62 16 16 M12 195.5 12.7 53 101.6 22 11 146 40 12.1
IHM-22-10 73.5 41 18 18 M10 180 32.5 50 82.55 22 11 106.4 40 14.3
IHM-44-10 89.5 45 20 20 M12 232 44.5 57.5 101.6 22 14 146 40 26.4
IHM-44-10 102.5 58 20 20 M12 232 44.5 57.5 101.6 22 14 146 40 26.4
IHM-45-10 104.5 60 25 25 M16 259 44.5 61 127 35 18 181 86 29.7
IHM-46-10 119.5 70 30 30 M20 337 49.5 64 152.4 37 20 228.6 100 48.5
*IHM-2-10, IHM-4-10, and IHM-45-10 are the same as PVS pump foot mounting PSM-101000, PSM102000, and PSM103000 respectively.
SAE-4BOLT-MOUNTING
Applicable Pump
Foot Mounting Model No. Accessories Dimensions (mm)
Kit Model No. DOUBLE PUMP Bolt Q'ty Washer Q'ty A B C E F G H I
IHM-55-10 IPH-55 TH-20 × 50 4 WS-B-20 4 330 370 200 1 125 125 300 17
IHM-66-10 IPH56, IPH-66 TH-24 × 60 4 WS-B-24 4 380 430 260 1 140 140 340 17

Kit Model No. (J) K L M N P Q R (S) T ƵD Ƶ d1 Ƶ d2 Ƶ d4 lbs
IHM-55-10 47 30 224.6 224.6 30 M20 340 275 20 90 165.1 34 18 140 70.5

IHM-66-10 52 40 247.5 247.5 40 M24 415 310 25 105 177.8 34 18 150 105.8
C 12
Air Bleed-off Valve
Equipping an air bleed-off valve on the
pump's discharge side helps to simplify
air bleeding during test operation.
Specifications
Air inside the pump and the suction pipe is
exhausted rapidly when the pump is
started up.
C
When discharge pressure reaches 29 psi or
Gear Pumps
greater after the pump intakes oil, a valve
closes to prevent oil from leaking.
Maximum operating pressure: 4350 psi.
Provide piping to ensure that the tank port
is under the oil level surface.
BSPT

CAB – T 02 – 1 – 11
Design Number
Close Pressure
1: 35 psi
A: 26 psi
Piping (Nominal Diameter) 1 Valve body 1
2 Snap ring 1
Mounting Method
T: Screw Connection Type 3 Valve 1
4 Spring 1
Air Bleed-Off Valve
Note: 1) If chattering occurs in a circuit when CAB-T02-1-11 is used, use CAB-T02-A-11 instead.
2) If chattering occurs in a circuit when CAB-T02-A-11 is used, use of a CAB air bleed-off valve is not required.
Application Examples
Example of Circuits that Require an Air Bleed-off Valve:
1) When using a Type 2 or Type 3 check valve (Sample Circuit A)
2) When unload circuit function cannot be achieved (Sample Circuit A)
3) When the discharge sides of multiple pumps run together (Sample Circuit B)
Circuit Diagram A Circuit Diagram B
C 13
IPH Series Double IP Pump
IPH Series Double IP Pump .21 to 7.68 in³/rev

4350 psi
All the types in this new design (11D) series are installation compatible with the previous design (10D). Note, however, that there is no longer compatibility
for some of the seal components between the IPH-3 and IPH-4 sizes and the 3 and 4 sizes.
C Features
Configured with the high-pressure, the range of application for the IP provides options that are perfect for just
low-noise IPH Series and IP pumps, pump. about any type of application imaginable.
Gear Pumps
these double pumps greatly expand A wide selection of pump combinations
Specifications
Discharge Rate (1200min -1
No-load) Revolution Speed Required Power at
Operating Pressure
Model No. Vent Side Shaft Side Min. Max. 1200min-1, 3045 psi
MPa (psi)
gpm gpm min î1 min î1 hp
IPH-22B-*-*-(*)-11 4.3 to 9.8 10.7
IPH-23B 12.2 to 18.9 15.5
IPH-24B 1.1 to 2.5 24.8 to 38.7 26.1
IPH-25B 48.9 to 76.6 46.2
IPH-26B 97.5 to 151.0 600 85.8
IPH-33B 12.2 to 18.9 20.5
Rated: 21
IPH-34B 24.8 to 38.7 30.9
3.2 to 4.9 (3045)
IPH-35B 48.9 to 76.6 2000 51.0
Max: 30
IPH-36B 97.5 to 151.0 90.7
(4350)
IPH-44B 24.8 to 38.7 41.5
IPH-45B 6.5 to 10.2 48.9 to 76.6 500 61.6
IPH-46B 97.5 to 151.0 101.3
IPH-55B 48.9 to 76.6 81.8
12.9 to 20.2 400
IPH-56B 97.5 to 151.0 121.4
IPH-66B 25.7 to 39.8 97.5 to 151.0 300 159.9
Note:
1.Maximum Pressure: Maximum pressure 5.Working pressure is continuous combinations that provide "the maximum
limit when there are frequent pressure operating pressure when the same capacity for each model number" are
changes. However, maximum pressure is pressure exists on the head side and shaft IPH-22B-8-8-11 for IPH-22b, and
the same as rated pressure when load is side. IPH-46B-32- 125-11 for IPH-46B.
applied to the head side and shaft side 6.Individual pump perform performance • Handling
simultaneously. on the head side and shaft side is the 1 Handling is in accordance with procedures
2.Suction Pressure: 4.3 psi same as that of the single pumps. for the IPH pump. See page C-1 for more
3.Avoid installation with the suction port Required power is the sum of the power information.
towards the bottom of the pump. If the required by each of the two pumps.
revolution speed will exceed 1800mm-1, 7.The "Required Power at 1200min-1,
provide separate piping for shaft side and 3045 psi (hp)" column in the above table
head size IN ports. are based on combinations that provide
4.Specify using the model number format the maximum capacity for each model
shown below when pipe flange is required. number, when pressure at both the head
side and shaft side is 3045 psi. Examples

IPH – 4 6 B – 20 – 125 – LT – 11
Design Number
• None: Clockwise (viewed from shaft end)
Auxiliary Symbol •L : Counterclockwise (viewed from shaft end)
Shaft Side Pump Capacity (in³/rev) •T : Includes Screw IN Flange Kit (for shared IN port)
Head side pump capacity (in³/rev) • TT : Includes Screw IN Flange Kit (for individual IN port)
•E : Includes Welded Flange Kit (for shared IN port)
Mounting Method B: Flange Type Mounting
• EE : Includes Welded Flange Kit (for individual IN port)
Shaft Side Pump Size (2 to 6)
Head Side Pump Size (2 to 6) Auxiliary symbol must be provided in alphabetic order.
IPH Series IP Pump
• IPH Series Double IP Pump Foot • IPH Series Double IP Pump Pipe Flange
Mounting Kit See the IPH Series (single) IP
See the IPH Series (single) IP pump section in page C-10.
pump section in page C-12.
C 14
LA
IPH-22B-*-*-11 LB 130
(Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) LD 59 106.4
0
12 4 3.968 –0.018
17.73 –0.25
45
11
Individual IN port A C
Gear Pumps
51
53
0
LC Ƶ 15.875 –0.025
Specifications
45.5
Volume in³ Weight Dimensions (mm)

Model No.
132
Vent Side Shaft Side lbs LA LB LC LD

OUT
port IPH-22B-3.5 -3.5-11 211.5 160 105.5 51
70
.21 12.7
-5 .31 13.0 216.5 165 110.5 53.5
.21
Auxiliary -6.5 .39 13.2 220.5 169 114.5 55
View A -8 .49 13.6 225.5 174 119.5 58
Shared IN port IPH-22B-5 -5 -11 .31 13.2 221.5 167.5 110.5 53.5
SAEJ518b-3/4 -6.5 .31 .39 13.4 225.5 171.5 114.5 55
-8 .49 13.8 230.5 176.5 119.5 58
22
IPH-22B-6.5 -6.5-11 .39 13.6 229.5 173.5 114.5 55

.39
-8 .49 14.1 234.5 178.5 119.5 58
Ƶ 20 47.5 4-M10x15
IPH-22B-8 -8 -11 .49 .49 14.5 239.5 181 119.5 58
Note: Dimensions shown in this diagram are for a single pump.

IPH-23B-*-*-11 LA
(Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) LB 168
LD 65 146
0
13 5 4.76 –0.018
50
21.15 –0.25
Individual IN port
0
64
13
51
A
57.2
45.5
58
163
OUT LC
0
Ƶ 19.05 –0.025
port Specifications
87

Model No.
Auxiliary IPH-23B-3.5 -10-11 .62 18.0 230.5 179 126 60
View A
-13 .21 .81 18.5 236.5 185 132 63
-16 .96 19.1 241.5 190 137 65.5
26.2
Shared IN port
SAEJ518b-1 IPH-23B-5 -10-11 .62 18.3 235.5 181.5 126 60
-13 .31 .81 18.7 241.5 187.5 132 63
-16 .96 19.4 246.5 192.5 137 65.5
Ƶ 25 IPH-23B-6.5 -10-11 239.5 183.5 126 60
52.4 4-M10x15 .62 18.5
-13 .39 .81 18.9 245.5 189.5 132 63
-16 .96 19.6 250.5 194.5 137 65.5
Note: IPH-22B (23B)-*-*-L-11 (foot mounting/flange
mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror IPH-23B-8 -10-11 .62 18.9 244.5 186 126 60
image of the drawings shown above. In the case the
individual port is facing upwards, the discharge port -13 .49 .81 19.4 250.5 192 132 63
flange is positioned to the right when viewed from the
shaft side. -16 .96 20.0 255.5 197 137 65.5
C 15
IPH-24B-*-*-11 LA
(Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) LB
LD 78 172
13 6 146
0
60 6.375–0.025
27.85 –0.25
0
13
Individual IN port
A
C 77
51 69.5
Gear Pumps
0
LC Ƶ 25.385–0.025
Specifications
66.3

45.5
Model No.
172
OUT IPH-24B-3.5 -20-11 1.26 28.2 250.5 199 153 71

port -25 .21 256.5 205 159 74
87
1.56 19.3
-32 1.97 30.4 264.5 213 167 78
IPH-24B-5 -20-11 1.26 28.4 255.5 201.5 153 71
Auxiliary -25 .31 1.56 29.5 261.5 207.5 159 74
View A
Shared IN port -32 1.97 30.6 269.5 215.5 167 78
SAEJ518b-1 1/2 IPH-24B-6.5 -20-11 1.26 28.6 259.5 203.5 153 71
-25 .39 1.56 29.7 265.5 209.5 159 74
36
-32 1.97 30.8 273.5 217.5 167 78

IPH-24B-8 -20-11 1.26 29.1 264.5 206 153 71
-25 .49 1.56 30.2 270.5 212 159 74
Ƶ 31 70 4-M12x17 -32 1.97 31.3 278.5 220 167 78
IPH-25B-*-*-11 LA
LB
(Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation)
LD 85 210
18 6 181
0
65 7.938 –0.051
Individual IN port
35.331–0.25
0
95
17.5
51
76
86.8
45.5
228
0
OUT LC Ƶ 31.75 –0.051
port Specifications
120

Model No.
Auxiliary
IPH-25B-3.5 -40-11 2.48 53.1 298.5 247 197 91
View A
-50 .21 3.06 55.3 305.5 254 204 94.5
Shared IN port
SAEJ518b-2 -64 3.89 57.5 315.5 264 214 99.5
IPH-25B-5 -40-11 303.5 249.5 197 91
42.9
2.48 53.3
-50 .31 3.06 55.5 310.5 256.5 204 94.5
-64 3.89 57.7 320.5 266.5 214 99.5
IPH-25B-6.5 -40-11 2.48 53.5 307.5 251.5 197 91
Ƶ 55 77.8 4-M12x20
-50 .39 3.06 55.7 314.5 258.5 204 94.5
-64 3.89 57.9 324.5 268.5 214 99.5
Note: IPH-24B (25B)-*-*-L-11 (foot mounting/flange
mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror image of IPH-25B-8 -40-11 2.48 54.0 312.5 254 197 91
the drawings shown above. In the case the individual IN port -50 .49 3.06 56.2 319.5 261 204 94.5
is facing upwards, the discharge port flange is positioned to
the right when viewed from the shaft side. -64 3.89 58.4 329.5 271 214 99.5
C 16
IPH-26B-*-*-11 LA
(Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) LB 264
LD 100 228.6
0
20 6 11.113–0.051
49.428–0.25
70
0
Individual IN port
22
120
51 A
C
Gear Pumps
107
92
288
0
OUT LC Ƶ 44.45–0.051
45.5
port
160
Specifications
Auxiliary Model No.
View A IPH-26B-3.5 - 80-11 4.96 101 345.5 294 240 111.5
Shared IN port -100 .21 6.19 105 355.5 304 250 116.5
50.8
SAEJ518b-2 1/2 -125 7.68 110 367.5 316 262 122.5

IPH-26B-5 - 80-11 4.96 101 350.5 296.5 240 111.5
-100 .31 6.19 105 360.5 306.5 250 116.5
-125 7.68 110 372.5 318.5 262 122.5
IPH-26B-6.5 - 80-11 4.96 101 354.5 298.5 240 111.5
-100 .39 6.19 106 364.5 308.5 250 116.5
88.9 -125 7.68 110 376.5 320.5 262 122.5
Ƶ 60 4-M12x20
IPH-26B-8 - 80-11 4.96 102 357 301 240 111.5
-100 .49 6.19 106 367 311 250 116.5
-125 7.68 110 379 323 262 122.5
IPH-33B-*-*-11
(Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) LA 168
LB 146
0
LD 65 4.76 –0.018
13 5
21.15–0.25
50
0
Individual IN port
13
A
64
58
57.2
0
LC Ƶ 19.05 –0.025
A
163
OUT Specifications
port
87

Model No.
Auxiliary IPH-33B-10 -10-11 .62 22.7 255.5 189 124.5 60

View A -13 .62 .81 23.1 261.5 195 130.5 63
Shared IN port
SAEJ518b-1 1/4 -16 .96 23.8 266.5 200 135.5 65.5
IPH-33B-13 -13-11 .81 23.1 267.5 198 130.5 63
.81
30.2
-16 .96 24.2 272.5 203 135.5 65.5

IPH-33B-16 -16-11 .96 .96 24.9 277.5 205.5 135.5 65.5
Ƶ 35 58.7 Note: IPH-26B (33B)-*-*-L-11 (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror
4-M10x15
image of the drawings shown above. In the case the individual IN port is facing upwards, the discharge
port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from the shaft side.
C 17
IPH-34B-*-*-11
LA
LB 172
LD 78 146
Individual IN port 13 6 0
6.375 –0.025
27.85 –0.25
60
0
77
64
13
C
66.3
57.2
Gear Pumps
172
69.5
OUT
port
87
0
LC Ƶ 25.385 –0.025
Specifications
Shared IN port Model No.
SAEJ518b-1 1/2 Vent Side Shaft Side lbs LA LB LC LD
IPH-34B-10 -20-11 1.26 32.8 272 209 153 71
36
-25 .62 1.56 33.9 278 215 159 74

-32 1.97 35.0 286 223 167 78
IPH-34B-13 -20-11 1.26 33.2 278 212 153 71
Ƶ 38 70
-25 .81 1.56 34.3 284 218 159 74
-32 1.97 35.5 292 226 167 78
IPH-34B-16 -20-11 1.26 33.9 283 214.5 153 71
-25 .96 1.56 35.0 289 220.5 159 74
-32 1.97 36.1 297 228.5 167 78

IPH-35B-*-*-11
LA
LB
LD 85 210
18 6 181
Individual IN port 0
65 7.938 –0.051
35.331–0.25
95
0
64
17.5
86.8
57.2
76
228
OUT
port
120
0
LC Ƶ 31.75 –0.051
Specifications
Model No.
Shared IN port Vent Side Shaft Side lbs LA LB LC LD
SAEJ518b-2
IPH-35B-10 -40-11 2.48 58.2 323.5 257 197 91
42.9
-50 .62 3.06 60.4 330.5 264 204 94.5

-64 3.89 62.6 340.5 274 214 99.5
Ƶ 55 77.8 4-M12x20 IPH-35B-13 -40-11 2.48 58.6 329.5 260 197 91

-50 .81 3.06 60.8 336.5 267 204 94.5
Note: IPH-34B (35B)-*-*-L-11 (foot mounting/flange -64 3.89 63.0 346.5 277 214 99.5
mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror
IPH-35B-16 -40-11 2.48 59.3 334.5 262.5 197 91
image of the drawings shown above. In the case the
individual IN port is facing upwards, the -50 .96 3.06 61.5 341.5 269.5 204 94.5
discharge port flange is positioned to the right when
viewed from the shaft side. -64 3.89 62.7 351.5 279.5 214 99.5
C 18
IPH-36B-*-*-11
Individual IN port
LA
LB 264
120 LD 100 228.6
0
64 20 6 11.113–0.051
49.428 –0.25
70
0
C
22
107
Gear Pumps
288
OUT
57.2
port
160
92
0
LC Ƶ 44.45 –0.051
Shared IN port
50.8
SAEJ518b-2 1/2 Specifications

Model No.
IPH-36B-10 - 80-11 4.96 105 370.5 304 240 111.5
-100 .62 6.19 110 380.5 314 250 116.5
-125 7.68 114 392.5 326 262 122.5
Ƶ 60 88.9 4-M12x20 IPH-36B-13 - 80-11 4.96 106 376.5 307 240 111.5
-100 .81 6.19 110 386.5 317 250 116.5
-125 7.68 115 398.5 329 262 122.5
IPH-36B-16 - 80-11 4.96 106 381.5 309.5 240 111.5
-100 .96 6.19 111 391.5 319.5 250 116.5
-125 7.68 115 403.5 331.5 262 122.5
Note) Dimensions shown in this diagram are for a single pump.
IPH-44B-*-*-11
Individual IN port LA
172
LB
146
77 LD 78
0
13 6 6.375 –0.025
27.85 –0.25
0
60
66.3
13
186
OUT
port
101
69.5
Shared IN port LC Ƶ 25.385–0.025

0
SAEJ518b-1 1/2
Specifications
36

Model No.
Ƶ 40 70 4-M12x17
IPH-44B-20 -20-11 1.26 42.9 307 219 145 71
-25 1.26 1.56 44.1 313 225 151 74
-32 1.97 45.2 321 233 159 78
IPH-44B-25 -25-11 1.56 45.2 319 228 151 74
1.56
-32 1.97 46.3 327 236 159 78
IPH-44B-32 -32-11 1.97 1.97 47.4 335 240 159 78
Note: IPH-36B (44B)-*-*-L-11 (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror
image of the drawings shown above. In the case the individual IN port is facing upwards, the discharge
port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from the shaft side.
C 19
IPH-45B-*-*-11
(Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) LA
LB
LD 85 210
18 6 181
Individual IN port 0
65 7.938 –0.051
35.331–0.25
0
95
77
17.5
C
86.8
66.3
76
Gear Pumps
228
OUT port
120
Ƶ31.75 –0.051
0
LC
Shared IN port
Specifications
50.8
SAEJ518b-2 1/2 Volume in³ Weight Dimensions (mm)

Model No.
IPH-45B-20 -40-11 2.48 66.3 357 276 203 91
-50 1.26 3.06 68.5 364 283 210 94.5
-64 3.89 70.7 374 293 220 99.5
Ƶ60 88.9 4-M12x20
IPH-45B-25 -40-11 2.48 67.4 363 279 203 91
-50 1.56 3.06 69.6 370 286 210 94.5
-64 3.89 71.3 380 296 220 99.5
IPH-45B-32 -40-11 2.48 68.5 371 283 203 91
-50 1.97 3.06 70.7 378 290 210 94.5
-64 3.89 72.9 388 300 220 99.5
IPH-46B-*-*-11
LA
LB 264
Individual IN port LD 100 228.6
0
20 6 11.113–0.051
49.428–0.25
0
70
120
77
22
107
66.3
288
OUT port
92
160
LC Ƶ 44.45 –0.051
0
Specifications
Shared IN port Model No.
SAEJ518b-3 IPH-46B-20 - 80-11 4.96 115 404 323 250 111.5
-100 1.26 6.19 119 414 333 260 116.5
61.9
-125 7.68 124 426 345 272 122.5

IPH-46B-25 - 80-11 4.96 116 410 326 250 111.5
-100 1.56 6.19 120 420 336 260 116.5
-125 7.68 125 432 348 272 122.5
Ƶ 71 106.4 4-M16x25 IPH-46B-32 - 80-11 4.96 418 330 250 111.5
117
-100 1.97 6.19 121 428 340 260 116.5
-125 7.68 126 440 352 272 122.5
Note: IPH-45B (46B)-*-*-L-11 (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror image of the drawings shown above. In the case the
individual IN port is facing upwards, the discharge port flange is positioned to the right when viewed from the shaft side.
C 20
IPH-55B-*-*-11 Ƶ 42 36
70
Ƶ165.1 h7 –0.040
263 4- Ƶ22
IN port
0
0
14 7.938
35.331–0.25
–0.051
0
65
76
C
86.8
224.6
Ƶ145
Gear Pumps
263
OUT port
26 12 Ƶ 31.75 –0.051
0
95 LD 77 224.6
LB
LA
Specifications
Model No.
Vent Side Shaft Side lbs LA LB LD
IPH-55B-40 -40-11 2.48 100 385 286 99
-50 2.48 3.06 102 392 293 102.5
-64 3.89 105 402 303 107.5
IPH-55B-50 -50-11 3.06 104 399 296.5 102.5
3.06
-64 3.89 107 409 306.5 107.5
IPH-55B-64 -64-11 3.89 3.89 109 419 311.5 107.5
IPH-56B-*-*-11 Ƶ42 Ƶ 50
(Flange Mounting, Clockwise Rotation) 36 42.9
77.8
70
Ƶ177.8h7 –0.040
IN port 300
0
15 4- Ƶ26
49.428–0.25
0
0
70 11.113–0.051
107
86.8
92
247.5
Ƶ150
300
OUT port
139.7
2-M16x20 70 30 12 Ƶ 44.45 –0.051

0
(Tap hole for anchoring) 95 LD 92 247.5

120 LC
LB
LA
Specifications
Model No.
IPH-56B-40 - 80-11 4.96 156 427 328 221 120.5
Note: Dimensions shown in this diagram are for a
-100 2.48 6.19 160 437 338 231 125.5
single pump.
-125 7.68 164 449 350 243 131.5
Note: IPH-55B (56B)-*-*-L-11 (foot mounting/flange IPH-56B-50 - 80-11 4.96 158 434 331.5 221 120.5
mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror -100 3.06 6.19 162 444 341.5 231 125.5
image of the drawings shown above. In the case the -125 7.68 167 456 353.5 243 131.5
individual IN port is facing upwards, the discharge port IPH-56B-64 - 80-11 4.96 160 444 336.5 221 120.5
flange is positioned to the right when viewed from the
-100 3.89 6.19 164 454 346.5 231 125.5
shaft side.
-125 7.68 169 466 358.5 243 131.5
C 21
Ƶ 50 42.9
IPH-66B-*-*-11
77.8
Ƶ 177.8h7 –0.040
300
0
4- Ƶ26
49.428 –0.25
IN port 15
0
0
70 11.113–0.051
C
107
92
247.5
Ƶ 150
Gear Pumps
300
OUT port
139.7
2-M16x20 70 30 12 Ƶ44.45 –0.051

0
(Tap hole for anchoring) 120 LD 92 247.5

LC
LB
LA
Specifications
Model No.
IPH-66B- 80 - 80-11 4.96 196 470 347.5 234 120.5
-100 4.96 6.19 201 480 357.5 244 125.5
-125 7.68 205 492 369.5 256 131.5
IPH-66B-100 -100-11 4.96 205 490 362.5 244 125.5
6.19
-125 7.68 209 502 374.5 256 131.5
IPH-66B-125 -125-11 7.68 7.68 214 514 380.5 256 131.5
Note: IPH-66B-*-L-11 (foot mounting/flange mounting, counterclockwise rotation) are the mirror image of the drawings shown above. In the case the suction
port flange is facing upwards, the discharge port flange position is to the right when viewed from the shaft side.
Cross-sectional Drawing IPH Series Double IP Pump Part No. Part Name
1 Pinion shaft -1
2 Pinion shaft -2
3 Body -3
4 Joint
5 Key
Note: In the case of a double pump, use single pump
parts in addition to the 5 parts listed above.
• IPS Series Double IP Pump Seal Kit kit. The head side pump seal kit • Air bleed-off valve
The double pump seal kit combines (IHAS-2H****-**) includes the same See the IPH Series (single) IP pump
a shaft side pump seal kit with a component parts as the single pump seal section in page C-13.
head side pump seal kit. The shaft kit, except that it does not have a #23 oil
side pump seal kit (IHAS-2S****-**) seal. See the IPH Series (single) IP pump
is the same as the single pump seal section in page C-9 for more information.
C 22
Features
1 Maximum operating pressure of 3045 to 3 Make sure that the return piping from models. Contact your agent for information
5000 psi provides smooth operation at the hydraulic valve to the tank is below about other fire-resistant hydraulic fluids
high pressures. Low leakage for high the fluid level surface. and special fluids.
efficiency. 4 Be sure to use only specified bolts on 4 Foreign matter in the hydraulic operating
2 Extremely stable performance across all hydraulic valves. Use grade 8 bolts or fluid can lead to frequent valve operation
pressure ranges. equivalent. SUREOHPV8VHDƫPOLQHILOWHUWRSURWHFW
3 Conformance with ISO recommended 5 Installation bolts are not included with against contamination.
dimensions for most gasket installations any modular valves, the SS, SA, SF, and
enables a high degree of international
compatibility.
SNG G01 size solenoid valves, the
DMA-G01 manual valve, or with sub Terms Used in This Catalog
D
4 A highly reliable and quiet wet type plates. Bolts are included with gasket

solenoid valve series is available when the type valves other than those mentioned The following describes the meanings of
noise and reliability issues of solenoid above. the following terms used in this catalog:
valves are a problem. 6 Use O-rings with a hardness of 90 • Rated Flow Rate :
5 A comprehensive pipe-less series provides durometer for valve gasket O-rings. Specific guaranteed flow rate
the ultimate in compact design and under certain fixed conditions
reliability. Management of Hydraulic • Maximum Flow Rate :
Maximum flow rate that satisfies
Installation and Maintenance Operating Fluid valve function
• The following are the ratings that apply
1 Installation is possible in horizontal, 1 Use mineral oil-based hydraulic operat- to the seal part list.
vertical, and diagonal configurations. ing fluid. JIS standard B2401 (O-ring)
However, the spool must be oriented 2 See pages N-1 and N-2 for information JIS standard B2407 (backup ring)
horizontally in the case of a solenoid valve about the viscosity of the operating fluid SAE standard AS568 (O-ring)
or hydraulic switching solenoid valve you need to use. • Pipe apertures mentioned in this catalog
no-spring type. 3 When using water- or glycol-based that are indicated as "G*/*" comply
2 Precision finish the mounting surface to a hydraulic operating fluid, refer to pages with BSPP O-ring seal systems.
surface roughness of 1.6a and degree of N-4 through N-6 for details on applicable
flatness of 0.0003 in.
Calculation of Hydraulic Valve Pressure Loss

2.0
Use the following formula to convert
pressure loss values for each hydraulic
valve in accordance with changes in
operating fluid viscosity. 1.5
4
Coefficient (v /v ) /
Ƅ32 = ( V1 ) 1/4 •Ƅ31

1
1
V2
2
Ƅ31 : Pressure loss psi at for viscosity V1 1.0

Ƅ32 : Pressure loss psi at for viscosity V2
V1 : Viscosity centistokes R 0 > 2000
V2 : Viscosity centistokes 0.5
The graph on the right shows coefficient
values (V2/V1)1/4 viscosity ratios (V1/V2).
<Example>
For a value whose pressure loss at the 0 1 2 3 4 5
Viscosity ratio (v /v )
6
2 1
7 8 9 10
rated flow rate when V1 = 30 centistokes is

Ƅ31 = 43 psi, a change in viscosity to V2 = v1 = 20 centistokes
90 centistokes produces a pressure loss v1 = 30 centistokes 10 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
of (V2/V1) = 3. v1 = 40 centistokes 15 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300
According to the graph on the right, 20 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400
coefficient (V1/V2) 1/4 = 1.3. Viscosity v mm²/s
2
Accordingly :
ƄP2 ƄP1 = 1.3 × 43 psi = 56 psi Factory Default Handle Setting
The following are the factory default control flow rate.
pressure and flow rate settings for
handles (screws) on adjustable valves. Note, however, that ER and ESR relief
1 Pressure Control Valve: Near the valves are set to rated pressures. For
minimum control pressure. details, see the applicable pages for each
2 Flow Control Valve: Near the minimum type of valve.
Catalog 1501
D1
Hydraulic Valve Selection Table
gpm
psi .26 .52 1.3 2.6 5.2 13.2 26.4 52.8 132 264 528 1320
Relief modular valve OR 3600 F10
Brake modular valve ORO 3600 F16
Direct relief modular valve ORD 3600 F20
Pressure reducing modular valve OG

D
3600 F25
01 Size balance type OGB 3600 F-32

Pressure reducing modular valve
Reducing valve & modular valve OG 3600 F-34
2-pressure reducing modular valve OGS 3600 F-41
Sequence modular valve OQ 3600 F-44
Counter balance modular valve OCQ 3600 F-47
Pressure switching modular valve OW 3600 F-52
Flow regulator modular valve O(C)Y 3600 F-55
Flow control modular valve O(C)F 3600 F-63
Chceck modular valve OC(V) 3600 F-69
Pilot operated check modular valve OCP 3600 F-76
SS wet type solenoid valve SS 5000 D-4
SA wet type solenoid valve SA 5000 D-16
SE low power type solenoid valve SE 3000 D-28
SL wet type solenoid valve SL 1000 D-34

DSS(A) solenoid control valve DSS 5000 D-41
DSA
Fine solenoid Valve SF 3000 D-49
Non-leak type solenoid valve SNH 5000 D-53
SAW solenoid with monitoring switch SAW D-62
SCW poppet type with monitoring switch SCW D-71
SK solenoid with Deutsch connector SK D-76
Relief valve R 3000 I-1
RI series relief valve RI 5000 I-5

Remote control valve RC(D) 3000 I-8
Solenoid control relief valve RSS(A) 3000 I-10
RIS Series RIS 5000 I-15
Solenoid control relief valve
Reducing (& check) valve (C)G 3000 I-18
Balancing valve GR 3000 I-23
Pressure control (& check) valve (C)Q 3000 I-25
Maximum operating pressure for the modular valve series is 5000 psi.
D2
Hydraulic Valve Selection Table
gpm
psi .26 .52 1.3 2.6 5.2 13.2 26.4 52.8 132 264 528 1320
3000 J-1
3000 J-4
3000 J-8
1500 J-11
D

1500 J-14
1000 J-16
3000 K-1
3000 K-1
3000 K-4
6000 K-7
3625 K-8
5000 E-1
5000 G-2
5000 G-4
3600 G-6
3000 G-8
3600 G-11
3600 G-14
3600 G-22
3000 G-24
G-26
G-30
G-34
4600 G-38
D3
WET TYPE SOLENOID OPERATED
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE
SS Series (Wiring System: Central Terminal Box) 26.4 to 42 gpm

Wet Type Solenoid Valve 5075 psi
Features
Very long life compensation and low pressure Wide-ranging backward compatibility
The movable iron core of the wet type compensation construction provide makes it simple to replace previous
solenoid is immersed in oil, which keeps it large capacity and low pressure loss. valve models with this one. Combining
lubricated and cushions it from impact G01 : 5075 psi (26.4 gpm) this valve with a modular valve contrib-
and vibration, ensuring very long life. G03 : 5075 psi (42 gpm) utes to the compact configuration of the
D Low switching noise
The wet-type solenoid valve provides very
Easy connections
A special wiring box provides a COM port
overall device.
Compliant with global and international
low core switching noise, for quiet and indicator light as standard for safety regulations (G01 size CE, UL, CSA,
operation. simple wiring and maintenance. and G03 size UL). Can be used safely
Solenoid Valves
High pressure, large capacity, with Easy coil replacement around the world. Contact us for models
minimal pressure loss A plug-in type coil enables one-touch coil and specifications of compliant products.
Comprehensive fluid reaction force replacement.
Specifications
SS-G01 (D03) SS-G03 (D05)
Standard Type
Model No.
Standard Type Shockless Type DC Solenoid Type Shockless Type
AC Solenoid Type
(With built-in rectifier)
Operation Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working
JIS Symbol Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure
Symbol gpm psi gpm psi gpm psi gpm psi gpm psi
-A2X-
10.5
-H2X- 7.9 7.9 22.4 22.4
-E2X- 22.4
-A3X-
21
-H3X-
-E3X- 26.4
-A3Z-
-H3Z- 17.1
-E3Z-
-A4-
13.2
-H4-
-A5- 5075 13.2 3625 34.3 5075 42.2 5075 34.3 3625
-H5-
-C2-
-C5- 26.4
-C9-
-C1S-
-C6S-
-C1- AC Solenoid
17.1
DC Solenoid
-C6- 21.1
-C4-
-C7Y- 13.2
10.5 18.5 3625 26.4 3625 22.4
-C8-
Note: The maximum flow rate of each valve depends on the pressure. For details, see pages D-12 and D-13.
D-4
SS-G01 SS-G03
DC Solenoid DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid AC Solenoid
Built-in Rectifier Built-in Rectifier
C* E* D* C* E* D*
Maximum
Working P, A, B ports 5075 psi
Pressure
Maximum
Allowable T port 3045 psi 2320 psi
Backpressure
Switching frequency Standard Type 300 300 300 240
120 120
(cycles/minute) Shockless Type î 120 î 120
Standard Indicator light R R
Shockless
Surgeless
î
G î
F
G
î
G î
F
G
D
Option
With manual push-button N N
Solenoid Valves
Quick Return î Q î î Q î
Weight Double Solenoid 1.8 2.0 4.2 5.5
(kg) Single Solenoid 1.4 1.5 3.5 4.1
Dust Resistance/Water Resistance Rank IP64 (Dust-tight, Splash-proof)
-4 to 122ºF
Environment
Ambient Temperature
Operating
Temperature Range -4 to 158ºF

Operating
Fluid
Viscosity Range 15 to 300 centistokes

Filtration 10 microns or less
Mounting bolt
Size × Length 10-24 x 1 3/4 LG (not included) 1/4-20 x 2 3/4
Tightening Torque 3.6 to 5 ft lbs 14.7 to 18.4 ft lbs
Note: 1. Maximum operating pressure depends on the valve type. For details, see page D-1.
2. For mounting bolts, use 12T, grade 8 or equivalent.
3. Mounting bolts are not included with the 01 size. Bolts are included with the 03 size.
• Handling
1 In order to realize the full benefits of the abnormal operation due to hydraulic 12 Note that manual pin operating pressure
wet type solenoid valve, configure piping lockup. Contact your agent when you changes in accordance with tank line
so oil is constantly supplied to the T port. need to maintain a switching position for back pressure.
Never use a stopper plug in the T port. a long period. 13 The series described in the table below
2 Ensure that surge pressure in excess of 11 When using a detent type (E2X, 3X, E3Z), are available for use as RSS and RIS
the maximum allowable back pressure use constant energization in order to Series solenoid control relief valves.
does not reach the T port. securely maintain the switching position.
3 Note that the maximum flow rate is limited
15
when used as a four-way valve, or by RSS-***-AR*-(H)-**-
23
SS-G01-AR-R-**-31
blocking ports for use as a two-way valve RIS-***-AR*-(H)-**-21
or one-way valve.
15
4 Always keep the operating fluid clean. RSS-***-AQ*-(H)-**-
23
SS-G01-A3X-R-**-31
Allowable contamination is class NAS12 RIS-***-AQ*-(H)-**-21
or less. 15
5 When using petroleum type operating RSS-***-*-F(H)-**-
23
SS-G01-A8X0-R-**-31
fluid, use ISO VG 32, 46. RIS-***-*-F-**-21 SS-G01-A3X-R-**-31
6 For details about using fire-resistant
hydraulic fluid, contact your agent. 14 The coil surface temperature increases if 15 Use the following table for specification
7 Use this valve only within the allowable this valve is kept continuously energized. when a sub plate is required.
voltage range. Install the valve so there is no chance of
8 Do not allow the AC solenoid to become
it being touched directly by hand.
charged until you install the coil into the
valve. Pipe Maximum Working Recommended Weight
9 In the case of operation symbols A2X, Model No. Pressure Flow Rate Applicable Valve Type
Diameter psi gpm lbs
H2X, and E2X, run drain piping from the
valve T port. MSA-01X-E10 1/4 5.2
1.2 SS-G01-**-R-**-31
10 Maintaining a switching position under MSA-01Y-E10 3/8 10.4
high pressure for a long period can cause 3625
MS-03-E30 3/8 11.8
2.3 SS-G03-**-R-**-22
MS-03X-E30 1/2 21.1
D-5
• Solenoid Assembly Specifications
Power For SS-G01 For SS-G03
Solenoid Voltage Frequency
Type
Supply
(V) (Hz) Solenoid Coil Drive Current Holding Current Holding Power Allowable Solenoid Coil Drive Current Holding Current Holding Power Allowable
Type Type (A) (A) (W)
Voltage Range
(V) Type (A) (A) (W)
Voltage Range
(V)
50 2.2 0.52 25 80 to 110 5.4 0.92 36.0 80 to 110

AC100
C1 60 EDC64-C1 2.0 0.38 22 ECB64-C1 4.6 0.62 34.0
90 to 120 90 to 120
AC110 60 2.2 0.46 28 5.0 0.78 42.0
50 2.0 0.47 25 90 to 120 5.0 0.85 36.0 90 to 120

AC110
C115 60 EDC64-C115 1.8 0.35 22 ECB64-C115 4.2 0.57 34.0
100 to 130 100 to 130
AC115 60 2.0 0.42 28 4.6 0.72 42.0
AC
50 1.1 0.26 25 160 to 220 2.7 0.46 36.0 160 to 220

AC200
C2 60 EDC64-C2 1.0 0.19 22 ECB64-C2 2.3 0.31 34.0
180 to 240 180 to 240
AC220 60 1.1 0.23 28 2.5 0.39 42.0
D C230
AC220
50
60 EDC64-C230
1.0
0.91
0.24
0.17
25
22
180 to 240
200 to 260
ECB64-C230
2.5
2.1
0.42
0.29
36.0
34.0
180 to 240
200 to 260
AC230 60 1.0 0.21 28 2.3 0.36 42.0
Solenoid Valves
E1 AC100 50/60 EDC64-E1-1A 0.31 27 90 to 110 ECB64-E1 0.40 34.0 90 to 110

DC with Built-in Rectifier
AC110 0.26 25 0.33 31.0

E115 50/60 EDC64-E115-1A 100 to 125 ECB64-E115 100 to 125
AC115 0.27 27 0.34 34.0
E2 AC200 50/60 EDC64-E2-1A 0.15 26 180 to 220 ECB64-E2 0.22 37.0 180 to 220
AC220 0.12 24 0.16 30.0

E230 50/60 EDC64-E230-1A 200 to 250 ECB64-E230 200 to 250
AC230 0.13 27 0.17 33.0
D1 DC12 EDC64-D1-1A 2.2 26 10.8 to 13.2 ECB64-D1 2.6 31.0 10.8 to 13.2
DC
D2 DC24 EDC64-D2-1A 1.1 26 21.6 to 26.4 ECB64-D2 1.5 36.0 21.6 to 26.4

SS – G 03 – A 3 X – R – C2 – E22
Design number
E31: 01 size; 10 - 24 mounting bolt
E22: 03 size; 1/4 - 20 mounting bolt
Power supply
C: AC (50/60Hz) C1=AC100V C115=AC110V C2=AC200V C230=AC220V
D: DC D1=DC12V D2=DC24V
E: AC (Built-in rectifier; 50/60Hz) E1=AC100V E115=AC115V E2=AC200V E230=AC230V
With indicator light
Auxiliary symbol (Can be combined in alphabetic sequence.)

F: Shockless type (Available with power supply D*, E)
G: Surgeless type (Available with power supply C*, D*)
N: With manual push-button
Q: Quick return type (Available with power supply E*)
Transition Flow Path (Specify for A2X, H2X, E2X, A3X, H3X, E3X, A3Z, H3Z, E3Z, C7Y only.)
Center position
Note 1: P=Pressure port; A and B=Connection port to cylinder, etc.; T=Connection port to tank
Operation Method
Nominal diameter
01 size (D03)
03 size (D05)
Mounting method
G: Cascade mounting
Wet type solenoid operated directional control valve
D-6
Options (Auxiliary Symbol Explanations)
Shockless Type Surgeless Type

(Auxiliary Symbol: F) (Auxiliary Symbol: G)
Switching Response Characteristics The surge pressure waveforms when the DC solenoid valve
The pressure waveforms for each valve in the hydraulic power supply is opened and closed by a relay are shown
circuit shown below are shown at the bottom of this block. at the bottom of this block. A built-in surge absorber
element eliminates sparking and surge pressure.
Opening and closing of a dry type valve generates shock
(noise) and pipe vibration due to the sudden drop or rise in
pressure. With a shockless solenoid valve, pressure
fluctuation when the valve is opened or closed is smoothened,
Relay contact
Surge suppressor
D
which eliminates shock (noise) and pipe vibration. DC power
E22
Solenoid Valves
supply
Ƶ 63x Ƶ35x300 W=330 lbs
R=1
Voltage
Current
Storage oscilloscope
A B
SS-G03-C5-FR-D2-E22
P T
Spark time
Dry type Shockless type Normal form Surgeless time
Manual Button Type Quick Return

(Auxiliary Symbol: N) (Auxiliary Symbol: Q)
• Handling
1. This type is used in the case of power supply
Push-button type E* (with built-in rectifier) to shorten
Can be locked by pressing the spring return time. This also applies to D*.
the button and rotating 90 °.
2. Quick return device is built-in to central terminal box.
ƵD
Stroke S
L SW
Power supply
Surge absorber
Rectifier Circuit
Limiter Circuit
Recovery Time
Solenoid
Full Wave
Part No. L S D
EDB14-D-1A AC Solenoid 133.5

7.5 30
EDB14-A DC Solenoid 140.5
ECB14-A AC Solenoid 155.5

9.5 35
ECB14-D DC Solenoid 173.5
D-7
Holes for temporary nameplate or customer’s
Installation Dimension Drawings Indicator light nameplate mounting holes for wiring.
SOL b Recommended nameplate dimensions.
AC Solenoid Self-tapping screws for mounting; 3.5 x 10.
SS-G01-A**-R-C*-31 T
SS-G01-H**-R-C*-31 B
26
32
Note) A
SS-G01-H**-R**-31
The solenoid is on the opposite side of that shown for SOLa in P
the illustrations shown here. Ƶ 2.8
12
2 to G (Previously PF) 1/2 Ƶ 7.5
Indicator light
(4) O12 O Rings
SOL a
D
87
71.5
Solenoid Valves
SOL b
48
25.5
37.5
5.5
46
66
102 48.5
Manual push-button
150.5
SS-G01-C **-R-C*-31
SS-G01-E **-R-C*-31
SOL b SOL a
102 102
49.8 204
DDC Solenoid and Rectifier Space required for coil removal
SS-G01-A **-R-D/E*-31
SS-G01-H **-R-D/E*-31
SS-G01-C **-R-D/E*-31
SS-G01-E **-R-D/E*-31 SOL b SOL a
Ƶ 5.5
For sub plate SS-G01
37.5
109 48.5
Model No. E Weight lbs 157.5
60.5 218
MSA-01X-E10 1/4 2.6
Space required for coil removal
MSA-01Y-E10 3/8 2.6
98
Gasket Surface Dimensions 7.5 83 7.5
ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
(JIS B 8355 D-03-02-0-94 ) 20 40.5
30.2 71.5
30 41.5
21.5
27 11.5
7.5
12.7
0.75
12
5.1
11.5
T
27.5
T
15.5
43.5
25.9
31.75
55
31
70
A B
P B A
P
4- Ƶ7.5
7.5
4-10-24 4-E-NPT
Ƶ
4- 9.5x1counterbore
Ƶ 5.5hole
D-8
Installation Dimension Drawings Holes for temporary nameplate or customer’s
Indicator light nameplate mounting holes for wiring.
AC Solenoid SOL.b Recommended nameplate dimensions
SS-G03-A**-R-C*-E22 Self-tapping screws for mounting; 3.5 x 10.
P
SS-G03-H**-R-C*-E22
32
26
B
T T
A
Ƶ 2.8
12
Note: Indicator light
SS-G03-H**-R-**-E22 SOL.a
The solenoid is on the opposite side of that shown for SOLa in
the illustrations shown here.
SS-G03-**-*R-**-J22 SS-G03-**-*R-**-22
ƵD Ƶ6.8 Ƶ8.5
L 60.5 58
Wiring hole G1/2
D
Solenoid Valves
108.5
ƵD
92
SOL. b
68.5
L
36
SS-G03-C**-R-C*-E22
SS-G03-E**-R-C*-E22
70 93
117.5 60.5
Manual push-button 178
(4) O14 O Rings
S O L. b S O L. a
DC Solenoid and Rectifier
SS-G03-A **-R-D*/E*-E22
SS-G03-H **-R-D*/E*-E22 117.5 117.5
SS-G03-C **-R-D*/E*-E22 55 235
SS-G03-E **-R-D*/E*-E22
4- Ƶ17.5x2 counterbore
77 (Ƶ17.5x10.8)
Ƶ11 holes S O L. b S O L. a
54
23.8
20.6 4- 1/4 - 20
135.5 60.5
196
1.6
P
63 271
16.6
114
A B
70
92

46
T
9.5
4- Ƶ11 holes
93
100 For sub plate SS-G03
Mounting bolt Model No. E Weight
35
25
lbs
1/4 - 20 MSA-03-E10 3/8
5.0
x 2 3/4 MSA-03X-E10 1/2
A
Gasket surface dimensions
22 32
5
T B
(
ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
JIS B 8355 D-05-04-0-94 )
P
5
4-E-NPT
30 16
D-9
Wiring Diagram
Ground terminal Common terminals

Note:
1. In the case of a double solenoid valve, a common terminal is
provided to simplify wiring. When the common terminal is not
COM
used, remove the terminal screws.
SO L b SO L a 2. Use the ground terminal when grounding is required.
3. In the case of a solderless terminal, M3 screws.
4. Tighten terminal screws to a torque of 3.6 to 5 ft lbs.
SOL b Ground terminal

SOL a
D
Electrical Circuit Diagram
Solenoid Valves
Type Model No. Electrical Circuit
50/60Hz
G01 31
AC Solenoid SS- -***-R-C*-
G03 22
COM
50/60Hz
AC Solenoid G01 31
SS- -***-GR-C*-
Surgeless Type G03 22
COM
50/60Hz
G01 31
Built-in Rectifier SS- -***-R-E*-
G03 22
COM
G01 31
DC Solenoid SS- -***-R-D*-
G03 22
COM
DC Solenoid G01 31
SS- -***-GR-D*-
Surgeless Type G03 22
COM
Built-in Rectifier G01 31

SS- -***-QR-E*- See page D-7 for more information.
Quick Return Type G03 22
D-10
Performance Curves Hydraulic Operating Fluid Viscosity 32 centistokes
Pressure Loss Characteristics

Pump
348 Type Flow Path P/ A P/ B A/ T B/ T P/ T
319 A2X, H2X, E2X d d î î î

290 A3X, H3X b b b b î
f e
Pressure Loss psi
261 E3X b b b b î
232 A3Z, H3Z, E3Z a a a a î
c b a
203 A4, H4, C4 a a a a a
174 A5, H5, C5, C6S b b b b î
D
SS-G01
145 C1, C1S b b a b î
116 C2 a b b b î
d
87
Solenoid Valves
C6 b b a a î
58 C7Y f f e e c
29 C8 a f b e c
0 5.2 10.4 15.8 21.1 26.4 C9 a a b b î

Flow rate gpm
g e d
Pump
232 Type Flow Path P/ A P/ B A/ T B/ T P/ T
A2X, H2X, E2X e e î î î

203
î î î
Pressure Loss psi
A5 c c
174
H5 c î î c î
145 A3X, H3X, E3X c c d d î
c A3Z, H3Z a a d d î
116
f E3Z b b a a î
87
b C1 c c a c î
SS-G03
58 C2 a c c c î
A4, H4, C4 a a a a a
29 a
C5, C1S, C6S c c c c î
0 5.2 10.4 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7 36.9 42.2 C6 c c a a î
C7Y g g g g f
Flow rate gpm
C8 a g a g f
C9 a a c c î
Switching Response Time

Response Time (sec)
Model No. Measurement Conditions
Solenoid ON Spring Return
SS-G01-**-R-C*-E31 0.02 to 0.03 0.02 to 0.03

SS-G01-**-(G)R-D*-E31 0.03 to 0.04 0.02 to 0.04
2030 psi
SS-G01-**-R-E*-E31 0.03 to 0.04 0.07 to 0.10 7.9 gpm
SS-G01-**-F(G)R-D*-E31 0.07 to 0.10 0.04 to 0.07
SS-G01-**-FR-E*-E31 0.07 to 0.10 0.10 to 0.15
SS-G03-**-R-C*-E22 0.02 to 0.03 0.02 to 0.03

SS-G03-**-(G)R-D*-E22 0.06 to 0.09 0.03 to 0.05
2030 psi
SS-G03-**-R-E*-E22 0.07 to 0.10 0.10 to 0.15 18.4 gpm
SS-G03-**-F(G)R-D*-E22 0.13 to 0.15 0.08 to 0.15
SS-G03-**-FR-E*-E22 0.10 to 0.15 0.15 to 0.20
Note: 1.The switching response time changes slightly with operating conditions (pressure, flow rate, viscosity, etc.)
2. In the case of power supply type E* (with built-in rectifier), the spring return time using Quick Return (option symbol: Q) is the same as D*.
D-11
Pressure î Flow Volume Allowable Value
Standard Form, with AC, DC solenoid Shockless Type, with DC solenoid

Size Size
SS-G01-**-R-**-31 SS-G01-**-FR-**-31
Operation Operation
b A B a b A B a b A B a b A B a b A B a b A B a
Example Example
Operation P T P T P T Operation P T P T P T
Symbol Symbol
A2X, H2X î K K A2X, H2X î P P
E2X î J J E2X î O O
A3X, H3X B K K A3X, H3X L P P
E3X A J J E3X L O O
A3Z, H3Z D D D A3Z, H3Z L L L
D
E3Z D D D E3Z L L L
A5 A î I A5 L î P
H5 A I î H5 L P î
C1, C6 Note1) C(E) I I C1, C6 M P P
Solenoid Valves
C1S, C5, C6S A I I C1S, C2, C5, C6S, C9 L P P

C2, C9 A K K A4, H4 L L L
A4 F F F C4 L L L
H4 F F F C7Y, C8 N P P
C4 F F F
C7Y, C8 Note2) G(H) K K
Note: 1.Letter in parentheses is for AC solenoid.
2.Letter in parentheses is for solenoid with built-in rectifier (E*), but
without Quick Return, and for DC solenoid (D*) with surge voltage
absorbing diode on the electrical circuit.
Flow rate gpm
A L
26.4 13.2
10.4
M
Flow rate gpm
21.1 7.9
B N
C O
5.2
D
15.8 2.6
E P
F
0
G 1450 2900 3625
10.4
H Pressure psi
I
5.2 J
K
0
1450 2900 4350 5075
Pressure psi
D-12
Model No. Standard Form, with AC Solenoid Standard Form, with DC Solenoid
SS-G03-**-R-C*-E22 SS-G03-**-R-**-E22
Operation
Example b
A B
a b A B a b
A B
a b
A B
a b A B a b
A B
a
Operation
Symbol P T P T P T P T P T P T
A2X î F E G H
H2X î E F H G
E2X î C C D D
A3X A E E A F H
H3X A E E A H F
A3Z A A C A D D
H3Z
E3X, E3Z
A
A
C
C
A
C
A
A
D
D
D
D D
A5 A î D A î G
Solenoid Valves
H5 A D î A G î
C1S, C5, C6S A D D A G G
C1, C6 A D D B G G
C2 A G D A I G
A4, H4, C4 A A A A A A
C9 A G G A I I
C7Y, C8 B B B Note1) C(E) C(E) C(E)
36.9 36.9 A
A
B
Flow rate gpm

Flow rate gpm
31.7 31.7
26.4 26.4
21.1 21.1 C
B E
15.8 15.8 G D
I F
10.5 F 10.5 H
C
E D
5.2 G 5.2
0 1450 2900 4350 5075 0 1450 2900 4350 5075

Pressure psi Pressure psi
Shockless Type, with DC solenoid

Model No.
SS-G03-**-FR-**-E22
Operation
Example b
A B
a b A B a b
A B
a
Operation
Symbol P T P T P T
A2X î E F
H2X î F E
E2X î C C
A3X A D F
H3X A F D
A3Z A C C
H3Z A C C
E3X, E3Z A C C
A5 A î E
H5 A E î
C1, C1S, C5, C6, C6S A E E
C2 A G E
A4, H4, C4 A A A
C9 A G G
C7Y, C8 Note1) B(H) B(H) B(H)
36.9
A
Note:
Flow rate gpm
31.7
26.4 1.Letter in parentheses is for solenoid with built-in rectifier
B (E*), but without Quick Return, and for DC solenoid (D*) with
21.1 surge voltage absorbing diode on the electrical circuit.
15.8 G H
2.There is no shockless type for the AC solenoid (C*), so use
10.5
E a solenoid with built-in rectifier (E*) when shockless
C operation is required with an AC power supply.
F D
5.2 3.The maximum flow rate is the allowable value of each port.
0 1450 2900 3625

Pressure psi
D-13
SS-G01-A**-R-C*-31 SS-G01-C**-R-C*-31
13 20 14 15 16 13 20 14 15 16
D
Solenoid Valves
10 18 11 12 6 19 17 3 1 7 4 5 8 2 11 12 9 19 5 4 17 3 1 7 18 10
SS-G01-A**-R-D/E*-31 SS-G01-C**-R-D/E*-31
13 20 14 15 16 13 20 14 15 16
10 18 11 12 6 19 17 3 1 7 4 5 8 2 11 12 9 19 5 4 17 3 1 7 18 10
1 Body 11 Rod
Part Q'ty
Part Name Part Number 2 Plug 12 Solenoid guide
No. Single Double
3 Spool 13 Solenoid coil
Solenoid Solenoid
17 O-ring AS568-012(Hs90) 4 4 4 Retainer A 14 Packing

5 Retainer B 15 Terminal box kit
18 O-ring 1A-P20 1 2
6 Retainer C 16 Nameplate
19 O-ring 1B-P18 2 2 7 Spacer 17 O-ring
20 O-ring S-25 1 2 8 Spring A 18 O-ring
9 Spring C 19 O-ring
Note: 1A and 1B are JIS Standard B 2401, while AS568 10 Nut 20 O-ring
is SAE standard.
Seal Kit Number

Single Solenoid Double Solenoid
EDCS-A EDCS-C
D-14
SS-G03-A**-R-C*-E22 SS-G03-C**-R-C*-E22
19 20 12 15 16 18 2 19 20 12 15 16 18 10
Solenoid Valves
8 10 11 9 7 5 3 17 1 6 4 8 11 9 7 4 3 17 1 6
SS-G03-A**-R-D/E*-E22 SS-G03-C**-R-D/E*-E22
19 20 12 15 16 18 2 19 20 12 15 16 18 10
8 10 14 13 11 9 7 5 3 17 1 6 4 8 14 13 11 9 7 4 3 17 1 6
1 Body 14 Coil yoke
Part Type/Part Number Q'ty
Part Name 2 Plug 15 Terminal box kit
No. AC SOL. DC SOL. Single Double
3 Spool 16 Nameplate
Solenoid Solenoid
17 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 5 4 Retainer 17 O-ring

5 Retainer B 18 O-ring
19 O-ring 1A-P26 AS568-026 1 2 7 Spring 20 O-ring
8 Nut
20 O-ring AS568-029 2 2
9 Rod
Note: 1A and 1B** indicate JIS Standard B 2401-1A/1B-**.
10 Solenoid guide
11 Solenoid coil
12 Packing B
Seal Kit Number
13 Coil case
AC SOL. DC SOL.
Single Solenoid Double Solenoid Single Solenoid Double Solenoid
ECBS-AA ECBS-CA ECBS-AD ECBS-CD
D-15
SA Series (Wiring System: DIN Connector Type) 26.4 to 42 gpm

Wet Type Solenoid Valve 5075 psi
Features
Very long life Shockless Wide-ranging backward compatibility
The movable iron core of the wet type A switching speed adjustment mecha- makes it simple to replace previous
solenoid is immersed in oil, which keeps it nism enables direct, shockless operation valve models with this one. Combining
lubricated and cushions it from impact (Option F). this valve with a modular valve contrib-
and vibration, ensuring very long life. No surge voltage utes to the compact configuration of
Sparking and surge voltage during
solenoid switching is canceled for stable
the overall device.
Global support (G01 size)
low core switching noise, for quiet switching (Option G). Meets overseas safety standards (CE,
operation. Easy coil replacement UL, and CSA). It can be safely used
Solenoid Valves
A DIN connector type coil enables anywhere in the world. Contact your
Specifications one-touch coil replacement. agent for certified products.
SA-G01 (D03) SA-G03 (D05)

Standard Type
Model No.
Standard Type Shockless Type DC Solenoid Type Shockless Type
AC Solenoid Type
(With built-in rectifier)
Operation Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working Maximum Maximum Working
JIS Symbol Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure Flow Rate Pressure
Symbol gpm psi gpm psi gpm psi gpm psi gpm psi
-A2X-
10.5
-H2X- 7.9 7.9 22.4 22.4
-E2X- 22.4
-A3X-
21.1
-H3X-
-E3X- 26.4
-A3Z-
-H3Z- 17.1
-E3Z-
--A4-
13.2
-H4-
-A5- 5075 13.2 3625 34.3 5075 42.2 5075 34.3 3625
-H5-
-C2-
-C5- 26.4
-C9-
-C1S-
-C6S-
-C1- AC Solenoid
17.1
DC Solenoid
-C6- 21.1
-C4-
-C7Y- 13.2
10.5 18.4 3625 26.4 3625 22.4
-C8-
Note) The maximum flow rate of each valve depends on the pressure. For details, see pages D-24 and D-25.
D-16
SA-G01 SA-G03
DC Solenoid DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid AC Solenoid
Built-in Rectifier Built-in Rectifier
C* E* D* C* E* D*
Maximum
Working P, A, B ports 5075 psi (Note 1)
Pressure
Maximum
Allowable T port 3045 psi 2320 psi
Backpressure
Switching frequency Standard Type 300 300 300 240
120 120
(cycles/minute) Shockless Type -- 120 -- 120
Indicator light R R
Shockless
Surgeless
--
G --
F
G
--
G --
F
G
D
Option
G Screw Connector J J J J
Solenoid Valves
-- --
With manual push-button N N
Quick Return -- Q -- -- Q --
Double Solenoid 1.8 2.0 4.2 5.5
Weight
(kg)
Single Solenoid 1.4 1.5 3.5 4.1

Dust Resistance/Water Resistance Rank IP65 (Dust-tight, Waterjet-proof) (Note 2)
-4 to 122ºF
Environment
Ambient Temperature
Operating
Temperature Range -4 to 158ºF

Operating
Fluid

Mounting bolt
Size × Length 10-24 x 1 3/4 LG (not included) 1/4-20 x 2 3/4
Note: 1. Maximum operating pressure depends on the valve type. For details, see page D-16.
2. The power supply type for E* is IP64 (dust-tight, splash-proof).
3. For mounting bolts, use grade 8 or equivalent.
4. Mounting bolts are not included with the 01 size. Bolts are included with the 03 size.
• Handling
1 In order to realize the full benefits of the abnormal operation due to hydraulic 12 Note that manual pin operating pressure
wet type solenoid valve, configure piping lockup. Contact your agent when you changes in accordance with tank line
so oil is constantly supplied to the T port. need to maintain a switching position for back pressure.
Never use a stopper plug in the T port. a long period. 13 The series described in the table below
2 Ensure that surge pressure in excess of 11 When using a detent type (E2X, 3X, E3Z), are available for use as RSS and RIS
the maximum allowable back pressure use constant energization in order to Series solenoid control relief valves.
does not reach the T port. securely maintain the switching position.
3 Note that the maximum flow rate is limited
when used as a four-way valve, or by 15
RSA-***-AR*-(H)-**- SA-G01-AR-**-31
blocking ports for use as a two-way valve 23
or one-way valve. 15
RSA-***-AQ*-(H)-**- SA-G01-A3X-**-31
4 Always keep the operating fluid clean. 23
Allowable contamination is class NAS12 RSA-***-*-F(H)-**-
15
SA-G01-A8X0-**-31
or less. 23
5 When using petroleum type operating
fluid, use ISO VG 32, 46. 14 The coil surface temperature increases if 15 Use the following table for specification
6 For details about using fire-resistant this valve is kept continuously energized. when a sub plate is required.
hydraulic fluid, contact your agent. Install the valve so there is no chance of
7 Use this valve only within the allowable it being touched directly by hand.
voltage range.
8 Do not allow the AC solenoid to become Pipe Maximum Working Recommended Weight
Model No. Pressure Flow Rate Applicable Valve Type
charged until you install the coil into the Diameter psi gpm lbs
valve.
9 In the case of operation symbols A2X, MSA-01X-E10 1/4 5.2
2.6 SA-G01-***-**-E31
H2X, and E2X, run drain piping from the MSA-01Y-E10 3/8 7.9
valve T port. MSA-03-E10 3/8 11.8
10 Maintaining a switching position under 3625 5.0 SA-G03-***-**-E21
high pressure for a long period can cause MSA-03X-E10 1/2 21.1
D-17
Power For SA-G01 For SA-G03
Solenoid
Voltage Frequency
Type
Supply
(V) (Hz) Solenoid Coil Drive Current Holding Current Holding Allowable Solenoid Coil Drive Current Holding Current Holding Allowable
Type Type (A) (A) Power (W)
Voltage
Range (V) Type (A) (A) Power (W)
Voltage
Range (V)
50 2.2 0.52 25 80 to 110 5.4 0.92 36.0 80 to 110

AC100
C1 60 EAC64-C1 2.0 0.38 22 EBB64-C1 4.6 0.62 34.0
90 to 120 90 to 120
AC110 60 2.2 0.46 28 5.0 0.78 42.0
50 2.0 0.47 25 90 to 120 5.0 0.85 36.0 90 to 120

AC110
C115 60 EAC64-C115 1.8 0.35 22 EBB64-C115 4.2 0.57 34.0
100 to 130 100 to 130
AC115 60 2.0 0.42 28 4.6 0.72 42.0
AC
50 1.1 0.26 25 160 to 220 2.7 0.46 36.0 160 to 220

AC200
C2 60 EAC64-C2 1.0 0.19 22 EBB64-C2 2.3 0.31 34.0
180 to 240 180 to 240
AC220 60 1.1 0.23 28 2.5 0.39 42.0
D
50 1.0 0.24 25 180 to 240 2.5 0.42 36.0 180 to 240
AC220
C230 60 EAC64-C230 0.91 0.17 22 EBB64-C230 2.1 0.29 34.0
200 to 260 200 to 260
AC230 60 1.0 0.21 28 2.3 0.36 42.0
Solenoid Valves
E1 AC100 50/60 EAC64-E1-1A 0.31 27 90 to 110 EBB64-E1 0.40 34.0 90 to 110

DC with Built-in Rectifier
AC110 0.26 25 0.33 31.0

E115 50/60 EAC64-E115-1A 100 to 125 EBB64-E115 100 to 125
AC115 0.27 27 0.34 34.0
E2 AC200 50/60 EAC64-E2-1A 0.15 26 180 to 220 EBB64-E2 0.22 37.0 180 to 220
AC220 0.12 24 0.16 30.0

E230 50/60 EAC64-E230-1A 200 to 250 EBB64-E230 200 to 250
AC230 0.13 27 0.17 33.0
D1 DC12 EAC64-D1-1A 2.2 26 10.8 to 13.2 EBB64-D1 2.6 31.0 10.8 to 13.2
DC
D2 DC24 EAC64-D2-1A 1.1 26 21.6 to 26.4 EBB64-D2 1.5 36.0 21.6 to 26.4

SA – G 01 – A 3 X – – C2 – 31
Design number
E31: 01 size; 10 - 24 mounting bolt
E21: 03 size; 1/4 - 20 mounting bolt
Power supply
E: AC (Built-in rectifier; 50/60Hz) E1=AC100V E115=AC115V E2=AC200V E230=AC230V
F: Shockless type (Available with power supply D*, E)
G: Surgeless type (Available with power supply C*, D*)
N: With manual push-button
Q: Quick return type (Available with power supply E*)
Transition Flow Path (Specify for A2X, H2X, E2X, A3X, H3X, E3X, A3Z, H3Z, E3Z, C7Y only.)
Center position
Note 1: P=Pressure port; A and B=Connection port to cylinder, etc.; T=Connection port to tank
Operation Method
Nominal diameter
01 size (D03)
03 size (D05)
Mounting method
G: Cascade mounting
Wet type solenoid operated directional control valve
D-18
Options (Auxiliary Symbol Explanations)
G Screw Adapter With manual push-button

(Auxiliary Symbol: J) (Auxiliary Symbol: N)
L 45 (Previously PF)1/2
Push-button
Can be locked by pressing
Ƶ 28
ƵD
PG11
H
Stroke S
Solenoid Valves
L
Model No. L H Part No. L S D
EDB14-D-1A AC Solenoid 133.5

SA-G01 49 81 7.5 30
EDB14-A DC Solenoid 140.5
ECB14-A AC Solenoid 155.5

SA-G03 60.5 100.5 9.5 35
ECB14-D DC Solenoid 173.5
Other Options
Note: For information about the shockless and surgeless

options, see page D-7.
D-19
Installation Dimension Drawings T
B
A
AC Solenoid
P
SA-G01-A**-*-C*-E31 Ƶ 7.5
SA-G01-H**-*-C*-E31 (4) 012 O-Rings
49
Note: SA-G01-H**-R-**-E31
The solenoid is on the opposite side of that shown for
SOLa in the illustrations shown here.
92.5
81
SOL b
37.5
48
25.5
D Ƶ 5.5
46 66
Solenoid Valves
Manual push-button 102 39

141
SA-G01-C**-R-C*-E31
SA-G01-E**-R-C*-E31
SOL b SOL a
102 102
49.8 204
49
DC Solenoid and Rectifier
SA-G01-A**-D*/E*-E31
SA-G01-H**-D*/E*-E31
92.5
SA-G01-C**-D*/E*-E31
81
SA-G01-E**-D*/E*-E31 SOL b SOL a

1)
48
2)
37.5
25.5
Note: 1.SA-G01-H**-*-D*/E*-E31
SOLa in the illustrations shown here. 46 Ƶ 5.5
2.SA-G01-**-E*-E31 109 39
Dimension 1 is 96. Manual push-button
Dimension 2 is 73. 148
60.5 218
For sub plate SA-G01
Model No. E Weight lbs
MSA-01X-E10 1/4 2.6
98
MSA-01Y-E10 3/8 2.6 7.5 83 7.5
20 40.5
Gasket Surface Dimensions 71.5
30.2 30
( ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
JIS B 8355 D-03-02-0-94 ) 21.5
27
41.5
11.5
7.5
12.7
0.75
12
5.1
11.5
T
27.5
T
15.5
43.5
25.9
31.75
55
31
70
A B
P B A
P
4- Ƶ7.5
7.5
4- 10-24 4-E:NPT
4- Ƶ 9.5x1counterbore
Ƶ 5.5hole
D-20
Installation Dimension Drawings P
A B
AC Solenoid T T
SA-G03-A**-*-C*-E21
SA-G03-H**-*-C*-E21
60.5
Note: SA-G03-H**-*-C*-E21 ƵD
SOLa in the illustrations shown here.
112
100.5
SA-G03-**-*-**-E21 SA-G03-**-*-**-21
68.5
SOL. b
L
ƵD Ƶ 6.8 Ƶ 8.5
36
L 60.5 58
70 93 D
Manual push-button 117.5 60.5
Solenoid Valves
SA-G03-C**-*-C*-E21 178
SA-G03-E**-*-C*-E21
(4) 014 O-Rings
S O L. b S O L. a
117.5 117.5
DC Solenoid and Rectifier 55 235
SA-G03-A**-*-D*/E*-E21 Space required for coil removal
SA-G03-H**-*-D*/E*-E21
SA-G03-C**-*-D*/E*-E21 60.5
SA-G03-E**-*-D*/E*-E21
Note: 1.SA-G03-H**-*-D*/E21
The solenoid is on the opposite side
2) 100.5
of that shown for SOLa in the illustra-

1) 112
tions shown here.

68.5
2.SA-G03-**-E*-E21 S O L. b S O L. a
Dimension 1 is 115.5.
36
Dimension 2 is 92.5.
70 135.5 60.5
Manual push-button 196
63 271
77 4- Ƶ17.5x2 counterbore Space required for coil removal
54 (Ƶ17.5x10.8)
23.8 Ƶ 11 holes
20.6
4- 1/4 - 20 UNC
1.6
P
16.6
114
A B
For sub plate SA-G03
70
92
46
T
9.5
Mounting bolt Model No. E Weight

lbs
4- Ƶ11 holes 1/4 - 20 MSA-03-E10 3/8
93 x 2 3/4 5.0
MSA-03X-E10 1/2
100
Gasket surface dimensions
( ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
)
35
25
JIS B 8355 D-05-04-0-94
A
22 32
5
T B
5
4-E:NPT
30 16
D-21
• Connectors
Model No. Wiring Electrical Circuit Diagram
Connect the power supply

G01 C* 31 to terminals No.1 and
SA- -***- -
G03 D* E21 No. 2. The terminal is
(EA41-1A) ground. Use this terminal
as required.
D
G01 31
SA- -***-R-C*-
G03 E21
Solenoid Valves
(EA41-R*-1C)
G01 31
SA- -***-GR-C*-
G03 E21
(EA41-GRC*-1C) Connect the power supply
to terminals No.1 and
No. 2. The terminal is
ground. Use this terminal
as required.
G01 31
SA- -***-R-D*-
G03 E21
(EA41-DR*-1C)
G01 31
SA- -***-GR-D*-
G03 E21
(EA41-GRD*-1C)
G01 31 Connect the power supply

SA- -***-E*-
G03 E21 to the terminals on the
(EA42-1B) board.
When ground connection
Power supply is required, remove the
terminal
board and use the
terminal. In this case,
do not connect the power
G01 31 supply to the No. 1 and
SA- -***-R-E*-
G03 E21
No. 2 terminals.
(EA42-R*-1B)
G (Previously PF) 1/2
Symbols in parentheses indicate connector configuration.

Note: 1.Asterisks in the connector configuration and power supply symbols are fillers for the voltage symbol (1 or 2).
2.The connector cord diameter is Ƶ 8 to 10. Anything outside this range causes water tightness to be lost.
3.The orientation of the connectors can be changed in 90º increments by changing the terminal block.
4.The cover cannot be removed unless the installation screws are removed.
5.When J is specified for the auxiliary symbol, a G screw conversion adapter is attached to the connector, and the wiring port is a G (previously PF)
1/2 screw (standard: PG11). EA42 and EA42-R* also have a G (previously PF) wiring port.
6.Use M3 for round type and Y type solderless terminals.
7.Tighten the M3 screws that secure connectors and terminals to a torque of 42 to 70 in lbs.
8.An EA-41-1A or EA41-R*-1C connector is used in the case of power supply type E* with Quick Return type Q.
D-22
Pump Type Flow Path P/ A P/ B A/ T B/ T P/ T
348 A2X, H2X, E2X d d -- -- --
319 A3X, H3X b b b b --
290 E3X b b b b --
f e
261
A3Z, H3Z, E3Z a a a a --
Pressure Loss
232
b a A4, H4, C4 a a a a a
c
203
psi
A5, H5, C5, C6S b b b b --

174 SA-G01
145
C1, C1S
C2
b
a
b
b
a
b
b
b
--
--
D
116
d C6 b b a a --
Solenoid Valves
87
C7Y f f e e c
58
C8 a f b e c
29
C9 a a b b --
0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4
Flow rate gpm
g e d A2X, H2X, E2X e e -- -- --
A5 -- c c -- --
232
H5 c -- -- c --
203
A3X, H3X, E3X c c d d --
174 A3Z, H3Z a a d d
Pressure Loss
--
145 c E3Z b b a a --
psi
C1 c c a c --
116 SA-G03
f b C2 a c c c --
87 A4, H4, C4 a a a a a
58 a C5, C1S, C6S c c c c --
C6 c c a a --
29
C7Y g g g g f
C8 a g a g f
0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7 36.9 42.2
C9 a a c c --
Flow rate gpm

Response Time (sec)
SA-G01-**-(GR)-C*-E31 0.02 to 0.03 0.02 to 0.03

SA-G01-**-(GR)-D*-E31 0.03 to 0.04 0.02 to 0.04
2030 psi
SA-G01-**-(R)-E*-E31 0.03 to 0.04 0.07 to 0.10 7.9 gpm
SA-G01-**-F(GR)-D*-E31 0.07 to 0.10 0.04 to 0.07
SA-G01-**-F(R)-E*-E31 0.07 to 0.10 0.10 to 0.15
SA-G03-**-(GR)-C*-E21 0.02 to 0.03 0.02 to 0.03

SA-G03-**-(GR)-D*-E21 0.06 to 0.09 0.03 to 0.05
2030 psi
SA-G03-**-(R)-E*-E21 0.07 to 0.10 0.10 to 0.15 18.4 gpm
SA-G03-**-F(GR)-D*-E21 0.13 to 0.15 0.08 to 0.15
SA-G03-**-F(R)-E*-E21 0.10 to 0.15 0.15 to 0.20
Note: 1. The switching response time changes slightly with operating conditions (pressure, flow rate, viscosity, etc.)
D-23
• Pressure - Flow Volume Allowable Value

Size Size
SA-G01-**-R-**-31 SA-G01-**-FR-**-31
Operation Operation
b A B a b A B a b A B a b A B a b A B a b A B a
Example Example
Operation P T P T P T Operation P T P T P T
Symbol Symbol
A2X, H2X î K K A2X, H2X î P î
E2X î J J E2X î O P
A3X, H3X B K K A3X, H3X L P P
E3X A J J E3X L O L
A3Z, H3Z D D D A3Z, H3Z L L L
D
E3Z D D D E3Z L L P
A5 A î I A5 L î
H5 A I î H5 L P
C1, C6 Note1) C(E) I I C1, C6 M P
Solenoid Valves
C1S, C5, C6S A I I C1S, C2, C5, C6S, C9 L P

C2, C9 A K K A4, H4 L L
A4 F F F C4 L L
H4 F F F C7Y, C8 N P
C4 F F F
C7Y, C8 Note2) G(H) K K
Note: 1.Letter in parentheses is for AC solenoid.

2.Letter in parentheses is for solenoid with built-in rectifier, but without Quick Return, and for DC solenoid with surge voltage absorbing diode on the
electrical circuit.
A
Flow rate gpm L
26.4 13.2
10.5
M
Flow rate gpm
21.1 7.9
B N
C O
5.2
D
15.8 2.6
E P
F
0
G 1450 2900 3625
10.5
H Pressure psi
I
5.2 J
K
0
1450 2900 4350 5075
Pressure psi
D-24
• Pressure - Flow Volume Allowable Value
Standard Form, with AC, DC solenoid Standard Form, with DC solenoid
Model No.
SA-G03-**-C*-E21 SA-G03-**-**-E21
Operation
Example b
A B
a b A B a b
A B
a b
A B
a b A B a b
A B
a
Operation
Symbol P T P T P T P T P T P T
A2X -- F E -- G H
H2X -- E F -- H G
E2X -- C C -- D D
A3X A E E A F H
H3X A E E A H F
A3Z A A C A D D
H3Z A C A A D D D
E3X, E3Z A C C A D D
Solenoid Valves
A5 A -- D A -- G
H5 A D -- A G --
C1S, C5, C6S A D D A G G
C1, C6 A D D B G G
C2 A G D A I G
A4, H4, C4 A A A A A A
C9 A G G A I I
C7Y, C8 B B B Note1) C(E) C(E) C(E)
36.9 42.2 A
A
B
Flow rate gpm

Flow rate gpm
31.7 36.9
26.4 31.7
26.4 C
21.1
B 21.1 E
15.8 G D
15.8 I F
10.5 F H
C 10.5
E D
5.2 G 5.2
0 1450 2900 4350 5075 0 1450 2900 4350 5075
Shockless Type, with DC solenoid

Model No.
SA-G03-**-F-**-E21
Operation
Example b
A B
a b A B a b
A B
a
Operation
Symbol P T P T P T
A2X E F
H2X F E
E2X C C
A3X A D F
H3X A F D
A3Z A C C 36.9
A
31.7
Flow rate gpm
H3Z A C C
E3X, E3Z A C C 26.4
B
21.1
A5 A -- E
15.8
H5 A E -- G H
E
10.5
C1, C1S, C5, C6, C6S A E E C
5.2 F D
C2 A G E
A4, H4, C4 A A A 0 1450 2900 3625
C9 A G G
Pressure psi
C7Y, C8 Note 1: B(H) B(H) B(H)
Note: 1. Letter in parentheses is for solenoid with built-in rectifier (E*), but without Quick Return, and for DC solenoid (D*) with surge voltage absorbing
diode on the electrical circuit.
2. There is no shockless type for the AC solenoid (C*), so use a solenoid with built-in rectifier (E*) when shockless operation is required with an AC
power supply.
3. The maximum flow rate is the allowable value of each port.
D-25
SA-G01-A**-C*-31 SA-G01-C**-C*-31
13 20 14 15 16 13 20 14 15 16
D
Solenoid Valves
10 18 11 12 6 19 17 3 1 7 4 5 8 2 11 12 9 19 5 4 17 3 1 7 18 10
SA-G01-A**-D/E*-31 SA-G01-C**-D/E*-31
13 20 14 15 16 13 20 14 15 16
10 18 11 12 6 19 17 3 1 7 4 5 8 2 11 12 9 19 5 4 17 3 1 7 18 10
1 Body 11 Rod
Part Q'ty
Part Name Part Number 2 Plug 12 Solenoid guide
No. Single Double
3 Spool 13 Solenoid coil
Solenoid Solenoid

5 Retainer B 15 Connector
18 O-ring 1A-P20 1 2 6 Spring pin 16 Nameplate
8 Spring A 18 O-ring
20 O-ring S-25 1 2
Note: 1A and 1B are JIS Standard B 2401, while AS568 is SAE standard. 10 Nut 20 O-ring
Seal Kit Number

EDCS-A EDCS-C
D-26
SA-G03-A**-C*-E21 SA-G03-C**-C*-E21
20 15 21 14 16 17 19 2 20 15 21 14 16 17 19
Solenoid Valves
8 10 11 9 7 5 3 18 1 6 4 8 10 11 9 7 4 3 18 1 6
SA-G03-A**-D/E*-E21 SA-G03-C**-D/E*-E21
20 15 21 14 16 17 19 2 20 15 21 14 16 17 19
8 10 13 12 11 9 7 5 3 18 1 6 4 8 10 13 12 11 9 7 4 3 18 1 6
1 Body 11 Solenoid coil
Part Type/Part Number Q'ty
Part Name 2 Plug 12 Coil case
No. AC SOL. DC SOL. Single Double
3 Spool 13 Coil yoke
Solenoid Solenoid
18 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 5 4 Retainer 14 Connector

5 Retainer B 15 Connector packing
19 O-ring 1B-P28 2 2
6 Spacer 16 Nameplate
20 O-ring 1A-P26 AS568-026 1 2 7 Spring 17 Screw
8 Nut 18 O-ring
21 O-ring AS568-029 1 2
9 Rod 19 O-ring
Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. 10 Solenoid guide 20 O-ring
21 O-ring
Seal Kit Number
AC SOL. DC SOL.
Single Solenoid Double Solenoid Single Solenoid Double Solenoid
ECBS-AA ECBS-CA ECBS-AD ECBS-CD
D-27
SE TYPE SOLENOID OPERATED
DIRECTIONAL VALVE
SE Series 10.5 to 15.8 gpm

Lower Power Solenoid Valve 1450 to 2320 psi
Features
Low current, low power Little coil temperature rise preventing current back surge is built in
The SE series magnetic switching valve’s Low power operation means there is to the terminal box to protect the slave
solenoid has significantly lower power little heat generated from the coil, which unit connection. (With M12-4 pin
consumption. minimizes the effects of heat on connector)
Directly drivable by a programmable mechanisms. Even with the AC solenoid, Global compliance (G01 size)
D controller
Low-current operation means not only
there is little chance of coil burnout.
With M12-4 pin connector (option)
Meets overseas safety standards TÜV
(CE marking). Can be used safely
allows direct drive by a programmable Makes it easier to interface with open around the world.
controller (PC) output circuit, it also networks like Device Net. This connector
Solenoid Valves
enables the use of a compact and simple streamlines wiring work. The diode for
control circuit.
Specifications
SE-G01-**-(G)R-**-40 SE-G03-**-GR-**-(J) 30 5 When using petroleum type operating
Operation
JIS Symbol Rated Flow Rate - Maximum Rated Flow Rate - Maximum fluid, use ISO VG 32, 46.
Symbol Maximum Flow Rate Working Pressure Maximum Flow Rate Working Pressure 6 Be sure to note the allowable pressure
gpm psi gpm psi
range of the coil being used.
b A B 7 Maintaining a switching position under
A2X 7.9 10.5
P T
high pressure for a long period can
cause abnormal operation due to
A B
A3X
b
13.2 hydraulic lockup. Contact your agent
P T when you need to maintain a switching
A B a
position for a long period.
H3X 10.5 î 8 When using a detent type (E3X), provide
P T
constant energization when secure
b A B a 2320 1450 maintenance of the switching position is
E3X
P T required.
13.2
A B 9 Note that manual pin operating pressure
b a
C4 7.9 changes in accordance with tank line
P T
back pressure.
b
A B
a 10 If you do not select the option with the
C5
P T M12-4 pin connector, current back surge
10.5 15.8 may occur because there is no solenoid
A B
C6 b a in the central terminal box. Therefore,
P T install solenoid valves to protect against
Note: The maximum flow rate of each valve depends on the pressure. For details, see page D-32. current back surge on both ends of the
coil in the output circuit of the program-
• Handling mable controller (PC) if directly operating
1 In order to realize the full benefits of the 3 Note that the maximum flow rate is the solenoid valves.
solenoid valve, configure piping so oil is limited when used as a four-way valve,
constantly supplied to the T(DR) port. or by blocking ports for use as a two-way
2 Ensure that surge pressure in excess of valve or one-way valve.
the maximum allowable back pressure 4 Always keep the operating fluid clean.
can be accidentally at the T port. Allowable contamination is class NAS12
or less.
Solenoid Assembly Specifications
Power For SE-G01 For SE-G03

Solen Voltage Frequency
oid Supply
Type Type (V) (Hz) Solenoid Coil Holding Current Holding Power Allowable Voltage Solenoid Coil Holding Current Holding Power Allowable Voltage
Type (A) (W) Range (V) Type (A) (W) Range (V)
Built-in rectifier
50
SLH1-03BR1-
type AC
E1 AC100 EED64-E1 0.08 7.0 80 to 120 0.06 5.8 80 to 120

01
60
SLH1-03BD2-
D2 DC24 î EED64-D2 0.2 4.8 21.6 to 26.4 0.2 4.8 21.6 to 26.4
DC
01
D-28
SE-G01 SE-G03
Solenoid Type DC Solenoid Internal DC solenoid for rectifier DC Solenoid Internal DC solenoid for rectifier
D2 E1 D2 E1
Maximum Working Pressure P, A, B Ports 2320 psi 1450 psi
Maximum Allowable 1450 psi

T port 2320 psi
Backpressure (In the case of 290 psi operation symbol E3X)
Changeover Frequency (per minute) 120 120
Indicator light R
Standard GR GR
Surgeless
Double Solenoid 4.8 7.7

Weight lbs
Single Solenoid 3.7 7.2 D
Dust Resistance/Water Resistance Rank IP64 (Dust-tight, Splash proof) IP65 (Dust-tight, Waterjet-proof)
Solenoid Valves
Ambient Temperature -4 to 122º F 14 to 122º F
Operating
Temperature Range -4 to 158º F 32 to 149º F
Operating Fluid
Environment
Mounting bolt (4) 10-24 x 1 3/4 LG (not included) 1/4-20 UNC x 2 3/4
Bundled
Accessories
Note: For mounting bolts, use grade 8 or equivalent.

SE – G 03 – A 3 X – GR – C2 – J30
Design number
40: For 01 size
30: 03
Power supply
D: DC D 2=D C 24V
E: For AC (joint 50/60 Hz inside rectifier) E1=AC100V
Auxiliary symbol
GR: Surgeless type with indicator (applicable for power supply D2 only)
R: With indicator light (applicable for power supply E1 only)
V: With M12-4 pin connector, load side - common (applicable for power supply D2 only)
W: With M12-4 pin connector, load side + common (applicable for power supply D2 only)
X
Closed
Center valve position flow path

2 3 4 5 6
A B A B A B A B A B
P T P T P T P T P T
Operation Method
A H C E
Spring Offset Spring Center Detent
b A B A B a A B b A B a
b a
P T P T P T P T
Nominal pipe diameter

01 size (D03)
03 size (D05)
Mounting method
G: Gasket type
Low-power solenoid
D-29
Installation Dimension Drawings Mounting holes for temporary nameplate
Indicator light or customer's nameplate for wiring
SE-G01-A***-(G)R-**-40 SOL b Recommended nameplate dimensions
SE-G01-H***-(G)R-**-40 Self-tapping screws for mounting; 3.5 x 10
T
Note: For SE-G01-H*** (G) R ** 40, the solenoid B
A**
26
32
is on the opposite side as that shown in the A
diagram (SOL.a).
P 12
Wiring port 2-G1/2 Ƶ7.5 Indicator light
SOL a
D
87
71.5
48 SOL b
Solenoid Valves
37.5
25.5
8
Ƶ4
Ƶ5.5
46 81 66
48.5
60.5 162.5
Space required
for coil removal
Manual push-button
SE-G01-C**-(G)R-**-40
SE-G01-E3X-(G)R-**-40
SOL b SOL a
114 114
228
Note: Gasket surface dimensions and sub plate are the same as those for SS-G01. See page D-8 for more information.
Electrical circuit diagram for
Wiring diagram for central terminal box kit central terminal box kit
SE-G01-A**-*R*-**-40 SE-G01-H**-*R*-**-40 D2 (DC24V) (Note 1)
Ground terminal SOL b SOL. a

COM
56V
(100V) DC24V
±
SOL
SOL b SOL. a Ground terminal

Varistor voltage values in (parenthesis)
are for the SE-G03.
C**
SE-G01- E3X -*R*-**-40 E1 (With built-in rectifier AC100V)

COM
430V AC100V
COM
AC115V
50/60Hz
Note 1: Install D2 specification solenoid valves to
protect against current back surge on both ends of
SOL b Ground terminal the coil in the output circuit of the programmable SOL
SOL a controller (PC) if directly operating the solenoid
valves.
D-30
With M12-4 pin connector 67
SE-G01-**-GRV-D2-40 M12-4 pin connector
SE-G01-**-GRW-D2-40 4
1
3
2
Pin number
positioning diagram
71.5
SOL b
M12-4 pin connector Electrical Circuit Diagram

M12-4 pin connector
D
4 4
Solenoid Valves
1: Not used 1
3
2: SOL a 2
Type V 1 3 3: COM (-)
4: SOL b SOL.b SOL.a
2 Terminal box Short circuit equipment
M12-4 pin connector

4 4
1 3
1: COM (+)
2: SOL a 2
Type W 1 3
3: Not used
4: SOL b SOL.b SOL.a
2 Terminal box Short circuit equipment
SE-G03-A***-(G)R-**-30 5 -014 O-ring Manual push-button
4- 8.5(6.5)
4- 14(11)
Current indicator lamp 30
Ƶ
6.4
Ƶ
11
P
21.4
32.5
A B
46
68
T T
3.2 37
16.7 85.5
27 108.5
37.3
50.8
14 54
SE-G03-C*-(G)R-**-30
95 82 95
SE-G03-E3X-(G)R-**-30
(For M12-4 pin connectors ) (For M12-4 pin connectors )
S pac e re quire d fo r s o le no id re mo v al S pac e re quire d fo r s o le no id re mo v al
462 285.5
272 190.5
94 5 94 5
D-31
Performance Curves Differential Hydraulic Fluid Viscosity 32 centistokes
Pressure Loss Characteristics 145
f
Pressure Loss psi

116
e A2X d f î î î
d
87
c A3X f f e e î
H3X f f e e î
58 b
a SE-G01 E3X c c e e î
29 C4 b b b b d
C5 e e d d î
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 C6 f f a a î
D 145
Flow rate gpm
Solenoid Valves

116
Pressure Loss psi
d A2X d d î î î
87 c A3X d d d d î
b
58 E3X d d c c î
SE-G03
C4 c c a a b
29 a
C5 d d d d î
C6 d d b b î
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 15.8
Flow rate gpm
Pump Type SE-G01 SE-G03

Pressure - Operation
Example b A B A B A B A B A B A B
Flow Volume a b a b a b a b a b a
Allowable Value Operation P T P T P T P T P T P T
symbol
A2X î D D î E A
A3X A D D C E A
H3X A D D î î î
E3X A C C D D C
C4 C C C C F C
C5 A D D A B B
C6 B D D A B B
A A
10.5 15.8
Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm
B B
C
13.2
C
7.9
D
10.5
D E
F
5.2 7.9
5.2
2.6
2.6
0 725 1450 2320 0 290 580 870 1160 1450

Note: 1.The maximum flow rate is the value when a rated 90%V is applied following solenoid temperature rise and saturation.
2.The maximum flow rate is the allowable value of each port.
D-32
Cross-sectional Drawing 13 20 14 15 16 Part No. Part Name
SE-G01-A3X-(G)R-**-40 1 Body
2 Plug
3 Spool
4 Retainer A
5 Retainer B
6 Spring pin
7 Spacer
8 Spring A
9 Spring C
10 Nut
11 Rod
12 Solenoid guide
13
14
Solenoid coil
Packing
D
15 Terminal box kit
Solenoid Valves
16 Nameplate
17 O-ring
10 18 11 12 6 19 3 17 1 7 4 5 8 2
18 O-ring
19 O-ring
SE-G01 20 O-ring
Part
Part Name Q'ty
No. Part Number
17 O-ring AS568-012(HS90) 4 4
18 O-ring 1A-P18 1 2
19 O-ring 1B-P18 2 2
20 O-ring S-25 1 2
Note: O-ring 1A-** and 1-B** indicate JIS Standard B 2401-1A-** and 1B-**.
SE-G03-A3X-GR-**-(J)30 Part No. Part Name

14 17 11 16 10
1 Body
2 Spool
3 Spacer
4 Holder
5 Spring
6 Spring
7 Plug
T A P B T 8 O-ring
9 O-ring
10 Nameplate
11 Terminal box kit
12 Solenoid coil
13 Solenoid guide
14 Rod
15 Nut
16 O-ring
17 O-ring
15 13 12 6 4 3 8 1 2 9 5 7
List of Sealing Parts Seal Kit Number

SE-G03 SE-G01 SE-G03
Part
Part Name Q'ty Single Solenoid Double Solenoid Single Solenoid Double Solenoid
No. Part Number
Single Solenoid Double Solenoid EEDS-01A EEDS-01C EECS-03A EECS-03C
8 O-ring 1B-P12 5 5
9, 17 O-ring 1B-P18 2 2
16 O-ring 1A-P3 2 4
Note: O-ring 1A-** and 1-B** indicate JIS Standard B 2401-1A-** and 1B-**.
D-33
SL Series (Wiring System: Central Terminal Box) 7.9 gpm

Lower Power Solenoid Valve 1015 psi
Features
Very long life Low power consumption type. Wide-ranging backward compatibility
The movable iron core of the wet type The low power for the AC solenoid 9.6 W makes it simple to replace previous
solenoid is immersed in oil, which keeps it (60 Hz), DC solenoid 10 W contribute to valve models with this one. Combining
lubricated and cushions it from impact energy conservation. this valve with a modular valve contrib-
and vibration, ensuring very long life. Easy connections utes to the compact configuration of the

low core switching noise, for quiet
A special wiring box provides a COM
port and indicator light as standard for
simple wiring and maintenance.
overall device.
Global support
Meets overseas safety standards (CE,
operation. Easy coil replacement UL, and CSA). It can be safely used
Solenoid Valves
A plug-in type coil enables one-touch anywhere in the world. Contact your
coil replacement. agent for certified products.
Specifications
Maximum flow rate Maximum flow rate
JIS Symbol Operation symbol gpm JIS Symbol Operation symbol gpm
-A5- -C4-
-H5- -C5-
-A3X- -C6- 7.9
-H3X- 7.9 -C9-
-E3X- -C6S-
-C1- -C7Y- 3.9
-C2-
DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid
Solenoid Type Built-in Rectifier
C1 C2 E1 D2
Maximum Working Pressure P.A.B. Ports 1015 psi
Maximum Allowable
T Port 1015 psi
Backpressure
Changeover Frequency (per minute) 240 120 240
Standard Indicator light R
Surgeless G î G
Options With manual push-button N
Quick Return î Q î
Double Solenoid 3.3 4.4
Mass lbs
Single Solenoid 2.6 3.3
Ambient Temperature -4 to 158º F
Recommended
Viscosity Index 90 or greater
Mounting bolt Allen head - 10-24 x 1 3/4 LG
Tightening Torque 3.6 to 5 ft lbs
Note: Mounting bolts are not included.
D-34
• Handling
1 In order to realize the full benefits of the 5 When using petroleum type operating 10 When using a detent type (3X), use
wet type solenoid valve, configure piping fluid, use ISO VG 32, 46. constant energization in order to
so oil is constantly supplied to the T port. 6 Use the SS series solenoid valve when securely maintain the switching position.
Never use a stopper plug in the T port. using fire resistant hydraulic operating 11 Note that manual pin operating pressure
2 Ensure that surge pressure in excess of fluid. changes in accordance with tank line
the maximum allowable back pressure 7 Use this valve only within the allowable back pressure.
does not reach the T port. voltage range. 12 Use the following table for specification
3 Note that the maximum flow rate is limited 8 Do not allow the AC solenoid to become when a sub plate is required.
when used as a four-way valve, or by charged until you install the coil into the
blocking ports for use as a two-way valve valve.
9 Maintaining a switching position under Pipe Maximum flow Weight
or one-way valve. Model No.
4 Always keep the operating fluid clean. high pressure for a long period can Diameter rate gpm lbs
(contamination level: 12 or lower) cause abnormal operation due to MSA-01X-E10 1/4 5.2
hydraulic lockup. Contact your agent 2.6
D
MSA-01Y-E10 3/8 10.5
when you need to maintain a switching
position for a long period.
Solenoid Valves
DC Solenoid
Solenoid Type AC Solenoid
Built-in Rectifier
Power Supply Type C1 C2 E1 D2
Voltage (V) AC100 AC110 AC200 AC220 AC100 DC24
Cycles (Hz) 50 60 60 50 60 60 50/60 î
Solenoid Coil Type EL64-C1 EL64-C2 ELC64-E1-1A ELC64-D2-1A
Drive Current (A) 1.30 1.10 1.30 0.65 0.55 0.65
0.11 0.42
Holding Current (A) 0.30 0.24 0.28 0.15 0.12 0.14
For 01 Holding Power (W) 12.0 9.6 12.2 12.0 9.6 12.2 10 10
Allowable Voltage Range 80 to 110 90 to 120 160 to 220 180 to 240 90 to 110 21.6 to 26.4
Allowable Pressure psi 1000
Insulator Resistance (M ) 100 or greater (500 V)
Note: 1. A DC solenoid surge absorption circuit is effective in preventing misoperation in sensitive relays and IC circuits. (Applicable for power supply display
D”, option: G)
2. A DC solenoid RAC type (power supply E1) greatly increases the life of the contacts by eliminating contact arc without changing circuit sequence
on an AC line, 50/60Hz can be used.

SL – G 01 – A 3 X – R – C2 – 31
Design Number
Power supply
C: AC (50/60 Hz) C1 = AC100 V C2 = AC200 V
D: For DC D2 = DC24V
E: AC (Built-in rectifier; 50/60Hz) E1 = AC100V
G: Surgeless type (Power supply C D2 Applicable)
N: With manual push-button (Available with power supply D2, E1)
Q: Quick return type (Available with power supple E1)
Transition flow path (A3X, H3X, E3X, C7Y only) X Y
Close Semi-open
Center position 1 2 3 4 5
A B A B A B A B A B
P T(R)
T P T(R) P T(R) P T (R ) P T (R )
6 7 9 6S
A B A B A B A B
P T(R) P T(R) P T(R) P T(R)
Note 1. P is pressure port, A and B are connection ports to cylinder.

T (R) shows the connection port to the tank.
Operation Method A H C E
Spring Offset type Spring Center Detent
A B A B A B b A B
b a b a a
Nominal Diameter: 01 size (D03) P T P T P T P T
Mounting method: Gasket type

Machine type: SL Series wet magnetic switching valve.
D-35
Options (Auxiliary Symbol)
Surgeless Type (Auxiliary Symbol: G)
The surge pressure waveforms when the DC solenoid valve power supply
is opened and closed by a relay are shown at the bottom of this block.
A built-in surge absorber element eliminates sparking and surge pressure.
Features ¡ Surge voltage is inhibited.
¡ Sparking at relay contact points is eliminated.
D
Solenoid Valves
Spark time
Standard Type Surgeless Type
Manual Push-button Type (Auxiliary symbol: N)
Push-button
30
Stroke 11. 7.5

140.5
Quick Return Type (Auxiliary Symbol: Q)
SW
Recovery Time Limiter Circuit
Full Wave Rectifier Circuit
Surge absorber
Power supply
Solenoid
Handling
1. This type is used in the case of power supply type
E1 (with built-in rectifier) to shorten the spring return time.
This also applies to D2.
2. The quick return mechanism is built-in.
D-36
Holes for temporary nameplate or
Installation Dimension Drawing customer’s nameplate mounting
Indicator light holes for wiring.
AC Solenoid SOL b Recommended nameplate dimensions.
SL-G01-A**-R-C*-31
Self-tapping screws for mounting; 3.5 x 10.
SL-G01-H**-R-C*-31 T
26
32
Note: The SL-G01-H**-R-**-31 solenoid, is attached to the A
opposite side (SOL a) as shown in the diagram.
P
Ƶ 2.8
12
2-G (Previously PF) 1/2 Ƶ 7.5
Indicator light
SOL a
87
Solenoid Valves
71.5
SOL b
48
25.5
Ƶ 5.5
46 66
79 48.5
SL-G01-C**-R-C*-31 Manual push-button 127.5
SL-G01-E**-R-C*-31
SO L b SO L a
DC Solenoid and Rectifier 79 79

SL-G01-A**-R-D/E*-31 30.5 158
SL-G01-H**-R-D/E*-31 Space required for
coil removal
SL-G01-C**-R-D/E*-31
SL-G01-E**-R-D/E*-31
SO L b SO L a
For sub plate SL-G01

Ƶ 5.5
37.5
Model No. E Mass

66
MSA-01X-E10 1/4 2.6 109 48.5
MSA-01Y-E10 3/8 2.6
60.5 157.5
Gasket Surface Dimensions
98
( ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
JIS B 8355 D-03-02-0-94
) 7.5 83 7.5
20 40.5
30.2 71.5
30 41.5
21.5
27 11.5
7.5
12.7
0.75
12
5.1
11.5
T
27.5
T
15.5
43.5
25.9
31.75
55
31
70
A B
P B A
P
4îƵ 7.5
7.5
4î10 - 24 4î Ƶ 9.5X1 counterbore 4îNPT “E”

Ƶ 5.5 hole
D-37
Wiring Diagram

Note: 1. In the case of a double solenoid valve, a common terminal
is provided to simplify wiring.
COM
When the common terminal is not used, remove the
SO L b SO L a terminal screws.
2. Use the ground terminal when grounding is required.
3. Use an M3 type as a solderless terminal.
4. Tighten terminal screws to a torque of 4.4 to 6.1 in lbs
SOL b Ground terminal
SOL a
D Electrical Circuit Diagram
Type Model No. Electrical Circuits

Solenoid Valves
50/60Hz
AC Solenoid SL-G01-***-R-C*-31
COM
50/60Hz
AC Solenoid Surgeless Type SL-G01-***-GR-C*-31

COM
50/60Hz
Built-in Rectifier SL-G01-***-R-E*-31

COM
DC Solenoid SL-G01-***-R-D*-31
COM
DC Solenoid Surgeless Type SL-G01-***-GR-D*-31

COM
Built-in Rectifier
SL-G01-***-QR-E*-31 See page D-7 for more information.
Quick Return Type
D-38
Flow Path P/ A P/ B A/ T B/ T P/ T
203
A5 î c c î î
174 H5 c î î c î
A3X, H3X, E3X b b e e î
145 C1 c c a c î
e
Pressure Loss psi
C2 a c e c î
116
d C4 a a c c d
87
c
b
C5, C6S
C6
c
c
c
c
c
a
c
a
î
î
D
58
f C7Y f f e e d
Solenoid Valves
a
29 C9 a a e e î
0
1.3 2.6 3.9 5.2 6.6 7.9
Flow rate gpm
Operation
Example b
A B
a b A B a b
A B
a
Operation
symbol P T P T P T A
7.9
A5 î B
B
Flow rate gpm
H5 B î 5.2
A
A3X, H3X, E3X C
C1, C2 , C4 , C5 B B
C6, C9, C6S 2.6
C7Y C C C
0
290 580 870 1015
Pressure psi

Response Time (sec)
SL-G01-**-R-C*-31 0.010 to 0.020 0.010 to 0.020 1015 psi
SL-G01-**-R-E1-31 0.055 to 0.080 0.150 to 0.185 5.2 gpm
SL-G01-**-(G)R-D2-31 0.055 to 0.080 0.025 to 0.035 40 centistokes
Note: 1.The switching response time changes slightly with operating conditions (pressure, flow rate, viscosity, etc.)
2. In the case of power supply type E1 (with built-in rectifier), the spring return time using Quick Return (option symbol: Q) is the same as D2.
D-39
SL-G01-A**-R-C*-31 SL-G01-C**-R-C*-31
13 20 14 15 16 13 20 14 15 16
D
Solenoid Valves
10 18 11 12 6 19 17 3 1 7 4 5 8 2 11 12 9 19 5 4 17 3 1 7 18 10
SL-G01-A**-R-D/E*-31 SL-G01-C**-R-D/E*-31
13 20 14 15 16 13 20 14 15 16
10 18 11 12 6 19 17 3 1 7 4 5 8 2 11 12 9 19 5 4 17 3 1 7 18 10
1 Body 11 Rod
Part Type/ Part Number Q'ty
Part Name 2 Plug 12 Solenoid guide
No. DC SOL AC SOL Single Solenoid Double Solenoid 3 Spool 13 Solenoid coil
5 Retainer B 15 Terminal box kit
18 O-ring 1A-P20 1A-P18 1 2
6 Retainer C 16 Nameplate
20 O-ring S-25 AS568-025(Hs70) 1 2 8 Spring A 18 O-ring
Note: O-ring 1A/1B-** indicates JIS B2401-1A/1B**. AS568 is SAE standard. 10 Nut 20 O-ring
D-40
DSS (DSA) TYPE SOLENOID CONTROLLED
PILOT OPERATED DIRECTIONAL VALVE
DSS (DSA) 22 Design Series 7.9 to 15.8 gpm

Solenoid Control Valve 4640 to 5075 psi
Features
Long-life operation is ensured by use of Low pressure loss Built-in pilot pressure check valve
the high-performance, renowned SS An original flow path design provides When tandem center type valve is used
(SA)-G01 wet solenoid valve as the pilot wide-ranging low pressure loss and for the internal pilot valve (option), pilot
valve. enhanced system circuit efficiency. pressure required for switching is
High pressure, high capacity Internal modification of the pilot and self-maintained.
The 04 size can provides up to 79 gpm,
while the 06 size delivers up to 158 gpm.
drain can be accomplished without
removing the valve by simply connecting D
and disconnecting plugs.
Solenoid Valves
Specifications
Valve Size 04 Size (D07) 06 Size (D08)
Valve Model Number DSS(DSA)-G04-***-R-**-22 DSS(DSA)-G06-***-R-**-22
P.A.B. Ports 5075 4640

Maximum Working
Pressure Internal Drain Type 2320 2320
psi T Port
External Drain Type 3045 3045
Maximum Flow Rate gpm 79 158
Rated Flow Rate gpm 39 79
Maximum Pilot Pressure psi 3625 3625
A** (Spring Offset Type)
E** (No-spring Detent Type) 116 116

Minimum pilot
C** (Spring Center Type)
pressure psi
D** (Pressure Center Type) 174 174
Built-in Pilot Pressure Check Valve Type (For Internal Pilot) 65
Maximum Changeover Frequency (cycles/minute) 120 120
A** (Spring Offset Type) .48 1.2

Pilot Volume cu in
C** (Spring Center Type) .24 .6
A** (Spring Offset Type) 19 31.9
E** (No-spring Detent Type)

Weight lbs 20.2 33
C** (Spring Center Type)
D** (Pressure Center Type) 23 36.3
Dust-resistance/Water-resistance Rank JIS C 0920 DSS: IP64 (Dust-tight, Splash-proof) DSA: IP65 (Dust-tight, Waterjet-proof)
Ambient Temperature -4 to 122º F

Operating
Temperature Range -4 to 158º F
Environment
Operating Fluid Viscosity Range 15 to 300 centistokes
Mounting bolt (2) 1/4-20 x 1 3/4 (6) 1/2-13 x 2 3/8

Bundled (4) 3/8-16 x 2
Accessories Tightening Torque 1/4 - 7.3 to 9.5 ft lbs 44 to 51 ft lbs
3/8 - 33 to 40 ft lbs
Note: 1.The maximum flow rate of each valve depends on the pressure. For details, see pages D-46 and D-47.
2.Weight in parentheses is for stroke adjustment type.
3.Solenoid specifications are the same as those for SS (SA)-G01. For more information, see pages D-6 and D-18.
D-41
• Handling
1 Pilot pressure values show the differential page D-46 and D-47 are used even if the constant energization in order to
pressure between the pilot port and tank pilot is external and the drain is internal. securely maintain the switching position.
port or drain port. In the case of the 4 The maximum operating pressure for 8 Use of the pressure center type is
pressure center, they show differential internal pilot is 3625 psi because it is recommended for large-volume flow
pressure between the pilot and drain ports limited by the pilot pressure. control.
(DR1, DR2). 5 For the PT mounting type DSS (DSA)- 9 For the all ports open center type (A3Z,
2 The standard configuration is internal G**-C7*-**-22, open cross over with E3Z, C4, D4), PT mounting type (C7X,
pilot and external drain, but other restrictor C7Y is standard. C7Y, D7X, D7Y), and PAT mounting type,
configurations are possible when 6 When adjustable spool stroke is desired, use the type with built-in external pilot
required. See page D-48 for more specify L in the auxiliary symbol position pressure check valve.
information. of the model number. Note, however, 10 The coil surface temperature increases if
3 The JIS number on the nameplate that this is not available with the this valve is kept continuously energized.
indicates the standard internal pilot and pressure center type. Install the valve so there is no chance of
external drain. 7 When using a detent type (E3*), use it being touched directly by hand.
D Note therefore that the JIS numbers on
Valve Model Number DSS(DSA)-G04 DSS(DSA)-G06

Solenoid Valves
Front Position
A B A B
a b b a
Simplified Symbols
P T Y(DR1) P T Y(DR1)
A' B' A' B'

a b b a
Detailed Symbols
P' T' P' T'
Y(DR1) Y(DR1)
P T P T
A B A B
Flow Regulator Adjusting A Port Restrictor: Right side A A Port Restrictor: Left side A
Screw Positions B Port Restrictor: Left side B B Port Restrictor: Right side B
A Port Side: P / A, B / T flow rate adjustment

(For C7Y, P / B, A / T)
B Port Side: P / B, A / T flow rate adjustment
(For C7Y, P / A, B / T)
Adjustable Stroke
A port side B port side
Adjusting Screw Positions
D-42
DSS – G 06 – C 7 Y C – – C2 – E22
Design number
Power supply
E: AC (Built-in rectifier; 50/60Hz)
E1=AC100V E115=AC115V E2=AC200V E230=AC230V
Auxiliary symbol - For multiple specifications, use alphabetic sequence.
A: Internal drain Y: With meter-out flow N: With manual lock
E: External pilot regulator valve Q: Quick return type
L: Spool stroke limiter R: With indicator light GR: Surgeless type
P: Flow regulator valve DSS type: Standard with indicator
to restrict P port
Pilot pressure check valve
DSA type: Optional
D
None: No check valve
X Y Z
Solenoid Valves
C: Built-in check valve
Closed Semi-open Open
Center valve position flow path 1 2 3 4 4S 5 6 6S 7 8

1, 2, 3, 4, 4S, A BB A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
5, 6, 6S, 7, 8
P T P T P T P T P T P T P T P T P T P T
Operation Method
A: Spring offset A E C D
E: No-spring detent Spring Offset No-spring detent Spring Center Pressure center
C: Spring center A B A B A B A B
D: Pressure center P T Y(DR1) P T Y(DR1) P T Y(DR1) L(DR2) P T Y(DR1)
Nominal diameter 04 size, 06 size

Mounting method G: Gasket type
Pump Type DSS: Central terminal box solenoid control valve

DSA: DIN connector type solenoid control valve
3625 psi
174
psi
116
58
Tightening Torque: 3.6 to 5 ft lbs.)

26 52 79 105 132
gpm
Note: Above symbols are for DSS (DSA)-G06.
D-43
DSS(DSA)-G04-A**-R-**-22
(Spring Offset Type) 2- Ƶ11x1 counterbore
Ƶ 6.6 holes X (PP) port
L (DR2) port Used for external pilot
Used for pressure center type X
P
A
B
T
Y
4- Ƶ17.5x1 counterbore Y (DR1) port
Ƶ11 holes Used for external drain
AC150.5(141) 61 Space required

DC157.5(148) for coil removal
DSS type
AC102 DSA type
48.5(39) DC109 2-G1/2 (Previously PF)
D SOL b
Solenoid Valves
186.5
172.5
193.5
182
101
35
34
33
52 45.5 2- Ƶ3
4
102 91
153.6
E
DSS(DSA)-G04- **- R - **- 22 AC204 D S S ( D S A ) - G 04- D **- R - **- 22
C DC218
AC102
( N o - s pring D e te nt T y pe ) DC109 ( P re s s ure C e nte r T y pe )
SOL a SOL b
(Spring Center Type)
SOL a SOL b
Y
93
Y
143
245
A
A
E
DSS(DSA)-G04- **- R Y - **- 22 D S S ( D S A ) - G 04- E **- L R - **- 22
C
C
D
( F lo w R e g ulato r T y pe ) ( A djus table S tro ke T y pe )
SOL a SOL b SOL a SOL b
Lock nut
(233.5)
Stroke adjusting screw

228
Pilot flow rate adjusting screw

Y
Stroke adjustment range 8 88

276
326 max.
Dimensions in the parentheses are for the DSA-G04-***-**-21.
( JISOIS 4401-07-06-0-94
B 8355 D - 07- 06- 0- 94 )
F o r s ub plate D S S ( D S A ) - G 04
Model No. E Weight
MDS-04X-E10-D SAE-12 4.1 lbs
D-44
DSS(DSA)-G06-A**-R-**-22
(Spring Offset Type) L (DR2) port Y (DR1) port
Used for pressure center type Used for external drain
6- Ƶ21x2counterbore
X (PP) port Ƶ 13.8 holes
Used for external pilot
AC150.5(141) Space required
DC157.5(148) 61 for coil removal
AC102 DSS type DSA type
48.5(39) DC109 2-G1/2 (Previously PF)
SOL a
212.5
207
191.5
201
D
145.5
120
48
43
41
Solenoid Valves
50.5
6
127.5 58 2- Ƶ6
255 116
E
DSS(DSA)-G06- **- R - **- 22 D S S ( D S A ) - G 06- D **- R - **- 22
C
( N o - s pring D e te nt T y pe ) ( P re s s ure C e nte r T y pe )
(Spring Center Type) AC204
DC218
AC102
DC109 SOL b SOL a
SOL b SOL a
101.5
178.5
306
A
A
E
DSS(DSA)-G06- **- R Y - **- 22 D S S ( D S A ) - G 06- E **- L R - **- 22
C
C
D
( F lo w R e g ulato r T y pe ) ( A djus table S tro ke T y pe )
SOL b SOL a
SOL b SOL a
Lock nut
Stroke adjusting screw
(252.5)
Pilot flow rate adjusting screw

247
Stroke adjustment range 12.5 96

346
417 max.
Dimensions in the parentheses are for the DSA-G06-***-RY-**-21.
( JISOIS 4401-08-07-0-94
B 8355 D - 08- 07- 0- 94 )
F o r s ub plate D S S ( D S A ) - G 06
Model No. E Weight
MDS-06X-E30-D SAE-16 5.3 lbs
D-45
DSS(DSA)-G04
Model No. JIS Symbol Pressure - Flow Rate Allowable Value Model No. JIS Symbol Pressure - Flow Rate Allowable Value
DSS(DSA) 3 3 DSS(DSA) 3 3
A B A B b
b a
-G04 -G04
2-Position Spring Offset Type

Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm

P T Y P T Y
-A3X- 4 2 79 -E3X- 4 2 79
2 2 52 2 2 52
A B
b a A B b
-A3Z- -E3Z-
26 26
P T Y P T Y
4 1 4 1
0
D
0
3 3
1450 2900 4350 3 3 1450 2900 4350
A B
b Pressure psi a A B
b Pressure psi
-A3Y- -E3Y-
P T Y P T Y
Solenoid Valves
4 2 4 2
A B A B
a b a b
-G04 -G04
P T Y L P T Y
-C1- 4 1 -D1- 4 1
PP-116 psi
2 3 2 3
A B A B
a b a b
-C2- -D2-
P T Y L P T Y
4 2 4 2
PP-174 psi
3 3 3 3
A B A B
a b a b
Flow rate gpm
-C5- 79 -D5-
P T Y L P T Y
4 2 4 2
52
3 3 3 3
a A B
b 26 a A B
b
-C6- -D6-
3-Position Spring Center Type
Flow rate gpm

P T Y 0 L P T Y
4 1 1450 2900 4350 4 1 79
3 3
Pressure psi 3 3
A B A B
52
a b a b
-C6S- -D6S-
P T Y L P T Y
26
4 2 4 2
0
3 3 3 3 1450 2900 4350
Flow rate gpm
a A B
b 79 a A B
b Pressure psi
-C4S- -D4S-
P T Y 52 L P T Y
4 2 4 2
2 2
26 2 2
A B A B
a b a b
-C4- 0 -D4-
P T Y
1450 2900 4350 L P T Y
4 3 1 Pressure psi 4 3 1
2 3 2 3
Flow rate gpm
a A B
b 79 a A B
b
-C8- -D8-
P T Y 52 L P T Y
4 5 2 4 5 2
26 4 4
-C7X- -D7X- a A B
b
0
-C7Y- 1450 2900 4350 -D7Y- L P T Y
Pressure psi 3 6 5
Note: The JIS number indicates the standard internal pilot and external drain.
Pressure Loss Characteristics Note: Switching Response Time

Interpreting the Pressure Loss Value Model No. : DSS-G04-C5
6 5 4 2 2 Voltage Symbol : C1 (AC Solenoid)
A B
3 a b
174
Pressure Loss psi
2 P T Y
145
4 3 1 (DR1) 0.15
116 1
At switching
SOL, OFF
0.10
sec
87
P A Curve 2
58 SOL, ON
0.05
B T Curve 4
29
At center
P T Curve 3 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
0 26 52 79
Pilot pressure psi
Flow rate gpm
D-46
DSS(DSA)-G06
Model No. JIS Symbol Pressure - Flow Rate Allowable Value Model No. JIS Symbol Pressure - Flow Rate Allowable Value
1 1
DSS(DSA) A
1
B
1 DSS(DSA) A B
a b a
-G06 -G06

Flow rate gpm
P T Y
Flow rate gpm

P T Y
-A3X- 2 1 158 -E3X- 2 1 158
132 132
1 1 105 1 1 105
A B A B
a 79 b a 79
-A3Z- -E3Z-
P T Y
58 P T Y
58
2 1 26 2 1 26
0 0
0 10{102} 20{204} 30{306} 1 1 1450 2900 4350
1 1
A B
a Pressure MPa{kgf/cm 2} b A B
a Pressure psi
-A3Y- -E3Y-
P T Y P T Y
D
2 1 2 1
A B A B
b a b a
-G06 -G06
Solenoid Valves
P T Y L P T Y
-C1- 2 1 -D1- 2 1
PP- 116 psi
1 1 1 1
A B
b a b
A B
a
-C2- -D2-
P T Y L P T Y
2 1 PP- 174 psi 2 1
1 1 1 1
A B
b A B
Flow rate gpm
a b a
-C5- 158 -D5-
P T Y
2 1
132 L P T Y
2 1
105
79 1 1
58 b
A B
a
-C6- 26 -D6-
L P T Y
0
Flow rate gpm

1450 2900 4350 2 1 158
Pressure psi 132
1 1 1 1 105
A B A B
b a b a 79
-C6S- -D6S-
P T Y L P T Y
58
2 1 2 1 26
0
1 1 1450 2900 4350
Flow rate gpm
1 1
b
A B
a
158 b
A B
a Pressure psi
-C4S- 132 -D4S-
P T Y 105 L P T Y
2 1 2 1
79
1 1
58 1 1
A B 26 A B
b a b a
-C4- 0 -D4-
P T Y
1450 2900 4350
L P T Y
1 1 1 1
Flow rate gpm
b
A B
a
158 b
A B
a
-C8- 132 -D8-
P T Y 105 L P T Y
2 5 1 2 5 1
79
58
3 2 3 2
26
-C7X- b
A B
a -D7X- b
A B
a
0
-C7Y- 1450 2900 4350 -D7Y-
P T Y L P T Y
Note: The JIS number indicates the standard internal pilot and external drain.
Pressure Loss Characteristics Note: Switching Response Time

Interpreting the Pressure Loss Value Model No. : DSS-G06-C5
5 4 1 1 Voltage Symbol: C1 (AC Solenoid)
A B
3 b a
290
P T Y
2
232 1 (DR1)
Pressure Loss
2 4 0.15
1
At switching
psi
174 SOL, OFF

0.10
sec
116 P A Curve 1
SOL, ON
Curve 2 0.05
B T
58
At center
P T Curve 4 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
0 26 52 79 105 132 158
Pilot pressure psi
Flow rate gpm
D-47
DSS(DSA)-G04-C**-R-C*-22
18 17 6
Pilot, Drain System Change
9 A 16 B 8
T P
C
P
D
R
10
Solenoid Valves
15 X
P R 7
X(PP)
P Y(DR1)
Cross-sectional P-P Cross-sectional R-R
4 1 3 11 13 14 12 5 2
DSS(DSA)-G06-C**-R-C*-22
18 17 6
9 A 16 8 B
P
T
C
R
10
R X
15
P
7
X(PP) P Y(DR1)
4 1 3 13 11 14 12 5 2 Cross-sectional P-P Cross-sectional R-R
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Changing the Pilot and Drain Connections
1 Body 8 Plug 14 O-ring
2 Cover 9 Plug 15 O-ring After Change Hexagon Socket Head Plug
3 Spool 10 Plug 16 O-ring Internal Switch from A to x .
4 Ring 11 Pin 17 Solenoid Valves Pilot
5 Spring 12 O-ring 18 Screw External Switch from x to A .
6 Nameplate 13 O-ring
Internal Switch from B to C .
7 Screw Drain
External Switch from C to B .
List of Sealing Parts Seal Kit Number

Part Number 04 size 06 Size
04 size 06 Size Single Solenoid Double Solenoid Single Solenoid Double Solenoid
12 O-ring 1B-P34 1B-G45 2 EDBS-04AA-1A EDBS-04CA-1A EDBS-06AA-1A EDBS-06CA-1A
13 O-ring 1B-P22 1B-P28 4 Note: The seal kit includes a seal for the pilot solenoid valve.
14 O-ring 1B-P10A 1B-P20 2
15 O-ring 1B-P9 1B-P10 2
16 O-ring 1B-P8 1B-P8 3
Note: 1.O-ring 1A/1B/4D-** indicate JIS Standard B 2401-1A/1B/4D-**.

2.See SS/SA-G01-**-31for information about the seal part for the pilot solenoid valve.
D-48
FINE SOLENOID VALVE
2.6 to 10.5 gpm

Fine Solenoid Valve SF Series
3045 psi
Features
The function of two valves in one Separate control of forward and back • Handling
A two-speed controller provides smooth F\OLQGHUPRYHPHQW 1 Valve differential pressure
speed adjustment from low speed to high, 7KHUHDUHILYHYROXPHVHWWLQJVIRU Volume adjustment becomes sensitive
and from high-speed to low. highspeed flow rate and acceleration/- ZKHQ3ȹ$%DQG%$ȹ7GLIIHUHQWLDO
Quiet starts and stops deceleration times that can be pressure is large. Maintain the pressure
A low-speed startup and stop feature
makes startups and stops smooth and
LQGHSHQGHQWO\DGMXVWHG62/DDQG
62/E21VLGH2))VLGH
differential so it is no greater than 500
psi. D
soft. 2 Low-speed flow rate
7KHVSRROPD\QRWPRYHLIWKHORZVSHHG
Solenoid Valves
flow rate is below the minimum. Use this
Specifications YDOYHRQO\ZLWKLQWKHDOORZDEOHPLQLPXP
low-speed flow rate range.
Model No. SF-G01 SF-G01 SF-G01 3 Deceleration circuit
Item -C*10-D2-10 -C*20-D2-10 -C*40-D2-10 • Use a C5** spool for the deceleration
9DOYH0D[LPXP2SHUDWLQJ3UHVVXUHSVL 3045 circuit. Deceleration is difficult with the
0D[LPXP)ORZ5DWHlJSP C6S** spool.
+LJKVSHHG)ORZ5DWHJSP 1.3 to 2.6 2.6 to 5.2 5.2 to 10.5 • When large deceleration is required
/RZVSHHG)ORZ5DWHJSP .13 to 1.0 .52 to 2.1 1.0 to 4.2
RUIRUDV\VWHPWKDWXVHVDYHUWLFDO
F\OLQGHUHTXLSDQH[WHUQDOGUDLQW\SH
0D[LPXP$OORZDEOH%DFN3UHVVXUHSVL 1000
counter balance valve. See the
$FFHOHUDWLRQ'HFHOHUDWLRQ7LPH$GMXVWPHQW5DQJH6(& 0.1 to 2
illustration below.
+\VWHUHVLV1RWH 7% 4 Pilot check circuit
5HSHDWDELOLW\1RWH 3% • For a circuit with a pilot check valve,
3RZHU6XSSO\9ROWDJH9 '9'&UHJXODWHG'&SRZHUVXSSO\ NQRFNLQJPD\RFFXULQWKHSLORWFKHFN
0D[LPXP3RZHU&RQVXPSWLRQ: 36W valve due to large load inertia and
'XVW5HVLVWDQFH:DWHU5HVLVWDQFH5DQk ,3'XVWWLJKW5DLQSURRI circuit pressure loss. In cases like
WKLVXVHDQH[WHUQDOGUDLQW\SHSLORW
Environment
$PELHQW7HPSHUDWXUH 41 to 122º F
Operating
7HPSHUDWXUH5DQJH 41 to 140º F check valve. See the illustration

Operating below.
9LVFRVLW\5DQJH 15 to 300centistokes
Fluid
6L]H[/HQJWK [
Mounting
bolt
7LJKWHQLQJ7RUTXH 3.6 to 5 ft lbs

'5
Note 1.7KH above high-speed and low-speed flow rates are obtained with a differential pressure
3$3%RISVL7KHIORZUDWHVGHSHQGRQGLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUH '5
b a b a
+\VWHUHVLVDQGUHSHDWDELOLW\YDOXHVDUHWKRVHDWPD[LPXPIORZUDWH A % A %
3.For mounting bolts, use Grade 8 or equivalent. P 7 P 7
4.Mounting bolts are not included.
Understanding Model Numbers When large brake pressure

LVUHTXLUHG8VHDQH[WHUQDO
:KHQWKHUHLVWKHSRVVLELOLW\
of pilot check valve knocking
GUDLQW\SHFRXQWHUYDOYH 8VHDQH[WHUQDOGUDLQW\SH
SF – G01 – C – R – D2 – E10 SLORWFKHFNYDOYH
Design number Environmental conditions

E5153A-3 turn potentiometer 5 7KH,&FLUFXLWERDUGLVORFDWHGLQVLGHWKH
FHQWUDOFRQWUROER[VRFDUHPXVWEH
3RZHUVXSSO\'9'&
H[HUFLVHGFRQFHUQLQJZDWHUUHVLVWDQFH
With indicator light and ambient temperature.
:DWHU&RYHUWKHER[VRWKHUHLVQR
$X[LOLDU\V\PERO direct splashing with water.
None: Sink $PELHQW7HPSHUDWXUH8VHLQDQDUHD
A: Source where the temperature is 41 to 122º F
0D[LPXPIORZUDWHPLQ 6 Operating Fluid
$OZD\VNHHSWKHRSHUDWLQJIOXLGFOHDQ
Center position: 5,6S Allowable contamination is class
NAS11 or less.
2SHUDWLRQ0HWKRG&6SULQJFHQWHU 8VHRLOEDVHGK\GUDXOLFRSHUDWLQJ
0RXQWLQJPHWKRG**DVNHWW\SH
fluid.
1RPLQDOGLDPHWHUVL]H' &RQWDFW\RXUDJHQWZKHQ\RXZDQWWR
XVHILUHUHVLVWDQWK\GUDXOLFIOXLG
Fine solenoid valve &RQWLQXHGRQIROORZLQJSDJH
D-49
7 Note the following points to optimize (2) During the positioning operation before stopping operation. If low-speed
operation. following deceleration, make sure operation time is too short can cause
(1) Control fluid temperature when using that sufficient low-speed running is stopping during deceleration and shock
this valve. Since the valve perform provided following deceleration problems due to fluctuation in load, etc.
restrictor valve control on all
processes, temperature differential Spool Type and JIS Symbols
changes flow volume and
acceleration/deceleration time. The Spool Type C5** C6S**
recommended temperature range is
86 to 140º F. b A B a b A B a
JIS Symbol
P T P T
D • Sink Type (Auxiliary Symbol: None)
Switches on load and power supply minus
• Source Type (Auxiliary Symbol: A)
Switches on load and power supply plus
side side
Solenoid Valves
COM terminal (+) SW1 Low-speed signal input terminal
Low-speed High-speed Low-speed
Switch SW2 ON
+ 24V DC regulated +
24V DC regulated High-speed
DC power supply DC power supply signal
– –
Switch SW1 ON
Low-speed
signal
High-speed signal High-speed signal Time
SW2 input terminal SW2 input terminal
Low-speed signal
SW1 input terminal COM terminal (–)
Electrical Control Precautions
• Do not introduce a high-speed signal
prior to a low-speed signal. Make sure
Adjustment Elements the two signals are introduced
simultaneously or that the low-speed
signal is introduced first.
Control Pattern (1) Repeatedly introducing the high-speed
Acceleration time High-speed flow rate Decreation time
signal first in a source type configura-
adjustment VR2 adjustment VR3 adjustment VR4 tion can damage the IC board.
(2) The valve will not operate on the
high-speed signal only.
Flow rate
• The following adjustments in the range

ON side OFF side of VR1 through VR5 can be made
Low-speed flow rate Low-speed flow rate
adjustment VR1 adjustment VR5 independently for SOL.a and SOL.b.
You can make adjustments for the best
conditions for forward and back
operations when considering the
0 cylinder operations.
• Adjustment volume is arranged in from
High-speed
SW 2 ON VR1 through VR5 in clockwise

signal
(rightward) rotation sequence when

viewed from the coil side.
• The following are the factory default
Low-speed
SW 1 ON volume settings.
signal
VR1 . 2 . 4 . 5
- - - Minimum setting
Time VR3 - - - Maximum setting
All Adjustment VRs
Maximum is clockwise
(SOL a) High-speed flow rate adjustment (rightward) rotation.
(SOL b) Acceleration time adjustment VR2
(SOL a) Deceleration time adjustment
(SOL b) ON side low-speed flow rate adjustment VR1
(SOL a) OFF side low-speed flow rate adjustment
(Max.)
• The volume rotation
SOL b SOL a
angle is 270°. Contact
your agent about a
three-rotation type adjustor
(SOL b) OFF side low-speed flow rate adjustment for fine adjustment.
(SOL a) ON side low-speed flow rate adjustment
(SOL b) Deceleration time adjustment
(SOL a) Acceleration time adjustment
(SOL b) High-speed flow rate adjustment
D-50
Installation Dimension Drawings Indicator light (SOL-b)
0.75
SF-G01-C***-(A)R-D2-E10
5.1
T
15.5
25.9
32.5
B
31
A
12.7 Indicator light (SOL-a)

21.5
30.2
40.5
2 to G (Previously PF) 1/2 137

D
Solenoid Valves
112.5
92. 5
SOL b SOL a
48
37.5
25.5
Ƶ 5.5
46 66
216
Pressure î Flow Rate Characteristics

• Use the valve within the allowable flow
rate range shown by the graph to the
10.5
right.
• There are no operational problems with-
C540 in the allowable flow rate range, even
C6S40 when one-pass is used.
7.9
F lo w rate gpm
5.2
C520
C6S20
2.6
C510
C6S10
0 1450 2900
Pressure psi
• Valve: SF-G01-C510-R-D2-E10
Control Waveform Example • Supply Pressure: 3000 psi
• Hydraulic Circuit
Control flow rate 2.6 gpm
Control flow rate Control flow rate

.13 gpm .13 gpm
0
Timer set Timer set
Max SW 2 ON Max b A B a
OFF P T
SW 1 ON
OFF
0.00 Time 20.00s
D-51
SF-G01-C***-(A)R-D2-E10
19 18 10 13 14 8 9 17 12 11 7
D
Solenoid Valves
Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Cover
20 15 2 6 4 3 1 5 16 3 Spool
4 Retainer
5 Spacer
6 Spring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number EFS) 7 Nut
8 Solenoid guide
Part No. Part Name Type/Part Number Q'ty 9 Solenoid coil
16 O-ring AS568-012(Hs90) 4 10 Packing B
11 Coil case
17 O-ring AS568-019 4
12 Coil yoke
18 O-ring AS568-019(Hs90) 2 13 Central terminal box kit
19 O-ring AS568-017(Hs90) 2 14 Nameplate
15 Hexagon Socket Head Bolt
20 O-ring P3 Note2 2
16 O-ring
Note: 1.O-ring 1B-** refers to JIS B 2401-1B-**. 17 O-ring
2.Special flurorubber is used (Part Number: RO-P3-VS). 18 O-ring
19 O-ring
20 O-ring
D-52
NON-LEAK TYPE SOLENOID VALVE
SNH Series Non-Leak Type 5.2 to 26.4 gpm

Solenoid Valve 5075 psi
Features
Virtually no internal leakage High reliability compact device configuration.
A poppet structure minimizes internal Since a wet type solenoid valve is used, EC connector for improved switching (06
leaks from low pressures to as high as the movable iron core remains size)
5075 psi. Enhanced hydraulic circuit immersed in oil as it moves, which During switching, twice the current
efficiency reduces energy needs. minimizes switching noise and ensures (starting current) flows to the coil than
Virtually no pressure loss at high volumes
An original fluid reaction force suppres-
reliable operation. A wet type valve also
provides superior water resistance and
normal (holding current), which ensures
reliable switching operations. The 06 size
D
sion mechanism is provided for all sizes. longer life than a dry type valve. has compact configuration made possible
Though compact, this valve provides the
Solenoid Valves
ISO standard mounting service (01, 03 by an original design that uses a small
highest level switching capacity for its sizes) coil that provides high output, without the
class. This valve can be ganged together with need for a large coil.
a modular valve, enabling simple
configuration of circuits and an overall
Specifications
Model No. SNH-G01 (D03) SNH-G03 (D05) SNH-G04 (D07) SNH-G06 (D08)
• Handling
B 1 Take care so the B port is not subjected
b to abnormal surge pressure that is in
AR excess of the maximum operating
pressure.
A 2 The manual switching (Options M, N)
push pin receives B port pressure, so it
B cannot be pressed with a pressure in
a excess of about 725 psi. In the case of
JIS Symbol HQ
the HQ and A2K types, note that leaks
are not completely stopped, even in the
A locked state.
3 Use this valve only within the allowable
b
A B voltage range.
A2K ---- 4 Use of water- or glycol-based hydraulic
P operating fluid is standard. Contact your
agent about using other fire-resistant
Maximum Working Pressure hydraulic fluid.
psi 5075
5 Always keep the operating fluid clean.
Allowable contamination is class NAS12
(P, A, B Ports)
or less.
Rated Flow Rate - Maximum Flow Rate AR,HQ; 2.6-5.2
5.2 - 10.5 10.5 - 15.8 15.8 - 26.4
6 In order to realize the full benefits of the
gpm A2K; 1.3-5.2 wet type solenoid valve, configure piping
Maximum Changeover Frequency (per minute) 120 so oil is constantly supplied to the B port.
7 The coil surface temperature increases if
Dust Resistance/
JIS C 0920 IP65 (Dust-tight, Waterjet-proof) (Note 2) IP64 ( Dust-tight,
) this valve is kept continuously energized.
Install the valve so there is no chance of
Operating Environment
Water Resistance Rank Splash-proof
-4 to 122º F
it being touched directly by hand.
Ambient Temperature
8 Never try to take this valve apart. The cap
Temperature Range -4 to 158º F seal cannot be reassembled without
Operating Fluid
Viscosity Range 15 to 300 centistokes using special tools.

Weight AR/HQ (A2K) lbs 3.9 11.4 12.1 15.2
Size x Length M5 × 45 (Four) M8 × 70 (Four) M8 × 70 (Four) M10 × 75 (Four)
Mounting bolt
Tightening Torque
4.4 to 5.9 22 to 25 22 to 25 40 to 44
ft lbs
Note: 1.Internal leaking does not exceed 1 droplet/minute (.003 cu in)
2.The power supply type for E* is IP64 (dust-tight, splash-proof).
3.For mounting bolts, use grade 8 or equivalent.
4.Mounting bolts are not included with the 01 size. Bolts are included with the 03, 04, 06 sizes.
D-53
Power For SNH-G01 For SNH-G03

Solenoid Frequency
Supply Voltage (V)
Type (Hz) Solenoid Allowable Voltage Solenoid Allowable Voltage
Type Current (A) Power (W) Current (A) Power (W)
Coil Type Range (V) Coil Type Range (V)
E1 AC100 50/60 EAC64-E1-1A 0.31 27 90 to 110 EBB64-E1 0.40 34 90 to 110
AC110 0.26 25 0.33 31

E115 50/60 EAC64-E115-1A 100 to 125 EBB64-E115 100 to 125
DC with AC115 0.27 27 0.34 34
Built-in
D
Rectifier
E2 AC200 50/60 EAC64-E2-1A 0.15 26 180 to 220 EBB64-E2 0.22 37 180 to 220
AC220 0.12 24 0.16 30

Solenoid Valves
E230 50/60 EAC64-E230-1A 200 to 250 EBB64-E230 200 to 250

AC230 0.13 27 0.17 33
D1 DC12 EAC64-D1-1A 2.2 26 10.8 to 13.2 EBB64-D1 2.6 31 10.8 to 13.2
DC
D2 DC24 EAC64-D2-1A 1.1 26 21.6 to 26.4 EBB64-D2 1.5 36 21.6 to 26.4
Power For SNH-G04

Solenoid Frequency
Supply Voltage (V)
Type (Hz) Solenoid Allowable Voltage
Type Current (A) Power (W)
Coil Type Range (V)
E1 AC100 50/60 EBB64-E1 0.40 34 90 to 110

DC with
Built-in
Rectifier
E2 AC200 50/60 EBB64-E2 0.22 37 180 to 220
DC D2 DC24 EBB64-D2 1.5 36 21.6 to 26.4
Power For SNH-G06

Solenoid Frequency
Supply Voltage (V)
Type (Hz) Solenoid Drive Current Holding Holding Allowable Voltage
Type Coil Type (A) Current (A) Power (W) Range (V)
E1 AC100 50/60 EBB64-D60 0.71 0.36 33.2 90 to 110

DC with
Built-in
Rectifier
E2 AC200 50/60 EBB64-D120 0.39 0.19 36.4 180 to 220
DC D2 DC24 EBB64-D17 3.0 1.5 37.4 21.6 to 26.4
D-54
SNH – G 01 – AR – – D2 – 11
Design number
11: 01 size
10: 03, 04, 06 size
Power supply
E: AC (Built-in rectifier; 50/60Hz)
E1=AC100V E115=AC115V(01, 03 size)
E2=AC200V E230=AC230V(01, 03 size)
Solenoid Valves
Operation symbol
AR: 2-port normal close
HQ: 2-port normal open
A2K: 3-port (01 size)
Nominal pipe diameter: 01, 03, 04, 06 size
Mounting method: Gasket type
Pump type
SNH: Non-leak type solenoid valve
Options (Auxiliary Symbol)
• Select options in accordance with size, as shown in the table to the right. Auxiliary
symbol M N R GR
(1) The 06 size has an EC connector and a built in surge killer as standard. Size
However, an indicator light is not provided because of space considera-
tions.
01 ™ ™ ™ ™
(2) Option N increases the measurement by the size of the pushbutton only.
03 ™ ™ ™ ™
04 ™ ™ ™ ™
06 ™ ™
With manual push pin With manual push-button (with lock mechanism)
(Auxiliary Symbol "M") (Auxiliary Symbol "N")

Manual operation
push pin
Overall length
increases by 38mm.
No change in overall length
D-55
Electrical Circuits
• These electrical circuits are for sizes 01, 03, 04. An EC connector is used for size 06. See the next page for more information .
Valve Connector Type Wiring Electrical Circuit Diagram
Connect the power

COM
supply to terminals
EA41-1A No.1 and No. 2. The
(Standard for power supply type D*) terminal is ground.
±
Use this terminal as
required.
D
Solenoid Valves
Connect the power

COM
supply to terminals
EA41-DR1/2-1C No.1 and No. 2. The
(D* option: R) terminal is ground.
±
Use this terminal as
required.
G01
G03 COM
G04 EA41-GRD1/2-1C
(D* option: GR) ±
Size
COM
Connect the power
EA42-1B
supply to the terminals
(For power supply type E*)
on the board. 50/60Hz
When ground con-
Power supply
nection is required,
terminal
remove the board and
use the terminal. In
this case, do not con-
nect the power supply COM
EA42-R1/2-1B to the No. 1 and No. 2

(E* option: R) terminals.
50/60Hz
G (Previously PF) 1/2
Note: 1.Connector types 1 and 2 indicate voltage. (1: 100V AC or 12V DC; 2: 200V AC or 24V DC)
8VHDFRQQHFWRUFRUGZLWKDGLDPHWHUWKDWLVLQWKHUDQJHRIƵWRƵ
3.The orientation of the connectors can be changed in 90º increments by modifying the terminal block.
4.The cover cannot be removed unless the installation screws are removed.
5.Use an M3 type as a solderless terminal.
6.Tighten the M3 screws that secure connectors and terminals to a torque of 2.6 to 4.4 in lbs.
D-56 .
• 06 Size EC Connector
SNH-G06 provides large switching
Starting current Holding current Surgeless
power, so an EC connector is used.
SOL OFF
During switching, this EC connector
supplies twice the current (starting
current) that normally flows to the
Current
coil (holding current), and drops the
current back to normal after switch-
Voltage
ing is complete.
SOL ON
Time
Solenoid Valves
Valve Connector Type Wiring Electrical Circuit Diagram
+
Surgeless Type (24V DC)
PWM Circuit
Timer
EC Connector Circuit
EN41 î06D2
-
Note that correct polarity must be

maintained with the power supply.
06
Size
Power supply terminal
Connect the power supply to the terminals on the board.

50/60Hz
Full Wave Rectifier Circuit
Built-in Rectifier When ground connection is required, remove the board and
PWM Circuit
Timer
EC Connector use the terminal. In this case, do not connect the power sup- Circuit
EN41 î06E1/E2 ply to the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals.

COM
Round type, Y type, and other solderless terminals cannot be
used.
Note: The orientation of the EN41-06** connector cannot be changed at 90º intervals by modifying the terminal block.
D-57
Installation Dimension Drawings Valve Mounding Surface Dimensions
11 01-AR/HQ (Conforms to ISO 4401-03-02-0-94)
SNH-G**-AR-**-
10 MSA-01X-E10
A B 77
24 40.5
30.2
E
12.7
15.5 0.75
Ƶ7 max.
A B
31.75
4-M5x12
31
A B
D C
Rotatable 360 ° (Note 2)
ƵI 03-AR/HQ (Conforms to ISO 4401-05-04-0-94)
D Wiring port (Allowable cabtire

cord diameter: Ƶ 8 to 10)
ƵJ MS-03-E30
25
104
54
37.3
G
Solenoid Valves
16.7
F
Ƶ10 max.
21.4
A B
70
46
4-M8x15
Note: An M6 mounting screw type is not yet available.
Dimension Table 04-AR/HQ

Size A B C D E F G (Note) 2 H I J MS-04-E30-D
104
43 30
91
01 100 60.5 160.5 60.5 46 48 37.5 9 5.5 26
9.5
(94.5)
112 A B
28
03 114 89 203 63 70 72 58 14 8.5
(115.5)
75
56
112
04 132 71 203 63 75 71 58 14 8.5
(115.5)
Ƶ14 max.
06 137 82 219 63 85 71 115.5 60 18 11
4-M8x15
Note: 1. The 01, 03, 04 size power supply type E* allows rotation at 90º intervals, but the 06 size cannot
be rotated. 06-AR/HQ
2. Values in parentheses are for 01, 03, 04 size power supply type E*. MS-06-E30-D
120
3. The P and T ports of the 01, 03 sizes do not have O-ring grooves, so if the manifold has P 48 42
10.5
and T ports, use end plates to close off the valve P and T ports. Contact your agent for information
about end plates.
A B
32
85
64
Rotatable 360 ° (Note 1)
11
SNH-G**-HQ-**- Ƶ 23 max.
10 ° 4-M10x18
G
F
A B
E
Dimension Table
Size C D E F G (Note) 2 K L
K L
C D 91
01 160.5 60.5 46 48 70.5 90
(94.5)
112
03 203 63 . 70 72 89 114
(115.5)
112
04 203 63 75 71 83 120
(115.5)
06 219 63 85 71 115.5 100 119
D-58
SNH-G01-A2K-*-D*/E*-11
104
52 52
15.5 0.75
A B
31.75
25.9
46
31
P
12.7
21.5
30.2
106.5 40.5 39
60.7 186 Valve Mounding Surface Dimensions
Rotatable 360 ° Space required for coil removal
(90° steps in the case of Note 1) 01-A2K (Conforms to ISO 4401-03-02-0-94)
D
Wiring port (Allowable cabtire MSA-01X-E10
cord diameter:Ƶ 8 to 10)
Ƶ9
Ƶ 5.5 104
91(94.5)
30.5 40.5
Solenoid Valves
30.2
79.5
21.5
SOL b
15.5 0.75
12.7
48
37.5
Ƶ 7 max.
24
25.9
A B
32.5
31
4-10-24
46
P
Note: 1. Power supply type E* allows rotation at 90º intervals.

2. Values in parentheses are for power supply type E*.

Size
01 03 04 06
Flow Path
A ȻB a b c d
P ȻA, P ȻB a -- -- --
435 435
362 362
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi
290 290
a b c d
217 217
145 145
72.5 72.5
0 0
0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7 36.9 42.2 47.5
Flow rate gpm Flow rate gpm
D-59
Pressure - Flow Volume Allowable Value
G 01 S iz e G 03 S iz e
A: AR(A ȹB) A: AR(A ȹB)
B: AR(B ȹA) B: AR(B ȹA)
A C: HQ(A ȹB)&(B ȹA) C: HQ(A ȹB)&(B ȹA)
15.8 31.7
D: A2K(P ȹA,B)&(A,B ȹP)
Flow rate gpm

Flow rate gpm
10.5 21.1
B B
D 5.2
C
10.5
C
D
Solenoid Valves
0 1450 2900 4350 0 1450 2900 4350
Note: Available flow rate values depend on pressure

SNH-G04-AR/HQ SNH-G06-AR/HQ and fluid flow direction. The following shows
52.8 66 how to read the data.
A: AR(A-B) A: AR(A-B)
47.5 B: AR(B-A) 59.4 B: AR(B-A)
C: HQ(A-B)&(B-A) C: HQ(A-B)&(B-A)
A A A : AR
42.2 52.8
36.9 46.2 Oil flow from A

Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm
port to B port
31.7 39.6
B
26.4 33 Valve operation symbol
B C
21.1 26.4
C Indicates curve
15.8 19.8
10.5 13.2
5.2 6.6
0 0
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 4350 5075 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 4350 5075

Power Response Time (sec)
waveform
Size
Pressure
supply T1(ON) T2(OFF)

D* 0.03 to 0.05 0.04 to 0.06
01
E* 0.04 to 0.06 0.08 to 0.10
T1 T2 D* 0.06 to 0.08 0.04 to 0.06

03
E* 0.07 to 0.09 0.08 to 0.10
ON D* 0.09 to 0.11 0.06 to 0.08
04
Solenoid
E* 0.12 to 0.14 0.14 to 0.16

signal
O FF O FF D* 0.04 to 0.06 0.06 to 0.08

06
Time (ms) E* 0.09 to 0.11 0.14 to 0.16
Pressure : 5075 psi Note: The switching response time changes slightly with
operating conditions (pressure, flow rate, viscosity,
Flow Rate : 01 : 5.2 gpm
etc.)
03 : 10.5 gpm
04 : 15.8 gpm
06 : 26.4 gpm
Operating Fluid : ISO VG68
D-60
Cross-sectional
S N H - G 01- A R - **- 11 Drawing S N H - G 01- H Q - **- 11
13 24 25 23 4 7 18 2 2 18 24 23 25 4 7 13
12 21 5 14 11 9 20 22 6 8 3 19 17 1 10 26 10 1 27 8 3 19 17 6 9 22 20 11 14 5 21 12
D
SNH-G01-A2K-**-11 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
Solenoid Valves
1 Body 15 Coil case
2 Plug 16 Coil yoke
3 Poppet 17 O-ring
13 24 23 7 25 4 8 18
4 Sleeve 18 O-ring
5 Plunger 19 O-ring
6 Solenoid guide 20 O-ring
7 Ring 21 O-ring
8 Collar 22 Backup ring
9 Solenoid stopper 23 Cap seal
10 Spring 24 Cross recessed head small screw
11 Rod 25 Nameplate
12 Nut 26 Stopper
12 21 5 14 11 20 22 9 6 19 17 3 1 10 2 13 Connector 27 Retainer
14 Solenoid coil
03 03
S N H - G 04- A R - **- 10 S N H - G 04- H Q - **- 10
06 06
13 24 8 23 25 4 7 18 2 2 18 24 23 25 4 7 22 13
12 21 16 15 5 14 11 20 22 9 6 19 17 3 1 10 26 10 1 27 8 3 19 17 6 9 20 11 14 5 15 16 21 12

Q'ty
Part No. Part Name 01 03 04 06
AR, HQ A2K
17 O-ring AS568-012 (HS90) IB-P12 IB-P16 IB-P28 2 3
18 O-ring IB-P22 IB-P32 IB-P32 IB-P32 2 2
19 O-ring AS568-017(HS90) IB-P22 AS568-120 (HS90) IB-P26 2 4
20 O-ring S-25 AS568-029 AS568-029 AS568-029 1 1
21 O-ring 1A-P20 AS568-026 AS568-026 AS568-026 1 1
22 Backup ring T2-P22 T2-P32 T2-P32 T2-P32 2 2
23 Cap seal * * * * 1 1
Note: O-ring 1B-** refers to JIS B2401-1B. Backup ring T2 indicates JIS B 2407-T2.
*Parts marked by an asterisk "*" are not available on the market. Contact your agent for more information.
D-61
SOLENOID VALVE WITH
MONITORING SWITCH
SAW Series 26.4 gpm

Directional Control Valve with Monitoring Switch 5075 psi
Features
This valve is a spool activated directional national machine safety (ISO 12100) reaction of the spool action is mechani-
control valve that uses mechanical and JIS standards (JIS B 9700) cal.
detection to operate a switch to send an standards. All valve functions, except for the
electric ON/OFF signal. This makes it The directional control valve with monitoring function, are equivalent to
possible, by monitoring the status of the monitoring switch was developed as a the standard solenoid operated
D spool operations, to use it as an informa-

tion source for safety checks by using the
ON/OFF signal as a basis for sequence
valve to support this demand.
The switch contact has little dead zone
and almost no temperature drift
directional control valve (SA-G01).
DIN connectors are used for the switches
and solenoid coil wiring so connections
control. In the future, they will be used in (variable motion caused by changes in are easy when installing or replacing
Solenoid Valves
machinery that is compatible with inter- temperature) or hysteresis because the valves.
Operational Principle
When the spool is in the center position, Fixed contact point Spool
the fixed and moving parts are in contact
forming an electric circuit. Operating the
solenoid moves the spool so the moving SOL-ON
part moves breaking the electric connec-
tion between the fixed and moving parts. Solenoid
PAT. PEND.
Moving contact point

Spool motion
Specifications
Model No. Standard Type Shockless Type
Operation Maximum Working Pressure Maximum Flow Rate Maximum Working Pressure Maximum Flow Rate
JIS Symbol
Symbol psi gpm psi gpm
A B
b -A2X- 7.9 7.9
P T
A B
b -A3X- 21.1
P T
A B
b -A5- 26.4
P T
A B
-C1- 21.1
b a
P T
5075 3625
A B
-C5- 26.4 13.2
b a
P T
A B
-C6- 21.1
b a
P T
A B
-C1S-
b a
P T
26.4
A B
-C6S-
b a
P T
Note: The maximum flow rate of each valve depends on the pressure. For details, see page D-68.
D-62
• Valve Specifications
DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid
Built-in Rectifier
Maximum Working Pressure Standard Type 5075 psi

P, A, B ports Shockless Type 3625 psi
Maximum Allowable Backpressure T port 3045 psi
Maximum Flow Rate See pressure-flow characteristics on page D-68 for more information.
Switching Frequency 120/minute
Double Solenoid 6.1 lbs 6.6 lbs
Weight
Single Solenoid 4.6 lbs 4.8 lbs
D
Dust Resistance/Water Resistance Rank JISC 0920 IP65
Operating Fluid Oil-based operating fluid (Note 1)
Operating Ambient Temperature Range -4 to 122º F
Solenoid Valves
Environment Operating Fluid Temperature Range -4 to 158º F
Operating Viscosity Range 15 to 300 centistokes
Filtration 10 m or less
Size × Length Socket hex head bolt (grade 8 equivalent) 10-24 x 1 3/4
Mounting bolt (Note2)
Tightening Torque 3.6 to 5 ft lbs
Note: 1. Use a petroleum based operating fluid because the ON/OFF mechanism of the valve's monitoring switch is immersed in oil and the oil must be a non-
conducting fluid.
Use only petroleum based operating fluid (do not use fluids that are water, glycol, W/O emulsion, phosphate, or fatty ester based).
Petroleum based operating fluids must also have a water content that is less than 0.1% by volume.
2. Installation bolts are not provided with valves. Use the specified bolts.
• Monitoring Switch Specifications
Voltage Rating 24VDC

Allowable Voltage Range ± 20% of voltage rating
Maximum Current Load 100mA
Residual Voltage (Note 3) Max. 1.2V
Wiring for Connector for Switch Connect with wires or M12-4 pin connector
Note: 1. See page D-67 for the procedure to wire the connector for the switch.
2. The programmable controller input circuits are positive (+) common mode and negative (-) common mode.
The directional control valve with monitoring switch uses a source circuit [switch on the positive (+) side of the load and power source] for safety
purposes.
Because of this, it is necessary to use a negative (-) common mode programmable controller to receive input from the monitoring switch output.
3. Set the voltage of the power supply to the monitoring switch within a range that satisfies the following conditions.
Load ON voltage + residual voltage < = switch supply voltage <= 28.8 V (+20% voltage rating)
4. The switch element (photocoupler) in the connector's internal circuit for the monitoring switch may malfunction in the ON state because of over voltage
or over current.
Therefore, in addition to checking the ON output of the monitoring switch, monitor the current at the solenoid and the internal circuits of the connector
and valve in conjunction with the switch output.
Condition of monitoring switch output and valve

Current to Solenoid
ON OFF
Abnormal Normal
ON
Malfunction at internal circuit of connector or valve Spool returns to middle position
Monitoring Switch Output
Normal Abnormal
OFF
Spool is switching Valve malfunction or signal wire is cut
The monitoring switch outputs according to the motion of the spool, so the solenoid turns on and off according to the output signal which is
delayed only as much as the spool operation is delayed.
Set a 0.3 second delay, including leeway, to monitor the output of the switch.
D-63
• Solenoid Specifications
Same specifications as the SA-G01 series (31 design).
Solenoid Power Supply Frequency Holding Current Holding Power Allowable Voltage
Voltage (V) Solenoid Coil Type Drive Current (A)
Type Type (Hz) (A) (W) Range (V)
50 2.2 0.52 25 80 to 110

AC100
C1 60 EAC64-C1 2.0 0.38 22
90 to 120
AC110 60 2.2 0.46 28
50 2.0 0.47 25 90 to 120
AC110
C115 60 EAC64-C115 1.8 0.35 22
100 to 130
D AC
AC115 60
50
2.0
1.1
0.42
0.26
28
25 160 to 220
AC200
C2 60 E A C 64- C 2 1.0 0.19 22
Solenoid Valves
180 to 240
AC220 60 1.1 0.23 28
50 1.0 0.24 25 180 to 240
AC220
C 230 60 E A C 64- C 230 0.91 0.17 22
200 to 260
AC230 60 1.0 0.21 28
E1 AC100 50/60 EAC64-E1-1A 0.31 27 90 to 110
AC110 0.26 25
DC with E115 50/60 EAC64-E115-1A 100 to 125
AC115 0.27 27
Built-in
Rectifier E2 AC200 50/60 EAC64-E2-1A 0.15 26 180 to 220
AC220 0.12 24
E230 50/60 EAC64-E230-1A 200 to 250
AC230 0.13 27
D1 DC12 —— EAC64-D1-1A 2.2 26 10.8 to 13.2
DC
D2 DC24 —— EAC64-D2-1A 1.1 26 21.6 to 26.4
• Handling
1 In order to realize the full benefits of the charged until you install the coil into the directional control valve with monitoring
wet type solenoid valve, configure piping valve. switch (option symbol: GR). (If the
so oil is constantly supplied to the T port. 9 In the case of operation symbol A2X, run solenoid power source is C* and D*)
Never use a stopper plug in the T port. drain piping from the valve T port. 14 Use surgeless specification (with varistor
2 Ensure that surge pressure in excess of 10 Maintaining a switching position under diode) directional control valves with
the maximum allowable back pressure high pressure for a long period can monitoring switches for all electric valves
does not reach the T port. cause abnormal operation due to on the same machine to prevent
3 Note that the maximum flow rate is limited hydraulic lockup. Contact your agent mis-operation of the monitoring switch
when used as a four-way valve, or by when you need to maintain a switching caused by noise when the solenoid turns
blocking ports for use as a two-way valve position for a long period. on and off.
or one-way valve. 11 Note that manual pin operating 15 The coil surface temperature increases if
4 Always keep the operating fluid clean. pressure changes in accordance with this valve is kept continuously energized.
Allowable contamination is class NAS12 tank line back pressure. Install the valve so there is no chance of
or less. 12 The solenoid has a pin for switching the it being touched directly by hand.
5 Use a ISO VG 32 petroleum-based spool manually. However, use the cap 16 The connector for the solenoid is the
operating fluid, or an equivalent, that has (option symbol: D) to prevent manual same as for the SA series solenoid valve.
a water content that is less than 0.1% by operation for jobs were manual See page D-22 for electrical circuit
volume. operation would cause a safety problem. drawings and wiring procedures.
6 Do not use fire-resistant operating fluid. 13 The only way to prevent misoperation of 17 Use the following table for specification
7 Use this valve only within the allowable the monitoring switch caused by noise when a sub plate is required.
voltage range. generated by the solenoid turning on
8 Do not allow the AC solenoid to become and off is to install the surgeless
Pipe Maximum Working Recommended Weight

Model No. Pressure Flow Rate Dimension Drawings Page
Diameter psi gpm lbs
MSA-01X-E10 1/4 5.2

2.6 D-20
MSA-01Y-E10 3/8 3625 10.5
MSA-01Y-T-E10 3/8 10.5 1.9 H-4
D-64
SAW – G 01 – A3X – FGR V – D2 – 10
Design number

C1 : AC100V 50/60Hz, AC110V 60Hz
C115: AC110V 50/60Hz, AC115V 60Hz
C2 : AC200V 50/60Hz, AC220V 60Hz
C230: AC220V 50/60Hz, AC230V 60Hz
D1: DC12V D2 : DC24V
E1: AC100V 50/60Hz
E2: AC200V 50/60Hz
E115: AC110/115V 50/60Hz
E230: AC220/230V 50/60Hz D
Solenoid Valves
Wiring for connector for switch
None: With 350mm wire
V : With M12-4 pin connector
(Example of connector with cable provided by customer: Omron XS2F-D421-D80-A)
Option symbols
None: No options (available with power supply E*)
D : With cap to prevent operation of manual push pin
F : Shockless type (available with power supply D* and E*)
GR : Surgeless type, with indicator light (must be installed with power supply C* and D*)
R : With indicator light (available with power supply E*)
Possible option symbol combinations

Power Supply Option Symbols Note:
C* GR, DGR The only way to prevent misoperation
D* GR, DGR, FGR, DFGR of the monitoring switch caused by
noise generated by the solenoid
E* None, D, F, DF, R, DR, FR, DFR
turning on and off is to install the
surgeless directional control valve
with monitoring switch.
(Power supply E is the standard surgeless
type, option symbol G is not needed.)
Operation Symbol
A B A B
A2X b C5 b a
P T P T
A B A B
A3X b C6 b a
P T P T
A B A B
A5 b C1S b a
P T P T
A B A B
C1 b a C6S b a
P T P T
Nominal diameter
01 size (D03)
Mounting method
G: Cascade mounting
Directional control valve with monitoring switch (DIN connector type)
Note: See page D-7 for an explanation of the shockless type (option symbol F) and surgeless type (option symbol G).
D-65
Dimensions of installation surface of gasket are ISO 4401-03-02.
SAW-A**-**-**-10
A
B
P
Connector for solenoid Connector for switch
D (wiring holes can be configured for 4 directions) (wiring holes can be configured for 4 directions)
Solenoid Valves
MONITORING OUTPUT.
DON'T CONNECT A POWER SUPPLY.
110.5
92.5
SOL b SOL.b
51.5
37.5
Solenoid coil Monitoring
25.5
switch
5.5
46 66
Manual push-button
119.5(112.5) 70.5
Coil can rotate
190(183)
SAW-G01-C**-**-**-10
Connector for switch
Connector for solenoid
Note 6) (wiring holes can be configured for 4 directions)
(wiring holes can be configured for 4 directions)
MONITORING OUTPUT.
Nut Nut
SOL b S O L .a S O L .b SOL a
Solenoid coil Monitoring Monitoring Solenoid coil
switch switch
140.5( 133.5) 140.5( 133.5)

61( 50) 281( 267)
Space required
for coil removal
Note: 1. Dimensions in parentheses apply in the case of an AC solenoid.

2. For option symbol D (with cap to prevent manual operation), the nut for fixing coil is 5mm long.
Include this length when calculating the total length of the valve.
3. The connector for the switch in the drawing above is the M12-4 pin connector. In addition there are wire connections also.
See page D-67 for more detailed information.
4. The wiring hole for the connector is oriented as shown in the diagram for packaging purposes. The orientation can be changed according to the direction
of the wiring.
5. Use surgeless directional control valves with monitoring switches for all electric valves on the same machine to prevent misoperation of the monitoring
switch caused by noise when the solenoid turns on and off.
6. To orient the wiring hole for the connector for the switch towards the solenoid coil, loosen the nut and rotate the solenoid coil so the connector for the
switch does not interfere with the connector for the solenoid.
D-66
• Details about the Connector for the Switch
(1) With wiring (option symbol: none)
350
Red
White
Black
(2) With M12-4 pin connector (option symbol: V) D

40.5
Solenoid Valves
M12 P1.0
1 4
2 3
Note: 1. The pin connector is screwed to the housing so it is rotated a certain amount compared to the drawing.
Refer to the electrical circuit diagram below for how to connect it.
2. The connector that the M12-4 pin connector connects to is not provided.
(3) Electrical circuit diagram
Customer's control circuit

Directional control valve
with monitoring switch
Internal circuit connector for switch

2 Power supply (+) Red
DC24V
Internal circuit
A 1 ( 20%)
Current
1 B White Load
Load 4, 2
Maximum 100mA
E C Black
Power supply (-) 3
Method for Wiring to Connector with Switch

Wiring Method
Pin Number for M12-4 pin Connection
Wire Color
Connector
Red 1 Power supply (+)
White 4 or 2 Load
Black 3 Power supply (-)
Note: 3. Always install a diode to prevent surges in the current when connecting an inductive load, such as a relay, to the monitoring switch.
4. Do not modify or replace the lead wires.
5. Connect the load for the M12-4 pin connector to either pin number 4 or 2.
6. When connecting monitoring switches in sequence, use the negative (-) common mode (type that current runs to sequence side).
D-67
348
Operation
P A P B A T B T
Symbol 319
A2X c c — —
290
A3X b b b b
261
A5 — b b —
Pressure Loss psi

C1 b b a b 232
C5 b b b b 203
b
C6 b b a a a
174
D
C1S b b b b
145
C6S b b b b
116
Solenoid Valves
87 c
58
29
0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4

Flow rate gpm
Pressure — Flow Volume Allowable Value
Operation Operation
A B A B A B A B A B A B
Symbol Symbol
b a b a b a b a b a b a
P T P T P T P T P T P T
A2X — f f A2X — c c
A3X b f f A3X a c c
A5 a — e A5 a — c
AC SOL. d C1 b c c
C1 e e
DC SOL. c
C5 a c c
C5 a e e C6 b c c
AC SOL. d C1S a c c
C6 e e
DC SOL. c
C6S a c c
C1S a e e
C6S a e e
a
26.4 a
13.2
b
10.5
Flow rate gpm
21.1
b 7.9
d
Flow rate gpm
15.8 c 5.2
c
2.6
10.5
e 0 1450 2900 3625
5.2 Pressure psi

f
0 1450 2900 4350 5075
Pressure psi
D-68
Range of Motion of Switch
Stroke of Spool
Positions SOL.b ON Center SOL.a ON
A B
Flow Path
P T
SOL.b
O FF ON
Monitoring Switch
Motion of Switch
SOL.a
ON O FF
D
Monitoring Switch
Note: 1. Flow path is C5 type (all-port-block), other flow paths also activate switch in middle position.
2. ON and OFF indicate the state of the output transistor on the circuit board in the connector.
Solenoid Valves
Switching Responsiveness
Pressure
T1 T2
T3 T4
Monitoring ON
switch OFF
ON
Solenoid OFF
voltage
Response Time (s)

Type of Machine Model Pressure Switch
T1 T2 T3 T4
AC Solenoid SAW-G01-C5-GR-C1-10 0.02 to 0.03 0.02 to 0.03 0.01 to T1 T2 to 0.05
Standard Type SAW-G01-C5-GR-D2-10 0.03 to 0.04 0.02 to 0.04 0.01 to T1 T2 to 0.06
Built-in Rectifier SAW-G01-E1-10 0.03 to 0.04 0.07 to 0.10 0.01 to T1 T2 to 0.15
DC Solenoid Shockless Type SAW-G01-C5-FGR-D2-10 0.07 to 0.10 0.04 to 0.07 0.02 to T1 T2 to 0.10
Built-in Rectifier
Type SAW-G01-C5-F-E1-10 0.07 to 0.10 0.10 to 0.15 0.02 to T1 T2 to 0.20
Shockless Type
Note: May vary depending on switching response time and operating conditions (pressure, flow rate, and oil temperature).
[Measurement Conditions]
Pressure 2030 psi
Flow Rate 7.9 gpm
Operating fluid ISO VG32 104º F
D-69
Cross-sectional Drawings 29 28 44 30 1 21 39 26 41 45 27 9 25 32
SAW-G01-A**-**-**-10 40
37
16
17
MONITORING OUTPUT.
8
31
15
D
Solenoid Valves
22 35 24 7 23 38 36 4 43 18 34 12 33 6 20 13 10 14 11 19 3 42 2
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Seal Part List (Kit Model Number EQS-01A)
1 Body 16 Plate (connector) 31 Wave washer Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty
2 Plug 17 Collar (insulated) 32 O-ring *
3 Cover (switch) 18 Spring (one SOL. guide side) 33 O-ring * 32 O-ring 1B-P3 1
4 Cover (one SOL.) 19 Spring (one SOL. contact side) 34 O-ring * 33 O-ring AS568-012 (Hs90) 4
5 Cover (connector) 20 Spring (main unit) 35 O-ring *
34 O-ring AS568-019 (Hs90) 2
6 Spool 21 Spacer 36 O-ring *
7 Rod (guide) 22 Nut 37 O-ring * 35 O-ring 1A-P20 1
8 Rod (conductor) 23 Solenoid guide 38 O-ring *
36 O-ring 1B-P18 2
9 Bush (insulated) 24 Solenoid coil 39 O-ring *
10 Retainer (fixed contact) 25 Connector with lead wire 40 Hexagon socket head bolt 37 O-ring S-11.2 (Hs90) 1
11 Retainer (movable contact) 26 Packing 41 Hexagon socket head bolt
38 O-ring S25 (Hs70) 1
12 Retainer (main unit) 27 Connector with built-in photo-coupler 42 Hexagon socket head bolt
13 Ring (insulation inside) 28 Connector packing 43 Hexagon socket head bolt 39 O-ring S-9 (Hs70) 1
14 Ring (insulation outside) 29 Connector 44 Philips pan head screw
Note: 1A and 1B are JIS Standard B 2401, while AS568 is
15 Stopper 30 Nameplate 45 Hexagon nut
SAE standard.
For details about parts marked with an asterisk "*", refer to the list of seals in the table on the right.
39 26 6 14 35 22 37 40 23 28 7 33 21 36 3 13 25 24
SAW-G01-C**-**-**-10
MONITORING OUTPUT.
18 31 20 5 19 34 32 2 38 30 1 17 29 4 10 16 11 8 12 9 27 15
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Seal Part List (Kit Model Number EQS-01C)
1 Body 16 Spring (main unit) 31 O-ring * Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty
2 Cover (sensor) 17 Spacer 32 O-ring *
3 Cover (connector) 18 Nut 33 O-ring * 28 O-ring 1B-P3 2
4 Spool 19 Solenoid guide 34 O-ring * 29 O-ring AS568-012 (Hs90) 4
5 Rod (DC guide) 20 Solenoid coil 35 O-ring *
30 O-ring AS568-019 (Hs90) 2
6 Rod (conductor) 21 Connector with lead wire 36 Hexagon socket head bolt
7 Bush (insulated) 22 Packing 37 Hexagon socket head bolt 31 O-ring 1A-P20 2
8 Retainer (fixed contact) 23 Connector with built-in photo-coupler 38 Hexagon socket head bolt
32 O-ring 1B-P18 2
9 Retainer (movable contact) 24 Connector packing 39 Philips pan head screw
10 Retainer (main unit) 25 Connector 40 Hexagon nut 33 O-ring S-11.2 (Hs90) 2
11 Ring (insulation inside) 26 Nameplate
34 O-ring S-25 (Hs70) 2
12 Ring (insulation outside) 27 Wave washer
13 Plate (connector) 28 O-ring * 35 O-ring S-9 (Hs70) 2
14 Collar (insulated) 29 O-ring *
Note: 1A and 1B are JIS Standard B 2401, while AS568 is
15 Spring (one SOL. contact side) 30 O-ring *
SAE standard.
For details about parts marked with an asterisk "*", refer to the list of seals in the table on the right.
D-70
POPPET TYPE SOLENOID VALVE WITH
MONITORING SWITCH
SCW Series 13.2 gpm

Poppet Type Directional Control Valve with Monitoring Switch 3045 psi
Features
This valve is a poppet activated international machine safety (ISO mechanical.
directional control valve that uses 12100) and JIS standards (JIS B 9700) All valve functions, except for the
mechanical detection to operate a standards. monitoring function, are equivalent to
switch to send an electric ON/OFF The poppet type directional control valve the standard poppet type directional
signal. This makes it possible, by with monitoring switch was developed control valve.
monitoring the status of the spool
operations, to use it as an information
source for safety checks by using the
as a valve to support this demand.
The switch contact has little dead
DIN connectors are used for the
switches and solenoid coil wiring so D
zone and almost no temperature drift connections are easy when installing
ON/OFF signal as a basis for sequence (variable motion caused by changes or replacing valves.
Solenoid Valves
control. In the future, they will be used in in temperature) or hysteresis because
machinery that is compatible with the reaction of the poppet action is
Operational Principle Needle Valve Poppet

When the needle valve is in the center
position, the fixed and moving parts
are in contact forming an electric
circuit. The solenoid turns on, the SOL-ON
needle valve operates so there is no
circuit between the fixed and moving
parts.
Solenoid B
A
Moving contact point
Fixed contact point
Specifications
• Valve Specifications
Operation Symbol -AR- -ARC-
B B
JIS Symbol
A A
Maximum Working Pressure (A, B ports) 3045 psi

A B 13.2 gpm
Maximum Flow Rate 13.2 gpm
B A ———
Cracking Pressure of Check Valve 29 psi
Switching Frequency 120/minute
Weight 5 lbs
Dust Resistance/Water Resistance Rank JIS C 0920 IP65
Operating Fluid Oil-based operating fluid (Note 1)
Ambient Temperature Range -4 to 122º F
Operating Environment
Operating Fluid Temperature Range -4 to 158º F
Operating Viscosity Range 15 to 300 centistokes
Filtration 10m or less
Mounting bolt Size × Length Socket hex head bolt (grade 8 equivalent) 10-24 x 1 3/4
(Note2) Tightening Torque 7.3 to 9.5 ft lbs
Note: 1. Use a pe troleum based operating fluid because the ON/OFF mechanism of the valve's monitoring switch is immersed in oil and the oil must be a non-
conducting fluid.
Use only petroleum based operating fluid (do not use fluids that are water, glycol, W/O emulsion, phosphate, or fatty ester based).
Petroleum based operating fluids must also have a water content that is less than 0.1% by volume.
2. Installation bolts are provided with valves.
D-71
• Monitoring Switch Specifications
Voltage Rating 24VDC
Allowable Voltage Range ± 20% of voltage rating
Maximum Current Load 100mA
Residual Voltage (Note 3) Max. 1.2V
Wiring for Connector for Switch Connect with wires or M12-4 pin connector
Note: 1. See page D-74 for the procedure to wire the connector for the switch.
2. The programmable controller input circuits are positive (+) common mode and negative (-) common mode.
The directional control valve with monitoring switch uses a source circuit [switch on the positive (+) side of the load and power source] for safety
purposes.
Because of this, it is necessary to use a negative (-) common mode programmable controller to receive input from the monitoring switch output.
3. Set the voltage of the power supply to the monitoring switch within a range that satisfies the following conditions.
Load ON voltage + residual voltage < = switch supply voltage <= 28.8 V (+20% voltage rating)
D
4. The switch element (photocoupler) in the connector's internal circuit for the monitoring switch may malfunction in the ON state because of over voltage
or over current.
Therefore, in addition to checking the ON output of the monitoring switch, monitor the current at the solenoid and the internal circuits of the connector
and valve in conjunction with the switch output.
Solenoid Valves
Condition of monitoring switch output and valve

Current to Solenoid
ON OFF
Abnormal Normal
ON
Malfunction at internal circuit of connector or valve Needle valve returns to middle position
Monitoring Pressure from A port Abnormal

Switch Output (Closed) Valve malfunction or signal wire is cut
Normal
OFF
Needle valve is switching Pressure from B port Normal
(Flows from B A port) Poppet opens and needle valve operates
The monitoring switch outputs according to the motion of the spool, so the solenoid turns on and off according to the output signal which is
delayed only as much as the spool operation is delayed.
Set a 0.3 second delay, including leeway, to monitor the output of the switch.
• Solenoid Specifications
Same specifications as the SA-G01 series (31 design).
Solenoid Power Supply Frequency Holding Current Holding Power Allowable Voltage
Voltage (V) Solenoid Coil Type Drive Current (A)
Type Type (Hz) (A) (W) Range (V)
E1 AC100 50/60 EAC64-E1-1A 0.31 27 90 to 110

AC110 0.26 25
DC with E 115 50/60 E A C 64- E 115- 1A 100 to 125
AC115 0.27 27
Built-in
Rectifier E2 AC200 50/60 EAC64-E2-1A 0.15 26 180 to 220
AC220 0.12 24
E 230 50/60 EAC64-E230-1A 200 to 250
AC230 0.13 27
D1 DC12 —— EAC64-D1-1A 2.2 26 10.8 to 13.2
DC
D2 DC24 —— 9 EAC64-D2-1A 1.1 26 21.6 to 26.4
• Handling
1 Do not allow abnormal surges greater control valve with monitoring switch 8 The coil surface temperature increases if
than the maximum operating pressure to (option symbol: GR). (If the solenoid this valve is kept continuously energized.
occur because pressure from the B port is power source is C* and D*) Install the valve so there is no chance of
used for the solenoid. 7 Use surgeless specification (with varistor it being touched directly by hand.
2 Always keep the operating fluid clean. diode) directional control valves with 9 The connector for the solenoid is the
Allowable contamination is class NAS12 monitoring switches for all electric same as for the SA series solenoid valve.
or less. valves on the same machine to prevent See page D-22 for electrical circuit
3 Use a ISO VG 32 petroleum-based misoperation of the monitoring switch drawings and wiring procedures.
operating fluid, or an equivalent, that has caused by noise when the solenoid 10 Use the following table for specification
a water content that is less than 0.1% by turns on and off. when a sub plate is required.
volume.
4 Do not use fire-resistant operating fluid. Pipe Maximum Working Recommended
17 Weight
Model No. Pressure Flow Rate Dimension Drawings Page
5 Use this valve only within the allowable Diameter psi gpm lbs
voltage range.
6 The only way to prevent misoperation of MSA-03-E10 3/8 11.8
5 D-21
the monitoring switch caused by noise MSA-03X-E10 1/2 21.1
generated by the solenoid turning on and 3625
MSA-03-T-E10 3/8 11.8
off is to install the surgeless directional 8.3 H-4
MSA-03X-T-E10 1/2 21.1
D-72
SCW – G 03 – ARC – GR V – D2 – J10
Design number
D1: DC12V D2 : DC24V
E1: AC100V 50/60Hz E115: AC110/115V 50/60Hz
E2: AC200V 50/60Hz E230: AC220/230V 50/60Hz
Wiring for connector for switch
None: With 350mm wire
V : With M12-4 pin connector
Option symbols
None: No options (available with power supply E*)
GR : Surgeless type, with indicator light (must be installed with power supply D*) D
R : With indicator light (available with power supply E*)
Solenoid Valves
Possible option symbol combinations Note:
Power Supply Option Symbols The only way to prevent misoperation of the monitoring
switch caused by noise generated by the solenoid turning
D* GR on and off is to install the surgeless directional control valve
E* None, R with monitoring switch.
(Power supply E is the standard surgeless type, option symbol G is
not needed.)
Operation Symbol B
AR When SOL. is ON does not flow from B A.

A
B
Nominal diameter
ARC When SOL. is ON flows both from A B and B A
03 size (D05) A
Mounting method
G: Cascade mounting
Poppet type directional control valve with monitoring switch

Dimensions of installation surface of gasket are ISO 4401-05-04.
However, used only for port A and B.
B
A
46
23 54
76 84
160
Connector for switch

40.5 M12 P1.0
Note 3) (wiring holes can be configured for 4 directions)
Connector for solenoid

(wiring holes can be configured for 3 directions)
MONITORING OUTPUT.
108.5
Nut
Solenoid coil
49.5
46
23.5
6.5
Coil can rotate
60
Note: 1. The connector for the switch in the drawing above is the M12-4 pin connector. In addition there are wire connections also.
See page D-74 for more detailed information.
2. Use surgeless directional control valves with monitoring switches for all electric valves on the same machine to prevent misoperation of the monitoring
switch caused by noise when the solenoid turns on and off.
3. To orient the wiring hole for the connector for the switch towards the solenoid coil, loosen the nut and rotate the solenoid coil so the connector for the
switch does not interfere with the connector for the solenoid.
D-73
• Details about the Connector for the Switch
(1) With wiring (option symbol: none)
350
Red
White
Black
(2) With M12-4 pin connector (option symbol: V) 40.5

M12 P1.0
1 4
D
Solenoid Valves
2 3
Note: 1. The pin connector is screwed to the housing so it is rotated a certain amount compared to the drawing.
Refer to the electrical circuit diagram below for how to connect it.
2. The connector that the M12-4 pin connector connects to is not provided.
(3) Electrical circuit diagram

Customer's control circuit
Directional control valve
with monitoring switch
Internal circuit connector for switch

2 Power supply (+) Red
DC24V
Internal circuit
A 1 ( 20%) Method for Wiring to Connector with Switch

Current
1 B White Load Wiring Method
Load 4, 2 Pin Number for Connection
Maximum 100mA Wire Color
M12-4 pin Connector
E C Black Red 1 Power supply (+)
Power supply (-) 3 White 4 or 2 Load
Black 3 Power supply (-)
Note: 3. Always install a diode to prevent surges in the current when connecting an inductive load, such as a relay, to the
monitoring switch.
4. Do not modify or replace the lead wires.
5. Connect the load for the M12-4 pin connector to either pin number 4 or 2.
6. When connecting monitoring switches in sequence, use the negative (-) common mode (type that current runs to
sequence side).

290
261
Operation SOL OFF SOL ON
JIS Symbol
Pressure Loss psi
Symbol B A A B B A 232
B
203
AR c a —
A
174
B 145
ARC c a b c
116
A
b
a
87
58
29
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2

Flow rate gpm
D-74
Range of Motion of Switch
Stroke of Poppet
Positions SOL. ON Switching Transition Center
B
Flow Path
Motion of Switch O FF ON
Note: 1. Internal leak exists at of switching transition period.

2. ON and OFF indicate the state of the output transistor on the circuit board in the connector.
Switching Responsiveness Pressure

D
Solenoid Valves
T1 T2
T3 T4
ON
Monitoring switch OFF
[Measurement Conditions]
Pressure 2030 psi
ON
Flow Rate 7.9 gpm
OFF
Solenoid voltage Operating fluid ISO VG32 100º F
Response Time (s)

Type of Machine Model Pressure Switch
T1 T2 T3 T4
DC Solenoid SCW-G03-AR-GR-D2-J10 0.03 to 0.04 0.02 to 0.03 0.01 to T1 T2 to 0.05
DC Solenoid with Built-in Rectifier SCW-G03-AR-E1-J10 0.03 to 0.04 0.08 to 0.11 0.01 to T1 T2 to 0.20
Note: May vary depending on switching response time and operating conditions (pressure, flow rate, and oil temperature).
23 22 16 28 11 36 13 8 42 43 25 27 26 40 24 41
2
15
MONITORING OUTPUT.
30
39
33
17
32
A B
37 21 19 20 29 3 38 31 18 10 9 14 12 7 5 44 4 45 35 34 1
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Seal Part List (Kit Model Number EQS-SC)
1 Body 16 Spacer (sealing prevention) 31 Wave washer Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty
2 Cover (connector) 17 Collar (insulated) 32 Spacer (ring rotation prevention)
3 Needle Valve 18 Spring (contact side) 33 O-ring * 33 O-ring 1B-P3 1
4 Poppet 19 Spring (guide side) 34 O-ring * 34 O-ring AS568-014 (Hs90) 2
5 Sleeve 20 Solenoid plunger 35 O-ring *
O-ring * 35 O-ring 1B-P14 2
6 Rod (conductor) 21 Solenoid guide 36
7 Bush (needle valve support) 22 Solenoid coil 37 O-ring * 36 O-ring AS568-119 (Hs90) 1
8 Bush (insulated) 23 Nut 38 O-ring *
37 O-ring 1A-P20 1
9 Retainer (fixed contact) 24 Connector with lead wire 39 O-ring *
10 Retainer (movable contact) 25 Packing 40 O-ring * 38 O-ring S-25 (Hs70) 1
11 Retainer (flange side) 26 Connector with built-in photo-coupler 41 Hexagon socket head bolt
39 O-ring S-11.2 (Hs9) 1
12 Ring (insulation inside) 27 Connector packing 42 Hexagon socket head bolt
13 Ring (insulation outside) 28 Connector 43 Hexagon nut 40 O-ring S-9 (Hs70) 1
14 Ring (fixed by sleeve) 29 Parallel pin 44 Steel ball
Note) 1A and 1B are JIS Standard B 2401, while AS568 is
Set screw
15 Plate (connector) 30 Nameplate 45
SAE standard.
Note: 1. For details about parts marked with an asterisk "*", refer to the list of seals in the table on the right.
2. Products marked with a use only SCW-G03-ARC-**-**-J10 and do not use SCW-G03-AR-**-**-J10.
D-75
WET TYPE SOLENOID OPERATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE WITH DEUTSCH CONNECTOR
SK-G01 Series
Wet Type Solenoid Valve
Features
• High pressure, large capacity with
minimal pressure loss
• High dust and water resistance
(JIS C 0920 IP67)
• High vibration proof
D (JIS D 1601 3 D Grade 90 Division 400)

• Shockless type available (Option: F)
• Diode built in coil available (Option: G)
• Low switching noise and very long life
Solenoid Valves
Specifications
SK-G01
Model Number
Standard Type Shockless Type
Maximum Flow Maximum Working Maximum Flow Maximum Working
JIS Symbol Operation
Rate L/min(gpm) Pressure MPa(psi) Rate L/min(gpm) Pressure MPa(psi)
b A B
A3X
P T
A B a
80 (21.1)
H3X
P T
b A B a
E3X
A
P
B
T
100 (26.4) 50.0 (13.2)
b a
C5 35 (5075) 25 (3625)
P T
A B
a
b
C6 80 (21.1)
P T
A B
b a
C4
P T
A B 50.0 (13.2)
b a
C7Y 40 (10.6)
P T
Maximum Working Standard Type 35 (5075)

Pressure MPa(psi) P, A, B ports Shockless Type 25 (3625)
Maximum Allowable Standard Type
21 (3045)
Back Pressure MPa(psi) T port Shockless Type
Standard Type
Switches/min 120
Shockless Type
Shockless F
Option
Surgeless (Diode built in coil) G
Double solenoid 2.0 (4.41)
Weight kg (lbs)
Single solenoid 1.5 (3.31)
Dust Resistance/Water Resistance Rank JIS C 0920 IP67
Operating Environment Vibration Proof JIS D 1601 3 D Grade 90 Division 400
Ambient Temperature -30~+50°C (-22~+122°F)
Temperature Range -25~+80°C (-13~+176°F)
Operating Fluid Viscosity Range 15~300mm2/s(cSt)
Filtration 10 m or less
M5x45 or #10x1 3/4, four bolts
Size x Length
Mounting Bolts Hexagon socket head bolts 10-24 x 1 3/4
Tightening Torque 5~7N•m (3.69~5.16lbf•ft)
Note: 1. Maximum operating pressure depends on the valve type. For details, see "Permissible pressure-flow rate values.”
2. A protective cover is recommended to avoid splashing the valve directly.
3. For mounting bolts, use grade 8.
4. Mounting bolts are not included.
D-76
Permissible Pressure-Flow Rate Values
•Standard type
100 A
Type Standard Type (26.4)
Operation
A B A B A B
Example b a b a b a 80
(21.1)
Operation
Flow L/min (gpm)

P T P T P T
Symbol 60 C B
(15.9)
A3X B I I D
H3X B I I 40 G
(10.6)
E3X A H H
H E
C4 D D D 20
(5.3)
I
C5
C6
A
C
G
G
G
G 0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35
D
(725) (1450) (2175) (2900) (3625) (4350) (5075)
C7Y E I I Pressure MPa (psi)
Solenoid Valves
•Shockless type
Type Shockless Type 50 J
(13.2)
Operation
A B A B A B
Example b a b a b a 40
(10.6)
Operation P T P T P T
Flow L/min (gpm)

Symbol K
30
A3X J N N (7.9)
M
H3X J N N 20
L
(5.3)
E3X J M M
C4 J J J 10 N
(2.6)
C5 J N N
C6 K N N 0
5 10 15 20 25
C7Y L N N (725) (1450) (2175) (2900) (3625)
Pressure MPa(psi)
Dimensional Drawings
31.75(1.25)
0.75(0.03)
15.5(0.61)
25.9(1.02)
31(1.22)
5.1(0.2)
T
B
A
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR
DT06-2S(DEUTSCH) 7.5(0.3)DIA.
MANUAL PUSH PIN 12.7(0.5)
+ -
21.5(0.85)
30.2(1.19)
40.5(1.59)
H
NA C HI YD'
48(1.89)
SOL.b
66(2.6)
CO
DA E S U NG
37.5(1.48)
.,L .
TD
D12G
25.5(1)
46(1.81) 5.5(0.22)DIA.THRU
66(2.6)
109(4.29) 39(1.54)
148(5.83)
SOL.b SOL.a
37.5(1.48)
5.5(0.22)DIA.THRU
66(2.6)
109(4.29) 109(4.29)
218(8.58)
Sealing Parts
Quantity
Part
Part No. Part No. Single Double
Name
Solenoid Solenoid
1 O-ring AS568-012(Hs90) 4 4
2 O-ring 1A-P20 1 2
3 O-ring 1B-P18 2 2
4 O-ring S-25 1 2
Note: 1A and 1B are JIS Standard B 2401, while AS568 is SAE Standard. 2 4 3 1
2 4 3 1
D-77
DMA MANUALLY OPERATED
DIRECTIONAL VALVE
10.5 to 26.4 gpm
DMA Type Manual Valve
5075 psi
Features
The compact 01 and 03 sizes are perfect use with back pressures up to 2320 psi the reaction of the poppet action is valve
for small flow rate control. is possible. can be used, so circuit configuration is
Since a balanced type valve is used, Mounting methods are the same as quick and easy.
there is no need for drain piping, and use SAG01/03, and the 01, 03 size modular
Specifications
Nominal Maximum Tank Port Back Maximum Spool Stroke (in) Weight
Model No. Diameter (size) Working Pressure psi Pressure psi Flow Rate gpm lbs
2-position 3-position
DMA-G01-***-20 1/8 5075 10.5 .16 .16 × 2 2.8
2320
DMA-G03-***-(J)20 3/8 3625 26.4 .24 .24 × 2 7.2
Positions Type JIS Symbol Model No. Maximum

Working Pressure psi
1
• Handling
The following are the three types of lever
E
G01 20 operations.
Closed Cross DMA- -A3X-
Manual Valves
G03 (J)20 • Spring Offset Type (Type A)
The lever is normally kept in the end
G01 20 position by the spring. Raising the
Open Cross DMA- -A3Z- lever performs switching, and the
G03 (J)20
2-position lever returns to its original position
G01 20
when released.
Closed Cross DMA-
G03
-E3X-
(J)20
• Spring Center Type (Type C)
The spool is normally in the center
of position 3. After switching to
G01 20
Open Cross DMA- -E3Z- either end, the spring returns the
G03 (J)20
lever to its center position when the
lever is released.
G01 20 • Detent Type (Type F, Type E)
DMA- -C4-
G03 (J)20 A notch at spool position 3 or
All Ports Open 5075 as a stop.
DMA-
G01
-F4-
20 2 Pressure loss is the same as that for the
G03 (J)20 SAG01/G03, so see SA-G01/G03 for
more information.
DMA-
G01
-C5-
20 3 The lever mounting orientation can be
G03 (J)20 positioned at 90° increments by
All Parts Blocked changing the orientation of the lever side
G01 20 cover.
DMA- -F5-
G03 (J)20 4 For PT connection type DMA-G01/G03
-*7*-(J)20, closed cross DMA-G01/G03-
G01 20 *7X-(J)20 is the standard type.
DMA- -C6- 5 The relationship between the lever
G03 (J)20
ABT Connection switching positions and JIS symbols is
G01 20 shown below. (See the installation
3-position DMA- -F6-
G03 (J)20 GLPHQVLRQGLDJUDPVIRUV\PEROV ƉDQG
ƉƉ
Closed G01 20
Cross DMA- -C7X-
G03 (J)20
PT Connection
Restricted G01 20
DMA- -C7Y-
Open Cross G03 (J)20
3625 2-position 3-position
Closed G01 20
Cross DMA- -F7X-
G03 (J)20
6 Mounting bolts are not included with the 01
Restricted G01 20
Open Cross
DMA- -F7Y- size.
G03 (J)20
DMA-G01-***-20 10-24 x 1 3/4 4
G01 20 1/4-20 x 2 3/4 4
DMA- -C8- DMA-G03-***-20
G03 (J)20
PAT Connection 5075 Note: For mounting bolts, use grade 8 or equivalent.
G01 20
DMA- -F8- 7 The following shows the sub plates.
G03 (J)20
Model No. Pipe Maximum Recommended Weight Applicable Valve Type

Diameter Working Pressure psi Flow Rate gpm lbs
MSA-01Y-E10 3/8 10.5 2.6 DMA-G01-***-20
These sub plates can also be used with MS-03-E30 3/8 3625 10.5
5 DMA-G03-***-E10
SA (SS)-G01/G03, so see SA (SS)-G01/G03 MS-03X-E30 1/2 11.8
for mounting methods.
Catalog 1501
E-1
DMA – G 01 – A 3 X – 20
Design number E20: G01
E10: G03
Center valve position flow path 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
Operation Method A: Spring offset type C: Spring center

E, F: Detent
Nominal diameter 01, 03

Manual valve (DMA type)

E DMA-G01-*E-20 (D03)
( ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
)
DMA-G03-***-E-10 (D05)
Gasket Surface Dimensions ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
( JIS B8355 D-05-04-0-94 )
JIS B8355 D-03-02-0-94
Manual Valves
Ƶ Ƶ
2-position 2-position
3-position
Ƶ8 3-position
Ƶ8
222
252
Ƶ
30
25
68.5
L
48
37.5
36
25.5
Ƶ 69.5
53 69 91.5 104.5
46 73 73 196
146
66 93
33 (4)-014 O-rings 46.5
P
9.5
A B
31.75
32.5
25.9
31
T T
46
15.5
1.6
A B
T
0.75
5.1
P
16.6
12.7 (4)-012 O-rings

21.5
30.2 10.3 10.3
40.5 DMA-G03-**-20 23.8 23.8
54
ƵD Ƶ 8.5
Cross-sectional Drawing L 58
DMA-G01-***-20 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 9 Rod cover 17 O-ring
2 Cover A 10 Nameplate 18 O-ring
3 Cover B 11 Stopper screw 19 Backup ring
4 Spool 12 Screw 20 Snap ring
15 5 Ring 13 Screw 21 Guide
6 Bush 14 Pin 22 Ball
7 7 Lever 15 Knob 23 Retainer
9 8 Spring 16 O-ring
13
Seal Part List
14 19 16 10 4 17 1 11 18 6 8
Part Model No.
2 Part Name
No. DMA-G01 Q'ty DMA-G03 Q'ty
12 5 21 22 23
16 O-ring 1A-P7 2 1A-P10 2
20
17 O-ring AS568-012 (Hs90) 4 AS568-014(Hs90) 5
3
18 O-ring AS568-019 (Hs90) 2 1B-P28 2
12
19 Backup ring T2-P7 2 T2-P10 2
Note) 1.O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
2.Backup ring indicates JIS B2407-T2-**.
E-2
Modular Valve Series
Modular Valve Series 5.2 to 79 gpm

3000, 3600, 5000 psi
Overview
The modular valve is designed and circuit using a single modular valve. compact configuration, reliability, and
engineered to integrate multiple hydraulic The result is an innovative valve system more.
valve operations into a single unit, which whose energy and materials efficiency The illustrations below show one example
eliminates the need for piping between provide advantages in terms of of a circuit configuration using this system.
valves and enables configuration of a
Features
1 High pressure and high volume.
Available maximum operating pressure
operations are 3000, 3600, and 5000 psi,
while maximum control flow rates are G01
13 gpm, G03 26 gpm, G04 79 gpm.
2 Ganging and bolting format allows for
quick and easy circuit configuration as well
as circuit changes and additions.
P T B A
F
3 Compact module configurations greatly
reduce space requirements.
Modular Valves
4 Maintenance costs are also reduced
because less piping and fewer couplings
mean less need for acid rinsing and
flushing of pipes.
5 Fewer fluid leak problems due to pipe
resonance, noise, and loose couplings.
6 Circuit configuration is simple yet exact.
Nameplates on the side of the valve show
ISO codes that make it quick and easy to
determine its performance.
7 A full lineup of models is available to
meet a wide range of needs and circuit
configurations: Model G01 (D03), G03 P
(D05), G04 (D07).
T
B A
Integrated Structural Diagram Integrated Circuit Diagram

Specifications
Nominal Diameter Maximum Working Possible Number

Maximum Flow Rate
Name Pressure gpm Gasket Surface Dimensions of Ganged
(Size) psi Valves (Note 2)
01 Series 1/8 3600 (Note 1) 13 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94 1 to 4
03 Series 3/8 3600 (Note 1)

26 ISO 4401-05-04-0-94 1 to 4
04 Series 1/2 5000 79 ISO 4401-07-06-0-94 1 to 3 (Note 3)
Note) 1. The M35 Series is available as a 5000 psi maximum operating pressure version of the 01 and 03 Series.
For details, see pages F92 and F93.
2. The number of ganged valves does not include solenoid valves.
3. Up to four valves can be ganged together if the maximum operating pressure is less than 3000 psi.
K Series Modular Valve

Ƶ 28(Ƶ 36)
Ƶ 26(Ƶ 32)
The valve shown in the photograph is

available with nominal diameter 01 and
03 size adjusting bolts. Use the following Adjusting handle
format for specification.
Lock nut
Example: OCY–G01–W–Y–K–20 Dimensions in parentheses indicate nominal
diameter 03.
Auxiliary symbol
K: With handle
Catalog 1501
F1
Precautions when Ganging Modular Valves
Note the following precautions when ganging modular valves together in the applicable example circuits.
Solenoid
Pilot Operate
Check Modular
Valve
(AB Line)
Pressure
Reducing
Modular Valve P T B A P T B A
(B Line)
F
Modular Valves
Solenoid
Flow Regulator
Modular Valve
(A, B Line,
Meter Out)
Pressure
Reducing
Modular Valve
(B Line) P T B A P T B A
Solenoid
Flow Regulator
Modular Valve
(A, B Line,
Meter Out)
Pilot Operate
Check Modular
Valve
(AB Line)
P T B A P T B A
F2
Valve Ganging Configuration Examples
01
03 • Surge pressure is prevented by the inertia of the actuator, and
cavitation by fluid being sucked in through the opposite port,
which is in negative pressure, is prevented.
• Example Valve Model Numbers (G03)
Relief Valve 0R0-G03-W*-J50
Vacuum Check Valve 0CV-G03-W-J50
01
03 • When the cylinder advances, the rod side return fluid returns to F
the P port and the pump discharge rate and confluence are
Modular Valves
advanced at high speed (differential).
Check valve 0C-G03-A*-J50
Differential check valve 0C-G03-AP*-J50
Important:
Cylinder effective output is the rod surface area portion only.
Forward
01
03 • This type of circuit allows variation between two actuator
speeds. It prevents low-speed shock when the actuator starts
up or stops, and it used when the intermediate stroke is operat-
ed at high speed.
2- s pe e d P late 0B - G 03- W - ( H ) - J 30
High-speed Flow Regulator Valve 0CY-G-03-W-Y-J51
H ig h- s pe e d L ow - s pe e d
Low-speed Flow Control Valve 0CF-G03-W60-Y-J50
High-speed Low-speed
F3
G01 Modular Valve Series
Pressure Adjustment Range Maximum JIS Height Weight Catalog
Type
Name Valve Model Number (Check Valve Cracking Pressure) Flow Rate Symbol
Solenoid psi gpm in lbs Page
Valves
Solenoid Valve SS-G01-**-R-**-31 D-4

13
SA-G01-**-**-31 D-16
1
OR-G01 -P -20
3 3.3
1
-W -20
Relief Valves 3 1: 145 to 1000
13 1.57 5.0 F-10
(Balance Type) 1
-A -21 3: 500 to 3600
3
1 3.5
-B -21
3
1
ORO-G01-W -20
3 3.3
Brake Valves 1 1: 115 to 1000
(Direct Type) -A -20 5.2 1.57 F-16
3
3: 500 to 3600
1 3.0
-B -20
3
1
ORD-G01-W -20
F Direct
Relief Valves
1
3
-A -20
1: 115 to 1000
5.2 1.57
3.3
F-20
3
(Direct Type) 3: 500 to 3600
Modular Valves
1 3.0
-B -20
3
C
OG-G01-P 1 -21
2 C: 20 to 500
C
Reducing Valves
1 -21 1: 115 to 1000 1.57 2.8 F-25
(Direct Type) 13
2
C 2: 500 to 3000
1 -21
2
C
OGB-G01-P 1 -20
3
C: 20 to 500
C
Balance Type -A 1 -20
1: 115 to 1000 10.5 1.57 4.1 F-32
Reducing Valves 3
C
3: 500 to 3000
-B 1 -20
3
C C: 20 to 500
OG-G01-A 1 -E21
2
Reducing Valves 1: 115 to 1000
(Direct Type) 1.57 2.8 F-34
C
OG-G01-B 1 -E21 2: 500 to 3000
2
Pressure Control Valves 1 1: 115 to 1000

(Sequence Valves) OQ-G01-P2 -20 3: 500 to 3000
3 F-44
Pressure Control 1
OCQ-G01 -A1 -20 10.5 1.57 2.4
Valves 2
1: 115 to 1000
(Counter Balance 2: 500 to 2000 F-47
Valves) 1
-B1 -20
2
C
OW-G01-P 1 -R-**-30 C: 72 to 500 3.9
3
C 1: 115 to 1000
-W 1 -R-**-30
Pressure Switches 3 3: 500 to 3000 5.7
13 1.57 F-52
C Contact Capacitance
-A 1 -R-**-30
3 AC 125V:5A
C DC 12V:2.2A 3.9
-B 1 -R-**-30
3 DC 24V:1.1A
Flow Regulator Valve OY-G01-T-20
13 1.57 2.2 F-55
Flow Control Valve
Flow Regulator Valves OCY-G01-P-20 5.8

with Check
OCY-G01-W-Y-20 2.8 F-55
Meter-Out Flow
-A-Y-20 11.6 13 1.57
Regulator Valves
2.6 F-63
-B-Y-20
F4
Pressure Adjustment Range Maximum
Type Height Weight Catalog
Name Valve Model Number (Check Valve Cracking Pressure) Flow Rate JIS Symbol
psi in lbs Page
gpm
OCY-G01-W-X-20 2.8
Meter-in Flow
-A-X-20 11.6 13 1.57 F-55
Regulator Valve
2.6
-B-X-20
(Control Flow Rate)

Flow Control Valve OF-G01-P20-20 Differential Pressure 1000: 2.6 to 10.5 2.6
(compensated) Differential Pressure 3000: .13 to 10.5
Flow Control Valves
OCF-G01 -W40-Y-30 3.7
Meter-out Flow Control

Valves -A40-Y-30 10.5
(compensated) 3.3
-B40-Y-30 1.57 F-63
OCF-G01 -W40-X-30 (Control Flow Rate) 3.7

Differential Pressure 1000: 2.6 to 10.5
F
Meter-in Flow Control
-A40-X-30 Differential Pressure 3600: .13 to 10.5
Valves
(compensated) 3.3
-B40-X-30
Modular Valves
115
1
OC-G01-P 2-20
3
Cracking pressure 2.2
1 1: 5.8
T 2-20
3 2: 50
Check Valves 3: 72 13
1
-A 2-21 * *For differential circuit 1.57 2.6 F-69
Direction Control Valve
3
1
-AP 2-20 *
3
2.2
Vacuum Check Valves OCV-G01-W-20 2 13
1 Cracking pressure
OCP-G01 -W -(F)-21 1: 29
2
2: 72
1 (Auxiliary Symbol)
-A -(F)-21 Open Valve Ratio 1.57 2.6 F-76
Pilot Check Valves 2 13
Standard:
1 Parent Valve 37%
-B -(F)-21 F: Child Valve 6%
2
: Parent Valve 51%
C C: 29 to 500
OGS-G01-P 1 C -K(R)-**-22
Composite
2-pressure Reducing
Valves
1: 115 to 1000
High pressure side 10.5 3.5 10.5 F-41
Valves
Low pressure side 2: 500 to 2000
Power supply : C1, C2, D1, D2
NPT NPT
OK-G01-P-(H)-E20
NPT NPT 1 1.3

Gauge Modular Blocks -T-(H)-E20 13 F-81
NPT NPT
-W-(H)-E20
B A
2-speed Plates OB-G01-W-(H)-20 13 1 3.3 F-83
End Plates MOB-G01-(H)-10 î 20 0.3 F-85

1.41 0.6
Other
MOB-G01-A-10
Free-flow plate 13 1.41 0.6
-B-10
B: A, B ports
MOB -01X-B*-10 * : Sequential number from 2 to 6
Single side outlet SAE SAE
Base Blocks F-90
(Multi-block) W: A, B ports
-01Y-W*-10 Sequential number from 1 to 6 SAE SAE î î
Dual side outlet
MSA-01Y-10 None: Back side outlet H-4
Sub Plate SAE SAE
MSA-01Y-T-10 T: Side outlet
F5
Pressure Adjustment Range Maximum JIS Height Weight Catalog
Type
Name Valve Model Number (Check Valve Cracking Pressure) Flow Rate Symbol
psi in lbs Page
gpm
Solenoid
D-4
Valves
Solenoid Valves SS-G03-**-R-**-E21-21 26

D-16
SA-G03-**-** -E21-21
1
OR-G03-P -E50 6.8
3
1 1: 1000
-W -E50 8.5
3
3: 500 to 3600
Relief Valves 1
-A -E50 21 2.1 F-10
(Balance Type) 3
(Auxiliary Symbol) 6.8
1
-B -E50 V: With vent port
3
1
OR-G03-P -V-J50 6.8
3
1
ORO-G03 -W -J50 10.5
3
F Brake Valves
(Direct Type)
1
-A -J50
3
1: 115 to 1000
3: 500 to 3600
7.9 2.1 F-16
8.8
Modular Valves
1
-B -J50
3
Pressure Control Valve
1
ORD-G03 -W -J50 8.5
3
1: 115 to 1000
Direct Relief Valves 1
-A -J50 7.9 2.1 F-20
(Direct Type) 3 3: 500 to 3600
6.8
1
-B -J50
3
C
OG-G03-P 1 -(B)-E51 F-25
3
C: 36 to 500
C 21
1: 115 to 1000
Reducing valve -A 1 -(B)-E51 However, 2.1 7.9
3 C: 13
3: 500 to 3000 F-34
C
-B 1 -(B)-E51
3
Pressure Control A
Valves OQ-G03-P2 C -J50
A: 36 to 125 2.1 F-44
(Sequence Valves) E
A
C: 125 to 500
Pressure Control OCQ-G03 -A1 C -J50 21 7.7
Valves E
E: 500 to 2000 2.1 F-47
(Counter Balance A
Valves) -B1 C -J50
E
-P
Flow Regulator Valve OCY-G03 -J50 6.3
-P-H
Flow Control Valve
-W-Y
-J51 (Function) 6.8
-W-HY
H: High differential
26 2.1 F-55
pressure regulator
Meter-Out Flow -A-Y
-J51 14.5
Regulator Valves -A-HY
6.6
-B-Y
-J51
-B-HY
*There is no problem with seals and other *G03 module valve installation bolts Note: G03 series modular valves have two T port
parts when mixing these valves with NACHI For M6: Design number J50 locations: one on the A port side T (A) and one
G03 modular valve design number (J) 30 For M8: Design number 50 on the B port side T (B) . The port that is used
valves. For E: 1/4 - 20UNC depends on the model number.
Unit has commonality. Also, two J-pins
have been inserted diagonally for M6 appli-
cations.
F6
Pressure Adjustment Range Maximum
Height Weight Catalog
Type
Name Valve Model Number (Check Valve Cracking Pressure) Flow Rate ISO Symbol
psi gpm in lbs Page
-W-X
OCY-G03 -J51 6.8
-W-HX
(Function)
H: High differential
Meter-in Flow -A-X
-J51 pressure regulator 26 2.16 F-55
Regulator Valve -A-HX
6.6
14.5
-B-X
-J51
-B-HX
(Control Flow Rate)
Flow Control Valve OF-G03-P60-J50 Differential Pressure 1000: .07 to 15.8 6.8
(compensated) Differential Pressure 3600: .13 to 15.8
Flow Control Valve
OCF-G03 -W60-Y-J50 11
Meter-out Flow Control 15.8

Valves -A60-Y-J50
(compensated)
10.1
-B60-Y-J50 2.16 F-63
(Volume control flow rate)

Differential Pressure
F
OCF-G03 -W60-X-J50 11
1000: .13 to 15.8
Meter-in Flow Control Differential Pressure
Valves -A60-X-J50 3600: .02 to 15.8
(compensated)
Modular Valves
10.1
-B60-X-J50
(0.1{1})
1 Cracking pressure
OC-G03 -P 2-J50 1: 5.8
3 2: 50
1 3: 72
T 2-J50 *For differential circuit
3
Check Valves 26 2.16 5.9 F-69
1
-A 2-J50 *
3
1
-AP 2-J50 *
3
Vacuum Check Valves OCV-G03-W-J50 2.1 26 2.16 7.7 F-69
1 Cracking pressure
OCP-G03 -W -(D)-J50 1: 29
2
2: 72
(Auxiliary Symbol)
1
Pilot Check Valves -A -(D)-J50 Open Valve Ratio 26 2.16 7.9 F-76
2 Standard
: Child Valve 7%
1 : Parent Valve 49%
-B -(D)-J50
2 D : Parent Valve 49%
NPT
Gauge Block OK-G03-E50 26 2.16 5.0 F-81
5000 4.5
2-speed Plates OB-G03-W-(H)-J30 26 (H:55) (H:7.1)
F-83
MOB-G03-J50: For M6 î 1.25 1.4

End Plates
MOB-G03-(H)-50: For M8 (H:58) (H:2.5)
MOB-G03-A-J50: For M6
MOB-G03-A-(H)-50: For M8
1.25 1.3
Free Flow 26 F-85
(H:58) (H:2.3)
MOB-G03-B-J50: For M6
Other
MOB-G03-B-(H)-50: For M8
Conversion plate MOB-G03-AA-50

13 1.77 5.0
(For 03/01 conversion) MOB-G03-AA-J50
*:Sequential number
Base Blocks MOB-03-B*-J30 from 2 to 5 SAE SAE F-91
A, B port dual side outlet
SAE î î
MSA-03-E10 Bottom Outlet D-9
MS-03(X)-E10 Bottom Outlet SAE
Sub Plate
MSA-03(X)-T-E10 Side outlet
MS-03(X)-T-E10 Side outlet H-5
F7
G03 Modular Valve Series Detailed ISO Symbols
Type
Type
Valve Model Number Detailed ISO Symbols Valve Model Number Detailed ISO Symbols
OF-G03-P60-J50
Solenoid Valves
For M6, M8
SS-G03-**-R-**-E21 -21
OCF-G03-W60-Y-J50
SA-G03-**-** -E21 -21
OCF-G03-A60-Y-J50
Flow Control Valve

1
OR-G03-P -E50 OCF-G03-B60-Y-J50
3
1
OR-G03-W -E50 OCF-G03-W60-X-J50
3
1
OR-G03-A -E50 OCF-G03-A60-X-J50
3
1
OR-G03-B -E50 OCF-G03-B60-X-J50
3
1 1
OR-G03-P -V-J50 OC-G03-P 2-J50
3 3
F ORO-G03-W
1
3
-E50
1
OC-G03-T 2-J50
3
1
Modular Valves
1
ORO-G03-A -J50 OC-G03-A 2-J50
3 3
1 1
ORO-G03-B -J50 OC-G03-AP 2-J50

3 3
1
ORD-G03-W -J50 OCV-G03-W-J50
3
1 1
ORD-G03-A -J50 OCP-G03-W -J50
3 2
1 1
ORD-G03-B -J50 OCP-G03-A -J50
3 2
C 1
OG-G03-P 1 -(B)-E51 OCP-G03-B -J50
3 2
C
OG-G03-A 1 -(B)-E51 OK-G03-J50
3
C
OG-G03-B 1 -(B)-E51 OB-G03-W-J30
3
C MOB-G03-(H)-50
OG-G03-P 1 -(B)V-J51
3 MOB-G03-J50
A MOB-G03-A-(H)-50
OQ-G03-P2 C -J50
E MOB-G03-A-J50
A MOB-G03-B-(H)-50
OCQ-G03-A1 C -J50
E MOB-G03-B-J50
Other
A MOB-G03-AA-50
OCQ-G03-B1 C -J50
E MOB-G03-AA-J50
MOB-03X-B*-50
OCY-G03-P-J50
MOB-03X-B*-J50
OCY-G03-W-Y-J51 MS-03(X)-30
MSA-03(X)-10
MS-03(X)-T-10
OCY-G03-A-Y-J51
MSA-03(X)-T-10
Flow Control Valve
OCY-G03-B-Y-J51
OCY-G03-W-X-J51
OCY-G03-A-X-J51
OCY-G03-B-X-J51
F8
Maximum Maximum Pressure Adjustment Range JIS Weight Catalog
Type
Name Valve Model Number Working Flow Rate (Check Valve Cracking Pressure) Symbol
psi lbs Page
psi gpm
Solenoid Control 35MPa

Solenoid
Valves
DSS-G04-****-R-**-21 5000 79 33 D-41

Valves
1
1: 115 to 1000
Relief valve ORH-G04-P 3-10 79 3: 500 to 3600
15.4 F-10
5
1
ORH-G04-DW- 3-10 1: 115 to 1000
5
1
3: 500 to 3600
Direct Relief Valves ORH-G04-DA 3-10 13.2 14.3 F-20
5
1 5: 1000 to 5000
ORH-G04-DB 3-10
5
1
OGH-G04-P -(B)-10 1: 115 to 1000 17.6 F-25
3
1 3: 500 to 3600
Reducing valve OGH-G04-A -(B)-10 79
3
(Auxiliary Symbol) 17.6 F-32
1 B: External drain
OGH-G04-B -(B)-10
3
A
OQH-G04-A1 C -10
A: 36 to 125 17.6
Counter Balance E
F
79 C: 72 to 500 F-47
Valves A
OQH-G04-B1 C -10 E: 290 to 2000 17.6
E
Check Valve Cracking Pressure
Flow Regulator Valves OYH-G04-P-10 79 10.3 F-55
Modular Valves
5.8
OYH-G04-W-X-10 14.3
Meter-in Flow
OYH-G04-A-X-10
Regulator Valve
14.3
OYH-G04-B-X-10 Check Valve Cracking
79 Pressure F-55
OYH-G04-W-Y-10 14.5 14.3
Meter-Out Flow
OYH-G04-A-Y-10
Flow Control Valve
Regulator Valves
35MPa 14.3
OYH-G04-B-Y-10 5000
OFH-G04-W200-X-10 24.4
Meter-in Flow Control

OFH-G04-A200-X-10
Valves
22.5
OFH-G04-B200-X-10 Check Valve Cracking
52.8 Pressure F-63
OFH-G04-W200-Y-10 14.5 24.4
Meter-out Flow Control OFH-G04-A200-Y-10

Valves
22.5
OFH-G04-B200-Y-10
1
OCH-G04-P 2-10 9.9
3
1
OCH-G04-T 2-10 1: 5.8 14.3
3 2: 50
Check Valves 79 F-69
1 3: 72
OCH-G04-A 2-10 9.9
3
1
OCH-G04-AP 2-10 9.9
3
Vacuum Check Valves OVH-G04-W-10 79 14.5 14.3 F-69
1 1: 29
OPH-G04-W -(D)-10 2: 72
2
(Auxiliary Symbol)
1 Open Valve Ratio
Pilot Check Valves OPH-G04-A -(D)-10 79 15 F-76
2 Standard
: Child Valve 7%
1 : Parent Valve 50%
OPH-G04-B -(D)-10
2 D : Parent Valve 50%
The G04 series modular valves do not have an L (DR 2) drain port, so they cannot be used in combination with pressure center type solenoid valves (D).
F9
Relief Modular Valve
Relief Modular Valve 13 to 79 gpm

3600 to 5000 psi
Features
This modular relief valve provides Wide ranging applicability Maximum Shockless unload, 2-pressure control, and
maximum pressure control for a hydraulic Operating Pressure: 3600 to 5000 psi other configurations are possible by
circuit. Pressure Adjustment Range: 115 to switching the solenoid valve. Contact your
3600, 5000. agent for details.
Specifications
Nominal Diameter Maximum Working Maximum Flow Pressure Adjustment Weight Gasket Surface
Model No. Pressure Rate Range
(Size) psi gpm psi lbs Dimensions
OR-G01-P1-20 * to 1000
500 - 3600 3.3
P3
F OR-G01-W1-20
W3
1/8 3600 13
* to 1000
500 - 3600 5
ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
OR-G01-A1-21 * to 1000
3.5
Modular Valves
A3 500 - 3600
OR-G01-B1-21 * to 1000
3.5
B3 500 - 3600
OR-G03-P1-(V)-J50 * to 1000 6.8

P3 500 - 3600
OR-G03-W1-J50 * to 1000 8.6

W3 500 - 3600
3/8 3600 21 ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
OR-G03-A1-J50 * to 1000 6.8
A3 500 - 3600
OR-G03-B1-J50 * to 1000 6.8

B3 500 - 3600
ORH-G04-P1-10 * to 1000
P3 1/2 5000 79 500 - 3600 15.4 ISO 4401-07-06-0-94
P5 1000 - 5000
Note: *See the Flow Rate - Low Pressure characteristics on page D-17 for information about items marked with an asterisk.
•Handling 3 Make sure that tank port back pressure 5 Note that a sub plate and installation
1 When using a remote control valve in a sure is no greater than 29 psi. bolts are not included. See pages H4 or
vent circuit, certain vent circuit pipe 4 A small control flow rate can cause F-87-89 if these items are required. 04
capacities can cause vibration. Because pressure instability. Use a control flow 6 series modular valves do not have an L
of this, thick steel pipe with an inside rate that is in accordance with the values (DR drain port, so they cannot be used in
diameter of .15 in that is no longer than shown below. combination with pressure center type
three meters is recommended. Vent 01 size: At least 1.3 gpm solenoid valves (D).
piping cannot be used with the 01 size. If 03 size: At least 2.1 gpm 7 Connect OR-G03-W*- (J) 50 to the two
a vent port is required for the 03 size, add 04 size: At least 2.1 gpm T-ports on the tanks.
the auxiliary code "V". For applications that require a flow rate
2 For use as a safety valve, use a pressure that is less than the minimum flow rate,
override that is higher than the required use an ORD-G** direct type relieve
circuit pressure. modular valve.
F 10
01: 03 size
OR – G 03 – P 1 – (K) – J50
Design number Note: For 03 size, relationship between mounting bolts and design number is
indicated as J50: M6, 50: M8 E50: 1/4 - 20
For 01 size 20 or 21
Auxiliary symbol K: With handle (01, 03 size) V: With vent port (03 size only)
Pressure adjustment range 1, 3
Control port P: P port W: A, B ports A: A port B: B port
Nominal diameter (size) 01, 03
Relief modular valve

04 size
ORH – G 04 – P 5 – 10
Design number
Pressure adjustment range 1, 3, 5
Control port P: P port

F
Nominal diameter (size) 04
Modular Valves
M35 Series relief modular valve
Installation Dimension Drawings Note: Pressure is increased by clockwise (rightward) rotation of the adjusting screw
(bolt), and decreased by counterclockwise (leftward) rotation.
OR-G01-P-*-20 OR-G01-W*-20
119 max. 133 max.
7.5
7.5
T T
27
A A
32.5
46
31
46
31
B B
P P
11.5 40.5 67.5 40.5
108 44 max. 44 max. 175 44 max.
152 max. 263 max.
5
5
40
40
24
24
179 max. 317 max.
OR-G01-A*-21 OR-G01-B*-21
124 max. 124 max.
7.5
7.5
T T
23
A A
32.5
46
31
46
31
B B
P P
58.5 40.5 11.5 40.5
44 max. 113 113 44 max.
157 max. 157 max.
5
5
40
40
24
24
184 max. 184 max.
F 11
OR-G03-P*-(V)-J50 OR-G03-W*-J50
208.5 max.
162 max. Pressure gauge
attachment port 324 max.
93
NPT 1/4 162 max. 162 max.
46.5 6 Adjusting stroke 99
6 Adjusting stroke 54 49.5
(Ƶ2 vent connection port) (19.5) 54
13
13 P
5
P
(25) 35
35
23
(14)
5
A B A B
70
46
70
46
T T T T
(Rc 1/8 vent connection port)

55
55
27.5
27.5
6 Adjusting stroke 6 Adjusting stroke
224 max. 355 max.
Note: Dimensions in parentheses show
dimensions with vent port installed
(V type)
F OR-G03-A*-J50 OR-G03-B*-J50
Modular Valves
211.5 max. 211.5 max.

162 max. 162 max.
6 Adjusting stroke 99 99 Adjusting stroke 6
49.5 Pressure gauge Pressure gauge 49.5
54 attachment port attachment port 54
NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 13
13 P P
35
35
5
A B
5
A B
70
70
46
46
T T T T
55
55
27.5
27.5
6 Adjusting stroke Adjusting stroke 6
227 max. 227 max.
ORH-G04-P*-10
197 max.
30
45.5
T P X
91
A B Y
Vent connection port NPT 1/4

87 141.6
258.6 max.
Pressure gauge attachment port NPT 1/4

13
6
70
35
3
2- Ƶ 3 pin
F 12
Flow Rate - Minimum Pressure Characteristics
OR-G01-*1-20(21) OR-G03-P1-J50 ORH-G04-P*-10
435 174 130
Minimum pressure
Minimum pressure
Minimum pressure
116
362 145
(Handle fully open) 101
psi
290 116 87
psi
psi
(Handle fully open)
(Handle fully open) 72.5
217 87
58
145 58 43.5
29
72 29
14.5
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
Flow rate gpm Flow rate gpm Flow rate gpm
Pressure - Flow Rate Characteristics
OR-G01-**-20(21) OR-G03-P*-J50 ORH-G04-P*-10
5220
3625 3625 4930
F
3480 4640
3335 3480 4350
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
3190 3770
psi
psi
psi
1160 3480
Modular Valves
1015 1015 3190
870 1160
725 870 870
580 580
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
Number of Adjusting Screw Rotations - Pressure Characteristics
OR-G01-P*-20 OR-G03-P*-(J)50 ORH-G04-P*-10
4350 4350 5800

5075
3625 3625 Type 5
4350
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
2900 2900
psi
psi
psi
3625
Type 3
2175 Type 3 2175 2900
Type 3
1450 2175
1450
1450 Type 1
725 725
Type 1 Type 1 725
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of adjusting Number of adjusting Number of adjusting
screw rotations screw rotations screw rotations
F 13
Cross-sectional Drawing Part No. Part Name
1 Body
OR-G01-P*-20 2 Spool
8 10 17 6 7 13 12 3 Poppet
4 Seat
5 Sleeve
6 Plunger
7 Bushing
8 Retainer
23 21 22 24 9 Spring
10 Spring
11 Plate
12 Screw
13 Nut
14 Plug
15 Plug
16 O-ring
17 O-ring
18 O-ring
19 O-ring
14 11 1 16 18 2 5 9 20 15 4 19 3 20 O-ring
21 Screw
22 Knob
23 Nut
24 Screw
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01R*)
Part Q'ty
Part Name Part Number
No. P W A B
F 16
17
O-ring
O-ring
1B-P9
1A-P10A
4
1
4
2
4
1
4
1
18 O-ring 1B-P14 1 2 1 1
Modular Valves
19 O-ring 1B-P18 1 2 1 1
20 O-ring AS568-013(Hs90) 1 2 1 1
Note) 1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
2. Specify P, W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
OR-G03-P*-V-J50
12 12 Part No. Part Name

1 2 9 8 19 11 2 14 18 4 5 17 22 7 10 3 6 1 15 13 16 24
1 Body
2 Cover
3 Spool
4 Poppet
5 Seat
6 Seat
7 Sleeve
8 Plunger
9 Retainer
10 Spring
11 Spring
25 25 25 25 12 Screw kit
4 2 1 3 12-1 Screw
12-2 Nut
13 Plate
21 23 20 14 Screw
15 Plug
16 Plug
17 O-ring
18 O-ring
19 O-ring
20 O-ring
21 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03R*) 22 O-ring
23 Backup ring
Part Q'ty 24 Pin
No. P/A/B W PV 25 Handle kit
25-1 Screw
17 O-ring 1B-P5 î î 2 25-2 Knob
25-3 Nut
18 O-ring 1B-P7 1 2 1
25-4 Screw
19 O-ring 1A-P10A 1 2 1
20 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 5 5
21 O-ring 1B-P18 2 4 2
22 O-ring AS568-119(Hs90) 1 2 1
23 Backup ring T2-P18 1 2 1
Note) 1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
2. Backup ring indicates JIS B2407-T2-**.
3. Specify P, W, or PV for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
F 14
ORH-G04-P*-10
8 7 20 12 11 4 28 26 5 18 23 17 22 10 6 3 24 21 25 19 1 14 27 29 Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Cover
3 Spool
4 Poppet
5 Seat
6 Sleeve
7 Plunger
8 Retainer
9 Plate
10 Spring
11 Spring
12 Spring
13 Screw
14 Plate
15 Nut
16 Screw
17 Choke
13 15 9 16 2 18 O-ring
19 O-ring
20 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRKS-04RP) 21 O-ring
22 O-ring
Part 23 O-ring
Part Name Part Number Q'ty 24 O-ring
No.
25 Pin
18
19
O-ring
O-ring
1B-P5
AS568-012(Hs90)
1
2
26
27
28
Plug
Plug
O-ring
F
20 O-ring 1A-P11 1 29 O-ring
Modular Valves
21 O-ring AS568-118(Hs90) 4
22 O-ring AS568-122(Hs90) 1
23 O-ring AS568-127(Hs90) 1
24 O-ring 1B-P28 1
28 O-ring 1B-P8 3
29 O-ring 1B-P11 3
Note) O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
F 15
Brake Modular Valve
Brake Modular Valve 5.2 to 7.9 gpm

115 to 3045, 3625 psi
Features
This modular pressure control valve Wide ranging applicability Maximum Pressure Adjustment Range: 115 to 3045,
prevents abnormal pressure when the Operating Pressure: 3625 psi. 3625 psi.
actuator stops, enabling smooth stops.
Specifications
Nominal Diameter Maximum Working Maximum Flow Pressure Adjustment Weight Gasket Surface
Model No. Pressure Rate Range
ORO-G01-W1-20 115 to 1000

3.3
W3 500 to 3045
F ORO-G01-A1-20
A3
1/8 3625 5.2
115 to 1000
500 to 3045
3.0 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
ORO-G01-B1-20 115 to 1000

Modular Valves
3.0
B3 500 to 3045
ORO-G03-W1-J50 115 to 1000 10.5

W3 500 to 3045
ORO-G03-A1-J50 115 to 1000
3/8 3625 7.9 8.8 ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
A3 500 to 3045
ORO-G03-B1-J50 115 to 1000 8.8

B3 500 to 3045
•Handling
1 The pressure adjustment range is 3 Note that a sub plate and installation
expressed using cracking pressure. bolts are not included. See pages H4 and
2 For use as a safety valve, use a pressure F87-89 if these items are required.
override that is higher than the required
circuit pressure.

ORO – G 03 – A 3 – (K) – J50
Design number Note: For 01 size - 20

For 03 size, relationship between mounting bolts and
design number is indicated as J50: M6, 50: M8.
Auxiliary symbol K: With handle
Control port W: A, B ports A: A port B: B port
Brake modulator valve
F 16
Specifications Note: Pressure is increased by clockwise (rightward) rotation of the adjusting screw
ORO-G01-W*-20
105 max.
7.5
T
23
32.5
A
46
31 B
P
18.5 40.5
65 max. 80
210 max.
5
40
21
264 max.
ORO-G01-A*-20 ORO-G01-B*-20
105 max. 105 max.
7.5
7.5
T T
23
32.5
23
A A
32.5
46
31
46
31
P
18.5 40.5
B
P
18.5 40.5
B
F
65 max. 80 80 65 max.
Modular Valves
152 max. 152 max.
5
5
40
40
21
21
179 max. 179 max.
ORO-G03-W*-J50
360 max.
180 max. 180 max.
10 Adjusting stroke 93
46.5
54
13 P
28
39
A B
5
70
46
T T
55
27.5
10 Adjusting stroke
391 max.
ORO-G03-A*-J50
290 max. 290 max.
180 max. 180 max.
10 Adjusting stroke 93 93 Adjusting stroke 10
46.5 46.5
54 54
ORO-G03-B*-J50 13
13 P P
28
39
A B B
5
A
46
70
70
46
T T T T
55
55
27.5
27.5

305.5 max. 305.5 max.
F 17

ORO-G01-**-20 ORO-G03-**-J50
3625 4060
3480 3915
3335
Pressure
3770
Pressure
3190 3625
psi
psi
3045 3480
1305 1305
1160 1160
1015 1015
0 1.3 2.6 3.9 5.2 6.6 0 2.6 5.2 7.9
ORO-G01-**-20 ORO-G03-**-J50
F 3625
Cracking pressure
4350
Cracking pressure
Modular Valves
2900 3625
psi
psi Type 3
2175 2900
Type 3
1450 2175
1450
725
Type 1
725
Type 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of adjusting
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
screw rotations Number of adjusting
screw rotations
ORO-G01-W*-20
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Poppet
3 Seat
4 Plunger
5 Bushing
6 Retainer
7 Guide
8 Spring
9 Plate
10 Screw
11 Nut
15 17 12 16 13 9 1 14 3 2 7 8 6 4 5 11 10 12 O-ring
13 O-ring
14 O-ring
20 18 19 21 15 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01R0*) 16 O-ring
17 Ball
Part Q'ty 18 Screw
Part Name Part Number 19 Knob
No. W A B 20 Nut
12 O-ring 1A-P5 2 1 1 21 Screw
13 O-ring 1B-P7 2 2 2
14 O-ring 1B-P9 4 4 4
15 O-ring 1B-P14 2 1 1
16 O-ring 1B-P22 2 2 2
Note: 1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
2. Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
F 18
ORO-G03-A*-J50
10 10
1 2 5 17 13 9 7 18 16 8 15 3 4 12 14 1 11 19 2 6
20 20 20 20
4 2 1 3 Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Plug
3 Poppet
4 Seat
5 Plunger
6 Bushing
7 Retainer
8 Guide
9 Spring
10 Screw kit
10-1 Screw
10-2 Nut
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03R0*)

11
12
13
Plate
Orifice
O-ring
F
Part Q'ty 14 O-ring
Modular Valves
Part Name Part Number 15 O-ring
No. W A B 16 O-ring
13 O-ring 1A-P14 2 1 1 17 Backup ring
18 Backup ring
14 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 5 5 19 Pin
15 O-ring 1B-P14 2 2 2 20 Handle kit
20-1 Screw
16 O-ring 1B-P24 2 2 2 20-2 Knob
20-3 Nut
20-4 Screw
2. Backup ring indicates JIS B2407-T2-**.
F 19
Direct Relief Modular Valve
Direct Relief 5.2 to 13.2 gpm

Modular Valve 115 to 3045, 3625, 5075 psi
Features
1 This modular relief valve provides 2 Wide ranging applicability Maximum 3 Pressure Adjustment Range: 115 to 3045,
maximum pressure control for a hydraulic Working Pressure: 3625, 5075 psi. 3625, 5075 psi.
circuit.
Specifications
Nominal Diameter Maximum Maximum Pressure Weight Gasket Surface
Model No. Working Pressure Flow Rate Adjustment Range
ORD-G01-W1-20 115 to 1000

3.3
W3 500 to 3045
ORD-G01-A1-20 115 to 1000

1/8 3625 5.2 3.0 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
A3 500 to 3045
F ORD-G01-B1-20
B3
115 to 1000
500 to 3045
3.0
ORD-G03-W1-J50
Modular Valves
115 to 1000 10.5

W3 500 to 3625
ORD-G03-A1-J50 115 to 1000

3/8 3625 7.9 8.8 ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
A3 500 to 3625
ORD-G03-B1-J50 115 to 1000 8.8
B3 500 to 3625
ORH-G04-DW1-10 115 to 1000
DW3 500 to 3625 14.3
DW5 1000 to 5075
ORH-G04-DA1-10 115 to 1000

DA3 1/2 5075 13.2 500 to 3625 14.3 ISO 4401-07-06-0-94
DA5 1000 to 5075
ORH-G04-DB1-10 115 to 1000

DB3 500 to 3625 14.3
DB5 1000 to 5075
•Handling
1 The pressure adjustment range is 3 Tank port back pressure changes 5 04 series modular valves do not have an
expressed using cracking pressure. cracking pressure by the corresponding L (DR2) drain port, so they cannot be
2 For use as a safety valve, use a pressure amount. used in combination with pressure center
override that is higher than the required 4 Note that a sub plate and installation type solenoid valves (D).
circuit pressure. bolts are not included. See pages H4 and
F87-89 if these items are required.
Understanding Model Numbers 01, 03 size
ORD – G 03 – W 3 – (K) – J50

Design number Note: E - NPT
For 01 size, 20
design number is indicated as J50: M6, 50: M8.
Auxiliary symbol K: With handle
Direct relieve modular valve
F 20
Understanding Model Numbers 04 size
ORH – G 04 – D W 5 – 10
Design number
Control port W: A, B ports

A: A port
B: B port
Function symbol D: Direct type
M35 Series relief modular valve
Understanding Model Numbers Note: Pressure is increased by clockwise (rightward) rotation of the adjusting
ORD-G01-W*-20
screw (bolt), and decreased by counterclockwise (leftward) rotation
F
Modular Valves
105 max.
7.5
T
23
32.5
A
46
31
B
P
18.5 40.5
65 max. 80
210 max.
5
40
21
264 max.
ORD-G01-A*-20 ORD-G01-B*-20
105 max. 105 max.

7.5
7.5
T T
23
23
32.5
32.5
A A
46
31
46
31
B B
P P
18.5 40.5 18.5 40.5
65 max. 80 80 65 max.
152 max. 152 max.
5
5
40
40
21
21
179 max. 179 max.
F 21
ORD-G03-W*-J50
360 max.
180 max. 180 max.
10 Adjusting stroke 196
98
54
13
P
28
5
A B
46
70
T T
55
22
10 Adjusting stroke
391 max.
ORD-G03-A*-E50 ORD-G03-B*-E50
F 226.5 max.
180 max.
226.5 max.
180 max.
10 Adjusting stroke 144.5 144.5 10 Adjusting stroke
Modular Valves
98 Pressure gauge Pressure gauge 98

54 attachment port attachment port 54
NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4
13 13
24
24
P P
28
28
5
5
A B A B
70
46
46
70
T T T T
55
55
22
22

242 max. 242 max.
ORH-G04-DW*-10 ORH-G04-DA*-10
184 max.
100.5
70
42
50
T P X
91
2- Ƶ3 pin
3
A B Y
124.8 max. 120 42.7
287.5 max.
91.3 120 89.7
368 max.
ORH-G04-DB*-10
13
6
70
70
42
42
2- Ƶ3 pin
3
2- Ƶ3 pin
3
44.3 120 123.2 max.

287.5 max.
F 22
ORD-G01-**-20 ORD-G03-**-J50 ORH-G04-DW*-10

5800
3625 4060
5075
3480 3915
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
3335 3770 4350
psi
psi
psi
3190 3625 3625
3045 3480
2900
1305 1305 1450
1160 1160
725
1015 1015
0 1.3 2.6 3.9 5.2 6.6 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2
ORD-G01-**-20 ORD-G03-**-J50 ORH-G04-DW*-10

3625 4350 F
Cracking pressure
Cracking pressure
Cracking pressure
3625 5800
2900
Modular Valves
Type 3 Type 5
Type 3 2900
psi
psi
psi
2175 4350
2175
1450 2900
1450 Type 3
Type 1
725 Type 1 1450
725
Type 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
ORD-G01-A*-20
2 13 3 1 9 14 17 12
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Poppet
3 Seat
10 11 5 4 16 8 6 7 18 15 4 Plunger
5 Bushing
6 Retainer
22 20 19 21 7 Guide
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01RD*) 8 Spring
9 Plate
Part Q'ty 10 Screw
Part Name Part Number 11 Nut
No. W A B
12 Bushing
13 O-ring 1A-P5 2 1 1 13 O-ring
14 O-ring
14 O-ring 1B-P7 2 2 2 15 O-ring
15 O-ring 1B-P9 4 4 4 16 O-ring
17 O-ring
16 O-ring 1B-P14 2 1 1 18 Ball
17 O-ring 1B-P22 2 2 2 19 Screw
20 Knob
Note: 1.O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. 21 Nut
2.Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number. 22 Screw
F 23
ORD-G03-A*-J50
8 8
1 2 4 16 12 7 11 5 17 15 6 2 14 3 10 13 1 9 18
Part No. Part Name

1 Body
19 19 19 19 2 Poppet
4 2 1 3 3 Seat
4 Plunger
5 Retainer
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03RD*) 6 Guide
7 Spring
Part Q'ty 8 Screw kit
Part Name Part Number 8-1 Screw
No. A B W
8-2 Nut
12 O-ring 1A-P14 1 1 2 9 Plate
F 13
14
O-ring
O-ring
AS568-014(Hs90)
1B-P14
5
1
5
1
5
2
10
11
12
Orifice
Plug
O-ring
13 O-ring
15 O-ring 1B-P24 1 1 2
Modular Valves
14 O-ring
15 O-ring
16 Backup ring
17 Backup ring T2-P24 1 1 2 17 Backup ring
18 Pin
Note) 1.O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. 19 Handle kit
2.Backup ring indicates JIS B2407-T2-**. 19-1 Screw
3.Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number 19-2 Knob
19-3 Nut
19-4 Screw
ORH-G04-DA*-10
11 14 8 6 5 19 9 10 7 20 15 3 4 16 13 18 22 19 21 1 12 17 2
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Plug
3 Poppet
4 Seat
5 Plunger
6 Retainer
7 Guide
8 Plate
9 Spring
10 Spring
11 Screw
12 Plate
13 Choke
14 Nut
15 Ball
16 O-ring
17 O-ring
18 O-ring
19 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRKS-04RD*) 20 O-ring
21 Backup ring
Part Q'ty 22 Pin
No. W A B
16 O-ring 1A-P6 2 1 1
17 O-ring AS568-012(Hs90) 2 2 2
18 O-ring AS568-118(Hs90) 4 4 4
19 O-ring 1B-P22A 4 3 3
20 O-ring AS568-125(Hs70) 2 2 2
21 Backup ring T2-P22A 2 2 2
Note) 1.O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
2.Backup ring indicates JIS B2407-T2-**.
3.Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
F 24
Pressure Reducing Modular Valve
Pressure Reducing 10.5 to 79.2 gpm

Modular Valve 3625, 5000 psi
Features
This modular valve makes the pressure Even when pressure changes in the constant level.
in part of the circuit lower than that of primary main circuit, the reduced Maximum Operating Pressure: 3625,
the main circuit. secondary pressure is maintained at a 5075 psi.
Specifications
Nominal Maximum Maximum Pressure Adjustment Weight Gasket Surface
Model No. Diameter Working Pressure Flow Rate Range
OG-G01-PC-21 21.7 to 500

P1 1/8 3625 13.2 115 to 1000 2.8 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
P2 500 to 2320
OG-G03-PC-(V)-J51
3625
21
36 to 500 F
P1 3/8 115 to 1000 8.3 ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
but C : 13.2 500 to 3045
P3
Modular Valves
OGH-G04-P1-10 115 to 1000
1/2 5075 79.2 17.6 ISO 4401-07-06-0-94
P3 500 to 3625
• Handling
1 When using a remote control valve in a 3 With the 04 sizes, piping is not required F87-89 if these items are required.
vent circuit, certain vent circuit pipe because drainage can be allowed to 7 04 series modular valves do not have an
capacities can cause vibration. Because escape from the gasket side drain port. In L (DR2) drain port, so they cannot be used
of this, thick steel pipe with an inside the case of a valve with the auxiliary in combination with pressure center type
diameter of .15 in that is no longer than symbol B, however, run a return pipe from solenoid valves (D).
three meters is recommended. Vent piping the drain discharge port directly to the 8 With the 03, 04 sizes, the control port can
cannot be used with the 01 size. If a vent tank. be changed by altering the attachment
port is required for the 03 size, add 4 Note that a change in drain back pressure orientation of the back cover. See the
the auxiliary code "V". causes a change in setting pressure. installation diagram for more information.
2 For the 03 size, the drainage can be 5 With the 01, 03 sizes, the flow rate is After making this change, be sure also to
allowed to escape through the T port. In limited at low pressures. See the Pressure- make the other changes in accordance
the case of a valve with the auxiliary Flow Rate Characteristics on pages F-27 with the model number indicated on the
symbol B, however, run a return pipe from for more information. nameplate.
the drain discharge port directly to the 6 Note that a sub plate and installation bolts
tank. are not included. See pages H4 and
Understanding Model Numbers 01, 03, size
OG – G 03 – P 1 – (B) – J51
Design number Note: For 01 size, 21
design number is indicated as J51: M6, 51; M8.
E: NPT piping (01, 03)
Auxiliary symbol B: See notes 2 and 3 under "Handling."

K: With handle (01, 03 size)
V: With vent port (03 size)
Pressure adjustment range C, 1, 2, 3
Pressure reducing modular valve
F 25
OGH – G 04 – P 1 – (B) – 10
Design number
Auxiliary symbol B: See note 3 under "Handling."
M35 Series reducing modular valve
OG-G01-P*-E21 OG-G03-P*-(V)-E51
115 max. Pressure gauge
F
attachment port
7.5
152.5 max.
NPT 1/4
T
27.5
32.5
A B P
46
31
22 28
B
Modular Valves
46
70
P T T
18.5 40.5
7.5 80 75 max. 54
162.5 max. 83
69.5 max. 137
Pressure gauge
232.5 max.
attachment port
NPT 1/4
5
( Vent connection port

)
40
OG-G03-P*-J51
20
NPT 1/8
5
55
13
39
27.5
16
189.5 max. Drain port Plug

NPT 1/8
Plug
234 max.
Note: 1. Conversion to B port control is possible by changing the back cover. Port control is determined by plug orientation.
2. When replacing the back cover, be sure also to change the nameplate to the applicable model type.
3. The tightening torque of the back cover bolts is: (M6) 7.3 to 9.5 ft lbs. OG-G03-B*-J51
OGH-G04-P*-10 55 188.6 max.

Vent connection port
Note: 1. Conversion to A, B port control is possible by changing the NPT 1/4
45.5
back cover. Port control is determined by plug orientation.

29 29
2. When replacing the back cover, be sure also to change the T P X

91
nameplate to the applicable model type.

3. The tightening torque of the back cover bolts is: (M10)
A B Y
33 to 40 ft lbs.
Drain port
35 141.6 87 NPT 1/4
293.6 max.
Pressure gauge attachment port

Plug Plug
NPT 1/4 13
6
70
35
Plug 2- Ƶ3
3
OGH-G04-B*-10 OGH-G04-A*-10 OGH-G04-P*-10
F 26
OG-G01-P*-21 OG-G03-P*-J51 OGH-G04-**-10
P T B A P T B A P T YXB A
203 203 203
1
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
174 174 DR 174
P T B A P T B A 1 P T YXB A 1
145 1 145 1 145 1
psi
psi
psi
2 2 2
116 116 116
87 87 87
2 2
58 58 58
2
29 29 29
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 5.2 10.5 13.8 21 26.4 31.7 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79

1
OG-G01-P 2-21 OG-G01-PC-21
F
2030 {143} 507 {35.7}
Modular Valves
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
1740 {122} 435 {30.6}

1450 {102} 362 {25.5}
1160 {82} 290 {20.4}
870 {61} 217 {15.3}
580 {41} 145 {10.2}
290 {20} 72.5 {5.1}
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2
1
OG-G03-P 3-J51 OG-G03-PC-J51 OGH-G04-**-10
725
3045 3625
580
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
3480
Pressure psi
2900
435 3335
1450 290 1015

870
870 145 725
0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21 26.4 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79
F 27
Pressure - Drain Rate Characteristics
OG-G01-P*-21 OG-G03-P*-J51 OG-G03-PC-J51
48.8 18.3
Drain flow rate in³


24.4
42.7 15.2
18.3
36.6 12.2
12.2
30.5 9.1
6.1
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 145 290 435 580 725
Supply pressure Setting pressure Setting pressure
psi psi psi
Determine it through the maximum value when designing the circuit.
OGH-G04-P3-10
F
Modular Valves
85.4
Drain flow rate
cm 3/min
73.2
61.0
48.8
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
Setting pressure
psi
OG-G01-P*-21 OG-G03-P*-51 OGH-G04-P*-10

2320 4350 4350
2030 3625
Type 2 3625
1740 Type 3 Type 3
Pressure
Pressure
2900
Pressure
2900
1450
psi
psi
psi
Type 1
1160 2175 2175
870 1450 Type 1 1450
580 Type 1
Type C 725 725
290
Type C
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
F 28
OG-G01-P2-21
12 4 15 2 13 1 9 6 7 16 8 5 14 3 11 10 Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Spool
3 Push rod
4 Bushing
5 Retainer
6 Guide
7 Spring
8 Spring
9 Plate
10 Screw
11 Nut
12 Plug
10 18 19 17 13 O-ring
14 O-ring
15 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01GP*) 16 O-ring
17 Knob
Part Q'ty 18 Nut
Part Name Part Number 19 Screw
No. P
13 O-ring 1B-P9 4
14 O-ring 1A-P18 1
15 O-ring 1B-P20 1
F
Note:
16 O-ring 1B-P26 1 Part number 8 is used in the case of pressure
adjustment range type 2 only.
Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
Modular Valves
OG-G01-PC-21
Part No. Part Name

10 3 13 2 11 1 7 5 6 14 4 12 9 8
1 Body
2 Spool
3 Bushing
4 Retainer
5 Guide
6 Spring
7 Plate
8 Screw
9 Nut
10 Plug
11 O-ring
12 O-ring
8 16 17 15 13 O-ring
14 O-ring
15 Knob
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01GP*) 16 Nut
17 Screw
Part Q'ty
No. P
11 O-ring 1B-P9 4
12 O-ring 1A-P18 1
13 O-ring 1B-P20 1
14 O-ring 1B-P26 1
F 29
OG-G03-P*-E51
28 26 12 27 13 29 14 6 12 21 10 7 24 4 5 22 8 9 1 11 17 30 3 20 25 2 15 18 19
16 23
Note) Draining through the escape valve piped to the
drain discharge port is standard. : OG-GO3-P*-B-J51
Position the end plate (TPHA-1/8) to the drain
discharge port, then connection is made to the
Drain port T port if the "P" plug (TPUA-1/16) is removed.
NPT 1/8 "P" plug :OG-GO3-P*-J51.
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03GP-1A) 1 Body 14 Nut
F Part
Q'ty
2
3
4
Cover
Spool
Poppet
15
16
17
Screw
Plug
Plug
No. P 5 Seat 18 Plug
Modular Valves
6 Bushing 19 Plug
20 O-ring 1B-P6 2
21 O-ring 1A-P10A 1 8 Choke 21 O-ring
9 Spring 22 O-ring
22 O-ring 1B-P12 1 10 Spring 23 O-ring
23 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 11 Plate 24 O-ring
12 Screw 25 O-ring
24 O-ring 1B-P18 1 13 Nut 26 Knob
27 Nut
25 O-ring AS568-023(Hs90) 1 28 Screw
29 Pin
30 Pin
OG-G03-PC-E51
13 29 14 6 12 21 10 7 24 4 5 22 8 9 1 11 16 17 30 3 20 2 15 18
28 26 12 27
23 25 19
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03GP*-1A) 1 Body 16 Plug

2 Cover 17 Plug
Part Q'ty 3 Spool 18 Plug
Part Name Part Number 4 Poppet 19 Plug
No. P 5 Seat 20 O-ring
20 O-ring 1B-P6 2 6 Bushing 21 O-ring
21 O-ring 1A-P10A 1 8 Choke 23 O-ring
9 Spring 24 O-ring
22 O-ring 1B-P12 1 10 Spring 25 O-ring
23 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 11 Plate 26 Knob
12 Screw 27 Nut
24 O-ring 1B-P18 1 13 Nut 28 Screw
14 Nut 29 Pin
25 O-ring AS568-023(Hs90) 1 15 Screw 30 Pin
F 30
OGH-G04-P*-E10
28 26 18 3 27 25 19 23 11 1 16 20 22 4 24 12 10 2 6 5 13 14 21 7 9 8 17 15 Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Cover
3 Cover
4 Spool
5 Poppet
6 Seat
7 Plunger
8 Retainer
9 Plate
10 Collar
11 Choke
12 Spring
13 Spring
14 Spring
15 Screw
16 Plate
17 Nut
18 Screw
19 O-ring
20 O-ring
21 O-ring
22 O-ring
Drain port 23 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRKS-04**) P NPT 1/4 24 Pin
25 Plug
Part Q'ty
Part Name Part Number 26 Plug
F
No. G GB 27 O-ring
Note:
19 O-ring 1B-P7 4 4 28 O-ring
In the standard configuration, OGH-G04-P*-10 does
20 O-ring AS568-012(Hs90) 2 2 not require a P plug, while OGH-G04-P*-B-10
21 O-ring 1A-P11 1 1 requires a P plug (TPUA-1/16) and drain pipe from
Modular Valves
the cover.
22 O-ring AS568-118(Hs90) 4 4
23 O-ring 1B-G25 2 2
27 O-ring 1B-P8 4 4
28 O-ring 1B-P11 3 2

2. Specify G (internal drain) or GB (external drain) for the
asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
F 31
Balanced Piston Type Pressure
Reducing Modular Valve
Balanced Piston Type Pressure 10.5 gpm

Reducing Modular Valve 21 to 3625 psi
Features
This modular valve makes the pressure in secondary pressure is maintained at a Pressure-Flow Rate Characteristics, and a
part of the circuit lower than the main constant level. superior flow rate in the low pressure
circuit. Compared with the direct type, this control range.
Even when pressure changes in the type of valve has outstanding Maximum operating pressure: 3625 psi.
primary main circuit, the reduced
Specifications
OGB-G01-PC-20 21 to 500
P1 115 to 1000 4.1
500 to 3000
F
P3
OGB-G01-AC-20 21 to 500
A1 1/8 3625 10.5 115 to 1000 4.1 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
500 to 3000
Modular Valves
A3
OGB-G01-BC-20 21 to 500
B1 115 to 1000 4.1
B3 500 to 3000
Understanding Model Numbers • Handling

1 See the Pressure-Flow Rate
OGB – G 01 – P 1 – (K) – 20 Characteristics for information about how
the flow rate is controlled at low
Design number pressures.
2 Note that a change in tank port back
Auxiliary symbol K: With handle pressure causes a change in setting
pressure.
Pressure adjustment range C, 1, 3 3 Vent piping is not possible.
4 Note that a sub plate and installation
Control port P: P port A: A port B: B port
bolts are not included. See pages H4 and
Nominal diameter (size) 01 F87-89 if these items are required.
Balanced piston type pressure reducing modular valve
Note: Pressure is increased by clockwise (rightward) rotation of the adjusting

Installation Dimension Drawings screw (bolt), and decreased by counterclockwise (leftward) rotation.
P
OGB-G01- A *-20 111 max. OGB-G01-B*-20 113.5 max.
7.5
7.5
T T
27.5
32.5
27.5
A B A B
32.5
46
31
46
31
P P
18.5 40.5 56 40.5
7.5 115 36 max. 36 max. 115 7.5
158.5 max. 158.5 max.
Pressure gauge Pressure gauge
attachment port attachment port
NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4
5
40
40
20
20
185.5 max. 185.5 max.
F 32
Pressure Loss Characteristics Pressure î Drain Rate Characteristics Number of Adjusting Screw Rotations
î Pressure Characteristics
OGB-G01-P*-20 OGB-G01-**-20 OGB-G01-P*-20
P T B A
30.5 4350
Pressure Loss psi
203
Drain rate in³

{14.3}
3625
Pressure psi
174
1
{12.2} 24.4 Type 3
P T B A 1
2900
145 1 {10.2}
18.3
116 2
{8.2} 2 2175
87 {6.1} 12.2
2 1450 Type 1
58 {4.1}
29 {2.0} 6.1 1 Pressure adjustment range 1, 3 725

2 Pressure adjustment range C Type C
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Flow rate gpm Number of adjusting
Setting pressure psi
screw rotations

1
OGB-G01-* 3-20 OGB-G01-*C-20 F
507
Modular Valves
3045 435
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
2900 362
290
1015 217
145
870
72.5
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5

OGB-G01-P*-20
14 5 19 10 1 2 8 4 3 9
Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Spool
3 Poppet
4 Seat
5 Bushing
6 Retainer
7 Bushing
8 Spring
9 Spring
15 23 17 13 18 6 16 11 7 12 10 Plate
11 Screw
12 Nut
11 21 22 20 13 Plug
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01GB*) 14 Plug
15 O-ring
Part Q'ty 16 O-ring
No. P A B 18 O-ring
15 O-ring 1B-P9 4 4 4 19 O-ring
16 O-ring 1A-P10A 1 1 1 20 Knob
21 Nut
17 O-ring 1B-P14 1 1 1 22 Screw
18 O-ring 1B-P20 1 1 1 23 Choke
19 O-ring 1B-P20 1 1 1
2. Specify P, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
F 33
Pressure Reducing Modular Valve
Pressure Reducing 10.5 to 79 gpm

Modular Valve 3625 to 5075 psi
Features
This modular valve makes the pressure Even when pressure changes in the constant level.
in part of the circuit lower than the main primary main circuit, the reduced Maximum Operating Pressure: 3625 to
circuit. secondary pressure is maintained at a 5075 psi.
Specifications
OG-G01-AC-21 21 to 500
A1 115 to 1000 2.8
A2 500 to 2320
1/8 3625 10.5 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
OG-G01-BC-21 21 to 500
F B1
B2
115 to 1000
500 to 2320
2.8
OG-G03-AC-J51
36 to 500
Modular Valves
A1 115 to 1000 8.3

A3 21.1 500 to 3000
3/8 3625 ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
OG-G03-BC-J51 but C : 13.2 36 to 500
B1 115 to 1000 8.3
B3 500 to 3000
OGH-G04-A1-10 115 to 1000

17.6
A3 500 to 3625
1/2 5075 79.2 ISO 4401-07-06-0-94
OGH-G04-B1-10 115 to 1000
17.6
B3 500 to 3625
• Handling Flow Rate Characteristics on page F-37 allowed to escape from the gasket side
1 When using a remote control valve in a and F-38 for more information. drain port. In the case of a valve with the
vent circuit, certain vent circuit pipe 3 For the 03 size, the drainage can be auxiliary symbol B, however, run a return
capacities can cause vibration. allowed to escape through the T port. pipe from the drain discharge port
Because of this, thick steel pipe with an In the case of a valve with the auxiliary directly to the tank.
LQVLGHGLDPHWHURIƵPPWKDWLVQRORQJHU symbol B, however, run a return pipe 5 Note that a change in drain back
than three meters is recommended. Vent from the drain discharge port directly pressure causes a change in setting
piping cannot be used with the 01, 03 to the tank. pressure.
sizes. 4 With the 04 sizes, piping is not 6 Note that a sub plate and installation
required because drainage can be bolts are not included. See pages H4and
2 With the 01, 03 sizes, the flow rate is F87-89 if these items are required.
limited at low pressures. See the Pressure- 7 04 series modular valves do not have an
L (DR2) drain port, so they cannot be
used in combination with pressure center
Understanding Model Numbers 01, 03 size type solenoid valves (D).
8 With the 03, 04 sizes, the control port
OG – G 01 – P 1 – (K) – 20 can be changed by altering the attach-
ment orientation of the back cover. See
Design number E: NPT piping (01, 03)
the installation diagram for more
information.
After making this change, be sure also to
Auxiliary symbol K: With handle make the other changes as in
accordance with the model number
Pressure adjustment range C, 1, 3 indicated on the nameplate.
Control port A: A port B: B port
9 Use the P port control valve concurrently
with the 01 size central all-port-block
Nominal diameter (size) 01, 03 (C5) solenoid valve if when the valve is in
the central position and external
Mounting method G: Gasket type pressure may cause the pressure at the
control port to exceed the set pressure.
Balanced piston type pressure reducing modular valve
F 34
OGH – G 04 – A 1 – (B) – 10
Design number
Auxiliary symbol B: See note 4 under "Handling."
Control port A: A port B: B port
M35 Series pressure reducing modular valve
Installation Dimension Drawings Note: Pressure is increased by clockwise (rightward) rotation of the adjusting
screw (bolt), and decreased by counterclockwise (leftward) rotation.
OG-G01-A*-E21 OG-G01-B*-E21
115 max. 115 max.
F
7.5
7.5
T T
27.5
A B
27.5
32.5
A B
46
31
32.5
46
31
Modular Valves
P P
18.5 40.5 18.5 40.5
7.5 80 75 max. 75 max. 80 7.5
162.5 max. 162.5 max.
Pressure gauge Pressure gauge
attachment port attachment port
NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4
5
5
40
40
20
189.5 max. 189.5 max. 20
OG-G03-A*-E51
Pressure gauge 152.5 max.
attachment port
NPT 1/4
P
22 28
A B
70
46
T T
54
83
137 69.5 max.
232.5 max.
Drain port
NPT 1/8
5
55
13
39
27.5
234 max.
F 35
OG-G03-B*-E51
152.5 max.
NPT 1/4
28 P
Note: 1. Conversion to P port control is possible by
A B changing the back cover. Port control is deter-
46
70
T T
22
mined by plug orientation.

2. When replacing the back cover, be sure also to
change the nameplate to the applicable model type.
3. The tightening torque of the back cover bolts is:
54 (M6) 7 - 9.5 ft lbs.
83
69.5 max. 137
232.5 max.
Plug
5
55
13
39
27.5
16
Plug
Drain port
OG-G03-B*-J51 OG-G03-P*-J51
NPT 1/8
F
234 max.
Modular Valves
OGH-G04-A*-10 55 188.6 max. Vent connection port

Note: 1. Conversion to P, B port control is possible by NPT 1/4
45.5
changing the back cover. Port control is deter-
29 29
mined by plug orientation. T P X
91
2. When replacing the back cover, be sure also to

change the nameplate to the applicable model
A B Y
type.
3. The tightening torque of the back cover bolts is: Drain port
(M10) 33 - 40 ft lbs. NPT 1/4
35 141.6 87
293.6 max.
Plug Plug
NPT 1/4 13
6
70
35
Plug Ƶ
3
OGH-G04-P*-10 OGH-G04-B*-10 OGH-G04-A*-10
F 36
Performance Curves Hydraulic Operating Fluid Viscosity 32 centistokes.
Pressure Loss Curve
OG-G01-B*-21 OG-G03-B*-J51
P T B A P T B A
203 203
Pressure Loss psi

Pressure Loss psi
1
174 174 DR
P T B A P T B A 1
145 1 145 1
2 2
116 116
87 87
2 2
58 58
29 29
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7
F
OGH-G04-**-10
Modular Valves
P T Y X B A
203
Pressure Loss psi
174
P T Y X B A 1
145 1
2
116
87
58
2
29
0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2

Flow rate gpm

1
OG-G01-B 2-21 OG-G01-BC-21
2030 507
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
1740 435
1450 362
1160 290
870 217
580 145
290 72.5
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2
F 37
1
OG-G03-B 3-J51 OG-G03-BC-J51 OGH-G04-**-10
725
3045 3625
580 3480
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
2900 435 3335
1015
1015 290
870
870 145 725
0 5.2 10.4 15.8 21.1 26.4 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
Flow rate gpm
Pressure - Drain Rate Characteristics
OG-G01-B*-21 OG-G03-B*-J51 OG-G03-BC-J51

48.8 18.3
24.4
F 18.3
42.7 15.2
36.6 12.2
12.2
Modular Valves
30.5 9.1
6.1
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 145 290 435 580 725
Supply Pressure Setting pressure Setting pressure
OGH-G04-*3-10
85.4
Drain flow rate
73.2
61.0
48.8
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
Setting pressure

OG-G01-**-21 OG-G03-**-*-51 OGH-G04-**-10
2320 4350 4350
2030 Type 2
3625
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
3625
Pressure psi
1740 Type 3
2900 Type 3 2900
1450 Type 1
1160 2175 2175
870 1450 Type 1 1450
580 Type 1
Type C 725 725
290 Type C
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
F 38
OG-G01-A2-21 Part No. Part Name
12 4 15 2 13 1 9 6 7 16 8 5 14 3 11 10 1 Body
2 Spool
3 Push rod
4 Bushing
5 Retainer
6 Guide
7 Spring
8 Spring
9 Plate
10 Screw
11 Nut
12 Plug
10 18 19 17 13 O-ring
14 O-ring
16 O-ring
Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty 17 Knob
13 O-ring 1B-P9 4 18 Nut
14 O-ring 1A-P18 1 19 Screw
15 O-ring 1B-P20 1
16 O-ring 1B-P26 1
Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. Note: Part number 8 is used in the case of pressure adjustment range type 2 only.
OG-G01-AC-21 Part No. Part Name

10 3 13 2 11 1 7 5 6 14 4 12 9 8
1
2
Body
Spool
F
3 Bushing
Modular Valves
4 Retainer
5 Guide
6 Spring
7 Plate
8 Screw
9 Nut
10 Plug
8 16 17 15 11 O-ring
13 O-ring
Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty 14 O-ring
11 O-ring 1B-P9 4 15 Knob
12 O-ring 1A-P18 1 16 Nut
17 Screw
13 O-ring 1B-P20 1
14 O-ring 1B-P26 1
OG-G03-B*-J51
28 26 12 27 13 29 14 6 12 21 10 7 24 4 5 22 8 9 1 11 17 30 3 20 25 19 2 15 18
16
23
Note:
Draining through the escape valve piped to the drain discharge port
is standard. : OG-GO3-B*-B-J51 Position the end plate (TPHA-1/8)
Drain port to the drain discharge port, then connection is made to the T port if
NPT 1/8 "P" plug the "P" plug (TPUA-1/16) is removed. :OG-GO3-B*-J51.
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03G*-1A)
Part Q'ty Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
No. A B 1 Body 11 Plate 21 O-ring
20 O-ring 1B-P6 2 2 2 Cover 12 Screw 22 O-ring
21 O-ring 1A-P10A 1 1 3 Spool 13 Nut 23 O-ring
4 Poppet 14 Nut 24 O-ring
22 O-ring 1B-P12 1 1 5 Seat 15 Screw 25 O-ring
23 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 5 6 Bushing 16 Plug 26 Knob
24 O-ring 1B-P18 1 1 7 Retainer 17 Plug 27 Nut
8 Choke 18 Plug 28 Screw
25 O-ring AS568-023(Hs90) 1 1 9 Spring 19 Plug 29 Pin
Note: 1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. 10 Spring 20 O-ring 30 Pin
2. Specify A or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
F 39
OG-G03-BC-J51
13 29 14 6 12 21 10 7 24 4 5 22 8 9 1 11 16 17 30 3 20 2 15 18
28 26 12 27
23 25 19

Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03GC*-1A) 1 Body 16 Plug
2 Cover 17 Plug
Part Q'ty 3 Spool 18 Plug
Part Name Part Number 4 Poppet 19 Plug
No. A B
F
5 Seat 20 O-ring
20 O-ring 1B-P6 2 2 6 Bushing 21 O-ring
21 O-ring 1A-P10A 1 1 8 Choke 23 O-ring
9 Spring 24 O-ring
Modular Valves
22 O-ring 1B-P12 1 1 10 Spring 25 O-ring

23 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 5 11 Plate 26 Knob
12 Screw 27 Nut
24 O-ring 1B-P18 1 1 13 Nut 28 Screw
14 Nut 29 Pin
25 O-ring AS568-023(Hs90) 1 1 Pin
15 Screw 30
OGH-G04-**-10
Part No. Part Name
28 26 18 3 25 27 19 23 11 1 16 20 22 4 24 12 10 2 6 5 13 14 21 7 9 8 17 15
1 Body
2 Cover
3 Cover
4 Spool
5 Poppet
6 Seat
7 Plunger
8 Retainer
9 Plate
10 Collar
11 Choke
12 Spring
13 Spring
14 Spring
15 Screw
16 Plate
17 Nut
18 Screw
19 O-ring
20 O-ring
21 O-ring
22 O-ring
Drain port 23 O-ring
P NPT 1/4 24 Pin
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRKS-04**) 25 Plug
26 Plug
Part Q'ty 27 O-ring
No. G GB 28 O-ring
19 O-ring 1B-P7 4 4 Note:
20 O-ring AS568-012(Hs90) 2 2 In the standard configu ration, OGH-G04-**-10 does not
require a P plug, while OGH-G04-**-B-10 requires a P
21 O-ring 1A-P11 1 1 plug (TPUA-1/16) and drain pipe from the cover.
22 O-ring AS568-118(Hs90) 4 4
23 O-ring 1B-G25 2 2
27 O-ring 1B-P8 4 4
28 O-ring 1B-P11 3 2
2. Specify G (internal drain) or GB (external drain) for the asterisk (*)
in the kit model number.
F 40
Pressure Reducing Modular
Valve for Two Press Setting
Two-Pressure Reducing 10.5 gpm

Features
When the pressure in part of the circuit is pressure, low pressure). at a constant level.
lower than the main circuit, this modular Even when pressure changes in the Maximum Operating Pressure: 1000,
valve controls pressure by switching the primary main circuit, the reduced 3625 psi
low pressure to secondary pressure (high secondary pressure is maintained
Specifications
Nominal Maximum Maximum Pressure Adjustment Range psi Weight Gasket Surface
Model No. Diameter Working Pressure Flow Rate
psi gpm lbs Dimensions
(Size) Low pressure side High pressure side
OGS-G01-PCC-K-**-22 29 to 5000
1000 29 to 500
P1C 115 to 1000
F
1/8 10.5 10.5 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
P21 3625 115 to 1000 500 to 2030
Modular Valves
Solenoid Specifications
Starting Holding Holding • Handling
Model No. Rated Voltage Current Current Power See the Pressure-Flow Rate Characteristics
1
OGS-G01-P**-K- C1-22 AC100V 50/60HZ 2.2/2.0A 0.52/0.38A 25/22W for information about how the flow rate is
controlled at low pressures.
C2 AC200V 50/60HZ 1.1/1.0A 0.26/0.19A 25/22W 2 Note that a change in tank port back
D1 DC12V 2.2A 26W pressure causes a change in setting
pressure.
D2 DC24V 1.1A 26W 3 Instability occurs when there is a small
setting pressure differential between the
high pressure and low pressure, so be sure
Understanding Model Numbers to maintain at least the minimum pressure
differentials described below.
C Type:
OGS – G 01 – P 1 C – K(R) – C1 – 22 At least 43 psi
1, 2 Type:
At least 72 psi
Design number 4 Vent piping is not possible.
Power supply C1 : AC100V, C2 : AC200V 5 Note that a sub plate and installation bolts
D1 : DC12V, D2 : DC24V are not included. See pages H4 and
Auxiliary symbol K: With handle (standard)
6 Low pressure is attained when the
R: With indicator light (optional)
solenoid is on.
GR: With surgeless type indicator
7 The coil surface temperature increases if
light (Option)
this pump is kept continuously energized.
Install the valve so there is no chance of it
being touched directly by hand.
Low pressure side pressure adjustment range C, 1 There is no 11, 8 The wiring in the connector is the
2C combination. same as the SA series wet type
High pressure side pressure adjustment range C, 1, 2 solenoid valve. (See page D-22)
Pressure reducing modular valve for two-press setting
F 41
Note: 1. Dimensions in parentheses apply in the case of a DC solenoid
Installation Dimension Drawings 2. Pressure is increased by clockwise (rightward) rotation of the adjusting
handle, and decreased by counterclockwise (leftward) rotation.
OGS-G01-P*C-K(R)-**-22 118.5(125.5) 165 max.
7.5
T
A
23
27.5
B
46
31
32.5
P
28 40.5
69(76) 124.5 90 max.
283.5 max. (290.5)
Low pressure side
67
55.5
High pressure
90
66.5
side
73
Pressure gauge
attachment port
20
Rc 1/4
F Pressure Loss Characteristics Pressure î Flow Rate Characteristics

OGS-G01-PIC-K-**-22 OGS-G01-PIC-K-**-22 OGS-G01-P*C-K-**-22
Modular Valves
(Type 1) (Type C))

P T B A 1
Pressure Loss psi
203 1015 507

Pressure psi
Pressure psi
174 870 435
P T B A
145 1 725 362
2
116 2
580 290
87 435 217
58 290 145
29 145 72
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2
Flow rate gpm Flow rate gpm Flow rate
Pressure î Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure î Drain Rate Characteristics Pressure î Drain Rate Characteristics
OGS-G01-P21-K-**-22 OGS-G01-PIC-K-**-22 OGS-G01-P21-K-**-22
(Type 2)
42.7
Drain flow rate in³/min
2320
Drain flow rate ³/min
2030 36.6
24.4
Pressure psi
1740 30.5
1450 18.3 29.4
1160 18.3
12.2
870
12.2
580 6.1
290 6.1
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 0 145 290 435 580 725 870 1015 0 290 580 870 1160 1450 1740 2030
Flow rate gpm Setting pressure psi Setting pressure psi
Number of Adjusting Screw Rotations Pressure Characteristics

OGS-G01-P**-22
4350
Pressure psi
3625
2900
2175
Type 2
1450 Type 1
725
Type C
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of adjusting
screw rotations
F 42
OGS-G01-P*C-K(R)-**1-22
22 9 4 29 32 19 24 2 23 33 30 7 20 11 16 18
Low pressure side
High pressure side
Modular Valves
25 28 8 1 31 3 14 13 27 6 5 28 15 26 10 12 21
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01GSP-1A) Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
Part 1 Body 18 Nut

Part Name Part Number Q'ty 2 Body 19 Spring
No.
3 Spool 20 Spring
26 O-ring 1A-P10A 2 4 Spool 21 Screw
5 Poppet 22 Solenoid assy
27 O-ring 1B-P14 1 6 Seat 23 Screw
28 O-ring 1B-P20 3 7 Seat 24 Plug
8 Bushing 25 Plug
29 O-ring AS568-013(Hs90) 2 9 Sleeve 26 O-ring
30 O-ring 1B-P16 1 10 Retainer 27 O-ring
31 O-ring 1B-P9 11 12 Bushing 29 O-ring
13 Choke 30 O-ring
32 Backup ring For AS568-013 1 14 Spring 31 O-ring
15 Spring 32 Backup ring
Note: 1.O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. 16 Screw 33 Plate
17 Knob
F 43
Sequence Modular Valve
Sequence Modular Valve 10.5 to 21 gpm

3625 psi
Features
This modular valve is a pressure Pressure adjustment is possible Maximum Operating Pressure: 3625 psi.
control valve used for sequential across a wide range, from 36 to 3045
actuator operations and for maintaining psi.
main circuit pressure.
Specifications
Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Flow Pressure Adjustment Weight Gasket Surface
Model No. Diameter Pressure Rate Range
(Size) psi gpm lbs Dimensions
psi
OQ-G01-P21-20 115 to 1000
1/8 3625 10.5 500 to 3045 2.4 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
P23
OQ-G03-P2A-J50 36 to 123
F P2C
P2E
3/8 3625 21 123 to 500
500 to 2030
7.7 ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
Modular Valves

• Handling
OQ – G 03 – P 2 A – (K) – J50 The pressure adjustment range is
1
Design number expressed in terms of cracking pressure.
Note: For 01 size, 20 2 Install this valve directly above the sub
For 03 size, relationship between plate or manifold.
mounting bolts and design number 3 When two or more of these valves are
is indicated as J50: M6, 50: M8. ganged in sequence, make sure the
setting pressure differential between
Auxiliary symbol K: With handle (01, 03 size) them is at least 145 psi.
Pressure adjustment range 4 Note that a sub plate and installation
Type 2: Internal pilot F87-89 if these items are required.
External drain

Sequence modular valve
237.5 max.
OQ-G01-P2*-20 OQ-G03-P2*-J50 157.5 max.
90 max. 10 Adjusting stroke 108
7.5
54
54
T
27.5
A B
32.5
13
46
31
P
5
P A B
70
46
18.5 T T
40.5
50 max. 80 11.5
141.5 max.
5
55
40
27.5
20
10 Adjusting stroke
168.5 max. 253 max.
F 44
OQ-G01-P2*-20 OQ-G03-P2A-J50
Pressure Loss psi
P T B A 1 P T B A
290 203
Pressure Loss psi

232 P T B A
174 P T B A
174
1 (Main valve fully open) 145 1 (Main valve fully open)
2 2 1
2
116
116 87
2
58 58
29
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2
Flow rate gpm 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7
Flow rate gpm
OQ-G01-P2*-20 Pressure Rise

Pressure Drop OQ-G03-P2*-J50 Pressure Rise
Pressure Drop
F
Modular Valves
2900 2900
2610 2610
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
2320
2320 2030
2030 1740
1595 1160
870
1305 580
1015 290
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1
Flow rate Flow rate
OQ-G01-P2*-20 OQ-G03-P2*-J50
4350 2320
2030
Pressure psi
3625
Pressure psi
Type E
1740
2900
1450
2175 Type 3 1160
1450 870
Type C
580
725 Type 1
290 Type A
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 2 4 6 8 10
Number of adjusting Number of adjusting
screw rotations screw rotations
F 45
OQ-G01-P2*-20 9 1 2 12 18 5 13
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Spool
3 Piston
4 Plunger
5 Bushing
6 Retainer
7 Guide
8 Spring
9 Plate
10 Screw
11 Nut
12 Choke
13 Plug
11 10 4 17 8 6 19 7 14 15 16 3 14 Ball
15 O-ring
21 23 22 20 Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01QP) 16 O-ring
17 O-ring
Part Q'ty 18 O-ring
No. P 20 Screw
15 O-ring 1B-P9 4 21 Knob
22 Nut
16 O-ring 1B-P9 1
23 Screw
F 17
18
O-ring
O-ring
1A-P14
1B-P20
1
1
19 O-ring 1B-P22 1
Modular Valves

OQ-G03-P2*-J50
Part No. Part Name
11 11 11 11 11 9 10 2 13 6 17 1 12 18 4 15 8 5 16 7 3 14 1 Body
3 4 1 2 5 2 Cover
3 Cover
4 Spool
5 Sleeve
6 Guide
7 Plunger
8 Choke
9 Spring
10 Spring
11 Screw kit
11-1 Screw
11-2 Nut
11-3 Nut
19 19 19 19 19 Note: The 10 spring is not included with pressure adjustment Type A. 11-4 Pin
4 2 1 3 5 11-5 O-ring
12 Plate
13 Screw
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03QP) 14 Screw
15 O-ring
Part Q'ty 16 O-ring
Part Name Part Number 17 Ball
No. P 18 Pin
11(19)-5 O-ring 1B-P11 1 19 Handle kit
15 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 19-1 Screw
19-2 Knob
16 O-ring 1B-P26 2 19-3 Nut
Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. 19-4 Screw
19-5 O-ring
F 46
Counter Balance Modular Valve
Counter Balance 10.5 to 79 gpm

Modular Valve 2030 psi
Features
This modular valve is used to control Pressure adjustment is possible across Maximum Operating Pressure: 3625,
actuator back pressure and for other a wide range, from 36 to 2030 psi 5075 psi
pressure control valve applications.
Specifications
(Size) psi gpm lbs Dimensions
psi
OCQ-G01-A11-20 115 to 1000
2.4
A12 500 to 2030
1/8 3625 10.5 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
OCQ-G01-B11-20 115 to 1000
B12 500 to 2030
2.4
F
OCQ-G03-A1A-J50 36 to 123
A1C 123 to 500 7.7
Modular Valves
A1E 500 to 2030
3/8 3625 21 ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
OCQ-G03-B1A-J50 36 to 123
B1C 123 to 500 7.7
B1E 500 to 2030
OQH-G04-A1A-10 36 to 123
A1C 72 to 500 17.6
A1E 290 to 2030
1/2 5075 79 ISO 4401-07-06-0-94
OQH-G04-B1A-10 36 to 123
B1C 72 to 500 17.6
B1E 290 to 2030
• Handling
1 The pressure adjustment range is small as possible. 4 04 series modular valves do not have an
expressed in terms of cracking pressure. 3 Note that a sub plate and installation L (DR2) drain port, so they cannot be used
2 Run tank port piping directly to the tank, bolts are not included. See pages H4 in combination with pressure center type
and ensure that back pressure is as and F87-89 if these items are required. solenoid valves (D).
OCQ – G 03 – B 1 A – (K) – J50

Design number
Note: For 01 size, 20
For 03 size, relationship between mounting bolts and design number is
indicated as J50: M6, 50 : M8.
Auxiliary symbol K: With handle (01, 03 size)
Type 1 Internal pilot

Internal drain
Control port A: A port
B: B port
Counter balance modular valve
F 47
OQH – G 04 – B 1 A – 10
Design number
Pressure adjustment range A, C, E
Type 1 Internal pilot

Internal drain
Control port A: A port

B: B port
M35 Series counter balance modular valve
Installation Dimension Drawings Note: Pressure is increased by clockwise (rightward) rotation of the adjusting
screw (bolt), and decreased by counterclockwise (leftward) rotation.
OCQ-G01-A1*-20 OCQ-G01-B1*-20
F 90 max. 90 max.
7.5
7.5
T T
23
23
A A
32.5
32.5
31
46
Modular Valves
31
B
46
B
P P
18.5 40.5 18.5 40.5
17 80 50 max. 50 max. 80 17
147 max. 147 max.
5
5
40
40
20
20
174 max.
174 max.
OCQ-G03-A1*-J50 OCQ-G03-B1*-J50
237.5 max. 237.5 max.
157.5 max. 157.5 max. Adjusting stroke
Adjusting stroke 10 108 108 10
54 54
54 54
13 13
P P
5
5
A B A B
70
46
46
70
T T T T
55
55
27.5
27.5
Adjusting stroke Adjusting stroke

10 10
253 max.
253 max.
F 48
OQH-G04-A1*-10 OQH-G04-B1*-10
193 max. 55 194.6 max.
20
45.5
T P X
45.5
91
T P X A B Y
91
A B Y
35 141.6 87
87 141.6 35 299.6 max.
299.6 max. Pressure gauge attachment port
Pressure gauge attachment port NPT 1/4
14.5
NPT 1/4 13
14.5
13 6
6
70
70
35
35
2- Ƶ3 pin
3
2- Ƶ3 pin
3
Pressure Loss Characteristics F

OCQ-G01-A1*-20 OCQ-G03-A1A-J50 OQH-G04-B1A-10
Modular Valves
P T B A 362 P T B A 362 P T Y X B A
2030
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
1
290 290
Pressure Loss
174 3
P T B A P T B A P T Y X B A
145
psi
1 1
psi
1
217
psi
2 2 (Main valve fully open) 217 2 (Main valve fully open)

116 3 3
87 2
145 4
145
2 3 2
58
29 72 72 1
4
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2

A1* Pressure Rise Pressure Rise A1 Pressure Rise
OCQ-G01- B1* -20 Pressure Drop OCQ-G03-A1*-J50 Pressure Drop OQH-G04- B1 *-10 Pressure Drop
2610 2900
2465 2320 2610
Pressure psi
2320 2030 2320

Pressure psi
Pressure psi
2175 1790 2030

2030 725
725 580
1450 580 435
1305 435 290
1160 290 145
1015 145
0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 Flow rate gpm
F 49
A1* A1* A1*
OCG-G01- - 20 OCG-G03- - J50 OQH-G04- - 10
B1* B1* B1*
2320 2320 2320
2030 2030 2030
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
Type 2 Type E
1740 1740 1740
1450 1450 1450 Type E
1160 1160 1160
Type 1
870 870 870
580 Type C Type C
580 580
290 290 Type A 290 Type A
8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
OCQ-G01-A1*-20
F Part No. Part Name

1 Body
Modular Valves
2 Cover
3 Spool
4 Poppet
5 Spring
13 2 16 4 5 10 1 14 3 18 8 17 7 9 15 6 12 11 6 Plunger
7 Retainer
8 Guide
19 21 22 20 9 Spring
10 Plate
11 Screw
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01CQ*) 12 Nut
13 Screw
Part Q'ty 14 O-ring
No. A B 16 O-ring
14 O-ring 1B-P9 4 4 17 O-ring
18 Ball
15 O-ring 1B-P14 1 1 19 Screw
16 O-ring 1B-P16 1 1 20 Knob
21 Nut
17 O-ring 1B-P22 1 1 22 Screw

OCQ-G03-A1*-J50 Part No. Part Name

1 Body
12 12 12 12 12 9 10 2 14 6 18 16 4 13 19 1 5 8 17 7 11 3 15 2 Cover
3 4 2 1 5
3 Cover
4 Spool
5 Sleeve
6 Guide
7 Plunger
8 Choke
9 Spring
10 Spring
11 Spring
12 Screw kit
12-1 Screw
20 20 20 20 20 12-2 Nut
4 2 1 3 5 12-3 Nut
12-4 Pin
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRES-03CQ*) 12-5 O-ring
13 Plate
Part Q'ty 14 Screw
No. A B 16 O-ring
12(20)-5 O-ring 1B-P11 1 1 17 O-ring
18 Ball
16 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 5 19 Pin
20 Handle kit
17 O-ring 1B-P26 2 2 20-1 Screw
20-2 Knob
Note: Note: 1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. 20-3 Nut
The 10 spring is not included with pressure 2. Specify A or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number. 20-4 Screw
adjustment Type A. 20-5 O-ring
F 50
OQH-G04-B1*-10
26 27 3 17 12 21 9 5 8 4 1 14 20 24 18 10 23 6 11 2 19 22 13 7 15 25 16 Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Cover
3 Cover
4 Spool
5 Sleeve
6 Guide
7 Plate
8 Plunger
9 Choke
10 Choke
11 Spring
12 Spring
13 Screw
14 Plate
15 Nut
16 Nut
17 Screw
18 O-ring
19 O-ring
20 O-ring
21 O-ring
22 Backup ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRKS-04CQ*) 23 Ball
24 Pin
Part Q'ty Note: The illustration shows the configuration 25 Pin
No.
18
Part Name
O-ring
Part Number
AS568-012(Hs90)
A
2
B
2
for pressure adjustment ranges Type C
and Type E. For Type A, there is no #8 piston
or #10 choke.
26
27
Plug
O-ring F
19 O-ring 1B-P14 1 1
Modular Valves
20 O-ring AS568-118(Hs90) 4 4
21 O-ring 1B-G35 2 2
22 Backup ring T2-P14 1 1
27 O-ring 1B-P11 1 1

2. Backup ring indicates JIS 2407-T2-**.
F 51
Pressure Switch Modular Valve
Pressure Switch Modular Valve 13.2 gpm

3625 psi
Features
This modular valve detects pressure High precision detection, high precision a glance.
changes inside the hydraulic circuit and circuit control, outstanding reliability. A double type is also available for control
opens and closes an electrical circuit Maximum operating pressure: 3625 psi of both port A and port B in a compact
accordingly. Indicator light built into the DIN configuration.
connector shows operational status at
Specifications
OW-G01-PC-R-**-30 72 to 500
P1 116 to 1000 3.9
P3 500 to 3045
OW-G01-AC-R-**-30 72 to 500
F A1
A3
116 to 1000
500 to 3045
3.9
1/8 3625 13.2 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94

OW-G01-BC-R-**-30 72 to 500
Modular Valves
B1 116 to 1000 3.9

B3 500 to 3045
OW-G01-WC-R-**-30
72 to 500
W1 116 to 1000 5.7
W3 500 to 3045
Electrical 125V 5A • Handling

Specifications AC See the detailed explanation on the next
1
Contact Capacitance 250V 3A
Micro Switch page for information about wiring inside
Manufacturer: (Resistive Load) 12V 2.2A connectors.
Omron
DC 2 Contacts are normally open type only, not
24V 1.1A
Model No. SS-5
normally closed type.
Mechanical Life At least 1 × 107 3 In addition to load wiring, power supply
wiring is also required to illuminate the
Electrical Life At least 3 × 106(AC,0.1A,cos Ƶ=1) indicator light. See the wiring diagram
Contact Resistance 30M maximum (initial value) for more information.
4 If the DIN connector interferes with other
Insulation Resistance At least 100M valves, remove the two switch installation
Allowable Operating Frequency 60 times/minute (electrical)
bolts and change the installation
orientation. If interference is caused in all
Operating Dust Resistance/Water
Resistance Rank JIS C0920 IP64 orientations, install an interference
Environment blanker plate on top of the connector.
Ambient Temperature -4º F to 158º F (non-condensation) Contact your agent if an interference
Fluid Temperature -4º F to 158º Use a fluid
blanker plate is required.
Note that a special type of DIN connector
Operating Fluid
that is within 5
Allowable Viscosity
Range 15 to 300 both ranges. is required. The DIN connector is not
interchangeable with the one for the SA
Filtration 10 m maximum
type solenoid valve.
6 If you cannot remove the DIN connector
when wiring, remove the switch installa-
Understanding Model Numbers tion bolts and then remove the DIN
OW – G 01 – P 1 – (K)R – D2 – 30 connector. The tightening torque for the
installation bolts is 3.6 to 5.1 ft lbs.
Design number
Power supply specification
C115: 115V; C2: 230V
D1: 12V; D2: 24V
R: With indicator light (standard)
K: With manual handle (optional)
Pressure adjustment range C: 72 to 500 psi; 1: 116 to 1000 psi ; 3: 500 to 3045 psi
Control port P: P port; A: A port; B: B port; W: A, B ports
Pressure switch modular valve
F 52
Connectors
Power supply
Model No. Wiring Electrical Circuit Diagram
specification
When signal input device (load) remote common is plus
OW
OW Terminal 1 is INPUT-1
1
connected to load, C
Load (LOAD)
while Terminals 2
and 3 are connected INPUT-2
Load (LOAD)
to power (Terminal 2 LED 2
Normal open type with indicator
to +). NO 3
DIN connector
1 2 3
Signal input device
(+) common mode
LED
(–) (+)
DC12 to 24(V)
BRC41-01WD2 D2 C
When signal input device (load) common is minus NO
OW
OW Terminal 1 is Switch inside of valve
1 INPUT-1
connected to load, C
Load (LOAD)
while Terminals 2 Pressure increase causes indicator to light.

Load (LOAD) Circuit closed (ON)
to power (Terminal 2 LED 2
to î). NO 3 Pressure decrease causes indicator to go out.
Circuit open (OFF)
(+) (–)
Signal input device
(–) common mode
F
DC12 to 24(V)
Modular Valves
When signal input device (load) is AC Normal open type with indicator
OW Terminal 1 is OW INPUT-1 DIN connector
1 1 2 3
connected to load, Load (LOAD)
C
while Terminals 2
Load (LOAD)
to power (Terminal 2 2 Neon lamp
BRC41-01WC2 C2 is nonpolar). NO 3
C
NO
Switch inside of valve

Signal input device
(AC spec) Pressure increase causes indicator to light.
Circuit closed (ON)
115 to 230V Pressure decrease causes indicator to go
out. Circuit open (OFF)
Note: 1. The DIN connector wiring connector port size is PG11.

2. The compatible cable diameter for the DIN connector is ƵWRƵ Dust resistance and water resistance is lost for any cable outside this range.
3. The connector can be installed in different orientations are 90-degree increments by changing the orientation of the terminal block.
4. The connector is designed so the cover cannot be removed unless the installation screws are removed.
5. Use M3 for round type and Y type solderless terminals.
6. The tightening torque of M3 screws used for securing connectors and for terminals is 42 to 70 in lbs.
Note: Pressure is increased by clockwise (rightward) rotation of the adjusting
Installation Dimension Drawings screw, and decreased by counterclockwise (leftward) rotation.
P OW-G01-B*-R-*2-30
OW-G01- A *-R-*2-30 190 max.
190 max.
80 110 max.
110 max. 80 18.5 40.5
18.5 40.5
7.5
150 max.
150 max.
7.5
T
T
23
23
A B
32.5
46
31
32.5
A B
31
46
P
P
99
PG11
99
PG11
Cable diameter
Valve diameter Ƶ8 to Ƶ10
Ƶ8 to Ƶ10
Part replacement provides variability in 90 ° increments.

40
40
20
20
5
5
OW-G01-W*-R-*2-30 110 max.

300 max.
80 110 max.
217 max.
217 max. 18.5 40.5
7.5
150 max. 150 max.

T
23
A B
32.5
46
31
P
99
99
PG11
Valve diameter
Ƶ8 to Ƶ10

40
20
354 max.
F 53
Pressure Loss Characteristics Setting Pressure - Differential Characteristics
C
OW-G01-**-R-**-30 OW-G01-* -R-**-30 OW-G01-*3-R-**-30
1
Pressure Loss psi
217
Type C
Differential psi
116 116
Differential psi
Type 1
Maximum
87 87 145
Maximum
58 58
72
29 29 Minimum
Minimum
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 145 290 435 580 725 870 1015 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
Flow rate gpm Setting pressure psi Setting pressure psi
Drain Rate Characteristics Number of Adjusting Screw Rotations Pressure Characteristics

OW-G01-**-R-**-30 OW-G01-**-R-**-30
Drain flow rate psi
4350
4350
Pressure psi
3625
3625
F 2900
2900
2175 Type 3
2175
Modular Valves
1450 Type 1
1450
725
725 Type C
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
Number of adjusting
Setting pressure psi screw rotations
OW-G01-P*-R-*2-30 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 17 Screw
30 28 9 29 2 Cover 18 Screw
3 Cover 19 Screw
9 10 26 8 27 7 4 21 20 32 19 2 24 22 11 23 1 31 4 Piston 20 Plug
5 Push rod 21 O-ring
7 Guide 23 O-ring
8 Spring 24 O-ring
9 Screw 25 O-ring
10 Nut 26 O-ring
11 Choke 27 O-ring
12 Connector 28 Knob
13 Gasket 29 Nut
14 Gasket 30 Screw
15 Micro switch assy 31 Plate
16 Separator 32 Plate
5 6 25 14 12 15 13 17 3 18 16
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRCS-01W*)

Part Q'ty
No. P W A B
21 O-ring 1A-P3 1 2 1 1
22 O-ring AS568-011(Hs90) 1 2 1 1
23 O-ring 1B-P9 4 4 4 4
24 O-ring AS568-019(Hs70) 1 2 1 1
25 O-ring AS568-022(Hs70) 1 2 1 1
26 O-ring 1A-P15 1 2 1 1
27 O-ring 1B-P22 1 2 1 1
Note: Specify P, W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
F 54
Flow Regulator Modular Valve
Flow Regulator 13.2 to 79 gpm

Features
This modular valve is used to control A wide range of models are available Maximum Operating Pressure: 3625,
actuator speed and for other flow control for A and B port control, A or B port 5075 psi
valve applications. control, and P or T port control.
Specifications
OY-G01-T-20 î 2.2
OCY-G01-P-20 5.7 2.2

OCY-G01-W-X-20 2.8
A
B
1/8 3625 50 11.4
2.6
ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
F
OCY-G01-W-Y-20 2.8
A 11.4
Modular Valves
B 2.6
OCY-G03-P-J50 5.7 6.4
OCY-G03-W-X-J51 6.8
A 14.3
B 6.6
3/8 3625 100 ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
OCY-G03-W-Y-J51 6.8
A 14.3
B 6.6
OYH-G04-P-10 5.7 10.3

OYH-G04-W-X-10 14.3
A 14.3
B 14.3
1/2 5075 300 ISO 4401-07-06-0-94
OYH-G04-W-Y-10 14.3
A 14.3
B 14.3
• Handling Understanding Model Numbers 01, 03 size

1 In a 03 size application where control
differential pressure is large, use of an H
type makes adjustment easier. OCY – G 03 – W – (H) Y – (K) – J51
bolts are not included. See pages H4 and Design number
F87-89 if these items are required. Note: For 01 size, 20
3 04 series modular valves do not have an For 03 size, relationship between mounting
L (DR2) drain port, so they cannot be used bolts and design number is indicated as
in combination with pressure center type J50, J51: M6, 50, 51 : M8.
solenoid valves (D).
Auxiliary symbol K: With handle (01, 03 size only)
Control mechanism X: Meter-in Y: Meter-out
Control function None: Standard

H: High-differential pressure type (03 size only)
Control port W: A, B ports

A: A port P: P port
B: B port T: T port (01 size only)

Flow regulator modular type
OCY: With check valve
OY : Without check valve (01 size T port control)
F 55
OYH – G 04 – W – Y – 10
Design number

W: A, B ports
A: A port
B: B port
M35 Series flow regulator modular valve
Installation Dimension Drawings Note: The control flow rate is increased by counter clockwise (leftward)
rotation of the adjusting screw.
OY-G01-T-20
16.5
F
7.5
T
A B
32.5
46
31
Modular Valves
P
18.5 40.5
80
107 max.
13
5
40
20
134 max.
X
OCY-G01-P-20 OCY-G01-W- -20
Y
27.5
70 max.
7.5
95 max.
7.5
T
A B
31
32.5
46
T
23
P A
32.5
46
31
B
18.5 40.5 P
80 30 max.
110 max. Adjusting stroke 6 32 40.5
41.5 max. 107
190 max.
13
13
40
20
40
(15.5) 24.5
137 max.
6 Adjusting stroke
227 max.
Note: Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCY-G01-W-X-20.
F 56
X X
OCY-G01-A- -20 OCY-G01-B- -20
Y Y
95 max. 95 max.
7.5
7.5
T T
23
23
A A
32.5
46
31
32.5
31
46
B B
P P
Adjusting stroke 6 32 40.5 32 40.5 6 Adjusting stroke
41.5 max. 107 8.5 8.5 107 41.5 max.
157 max. 157 max.
5
5
40
40
(15.5) 24.5
(15.5) 24.5
175.5 max. 175.5 max.
Note: Note:
Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCY-G01-A-X-20. Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCY-G01-B-X-20.
OCY-G03-P-J50 OCY-G03-W-
X
Y
-J51 F
184 max. 226 max.
Modular Valves
137.5 max. 113 max. 113 max.
9 Adjusting stroke 93 Adjusting stroke 8.5 118
46.5 59
54 54
13 13
P 33.4
26
5
46
A B
70
46
70
T T
55
31(24)
55
23.5
8.5 Adjusting stroke

257 max.
9 Adjusting stroke
199.5 max. Note:
Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCY-G03-W-X-J51.
X X
OCY-G03-A- -J51 OCY-G03-B- -J51
Y Y
195 max. 195 max.
113 max. 113 max.
Adjusting stroke 8.5 118 118 8.5 Adjusting stroke
59 59
54 54
13 13
33.4
33.4
5
5
70
70
46
46
55
55
31(24)
31(24)
8.5 Adjusting stroke Adjusting stroke 8.5

210.5 max. 210.5 max.
Note: Note:
Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCY-G03-A-X-J51. Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCY-G03-B-X-J51.
F 57
X
OYH-G04-P-10 OYH-G04-W- -10
Y
9.2 130.8 max.
157 max.
66.5
30.5
T P X
48
91
A B Y T P X
91
A B Y
120 34
190 max. 55.3 122 55.7
314 max.
13
6
13
6
43(27)
70
70
28
2- Ƶ3 pin
3
2- Ƶ3 pin
3
F OYH-G04-A-
X
-10 OYH-G04-B-
X
-10
Y Y
Modular Valves
70
43(27)
70
43(27)
2- Ƶ3 pin 2- Ƶ3 pin
3
95.8 max. 122 51.2 50.8 122 96.2 max.

269 max. 269 max.
Note: Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OYH-G04-*-X-10.
F 58

OCY-G01-W-Y-20
OY-G01-T-20 OCY-G01-P-20 (OCY-G01-W-X-20)
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi

P T B A P T B A P T B A 3
290
Pressure Loss psi

203 203 1
174 174 261
P T B A P T B A 232 P T B A
145 1 (Restrictor full open) 145 1 (Restrictor full open)
203 1
2 1 2 (Restrictor full open)
116 116 174 2
2
87 87 145 3
(Restrictor full open)
58 58 116 2
29
2
29 87 (Restrictor full open)
58 1
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 29
Flow rate gpm Flow rate gpm 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2
Flow rate gpm
OCY-G03-W-Y-J51
OCY-G03-P-J50 (OCY-G03-W-X-J51) OYH-G04-P-10
290
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi

P T B A P T B A
3 261 P T Y X B A
363 363 1
232
290 1
2
P T B A
1
290 1
P T B A

2
203
174 1
P T Y X B A
(Main valve fully open)
F
217 217 2 145 2
116
Modular Valves
145 145 3
1 87
72 2
72 (Restrictor full open) 58 2
29
0 5.2 10.4 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7 0 5.2 10.4 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
OYH-G04-W-Y-10
(OYH-G04-W-X-10)
290
Pressure Loss psi
P T Y X B A
261
232 2
203 P T Y X B A
174 1
145 2
116 (Restrictor full open)
3
87
58 (Restrictor full open)
3
1
29
0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
Flow rate gpm
Stroke -- Flow Rate Characteristics
OY-G01-T-20 OCY-G01-P-20 OCY-G01-*-*-20

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3
13.2 13.2 13.2
Flow rate gpm
10.5
Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm
10.5 10.5
4
7.9 7.9 7.9
4
5.2 5.2 5.2
1 Differential pressure 2030 psi 1 Differential pressure 2030 psi 1 Differential pressure 2030 psi
2.6 3 Differential pressure 500 psi 2.6 3 Differential pressure 500 psi 2.6 3 Differential pressure 500 psi
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
F 59
OCY-G03-P-(H)-J50 OCY-G03-W-(H)Y-J51 OYH-G04-P-10
31.7 31.7 79.2
3 2 2
26.4 26.4 66
Flow rate gpm

Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm

1 3
21.1 21.1 52.8
1
15.8 15.8 39.6
10.5 10.5 26.4 2030 psi

1 Differential pressure 145 psi 1 Differential pressure 145 psi 1000 psi
5.2 2 Differential pressure 217 psi 5.2 2 Differential pressure 217 psi 13.2 500 psi
3 H type: Pressure differential 725 psi 3 H type: Pressure differential 725 psi 145 psi
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
OYH-G04-W-Y-10
79.2
66
Flow rate gpm
52.8
39.6
F 26.4 2030 psi
1000 psi
13.2 500 psi
Modular Valves
145 psi
OY-G01-T-20 OCY-G01-P-20
3 1 7 4 6 2 5 5 1 2 10 6 4 7 11 9 3 8
10 8 9 11 14 12 13 15
Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Throttle
3 Retainer
Part No. Part Name 4 Spring
1 Body 5 Plate
2 Retainer Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFBS-01YT) 6 Screw Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFBS-01CYP)
3 Plate 7 Ring
4 Screw Part Q'ty 8 Nut Part Q'ty
Part Name Part Number 9 O-ring Part Name Part Number
5 Nut No. T No. T
6 O-ring 10 O-ring
7 O-ring 6 O-ring 1B-P7 1 11 O-ring 9 O-ring 1B-P8 1
8 Screw 12 Screw
7 O-ring 1B-P9 4 13 Knob 10 O-ring 1B-P9 4
9 Knob
10 Nut 14 Nut 11 O-ring 1B-P18 1
Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. 15 Screw
11 Screw
F 60
OCY-G01-A-Y-20
9 8 10 4 7 12 2 5 11 6 1 3 Part No. Part Name

1 Body
16 14 13 15 2 Throttle
3 Bushing
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFBS-01CY*) 4 Retainer
5 Spring
Part Q'ty 6 Plate
No. W A B
8 Nut
10 O-ring 1B-P8 2 1 1 9 E-ring
10 O-ring
11 O-ring 1B-P9 4 4 4 11 O-ring
12 O-ring 1B-P18 2 2 2 12 O-ring

2. Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model
13
14
15
Screw
Knob
Nut
F
16 Screw
number.
Modular Valves
OCY-G03-P-J50 OCY-G03-A-Y-J51
5 5 5 5 5 7 2 10 4 3 1 6 11 9 8
3 4 2 1 5 6 6 6 6 6
8 2 5 4 9 1 7 11 10 3
3 4 1 2 5
12 12 12 12 12
4 2 3 1 5
12 12 12 12 12
4 2 3 1 5

1 Body 1 Body
2 Cover 2 Cover
3 Throttle 3 Cover
4 Spring 4 Throttle
5 Screw kit 5 Spring
5-1 Screw 6 Screw kit
5-2 Nut 6-1 Screw
5-3 Nut 6-2 Nut
5-4 Pin 6-3 Nut
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFES-03CYP) 5-5 O-ring Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFES-03CY*) 6-4 Pin
6 Plate 6-5 O-ring
Q'ty 7 Screw Q'ty 7 Plate
Part Part
Part Name Part Number 8 Plug Part Name Part Number 8 Screw
No. P 9 O-ring No. W A B 9 O-ring
10 O-ring 10 O-ring
5(12)- 5 O-ring 1B-P7 1 11 Pin 6(12)- 5 O-ring 1B-P7 2 1 1 11 Pin
9 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 12 Handle kit 9 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 5 5 12 Handle kit
12-1 Screw 12-1 Screw
10 O-ring 1B-P24 1 12-2 Knob 10 O-ring 1B-P22 2 2 2 12-2 Knob
12-3 Nut 12-3 Nut
Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401- 12-4 Screw Note: 1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. 12-4 Screw
1A/B. 12-5 O-ring 2. Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the 12-5 O-ring
kit model number.
F 61
OYH-G04-P-10 OYH-G04-A-Y-10
6 1 13 2 15 5 11 3 12 7 10 14 4 8 16 9 10 18 9 5 11 16 13 2 15 6 8 4 13 1 7 12 17 3
Seal Part List Part No. Part Name Seal Part List Part No. Part Name
(Kit Model Number BFKS-04CYP) 1 Body (Kit Model Number BFKS-04CY*) 1 Body
2 Throttle 2 Cover
Part Q'ty 3 Retainer Part Q'ty 3 Cover
Part Name Part Number Part Name Part Number 4 Throttle
No. P 4 Plate No. W A B
5 Spring 5 Plate
10 O-ring 1B-P7 1 6 Plate AS568-012 6 Spring
12 O-ring (Hs90) 2 2 2 7 Plate
F
7 Screw
11 O-ring AS568-012(Hs90) 2 8 Screw
8 Nut 13 O-ring 1A-P12 2 1 1
12 O-ring 1B-P20 1 9 Nut 9 Nut
10 O-ring AS568-118 10 Nut
14 O-ring (Hs90) 4 4 4
13 O-ring AS568-118(Hs90) 4 11 O-ring 11 Screw
Modular Valves
12 O-ring AS568-127 12 O-ring

14 Backup ring T2-P7 1 15 O-ring 2 2 2 13 O-ring
13 O-ring (Hs90)
14 Backup ring 14 O-ring
Note: 1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. 15 Pin 16 Backup ring T2-P12 2 1 1 15 O-ring
2. Backup ring indicates JIS B 2407-T2-**. 16 Pin 16 Backup ring
Note: 1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401- 17 Pin
1A/B. 18 Pin
2. Backup ring indicates JIS B 2407-T2-**.
3. Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in
the kit model number.
F 62
Flow Control Modular Valve
Flow Control Modular Valve 5.2 to 52.8 gpm

(Pressure and temperature compensated) 3045, 3625, 5075 psi
Features
This modular valve is used to control P port control. The control flow rate remains stable,
actuator speed and for other flow control A pressure compensation mechanism even when fluid temperature changes.
valve applications. ensures that the control flow rate does Maximum Operating Pressure: 3045,
A wide range of models are available for A not change, even when there is pressure 3625, 5075 psi
and B port control, A or B port control, and fluctuation.
Specifications
Nominal Maximum Working Check Valve
Weight Gasket Surface
Model No. Diameter Pressure Control Flow Rate gpm Cracking pressure
psi psi lbs Dimensions
(Size)
.02 to 5.2(differential pressure: 1000 psi)

OF-G01-P20-20 3045 -- 2.6
F
OCF-G01-W40-X-30 3.7
A 40 .02
1/8 3.3 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
B 40 .02 to 10.5(differential pressure: 1000 psi)
3625 .13 to 10.5(differential pressure: 3625 psi)
OCF-G01-W40-Y-30 3.7
Modular Valves
A 40 11.6
B 40 3.3
OF-G03-P60-J50 .07 to 15.8(differential pressure: 1000 psi) -- 6.8

OCF-G03-W60-X-J50 11
A 60 14.5
3/8 3625 .13 to 15.8(differential pressure: 1000 psi) 10.1 ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
B 60
OCF-G03-W60-Y-J50 11
A 60 14.5
10.1
B 60
OFH-G04-W200-X-10 24.4
A200 2.6 to 52.8(differential pressure: 3045 psi) 14.5
B200 22.4
3.9 to 52.8(differential pressure: 3625 psi)
1/2 5075 5.2 to 52.8(differential pressure: 5075 psi) ISO 4401-07-06-0-94
OFH-G04-W200-Y-10 24.4
A200 14.5
22.4
B200
• Handling
1 For flow rate control, make sure that the counter clockwise (leftward) rotation of center of the knob and rotate it that way.
pressure differential between the input the flow rate control knob. 4 After adjusting the flow rate, fix it in place
port and output port is at least 145 psi. 3 Pressure rate control knob rotation by turning the lock screw on the end of the
See the Flow Rate - Minimum Differential resistance will increase as the pressure knob to the right.
Pressure Characteristics for information increases. However, do not use a 5 Note that a sub plate and installation bolts
about the OCF-G01 and OFF-G04 spanner or other tool that fits around the are not included. See pages H4 and
maximum control flow rate. knob to turn it. Instead, insert a 5mm F87-89 if these items are required.
2 The control flow rate is increased by hex spanner into the hex hole in the 6 04 series modular valves do not have an L
(DR2) drain port, so they cannot be used
Understanding Model Numbers 01, 03 size in combination with pressure center type
solenoid valves (D).
OCF – G 03 – W 60 – Y – J50 7 Flow rate fluctuation is ±5% within the
temperature range of 68°F to 140°F.
Design number
Note: For 01 size, 30, 20
For 03 size, relationship between mounting bolts and design number
is indicated as J50: M6, 50: M8
Control Mechanism X: Meter-in Y: Meter-out
Maximum control flow rate
Control port W: A, B ports A: A port P: P port B: B port
Mounting method G: gasket type
Flow control modular valve
OCF: with check valve
OF: without check valve (P port control)
F 63
OFH – G 04 – W 200 – Y – 10
Design number
Control port W: A, B ports A: A port

B: B port
M35 Series flow control modular valve
Installation Dimension Drawings Note: The control flow rate is increased by counter clockwise (leftward)
rotation of the flow rate control knob.
OF-G01-P20-20 OCF-G01-W40-X/Y-30
87 max. Flow rate control knob 125 max.
7.5
7.5
T
F T
23
27.5
A B
46
46
31
32.5
31
32.5
A B
P P
Modular Valves
23.5 40.5 6.5 Adjusting stroke 32 40.5

19 90 42 max. 71.5 max. 107
250 max.
151 max.
Locking screw
(Width across flat 2.5 mm)
40
40
24 (16)
20
Hex bolt hole for

adjusting flow rate Note:
(Width across flat 5 mm) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCF-G01-W40-X-30.
OCF-G01-A40-X/Y-30 OCF-G01-B40-X/Y-30
24 (16)
24 (16)
40
40
71.5 max. 107 107 71.5 max.

189.5 max. 189.5 max.
Note: Note:
Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCF-G01-A40-X-30. Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCF-G01-B40-X-30.
OF-G03-P60-J50 OCF-G03-W60-X/Y-J50
178.5 max. 323 max.
98.5 max. 161.5 max. 161.5 max.
Adjusting stroke 8.5 108 Adjusting stroke 8.5 210
54 105
54 54
P
P
28
33
A B
A B
46
70
70
46
T T T T
Flow rate control knob
Locking screw
29.1 (25.9)
(Width across flat 2.5 mm)

55
55
27.5
Hex bolt hole for

adjusting flow rate Note:
(Width across flat 5 mm) Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCF-G03-W60-X-J50.
F 64
OCF-G03-A60-X/Y-J50 OCF-G03-B60-X/Y-J50
279.5 max. 279.5 max.
161.5 max. 161.5 max.
Adjusting stroke 8.5 210 210 8.5 Adjusting stroke
105 105
54 54
P P
33
33
A B A B
46
70
70
46
T T T T
Flow rate control knob
29.1 (25.9)
29.1 (25.9)
55
55
Note: Note:
Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCF-G03-A60-X-J50. Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCF-G03-B60-X-J50.
OFH-G04-W200-X/Y-10 OFH-G04-A200-X/Y-10
193 max.
51 (34)
11.2 Flow rate control knob
85
48
T P X
2-3 Ƶpin
F
91
A B Y
3
131.8 max. 122 112.2
366 max.
95.3 122 95.7 Note:
Modular Valves
386 max. Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OCF-G04-A200-X-10
Locking screw
(Width across flat 2.5 mm) OFH-G04-B200-X/Y-10
51 (34)
51 (34)
85
85
Hex bolt hole for

adjusting flow rate
2-3 Ƶpin
2-3 Ƶpin
3
(Width across flat 5 mm)

3
Note: 111.8 122 132.2 max.

Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OFH-G04-W200-X-10. 366 max.
Note:
Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OFH-G04-B200-X-10.

OF-G01-P20-20 OCF-G01-A40-Y-30 OF-G03-P60-J50
203 217
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi
203
174
174
145
145 145
116
116
87
58 87
72
29 58
29
0 1.3 2.6 3.9 5.2 6.6 7.9 9.2
Flow rate gpm 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.4 13.2 0 5.2 10.4 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7
Pressure - Control Flow Rate Characteristics

OCF-G03-W60-Y-J50 OFH-G04-W200-Y-10 OF-G01-P20-20
3.0 30
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi
4.0
2.5 {2 3.6 25
Flow rate gpm
3.2
2.0 2.8 20
2.4
1.5 {1 2.0 15
1.6
1.0 1.2 10
0.5 {5 0.8 5
0.4
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Flow rate gpm Flow rate gpm Pressure psi
F 65
OCF-G01-*40-*-30 OF-G03-P60-J50 OCF-G03-W60-*-J50
15.8 21.1 21.1
13.2 18.4 18.4
Flow rate gpm

Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm

15.8 15.8
10.5 13.2 13.2
7.9 10.5 10.5
5.2 7.9 7.9
5.2 5.2
2.6 2.6 2.6
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 4350 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 4350 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 4350
Pressure psi Pressure psi Pressure psi
Fluid Temperature - Control Flow Rate Characteristics

OFH-G04-W200-*-10 OF-G01-P20-20 OCF-G01-*40-*-30
84.5
7.9 15.8
73.9
Flow rate gpm

Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm
63.4 6.6 13.2

52.8 5.2 10.5
F 42.2
31.7
3.9 7.9
2.6 5.2
21.1
Modular Valves
10.5 1.3 2.6
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 4350 5075 0 68 86 104 122 140 158 0 68 86 104 122 140 158 176
Pressure psi Oil temperature ºF Oil temperature ºF
OF-G03-P60-J50 OCF-G03-W60-*-J50 OFH-G04-W200-*-10

84.5
15.8 15.8
73.9
Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm
13.2 13.2 63.4

10.5 10.5 52.8
7.9 7.9 42.2
31.7
5.2 5.2
21.1
2.6 2.6 10.5
0 68 86 104 122 140 158 0 68 86 104 122 140 158 0 68 86 104 122 140 158 176
Oil temperature ºF Oil temperature ºF Oil temperature ºF
Flow Rate - Minimum Differential Pressure Characteristics

OCF-G01-*40-*-30 OFH-G04-W200-Y-10
290 290
Minimum differential
261 261
Minimum differential
232 232
pressure psi
pressure psi
203 203
174 174
145 145
116 116
87 87
58 58
29 29
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 15.8 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
F 66
OF-G01-P20-20
Part No. Part Name

1 Body
4 16 8 2 9 1 14 15 13 3 5 7 17 10 11 6 12 2 Piston
3 Sleeve
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFBS-01FP) 4 Bushing
5 Retainer
Part Q'ty 6 Knob
Part Name Part Number 7 Dial
No. P 8 Spring
13 O-ring 1B-P4 1 9 Plate
10 Screw
14 O-ring 1B-P9 4 11 Screw
12 Screw
15 O-ring 1B-P9 2
13 O-ring
16 O-ring 1B-P20 1 14 O-ring
15 O-ring
17 O-ring 1A-P21 1 16 O-ring
17 O-ring
OCF-G01-A40-Y-30
F
Part No. Part Name
Modular Valves
1 Body
2 Throttle
3 Piston
4 Rod
16 8 15 14 20 9 17 12 7 6 4 11 10 3 2 18 1 13 19 5 5 Bushing
6 Retainer
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFCS-01CF*) 7 Guide
8 Knob
Part Q'ty 9 Dial
Part Name Part Number 10 Spring
No. W A B 11 Spring
12 Spring
17 O-ring 1A-P8 2 1 1
13 Plate
18 O-ring 1B-P9 4 4 4 14 Screw
15 Screw
19 O-ring AS568-018(Hs90) 2 2 2 16 Screw
20 O-ring 1A-P21 1 1 1 17 O-ring
18 O-ring
Note: 19 O-ring
1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. 20 O-ring
OF-G03-P60-J50
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Cover
3 Piston
4 Sleeve
5 Retainer
6 Screw kit
6-1 Knob
6-2 Screw
6-3 Screw
6-4 Screw
6-5 O-ring
6 6 6 6 6 7 Dial
3 2 4 1 13 7 5 5 12 4 11 1 9 15 3 14 8 2 10 8 Spring
9 Plate
10 Screw
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFES-03FP) 11 O-ring
12 O-ring
Part Q'ty 13 O-ring
No. PC 14 O-ring
15 Pin
6- 5 O-ring 1A-P7 1
11 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5
12 O-ring 1B-P12 2
13 O-ring 1A-P21 1
14 O-ring 1B-P26 1
F 67
OCF-G03-A60-Y-J50
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
9 9 9 9 16 10 14 7 8 5 11 2 17 4 12 3 15 1 13 18 6 2 Throttle
3 4 1 2 3 Piston
4 Sleeve
5 Rod
6 Bushing
7 Retainer
8 Guide
9 Screw kit
9-1 Knob
9-2 Screw
9-3 Screw
9-4 Screw
10 Dial
11 Spring
12 Spring
13 Plate
14 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFES-03CF*) 15 O-ring
16 O-ring
17 O-ring
Part Q'ty
Part Name Part Number 18 Pin
No. W A B
14 O-ring 1A-P10 2 1 1
15 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 5 5
F 16
17
O-ring
O-ring
1A-P21
1B-P22
2
4
1
3
1
3
Note:
Modular Valves
1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.

OFH-G04-A200-Y-10
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
14 13 6 7 12 11 2 19 20 18 16 9 8 5 4 17 21 1 10 15 3 2 Cover
3 Cover
4 Throttle
5 Piston
6 Knob
7 Dial
8 Spring
9 Spring
10 Plate
11 Screw
12 Screw
13 Screw
14 Screw
15 O-ring
16 O-ring
17 O-ring
18 O-ring
19 Backup ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BFKS-04CF*) 20 Backup ring
21 Pin
Part Q'ty
No. W A B
15 O-ring AS568-012(Hs90) 2 2 2
16 O-ring 1B-P10A 2 1 1
17 O-ring AS568-118(Hs90) 4 4 4
18 O-ring 1B-P30 2 2 2
19 Backup ring T2-P10A 2 1 1
Note:
1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
2. Backup ring indicates JIS B 2407-T2-**.
F 68
Check Modular Valve
Check Modular Valve 13.2 to 79.2 gpm

3625, 5075 psi
Features
This modular valve is a check valve The 01, 03, 04 sizes include types Maximum Operating Pressure: 3625,
that prevents reverse-flow. that can also be used as suction and 5075 psi
differential circuits.
Specifications
Nominal Diameter Maximum Working Maximum Flow Rate &UDFNLQJSUHVVXUH Weight *DVNHW6XUIDFH
Model No. Pressure gpm
(Size) psi psi lbs Dimensions
2&*3 5.8
P2 50.7 2.2
P3 72.5
2&*7 5.8
T2 50.7 2.2
T3 72.5
F
2&*$ 1/8 3625 13.2 5.8 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
$ 50.7 2.6
$ 72.5
2&*$3 5.8
Modular Valves
$3 50.7 2.2
$3 72.5
2&9*: 2.1 2.2
2&*3- 5.8
P2 50.7 5.9
P3 72.5
2&*7- 5.8
T2 50.7 5.9
T3 72.5
2&*$- 3/8 3625 26.4 5.8 ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
$ 50.7 5.9
$ 72.5
2&*$3- 5.8
$3 50.7 5.9
$3 72.5
2&9*:- 2.1 7.7
2&+*-P1-10 5.8
P2 50.7 9.9
P3 72.5
2&+*-T1-10 5.8
T2 50.7 14.3
T3 72.5
2&+*-$ 1/2 5075 79.2 5.8 ISO 4401-07-06-0-94
$ 50.7 9.9
$ 72.5
2&+*-$3 5.8
$3 50.7 9.9
$3 72.5
29+*: 1.4 14.3
• Handling
1 Differential circuit can be easily config- 3 04 series modular valves do not have an
XUHGDW3ȹ%E\DWWDFKLQJ2&* $ L (DR2) drain port, so they cannot be
DERYHWKH2&* $3 RQWKHVXESODWH used in combination with pressure
(See the figure to the right.) center type solenoid valves (D).
Forward
Differential circuit adjustment
F 69
OC (OCV) – G 03 – P 1 – J50
Design number
Note: For 01 size, 20,21
design number is indicated as J50: M6, 50: M8
Cracking pressure 1, 2, 3
Control port P: P port T: T port W: A, B ports (01, 03 vacuum check)
A: A port
Differential circuit at set
AP: A, P ports

Vacuum check modular valve (01, 03 size)
Check modular valve (01, 03 size)
F 04 size
Modular Valves
OCH (OVH) – G 04 – P 1 – 10
Design number
Cracking pressure 1, 2, 3
Control port P: P port T: T port W: A, B ports (01, 03 vacuum check)

A: A port
Differential circuit at set
AP: A, P ports

M35 Series vacuum check modular valve
M35 Series check modular valve
F 70
P
OC-G01-T*-20 OC-G01-A*-21 OCV-G01-W-20
AP
(18.5)
60.5 47
7.5
7.5
47
7.5
T T
23
32.5
22
T A
32.5
A
27.5
31
46
31
46
32.5
A B B B
31
46
P P
P
32 40.5 18.5 40.5
18.5 40.5 7 107 7 80
80 7 121 94
87
40
40
24.5
20
40
20
Note: Dimensions in the parentheses are for the OC-G01-T*-20.
P
OC-G03- AP *-J50 OC-G03-A*-J50 OC-G03-T*-J50
F
126.5 126.5 126.5
Modular Valves
93 93 93
46.5 46.5 46.5
54 54 54
P P P
A B A B A B
70
46
46
70
70
46
T T T T T T
55
55
55
P
OCV-G03-W-J50 OCH-G04-A*-10 OCH-G04-T*-10
AP
172
130
65 111.7
54 9.2 70.3 52.2
P
A B T P X T P X
91
91
46
70
T T A B
A B Y Y
120 9.5 9.5 165

129.5 174.5
70
70
55
2- Ƶ3 pin 2- Ƶ3 pin
F 71
OVH-G04-W-10
107.9
48.4
45.5
T P X
70
91
A B Y
36
3
9.5 165 9.5 2-Ƶ 3 pin
184

OC-G01-P*-20 OCV-G01-W-20 OC-G03-P*-J50
435
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi

203 203
174 362
174
145 145 290
F 116
87
116
87
217
58 145
58
Modular Valves
29 29 72
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7
OC-G03-AP*-J50 OC-G03-A*-J50 OC-G03-T*-J50

435 435
Pressure Loss psi
435
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi
362 362 362

290 290 290
217 217 217
145 145 145
72 72 72
0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7
OCV-G03-W-J50 OCH-G04-P*-10 OCH-G04-T*-10

Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi
435
435 435
362 362 362
290 290 290
217 217 217
145 145 145
72 72 72
0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
F 72
OCH-G04-A*-10 OCH-G04-AP*-10 OVH-G04-W-10
435 435 435
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi

Pressure Loss psi
362 362 362

290 290 290
217 217 217
145 145 145
72 72 72
0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
P
OC-G01-T*-20 OC-G01-A*-21
AP
Modular Valves
Part No. Part Name
Part No. Part Name 1 Body

2 Poppet
1 Body 3 Ball
2 Poppet 4 Seat
3 Spring seat 5 Spring seat
5 1 6 2 4 7 3 4 Spring 5 6 2 3 4 8 1 7 9 6 Spring
5 Plate 7 Plate
6 O-ring 8 O-ring
7 O-ring 9 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BRBS-01C*) Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDBS-01CA)
Part Q'ty Part Q'ty
Part Name Part Number Part Name Part Number
No. P T AP No. A
6 O-ring 1B-P9 4 4 4 8 O-ring 1B-P9 4
7 O-ring 1B-P18 1 1 1 9 O-ring 1B-P18 2
Note: Note:
1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
2. Specify P, T, or AP for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
OCV-G01-W-20
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDBS-01CVW)
Part No. Part Name Part Q'ty

No. W
1 Body
2 Poppet 7 O-ring 1B-P9 4
3 Guide
4 Spring 8 O-ring 1B-P18 2
5 Plate
Note:
3 8 1 5 6 7 2 4 6 Plug
7 O-ring 1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
8 O-ring
F 73
OC-G03-P*-J50 OC-G03-T*-J50
6 2 9 4 3 8 1 5 10 7 Part No. Part Name 7 8 1 5 10 3 4 9 2 6 Part No. Part Name
1 Body 1 Body
2 Cover 2 Cover
3 Poppet 3 Poppet
4 Spring 4 Spring
5 Plate 5 Plate
6 Screw 6 Screw
7 Plug 7 Plug
8 O-ring 8 O-ring
9 O-ring 9 O-ring
10 Pin 10 Pin
OC-G03-A*-J50 OC-G03-AP*-J50
7 8 1 5 10 3 4 9 2 6 8 2 6 12 4 5 11 1 3 7 10 13 9
Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Cover
3 Poppet
F
4 Spring
5 Plate
6 Screw
7 Plug
8 O-ring Part No. Part Name
Modular Valves
9 O-ring
10 Pin 1 Body
2 Cover
3 Plug
4 Poppet
5 Seat
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDES-03C*) Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDES-03CAP) 6 Spring
7 Plate
Part Q'ty Part Q'ty 8 Screw
Part Name Part Number Part Name Part Number 9 Plug
No. P T A No. AP 10 O-ring
8 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 5 5 12 O-ring
9 O-ring 1B-P22 1 1 1 11 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 13 Pin
Note: 12 O-ring 1B-P22 1

1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. Note:
2. Specify P, T, or A for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
OCV-G03-W-J50
6 2 9 4 3 8 1 5 7 10
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDES-03CVW) Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
Part Q'ty 1 Body 5 Plate 9 O-ring

Part Name Part Number 2 Cover 6 Screw 10 Pin
No. W 3 Poppet 7 O-ring
4 Spring 8 O-ring
7 O-ring 1B-P10A 2
8 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5
9 O-ring 1B-P22 2
F 74
OCH-G04-P*-10 OVH-G04-W-10
8 1 5 6 2 4 9 7 3
7 3 4 2 9 8 1 5 6
Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Poppet
3 Spring seat
4 Spring
5 Plate
6 O-ring
7 O-ring
8 O-ring
9 Pin
Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Poppet
3 Spring seat
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDKS-04C*) Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDKS-04CVW) 4 Spring
Part 5 Plate
Part Q'ty No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty 6 O-ring
Part Name Body 7 O-ring
F
No. P T A AP 6 O-ring AS568-012(Hs90) 2
8 O-ring
6 O-ring AS568-012(Hs90) 2 2 2 2 7 O-ring 1B-P32 2 9 Pin
7 O-ring 1B-P20 1 1 1 1 8 O-ring AS568-118(Hs90) 4
Modular Valves
8 O-ring AS568-118(Hs90) 4 4 4 4 Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
2. Specify P, T, A, or AP for the asterisk (*) in the kit model
number.
F 75
Pilot Operated Check
Modular Valve
Pilot Operated Check 13.2 to 79.2 gpm

Features
This modular valve is used to prevent Maximum Operating Pressure: 3625,
actuator self-running and to maintain 5075 psi
actuator position.
Specifications
Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Cracking Area Ratio
pressure Weight Gasket Surface
Model No. Diameter Pressure Flow Rate Check Valve Needle Valve
psi gpm psi Pilot Piston lbs Dimensions
(Size) Seat Seat
OCP-G01-W1-21 29
W2 72
OCP-G01-A1-21 29 1 0.37 -- 2.6
A2
F
72
OCP-G01-B1-21 29
B2 72
1/8 3625 13.2 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
OCP-G01-W1-F-21 29
Modular Valves
W2 72
OCP-G01-A1-F-21 29 1 0.51 0.06 2.6
A2 72
OCP-G01-B1-F-21 29
B2 72
OCP-G03-W1-J50 29
W2 72
OCP-G03-A1-J50 29 1 0.49 0.07
A2 72
OCP-G03-B1-J50 29
B2 72
3/8 3625 26.4 7.9 ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
OCP-G03-W1-D-J50 29
W2 72
OCP-G03-A1-D-J50 29 1 0.49 --
A2 72
OCP-G03-B1-D-J50 29
B2 72
OPH-G04-W1-10 29
W2 72
OPH-G04-A1-10 29 1 0.50 0.07
A2 72
OPH-G04-B1-10 29
B2 72
1/2 5075 79.2 14.9 ISO 4401-07-06-0-94
OPH-G04-W1-D-10 29
W2 72
OPH-G04-A1-D-10 29
72 1 0.50 --
A2
OPH-G04-B1-D-10 29
B2 72
• Handling
1 Note that when the 01 size has the 03, 04 size, use a direct type with 4 Note that a sub plate and installation
auxiliary symbol "F," tank port back auxiliary symbol "D." bolts are not included. See pages H4 and
pressure can cause the small valve to 3 Minimum pilot pressure fluctuates with F87-89 if these items are required.
open, making it impossible to maintain the input side pressure during reverse 5 04 series modular valves do not have an
pressure. flow. Operate the valve so pressure is L (DR2) drain port, so they cannot be
2 If tank port back pressure causes the at least twice as high as the required used in combination with pressure center
small valve to open and make it pressure obtained using the minimum type solenoid valves (D).
impossible to maintain pressure with the pilot pressure characteristics graph.
F 76
OCP – G 03 – W 1 – (D) – J50 01, 03 size
Design number
Note: For 01 size, 21
design number is indicated as J50: M6, 50 : M8.
Auxiliary symbol F: With shock-resistant mechanism (01 size only)

D: No small valve poppet (03 size only)
Cracking pressure 1: 29 psi 2: 72 psi
Control port W: A, B ports A: A port
B: B port

Pilot operated check modular valve
OPH – G 04 – W 1 – (D) – 10 04 size

Design number
Auxiliary symbol D: No small valve poppet
Cracking pressure 1: 29 psi
2: 72 psi
F
Modular Valves
M35 Series pilot operated check modular valve

OCP-G01-**-(F)-21 OCP-G03-**-(D)-J50
60.5 180
7.5
93
T
23
32.5
A
46
31
B P
P A B
46
70
T T
32 40.5
7 107
121
55
40
24.5
OPH-G04-**-(D)-10
112
62
48
T P X
91
A B Y
50.8 122 51.2

224
70
43
2- Ƶ3 pin
3
F 77
Specifications Hydraulic Operating Fluid Viscosity 32 centistokes
OCP-G01-W*-21 OCP-G01-W*-F-21 OCP-G03-W*-(D)-J50
3 435 1
Pressure Loss psi

Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi

2
203 203
362
174 3
174 2
145 145 290

1 1
116 1
116 217 2
87 87
145 A
58 58 P ȹ B (Type 1)
29 29 72
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7
Pressure Loss Characteristics (Reverse Free Flow)

OCP-G03-W*-J50 OPH-G04-W*-10
435 435
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi
2
362
F 290
362
290
1
217 217
Modular Valves
3
145 145
72 72
0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
Minimum Pilot Pressure Characteristics

OCP-G01-**-21 OCP-G01-**-F-21 OCP-G03-W*-(D)-J50
6
Minimum pilot pressure
2 1 Auxiliary symbol: None

1 Main check valve 2 Auxiliary symbol: D

3625 3625 2 Small valve 5
2900 2900 4
psi
psi
psi
2175 2175 1
3
1450 1450 2
1
725 725 1
2
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
Reverse flow inlet side pressure gpm Reverse flow inlet side pressure gpm Reverse flow inlet side pressure gpm
OPH-G04-W*-(D)-10
1 Auxiliary symbol: None
30
2 Auxiliary symbol: D
25
20 2
psi
15
10
5 1
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Reverse flow inlet side pressure gpm
F 78
OCP-G01-A*-21 OCP-G01-A*-F-21 Part No. Part Name
1 Body
7 9 8 10 4 3 12 1 11 6 13 7 13 9 8 2 10 4 5 2 Poppet
3 Piston
4 Seat
5 Rod
6 Bushing
7 Spring seat
8 Guide
9 Spring
10 Ball
11 Plate
12 O-ring
13 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDBS-01CP)

Part Q'ty
No. W A B
12 O-ring 1B-P9 4 4 4
13 O-ring 1B-P18 2 2 2
Note: 1.O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
2.Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
F
Modular Valves
OCP-G03-A*-J50 Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Cover
10 2 8 12 4 3 6 5 11 1 9 13 7 3 Poppet
4 Poppet
5 Piston
6 Seat
7 Bushing
8 Spring
9 Plate
10 Screw
11 O-ring
12 O-ring
13 Pin
OCP-G03-**-D-J50
10 2 8 12 4 6 1
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDES-03CP*)

Part Q'ty
No. W A B
11 O-ring AS568-014(Hs90) 5 5 5
12 O-ring 1B-P29 2 2 2
F 79
OPH-G04-A*-10
11 2 14 5 9 4 7 6 1 10 12 13 15 8 3
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Cover
3 Cover
4 Poppet
5 Poppet
6 Piston
7 Seat
8 Bushing
9 Spring
10 Plate
11 Screw
12 O-ring
13 O-ring
14 O-ring
15 Pin
OPH-G04-**-D-10
F Seal Part List (Kit Model Number BDKS-04CP*)

Q'ty
Part
No. W A B
Modular Valves
12 O-ring AS568-012(Hs90) 2 2 2
13 O-ring AS568-118(Hs90) 4 4 4
14 O-ring AS568-127(Hs90) 2 2 2
Note: 1.Specify W, A, or B for the asterisk (*) in the kit model number.
11 2 14 5 9
F 80
Gauge Block
Gauge Modular Block 13.2 to 26.4 gpm

3625 psi
Features
This modular block makes it possible Connection to the ports is extremely
to attach a pressure gauge to the P and T simple.
ports or the A and B ports.
Specifications
Nominal Diameter Maximum Weight
Maximum Flow Rate
Model No. Working Pressure Gasket Surface Dimensions
(Size) gpm lbs
psi
OK-G01-P-E20
1.3
OK-G01-T-E20
OK-G01-W-E20 1.3
1/8 3625 13.2
0 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
OK-G01-P-H-E20
OK-G01-T-H-E20
2.2 F
OK-G01-W-H-E20 2.2
Modular Valves
OK-G03-E50 3/8 3625 26.4 5.0 ISO 4401-05-04-0-94

OK – G 01 – P – (H) – 20
Design number • Handling
Note: For 03 size, relationship between 1 When installing the OK-G01-P- (H)-E20,
mounting bolts and design number is
OK-G01-T-(H)-E20, or OK-G01-W-(H)-E20,
E: NPT piping 01, 03 make sure the model number printing is
oriented so it can be read correctly from
Auxiliary symbol H: 40 mm thick (01 size only) the P port side.
Pressure output port P: P port T: T port W: A, B ports bolts are not included. See pages H4 and
Gauge modular block
F 81
OK-G01-P-E20 OK-G01-T-E20 OK-G01-W-E20
40 40 40
7.5
7.5
T T T
A B
23
A B
23
23
A B
32.5
32.5
32.5
31
46
46
31
31
46
P P P
18.5 40.5 2-NPT 1/4 18.5 40.5 2-NPT 1/4 18.5 40.5 2-NPT 1/4
80 80 80
OK-G01-P-20 OK-G01-T-20
25
25
OK-G01-W-20
25
12.5
12.5
12.5
F OK-G01-P-H-E20 OK-G01-T-H-E20 OK-G01-W-H-E20
Modular Valves
40 40 40
7.5
T T T
23
A B A B
23
A B
23
32.5
32.5
32.5
31
46
31
46
31
46
P P P
18.5 40.5 2-NPT1/4 18.5 40.5 2-NPT1/4 18.5 40.5 2-NPT1/4
80 80 80
OK-G01-P-H-20
40
OK-G01-T-H-20
40
40
OK-G01-W-H-20
20
20
20
OK-G03-E50
55 99
40 49.5 40
15 54 15
2-NPT 1/4
2-NPT 1/4
P
P
35
A
A B
13
70
46
13
T T
T
F 82
High-Low System Block
High-Low System Block 13.2 to 26.4 gpm

3625 psi
Features
Simple high-low 2-speed control can be
attained by stacking this block on top of a
high-low base block and manifold, which
configures a speed control circuit.
Specifications
Nominal Maximum Maximum Weight
Model No. Diameter Working Pressure Flow Rate
(Size) psi gpm lbs
OB-G01-W-20 3.3
1/8 3625 13.2
0
OB-G01-W-H-20 5.5
OB-G03-W-J30
OB-G03-W-H-J30
3/8 3625 26.4
9.9
15.6
F
Modular Valves
• Handling
1 If a base block is required, use 2 When installing this block, make sure the cylinder ports (A1, B1 or A2, B2 on the
MOB-01Y-W*-10 for the 01 size and nameplate is oriented so it can be read next page), or modify the manifold so it
MOB-03X-B*-J30 for the 03 size, because correctly from the A port side. has a single cylinder port only.
their valve pitches match. 3 Both of the cylinder ports on this block's 4 Note that installation bolts are not
MOB-01X-B*-10 has a different valve manifold side (bottom) are open. Because included. See pages H4 and F87-89 if
pitch, and so cannot be used. of this, close one of the base block these items are required.

OB – G 01 – W – (H) – 20
Design number
Note: For 03 size, relationship between mounting bolts and design number is
Auxiliary symbol H: 40 mm thick (01 size)

55 mm thick (03 size)
High-low system
High-low system block
F 83
OB-G01-W-20 OB-G01-W-H-20
32.5 32.5 8- Ƶ5.5 hole 32.5 32.5 8- Ƶ5.5 hole
B B B B
T P T P T P T P
90
40.5
90
40.5
A A A A
23.5
23.5
31 31 31 31
50 23 50 23
96 96
25
40
F
O B - G 03- W - J 30 O B - G 03- W - H - J 30
Modular Valves
150 150
80 35 80 35
46 46 8- Ƶ6.5 hole 46 46 8- Ƶ6.5 hole 55
35
60
60
B B B B
T T T T
P P P P
120
120
54
54
T T T T
A A A A
High-speed Low-speed
High-low system block
B1 A1 B2 A2
Use either one.
F 84
End Plate • Free Flow Plate •
03/01 Change Plate
End Plate, Free Flow Plate, 13.2 to 26.4 gpm

03/01 Change Plate 3625 psi
Features
The end plate is a modular valve plate plate is used in a one-way circuit that The 06/04 change plate makes it
used to close off a circuit that is not does not require a solenoid valve. possible to use an 04 size modular valve
required, and when using a relief modular The 03/01 change plate makes it with an 06 size sub-plate and base block.
valve in a standalone configuration. possible to use an 01 size modular valve
The free flow plate is a modular valve with an 03 size sub-plate and base block.
Specifications
Nominal Maximum Working Weight
Maximum Flow Rate
Model No. Pressure
Diameter(Size) gpm lbs
psi
MOB-G01-10 .6
î
MOB-G01-H-10 1.3
1/8 3625
MOB-G01-A-10
MOB-G01-B-10
13.2
0 1.3 F
MOB-G03-J50 3.0
Modular Valves
î
MOB-G03-H-50 5.5
MOB-G03-A-J50
2.8
MOB-G03-B-J50 3/8 3625
26.4
MOB-G03-A-H-50
5.0
MOB-G03-B-H-50
MOB-G03-AA-J50 1
03.2 5.0
MOB-G06-AA-5411A 3/4 3045 52.8 17.6

MOB – G 03 – A – (H) – J50
Design number Note:Auxiliary symbol (tightening height) and design number (G03 size)
J50: M6 type 26.5mm
50: M8 type 23.4mm
H-50: M8 type 58mm (stop plate and relief low plate only)
5411A: 06/04 conversion plate (special item)
Auxiliary symbol H: Tightening height 36mm (01 size), 58mm (03 size)
Port connection status

(Free-flow plate)
Model No. Bolt Dimensions Q'ty

MOB-G01-10 M5 × 25 4
MOB-G01-*-10 M5 × 45 4
MOB-G03-J50
Nominal diameter (size) 01, 03 MOB-G03- A-J50 M6 × 35 4
B
Mounting method G: Gasket type MOB-G03-AA-J50
MOB-G03-50
Modular valve plate
MOB-G03- A-50 M8 × 35 4
B
• Handling MOB-G03-AA-50
1 Installation bolts are not included. Use the MOB-G03-H-50
table to the right to specify bolts for M8 × 70 4
stand-alone use. MOB-G03- A-H-50
B
MOB-G06-AA-5411A M12 × 70 6
F 85
A
MOB-G01-10 MOB-G01-H-10 MOB-G01- (B) -10
30 30 30
6.25
6.25
6.25
T T T
32.5
32.5
32.5
31
45
31
45
31
45
A B A B A B
P P P
8.5 40.5 4- Ƶ9.5x5.4 counterbore 8.5 40.5 8.5 40.5

60 Ƶ5.5 holes 60 4- Ƶ5.5 holes 60 4- Ƶ5.5 holes
MOB-G01-A-10
36
MOB-G01-10 MOB-G01-H-10
36
20
A
MOB-G03-J50 MOB-G03-H-50 MOB-G03- B -J50
4- ƵD counterbore 93 93 93
Ƶd holes 46.5 4- Ƶ8.5 holes 46.5 46.5
54 54 54
F P P P
A B A B A B
70
46
70
46
70
46
T T T T T T
Modular Valves
MOB-G03-A-J50
32
MOB-G03-J50
32
MOB-G03-H-50
H
58
H
A
MOB-G03- B -H-50 MOB-G03-AA-J50
Model No. D H d
93 93
46.5 46.5
4- Ƶ8.5 holes MOB-G03-*-50 14 23.4 8.5
54 54
4-M5x12
40.5 4- ƵD counterbore
Ƶd holes
14 MOB-G03-*-J50 11 26.5 6.5
P
A B
70
46
T T
34.5
T
32.5
A
31
69
46
B
P
58
MOB-G03-A-H-50
45
H
MOB-G06-AA-5411A
Performance Curves Hydraulic Operating Fluid
12 92 Viscosity 32 centistokes
57.2
15.9
2-M6x16
MOB-G03-A-J50
6
203
101.6
Pressure Loss
88.1
174
76.6
2-Ƶ 6
65.9
169
130.2
50
145
34.1
18.3
116
77
P ȹA
53.2
87
52.5
4-M10x17
58
29
11.9
1.6 14.3
55.6
B ȹT
6- Ƶ19x13 counterbore
Ƶ13 holes 23.1
69.9
71.5
0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7
116 65
Flow rate gpm
F 86
Valve Installation Bolt List
Valve Installation Bolt List
E: UNC Thread E: UNC Thread E: UNC Thread

01 (nominal diameter) 03 (nominal diameter)
SS -G01-***-**-E31
SA SS-G03-***-**-E22 SS-G03-***-**-22
SL -G01-***-**-40 SA-G03-***-**-E21 SA-G03-***-**-21
SE Four bolts 1/4 - 20
Four bolts 10-24
Model Number X Model Number X Model Number X

F
Modular Valves
SA-G01-***-**-E31 SS-G03- ***-R- **-E22 SS-G03- ***-R- **-22
60.5 58
SS-G01-***-R-**-E31 SA-G03- ***-R- **-E21 SA-G03- ***-R- **-21
37.5
SL-G01- ***-R- **-E31
SE-G01- ***-GR- **-40
Dimension Dimension Type Model Number Dimension Bolt length

Type Model Number Bolt length Type Model Number Bolt length L
L L
OTH-01-70-10 25 70 OTH-03-125-J30 55 M6 × 125 Hexagon OTH-03-125-30 55 M8 × 125
Hexagon Socket
Head Bolt
Socket
85 40 85 -180- 110 M6 × 180 Head Bolt -180- 110 M8 × 180
Hexagon Socket Head Bolt
110 65 110 OTD-03-135-J30 55 M6 × 135 OTD-03-135-30 55 M8 × 135
125 80 125 -190- 110 M6 × 190 -190- 110 M8 × 190

Stat Bolt
Stat
150 105 150 -245- 165 M6 × 245 Bolt -245- 165 M8 × 245
165 120 165 -300- 220 M6 × 300 -300- 220 M8 × 300
190 145 190
205 160 205
OTD-01-80-10 25 80
Note:
1 Model numbers indicate bolt kits for one
95 40 95 solenoid valve.
2 Up to four modular valves can be ganged
120 65 120
together.
135 80 135 3 01 Size Modular valves at a height of 40
+ 25 = 65 mm are ganged to one level.
145 90 145 4 2-pressure reducing valves at a height of
160 105 160
90 mm are ganged to two levels.
175 120 175
185 130 185

Stat Bolt
200 145 200
210 155 210
215 160 215
225 170 225
240 185 240
250 195 250
265 210 265
275 220 275
F 87
04 (nominal diameter)
(2) E10 - 1/4 - 20

(4) E10 - 3/8 - 16
10 - 2 to toM6 to
10 - 4 to M10
Model Number X
DSS-G04-***-R-**-22
34
DSA-G04-***-**-22
F Type Model Number

Dimension
L
Bolt Size Bolt length
M6 115
Modular Valves
OTH-04-120-10 70
M10 120
Hexagon Socket Head Bolt
M6 130
-135- 85
M10 135
M6 185
-190- 140
M10 190
M6 200
-205- 155
M10 205
M6 123
OTD-04-135-10 70
M10 135
M6 138
-150- 85
M10 150
M6 193
-205- 140
M10 205
Stat Bolt
M6 210
-220- 155
M10 220
M6 265
-275- 210
M10 275
M6 278
-290- 225
M10 290
Note: 1. The above model numbers indicate bolt kits for

one solenoid valve.
2. Up to three modular valves can be ganged together.
3. There is a bolt for ganging four valves, but the
maximum operating pressure is limited to 3045
psi. For details, consult your agent. (See page D-4)
F 88
Hexagon socket head bolt
Tightening Torque
Nominal
Nominal Diameter A Bolt Size Diameter Bolt Size Tightening Torque N ft lbs
01 15 10 - 24 01 10 - 24 UNC 3.6 to 5.1
03 18 1/4 - 20 03 1/4 - 20 UNC 7.3 to 9.5
Stat Bolts and Nuts
Modular Valves
Model No. A B C D E F Bolt Size
OTD-01-***-10 12 09.0 8.5 16 11.0 4 M5
OTD-03-***-J30 20 10.0 10 18 11.5 5 M6
OTD-03-***-30 25 12.5 13 22 15.0 6 M8
20 10.0 10 18 11.5 5 M6
OTD-04-***-10
25 18.0 16 23 15.0 8 M10
Stat bolts and nuts are included. The E dimension is the effective screw depth.
F 89
Base Block
01, 03 Base Block
Features
This block, which allows piping from both sides, is designed for use with combinations of two or more solenoid valves and modular valves.

MOB - 01 X - B3 - 10 Note: Another series of multi-pump blocks is available for the MBS
and MBW Series NACHI PACK. For details, see page L-24.
Design number
Sequential number
A, B port piping diameter X: One size larger than nominal diameter
Y: Two size larger than nominal diameter
Base block for modular valve

F 01 (nominal diameter) base block
MOB-01X-B*-10
LA 2- Ƶ14x8 counterbore
Modular Valves
26 LB 9 Ƶ9 holes Rc 3/8
26 Plug Tightening Torque
15
15
T T
31
Plug Configuration Tightening Torque N ft lbs

33
B B
47
47
66
P T P T P P TPHA-1/4 13.4 to 22
A A
Rc 3/8
TPHA-3/8 29.5 to 35
49
LF P-M5x12
LE
LD
LC 40
N-Rc 1/4 4 13 Weight
Model No. LA LB LC LD LE LF N P
lbs
A1
14
A2
î
38
MOB-01X-B2-10 129 111 04 08 6.1

52
B2 B1 î
B3 178 160 î 06 12 8.3
î
B4 227 209 08 16 10.8
Pipe Outlet Maximum Recommended 98
Model No Working Pressure Flow Rate B5 276 258 147 10 20 13.0
Size (A, B) psi gpm 196
B6 325 307 245 12 24 15.2
MOB-01X-B*-10 1/4 3625 5.2
MOB-01Y-W*-10 LA
LB 12
LC 55
LD
LE
2-Rc 1/2 LF P-M5x12
36.5 50 36.5 Plug Tightening Torque
28
28
48.5
T T
52
68
68
B B
T T
TPHA-3/8 29.5 to 35
97
P P P P
A A
TPHA-1/2 40.5 to 48
2-Ƶ14x8.6 counterbore 2-Rc 1/2
Ƶ 8.5 holes
P-Rc 3/8
Weight
Model No. LA LB LC LD LE LF P
lbs
20
54
A2 A1 MOB-01Y-W1-10 110 086 04 011.2

73
î
B2 B1 W2 160 136 î 08 016.0
5 25 î
2-M10x15
W3 210 186 î 12 021.1
W4 260 236 16 26.0

Pipe Outlet Maximum Recommended
100
Model No Working Pressure Flow Rate W5 310 286 20 30.8
Size (A, B) gpm 150
psi 200
MOB-01Y-W*-10 3/8 3625 10.5 W6 360 336 250 24 35.7
F 90
03 (nominal diameter) base block
MOB-03X-B*-(J)30
LF 60 NX4-M6x13
2-Rc 3/4 (NX4-M8x13)
LE
31 LD 31
15 LC 15
10
32
T
10.3
T T
60
60
88
A A
23.8
T
100
120
P P
54
P P
10.3
B B
2-M10x18 1.5
(For hanging bolt) 9.5 16.5 4- Ƶ8.5 counterbore
M10x15
46 (From back surface) 2-Rc 3/4
LB 8
LA
52
70
B2 A2 B1 A1
20 20
M-Rc 1/2
60
F
Modular Valves
Plug Tightening Torque
TPHA-1/2 40.5 to 48
TPHA-3/4 66 to 73.7
Dimensions Weight
Model No.
LA LB LC LD LE LF M N lbs
MOB-03X-B2 -(J) 30 200 184 80 î 08 2 22.7

î
Maximum Recommended B3 280 264 80 160 î 12 3 31.5
Pipe Outlet
Model No Working Pressure Flow Rate
Size (A, B) psi gpm B4 360 344 80 160 240 16 4 40.5
MOB-03X-B*-(J) 30 1/2 3625 21.1 B5 440 424 80 160 240 320 20 5 49.3
Note: Dimensions in parentheses are for model number MOB-03X-B*-30,

which is the model number when using M8 valve mounting bolts.
F 91
M35 Valve Series
High-pressure M35 Series 13 to 80 gpm

5075 psi
Overview
The High-Pressure M35 Series responds treatment, plus precision machining to • Press Machinery
to the needs of high density in a variety createhigh-performance valves with the Press brakes, punching presses
of fields by enabling higher density following features: • Underground Machinery
hydraulic systems. • High-pressure 35MPa Shield tunneling machinery, removal
This valve incorporates NACHI original • High reliability and compact design systems, etc.
flow control technology and heat • Construction Machinery
From mini vehicles to 6 to 10-ton
vehicles, shovels, etc.
• Environmental Related
Granulators, filter presses, scrap
presses
• Testing Equipment
Impulse, durability, performance
testers, etc.
(For details see catalog number 9265-3.)
F • M35 Series Modular Valve (O * H) • M35 Series Related Components
By integrating multiple hydraulic devices, • Pump (See page A-42.)
this valve can be used when configuring Rated Pressure: 5075 psi
Modular Valves
hydraulic circuits even in the high-pressure Capacity: 1.7 to 2.4 cu in/rev

range. See page F9 for information • High-response proportional flow
about the 04 size. control valve
This series consists of pressure, flow rate, Maximum Working Pressure: 5075 psi
and flow direction control valves. Maximum Flow Rate: to 90 gpm
Maximum Working Pressure: 5075 psi • M35 Series Industry Specific Components
Maximum Flow Rate: to 80 gpm • Jack Valve
Maximum Working Pressure: 5075 psi
• M35 Series Non-leak Solenoid Valve Maximum Flow Rate: to 25 gpm
(SNH) • Logic Cartridge Mono Block
A NACHI original structure is used to Maximum Working Pressure: 5075 psi
configure this wettype shutoff valve that Maximum Flow Rate: to 1850 gpm
isolates internal leaks. Installation • M35 Series Industry Specific Components
conforms to ISO4401 standards, so it can • Hydraulic accessories (stop valves,
be used in a wide range of applications in filters, accumulators, hoses, etc.);
combination with modular valves. For NACHI-MOOG servo level
more information, see page D-53.
Maximum Working Pressure: 5075 psi
Maximum Flow Rate: to 25 gpm
Specifications
M35 Series Modular Valve Modular Valve Product Series
Maximum Working Maximum Number of
Size Pressure Flow Rate Integration
psi gpm Levels
5075
01 13.2
0
Maximum working pressure psi
03 5075 26.4 to 3
3625
04 79.2
3000
Dimensions
Size Height (mm) Width (mm) Remarks
01 40 46 Same dimensions 0 13.2 26.4 52.8 79.2

03 55 70 as the M25 Series Maximum flow rate gpm
04 70 91
Note: M8 installation bolts only are used for the 03 size.
F 92
01, 03 Size Specifications
Maximum Pressure Adjustment Range ISO Symbol
Maximum
Type
Name Valve Model Number Operating (Cracking Pressure)

Power Flow Rate
gpm psi
psi
Solenoid SA-G**-**-**-31(21)
Solenoid
Valves
Valves SS-G**-**-**-31(22)
ORH-G01-P*-10 G01 500 - 3625

Relief 10.5
-W*- 1000 - 5075
Valves
(Balance
ORH-G03-P*-10 G03 P: P ( ȹT) port
Type) 21.1
-W*- W: AB ( ȹT) port
ORH : Relief valve
ORH-G01-DW*-10 G01 500 - 3625

-DA*- 5.2 1000 - 5075
Relief
-DB*-
Valves
(Direct
ORH-G03-DW*-10 G03 DW: AB ( ȹT) port
Type) 7.9
-DA*- DA: A ( ȹT) port
-DB*- DB: B ( ȹT) port
Modular Valves
OGH-G01-P*-10 G01 500 - 3625
-B*- 10.5 OGH : Reducing valve
Reducing
Valve OGH-G03-P*-(B)-10 G03 P: P port
-B*- 21.1 B: B port
5075
OYH-G01-W-Y-10 G01 Y: Meter out
-A-Y- 13.2 X: Meter in
-B-Y-
-W-X- W: AB port
Flow Control Valves
-A-X- A: A port
Flow -B-X- B: B port
OPH : Pilot check valve
Regulator
Valves OYH-G03-W-Y-10 G03
-A-Y- 26.4
-B-Y-
-W-X-
-A-X-
-B-X-
OCH-G01-P*-10 G01 1: 5.8

13.2 2: 50.7
-T*-
Check 3: 72.5
Valves
OCH-G03-P*-10 G03 P: P port
26.4 T: T port
Direction Control Valves
-T*-
G01 1: 29
OPH-G01-W*-(F)-10 13.2 2: 72.5
-A*-
-B*-
Pilot G03 W: AB port
Check OPH-G03-W*-(D)-10 26.4 A: A port
Valves -A*- B: B port
-B*- D: Direct type (no small valve,
G03 only)
F: Decomp type (with small
valve, G01 only)
F 93
Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Valve
Electro-Hydraulic .5 to 132 gpm

Proportional Valve Series 3000, 3600, 4000, 5000 psi
Overview
Today's hydraulic systems demand high components deliver outstanding Series includes the pressure control
levels of automation, power efficiency, response and fluid pressure that allows valves, flow control valves, and direction
and energy efficiency, which is why the high output, as well as superior control valves that make it easy to meet
use of electro-hydraulic proportional operation, and control. The NACHI these needs.
valves is on the rise. Built-in electronic Electrohydraulic Proportional Valve
Features
1 Pressure Control Valve Series and outstanding flow rate reproduction. 5 Power Amplifiers
EPR Series: Small-volume direct driver EMA Series: Amplifier type
type pilot relief valve 3 Direction Flow Control Valve Series EMC Series: Controller type
ER Series: Large-volume balanced ESD Series: This electro-hydraulic A current-feedback amplifier system is
piston type relief valve proportional valve used to virtually eliminate output current
EGB Series: Large-volume balanced provides both direction fluctuation. The same power supply
piston type pressure control and flow specifications apply to all types.
reducing valve with relief control functions.
function Mounting methods are 6 Compact Power Amplifiers
The pressure control section uses a poppet the same as those for EBA Series: Amplifier type
structure, which is virtually impervious to standard directional The highly efficient PWM control system
the effects of dirt in the operating fluid for valves, which allows of this new series ensures high reliability
outstanding pressure stability. simple structuring and
maintenance.
in a compact configuration.
G
Flow Control Valve Series 7 Compact, Multi-function Power
2 ES Series: This 3-directional valve 4 Modular Type Control Valve Series Amplifiers
Proportional Valves
provides proportional flow EOG-G01: This reduction valve EDA Series: Amplifier type
control in accordance with with relief function can This compact amplifier can drive two
input current. be used in ganged solenoids with a single DC input.
ESR Series: With a built-in load sensing configurations. EDC Series: Amplifier controller
function, this 3-way valve EOF-G01: This flow control valve type
is for use in low-energy combines a restrictor A choice of inputs: 6-contact or DC 2
circuits. valve with a pressure input/4-contact compensation valve.
A force feedback mechanism is used for compensation valve.
main spool positioning, and amplification is This dual configuration provides easy
performed by the pilot spool. The result is installation along with dramatically
superior response with small hysteresis reduced space requirements.
Series List
Maximum Working Rated Flow Rate gpm
Name Pressure psi .26 .5 2.6 13.2 26.4 52.8 79.2 105 132
Electro-hydraulic Proportional Valve 5000 01 Size

150 300
Electro-hydraulic Proportional Relief Valve 5000 03 06
Electro-hydraulic Proportional 03 06
3600
Relief and Reducing Valve
Electro-hydraulic Proportional 02 03 06 10
3000
Flow Control Valve
Load Sensitive Electro-hydraulic 03 06 10
3600
Proportional Relief and Flow Control Valve
Electro-hydraulic Proportional 01 03 04 06
3600
Flow Control Valve 140
Modular Type Electro-hydraulic 01
3600
Proportional Reducing Valve
Modular Type Electro-hydraulic 01
3000
Flow Control Valve
Power Amplifier
Compact Power Amplifier
Compact, Multi-function
Power Amplifier
Catalog 1501
G1
Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pilot Relief Valve
Electro-Hydraulic 0.3 gpm

Proportional Pilot Relief Valve 43 to 4000 psi
Features
This DC solenoid relief valve matches small-volume hydraulic system or the continual pressure control in proportion
the attraction force of a DC solenoid with poppet of a balanced piston type pressure to input current.
fluid pressure. When connected to a control valve, this valve provides
Specifications
Model No.
• Handling
EPR-G01-*-****-12 1 Air Bleeding
Item
To enable proper pressure control,
Rated Flow Rate gpm 0.3 loosen the air vent when starting up the
pump in order to bleed any air from the
B: 43 to 360 0 pump, and fill the inside of the solenoid
1: 100 to 1000
0
2: 145 to 2000
with hydraulic operating fluid. The
Pressure Control Range psi
3: 215 to 3000 position of the air vent can change by
4: 215 to 4000 loosening the M4 screw and rotating the
5: 290 to 5000 cover.
2 Mounting Method
Rated Current mA 800 Mounting on a vertical surface causes
Coil Resistance 20 (68° F) minimum pressure to increase by 14 psi.
G Hysteresis % 3 max. (Note)

3 Manual Pressure Adjusting Screw
For the initial adjustment or when there
is no input current to the valve due to an
Weight lbs 3.5
electrical problem or some other reason,
Proportional Valves
Note: Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used (with dithering). valve pressure can be increased by
rotating the manual adjustment screw
Series List clockwise (rightward). Normally, the
manual adjusting screw should be
EPR – G 01 – 2 – 00 12 S * 12 rotated back fully to the left (counter-
Design number clockwise) and secured with the lock nut.
E: Unified Thread 4 Minimum Relief Flow Rate
Plunger orifice symbol A small flow rate can cause setting
None: No orifice pressure to become unstable. Use a flow
S: With orifice rate of at least .18 in³/min.
5 Load Capacity
Tank port orifice symbol (Table 1) When using this valve to control direct
circuit pressure, make sure the load
Pressure port orifice symbol (Table 1) volume (valve P port side volume) is at
Pressure control range B, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
least 2.4 in³.
6 Bundled Accessories (Valve Mounting
Nominal diameter 01 Bolts)
10-24 x 1 3/4”(four) Tightening torque:
Mounting method G: Gasket type 3.6-7 ft lbs.
7 Sub Plate
Electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve When a sub plate is required, order
using the following model number.
MSA-01Y-E10 (See the next page for
dimensions.)
Table 1 Pressure Port and Tank Port Orifice Symbols 8 Use an operating fluid that conforms
Orifice
to the both of the following.
Symbol 00 08 09 10 11 12 13 Fluid Temperature: 4°F to 140°F
Orifice
Diameter None Ƶ0.8 Ƶ0.9 Ƶ1.0 Ƶ1.1 Ƶ1.2 Ƶ1.3 Viscosity: 12 to 400 centistokes. The
recommended viscosity range is 15 to
60 centistokes.
Note: The following are the standards for the orifice auxiliary symbols.
Pressure Control Range Orifice Auxiliary Symbol

Type B, Type 1 0013S
Type 2, Type 3 0012S
Type 4 1212S
Type 5 1111S
G2
EPR-G01 Sub Plate
MSA-01Y-E10
15.5
4- Ƶ9.5x9.5 counterbore
Ƶ5.5 holes 98
0.75
7.5 83 7.5
20 40.5
T 30.2 71.5
P 21.5 30 41.5
31.75
5.1
45
12.7 27 11.5
31
22.5
0.75
7.5
5.1
11.5
12
21.5 T
30.2
27.5
11.5 40.5 T
43.5
15.5
25.9
MAX 110.8 59
31.75
70
55
31
MAX 171.3 A B B
P A
Connector cord diameter Ƶ
8 to 10 P
M4 set screw 4- Ƶ7.5
7.5
(4) 10-24 3/8 NPT
(hex width across flats 2)
Air vent (Air bleeding) 4-Ƶ9.5x1 counterbore
89.5
(hex width across flats 3) Ƶ5.5 holes

78
Note: Install the sub plate so the valve's P port is aligned with the sub plate's B port.
46
23.5
The gasket surface dimensions comply with the ISO standard shown below.
Lock nut (width across flats 13)
Manual pressure adjusting screw ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
Input Current – Pressure Characteristics

2900 5800
EPR-G01-2
5075
Type 5 G
2175 4350
Type 4
Proportional Valves
3625
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
1450 Type 3
EPR-G01-1 2900
2175
725 1450
EPR-G01-B
725
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input current mA Input current mA
Cross-sectional Drawing Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 12 Rod 22 Choke
EPR-G01-*-****-12 2 Plug 13 Cover 23 O-ring
3 Seat 14 Nut 24 O-ring
14 15 30 16 31 17 19 20 21 6 5 4 23 2 4 Poppet 15 Screw 25 O-ring
5 Spring 16 Screw 26 O-ring
6 Retainer 17 Screw 27 O-ring
7 Cover 18 Screw 28 O-ring
8 Stopper 19 Connector 29 O-ring
9 Guide 20 Coil 30 Seal
10 Shim 21 Ball bush 31 Screw
11 Plunger
Note: Coil model number JD64-D2
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number JPS-G01-1A)

23 O-ring 1B-P11 1
24 O-ring 1B-P9 2
25 O-ring 1B-P22 1
26 O-ring AS 568-016(Hs90) 1
27 13 26 9 29 12 11 10 8 28 7 18 25 24 22 3 1 27 O-ring 1B-P7 1
28 O-ring S-25 1
29 O-ring 1A-P20 1
30 Seal CW1000FO 1
G3
Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Relief Valve
Electro-Hydraulic 39 to 84.5 gpm

Proportional Relief Valve 43 to 5075 psi
Features
This valve combines a compact, high-per- Throughput volume and fluid temperature • Handling
formance electro-hydraulic proportional fluctuation has little effect on control 1 To enable proper pressure control,
pilot relief valve and balanced piston type pressure, so this valve provides open loop loosen the air vent when starting up the
relief valve to provide pressure control in control of even complex pressures pump in order to bleed any air from the
proportion to input current. (forces). pump, and fill the inside of the solenoid
with hydraulic operating fluid.
Specifications 2 Manual Pressure Adjusting Screw
Model No. is no input current to the valve due to an
ER-G03-*-21 ER-G06-*-21
Item electrical problem or some other reason,
valve pressure can be increased by
Rated Flow Rate gpm 39 84 rotating the manual adjustment screw
B: 43 to 357 0 clockwise (rightward). Normally, the
1: 100 to 1000
0 manual adjusting screw should be
Pressure Control Range psi
2: 143 to 2000 rotated back fully to the left (counter-
3: 214 to 3000 clockwise) and secured with the lock
4: 214 to 3571 nut.
5: 286 to 5000 3 Tank Port Back Pressure
Rated Current mA 800 Make sure that tank port back pressure
G Coil Resistance 20 (68° F)
is as small as possible; no greater than
29 psi.
4 Safety Valve Setting Pressure
Hysteresis % 3 max. (Note 2)
The safety valve is set to maximum
Proportional Valves
Minimum Relief Flow Rate gpm 1.3 2.1 adjustment pressure plus 217 to 290
psi. When actually using the valve,
Weight lbs 13.2 15.7 adjust in accordance with actual
Note: 1. G03 type only Flow rate: 10.5 gpm pressure.
2. Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used (with dithering). 5 Bundled Accessories (Valve Mounting
Bolts)
Understanding Model Numbers Model No. Bolt Size Q'ty Tightening Torque ft lbs
ER-G03 1/2-13 x 2” 4 55 to 70
ER – G 03 – 3 * 21
ER-G06 5/8-11 x 2 3/8” 4 140 to 170
Design number
E: Unified Thread 6 Use an operating fluid that conforms to
Pressure control range B, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

the both of the following.
Fluid Temperature: 4°F to 140°F
Nominal diameter 03, 06 Viscosity: 12 to 400 centistokes. The
recommended viscosity range is 15 to
Mounting method G: Gasket type 60 centistokes.
Electro-hydraulic proportional relief valve
Installation Dimension Drawings Connector cord diameter

Ƶ 8 to 10
Air vent (Air bleeding)

ER-G**-*-21 (hex width across flats 3)
M4 set screw Manual pressure adjusting screw
Relief valve pressure adjusting bolt
89.5
78
E
4- Ƶax1 counterbore F
23.5
Ƶ b holes G H
A
45
25
K
D
B
J
Ƶ6
6
The gasket surface dimensions comply with the ISO Model No. A B C D E F G H J K a b
standard shown below.
G03···ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A ER-G03 212.5 78 33 80 194.8 106 31 53.8 13.1 53.8 20 14
G06···ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
ER-G06 217.5 83 37 100 203.8 119 37 66.7 15 70 26 17.5
G4
Sub Plate (Maximum Operating Pressure: 3625 psi
MRI-03*-E10 MRI-03X-E10 MRI-06*-E10
Ƶ7 drillingx10 Ƶ3 drilling NPT 1/4 Ƶ5 NPT 1/4 (4) 5/8 - 11
(back) Ƶ7x10
(back)
(4) 1/2-13
X X
P
125
103
54
31.8
92
90.5
YF
6.6
85.7
136
116
T
66.7
60
55.6
4- Ƶ20
11.2
22.5
4- Ƶ14
33.4
T
35.5
YH
14.3
2
10
27 2 to Ƶ13
11
15 54 34.9 14
2 “A” NPT 2- Ƶ23
11 62 16.1 69.8 38
(back) 12.5 102
84 16 127
2- "A"
159
4 to Ƶ17.5 (back)
Model No. A NPT Model No. YF YH

MRI-03-E10 3/8 MRI-06-E10 092.5 13.2
32
Attach a plug when the vent MRI-03X-E10 1/2 MRI-06X-E10 100.7 04.7
4 to Ƶ11 (X) port is not used.
MRI-06-E10 3/4
14
MRI-06X-E10 1
Flow Rate – Pressure Characteristics ER-G06-*-E21 Input Current – Pressure Characteristics ER-G06-*-E21
5075 5800
Type 5
Type 5
4350 5075
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
3625
Type 4
4350
3625
Type 4 G
2900 Type 3
Type 3 2900
Proportional Valves
2175 Type 2 Type 2
2175
1450 1450
Type 1 Type 1
725 725
0 13 26 39 52 66 79 92 0 200 400 600 800 1000

Relief flow rate gpm Input current mA
35 34
Cross-sectional Drawing ER-G**-*-21 13

7
25
9
20 2 10
33
ER Valve Built-in Pilot Relief Valve List 8
12
Model No. Built-in Pilot Relief Valve 24
ER-G03-B-21 EPR-G01-B-0011S-12 29
1 1-0011S-12 11 14
2 2-1313S-12 16 27
3 3-1212S-12 18 28
4 4-1111S-12 23 4
5 5-1010S-12 32 6
ER-G06-1-21 EPR-G01-1-0011S-12 17 5
2 2-1313S-12 31 21 1 3
3 3-1212S-12 15 30
4 4-1111S-12
19 28
5 5-1010S-12
22 26
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number JPS-G01-1A) 23 X P T
Part Nominal Diameter/Part Number Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
Part Name Q'ty
No. G03 G06 1 Body 17 Plate 33 Nut
22 O-ring 1B-P8 1B-P8 1 2 Cover 18 Plug 34 Pilot relief valve
3 Poppet 19 Plug 35 Screw
23 O-ring 1B-P9 1B-P9 3 4 Sleeve 20 Screw
24 O-ring 1B-P10A 1B-P10A 1 5 Spring 21 Pin
6 Spacer 22 O-ring
25 O-ring 1A-P11 1A-P11 1
7 Poppet 23 O-ring
26 O-ring 1B-P18 1B-P28 2 8 Seat 24 O-ring
27 O-ring 1B-G25 1B-P28 1 9 Plunger 25 O-ring
28 O-ring 1B-G30 1B-P32 2
11 Plug 27 O-ring
29 Backup ring T2-P10A T2-P10A 1 12 Collar 28 O-ring
30 Backup ring T2-G30 T2-P32 1 13 Spring 29 Backup ring
14 Handle 30 Backup ring
Note: 1. O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B. 15 Orifice 31 Screw
2.For the ** part of the kit number, specify the valve size (G03, G06). 16 Orifice 32 Choke
3.EPR-G01 pilot valve seal is available separately. See page G-3 for more information.
G5
Electro-Hydraulic Proportional
Reducing and Relief Valve
Electro-Hydraulic Proportional 13.2 to 26.4 gpm

Reducing and Relief Valve 43.5 to 3625 psi
Features
This valve combines a compact, high-per- current. • Handling
formance electro-hydraulic pilot relief valve, Since this valve includes a relief function, 1 Air Bleeding
and a reducing and relief valve for low- OUT side pressure can be maintained at a To enable proper pressure
pressure control of pressure within a virtually fixed level, even when the valve's control, loosen the air vent
hydraulic system in proportion to input OUT side is used as reaction force. This when starting up the pump
in order to bleed any air
valve also provides outstanding response from the pump, and fill the inside of the
Specifications as pressure drops. solenoid with hydraulic operating fluid.
2 DR Port Piping
Model No.
EGB-G03-*-11 EGB-G06-*-11 When configuring piping, ensure that the
Item DR port (T port for the G06 size) is filled
Maximum Operating Pressure psi 3625 with operating fluid.
3 Manual Pressure Adjusting Screw
Maximum Flow Rate gpm 13.2 26.4
B: 43 to 357 is no input current to the valve due to an
Pressure Control Range psi 1: 100 to 1000 electrical problem or some other reason,
2: 129 to 2000 valve pressure can be increased by
3: 214 to 3000 rotating the manual adjustment screw
Rated Current mA 800 clockwise (rightward). Normally, the
Coil Resistance 20 (68° F) rotated back fully to the left (counter-
G Hysteresis %
Weight lbs 12
3 max. (Note 2)
17
clockwise) and secured with the lock nut.
4 Load Capacity
The G03 load capacity (valve OUT side
volume) is at least .5 gpm, while the G06
Proportional Valves
Note: 1.G03 type only Rated flow rate: 5.2 gpm

2.Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used (with dithering). load capacity is at least 1.3 gpm.
5 Bundled Accessories (Valve Mounting Bolts)
EGB-G03 3/8-16 x 3” 4 33 to 40
EGB – G 03 – 2 * 11 EGB-G06 3/8-16 x 3 3/8” 4 33 to 40
Design number
6 Use an operating fluid that conforms to
E: Unified thread
Pressure control range B, 1, 2, 3 Oil temperature: 4 to 140°F
Viscosity: 12 to 400 centistokes. The
Nominal diameter 03, 06 recommended viscosity range is 15 to 60
centistokes.
Mounding Gasket Dimensions EGB-G03-*-11
Electro-hydraulic proportional relief and reducing valve 77
10.1 54.9
42.9
35.7
Installation Dimension Drawings 31.8

21.4
10.7
7.1 (4) 3/8-16
EGB-G03-*-11 EGB-G06-*-11 Ƶ8 hole

22.3
33.3
T
58.7
MAX 210.8 MAX 223.7

66.6
IN OUT
88
50.1 MAX 160.7 58.9 MA X 164.8

42.9 60.2
Tank port (T)
Tank port (T) DR
2 to Ƶ14 hole
T T
IN OUT
66.6
88
IN OUT Ƶ7x8 drilling

79.3
102
DR
Ƶ6 hole (positioning pin hole)
Manual pressure
adjusting screw
Primary pressure port (IN) Lock nut
Manual pressure
adjusting screw
Mounding Gasket Dimensions EGB-G06-*-11
Drain port (DR) Air vent (Air bleeding) Air vent (Air bleeding)
Primary pressure port (IN) 82
Secondary pressure port (OUT) (hex width across flats 3) Secondary pressure port (OUT) (hex width across flats 3) Lock nut 10.9 60.3
4- Ƶ17.5x1 counterbore 4- Ƶ17.5x1 counterbore 49.2
Ƶ11 holes Ƶ11 holes 44.5
30.1 (4) 3/8-16
M4 set screw 11.1
11.3
M4 set screw
8.6
(hex width across flats 2) (hex width across flats 2)

3 to Ƶ22 hole
T
39.6
171.5
102
79.3
159.5
IN OUT
105.5
93.5
70
82
70
60
35
40
Ƶ6
4
Ƶ6 Ƶ7x8 drilling
4
(positioning pin hole)
G6
Input Current – Pressure Characteristics

EGB-G03 EGB-G06
3625 3625
EGB-G06-3
EGB-G03-3
2900 2900
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
EGB-G03 EGB-G06
2175 2175
-2 -2
1450 1450
EGB-G03 EGB-G06
-1 -1
725 725
EGB-G03
-B
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input current mA Input current mA
EGB-G**-*-11 EGB Valve Built-in Pilot Relief Valve List

Model No.
EGB-G03-B-11
Built-in Pilot Relief Valve
EPR-G01-B-0000-12
G
EGB-G03-1-11 1-0013-12
Proportional Valves
EGB-G03-2-11 2-0012-12
EGB-G03-3-11 3-0011-12
EGB-G06-1-11 EPR-G01-1-0013-12
EGB-G06-2-11 2-0012-12
EGB-G06-3-11 3-0012-12
Manual adjustment section
Part No. Part Name

8 6 4 10 5 1 2 9 7 11 12 14 13 3 6 15
1 Body
2 Piston
3 Cover
4 Cover
5 Spring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number JGS-***) 6 Screw
7 Pin
Part EGB-G03-*-11 EGB-G06-*-11 8 Pin
Part Name
No. Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty 9 Choke
10 Choke
11 O-ring 1B-P20 2 1B-P26 3 11 O-ring
12 O-ring 1B-P10A 2 – – 12 O-ring
13 O-ring 1B-P22 2 1B-G30 2 13 O-ring
14 O-ring
14 O-ring 1B-P6 2 1B-P6 2 15 Pilot relief valve
Note: 1.O-ring 1B-** refers to JIS B2401-1B-**. Note:
2.For the ** part of the kit number, specify the valve size (G03, G06). Coil model number JD64-D2
3.EPR-G01 pilot valve seal is available separately. See page G-3 for more information.
G7
Flow Control Valve
Electro-Hydraulic Proportional .5 to 132 gpm

Flow Control Valve 3045 psi
Features
This valve controls actuator speed in pressure which enables high-precision • Handling
response to the size of input current. speed control. This valve is the perfect 1 Air Bleeding
Pressure and control fluid temperature choice for actuator acceleration and To enable proper pressure
fluctuation has little effect on setting deceleration control, and remote control. control, loosen the air vent
when starting up the pump
Specifications in order to bleed any air
from the pump, and fill the inside of the
solenoid with hydraulic operating fluid.
Model No. ES-G03- (C)ES-G06- ES-G10- The position of the air vent can change
60 -(F)-12
Item 125
250-11 500-(F)-11 by loosening the M4 screw and rotating
the cover.
Maximum Operating Pressure psi 3045 3045 3045 2 Manual Flow Rate Adjusting Screw
Flow Rate Control Range gpm .5 to 15.8 1.3 to 66 3.9 to 132 For the initial adjustment or when there
Minimum Allowable Valve Pressure
is no input current to the valve due to an
Differential psi 145 (Note1) 217(Note1) (Note1) electrical problem or some other reason,
Reverse Flow Rate gpm the flow rate can be increased by rotating
(With check valve only)
33 (Note3) 52 – the manual adjustment screw clockwise
(rightward). Normally, this adjusting
Hysteresis % 3 max. (Note 2) 3 max. (Note 2) 3 max. (Note 2) screw should be returned completely to
Rated Current mA 800 800 800 its original position and secured with the
lock nut.
G Coil Resistance
Weight lbs
20 (68°F)
28.6
20 (68°F)
55
20 (68°F)
121
3 Drain Port
Make sure that back pressure is no
greater than 29 psi, and that his port
Note: 1.Control valve inlet and outlet pressure differential required to obtain favorable pressure compensation. is connected directly to the fluid tank at a
Proportional Valves
2.Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used (with dithering). point that is below the oil surface.
3.ES-G03 does not have a built-in check valve, but a sub plate with check valve (Model No. MCF-03-D-22) 4 Bundled Accessories (Valve Mounting
is available for it.
Bolts)
(C)ES – G 03 – 30 – (F) * 12 ES-G03 3/8-16 x 3” 4 33 to 40

Design number (C)ES-G06 5/8-11 x 5 1/2” 4 140 to 170
E: Unified thread ES-G10 3/4-10 x 6 1/4” 4 270 to 339
Auxiliary symbol F: With pressure compensation
piston opening adjustment screw 5 The loss coefficient and control valve can
Note: Nominal diameters 02, 03, 10 only available cause resonance when there is a great
Rated flow rate
distance between the flow control valve
and actuator (when the pipe internal
Nominal diameter: 03, 06, 10 volume is large). Be sure to keep the
Mounting method G: Gasket type distance between the flow control valve
Pump type CES: Electro-hydraulic proportional flow control valve with check valve 02, 06 only and actuator as small as possible, and to
ES: Electro-hydraulic proportional flow control valve avoid the use of flexible hose as much as
possible.
6 Sub Plate
Installation Dimension Drawings See the next page for more information
about sub plates.
6 MAX.D
4- Ƶ Mx1 counterbore
Hydraulic inlet port 7 Use an operating fluid that conforms to
C (IN)
B
Ƶ N holes
K MA X .L
A H J
Oil temperature: 4 to 140°F
M4 set screw
Viscosity: –12 to 400 centistokes.
Air vent (Air bleeding) The recommended viscosity range is 15
E

to 60 centistokes.
2-Ƶ 6
8 Since this valve has a built-in pressure

compensation valve, changing of the
F
Pressure compensation piston

inertial load (using a high inertial oil
G
opening adjustment screw

Manual flow rate
motor, etc.) can create the risk of
adjusting screw hunching under certain conditions.
Contact your sales agent before changing
Cover Lock nut
the inertial load.
Outlet port Drain port
Note: Use a hex wrench that has a width across flats
(OUT) (DR)
of 8 to adjust the aperture adjustment screw of
nominal diameter 10.
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N
ES-G03 61 82.5 134.5 245.3 11.2 67.8 124 11.2 50.8 124 26 17.5 11
• The gasket surface dimensions comply with the
(C)ES-G06 115 130 182 292.8 16.8 104.8 167 17 73 180 – 26 18 ISO standard shown below.
ES-G10 137 160 215 326.3 25 148 228 23.5 98.5 244 18 32 22 (C) ES-G03 ...ISO 6263-07-09-97
(C) ES-G06 ...ISO 6263-08-13-97
G8
Sub Plate
MES-03*-E10
23 124
11.2 102.4
101.6
74.9
(4) 3/8-16” tap 50.8 2- Ƶ23
20.6
2-"E" NPT
0.8
11.2
17.5 (back)
11.2
28.6
61.8
55
80.3
86.6
101.6
124
IN
2- Ƶ7x10
DR
OUT 1/4 NPT
(back)
4- Ƶ17.5x1 counterbore 12 146
Ƶ 11 holes Ƶ 11 Model No. E NPT
170
MES-03Y-E10 3/4
38
MES-03Z-E10 1
21
Auxiliary Plate with Check Valve

MES-06*-E10
246
MCF-03-D-22
124 2
G
33 180 102.4 11.2
17 146 101.6
Proportional Valves
81
144.4 2- Ƶ29
50.8
(4) 5/8-11 tap 104.8 4- Ƶ10.5 holes 34 6 0.8 102.4
26.7
2-"E" NPT
11.2
73
2- Ƶ32
2- Ƶ7x10 22.2 (back) 2- Ƶ7x8
0.8
16.8
1.6
12.7
28.6
28.6
61.8
Ƶ6 IN
41.3
C
11.2
86.6
IN DR
104.8
101.6
DR
124
133.4
99
167
IN OUT
D
Ƶ30
2- Ƶ23 OUT
DR
OUT
2
F
Ƶ18 holes 17 212 Ƶ14
3/8 NPT (back) Bundled Items (Mounting Bolts) (4) 3/8-16 x 4 3/8”
A
B
Model No. A B C D E F
MES-06X-E10 45 25 16 104.8 1 55.2
MES-06Y-E10 60 40 23 99 11/4 62
ES-G10*-E10 Mounting Gasket Surface Dimensions 244

23.5 198.5
196.9
144.5
3/4 - 10 x 1 3/16
98.5
1.6 35
2- Ƶ7x8
25
18
56.1
IN
145
177.8
228
DR
OUT
2- Ƶ44 Ƶ6
G9
Performance Curves Hydraulic Operating Fluid Viscosity Centistokes
Input Current – Flow Rate Characteristics
ES-G03 (C)ES-G06 ES-G10
36.9 92.4 184.9
31.7 79.2 158.5
26.4 66.0 132.1
Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm

ES-G03-125
21.1 52.8 105.6
15.8 39.6 79.2
10.5 26.4 52.8
5.2 13.2 26.4
0 ES-G03-60 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 0 200 400 600 800 0 200 400 600 800
Input current mA Input current mA Input current mA
Fluid Temperature – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure – Control Flow Rate Characteristics
36.9
39.6 31.7
Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm

26.4
26.4 21.1
15.8
2000 psi 3000 psi
13.2 1450 psi 10.5 VG32
VG32 104º F
2.6 5.2 Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special
Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special
G 0
0 68 86 104 122 140
amplifier is used (with dithering). 0
0 1450 2900
amplifier is used (with dithering).
Oil Temperature º F Pressure psi

Proportional Valves
Cross-sectional Drawing 1
2
Body
Cover
17
18
Pin
Spring
3 Piston 19 Spring
4 Sleeve 20 Spring
ES-G**-*-11(12) 5 Plug 21 Spring
6 Plug 22 Spring
7 Retainer 23 Spring
5 18 31 19 1 4 3 30 7 6 17 24 8 20 10 9 11 8 Sleeve 24 O-ring
9 Spool 25 O-ring
10 Guide 26 O-ring
11 Sleeve 27 O-ring
14 Sleeve 30 O-ring
15 Piston 31 O-ring
29 12 21 13 32 16 Ball 32 Proportional solenoid
Manual adjustment
section
25 26 27 28 16 22 15 14 2 23
ES-G03 (C)ES-G06 ES-G10
Part No. Part Name
Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
24 O-ring 1B-P26 2 1B-G35 2 1B-P48 2
25 O-ring 1B-P28 1 1B-G35 1 1B-P48 1
26 O-ring – – 1B-G35 2 1B-G50 2
27 O-ring 1B-P29 1 1B-G45 1 1B-G60 1
28 O-ring 1B-P5 4 1B-P8 3 1B-P9 3
29 O-ring 1B-P9 1 1B-P9 1 1B-P9 1
30 O-ring 1B-P20 1 1B-G55 1 1B-G75 2
31 O-ring 1B-P38 1 1B-P50 1 1B-G75 1
Seal Kit Number JFS-G03 JFS-G06 JFS-G10
Note: O-ring 1B-** refers to JIS B2401-1B-**.
G 10
Relief and Flow Control Valve
Load Response Electro-Hydraulic .26 to 132 gpm

Proportional Relief and Flow Control Valve 3625 psi
Features
The load sensing function of this meter in pressure. • Handling
flow control valve makes it possible to Using this valve suppresses wasteful 1 In order to ensure stable
control pump discharge pressure automati- pump pressure rises and makes it control, loosen the air vent
cally in accordance with the size of the load possible to configure an energy-efficient and bleed air from the
circuit. valve before starting
Specifications operation.
2 Manual Adjusting Screw
Model No. ESR-G03-125 ESR-G06-250 ESR-G10-500 is no input current to the valve due to an
Item (R*)-12 (R*)-12 R*-11 electrical problem or some other reason,
pressure or flow rate can be increased by
Maximum Operating Pressure psi 3625 3625 3625 rotating the manual adjustment screw
Rated Flow Rate l/min (gpm) 125 (33) 250 (66) 500 (132) clockwise (rightward). Normally, this
adjusting screw should be returned
Flow Rate Control Range gpm .5 to 33 1.3 to 66 3.9 to 132 completely to its original position and
secured with the lock nut.
Flow Rate Control System
Valve Differential Pressure psi 72 (Note1) 101 (Note1) 130 (Note1)

3 Drain Port
Hysteresis % 3 max. (Note 2) 3 max. (Note 2) 3 max. (Note 2) Minimum control pressure is increased
Repeatability % 1 1 1 by drain port back pressure, so be sure
to connect the drain port directly to the
Rated Current mA 800 800 800 fluid tank at a point that is below the oil
Coil Resistance 20 (68°F)
R1 174 to 1000
20 (68°F)
R1 174 to 1000
20 (68°F)
R1 174 to 1000
surface.
4 Safety Valve Setting Pressure G
R2 203 to 2000 R2 203 to 2000 R2 203 to 2000
For a safety valve without an electro-hy-
Pressure Control Range psi draulic proportional pilot relief valve,
Proportional Valves
Pressure Control System (Note 3)
R3 232 to 3000 R3 232 to 3000 R3 232 to 3000

R4 232 to 3625 R4 232 to 3625 R4 232 to 3625 safety valve pressure is set to minimum
pressure (507 psi). In the case of a
Hysteresis % 3 max. (Note 2) 3 max. (Note 2) 3 max. (Note 2) safety valve with an electrohydraulic
Repeatability % 1 1 1 proportional pilot relief valve, the safety
valve setting pressure is set to the
Rated Current mA 800 800 800 minimum adjustment pressure plus 217
Coil Resistance 20 (68°F) 20 (68°F) 20 (68°F) psi. When actually using the valve, adjust
in accordance with hydraulic circuit
Weight lbs 30.8 61.7 132 pressure.
Note: 1.Indicates the pressure differential between the valve P port and A port. 5 Minimum Relief Flow Rate During
2.Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used (with dithering). Pressure Control
3.These specifications apply to valves that include an electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve (i.e. ESR-G06-250R2-11). Setting pressure can become unstable
4.The maximum adjustment pressure is 3625 psi for a valve that does not include an electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve. when the relief flow rate to the valve's T
Factory default is minimum output (507 psi max.) Set this value in accordance with the pressure of the hydraulic circuit being used. port is small. Because of this, use a relief
flow rate of at least 2.6 gpm with a
nominal diameter of .1”, and a relief flow
Understanding Model Numbers rate of at least 2.6 gpm with a nominal
diameter of .39”.
ESR – G 06 – 250 * 12 6 Valve Mounting Orientation
Design number When an electro-hydraulic proportional
12: For 03, 06 size pilot relief valve main valve is mounted
11: For 10 size on a vertical surface with the pilot relief
E: Unified Thread valve part facing downwards make it
difficult to bleed air from the pilot relief
valve. Because of this, you should not
Without electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve
use this type of mounting orientation.
(available with G03, G06)
With electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve Bolts)
Rated flow rate
Model No. Bolt Size Q'ty Tightening Torque ft lbs
Nominal diameter 03, 06, 10
ESR-G03 3/8-16 x 3 1/2 4 0 33 to 40
Pump type ESR: Load sensitive electro-hydraulic ESR-G06 5/8-11 x 5 1/4 140 to 173
4
proportional relief and flow control valve
ESR-G10 3/4-10 x 5 4 272 to 339
8 Sub Plate 10 Since this valve has a built-in pressure compensation

See the next page for more information about sub valve, changing of the inertial load (using a high
plates. inertial oil motor, etc.) can create the risk of hunching
9 Use an operating fluid that conforms to the both of under certain conditions. Contact your sales agent
the following. Oil temperature: -4 to 158°F before changing the inertial load.
Viscosity: 12 to 400 centistokes. The recommended
viscosity range is 15 to 60 centistokes.
G 11
M4 set screw
Manual pressure adjusting screw (hex width across flats 2)
Safety valve pressure adjusting screw Air vent (Air bleeding)
G (hex width across flats 3) S Electro-hydraulic proportional pilot relief valve 4- ƵTX counterbore
F R ƵU holes
Lock nut DR
V Tank port (T)
P
Q
Manual adjusting screw
N
Vent port (V)
A
Drain port (DR)
2-Ƶ6
M
Outlet port (A)
L
M4 set screw
A Air vent Input port (P) H J
B Lock nut K
C Manual adjusting screw
D
6 MAX-E
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N Q R S T U
ESR-G03 61 76 87 142 252.8 117 165.5 14.2 48.8 130 11.2 23.8 81.8 124 32 80.3 17.5 11
ESR-G06 76 110 120 172 282.8 154 195.5 16.8 57.2 167 17 28 118 180 21 68.3 26 18
ESR-G10 107 107 150 205 317.3 183 228.5 25 76 228 23.5 35 162 244 -3 35.3 32 22
Sub Plate
MSR-03*-E10 MSR-06*-E10
Ƶ11
3 “A” NPT 3 “E” NPT D 2- Ƶ7x10
G
1/4 NPT (back)
(back) (back) C
2- Ƶ7x10 3- Ƶ23 4- 5/8-11
Proportional Valves
Ƶ6
Ƶ14
NPT 1/4 (back)
T NPT 3/8 (back)
T Ƶ6
NPT 1/4 (back)
P
102.4
101.6
144.4
DR V
170
146
124
212
246
180
146
77.8
118
A DR
106
V
50.8
73
A
23.8
1.6
28
40
12
33
17
17
0.8
11.2
12.7
21 12.7
4- Ƶ17.5x1 counterbore 19 3- Ƶ39
38 41.3 B
Ƶ11 hole 28.6 4- Ƶ26x1 counterbore
Ƶ18 holes 85.7 A
59 (4) 3/8-16 x 7/8
107
80
16.8 133.4
89
167
95.3
14.2 101.6
130 Model No. A NPT Model No. A B C D E
MSR-03Y-E10 3/4 MSR-06X-E10 95 25 16 107 1 NPT
MSR-03Z-E10 1 MSR-06Y-E10 60 40 23 99 11/4 NPT
ESR-G10 Mounting Gasket Surface
Dimensions 2- Ƶ7x8
The gasket surface dimensions comply with the

T ISO standards shown below.
2- Ƶ6
ESR-G03···ISO 6263-07-11-97
3- Ƶ44 ESR-G06···ISO 6263-08-15-97
198.5
196.9
244
P
DR V
162
(4) 3/4-10
98.5
A
35
23.5
1.6
17.5
55.5
115
144.5
25 177.8
228
G 12
ESR-G03 ESR-G06 ESR-G10
36.9 92.4 184.9
31.7 79.2 158.5
26.4 66.0 132.1
Flow rate gpm

Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm

21.1 52.8 105.6
15.8 39.6 79.2
10.5 26.4 52.8
5.2 13.2 26.4
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 0 200 400 600 800 0 200 400 600 800
Input current mA Input current mA Input current mA
36.9
39.6 31.7
26.4
Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm

26.4 21.1
15.8
G
Electro-hydraulic Proportional Pilot
Relief Valve Setting Pressure 3045 psi
13.2 10.5
1450 psi
2.6 5.2 104º F
Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special
Proportional Valves
amplifier is used (with dithering). amplifier is used (with dithering).
0 0
0 68 86 104 122 140 0 1450 2900
ºF Load pressure psi
ESR-G**-***-11, 12
23 22 3 32 14 24 29 28 30 7 11 33 10 9 18 Flow volume adjustment section
8 15 17 2 21 1 Body 18 Spring
2 Cover (A) 19 Spring
3 Cover (B) 20 Spring
4 Sleeve 21 Screw
5 Spool 22 Screw
6 Guide 23 Safety valve
7 Sleeve 24 Choke
10 Piston 27 O-ring
11 Sleeve 28 O-ring
12 Sleeve 29 O-ring
13 Poppet 30 O-ring
14 Guide 31 O-ring
15 Ball 32 O-ring
16 Pin 33 Proportional solenoid
Pressure adjustment section
17 Spring
13 20 12 31 25 26 1 4 19 6 27 16 5
ESR-G03 ESR-G06 ESR-G10

List of Sealing Parts Part No. Part Name
Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
25 O-ring 1B-P26 4 1B-G35 4 1B-P48 4
26 O-ring 1B-P9 1 1B-P9 1 1B-P9 1
27 O-ring 1B-G25 2 1B-G35 2 1B-G50 2
28 O-ring 1B-G35 1 1B-G45 1 1B-G60 1
29 O-ring 1B-P6 3 1B-P8 3 1B-P9 3
Note: 1.O-ring 1B-**
30 O-ring 1B-P9 1 1B-P9 1 1B-P9 1
refers to JIS B2401-1B-**.
31 O-ring 1B-G35 3 1B-P46 3 1B-G65 3
2.EPR-G01 seal is available
32 O-ring 1B-P6 2 1B-P8 2 1B-P9 2
separately. See page G-3
Seal Kit Number JLS-G03R JLS-G06R JLS-G10R for more information.
G 13
Flow and Directional Control Valve
Electro-Hydraulic Proportional 2.6 to 132 gpm

Flow and Directional Control Valve 3625 psi
Features
This valve uses a DC solenoid in a traditional Direction control is performed by supply- • Handling
4-way solenoid valve to create a solenoid ing input current to one of the two 1 Air Bleeding
valve capable of both direction switching proportional solenoid valves, and the size In order to ensure stable control, loosen
and high-speed control. The lineup consists of the flow rate is controlled in accordance the air vent and bleed air from the valve
of the direct system 01 size and the pilot with the size of the input current. This type before starting oper-ation. For details,
system 03, 04, and 06 sizes. of valve can be used for remote control see the user's guide.
and shockless acceleration and decelera- 2 T Port Piping
tion control, and for simple configuration When configuring piping, ensure that the
Specifications of hydraulic circuits. T port (pilot valve T port for the G03,
G04, and G06 sizes) is filled with
Model No. ESD-G01-**- 10 ESD-G03-**-
ESD-G04- ESD-G06- operating fluid.
20 40 - (**)-12 3 Manual Adjusting Screw
Item **140-(**)-12 **250-(**)-13
-12 80
Maximum Operating Pressure psi 3625 is no input current to the valve due to an
Rated Flow Rate l/min (gpm) 10/20 (2.6/5.2) 40/80 (10.5/21) 139 (36.9) 125/250 (66) electrical problem or some other reason,
(Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) the valve can be operated and valve
Maximum Flow Rate gpm 6.6(Note 2) 26.4(Note 2) 36.9(Note 2) 66(Note 2) pressure can be increased by rotating
Pilot Pressure psi – At least 145(Note 3) the manual adjustment screw clockwise
(rightward). Normally, the manual
Pilot Flow Rate gpm – At least .5(Note 4) At least .79(Note 4) At least 1.3(Note 4)
adjusting screw should be rotated back
T Port Allowable Back Internal Drain: 362 fully to the left (counterclockwise).
G Pressure psi
Rated Current mA
2.5{25.5}
External Drain: 3045
850
4 Valve Mounting Orientation
Install the valve so the spool axis line is
horizontal.
Coil Resistance 20(68° F) 5 Combining with a Pressure Compensa-
Proportional Valves
Hysteresis % 5 max.(Note 5)
tion Valve
Use of the optional pressure compensa-
Response Time s 0.04(Note 6) 0.05(Note 6) 0.08(Note 6) 0.1(Note 6) tion kit is recommended when higher
Weight lbs 4.8 15.4 20.2 33 precision flow rate control is required or
in high-pressure applications. For details,
Note: 1.Value when pressure drop volume to P ȹA and P ȹB is ¨P = 145 psi see page G-20.
2.Indicates maximum throughput volume value between each port. 6 If pilot pressure (ESD-G03, G04, G06)
3.Indicates differential between the pilot port and tank port, or drain port. exceeds 1300 psi use a modular type P
4.Value when 0.1 second is assumed for the response time from zero to the rated flow volume.
5.Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used.
port reduction valve (OG-G01-P1-21) at a
6.Response time is typical value for a supply pressure of 2030 psi and fluid temperature of 104º F setting of 290 psi.
(kinematic viscosity: 40 centistokes) 7 On a system that requires large brake
pressure during deceleration or a system
Understanding Model Numbers that uses a vertical cylinder, equip a
counter balance valve.
ESD – G 03 – C5 80 – * 12 Use a single rod, if the rod exit is not
Design number slowed sufficiently, use a counter
E: Unified Thread balance valve on the rod.
8 Maintain hydraulic operating fluid
contamination so it is at least Class 9.
8VHRID*PRGXODUILOWHU$EVROXWHƫ
m) is also helpful.
(Continued on next page)
Rated flow rate (See the rated flow rate item in the specifications.)
Spool type (See Table 1.)
Nominal diameter: 01, 03, 04, 06
Pump type ESD: Electro-hydraulic proportional flow and directional control valve
Table 1
Hydraulic Circuit
Spool Type
ESD-G01 ESD-G03, G04 ESD-G06
C5
C6S
G 14
Installation Dimension Drawings Bundled Accessories (Valve Mounting Bolts)
ESD-G01 4- Ƶ9.5x11 counterbore Model No. Bolt Size Q'ty Tightening Torque ft lbs
Ƶ5.5 holes Manual pressure adjusting screw
4- Ƶ7.5 Air vent (Air bleeding)
ESD-G01 10-24 x 1 3/4 4 3.6 to 5 ft lbs
ESD-G03 1/4-20 x 1 3/8 4 7 to 9.5 ft lbs
T
B 1/4-20 x 1 3/4 2 7 to 9.5 ft lbs
A ESD-G04
3/8-16 x 2 4 33 to 40 ft lbs
P
66 ESD-G06 1/2-13 x 2 3/8 6 44 to 51 ft lbs
MAX 287.6
For information about sub plates, see MSA-01Y-E10 on page G-3.
Gasket Surface Dimensions (ISO 4401-03-02-0-94)
Use an operating fluid that conforms to both of
the following.
91.5
80
Oil temperature: –4 to 158º F Viscosity:
48
S O L .b S O L .a
12 to 400 centistokes. The recommended
25.5
viscosity range is 15 to 60 centistokes.
ESD-G03 P port 4- Ƶ11x11 counterbore ESD-G03 Mounting Gasket Surface Dimensions

PP port
A port B port Ƶ6.8 hole
Gasket Surface Mounting Dimensions (ISO4401-05-0-94)
54 DR port
(Used in the case of external pilot port.) (Used in the case of external drain.)
External pilot port 5 to Ƶ10.5 (max.)

P
A B
External drain port
6.4
46
T T
11
M4 set screw
70 min.
21.4
32.5
T p o rt T p o rt (hex Width across flats 2)
A B
46
G
(hex width across flats 3) T T
MAX 287.6
MAX 143.8 1
2 to Ƶ7 (max.)
Proportional Valves
3.2
16.7
27 (4) 1/4-20
SOL.a SOL.b 37.3
50.8
54
178.5
8 62
94 min.
135
112.5
87
•Auxiliary symbol G: Equipping a modular

type pilot reduction valve increases the
36
27
height by 1.57”.
94 38 70
170 •The gasket surface dimensions comply
with the ISO standards shown below.
ESD-G04 ESD-G04 ··· ISO 4401-07-06-0-94
ESD-G06 ··· ISO 4401-08-07-0-94
Ƶ6.6 hole P port ESD-G10 ··· ISO 4401-10-08-0-94
4- Ƶ17.5x1 counterbore PP port (Used in the case of external pilot.)
Ƶ11 hole Note: The coil cover has an M4 set screw. To change the air
vent orientation, loosen the M4 screw and then
1.6
X
rotate the cover. After bleeding air, tighten the cover
and then secure it with the M4 screw.
35
69.9
71.5
M4 set screw
(hex Width across flats 2)
T port MAX 287.6 Air vent (Air bleeding)
Y
34.1
B port DR port
50 (Used in the case of external drain.)
A port
20 101.6 Manual flow rate
140 adjusting screw
S O L .a S O L .b
192.5
126.5
101
Y
35
33
4
102 2- Ƶ3
204 91
G 15
ESD-G06
6- Ƶ21x 2 counterbore
T port P port
Ƶ13.8 holes DR port (Used in the case of external drain.)
46
92.1
53.2
PP port 77
(Used in the case 12 130.2 B port
of external pilot port.) 154
A port MA set screw
MAX287.6 (hex width across flats 3)
Manual flow rate

adjusting screw
SOL.b SOL.a
211.5
145.5
120
G
48
43
6
127.5 2- Ƶ6
58
255 116
Proportional Valves

Input Current – Flow Rate Characteristics For Pressure – Flow Rate Characteris- (between P, A, B, T), and flow rate is
are characteristic when the P ȹA or tics, the horizontal shaft valve differen- measured at the oil motor.
P ȹB pressure drop is ¨P = 145 psi. tial pressure indicates the pressure
drop volume of the entire control valve
ESD-G01 ESD-G03 ESD-G04
6.6 26.4 66.0
5.2 19.8 52.8

Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm
3.9 13.2 39.6
2.6 6.6 26.4
1.3 0 13.2
0 200 400 600 800 1000
0 Input current mA
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input current mA
Input current mA
ESD-G06
66.0
52.8
Flow rate gpm
39.6
26.4
13.2
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input current mA
G 16
Pressure – Flow Rate Characteristics
ESD-G01-C520-12 ESD-G03-C580-12 ESD-G04-C5140-12
10.5 33.0 66.0
i=850mA i=850mA
26.4 52.8
7.9
i=850mA
Flow rate gpm

Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm

19.8 39.6 i=700mA
i=700mA
5.2
i=700mA 13.2 26.4 i=600mA
i=600mA
2.6 i=600mA 6.6 13.2

i=500mA
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
psi psi psi
ESD-G06-C5250-13
79.2
i=850mA
66.0
52.8
Flow rate gpm
i=600mA
39.6
26.4
i=500mA
13.2
0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625

G
Proportional Valves
psi
ESD-G01-****-12
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Spool
3 Retainer
4 Spring
5 Coil
6 O-ring
7 O-ring
8 O-ring
9 O-ring
10 O-ring
11 O-ring
12 O-ring
13 Seal
13 10 9 12 5 11 8 7 4 6 2 1 3
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number JDS-G01-1A)

6 O-ring AS 568-012(Hs90) 4
7 O-ring AS 568-019(Hs90) 2
8 O-ring 1B-P22 2
9 O-ring AS 568-016(Hs90) 2
10 O-ring 1B-P7 2
11 O-ring S-25 1
12 O-ring 1A-P20 1
13 Seal CW1000F0 2
Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B-**.
G 17
ESD-G03-****-(**)-12 Manual adjustment section
(ESD-G03, G04, G06, G10)
8 7
M4 set screw
Air vent
Note: The coil cover has an M4 set screw.

When changing the orientation of the air
vent, loosen the M4 screw and rotate the
cover. Retighten after bleeding the air.
Methods for Changing the Pilot/Drain System

PP C A B D DR After Change Hexagon Socket Head Plug
Internal Change to PP port from C.
Pilot
15 6 4 5 12 13 11 10 2 1 3 9 External Change from PP port to C.
Internal Change from D to DR port.
Drain
External Change from DR port to D.
ESD-G04-****-(***)-12
G 7 8 15
Proportional Valves
A
C B
T P
P
R
Y(DR1) X(PP)
Cross Section P-P Cross Section R-R
14
P R
4 12 6 5 10 2 1 11 16 13 3 9
Methods for Changing the Pilot/Drain System
Part No. Part Name After Change Hexagon Socket Head Plug
1 Body Internal Remove from A
Pilot
2 Spool External Insert from A
3 Cover Internal Change from B to C
4 Retainer Drain
5 Ball External Change from C to B
6 Spring
Note: A single hex head plug (NPTF 1/16) is
7 Pilot spool
8 Stopper required when changing to external pilot.
9 Screw Hex Head Plug: TPUA-1/16
10 O-ring
11 O-ring
12 O-ring Seal Part List (Kit Model Number JHS-***)
13 O-ring
14 O-ring ESD-G03 ESD-G04
Part
15 Proportional solenoid Part Name
No. Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
10 O-ring 1B-P12 5 1B-P22 4
11 O-ring 1B-P9 2 1B-P10A 2
12 O-ring 1B-P28 2 1B-P34 2
13 O-ring 1B-P9 6 1B-P9 2
14 O-ring ——— – 1B-P8 3
Kit Model No. JHS·G03 JHS·G04
Note: O-ring 1B-** refers to JIS B 2401-1B-**.
G 18
ESD-G06-****-(***)-13
11 10 17
9 A 16 8 B
T
C
10
R X
X(PP) P Y(DR1)
P
Cross-sectional P-P Cross-sectional R-R
Changing the Pilot and Drain Connections

8 6 7 12 9 13 14 15
After Change Hexagon Socket Head Plug
Internal Switch from A to x .

Pilot
External Switch from x to A .
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number JHS-G06)
Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty Drain
Internal
External
Switch from B to C .
Switch from C to B .
G
12 O-ring 1B-P28 4
Proportional Valves
13 O-ring 1B-P20 2
14 O-ring 1B-G45 2
Part No. Part Name
15 O-ring 1B-P10 2
1 Body
16 O-ring 1B-P8 3 2 Spool
Note: O-ring 1B-** refers to JIS B 2401-1B-**. 3 Cover
4 Retainer
5 Ball
6 Spring
7 Spring
8 Screw
9 Pin
10 Pilot spool
11 Stopper
12 O-ring
13 O-ring
14 O-ring
15 O-ring
16 O-ring
17 Proportional solenoid
G 19
Pressure Compensation Valve Kit
Specifications
Model No.
JHF-01027 JHF-03040(E) JHF-03080(E) JHF-06170(E)
Item
Maximum Operating Pressure psi 3045 3625 3625 3045
Pressure Compensation Differential Pressure psi 145 87 203 116
Maximum Flow Rate l /min (gpm) 27 (7.1) 40 (10.5) 80 (21.1) 170 (44.9)
Weight lbs 3.3 10.3 11.0 26.4

JHF – 03 040 (E)
Auxiliary symbol (See "Handling.")

None : Internal pilot
E : External pilot
Pressure compensation valve kit
G
• Handling
When using the pressure compen- An internal pilot type pressure com- external pilot type pressure com-
Proportional Valves
sation kit, use an external pilot type pensation valve kit is used when pensation valve kit is used when
for the ESD valve (G03, 06). the pilot flow rate is supplied from there is an external pilot port (Pp
the P port, without an eternal pilot port) on the manifold.
port (Pp port) on the manifold. An

Pressure compensation valve kit
JHF-01027
G 20
JHF-03040(E) JHF-03080(E)
JHF-06170(E)
Proportional Valves
Note: Mounting bolts are not included with the pressure compensation kit.
Use the valve mounting bolt lists on pages F-87 through F-89 to
select mounting bolts.
P P DR P T A B P P DR P T A B
Internal pilot External pilot
G 21
Modular Type Electro-Hydraulic
Proportional Reducing Valve
Modular Type Electro-Hydraulic 7.9 gpm

Proportional Reducing Valve 43.5 to 2030 psi
Features
This valve incorporates the ease-ofuse control of hydraulic system pressure for continuous proportional control of
principles of the modular valve in proportion to input current. This lathe chuck pressure. A relief function
into an electro-hydraulic proportional valve is perfect for a small-scale ensures outstanding pressure response
reducing valve to provide reduction hydraulic system, such as those used characteristics.
Specifications
Model No. • Handling
EOG-G01-P*-11 1 Air Bleeding
Item
To enable proper pressure control,
Maximum Operating Pressure psi 3625 loosen the air vent when starting up the
Maximum Flow Rate gpm 7.9 pump in order to bleed any air from the
pump, and fill the inside of the solenoid
B: 43.5 to 362 with hydraulic operating fluid.
Pressure Control Range psi 1: 58 to 1000 2 Manual Pressure Adjusting Screw
2: 87 to 2000
T Port Allowable Back Pressure psi 362 is no input current to the valve due to an
Rated Current mA 850 electrical problem or some other reason,
valve pressure can be increased by
Coil Resistance 20 (68º F)
rotating the manual adjustment screw
G Hysteresis %
Weight lbs
3 max. (Note 1)
7.9
clockwise (rightward). Normally, the
rotated back fully to the left (counter-
Note: Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used (with dithering). clockwise) and secured with the lock nut.
Proportional Valves
3 Minimum Control Pressure

Since this valve has an internal drain
Understanding Model Numbers system, T port back pressure has an
effect on minimum control pressure.
EOG – G 01 – P 1 * 11 4 Load Capacity
Make load capacity (valve OUT side
Design number capacity) at least .13 gpm.
E: Unified Threads the both of the following.
Pressure control range: B, 1, 2 Oil temperature: –4 to 158°F
Control port: P port
Viscosity: 12 to 400 centistokes
The recommended viscosity range is 15
Nominal diameter 01 to 60 centistokes.
Modular type electro-hydraulic proportional reducing valve

Manual pressure adjusting screw
EOG-G01-P*-E11
4- Ƶ5.5 hole Air vent (Air bleeding)
32.5
31
46
40.5 31
12 95 MA X 157.8
MAX 264.8
Nameplate
Pressure gauge
attachment port
1/4 NPT
M4 set screw
98.47
65
32.5
G 22
Input Current - Pressure Characteristics EOG-G01
2030
1740
P2
1450
1-
Pressure psi
G0
G-
1160
EO
-P1
870 01
OG-G
E
580
01-PB
290 EOG-G
00 200 400 600 800
Flow Rate - Pressure Characteristics Input current mA
EOG-G01-PB EOG-G01-P1 EOG-G01-P2

435 1160 2030
362 1740
870
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
290
1160
217 580
145 580
290
72.5
0 0 0
0 1.3 2.6 3.9 5.2 6.6 7.9
Flow rate gpm
0 3.9 5.2 7.9
Flow rate gpm
10.5 0 3.9 5.2 7.9
Flow rate gpm
10.5
G
Fluid Temperature Characteristics
Proportional Valves
EOG-G01-PB EOG-G01-P1 EOG-G01-P2
362 870 2030
1740
290
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
580 Pressure psi

217 1160
145
290
580
72.5
0 0 0
68 86 104 122 140 68 86 104 122 140 68 86 104 122 140
Oil Temperature º F Oil Temperature º F Oil Temperature º F
EOG-G01-P*-11 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 10 Spring
2 Spool 11 Choke
3 Retainer 12 Screw
4 Plug 13 O-ring
5 Cover 14 O-ring
6 Seat 15 O-ring
7 Poppet 16 O-ring
8 Retainer 17 Proportional
9 Spring solenoid
4 14 1 13 2 9 3 15 16 6 11 7 10 8 5 12 17
Manual adjustment
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number JBS-G01) section
13 O-ring 1B-P9 4
14 O-ring 1B-P20 1
15 O-ring 1B-P26 1
16 O-ring 1B-P7 1 Note: O-ring 1B-** refers to JIS B2401 1B-**.
G 23
Modular Type Electro-Hydraulic
Proportional Flow Control Valve
Modular Type Electro-Hydraulic .07 to 6.6 gpm

Proportional Flow Control Valve 3045 psi
Features
An electro-hydraulic proportional restrictor The pressure fluctuations have little • Handling
valve and pressure compensation valve are influence on the setting flow rate making 1 Air Bleeding
combined into a modular configuration, this valve perfect for electro-hydraulic To enable proper pressure
available as one of two types: the meter in proportional control of small hydraulic control, loosen the air vent
control EOF-G01-P and meter out control systems used for machine tool APC and when starting up the pump
EOF-G01-T. ATC high-speed shockless control, in order to bleed any air
remote control, etc. from the pump, and fill the
Specifications inside of the solenoid with hydraulic
operating fluid. The position of the air
Model No. P vent can change by loosening the lock
Item
EOF-G01- T 25-11 screw and rotating the cover.
2 Manual flow rate adjusting screw
Maximum Operating Pressure psi 3045 For the initial adjustment or when there
Flow Rate Control Range l/min (gpm) 0.3 to 25 (.07 to 6.6) is no input current to the valve due to an
electrical problem or some other reason,
Flow Rate Control Port
EOF-G01-P : P port the flow rate can be adjusted by rotating
EOF-G01-T : T Port the manual adjustment screw. Rotate
clockwise (rightward) to increase flow
T Port Allowable Back Pressure psi 362 max. rate.
Hysteresis % 3 max. (Note 1) Normally, this adjusting screw should be
returned completely to its original
G
Response Speed S 0.05
position and secured with the lock nut.
Rated Current mA 800 3 T Port Back Pressure
Coil Resistance 20 (68° F) Since this valve has an internal drain
system, make sure that valve T port back
Proportional Valves
Weight lbs 8.1

pressure is no greater than 362 psi.
Note: Value when a Nachi-Fujikoshi special amplifier is used (with dithering).
Oil temperature: –4 to 158°F
Understanding Model Numbers Viscosity: 12 to 400 centistokes
The recommended viscosity range is 15
EOF – G 01 – P 25 * 11 to 60 centistokes.
5 O-ring Plate Orientation
Design number •The port nearest the nameplate
E: Unified Thread surface is the P port.
Rated flow rate •The port with a mounting pitch width
Control port: P, T of 31 (narrow pitch width) is the A port.
•The cutout on the O-ring plate is on
Nominal diameter 01 the A port side.
Modular type electro-hydraulic proportional flow control valve

E O F - G 01- P 25- 11 E O F - G 01- T 25- 11
Manual flow rate Manual flow rate

4- Ƶ5.5 hole adjusting screw adjusting screw
Nameplate Air vent (Air bleeding) Air vent (Air bleeding)
4- Ƶ5.5 hole
(hex width across flats 3) (hex width across flats 3)
T T
32.5
A
32.5
46
31
46
31
A B B
P P
40.5 21 M4 set screw 40.5 21
80 (hex Width across flats 2) 80
7 115 MA X 110.8 7 115 MA X 110.8
MAX 232.8
MAX 232.8
Nameplate
38.6
65
M4 set screw
32.5

105
105
65
40
32.5
1.4
1.4
G 24
Input Current - 7.9 Pressure - 7.9
Flow Rate Flow Rate
Characteristics 6.6 Characteristics 6.6
5.2 5.2
Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm

3.9 3.9
2.6 2.6
1.3 1.3
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 725 1450 2175 2900
Input current mA Pressure psi
Fluid Temperature 7.9

Characteristics
6.6
5.2
Flow rate gpm
3.9
2.6
1.3 G
0
Proportional Valves
50 68 86 104 122 140
ºF
EOF-G01-T25 20 8 6 11 12 4 2 21 9
Part No. Part Name
1 Body
2 Body
3 Spool
4 Piston
5 Retainer
6 Retainer
7 Plug
8 Plug
9 Plug
10 Spring
11 Spring
12 Spring
13 Plate
14 Screw
15 Screw
16 O-ring
17 O-ring
18 O-ring
19 O-ring
20 O-ring
21 O-ring
22 Proportional
solenoid
Note: Coil model number
JD64-D2
19 18 7 10 17 5 3 13 16 15 1 14 22
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number JMS-G01) Manual adjustment section
16 O-ring 1B-P9 4
17 O-ring 1B-P18 1
18 O-ring 1B-P9 4
19 O-ring 1B-P5 1
20 O-ring 1B-P20 1 Note: 1B-** refers to JIS
21 O-ring 1B-P20 1 B2401-1B-**.
G 25
Power Amplifier Series for Electro-Hydraulic
Proportional Valve Drive
Power Amplifier Series for

Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Valve Drive
Overview
This special amplifier is for driving electrohy- Power Amplifier Types and Functions
draulic proportional pressure control valves,
electro-hydraulic proportional flow control Type Model No. Drive Control Valve Functions
valves, and electro-hydraulic proportional Pressure Control Valves Three functions: open loop control,
direction control valves. It comes in a choice
of two different types: an amp type and a Amp Type EMA-PD5-N-20 Flow Control Valves feedback control, and acceleration/
controller type. Direction Control Valves deceleration control.
Basically, the amp type converts 0 to 10V Built-in command voltage setting
DC range command voltage to a DC current
of in the range of 0 to 900mA, which is then units (potentiometers)
Same as
supplied to the control valve. Controller Type EMC-PC6-A-20
above.
Setting unit selection is performed by
The control type performs multi-stage relay contacts, limit switches, timer
control of output current in accordance with contacts, etc.
the ON-OFF signal of external contacts.
Selecting a Power Amplifier
G
Proportional Valves
Specifications Understanding Model Numbers

Model No. EMA – P D5 – N – – 20
EMA-PD5-N-20 EMC-PC6-A-20
Item
Function Amp Type (Closed Loop) Controller Type Design number
Number of Inputs 5 DC inputs – Auxiliary symbol
Number of Channels – 6 (Up to six characters can be combined
900mA 900mA in alphabetic sequence.)
Maximum Output Current (20solenoid) (20solenoid)
(Auxiliary Symbol List)
Input voltage 0 to +10V DC – Input amplifier C 4-20mA input (R1, RT3)
Feedback Voltage 0 to +10V DC – 1-5V input (R2, RT4)
Input Impedance At least 50k – D5, DC 5 input D Adjustment by 10-rotation potentiometer
K Moisture resistance
Externally Set Variable Resistance 10k –
Mounting method: Panel type T1 T-UP,T-DOWN
Zero Adjust(NULL) 0 to 900mA 0 to 900mA 0.1-1sec
Time Lag (T-UP, DOWN) 0.3 to 3sec – Electro-hydraulic proportional T5 0.5-5sec
valve amplifier T10 1-10sec
Gain Adjustment 900mA 900mA 900mA
to 0 to
(GAIN) 10V DC 1.5V 80% channel setting EMC – P C6 – A – – 20
External power supply +10V DC (10mA) –
External Contact Resistance – 10 max. when closed Design number
Dither Level: 0 to 500mAp-p Level: 0 to 500mAp-p Auxiliary symbol
(Internal, semi-fixed) Frequency: 50 to 220Ha Frequency: 50 to 220Ha (Up to five characters can be combined
Channel Time Lag 0.3 to 3 seconds in alphabetic sequence.)
– Externally variable
(TIME) Externally variable
channel time lag (Auxiliary Symbol List)
AC100, 110, 200, 220V AC100, 110, 200, 220V
Power Supply Voltage ( ±10%)50/60Hz (±10%)50/60Hz D Adjustment by 10-rotation potentiometer
C6, 6 channel K Moisture resistance
Power Consumption 50VA 50VA T1 T-UP,T-DOWN
Allowable Ambient Temperature 32 to 122º F 32 to 122º F Mounting method: Panel type 0.1-1sec
Temperature Drift 0.2mA/°C max. 0.2mA/°C max. Electro-hydraulic proportional T5 0.5-5sec
Weight lbs 7.7 7.7 valve controller T10 1-10sec
Note: T-UP, DOWN, and TIMER all become 0.3-3 sec when there is no signal for T1, T5, and T10.
• Handling
1 Power supply voltage can be either 110V humidity, and select an area where there 4 When performing valve output signal line
or 230V. is little vibration and dust. ON-OFF switching with a relay, connect a
2 When selecting a location, avoid areas 3 Use shielded wire for the analog signal surge absorber or varistor parallel with
subject to high temperatures and high and valve output signal wires. the relay.
G 26
Power Amplifier Series for Electro-Hydraulic
(0$3'1
No. Name No. Name
1 5,QSXW 8 2XWSXWWHUPLQDOWR
2 5,QSXW 9 9$/9(&2,/YDOYH
3 57GHOD\LQSXW )*FDVHJURXQG
57GHOD\LQSXW 11
$&9
5 )%IHHGEDFNLQSXW 12
3H[WHUQDOSRZHUVXSSO\ 13
$&9
&20VLJQDOODQG
$SSOLFDWLRQ([DPSOHV
G
0XOWLVWDJH6HWWLQJ8VLQJ0XOWLSOH3RWHQWLRPHWHUV
3URSRUWLRQDO9DOYHV
(0$3'1

S1 S2 S3 9alvHFRLO
3 3 3 8
2 2 2
2XWSXWFXUUHQW
1 1 1
5 9
S1 S2 S3
&20 t
11 12 13
S1
&RQWDFW
S2
A&9 A&9 (LWKHURQHFDQEHXVHG S3 t
:LULQJWKHDPSDQGH[WHUQDO :LULQJ 1RWH$UDQJHRI.ƘWR.ƘLV

SRWHQWLRPHWHU $PSWHUPLQDO9 UHFRPPHQGHGIRUH[WHUQDONQREV
$SRWHQWLRPHWHUKDVWKUHH 2 3RWHQWLRPHWHUWHUPLQDO DQGSRWHQWLRPHWHUV
1 3
WHUPLQDOVQXPEHUHG $PSWHUPLQDO9 2. In order to prevent currentORVV
DQG 3RWHQWLRPHWHUWHUPLQDO DFURVVWHUPLQDOVDQGLQVHUW
$PSWHUPLQDO5 UHOD\VEHWZHHQWHUPLQDODQG
6HWWLQJWKHDGMXVWLQJNQREV 3RWHQWLRPHWHUWHUPLQDO WKHSRWHQWLRPHWHUVDQGWHUPLQDO
7HUPLQDOV557DQG57 :LWKWKLVZLULQJURWDWLQJWKHSRWHQWLRPH- DQGWKHSRWHQWLRPHWHUV
FDQDOVREHXVHGLQSODFHRIWHUPLQDO WHUFORFNZLVHFDXVHVWKHoutput current to 3. Do not enable more than one
$Q57783DQG577'2:1DFFHOHUDWLRQ LQFUHDVH SRWHQWLRPHWHUDWWKHVDPHWLPH
GHFHOHUDWLRQWLPHUFDQDOVREHXVHGLQ ,IDQRXWSXWLQWKHUDQJHRIWRP$
WKHFDVHRIWHUPLQDO57DQGWHUPLQDO LVGHVLUHGHYHQZKLOH 557 7KHIROORZLQJLVDYDLODEOHIRUWKH
57,QWKLVFDVHWKHVHWWLQJVRIWKHNQREV WKHPDQXDOVHWWLQJ ATT H[WHUQDOVHWWLQJNQRE
on the front panel of the amp are normally XQLWLVURWDWHGIXOO\
GAIN
DVVKRZQLQWKHLOOXVWUDWLRQEHORZ7KH FORFNZLVHUHVWULFW 0RGHO1R)=6
PDQXDOVHWWLQJXQLWSURYLGHVoutput current WKHVHWWLQJRI
FRQWUROLQWKHUDQJHRIWRP$DVLWLV 557$77WR 5

URWDWHGIURPIXOO :KHQWKHOHYHOGHFHOHUDWLRQUDWLRDQG
FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH RWKHUIDFWRUVOLPLW

3
57 557
T83 ATT 18// 1.5
WRIXOOFORFNZLVH WKHHIIHFWLYHXVHRI 557
8
2
8
WKHPDQXDOVHWWLQJ ATT
1 2 3
3
XQLWWRRQO\RI
9
GAIN
1
57 FB5 3
WKHXVH*$,1

T-D2WN ATT GAIN
WRDGMXVWWKHoutput Ƶ5
currentWRP$ Wo Ƶ5

*
(4) Acceleration time adjustment (RT34T-UP) and deceleration time adjustment This circuit creates a fixed acceleration
(RT34T-DOWN) time lag in accordance with the voltage
that added the input signal to terminals
RT3
10V RT34 T-DOWN 3 and 4 (RT3, RT4).
RT4 10V The time lag is adjustable in the range of
Input signal 0.3 to 3 seconds, as standard.
5V As shown in the diagram to the left,
even when RT34T-UP is set to 3 seconds,
the change to 5V during stepped input
0 t from 0 to 10V and stepped input from 0
RT34 to 5V takes 1.5 seconds, which is half
T-UP the set time.
900mA With the wiring shown to the left, output

current is increased or decreased in
Output current accordance with the feedback signal of
the sensor, which regulates pressure or
0 t the flow rate.
Note:
2. Feedback Control. EMA-PD5-N-20 Using terminal 3 (RT3) and terminal 4
6(P10) (RT4) in place of terminal 1 (R1) enables
3
2
Valve coil T-UP and T-DOWN, which allows
1(R1) 8 feedback control without overshooting
1
0 to +10V or undershooting, even when input signal
7(COM) voltage is stepped.
10
Adjustment Method
5(FB5) 9
Sensor Sensor • Initially, set FB5ATT to 0 as shown in
amplifier 0 to +10V
10 the illustration to the left, and check to
7(COM) see if open look control is possible.
(0 to +5V) 11 12 13 14 • Next, set FB2ATT to 2 and GAIN to
G 2, and input a feedback signal.
Gradually rotate FB5ATT clockwise and
increase gain.
Proportional Valves
Set the feedback gain to the level that

AC200V AC100V is immediately before the point where
Either one can be used. vibration is generated in the control
system.
RT34 R12RT34 (FB5ATT, GAIN)
T-UP ATT NULL
Note:
1 To measure current, measure the voltage
0 8 0
at terminal 9, using terminal 7 as
UHIHUHQFH7KHYROWDJHDFURVVWKHƘ
current detection resistor at 1A is 0.5V.
RT34 FB5
T-DOWN ATT GAIN
Use a measurement device with an input
LPSHGDQFHRIDWOHDVW0Ƙ
2 Switch the terminal 8 line using a relay.
0 0 0 Make sure that both relays are not on at
3. Direction Control Valve (ESD) Drive the same time.
EMA-PD5-N-20,EMC-PC6-A-20 3 To absorb surge voltage, include 82V
varistors in parallel with the relay
8 CRa contacts.
Recommended Varistor
Tama Electric Co., Ltd. NV082D10
Matsushita ERZV10D820
Varistor SOLa 4 For relays, use OMRON LY type power
9 relays or the equivalent.
5 Too much noise in the 110V AC or 230V
AC power supply line can result in
CRa unstable output current. If this happens,
equip a surge absorber on the power
supply.
Varistor
Recommended Model
SOLb TDK NOISE FILTER
ZMB2201-13
13 14
7
Digital multi-meter, etc.
Hi
Surge suppressor
TDK NOISE FILTER Lo
ZMB 2201-13
AC100V
G 28
Power Amplifier Series for Electro-hydraulic
EMC-PC6-A-20
No. Name No. Name
1 CH1 Input command contact 8 Output terminal to valve
2 CH2 " 9 VALVE COIL
3 CH3 " 10 FG, case ground
4 CH4 " 11
AC200 220V
5 CH5 " 12
6 CH6 " 13
AC100 110V
7 Common COM input contact 14
Note: :KHQH[WHUQDOFRQWDFWV6WKURXJK6DUHFORVHGXVHDQRQYROWDJHFRQWDFWQRJUHDWHUWKDQ G
Application •LEDs are provided to indicate channel
Proportional Valves
i
selection.
•The TIME knob of each channel adjusts
the time until the selected channel's level
CH1 TIME
CH3 TIME is reached, as shown to the left. Make
CH5 TIME
CH2
sure that the lap time (or time when
TIME CH4 CH6 TIME channel is not selected) when changing
TIME the channel selection is 30msec
ALTOFF maximum.
•Use independent external contacts.
t
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 Even when external contacts are
LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL
(0mA)
LEVEL LEVEL superimposed, output is not the sum of
close
each channel, so use of superimposed
CH1 external contacts is not supported.
close Note: When replacing a Design Number
CH2
10 controller with a Design Number 20
CH3
close controller, you must also change the
sequence from superimposed external
close contacts to independent.
CH4
close
CH5
close
CH6
Dither Adjustment Method (Dither is set to load 400mAp-pm 100Hz.)

( 1) E MA - P D - N - 20 ( 2) E MC - P C 6- A - 20 Removing the left side panel when
viewed from the front reveals the
configuration shown in the illustrations to
the left.
1. If piping or other items vibrate in
response to the dither, raise the dither
frequency by rotating the trimmer
clockwise.
2. When repeat stability is poor and the
hysteresis is large, increase the dither
level by rotating clockwise. If this does
not resolve the problem, lower the dither
frequency by rotating the trimmer
counterclockwise.
3. When repeatability is poor with the ES
valve or ESD valve due to insufficient air
bleeding within the guide, raise the dither
frequency by rotating the tripper
clockwise, as described in 1.
G 29
Small Type Power Amplifier Series for Electro-
Hydraulic Proportional Valve Drive
Small Type Power Amplifier Series for

Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Valve Drive
Features
This power amplifier provides high efficiency and reliability in a compact configuration.
Lightweight, compact design — The configuration of this amplifier is 1/3 the weight and 1/2 the volume of existing models.
High efficiency — A PWM control system enables a highly efficient design with little heat generation.
High reliability — All functions are integrated onto a single circuit board for a highly reliable design with no internal wiring.
Specifications
Model No.
EBA-PD1-N-C1-10 EBA-PD1-NW-C1-10 EBA-PD1-N(Z)-D2-10 EBA-PD1-NW(Z)-D2-10
Item
Function Amp Type (Open Loop) Amp Type (Open Loop) Amp Type (Open Loop) Amp Type (Open Loop)
Number of Inputs 1 DC inputs 1 DC inputs 1 DC inputs 1 DC inputs
Drive Solenoid SOL a SOL a, SOL b SOL a SOL a ,SOL b
Maximum Output Current 900mA (20 solenoid) 900mA (20 solenoid) 900mA (20 solenoid) 900mA (20 solenoid)
Input voltage 0 to +10V DC –10 to +10V DC 0 to +10V DC –10 to +10V DC
Input Impedance 50k 50k 50k 50k
Externally Set Variable Resistance 10k 10k 10k 10k
Zero Adjust (NULL) 0 to 900mA 0 to 900mA 0 to 900mA 0 to 900mA
G Gain Adjustment (GAIN) 0 to
900mA
5V input
0 to
900mA
5V input
0 to
900mA
5V input
0 to
900mA
5V input
+5V DC (5mA) +5V DC (5mA)
External power supply +5V DC (5mA) +5V DC (5mA)
Proportional Valves
–5V DC (5mA) –5V DC (5mA)

Dither Frequency (DITHER) Variable: 80 to 220Hz Variable: 80 to 220Hz Variable: 80 to 220Hz Variable: 80 to 220Hz
Internally Variable: Internally Variable: Internally Variable: Internally Variable:
Time Lag (LAG)
0.05 to 2 seconds 0.05 to 2 seconds 0.05 to 2 seconds 0.05 to 2 seconds
AC100 · 110V ±10% AC100 · 110V ±10% DC24V DC24V
Power Supply Voltage
(50/60Hz) (50/60Hz) (DC24 to 30V) (DC24 to 30V)
Power Consumption 30VA 30VA 30VA 30VA
Allowable Ambient Temperature 32 to 122º F 32 to 122º F 32 to 122º F 32 to 122º F
Temperature Drift 0.2mA/°F max. 0.2mA/°F max. 0.2mA/°F max. 0.2mA/°F max.
.3 3.0
Weight lbs 4.8 4.8
(1.3 with Z) (1.3 with Z)
Pressure Control Valves Pressure Control Valves
Driven Valve Direction Control Valve Direction Control Valve
Flow Control Valves Flow Control Valves
• Handling
1 When selecting a location, avoid areas there is little vibration and dust. 3 The brightness of the LED changes in
subject to high temperatures and high 2 Use shielded wire for the analog signal accordance with the size of the output
humidity, and select an area where and valve output signal wires. current.

EBA – PD1 – NWZ – D2 – 10
Design number
Voltage symbol
C1 : AC100,110V ±10%(50/60Hz)
D2 : DC24V
Auxiliary symbol
N : Open loop with one output (SOL a)
NW : Open loop with two outputs (SOL a, SOL b)
Z : With case (Can be used with voltage symbol D2 only.)
Type Classification
D1, DC 1 input
Small type power amplifier
G 30
EBA-PD1-N-C1-10
No. Name No. Name
1 Input signal terminal IN1 5 Output terminal to
2 Input signal terminal COM 6 valve SOL a
3 External power supply P5 7
8
9
AC100 · 110V
10
•With EBA-PD1-N (Z), current is supplied •With EBA-PD1-NW (Z), the polarity of
to the control valve in proportion to input the input voltage is determined, and
signal voltage in the range of 0 to +10V. current is supplied to SOLa when it's
•To measure current, measure the positive and to SOLb when it is negative.
voltage at terminal 6, using terminal 2 as
UHIHUHQFH7KHYROWDJHDFURVVWKHƘ
•NULL and GAIN for SOL a and SOL
b are enabled when each of their
G
current detection resistor at 1A is 0.5V. input signal voltage is ±0.1V or more.
Proportional Valves
Input impedance of the measurement
GHYLFHVKRXOGEHDWOHDVW0Ƙ
EBA-PD1-NW-C1-10
No. Name No. Name
3 External power supply P5 7 Output terminal to
4 External power supply N5 8 valve SOL b
9
AC100 · 110V
10
•To measure current, measure the WKHƘcurrent detection resistor

voltage at SOLa terminal 6 and at 1A is 0.5V. Input impedance of
SOLb terminal 6, using terminal 2 the measurement device should be
as reference. The voltage across DWOHDVW0Ƙ
G 31
EBA-PD1-N(Z)-D2-10
No. Name No. Name
3 External power supply P5 7
8
9 +
DC24V
10 –
Current
Current
1
2
IN1 1
3
COM 2
P5 3 4
N5 4 5
5 6
SOL a 6 7
7 8
8 +9
+9 -10
G DC24
-10 Power
lamp
Proportional Valves
E B A - P D 1- N - D 2- 10 E B A - P D 1- N Z - D 2- 10
EBA-PD1-NW(Z)-D2-10
No. Name No. Name
3 External power supply P5 7 Output terminal to
4 External power supply N5 8 valve SOL b
9 +
DC24V
10 –
Current
Current
Current
Current
E B A - P D 1- N W - D 2- 10 E B A - P D 1- N W Z - D 2- 10
G 32
Note: Use a 24V switching regulator with a Example
capacitance of at least 1A.
Manufacturer Model No. Capacity
COSEL R25A-24 24V 1.1A
TDK EAK24-1R3G 24V 1.3A
DENSEI-LAMBDA EWS25-24 24V 1.2A
• General Precautions
1 Measuring current flow in the solenoid Measurements across terminals 7 and 8 3 For connection between the amp/con-
coil can be performed the same as shown in troller and solenoid coil, use a 2-conduc-
As shown in the illustration below, the illustration below. tor shielded wire with a conductor
disconnect the line supplying current to 2 Never energize only the solenoid coil. The nominal cross-section area of 2.0mm².
the solenoid coil, and then insert a 1A amp will not operate correctly if the iron Type VCTF (Rated Voltage: 300V vinyl cab
DC rated current meter or measure coil is not inserted. tire cord.
voltage across terminals 5 and 6. Wiring between the command voltage
6ROHQRLGFRLOUHVLVWDQFHLVƘVRWKH generator and amplifier should be VCTF
relationship between voltage and current 0.75m² 3-conductor wire.
is as shown below. Note, however, that Use a shield that conforms to JIS Class 3
these values are not exact, because coil grounding. If the ground line is unstable,
resistance changes with temperature. do not connect the shield to anything.
Voltage (V) Current (mA)

0 0
5 A SOLa
4 200 +
1A rated
8 400 6
–
12 600 Tester
Red
G
16 800
Black
Proportional Valves
50V DC range
Power Amplifier Operation and Terminology
• Zero Adjust (NULL) • Channel Time Lag (TIME) • Dither
This knob sets the lower limit of the This knob adjusts the time it takes for a Dither plays a role in improving control
operating pressure and flow rate. channel selected by external contact to valve hysteresis, response, stability, etc.
Rotating it clockwise increases the reach its channel level. Rotating it
output current. This knob is also used for clockwise increases the time leg.
manual control while checking valve
operation.
CH1TIME CH2TIME
Output current mA
Output current mA
900 900 400mAp-p 100Hz

• Gain Adjust (GAIN)
This knob adjusts output current in
proportion to input signal voltage or the
channel level knob rotation angle. Output current level
Rotating it clockwise increases gain.
0 5 10 0 5 10
CH1
CH2
EMA-PD5-N-20 EMC-PC6-A-20 EBA-PD1-N(WZ)- D2-10

C1
Gain Max. Gain Max. Gain Max.
Output current mA
Output current mA
Output current mA
900 Gain high 900 900
Gain high
Gain high
Gain Min. Gain Min.
Gain Min.
0 5 10 0 50 100 0 5 10
Input voltage (deviation voltage) (V) LEVEL volume rotation angle (%) Input voltage (V)
G 33
Small Type Power Amplifier Series with Multi-Function
for Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Valve Drive
Small Type Multi-Function Power Amplifier
Features
This compact, multi-function power amplifier uses advanced hybrid integrated circuits (HIC).
Compact design — Less than half the size of previous models.
High reliability — Circuit board configuration eliminates the need for wiring.
Multi-Function — • Simultaneous driving of two valves
• Controller with built-in amplifier (EDC-PC6-AWZ-D2-20)
• Dither frequency selection function (From Designs 11, 20)
Specifications
Model No.
EDA-PD1-NWZ-D2-11 EDC-PC6-AWZ-D2-20
Item
Function Amp Type Amp/Controller Type
Input type 1 DC inputs Contacts, 6 inputs, DC 2 inputs
Maximum Output Current 900mA (20 solenoid) 900mA (20 solenoid)
Input voltage –10 to +10VDC 0 to +10VDC
Input Impedance 50k 50k
G Externally Set Variable Resistance

Drive Solenoid
10k
SOL a, SOL b
10k
SOL 1, SOL 2
Zero Adjust (NULL) 0 to 900mA 0 to 900mA
Proportional Valves
900mA 900mA
Gain Adjust (GAIN) 0 to 2.5V 0 to 2.5V
+5VDC(5mA)
External power supply +5VDC(10mA)
–5VDC(5mA)
Time Lag (LAG) 0 to 2sec 0 to 2sec
Dither Frequency (DITHER) 80 to 250Hz 80 to 250Hz
Power Supply Voltage DC24V (DC24 to 30V) DC24V (DC24 to 30V)
Power Consumption 30VA 60VA

Allowable Ambient Temperature 32 to 122º F 32 to 122º F
Temperature Drift 0.2mA/°F max. 0.2mA/°F max.
Weight lbs .6 lbs .8 lbs
Driven Valve Pressure, flow, direction control valves Pressure, flow, direction control valves
• Handling
1 When selecting a location, avoid 2 Use shielded wire for the analog signal 3 The brightness of the LED changes in
areas subject to high temperatures and valve output signal wires. See page accordance with the size of the output
and high humidity, and select an area G-33 for general precautions. current.
where there is little vibration and dust.
G 34
(1) Amp Type
ED A – P D 1 – N W Z – – D2 – 11
Design number
Voltage symbol D2 : DC24V
Auxiliary None 1-rotation adjustor knob

symbol
D 3-rotation adjustor knob
(1-rotation trimmer for dither)
Z: With case
W: 4-direction valve drive possible
N: Standard type
Number of inputs 1: 1 input
D: Amp DC input
P: Panel type
A: Amp type
ED: Small type, multi-function power amp
(2) Amp/Controller Type

G
ED C – P C 6 – A W Z – – D2 – 20
Proportional Valves
Design number
Voltage symbol D2 : DC24V
Auxiliary symbol (Up to four characters can be combined in alphabetic sequence.)

None 1-rotation adjustor knob
Variable TIMER Range: 0.1 to 2 seconds
D 3-rotation trimmer for controller block LEVEL, TIME,
TOFF only
E 3-rotation for amp block GAIN, NULL, OFFSET, LAG
only
F 3-rotation trimmer for controller/amp block LEVEL,
TIME, TOFF, GAIN, NULL, OFFSET, LAG
T5 Variable TIMER Range: 0.5 to 5 seconds
T10 Variable TIMER Range: 1 to 10 seconds.
Note) D, E, F designs all have 1-rotation trimmer.

Z: With case
W: 4-direction valve drive possible
A: With acceleration timer
Number of inputs 6: 6 input
C: Controller type contact input
P: Panel type
C: Controller type
ED: Small type, multi-function power amp
G 35
EDA-PD1-NWZ-D2-11
No. Name No. Name
1 Input signal terminal IN1 7 –
DC24V
2 Input signal terminal COM 8 +
3 9 Output terminal to valve
4 External power supply P5 10 SOL b
5 Input signal terminal COM 11 Output terminal to valve
6 External power supply N5 12 SOL a
Block Diagram
• Current is supplied to SOL a when
input signal voltage polarity is positive,
and to SOL b when negative. Either SOL a
or SOL b can be driven at any one time.
• Push-pull drive is also supported.
G • To measure current, measure the
voltage at SOL a terminal 11 and SOL b
terminal 9, using terminal 5 as reference.
Proportional Valves
7KHYROWDJHDFURVVWKHƘcurrent
detection resistor at 1A is 0.5V. Use a
measurement device with an input
• To use SOL a only, connect terminal
1 of the knob to amp terminal 2, use an
input voltage range of 0 to 5V. (ER, ES
only)
Application Examples
Adjusting Push-pull Drive for a Special Proportional Valve (Special Specification Direction Control Valve)
10
a)Overlap Type Proportional Valve ESD-G01-C5 -6333D:300mA (Center Current)
20
10
b)Zero-Lap Type Proportional Valve ESD-G01-C5 -6586C:200mA (Center Current)
20
Current
As shown in the figure to the left,

push-pull control aims at increasing
Current response at the zero point by simultane-
ously energizing both solenoids.
Adjustment Procedure
1 NULL, GAIN, OFFSET the following: This completes the setting procedure.
Rotate all seven knobs counterclockwise SOL a 850mA • The three LAG and NULL knobs should
as far as they will go. SOL b 300mA be left rotated fully counterclockwise.
2 Without any connection between For the SOL b current here, SOL b GAIN There is no need to change their settings.
terminals 1 and 2, use the OFFSET knob should be fully rotated counterclockwise, • EDA-PD1-NWZ-D2-11 is configured
to simultaneously energize SOL a and 4 and its setting should not be changed. with a feedback system, so it does not
SOL b as follows. Apply –5V to terminal 1 (connecting have a feedback gain adjustment
SOL a 300mA(200mA) 1 and 6), and set the SOL b GAIN knob function. In this case, use EDA-PD1-
SOL b 300mA(200mA) for the following: NWZ-D2-11 in combination with the
3 Next, apply +5V to terminal 1 (connecting SOL a 0mA EA-PD4-D10-*-10 NACHI servo amp.
1 and 4), and set the SOL a GAIN knob to SOL b 850mA
G 36
EDC-PC6-AWZ-D2-20
No. Name No. Name
CH1 select terminal 7 COM
1
Input signal terminal 8 External power supply P5
2 CH2 select terminal 9 –
DC24V
3 CH3 select terminal 10 +
CH4 select terminal 11 Output terminal to
4
Input signal terminal 12 valve SOL 2
5 CH5 select terminal 13 Output terminal to
6 CH6 select terminal 14 valve SOL 1
Block Diagram
• Dual simultaneous output to SOL 1

and SOL 2 is supported.
• To measure current, measure the
voltage at SOL a terminal 13 and SOL b
terminal 1, using terminal 7 as reference.
7KHYROWDJHDFURVVWKHƘFXUUHQW
detection resistor at 1A is 0.5V. Use a
measurement device with an input
G
Proportional Valves
• Simultaneous control using two flow
Application Examples control valves (3-speed)
1) Switch Position Flow As shown in the diagram to the left, flow
• CONT control valve1 control 1 speed is controlled with CH1
LEVEL when CH1 and CH2 are turned on
• 3+3 at the same time.
Next, flow control valve 2 speed is
Flow controlled by CH4 LEVEL, and simultane-
control valve2 ous control is possible by adjusting flow
control valve 1 speed in the same way. 3-
speed synchronous control is possible by
grouping CH1 through CH3 and CH4
thorough CH6.
• Pressure control valve 6-pressure

Pressure control
2) Switch Position control valve2 As shown in the diagram to the left, this
• CONT amplifier can be use as a 6-channel
• 6+6 controller for a single pressure control
valve. Minimum pressure at this time is
in accordance with the setting of the
OFFSET knob. The NULL knob cannot be
used to configure settings unless a
channel is selected.
3) Switch Position
Flow control • 2-output amplifier for simultaneous
• AMP valve input
control of load-sensitive system pressure
• 3+3 and flow rate
Flow
control valve As shown in the diagram to the left, 0 to
Pressure
+5V input and channel CH2 or CH3 input
control are added together and output to the
valve input
flow control valve.
Pressure
control valve2 Likewise, 0 to +5V and CH5 or CH6 input
is added together and output to the
pressure control valve.
G 37
High-Response Proportional Flow and
Directional Control Valve
High-Response Proportional 2.6 to 13.2 gpm

Flow Control Valve ESH-G01 4640 psi
Features
Frequency response equivalent to Recovery of all port block positions
an electro-hydraulic servo valve. following amp power off or wiring
Direct spool by a high-output proportional disconnection (Failsafe Function).
solenoid. Steel spool and spring for long life.
Differential transformer for accurate
spool positioning with minor feedback.
Specifications
• Handling
Model No. ESH-G01- ESH-G01- ESH-G01- 1 The amp and valve are adjusted to
Item +$ +$ +$ match at the factory, so be sure to use
0D[LPXP2SHUDWLQJ3UHVVXUH3$%SVL 4640 items that have the same MFG No.
2 The differential transformer zero adjust
73RUW$OORZDEOH%DFN3UHVVXUHSVL 362 max. screw and valve zero adjust screw are
Rated Flow Rate l/min (gpm) adjusted and fixed at the factory.
10 (2.6) 20 (5.2) 40 (9.2) Because of this, you should not touch the
(Valve pressure drop 1000 psi)
screws (sealed cap nuts).
Maximum Flow Rate gpm 5.8 9.2 13 3 Install the valve so the spool axis line is
G Limit Valve Pressure Drop psi 4640 3045 2030 horizontal.
4 In the case of 3-port applications and for
+\VWHUHVLV 0.5 max.
the direction that throughflow is most
Proportional Valves
Step Response ms common, use of the following flow is

16 max. (Note 1)
(0ȹ'LVSODFHPHQW UHFRPPHQGHG3ȹ$ȹ%ȹ73ȹ$OLPLW
Frequency Response Hz
differential pressure is greater than that
$WOHDVW1RWH RI3ȹ%
(90°Phase Delay ±'LVSODFHPHQW 5 Be sure to perform sufficient flushing
&HQWHU Supply Pressure PD[)6 ¨p=3625 psi) before a test run.
6 Use steel piping for this valve and the
Drift Fluid Temperature PD[)6 ¨t=104ºF)
main actuator, and keep piping as short
Filtration &ODVV1$6PD[ as possible.
7 There is no air bleeding.
Operating Fluid Temperature Range º F 32 to 140º F
8 Mineral oil hydraulic operating fluid is
(Recommended Fluid Temperature Range º F) (86 to 140º F) standard. Use an R&O type and wear
Water and Dust Resistance IP53 resistant type of ISO VG32, 46, or 68 or
equivalent.
Weight lbs 5 9 Use an operating fluid that conforms to
Note: 1. Step response is typical value for a supply pressure of 1000 psi and fluid temperature the both of the following.
of 104º F (kinematic viscosity: 40 centistokes) Kinematic viscosity: 20 to 140
centistokes
Oil temperature: 86 to 140º F
10 Filtration
Maintain hydraulic operating fluid
Understanding Model Numbers FRQWDPLQDWLRQVRLWLVDWOHDVW1$6&ODVV
9.
11 Electrical wiring between the amp and
ESH – G 01 – H 5 20 A * 10
valve should be no longer than 30
Design number PHWHUV)RUWKHVROHQRLGYDOYHXVH9&7)
E: Unified Threads 2 mm², 2-conductor shielded wire, and
IRUWKHGLIIHUHQWLDOWUDQVIRUPHUXVH9&7)
&HQWHUYDOYHSRVLWLRQODSYDOXH 0.5 mm², 4-conductor shielded wire.
$PD[]HURODS 12$IWHUGLVDVVHPEOLQJWKHYDOYHEHVXUHWR
fill the inside of the guide with operating
(Valve pressure drop 1000 psi)
fluid before reassembling.
13 %XQGOHG$FFHVVRULHV9DOYH0RXQWLQJ
Relieve position flow path Bolts)
: 5 (all ports blocked) (4) 10-24 x 1 3/4”
Tightening Torque: 3.5 to 5 ft lbs
Operation method: H (spring offset type)

Nominal diameter : 01 (01 size)
High-response proportional flow control valve
G 38
Installation Dimension Drawings Operation Principle
225
27 66 59 58 Proportional solenoid
Differential transformer
Resistance spring
7.5
0.75
5.1
T T A P B T
15.5
B
25.9
31.75
46
31
P Spool Current -
I V Input voltage
+
12.7
21.5
30.2 4- Ƶ9.5x11.5 counterbore
11.5 40.5 Ƶ5.5 cutout 8
MS connector for transformer connection
164
Valve zero point adjusting screw Differential transformer
zero point adjusting screw
112
50.5
G
25.5
Proportional Valves
The gasket mounting method conforms to ISO4401-AB-03-4-A.
Performance Curves
ESH-G01-H520A-10 ESH-G01-H540A-10
• Valve Pressure Drop and Rated Flow
Rate
Input Voltage-Flow Rate Characteristics Input Voltage-Flow Rate Characteristics
9DOYH3UHVVXUH'URSƄ3X)
(Valve pressure drop 1000 psi) (Valve pressure drop 1000 psi) =PS-PL-PT
13.2 5 13.2 5 PS : Valve supply pressure
PL : Load pressure
Spool monitor Spool monitor PT : T Port back pressure
The rated flow rate is the value when the
Spool monitor voltage
Spool monitor voltage
above valve pressure drop is 1000 psi.

Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm
0 0 0 0 • Valve Pressure Drop and Control

Flow rate Flow rate
Flow Rate
The following is the maximum control
flow rate when the size of the obtained
YDOYHSUHVVXUHGURSLVƄ3X,
13.2 -5 13.2 -5
-10 0 10 -10 0 10 ¨Px
Q x = Q rate ×
Input voltage V Input voltage V 7
Qrate : Rated flow rate
Valve Differential Pressure-Flow Rate Characteristics Valve Differential Pressure-Flow Rate Characteristics Ƅ3X=PS-PL-PT
Operation limit valve differential pressure Operation limit valve differential pressure
3000 psi 2000 psi • Calculation example
21.1 21.1
When ESH-G01-H520A-10 is used
under the following conditions:
±5V PS=102kgf/cm² (1450 psi)
15.8 15.8 PL=61kgf/cm² (870 psi)
±4V
PT=10kgf/cm² (145 psi)
Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm
10.5
±5V
10.5 ±3V Maximum control flow rate QX is as
±4V shown below:
±3V ±2V
P î PL î PT
5.2 ±2V 5.2 Q x = Q rate × S
±1V
±1V 7
0 0 10 î 6î 1
0 1450 2900 4350 5800 0 1450 2900 4350 5800 = 20 × = 13 l/min
7
Valve differential pressure psi Valve differential pressure psi
Note: ±10V input amp factory default data.

Rotating the GAIN trimmer clockwise (rightward) increases the flow rate by up to 10%.
G 39
High-Response Proportional Flow and
High-Response Proportional 21 to 158 gpm

Flow Control Valve ESH-G03, 04, 06 4060 to 4640 psi
Features
¡Main spool minor feedback for greatly increased hysteresis and repeatability. • Handling
¡Response characteristics suitable to 20Hz and high precision acceleration control. 1 Air Bleeding
¡Recovery of center position following amp power off or wiring disconnection (Failsafe In order to ensure stable control, loosen
Function). the air vent and bleed air from the valve
¡Single rod cylinder spool available for easy use. before starting operation.
¡Built-in pilot pressure reducing valve for stable operation. 2 Y (DR1), L (DR2) Ports
Connect ports Y (DR1) and L (DR2)
directly to the fluid tank so they are
Specifications always supplied with operating fluid, in
order to keep back pressure no greater
Model No. ESH-G03- ESH-G04- ESH-G06- than 29 psi.
Item D*****-(*)-11 D******-(*)-11 D******-(*)-11 3 L (DR2) Port
P,A,B External Pilot 4060 4640 4640 Since this valve is a pressure center type,
Maximum Operating Ports Internal Pilo 3625 3625 3625 G04 and G06 have an L (DR2) port. Be
Pressure psi T Port 3045 3045 3045 sure to connect this port directly to the
Pp Port 3625 3625 3625
fluid tank.
G03 has a Y (DR1) port only, and this is
Minimum Pilot Pressure psi 217 217 217 connected internally to L.
Rated Flow Rate l/min (gpm) Rated stroke, 80 (21) 180 (47.5) 350 (92.5) 4 Valve Mounting Orientation
3ȹ$SUHVVXUHGURSSVL Install the valve so the spool axis line is
Maximum Flow Rate gpm 37 79.2 158 horizontal.
G Pilot Pressure Reducing Valve Set Pressure psi 290 290 580
5 Filtration
Maintain hydraulic operating fluid con-
Hysteresis % 0.5 max. 0.5 max. 0.5 max. tamination so it is at least NAS Class 9.
6 The amp and valve are adjusted to
Proportional Valves
Step Response ms (0 ȹ100% displacement) 50(Note1) 50(Note1) 50(Note1)

Frequency Response Hz ( ±10% input, 90 ° phase delay) 20(Note1) 20(Note1) 20(Note1) match at the factory, so be sure to use
items that have the same MFG No.
Pilot Flow Rate gpm 1 2.1 3.1
7 Oil-based operating fluid is standard. Use
Y (DR1), L (DR2) allowable back pressure psi 29 29 29 an R&O type and wear-resistant type of
Weight lbs 17.6 26.4 39.7 ISO VG32, 46, or 68 or equivalent.
Note: 1. Step response is typical value for a supply pressure of 1000 psi and fluid temperature of
104º F (kinematic viscosity: 40 centistokes) the both of the following.
Kinematic viscosity: 20 to 140
Understanding Model Numbers centistokes
Oil temperature: 86 to 140º F
ESH – G 04 – D 5 180 S1 – – 11 9 Electrical wiring between the amp and
valve should be no longer than 30
Design number meters. For the solenoid valve use VCTF
Auxiliary symbol 2 mm2 2-conductor shielded wire, and
None: External pilot, external drain for the differential transformer use VCTF
E: External pilot, external drain 0.5 mm2 4-conductor shielded wire.
Contraction ratio Bolts)
S1
Model No. Bolt Size Q'ty Tightening Torque ft lbs
(Normal)
S2 ESH-G03 1/4-20 x 1 3/8” 4 7 to 9.5
Single 3/8-16 x 2” 4 33 to 40
rod/cylinder ESH-G04
1/4-20 x 1 3/4” 2 7 to 9.5
ESH-G06 1/2-13 x 2 3/8” 6 44 to 51
145 psi 11 With G03 and G04, providing command

in the range of 0 to +10V to the
145 psi amp's RF input produces a flow of
3ȹ$ȹ%ȹ7:LWK*IORZLV
3ȹ%ȹ$ȹ7
Center valve position flow path 12 For G03 and G04, connect the ports
5
and actuator to achieve a working of
3ȹ$ȹ%ȹ7)RU*FRQQHFWIRUD
ZRUNLQJRI3ȹ%ȹ$ȹ7
13 Contact your agent for a contraction
Operation method D: Pressure center ratio S2 with the G06 size.
6S
ESH: High response proportional flow valve
G 40
Installation Dimension Drawings JIS Symbol
ESH-G03 Air vent (Air bleeding)
(hex width across flats 3) X(PP) Y(DR1)
23
A B
46
T T
54
182.2
59.9
X Y
(PP) (DR1)
P T
S V
218.5
176
182
127
87
A B
27
70 1 109
289.5
ESH-G04 101.6
50
34.1
(hex width across flats 3) X
34.9
T P X
69.9
L A B
Y
182.2
59.9
X Y
G
(PP) (DR1)
Proportional Valves
P T
S V
232.5
190
179
101
L(DR2) A B
35
2- Ƶ3
4
91 108
336.5
ESH-G06 130.2
77
53.2
T P Y(DR1)
46
92
L(DR2)
X(PP) A B

(hex width across flats 3) X Y
182.2
59.9 (PP) (DR1)
P T
V S
251.5
209
194
120
L(DR2) A B
43
Note:
178.5 3 2- Ƶ6
A stopper plug is needed for the area
6
388 116
if the pilot is external.

For G03, see ESD-G03 gasket surface dimensions, and for G04 and G06, see DSS-G04, 06-**-20 gasket surface
dimensions. Y (DR1) and L (DR2) are required. Gasket surface dimensions conform to the following.
G03: ISO 4401-03-02-0-94 (D05)
G04: ISO 4401-07-06-0-94 (D07)
G06: ISO 4401-08-07-0-94 (D08)
G 41
Power Amplifier for High-Response Proportional
Flow and Directional Control Valve
High-Speed Response Proportional Control Valve Amplifier

EHA Series
Features
Coil current feedback and spool position A single printed circuit board allows when disconnection occurs.
feedback amplification for stable, separation of connectors and the terminal Servo ready and servo ON interfaces.
high-speed spool positioning. box. Power supply and current control
Built in check connector ICS simplifies Built-in differential transformer disconnect switching system for improved efficiency.
maintenance. detection circuit drops coil current to 0mA

Power Supply 24V DC (22V DC to 28V DC) EH A -- P D 2 -- 10 01 -- D2 -- 10
Voltage Lip Noise: 150mVp-p max.
Power Supply At leas 2.1A
Capacity (COSEL R50A-24 equivalent switching regulator)
Ambient Temperature 32 to 122º F
Ambient Temperature 35 to 85% RH (non-condensation)
Input Signal Voltage 0 to ±5V DC or 0 to ±10V DC
Input Impedance 50k
Power Consumption 2.1A maximum consumption current at 24V
Weight lbs 2
G External Supply
Voltage
+5V : (10mA maximum supply possible)
–5V : (10mA maximum supply possible)
Drive Coil 2.5; max. 2.7A or 5 ; max. 2.4A
Proportional Valves
Spool Displacement
Differential transformer (LVDT)
Measurement
Servo ON Application of 24V DC during valve operation
Ready During normal valve operation: ON
Spool displacement
0 to ±5V
monitor
Note: Select an amp that matches the valve size.
Installation Dimension Drawings Block Diagram
Floating 24V DC output (isolated input and output) power supply

Load required is 24V, 2.1 A
Note:
Since G03, G04, and G05 are pilot operation types, there is an LVDT on
the main spool, but connection is identical.
G 42
(1) Example Application in ESH-G01 Positioning Circuit
This is an ESH-G01 positioning circuit using a sequencer. Proportional control is performed by the positioning unit,
while integral compensation is performed by the counter unit and D/A unit. The result is high-precision positioning.
CPU unit Input unit Output unit Counter unit Positioning unit D/A unit
(A2USCPU) (A1SD62D) (A1SD70) (A1S68DAV)
Proportional Integrated
compensation compensation
RS-422
EHA amp ESH valve

Pulse distributor
FM type scale unit
FB
RF
Proportional Valves
(2) Example Application in ESH-G03, G04, G06 Molding Machine Mold Clamping Circuit
This hydraulic circuit is a basic application example. The actual application hydraulic circuit would require modification
to match the machinery and to provide the necessary functions. Cut off flow to the cylinder with the safety door valve
and interlock solenoid valve, in accordance with the logic valve.
G 43
Power Amplifier for Electro-Hydraulic
Servo Valve Drive
Electro-Hydraulic Servo Valve Driver Amplifier
Features
Compact design.
Capable of driving virtually all NACHI-MOOG servo valve series.
Power supply support for 24V DC in addition to 100V AC and 200V AC.

Item Description EA – P D4 – A100 – – 10
Number of Inputs 4 (RF-P,FB1-N,FB2-N,FB3-P)
Design number
Input Voltage
Range
±10VDC ( Command
Feedback Signal )
Signal/
50k
Power supply voltage: No signal: 100, 110, 220, 220V AC ±10%
Input Impedance
D2 : DC24V
Gain Adjust 1 to 20 X/5 to 100 X
(GAIN) switchable Output A100 : ±100mA
Zero Adjust (NULL) 0 to ±20% A150 : ±150mA
Frequency A15 : ±15mA
–3dB attenuation at 700Hz A40 : ±40mA
Characteristics
100 to 400Hz variable D10 : ±10V
G Dither (DITHER)
Power Supply
(Factory default; 200Hz)
AC100, 110, 200, 220V
Number of inputs D4: DC 4 inputs
Voltage (±10%) 50/60Hz
Mounting method: Panel type
Proportional Valves
Power Consumption 20VA

External power +15V (200mA) Power amplifier for NACHI-MOOG servo valve drive
supply –15V (200mA) Note: 24V DC only can be used in the case of power supply voltage signal D2. 100V, 200V AC cannot be used.
Allowable Ambient
32 to 122º F
Temperature
Temperature
50 V/°C max.
Drift
Weight lbs 6.6
Servo Valve Coil ± 15mA(100)
Drive Current ± 40mA( 40)
±100mA( 14)
±150mA( 14)
It is possible to switch the
output voltage
±10V for the four types
noted above.
Resistance values in
parentheses indicate
resistance in the case of
parallel wiring of the servo
valve coil.
No. Name No. Name

1 RF-P input 11 Control current
2 FB1-N- feedback input 12 Output terminal
3 FB2-N- feedback input 13 Control voltage
4 FB3-P- feedback input 14 Output terminal
5 COM signal land 15 +
DC24V
6 FG case ground 16 –
7 P15 external power supply 17
AC200, 220V
8 COM signal land 18
9 N15 external power supply 19
MON/IN AC100, 110V
10 20
monitor in
G 44
Applicable Servo Amplifier Model
Servo Model Number Rated Output
Number
EN-J631 Series ±100mA (parallel wiring) EA-PD4-A100
EN-31 Series Center Flow 19.8 gpm Rated Models ±150mA (parallel wiring) EA-PD4-A150
EN-J072-401, EN-J072-402,
EN-J073-401, EN-J073-402, EN-J073-403, EN-J073-404,
EN-J073-405, ±15mA (parallel wiring) EA-PD4-A15
EN-J076-401, EN-J076-402, EN-J076-403, EN-J076-404,
EN-J076-405
EN-J072-403,
EN-J770,
±40mA (parallel wiring) EA-PD4-A40
EN-J073-406,
EN-J076-406
EN-J661
EN-J662 (Main Valve Position Detector or AmP Built In) ±10V EA-PD4-D10
EN-J663
Wiring Diagram
EN-J631, J072, J073, 11
1
J076, J770 Series
RF-P A C
2
FB1-N
3
G
D
B Servo valve coil
FB2-N
Proportional Valves
4 12
FB3-P
5 6
FG
15 16 17 18 19 20
+ –
DC24V AC200V AC100V

AC220V AC110V
Any one can be used.
EN-J661, J662, J663 Series FG

6
1 MON 10 F
IN
Servo valve
RF-P 2
OUT
13 D ( Position detector
amp built-in
)
FB1-N 3 0 to ±10V
14 E
COM
FB2-N 4
7 A
FB3-P P15
5
8 C
COM
9 B
N15
15 16 17 18 19 20
+ –
DC24V AC200V AC100V

AC220V AC110V
Any one can be used.
G 45
Aluminum Subplates for SS-G01/G03 & DSS-G06
Series Directional Valves
MSA-01/03-S10 & MDS-06-S10 Series

Aluminum Subplates
Features
Aluminum construction with “SAE” Ports.
Workports are located on sides for easy
piping.
Specifications
NFPA Mfg. Max Pressure
Model Standard Material Rating
P
D03
MSA-01Y-T-S10 Aluminum 3000 psi
Side Ported B A 6061-T6
9/16-18 SAE
T

.748
.296
H
.172 DIA. 10-24 THD.
Subplates
4 PLS.
2.50
.236
2.50
.642
1.047
1.22
1.047
1.00
.406
.25 DIA. 4 PLS.
1.187 1.095
2.50 1.00
.250 .500
.250
.650
1.300 1.300
2.25
2.50
B A
.440
2.250
1.187
Catalog 1501
H1
Specifications
D05 P
MSA-03X-T-S10 Aluminum 3000 psi
A B
Side Ported 6061-T6
3/4-16 SAE
T
1.81
1.28
0.84
0.13 0.25
4.00
0.66 4.00
1.06
1.46
1.99
1.50
2.12
1/4-20 THD. 4 PLS.
H
T
Subplates
2.000 Alternate
1/4-20 THD. (4) Holes Tank Port
Type 2
5/16 SOC. Cap Scr. 1.125
(4) Mtg. Holes 1.810
P
A 4.00
2.000
3.250
1.750 2.060
1.000
.750 .375 3.250 .375

1.500 4.00
2.250
H2
Specifications
P
D08
MSA-06Y-T-S10 Aluminum 3000 psi
Side Ported B A 6061-T6
1 5/16-12 SAE
T

5.13
4.44
3.97
3.72
3.03
6.13
2.09
0.19 4.50
1.16
0.69 0.75
2.88 2.00
2.94
3.63 0.69
.44 DIA. .28 DIA. .92 DIA. 1/2-13 THD.

2 PLS. 2 PLS. 4 PLS. 6 PLS.
H
A & B CYLINDER PORTS
Subplates
2.00
1.125 B A
1.50 2.25
1.00 .375
.688
6.00
.438 3.75 .6250
.313
B A 1.437
PP
3.562
5.00
DR 3.94
B A
DRAIN LINE TANK LINE OUT
2.25 2.25
1.125 P T
PRESSURE LINE IN
H3
Subplate
Solenoid Valve/Modular Valve

Subplate
Features
This plate is for when only a single The 01 and 03 sizes include one-side
solenoid valve and modular is used. piping types. E includes NPT piping.
Installation Dimension Drawings Use the following table for specification when a sub plate is required.
01 (nominal diameter) 03 (nominal diameter) 4- Ƶ17.5x2 counterbore
77 ( Ƶ17.5x10.8)
For back piping 98 For back piping: MSA-03(X)-E10; 54 Ƶ11 hole
MSA-01Y-E10 7.5 83 7.5
23.8
20.6
4-1/4-20 VNC
20 40.5
30.2 71.5
21.5 30 41.5
12.7 27 11.5 P
0.75
7.5
5.1
12
11.5
1.6
B
16.6
A
114
70
92
46
T
T
27.5
T
43.5
9.5
15.5
25.9
31.75
70
55
31
A B B A
P
P 93
4- Ƶ11 counterbore 100
4- Ƶ7
7.5
4-NPT “E”
4-10-24 UNC
35
25
Ƶ 5.5 hole
Sub Plate Number
Pipe Outlet Maximum Working Recommended Weight Maximum Working Recommended
Mounting E A
Model No. Pressure Flow Rate Model No. Pressure Flow Rate
Size E lbs bolt NPT
H
psi gpm psi gpm
32
5
MSA-01X-E10 1/4 5.2 2.6 MSA-03-E10 11.8 3/8 B
T
3625 1/4-20 3625
22
MSA-01Y-E10 3/8 10.5 2.6 MSA-03X-E10 21.1 1/2
Subplates
5 4-NPT “E”
30 16
Note: Dimensions in parentheses indicate MS-03 (X) -30.
30 4
For side piping MSA-01Y-T-E10 For side piping
MSA-03(X)-T-E10; T
24
28
40
A B P
(MS-03(X)-T-E10)
22
64
45
48
4-NPT 3/8
23
93
75 23.8
20.6
4-10-24 UNC 2- Ƶ20x2 counterbore
P Ƶ14 hole
98 T
66
16.6
P
0.75
15.5
7.5
4- Ƶ7.5
5.1
A B
90
70
46
T
31.75 12
T
B
9.5
1.6
25.9
70
45
55
31
A A B
P
54 4- Ƶ11 port
4- 1/4-20 UNC 135
165
7.5
12.7
21.5 4- Ƶ 9.5x1 counterbore 4-NPT “E”
30.2 Ƶ5.5 hole
20 40.5
7.5 83 7.5
40
A
28
71 B
23
7 33
P T
Mounting Maximum Working Recommended Pipe Outlet

Weight
22
Model No. Pressure Flow Rate

bolt psi gpm Size E lbs
Pipe Outlet Maximum Working Recommended MSA-03-T-(10 11.1 3/8

Flow Rate
Weight 1/4-20 3625 8.3
Model No. Pressure
Size E psi gpm lbs MSA-03X-T-(10 21.1 1/2
MSA-01Y-T-E10 3/8 3625 10.5 4.1
H4
164
04 (nominal diameter) 11 142
MDS-04(X)-E10 20.2 101.6
76.6 2- Ƶ4 (pin hole)
2-1/4-20 UNC 50
34.1 3- Ƶ6
18.3
11
1.6
15.9
14.3
11
T
34.9
57.2
55.6
L P X
69.9
71.5
70
92
A B
Y
65.9 4-3/8-16 UNC

4- Ƶ17.5x11 counterbore 88.1 4- Ƶ17.5
Ƶ 11 holes
35
21
A B
Y
55.7
L
52
X
41.5
3-NPT 1/4
16
16
T P
14.4
Pipe Outlet Maximum Working Recommended Weight 17.2

Model No. Pressure Flow Rate 4-NPT “E”
Size E psi gpm lbs 37.2
49.2
H
MDS-04-E10 1/2 21.1
0 80.2
3625 9.9
MDS-04X-E10 3/4 39.6 92.2
114.2
125.7
Subplates
06 (nominal diameter) 154
MDS-06(X)-E30(for back piping) 130.2
112.7
100.8
94.5
77
53.2 2- Ƶ7x8 (pin hole)
12 29.4
17.5 4- Ƶ22x13 counterbore
5.6 Ƶ14 holes
4.7
12
T P Y
19
2- Ƶ11 hole
46
17.5
L
74.6
NPT 1/4 (back)

73
92.1
118
A B
X
32 Ƶ11 hole 25.4 6-1/2-13 UNC

35 NPT 1/4 (back) 180.8
207
4- Ƶ20 hole
NPT “E” (back)
Pipe Outlet Maximum Working Recommended Weight
Size E psi gpm lbs
MDS-06-E30 3/4 39.6

3625 11.4
MDS-06X-E30 1 79.2
H5
MDS-06(X)-T-10(for side piping)
138.1
102
54.8
41
T P Y
2-NPT 1/4
NPT “E”
154
130
112.7
100.8
94.5
77 2- Ƶ7x8 (pin hole)
53.2
12 29.4 3- Ƶ8.4
17.5
5.6 4- Ƶ20
17.4
12
4.7
T P
46
74.6
19
Y
73
L
116
92
A B
X
4- Ƶ17.5 counterbore 25.3 6-1/2-13 UNC

Ƶ11 holes 180.8
204
H
NPT 1/4
Subplates
X A B
70
41
25
42.9
78.6
126.2
Pipe Outlet Maximum Working Recommended Weight
lbs
Size E psi gpm
MDS-06-T-E10 3/4 39.6

3625 19.8
MDS-06X-T-E10 1 79.2
H6
Balanced Piston Type Relief Valve
Relief Valve 5.2 to 100 gpm

3045 psi
Features
Balanced piston relief valve. A vent port enables remote control
Optimum pressure control for hydraulic of pressure and use of an unloading
circuit allows operation as a safety valve. circuit.
Specifications
Model No. Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Weight lbs
Diameter Pressure Flow Rate Pressure adjustment range psi
Screw Mounting Gasket Mounting (Size) psi gpm T Type G Type
R-T03- A-12 R-G03- A-E12 0 to 145
3/8 5.2 6.6 9.5
B-12 B-E12 0 to 362
R-T03- 1-12 R-G03- 1-E20 0 to 1000
3/8 21 6.6 9.5
3-12 3-E20 3045 500 to 3000
R-T06- 1-E20 R-G06- 1-E20 P, X (Vent Ports) 0 to 1000
3/4 45 8.5 11.6
3-E20 3-E20 500 to 3000
R-T10- 1-E20 R-G10- 1-E20 0 to 1000
11/4 100 17 17
3-E20 3-E20 500 to 3000
Note: See the Flow Rate - Low Pressure characteristics for information about items marked with an asterisk (*).
Handling
1 To adjust pressure, loosen the lock nut 4 When using a relief valve as a safety a drain type relief valve in the case of a
and then rotate the handle clockwise valve, use a pressure override that is flow rate that is less than the minimum
(rightward) to increase pressure or higher than the required circuit flow rate.
counterclockwise (leftward) to decrease it. pressure. 7 Use the following table for specification
2 Make sure that tank port back pressure is 5 When using a remote control valve, when a sub plate is required.
no greater than 29 psi. For tank piping of connect piping to the relief valve port.
the A and B type pressure adjusting
ranges, return directly to the tank without
Pipe capacity can be a source of
vibration. Use of thick iron pipe with an
Model No. Pipe
Diameter
Weight lbs Applicable Valve
Model I
MR-03-E10 3/8 3.5 R-G03-*-12
connecting any other piping and eliminate inside diameter of no more than .15 in.

back pressure. and a connection length of no more MR-06-E20 3/4
7.7 R-G06-*-E20
3 The pressure adjustment range for the than three meters is recommended. MR-06X-E20 1
high vent type is 188 psi. Note that 6 Pressure becomes unstable when at MR-10-E20 11/4
R-T/G03 is not a high vent type. slow control flow rates. Use a flow rate 18.7 R-G10-*-E20
of no less than 2.1 gpm for the 03, 06 MR-10X-E20 11/2
sizes, and 2.6 gpm for the 10 size. Use
8 The following are the bundled
mounting bolts.
Bolt Tightening Torque
Model No. Dimensions Q'ty
ft lbs
R-G03-*-12 3/8-16 x 3” 4 33 to 40
R – T 06 – 1 – (H) * 20
R-G06-*-E20 5/8-11 x 3 1/8” 4 140 to 173
Design number
E: Unified thread R-G10-*-E20 7/8-9 x 4 1/8” 4 272 to 339
Auxiliary symbol H: High vent (excluding 03 size)
Note: For mounting bolts, use grade 8 or
Pressure adjustment range 1, 3, A, B equivalent.
Nominal diameter (size)
Mounting method T: Screw connection G: Gasket type
Relief valve
Catalog 1501
I1
R-T03-*- E12 (Screw Mounting) R-G03-*-12 (Gasket Mounting)
65
63 63
MAX. 104.5 42.5 MAX. 104.5 40
Pressure adjusting handle Pressure adjusting handle

(Changeable to three other directions) (Changeable to two other directions)
Vent connection port Vent connection port
3/8 NPT 3/8 NPT
Ƶ 58
Ƶ 58
Pressure gauge
56
attachment port Pressure gauge attachment port X

128.5
1/4 NPT
138
1/4 NPT
109
P P
Ƶ6
90
P
60
53
13
3- Ƶ45 3/8 NPT 72.5 6 80
85
From back
Ƶ 11 holes
T
R-T**-*- E20 (Screw Mounting) R-G**-*-20 (Gasket Mounting)
I
Proportional Valves
G
H
63 63
MAX. 104.5 D MAX. 104.5 F
Pressure adjusting handle Pressure adjusting handle

(Changeable to three other directions) (Changeable to two other directions)
From back
4- ƵJx1 counterbore
Vent connection port Ƶ K holes
3/8 NPT
Ƶ 58
Ƶ 58
Pressure gauge
attachment port Pressure gauge
B
attachment port X
1/4 NPT
A
P P 1/4 NPT
Ƶ6
P
B
A
C
C
3- NPT “J” T
H
E F Rc 1/4
L
E 6 D
T
Model No. A B C D E F G H J Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L

R-T06-*-20 128.5 61.5 47.5 45 90 54 35.5 71 3/4 R-G06-*-20 151 131.5 106.5 102 58 40 65 69.5 26 18 16.1
R-T10-*-20 153.5 72 62 62.5 125 69 47 94 11/4 R-G10-*-20 162.5 143 110 127 80 50 86 70.5 32 22 17.7
I2
Sub Plate MR-03- E10 MR-**- E20
1/4 NPT (back)
1/4 NPT (back)
80 Ƶ 3 hole Ƶ5 hole
52 14 AA 4- M“RR”
24 4- Ƶ17.5x10.8 counterbore BB
20 26 Ƶ 11 holes
EE
MM
LL
25
X X
DD
26 15
FF
P
KK
4- 3/8 - 16
12
74.6
JJ
WW
HH
66.7
66
P
GG
XX
CC
42
52
90
2- 3/8 NPT (back)

T
Ƶ 14.7 holes
T
102 4- Ƶ20x1 counterbore

PP
Ƶ14 holes 2- Ƶ“UU”
130 Ƶ 7x8 QQ NN
Ƶ 7x10 YY 2- NPT “VV” (back)
SS
TT
Dimensions (mm)
Model No.
AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP QQ RR SS TT UU VV WW XX YY
MR-06-E20 3/4
150 127 125 7.9 21.8 9.5 62.5 55.5 42.9 17.5 23.7 14.5 69.9 34.9 16.1 5/8-11 38 22 22 98.5 106.5 102
MR-06X-E20 1
MR-10-E20 11/4
175 152.4 150 6.4 39.2 15.9 71.3 58.7 50.8 14.3 25.6 25.9 92.1 46.1 17.5 7/8-9 55 22 28.5 102.5 110 127
MR-10X-E20 11/2

R-*03-*-E12 R-*06-*-E20 R-*10-*-E20
3045 21 21
2900 20 19
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
2755 19 17
psi
psi
psi
1015 7 7
870 6 6
725 5 5
0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1

Flow rate gpm
0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8
Flow rate gpm
0 26.4 52.8 79.2
Flow rate gpm
I
Proportional Valves
Flow Rate - Minimum Pressure Characteristics
A A
R-*03- -E12 R-*03- -E12 R-*03-1-E12
B B
29 29
Minimum pressure
Minimum pressure
362
333 21.7 21.7
304
Pressure
psi
psi
psi
14.5 14.5
145
116
7.2 7.2
87
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1
R-*06-1-E20 R-*10-1-E20
29 29
Minimum pressure
Minimum pressure
21.7 21.7
psi
psi
14.5 14.5
7.2 7.2
Note: The performance curves do not 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 0 26.4 52.8 79.2 105.6
include T port back pressure. Flow rate gpm Flow rate gpm
I3
A
R-G03- -12
B
13 14 8 7 17 2 20 11 4 6 22 18 19 15
Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Cover
3 Spool
X 4 Poppet
16 5 Seat
6 Seat
3 P 7 Plunger
8 Retainer
21
9 Collar
10 10 Spring
T 11 Spring
5 12 Spring
23 13 Handle
14 Nut
1 15 Spring pin
16 O-ring
1 06 1 17 O-ring
R-G03- -12 R-G - -20
3 10 3 18 O-ring
19 O-ring
13 14 8 7 17 11 4 2 20 6 9 22 20 Screw
21 Plug
22 Plug
23 Nameplate
I 16
Note:
12
The No. 12 spring is not included when auxiliary
Proportional Valves
18 symbol H is selected (except with the 03 size).
X
10
3
P
21
5
23
19
T 15
Seal Part List

( Kit Model Number RRS-*** (03 size)
RRBS-*** (06, 10 size) )
Type/Part Number
R-G03-*-12 R-T03-*-12 R-G06-*-20 R-T06-*-20 R-G10-*-20 R-T10-*-20
16 O-ring IB-G30 IB-G30 IB-G30 IB-G30 IB-G40 IB-G40 1
17 O-ring IA-P11 IA-P11 IA-P11 IA-P11 IA-P11 IA-P11 1
18 O-ring IB-P7 – IB-P9 – IB-P9 – 1
19 O-ring IB-P20 – IB-P26 – IB-G35 – 2

*** in the kit number is used for specification of the valve size (G03, T06, etc.)
I4
Balanced Piston Type Relief Valve
(with ISO Type)
RI Series Relief Valve 10.5 to 84.5 gpm

(ISO Mounting, Balanced Piston Type) 5075 psi
Features
Balanced piston relief valve. A vent port enables remote control
Optimum pressure control for hydraulic of pressure and use of an unloading
circuit allows operation as a safety valve. circuit.
Specifications
Model No. Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Flow Pressure adjustment range
Diameter Pressure Rate Weight lbs Gasket Surface Dimensions
Gasket Mounting (Size) psi gpm psi
RI-G03-C-20 3/8 10.5 21 to 507 9.9
RI-G03-1-20 116 to 1000 ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
3 3/8 39.6 507 to 3625 9.9
5075
5 507 to 5075
P, X Ports
RI-G06-1-20 116 to 1000
3 3/4 84.5 507 to 3625 12.3 ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
5 507 to 5075
Handling
1 To adjust pressure, loosen the lock nut more than .15” and a connection Use a drain type relief valve in the case
and then rotate the handle clockwise length of no more than three meters is of a flow rate that is less than the
(rightward) to increase pressure or recommended. minimum flow rate.
counterclockwise (leftward) to decrease it. 5 The following are the bundled mount- 7 Use the following table for specification
2 Make sure that tank port back pressure ing bolts. when a sub plate is required.
is no greater than 29 psi. Bolt Tightening Torque Model No. Pipe Weight lbs Applicable Valve
3 For use as a safety valve, use a pressure Model No. Q'ty Diameter Model
Dimensions ft lbs
override that is higher than the required MRI-03-E10 3/8
5.7 RI-G03
circuit pressure. RI-G03-*-20 3/8 - 16 4 55 to 70 MRI-03X-E10 1/2
4 When using a remote control valve, MRI-06-E10 3/4
connect piping to the relief valve port. Pipe RI-G06-*-20 5/8 - 11 4 140 to 173 7.7 RI-G06
capacity can cause vibration. Use of thick
iron pipe with an inside diameter of no
MRI-06X-E10 1
I
Note: For mounting bolts, use grade 8 or
equivalent.

6 A small control flow rate can cause
pressure instability. Use a control flow
rate that is at least 2.1 gpm.

RI – G 06 – 1 – 20
Design number
Pressure adjustment range C, 1, 3, 5
RI series relief valve
I5
RI-G**-*-20
MAX.E
4- Ƶ ax1 counterbore F MAX.G
Ƶ b holes H J
P T
X
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L a b
D
L
RI-G03-*-20 132 78 32 80 149.5 106 43.5 31 53.8 13.1 53.8 20 14

RI-G06-*-20 137 83 36 100 158.5 119 39.5 37 66.7 15 70 26 17.5
K
Ƶ 58
DEC
INC
54
48
25
A
B
C
6
Ƶ6
S ub P late MR I- 03*- E10 S ub P late MR I- 06*- E10

( Max imum Operating P ressure: 3625 psi) ( Max imum Operating P ressure: 3625 psi)
I Ƶ 7x10
Ƶ3 1/4 NPT
(back) 4-3/8 - 16 Ƶ 7x10
Ƶ5 1/4 NPT
(back)
4- 5/8 - 11
Proportional Valves
X X
125
103
54
P
P
92
90.5
YF
31.8
6.6
136
116
85.7
T
66.7
60
55.6
4-Ƶ 20
11.2
4- Ƶ 14
33.4
22.5
35.5
YH
11
14.3
2
10
27 2- Ƶ13
15 54
11 2- NPT 2- Ƶ 23 14
62 34.9
(back)
84 16.1 69.8 38
12.5 102
Ƶ 16 127 2- NPT
(back)
159
32
Attach a plug when the vent (X) port is not used.

14
Model No. A Model No. YF YH

MRI-03-E10 3/8 MRI-06-E10 092.5 13.2
MRI-03X-E10 1/2 MRI-06X-E10 100.7 04.7
MRI-06-E10 3/4
MRI-06X-E10 1
I6
RI-G03-C-20 RI-G03-*-20
507 5075
Pressure psi
4930
Pressure psi
4785
4640
435 3625
3480
145
3335
1015
870
72.5 725
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 0 6.6 13.2 19.8 26.4 33.0 39.6
RI-G06-*-20
5075
4930
Pressure psi
4785
4640
4495
3625
3480
3335
3190
1015
870
725
0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
84.5
Flow rate gpm
Note: The performance curves do not include T port back pressure.
RI-G**-*-20
I
8 20 2 7 13 25 9 10 14 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 17 Plate
12 2 Cover 18 Plug
Proportional Valves
3 Poppet 19 Plug
24
4 Sleeve 20 Screw
29 5 Spring 21 Pin
11 6 Spacer 22 O-ring
7 Poppet 23 O-ring
16 27
8 Seat 24 O-ring
18 28 9 Plunger 25 O-ring
23 4 10 Retainer 26 O-ring
32 6 11 Plug 27 O-ring
12 Collar 28 O-ring
17 5
13 Spring 29 Backup ring
31 21 1 3 14 Handle assy 30 Backup ring
15 30 15 Orifice 31 Screw
16 Orifice 32 Choke
19 28
22 26 Seal Part List (Kit Model Number REBS-***)
23 Nominal Diameter/Part Number
X P T Part No. Part Name Q'ty
G03 G06
22 O-ring 1B-P8 1B-P8 1
23 O-ring 1B-P9 1B-P9 3
24 O-ring 1B-P10A 1B-P10A 1
25 O-ring 1A-P11 1A-P11 1
26 O-ring 1B-P18 1B-P28 2
27 O-ring 1B-G25 1B-P28 1
28 O-ring 1B-G30 1B-P32 2
29 Backup ring T2-P10A T2-P10A 1
Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B 2401-1A/1B-**.
For the *** part of the kit number, specify the valve size (G03, G06). 30 Backup ring T2-G30 T2-P32 1
I7
Remote Control Pressure Relief Valve
.52 to 3.9 gpm

Remote Control Relief Valve
3045 psi
Features
Connecting a relief valve or reducing simple remote control of pressure.
valve to the vent port of a balanced piston RCD type can also be used as a
type pressure control valve provides direct type relief valve.
Specifications
Model No. Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Pressure adjustment range Weight
Diameter Pressure Flow Rate
Screw Mounting Gasket mounting (Size) psi gpm
psi lbs
RCD-T02-1-11 116 to 1015
– 3.9 4.6
3-11 3045 507 to 3045
1/4
RC-T02-1-12 RC-G02-1-21 P, V ports 0 116
0 to 1015
0
.52 3.0
3-12 3-21 507 to 3045 .0
Note: The pressure adjustment range indicates cracking pressure.
Understanding Model Numbers • Handling

1 To adjust pressure, loosen the lock nut
RC – G 02 – 1 – (K) – 21 and then rotate the handle clockwise
(rightward) to increase pressure or
Design number
counterclockwise (leftward) to decrease
it.
Adjusting bolt type (gasket type only) 2 Make sure that drain port back pressure
is no greater than 29 psi.
Pressure adjustment range 1, 3 3 When configuring pipes for the pressure
control valve and remote control valve,
Nominal diameter (size) use of thick iron pipe with an inside
diameter of no more than .15” and a
Mounting method connection length of no more than three
T: Screw connection type meters is recommended. Pipe capacity
I G: Gasket type
Remote control relief valve

can be a source of vibration.
4 When an adjustment bolt type is
required for the pressure adjustment
block, insert K for the type specification.
See the dimension drawings, RC-G02

only.
5 Use the following to specify a sub
plate.
Installation Dimension Drawings Model No. Weight lbs

MRC-02-20 2.2
RCD-T02-*-11 (Screw Mounting)
6 The following are the bundled mounting
28 bolts.
T port
BSPT 1/4 Bolt Tightening Torque
Model No. Dimensions
Q'ty ft lbs
RC-G02-*-21 M8 × 25r 4 14 to 18.5

Ƶ 36
Note: For mounting bolts, use 12T or equivalent.

Ƶ 60
90
73
28
Ƶ 65
Ƶ 11
Ƶ7
10 1
P port
BSPT 1/4 42
65 10
104 MAX.38
I8
RC-T02-*-12 (Screw Mounting)
BSPT 3/8
Ƶ 58
20
BSPT 1/4 2
Ƶ6
DR
4- Ƶ11x6.5 counterbore
MAX.139.5 Ƶ 6.6 holes
98
(From back)
12 42
Ƶ44.5
Ƶ 76
DR
V
RC-G02-*-21 (Gasket Mounting) Sub Plate MRC-02-20
DR
70 23
48 20
24 10
V 2-BSPT 1/4
48
70
4
2–Ƶ
DR
Ƶ9 holes 48
15.5
112
90
48
70
V
MAX.139.5
11
98
4-M8 holes Ƶ11 holes
Ƶ 58
48
22
I
14
13 MAX.133
Ƶ35
7
Proportional Valves
1 Body 12 O-ring
RCD-T02-*-11 2 Sleeve 13 O-ring
3 Sleeve 14 O-ring
10 11 2 13 4 6 1 15 14 3 12 7 5 8 9
4 Poppet 15 Nameplate
5 Retainer
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number RCS-T02CD)
6 Spring
7 Guide
11 O-ring S12.5(NOK) 1
8 Nut
12 O-ring 1A-P11 1
9 Screw
13 O-ring 1B-P14 1
10 Plug
14 O-ring 1B-P18 1
11 O-ring
Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401 1A/B.

1 Poppet 8 Cover
2 Seat 9 Collar
RC-G02-*-(K)-21 3 Plunger 10 O-ring
8 11 14 13 9 10 2 1 5 12 3 4 7 6 4 Retainer 11 O-ring
5 Spring 12 O-ring
6 Handle 13 Plug
7 Nut 14 Plate
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number RCBS-G02)

10 O-ring 1B-G30 1
11 O-ring 1B-P6 1
12 O-ring 1A-P11 1
Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401 1A/B.
I9
Solenoid Controlled Relief Valve
7.9 to 100 gpm

3045 psi
Features (Two-pressure Control Circuit

Example)
This valve adds a wet type solenoid valve A two-pressure control circuit can be b
to a balanced type piston type relief valve configured by adding a relief modular
to form a hydraulic device unload circuit. valve. Contact your agent for more
The shockless type has an internal information.
structure that prevents shock generated
during unloading. This valve can also be (Pressure Relief Circuit Example)
used in a pressure relief circuit, and has a SOL ON SOL ON
a
OFF OFF
maximum adjustment time of three
seconds. See the pressure relief circuit Setting
pressure
example.
P T
Shock noise SOL b
Shock noise canceled.
Pressure
generated. Shock noise can be canceled ON

in about 0.5 second. OFF
OFF
SOL a
Pressure
High pressure ON
0.5SEC
0.01 to 0.4.SEC
Time 1SEC Low pressure
MAX 3SEC
Unload
Time
Specifications
Pressure characteristics
Model No. Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Pressure adjustment Weight lbs Used Solenoid
Diameter Pressure Flow Rate range JIS Symbol
Screw Mounting Gasket Mounting (Size) psi gpm psi T Type G Type Valve Model Number
RSS 1 RSS 1
-T03-AQ -**-15 -G03-AQ -**-15 3/8 2
01 7 9.9
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3 P
A B
RSS 1 RSS 1 SS
-T06-AQ -**-E23 -G06-AQ -**-E23 3/4 45 8.8 14 -G01-A3X-**-31
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3 Type 1 (SA)
P T
RSS 1 RSS 1 0.8 to 7
-T10-AQ -**-E23 -G10-AQ -**-E23 11/4 100 19.4 22 T
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3 3045 116 to 1015
I RSS
(RSA)
RSS
1
-T03-AR -**-15
3
1
RSS
(RSA)
RSS
1
-G03-AR -**-15
3
1
3/8
P, X Ports
2
01 Type 3
3.5 to 21
507 to 3045
7 9.9
A B
P
SS
-T06-AR -**-E23 -G06-AR -**-E23 3/4 45 8.8 14 -G01-AR-**-31
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3 (SA)
P T
RSS 1 RSS 1 T
-T10-AR -**-E23 G10-AR -**-E23 11/4 100 19.4 22
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3
Shockless Type
RSS 1 RSS 1 Type 1
-T03- -F-**-15 -G03- -F-**-15 3/8 2
01 9.2 12 P
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3 1 to 7
RSS 1 RSS 1 3045 145 to 1015 16.3 SS
-T06- -F-**-E23 -G06- -F-**-E23 3/4 45 11 -G01-A8XO-**-31
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3 P, X Ports Type 3 T
(SA)
RSS 1 RSS 1 3.5 to 21
-T10- -F-**-E23 G10- -F-**-E23 11/4 100 507 to 3045 21.6 26.4
(RSA) 3 (RSA) 3
Note: For information about electrical specifications, see the SS type and SA type solenoid valve items on pages D-4 and D-16.
• Handling
1 To adjust pressure, loosen the lock nut 5 Pressure becomes unstable when at 9 The following are the bundled mounting
and then rotate the adjusting bolt slow control flow rates. Use a flow rate of bolts.
clockwise (rightward) to increase no less than 2.1 gpm for the 03, 06 Bolt Q' Tightening Torque
pressure or counterclockwise (leftward) sizes, and 2.6 gpm for the 10 size. Model No. ft lbs
Dimensions ty
to decrease it. 6 Use 90 to 110% of rated voltage.
RSS
2 To adjust the time from onload to unload, 7 The pressure adjustment range for the (RSA)
-G03-***-**-15 3/8 - 16 4 33 to 40.5
loosen the lock nut and rotate the high vent type is 188 psi. Note that RSS
restrictor adjusting bolt clockwise (RSA) -T/G03 is not a high vent type. RSS
-G06-***-**-23 5/8 - 11 4 140 to 173
(RSA)
(rightward) to make the time longer, or 8 Use the following table for specification
counterclockwise (leftward) to make it when a sub plate is required. RSS
-G10-***-**-23 7/8 - 9 4 272 to 339
shorter. (RSA)
Pipe Weight
3 Make sure that tank port back pressure Model No. Diameter lbs Applicable Valve Type Note: For mounting bolts, use 12T or equivalent.
is no greater than 29 psi. RSS
4 The ** before the design number in MR-03-E10 3/8 3.5
(RSA)
-G03-***-**-15 10 The coil surface temperature increases if
the model number of the solenoid MR-06-E20 3/4
this pump is kept continuously
RSS
valve used shows voltage. See the 7.7
(RSA)
-G06-***-**-23 energized. Install the valve so there is
MR-06X-E20 1
voltage symbols in the model number 1
not chance of it being touched directly by
explanation. MR-10-E20 1 /4 RSS hand.
18.7 -G10-***-**-23
MR-10X-E20 11/2 (RSA)
Note: See page relief valve page item on I-3 for dimensions.
I 10
RSS (RSA) – G 06 – A Q 1 – (H) – C1 * 23
Design number
E: Unified thread
Voltage symbol
C1: AC100V 50/60Hz
C2: AC200V 50/60Hz
D1: DC12V
D2: DC24V
E1: AC100V 50/60Hz
E2: AC200V 50/60Hz
Auxiliary symbol Other auxiliary symbols can be used
H: High vent (excluding 03 size) (enter them in alphabetic order if there are 2 or more).
F: With shock canceller With SS type solenoid valve G, N, Q (R is omitted).
(See shockless type item.) With SA type solenoid valve GR, J, N, Q, R
Stop position flow path
Q: Open
Not required with
R: Blocked
the shockless type.
Operation method A: Spring offset
Mounting method T: Screw connection type
G: Gasket type
Solenoid controlled relieve valve
(with SA type solenoid valve)
Solenoid controlled relieve valve

(with SS type solenoid valve)

RSS
-T**-A**-**-E23
(RSA)
Note: Dimensions marked with are for the RSA type.
Note: Dimensions in parentheses apply in the case of a DC solenoid valve. I
H
Proportional Valves
Ƶ Ƶ G 1/2 lead wire outlet port
Lead wire outlet port
87
71
25
Manual
operation pin
A
Pressure
adjusting bolt Pressure
E
adjusting bolt
B
B
P
P P P
C
Pressure gauge
attachment port
D
1/4 NPT
G G 3- NPT L
MAX.F K MAX. F K M
J J
T T
RSS RSS 06
-T03-A**-**-15 -T -A**-**-E23
(RSA) (RSA) 10
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N Q
RSS 154
-T03-A**-**-15 214.5 129 90 53 56 101 66 85 42.5 32.5 65 3/8 221.5
(RSA) (161)
RSS 156.5
-T06-A**-**-E23 214.5 129 90 47.5 61.5 101 66 90 45 35.5 71 3/4 221.5
(RSA) (163.5)
RSS 164.5
-T10-A**-**-E23 239 153.5 111.5 62 72 98 63 125 62.5 47 94 11/4 246
(RSA) (171.5)
I 11
RSS
-G**-A**-**-E23
(RSA)
Note: Dimensions marked with & are for the RSA type.
Note: Dimensions in parentheses apply in the case of
a DC solenoid valve. H
Ƶ Ƶ
Lead wire outlet port G 1/2 lead wire outlet port
87
71
25
Manual operation pin
A
B
C
D
1/4 BSPT
L
K
From back E
J 4- ƵPxQ counterbore
G Ƶ d holes
MAX.F 6
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L P Q d M
RSS (150.5
-G03-A**-**-15 214.5 129 109 90 80 141 106 72.5 40 13 17.5 10.8 11 221.5
(RSA) (157.5)
RSS (151.5
-G06-A**-**-E23 237 151.5 131.5 112.5 102 141 106 58 40 16.1 26 1 18 244
(RSA) (158.5)
RSS 152
-G10-A**-**-E23 248 162.5 143 120.5 127 148 113 80 50 17.7 32 1 22 255
(RSA) (159)
Note: For gasket surface dimensions, see R-G**-* 12/20.
RSS
-T**-*-F-**-E23
I (RSA)
Note: Dimensions in parentheses apply in the case of
Proportional Valves
a DC solenoid valve. H
Ƶ G 1/2 lead wire outlet port

87
71
25

40
A
E

B
P
P
C
Pressure gauge
attachment port
D
1/4 NPT
G 3- NPT L
MAX.F K M
J
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N Q R
RSS 154
-T03-*-F-**-15 254.5 129 090.0 53 56 101 66 85 42.5 32.5 65 32 3/8 261.5
(RSA) (161)
RSS 156.5
-T06-*-F-**-E23 254.5 129 090.0 47.5 61.5 101 66 90 45 35.5 71 33 3/4 261.5
(RSA) (163.5)
RSS 164.5
-T10-*-F-**-E23 279 153.5 111.5 62 72 98 63 125 62.5 47 94 32.5 11/4 286
(RSA) (171.5)
I 12
RSS
-G**-*-F-**-23
(RSA)
Note: Dimensions in parentheses apply in the case of a DC H
solenoid valve.
Ƶ Ƶ G 1/2 lead wire outlet port
87
71
25
40
A
B
C
D
6
L
1/4 NPT
K From back
J 4- ƵPxQ counterbore E
G Ƶ d holes
MAX.F 6
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q d
RSS 150.5
-G03-*-F-**-15 254.5 129.0 109.0 90 080 141 106 72.5 40 13.0 32.0 261.5 17.5 10.8 11
(RSA) (157.5)
RSS 151.5
-G06-*-F-**-23 277 151.5 131.5 112.5 102 141 106 58.5 40 16.1 33.0 284.0 26.0 1 18
(RSA) (158.5)
RSS 152
-G10-*-F-**-23 288 162.5 143.0 120.5 127 148 113 80.5 50 17.7 32.5 295.0 32.0 1 22
(RSA) (159)
Note: For gasket surface dimensions, see R-G**-* 12/20.
I
Proportional Valves
RSS-G**-*-F-**-23
37 1 Body 20 Spring
36 2 Cover 21 Nut
18 3 Spool 22 Screw
33 4 Seat 23 Plug
17 5 Spring 24 Plug
23 16 6 Screw 25 Plug
34 35 7 Nut 26 Nut
26 22 19 8 Retainer 27 Spring pin
28 2 20 9 Plunger 28 Spring pin
21 10 15 10 Spring 29 O-ring
11 34 11 Poppet 30 O-ring
12 31 O-ring
12 Seat
13
13 Collar 32 O-ring
25
6 14 Nameplate 33 O-ring
X 29
15 Body 34 O-ring
7
32
8 16 Spool 35 O-ring
9
P 5
17 Throttle 36 Solenoid Valves
3
30 18 Retainer 37 Screw
4
24 19 Spring guide
27
14 T 31
I 13
Seal Parts List (Kit Model Number RSBS-***F)
Part Type/Part Number
Part Name Q'ty
No. RSS-G03-*-F-**-15 RSS-G06-*-F-**-23 RSS-G10-*-F-**-23
29 O-ring 1B-G30 1B-G30 1B-G40 1
30 O-ring 1A-P11 1A-P11 1A-P11 1
31 O-ring 1B-P20 1B-P26 1B-G35 2
32 O-ring 1B-P7 1B-P9 1B-P9 1
33 O-ring 1B-P4 1B-P4 1B-P4 1
34 O-ring 1B-P9 1B-P9 1B-P9 2
35 O-ring 1B-P12.5 1B-P12.5 1B-P12.5 2
2. For the *** part of the kit number, specify the valve size (G03, G06, G10).
3. SS (SA)-G01 pilot valve seal is available separately. For details, see pages D-14 (D-26).
I
Proportional Valves
I 14
(with ISO Type)
RI Series Solenoid Controlled 39.6 to 84.5 gpm

Relief Valve 5075 psi
Features (Two-pressure Control Circuit Example)

This valve adds a wet type solenoid valve A two-pressure control circuit can be b
to a balanced type piston type relief valve configured by adding a relief modular
to form a hydraulic device unload circuit. valve.
The shockless type has an internal Contact your agent for more information.
structure that prevents shock generated
during unloading. This valve can also be
used in a pressure relief circuit, and has a (Pressure Relief Circuit Example) a
maximum adjustment time of three

seconds. See the pressure relief circuit SOL ON SOL ON
example. OFF OFF
P T
Setting
pressure SOL b
ON
OFF
Shock noise
Shock noise canceled.
Pressure
generated. OFF
Shock noise can be canceled SOL a
Pressure
in about 0.5 second. High pressure ON
Low pressure
Unload
0.5SEC
0.01 to 0.4.SEC
Time 1SEC Time
Specifications
MAX 3SEC Pressure characteristics
Model No. Nominal Maximum Flow Maximum Working Pressure adjustment Weight Gasket Surface Used Solenoid
Diameter Rate Pressure range JIS Symbol
Gasket Mounting (Size) gpm psi psi lbs Dimensions Valve Type
1
RIS-G03-AQ 3-**-21 3/8 39.6 13.2 ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A P
A B
5
SS-G01-A3X-**-31
1 Type 1: 116 to 1015 P T
RIS-G06-AQ 3-**-21 3/4 84.5 15.6 ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A T
5 5075 Type 3: 507 to 3625
1
RIS-G03-AR 3-**-21 3/8 39.6
P, X Ports
Type 5: 507 to 5075 13.2 ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
A B
P I
5
SS-G01-AR-**-31

1 P T
RIS-G06-AR 3-**-21 3/4 84.5 15.6 ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A T
5
Shockless Type
1
RIS-G03- 3-F-**-21 3/8 39.6 Type 1: 145 to 1015 15.4 ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
5 5075
Type 3: 507 to 3625 SS-G01-A3X-**-31
1 P, X Ports
RIS-G06- 3-F-**-21 3/4 84.5 17.8 ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
Type 5: 507 to 5075
5
Note: For electrical specifications, see the SS type solenoid valve item on page D-4.
Handling
1 To adjust pressure, loosen the lock nut the model number explanation. 8 The following are the bundled mounting
and then rotate the handle clockwise 5 A small control flow rate can cause bolts.
(rightward) to increase pressure or pressure instability. Use a control flow Bolt Tightening Torque
counterclockwise (leftward) to decrease it. rate that is at least 2.1 gpm. Use a Model No.
Dimensions
Q'ty
ft lbs
2 To adjust the time from onload to unload, drain
loosen the lock nut and rotate the type relief valve in the case of a flow RIS-G03-***-**-21 3/8 - 16 4 55 to 70
restrictor adjusting bolt clockwise rate that is less than the minimum flow
(rightward) to make the time longer, or 6 rate. RIS-G06-***-**-21 5/8 - 11 4 140 to 173
counterclockwise (leftward) to make it 7 Use 90 to 110% of rated voltage.
shorter. Use the following table for specification Note: For mounting bolts, use Grade 8 or
3 Make sure that tank port back pressure when a sub plate is required. Maximum equivalent.
is no greater than 29 psi. operating pressure is 3625 psi.
4 The ** before the design number in the Pipe Applicable
9 The coil surface temperature increases
model number of the solenoid valve used Model No. Diameter Weight lbs Valve Model if this pump is kept continuously
shows voltage. See the voltage symbols in MRI-03-E10 3/8
5.7 RIS-G03
energized.
MRI-03X-E10 1/2 Install the valve so there is not chance of
MRI-06-E10 3/4 it being touched directly by hand.
7.7 RIS-G06
MRI-06X-E10 1
I 15
RIS – G 06 – A Q 1 – (F) – C1 – 21
Design number
Voltage symbol
C1: AC100V 50/60Hz D1: DC12V
C2: AC200V 50/60Hz D2: DC24V
E1: AC100V 50/60Hz
E2: AC200V 50/60Hz
Auxiliary symbol F: With shock canceller Other auxiliary symbols G, N, and Q (R is

(See shockless type item.) omitted) can be used (enter them in alpha-
betic order if there are 2 or more).
Stop position flow path

Q: Open
Not required with
R: Blocked the shockless type.
Operation method A: Spring offset
RI Series solenoid controlled relieve valve

(with SS type solenoid valve)

RIS-G**-A**-**-21
D
4-Ƶ ax1 counterbore E
Ƶ b holes
F G
I
RIS-G**-*-F-**-21
C
J
Proportional Valves
87
71.5
25.5
87
71.5
40
25.5
25
45
45
25
25
A
A
B
Ƶ6 Ƶ6
6
Model No. A B C D E F G H J a b
153
RIS-G03-***-**-21 78 32 80 106 31 53.8 13.1 53.8 20 14
(160)
162
RIS-G06-***-**-21 83 36 100 119 37 66.7 15 70 26 17.5
(169)
Note: 1. For gasket surface dimensions, see RI-G**-* on page I-5.
2. Figures in (parenthesis) are for the DC solenoid valve.
I 16
Part No. Part Name
42 52
1 Body
39 49 47 34 35 51 40 44 36 46 48 50 37 38 43 41 45 2 Cover
3 Poppet
4 Sleeve
5 Spring
6 Spacer
7 Poppet
13 8 Seat
9 Plunger
7 10 Retainer
11 Plug
20 2
12 Collar
8 25 13 Spring
14 Handle assy
12 9
15 Orifice
24 10 16 Orifice
17 Plate
29 33
11 14 Part No. Part Name

18 Plug
16 27
19 Plug
18 28 20 Screw
21 Pin
23 4
22 O-ring
32 6 23 O-ring
24 O-ring
17 5
25 O-ring
31 21 1 3 26 O-ring
27 O-ring
15 30 28 O-ring
19 28 29 Backup ring
22 26
30
31
Backup ring
Screw
I
23 32 Choke
Proportional Valves
X P T 33 Nut
34 Body
Part No. Part Name

35 Spool
Seal Part List (Kit Model Numbers: Main REBS-***, Restrictor Valve DFS-01H) 36 Throttle
37 Sleeve
Component Nominal Diameter/Part Number
Part No. Part Name Q'ty 38 Retainer
Parts G03 G06
22 O-ring 1B-P8 1B-P8 1 39 Guide
23 O-ring 1B-P9 1B-P9 3 40 Spring
24 O-ring 1B-P10A 1B-P10A 1 41 Nut
25 O-ring 1A-P11 1A-P11 1 42 Plate
Main 26 O-ring 1B-P18 1B-P28 2 43 Nut
27 O-ring 1B-G25 1B-P28 1 44 Plug
28 O-ring 1B-G30 1B-P32 2
45 Pin
29 Backup ring T2-P10A T2-P10A 1
46 O-ring
30 Backup ring T2-G30 T2-P32 1
46 O-ring 1B-P4 1
47 O-ring
Restrictor 48 O-ring 1B-P10 1 49 O-ring
Valve
49 O-ring 1B-P12.5 1 50 Backup ring
50 Backup ring T2-P10 1 51 Solenoid Valves
Note: 1. O-ri ng 1A/1B-** refers to JIS B 2401-1A/1B-**. 52 Screw
2. For the *** part of the kit number, specify the valve size (G03, G06).
3. The restrictor valve kit is required only when a shockless valve is included.
4. SS (SA)-G01 pilot valve seal is available separately. For details, see pages D-14
(D-26).
I 17
G-***-*-21
Pressure Reducing (and Check) Valve
5.2 to 73.9 gpm

Pressure Reducing
3045 psi
(and Check) Valve
CG-***-*-21
Features
This valve is used when part of the circuit cally and maintained at a constant level. The mounting surface
uses pressure that is lower than the main Connecting a remote control valve to of the gasket conforms
circuit. the vent port allows remote control of to the ISO standards
Even when pressure changes in the adjustment pressure. shown in the table below.
primary main circuit, the reduced
secondary pressure is adjusted automati-
Specifications
Model No. Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Flow Pressure adjustment range Weight lbs Gasket Surface
Diameter Pressure Rate
Screw Mounting Gasket Mounting (Size) psi gpm psi T Type G Type Dimensions
(C)G-T03- A-21 (C)G-G03- A-21 36 to 145 7.2 8.5
3/8 5.2
B-21 B-21 43 to 362 7.9 9.2
ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
(C)G-T03-1-21 (C)G-G03-1-21 116 to 1015 7.2 8.5
3/8 3045 13.2
3-21 3-21 507 to 3045 7.9 9.2
IN, OUT,
(C)G-T06-1-21 (C)G-G06-1-21 Vent Port 116 to 1015 12.5 13.6
3/4 31.7 ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
3-21 3-21 507 to 3045 13.4 14.5
(C)G-T10-1-21 (C)G-G10-1-21 116 to 1015 22 26
11/4 73.9 ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
3-21 3-21 507 to 3045 25 29
Weight values in parentheses are for when a check valve is included.
The cracking pressure of the check valve is 14.5 psi.
• Handling
Understanding Model Numbers 1 Provide an independent drain pipe
(C)G – T 03 – 1 – 21 directly to the tank.
2 When using a remote control valve,
Design number connect piping to the reducing valve vent
Pressure adjustment ranges 1, 3, A, B port. Pipe capacity can be a source of
Nominal diameter (size) vibration. Use of thick iron pipe with an
inside diameter of no more than .15” and
I Mounting method
T: Screw connection type G: Gasket type
Reducing valve
a connection length of no more than
three meters is recommended.
3 Use the following table for specification
Reducing and check valve when a sub plate is required.
Pipe Weight Applicable

Installation Dimension Drawings Model No.
Diameter lbs Valve Model
G-T**-*-21 (Screw Mounting) MG-03-20 3/8
3.5 (C)G-G03-*-21
Pressure adjusting handle
Dimensions (mm) (Changeable to two other directions) MG-03X-20 1/2
Model No. A B C D E F MG-06-20 3/4
G-T03-*-21 146 118.5 52 23 52.5 19 8.6 (C)G-G06-*-21
MG-06X-20 1
G-T06-*-21 174 148 66.5 27 64 24
G-T10-*-21 203.5 178.5 80.5 28 73 30 MG-10-20 11/4
14.7 (C)G-G10-*-21
MG-10X-20 11/2
Dimensions (mm)
Model No. G H J K L M P These sub plates can also be used for
G-T03-*-21 35 70 40 32 63 36 3/8 pressure control valves.
G-T06-*-21 47.5 95 50 37 73 54 3/4
G-T10-*-21 54 108 68.5 47.5 95 69 11/4
bolts.
Bolt Tightening Torque
Vent connection port Model No. Q'ty
MAX.104.5 14 Dimensions ft lbs
1/4 BSPT
63
Drain port (C)G-G03-*-21 M10 × 75 l 4
1/4 BSPT
(C)G-G06-*-21 M10 × 85 l 4 33 to 40.5
Ƶ 58
Pressure gauge
attachment port
1/4 BSPT (Primary pressure) (C)G-G10-*-21 M10 × 105 l 6
IN IN
A
OUT
D
Note: For mounting bolts, use 12T or

F
B
Pressure gauge equivalent.

3- BSPT “P” attachment port
C
1/4 BSPT (Secondary pressure)
G J K
H
I 18
G-G**-*-21 (Gasket Mounting)
Vent connection
MAX.104.5 G port
63 14 1/4 BSPT K
From back
L- Ƶ 17.5x1 counterbore
Ƶ 11 holes
Ƶ 58
IN
C
Pressure gauge
F
B
attachment port OUT Drain port
Ƶ6
1/4 BSPT (Primary pressure)
E
D
Pressure gauge
attachment port
1/4 BSPT (Secondary pressure) M
H 6
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M
G-G03-*-21 146 118.5 62 45.1 52.5 19 35 70 60 88 4 60
G-G06-*-21 174 148 82 51.4 64 24 40 80 70 102 4 70
G-G10-*-21 203.5 178.5 102 54 73 30 51 102 92 122 6 92
Note: The orientation of the pressure adjusting handle cannot be change.
CG-T**-*-21 (Screw Mounting)
Pressure adjusting handle I

(Changeable to one other direction)
Proportional Valves
MAX.104.5 14
1/4 BSPT
63 Drain port
1/4 BSPT
3- BSPT “P”
Ƶ 58
Pressure gauge
attachment port
1/4 BSPT
(Primary pressure) IN IN
B
A
OUT
D
Pressure gauge
attachment port
C
1/4 BSPT
(Secondary pressure)
J K G
H
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M P
CG-T03-*-21 146.0 118.5 52.0 23 52.5 19 35.0 70 40.0 54 63 36 3/8
CG-T06-*-21 174.0 148.0 66.5 27 64.0 24 47.5 95 50.0 60 73 54 3/4
CG-T10-*-21 203.5 178.5 80.5 28 73.0 30 54.0 108 68.5 80 95 69 11/4
Note: After the orientation of the pressure adjusting handle has been changed, also modify the cover alignment
surface ring (1B-P6).
I 19
CG-G**-*-21 (Gasket Mounting)
MAX.104.5 G Vent connection port

K
63 14 1/4 BSPT
From back
Ƶ 11 holes
Ƶ 58
IN
A
Pressure gauge
C
F
B
attachment port OUT
1/4 BSPT Drain port
Ƶ6
(Primary pressure)
E
D
Pressure gauge
attachment port
1/4 BSPT M
(Secondary pressure) H 6
Dimensions mm
CG-G03-*-21 146 118.5 62 45.1 52.5 19 35 89 60 88 4 60
CG-G06-*-21 174 148 82 51.4 64 24 40 100 70 102 4 70
CG-G10-*-21 203.5 178.5 102 54 73 30 51 131 92 122 6 92
Note: The orientation of the pressure adjusting handle cannot be change.
I Sub Plate MG-***-20

AA
Proportional Valves
BB
CC
DD
DR EE
FF
GG
2- ƵVV 2- Ƶ4
QQ
PP
NN
MM
IN
RR
LL
SS
HH
XX
KK
JJ
TT
WW
OUT
2- BSPT “YY” 2- BSPT 1/4

Piping and plug not required
UU-M10 tap
4- Ƶ17.5x1 counterbore Ƶ 7 depth 8
Ƶ11 holes
Dimensions mm
Model No. AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP QQ RR SS TT UU VV WW XX YY
MG-03-20 3/8
128 106.4 088 66.6 58.7 33.3 7.9 076 062 42.9 31.8 – 21.4 07.2 3.5 21.5 35.7 39.5 4 14 11 30
MG-03X-20 1/2
MG-06-20 3/4
146 123.8 102 79.3 72.9 39.7 6.4 110 082 60.3 44.5 – 20.6 11.1 3.7 39.7 49.2 56.7 4 22 16 40
MG-06X-20 1
MG-10-20 11/4
160 138.1 122 96.8 92.9 48.4 3.9 150 102 84.1 62.7 42.1 24.6 16.7 4.1 59.5 67.5 80.1 6 30 16 53
MG-10X-20 11/2
I 20
Pressure Loss Characteristics Pressure – Drain Flow Rate Characteristics

(C)G-G03-*-21 (C)G-T03-*-21 (C)G-***-*-21
1 1
1
232 232 2
Drain flow rate in3/min

2 3 91.5
2 3
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi

203 203
3 3 4 A
3
174 174 B
2 2
145 145 61
1
1 1
116 116 2
87 87 4
30.5
58 58
29 29
0 6.6 13.2 19.8 26.4 33 39.6 0 6.6 13.2 19.8 26.4 33 39.6 0 725 1450 2175 2900
gpm gpm 0 72.5 145 217 290 362
Differential pressure psi

Secondary Pressure – Flow Rate Characteristics
(C)G-G06-*-21 (C)G-T06-*-21 A
(C)G-*03- -21
B
1 1 87
116 116
2 2
Pressure Loss psi
101.5
Pressure Loss psi
101.5 72.5
3 3
87 87
3 3
58
72.5
Pressure psi
72.5
1 1
58 58
43.5
2 2
43.5 43.5
29 29
29
14.5 14.5
14.5 I
0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
Proportional Valves
0 2.6 5.2
Flow rate gpm
(C)G-G10-*-21 (C)G-T10-*-21
1 1
116 232
2 2
101.5 203
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi
3 3
87 174
3 3
72.5 145
58 116
2
43.5 87
1 2
29 58
1
14.5 29
0 26.4 52.8 79.2 105.6 132.1 158.5 0 26.4 52.8 79.2 105.6 132.1 158.5
I 21
A
(C)G-G**- -21
B
6 7 8 10 24 2 18 11 12 20 13 19
Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Cover
3 Cover
4 Piston
5 Spring
6 Handle
7 Nut
8 Retainer
9 Spring pin
CG-G-**-*-21 10 Push rod
11 Spring
12 Poppet
6 7 8 10 24 2 18 11 12 20 13 13 Seat
14 Collar
15 Poppet
14 16 Spring
17 Spring guide
19
18 Screw
5 19 Plug
20 Plug
1 21 O-ring
22 O-ring
23
23 O-ring
I IN
27 24
25
O-ring
O-ring
17 22 26 O-ring
Proportional Valves
25 9 27 Nameplate
16 OUT Note: Part numbers 15, 16, 17, and 25 are not
required when there is no check valve.
15
4
26
21
3
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number RGBS-***)

Part Number
CG-G03-*-21 CG-T03-*-21 CG-G06-*-21 CG-T06-*-21 CG-G10-*-21 CG-T10-*-21
21 O-ring 1B-P22 1B-P22 1B-G30 1B-G30 1B-G40 1B-G40 2
22 O-ring 1B-P20 – 1B-P26 – 1B-G35 – 2
23 O-ring 1B-P12 – 1B-P12 – 1B-P12 – 2
24 O-ring 1A-P11 1A-P11 1A-P11 1A-P11 1A-P11 1A-P11 1
25 O-ring 1B-P11 1B-P11 1B-P14 1B-P14 1B-P22 1B-P22 1
Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401 1A/B-**.

*** in the kit number is used for specification of the valve size (G03, T06, etc.) To specify inclusion of a check valve, add C to the end.
I 22
Balancing Valve
(Pressure Reducing and Relief Valve)
Balancing Valve 7.9 to 13.2 gpm

(Pressure Reducing and Relief Valve) 2030 psi
Features
2-in-1 operation allows a simpler circuit Pressure adjustment using a single screw • Handling
configuration. Combination valve that (bolt). 1 To adjust pressure, loosen the lock nut
provides both pressure reducing and Compact and lightweight valve that can and then rotate the adjusting screw (bolt)
counter balance functions. be mounted using the same methods as clockwise (rightward) to increase
a 01, 03 size solenoid valve. pressure or counterclockwise (leftward)
Specifications to decrease it.
2 For the 01 size, draining is from the
Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Pressure adjustment range Weight Gasket Surface
gasket side B port.
Model No. Diameter Pressure Flow Rate
psi lbs Dimensions 3 For the drain of a 03 size valve when
(Size) psi gpm
auxiliary symbol B is specified, run a pipe
GR-G01- A1-20 116 to 1015
0 from the drain discharge port directly to
1/8 30 507 to 2030 .0 3.3 ISO 4401-03-02-0-94
A2 3045 the tank. The drain discharge port can
GR-G03- A1-(B)-20 P port 0
145 to 1015 also be plugged for direct draining from
3/8 50 7.7 ISO 4401-05-04-0-94
A2 507 to 2030 .0 the gasket side B port. In the case of
modification, be sure to change the valve
Understanding Model Numbers type marking on the nameplate. When
using drain piping, use a tightening
GR – G 03 – A 1 – BK – 20 torque of 16-18.4 ft lbs for pipe joints.
4 The drain of 03 size valve that does not
Design number have a B auxiliary symbol can be directly
Note: For 03 size, relationship between mounting bolts from the T port.
and design number is indicated as 5 Make sure that drain back pressure is no
J20: M6, 20: M8. greater than 29 psi.
6 When an adjustment handle is required
Auxiliary symbol for pressure adjustment block, insert K
B: External drain (03 size only) for the type specification.
K: With handle 7 Set the difference between the pressure
Pressure adjustment range 1, 2 at the primary circuit (port P) and the
Control port: A port
secondary circuit (port A) at least 72 psi.
Model No.
Pipe Outlet Weight
I
Balancing valve Size lbs

MSA-01Y-E10 3/8 2.6
Installation Dimension Drawings MSA-03-E10 3/8
8.3
GR-G01-A*-20 MSA-03X-E10 1/2
Ƶ
Ƶ 5.5 holes The following are the bundled mounting
0.75
7.5
bolts.
5.1
Q'ty Tightening Torque

Bolt
15.5
25.9
31.75
A B Model No.
46
31
Dimensions ft lbs
P 10-24 x 1 3/4”
GR-G01-A*-20 4 3.6 to 5
12.7
1/4 BSPT 21.5 24
Pressure gauge 30.2 Adjusting 40 GR-G03-A*-20 1/4-20 x 1 1/8” 4 14.7 to 18.4
attachment port 18.5 40.5 6 stroke
12 106 MAX.43(70)
MAX.161(188)
GR-G03-A*-B-20 Note: For mounting bolts, use grade 8 or

MAX.223.5(239) equivalent.
26 98 32
51.5
54
6 Adjusting stroke 60 Adjusting Handle (Option)
32.5
23.8 23.8 1/4 BSPT 13 Lock nut
10.3 10.3
Drain port
Adjusting handle
P
28
9.5 16.6
1.6
74
46
A B
70
Ƶ26( Ƶ32)
Ƶ28( Ƶ36)
5
T T
35
33
“S” 4- Ƶ14 x 42 4- Ƶ14 x 20

1/4 BSPT 42.5 Ƶ 8.5 hole Ƶ 6.8 hole
Pressure gauge
attachment port 39(50)
Note: 1. For size 03, an escape valve with piping from the drain discharge port is standard for the drain (GR-G03-A*-B-20). To change from internal drain to external drain, install
a plug (NPTF 1/16) in part S, and remove the drain discharge port plug (1/4 BSPT). To change from external drain to internal drain, install a plug (1/4 BSPT) into the drain
discharge port, and remove the S part plug (NPTF 1/16). In this case, however, the B port cannot be used as the tank port.
2.Dimensions in parentheses show dimensions with handle (K type).
I 23
Pressure – Flow Rate Characteristics Setting Pressure – Drain Flow Rate Characteristics
GR-G01-A*-20 1
GR-G01-A*-20 GR-G03-A*-(B)-20 GR-G03-A*-(B)-20 2
2175 2175 1
in 3/min
91.5
2
Drain flow rate

1450 1450
Pressure psi
61
Pressure psi
1
725 725
30.5
0
7.9 5.2 2.6 0 2.6 5.2 7.9
0 0 725 1450 2175
15.8 10.5 5.2 0 5.2 10.5 15.8
Low pressure flow rate gpm Relief flow rate gpm
(PA) (AT) Low pressure flow rate gpm Relief flow rate gpm Differential pressure psi
(PA) (AT) (Primary Side Pressure - Setting Pressure)
Cross-sectional Drawing Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401- 1A/B-**.

GR-G01-A*-20 1 Body 7 Retainer
2 Spool 8 Choke
3 Poppet 9 Spring
15 5 20 2 8 9 23 18 4 14 3 19 7 10 17 6 13 11
4 Seat 10 Spring
5 Bushing 11 Screw
6 Bushing 12 Plate
13 Nut
14 Plug
15 Plug
16 O-ring
17 O-ring
18 O-ring
I 22 21 12 1 16
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number RJBS-G01) 19
20
O-ring
O-ring
Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty 21 Plug
Proportional Valves
16 O-ring 1B-P9 4 22 Spacer

17 O-ring 1A-P10A 1 23 Choke
18 O-ring 1B-P12.5 1
19 O-ring 1B-P18 1
20 O-ring 1B-P20 1
Part No. Part Name
GR-G03-A*-B-20 1 Body
2 Cover (A)
16 3 24 4 18 17 12 1 19 22 8 9 6 5 15 2 23 10 21 11 7 13 20 14 3 Cover (B)
4 Spool
5 Poppet
6 Seat
7 Retainer
8 Choke
9 Spring
10 Spring
11 Screw
12 Plate
13 Nut
14 Nut
15 Screw
16 Screw
17 Plug
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number RJBS-G03) 18 Plug
Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty 19 Plug
21 O-ring 1A-P8 1 20 Pin
22 O-ring
23 O-ring 1B-P9 1
23 O-ring
24 O-ring 1B-P22 2
24 O-ring
I 24
Pressure Control
(and Check) Valve
Pressure Control 13.2 to 73.9 gpm

(and Check) Valve 2030 psi
Features
This circuit control valve works as a Maximum operating pressure is 3045 psi. The mounting surface of the gasket
sequence valve, unloading valve, and Though a direct type valve, there is little conforms to the ISO standards shown in
counter balance valve. pressure override. the table below.
Specifications • Handling
1 To adjust pressure, loosen the lock nut
Model No. Nominal Maximum Working Maximum Pressure adjustment Weight lbs Gasket Surface
and then rotate the adjusting bolt
Screw Mounting Gasket Mounting
Diameter Pressure Flow Rate
range psi T Type G Type Dimensions clockwise (rightward) to increase
(Size) psi gpm
(C)Q-T03-*A-21 (C)Q-G03-*A-21
pressure or counterclockwise (leftward)
Type A
B B
to decrease it.
36 to 123.0
C C 3/8 13.2 6.3 7.7 ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A 2 The pressure adjustment range is
D D
0 expressed in terms of cracking pressure.
Type B
E E
.0 3 Run the out port of Q-T/G** type 1 and
72 to 253
(C)Q-T06-*A-21 (C)Q-G06-*A-21 4 directly to the tank.
B B 3045 Type C 4 The following describes the method for
C C 3/4 IN, OUT, 31.7 123 to 507 11 13.2 ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A using Types 2 and 3. Application of back
D D PP Ports pressure to the valve output side such as
E E Type D
in the example circuit shown below, use
(C)Q-T10-*A-21 (C)Q-G10-*A-21 253 to 1015
B B
Type 2 or Type 3 and run the drain port
C C 11/4 73.9 Type E 21.6 25.3 ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
directly to the tank.
D D 507 to 2030 5 When two or more of these valves are
E E ganged in sequence, make sure the
setting pressure (cracking pressure)
Weight values in parentheses are for when a check valve is included. The cracking pressure of the check differential between them is at least
valve is 14.5 psi.
145 psi.
6 Vibration (chattering) may occur with the
Example circuit 1 Example circuit 2 (C) Q-***-1E-21 depending on operating
When using type 2. When using type 3. conditions when using type 1 and
pressure adjustment range E. Use
external drain type 2E if it happens.
7 Type 2 is standard. When Type 1, 3, or 4 I
is required, make modifications in
accordance with the figures on the next

page. Modifications change the valve
type, so be sure to change the markings
on the nameplate.
Pipe Weight Applicable
Model No.
Diameter lbs Valve Model
MG-03-20 3/8
3.5 (C)Q-G03-**-21
MG-03X-20 1/2
MG-06-20 3/4
8.5 (C)Q-G06-**-21
MG-06X-20 1
MG-10-20 11/4
14.7 (C)Q-G10-**-21
MG-10X-20 11/2
Understanding Model Numbers Note: These sub plates can also be used for
(C)Q – G 10 – 1 B – 21 reducing valves.
The following are the bundled mounting

Design number bolts.
Pressure adjustment range A, B, C, D, E Bolt Tightening Torque
Model No. Q'ty
(Note: Type E pressure adjustment is not available for Type 1.) Dimensions ft lbs
Type 1, 2, 3, 4 (See page F-28)
(C)Q-G03-**-21 M10 × 75 4
Nominal diameter (size) 33 to 40
(C)Q-G06-**-21 M10 × 85 4
Mounting method T: Screw connection G: Gasket type
(C)Q-G10-**-21 M10 × 105 6
Pressure control valve
Pressure control and check valve

Note: For mounting bolts, use 12T or
equivalent.
I 25
Performance Curves
Q-***-**-21 CQ-***-**-21
Type Type 2 Type 3 Type 4 Type Type 2 Type 3 Type 4
IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
PP PP PP PP
DR DR
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT DR OUT DR OUT
Type 2
is standard.
Installation Dimension Drawing Q-T**-2*-21 (Screw Mounting)
Type 1 H
J
L
M Type 3 Pressure adjusting bolt

K
Hexagon nut
External drain port

1/4 BSPT
Pressure gauge
attachment port
C
MAX.A
1/4 BSPT 3- BSPT “Q”
OUT (Secondary pressure)
G
E
IN IN
3-P
Pressure gauge
attachment port
N
Nameplate
B
F
1/4 BSPT
(Primary pressure)
Remote pilot
Type 4 Attachment port BSPT 1/4
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q
(C)Q-T03-**-21 179.5 58 88 58 23 61.5 19 72 40 70 35 63 41 36 3/8
I (C)Q-T06-**-21
(C)Q-T10-**-21
204.5
251
69.5 101.5
83.5 132.5
71.5
87.5
27
28
85
89
24
30
87
116
50
68.5
95
108
47.5
54
73
95
52.5
62.5
54
69
3/4
11/4
Proportional Valves
Q-G**-2*-21 (Gasket Mounting)

G
M
Type 1 H
Type 3 Pressure adjusting bolt

Ƶ6
Hexagon nut
K
J
External Ƶ11 holes
Pressure gauge drain port
attachment port
1/4 BSPT
OUT (Secondary pressure) Nameplate
MAX.A
B
F
IN
Pressure gauge
attachment port
E
1/4 BSPT Remote pilot

(Primary pressure)
D
Connection port
Type 4
Q-G03-**-21 179.5 146 62 45.1 61.5 19 72 35 88 60 4 60
Q-G06-**-21 204.5 171 82 51.4 75 24 80 40 102 70 4 70
Q-G10-**-21 251 216 102 54 89 30 102 51 122 92 6 92
I 26
Installation Dimension Drawing CQ-T**-2*-21 (Screw Mounting)
Type 1
H
J
M
K
Hexagon nut
Type 3
External drain port
1/4 BSPT
Pressure gauge
attachment port
C
MAX.A
1/4 BSPT 3- BSPT “Q”

OUT (Secondary pressure)
D
G
E
IN IN
3-P
Pressure gauge
attachment port
N
Nameplate
F
B
1/4 BSPT
(Primary pressure)
Type 4
Remote pilot
Attachment port 1/4 BSPT
Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q
CQ-T03-**-21 179.5 58 88 58 23 61.5 19 94 40 70 35 63 41 36 3/8
CQ-T06-**-21 204.5 69.5 101.5 81.5 27 75 24 110 50 95 47.5 73 52.5 54 3/4
CQ-T10-**-21 251 83.5 132.5 87.5 28 89 30 148.5 68.5 108 54 95 62.5 69 11/4
CQ-G**-2*-21 (Gasket Mounting)

Type 1
H
M
G
I
Proportional Valves
Ƶ6
K
J
Hexagon nut
Type 3
External Ƶ11 holes
Pressure gauge drain port
attachment port
1/4 BSPT
OUT (Secondary pressure) Nameplate
MAX.A
B
F
IN
Pressure gauge
attachment port
E
Type 4 1/4 BSPT

(Primary pressure)
Remote pilot
D
Attachment port
CQ-G03-**-21 179.5 146 62 45.1 61.5 19 89 35 88 60 4 60
CQ-G06-**-21 204.5 171 82 51.4 75 24 100 40 102 70 4 70
CQ-G10-**-21 251 216 102 54 89 30 131 51 122 92 6 92
I 27
Sub Plate MG-***-20
Ƶ 11 hole
Ƶ 7 depth 8 4- Ƶ17.5 x 1 counterbore
UU- M10 tap
External drain
OUT
KK
TT
JJ
HH
SS
RR
LL
MM
IN
NN
PP
QQ
GG
FF
EE External pilot
DD
CC
BB
AA
2- ƵVV 2- Ƶ4
Note 1: The figure shows size 10(X), with four
M10 tap holes for size 03(X) and 06(X)
valve mounting bolts.
Note 2: When a valve cover external drain and
XX
external pilot port are used, remove the

WW
plugs from the sub plate external drain

and external pilot port.
2- BSPT “YY” 2- BSPT 1/4
Model No. AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP QQ RR SS TT UU VV WW XX YY
MG-03-20 3/8
128 106.4 088 66.6 58.7 33.3 7.9 076 062 42.9 31.8 – 21.4 07.2 3.5 21.4 35.7 39.5 4 14 11 30
MG-03X-20 1/2
MG-06-20 3/4
160 123.8 102 79.3 72.9 39.7 6.4 110 082 60.3 44.5 – 20.6 11.1 3.7 39.7 49.2 56.7 4 22 16 40
MG-06X-20 1
MG-10-20 11/4
160 138.1 122 96.8 92.9 48.4 3.9 150 102 84.1 62.7 42.1 24.6 16.7 4.1 59.5 67.5 80.1 6 30 16 53
MG-10X-20 11/2

I (C)Q-T03-**-21 (C)Q-T06-**-21 (C)Q-T10-**-21
1 1 1
232 232 232
Proportional Valves
2 2 2
203 203 203
3
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi
Pressure Loss psi
3 3
174 174 174
3
145 145 145
1
2
116 116 116
2 2
87 87 87
1 1
58 58 58
29 29 29
0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2 0 26.4 52.8 79.2 105.6 132.1 158.5
gpm gpm gpm
(C)Q-G03-**-21 (C)Q-G06-**-21 (C)Q-G10-**-21
232 1 232 1 232 1

2 2 2
Pressure Loss psi
203 203 203

Pressure Loss psi
3
Pressure Loss psi
3 3
174 174 174
2 2 3
145 145 145
116 116 116
1 1 2
87 87 87
1
58 58 58
29 29 29
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
gpm gpm gpm
I 28
Pressure – Flow Rate Characteristics : Press rise
( : Pressure drop )
(C)Q-*03-2A-21 (C)Q-*03-2B-21 (C)Q-*03-2C-21
319
174 725
304
159.5 652
290
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
145 580
275.5
130.5 507
261
116 435
246.5
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 15.8 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 15.8 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 15.8
(C)Q-*03-2D-21 (C)Q-*03-2E-21
2465
1450
2320
1305
2175
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
1160
2030
1015
1885
870
1740
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 15.8 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 15.8
I
Proportional Valves
(C)Q-*06-2A-21 (C)Q-*06-2B-21 (C)Q-*06-2C-21
174 304 725
159.5 290 652

PPressure psi
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
145 275.5 580
130.5 261 507
116 246.5 435
0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7 0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7
I 29
Pressure – Flow Rate Characteristics : Press rise
( : Pressure drop )
(C)Q-*06-2D-21 (C)Q-*06-2E-21
2610
1450
2465
1305
2320
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
1160
2175
1015
2030
870
1885
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 15.8 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 15.8
(C)Q-*10-2A-21 (C)Q-*10-2B-21 (C)Q-*10-2C-21

797
174 304
725
159.5 290
652
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
145 275
580
130.5 261
507
116 246
435
0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
I Flow rate gpm Flow rate gpm Flow rate gpm

Proportional Valves
(C)Q-*10-2D-21 (C)Q-*10-2E-21
2610
1450
2465
1305
2320
Pressure psi
Pressure psi
1160
2175
1015
2030
870
1885
0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
I 30
CQ-G**-**-21
8 Part No. Part Name
9 1 Body
2 Cover
7
3 Cover
21
4 Piston
5 5 Spring
2 6 Plunger
7 Push rod
18
8 Screw
22
9 Nut
15 10 Spacer
OUT
10 4 11 Nameplate
12 1 12 Poppet
13 Spring guide
14 IN 11
14 Spring
24 23 15 Pin
13 20 16 Plug
19 17 Plug
6
18 Screw
16
19 O-ring
3 20 O-ring
17 21 O-ring
22 O-ring
23 O-ring
24 O-ring
Note: The illustration shows the configuration for pressure adjustment ranges Type Note: Part numbers 12, 13, 14, and 24 are not
C, Type D, and Type E. For Type A and Type B, the #6 piston is eliminated, required when there is no check valve.
and the #4 spool and #5 spring are different.
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number RQBS-***(C))

Type/Part Number
Part No.
19
Part Name
O-ring
CQ-G03-**-21
1B-P22
CQ-T03-**-21
1B-P22
CQ-G06-**-21
1B-G30
CQ-T06-**-21
1B-G30
CQ-G10-**-21
1B-P40
CQ-T10-**-21
1B-G40
Q'ty
2
I
Proportional Valves
21 O-ring 1B-P11 1B-P11 1B-P16 1B-P16 1B-P22A 1B-P22A 1
22 O-ring 1B-P20 – 1B-P26 – 1B-G35 – 2
23 O-ring 1B-P12 – 1B-P12 – 1B-P12 – 2
For the *** part of the kit number, specify the valve size (G03, T06). To specify inclusion of a check valve, add C to the end.
I 31
FR-*-10
Throttle (and Check) Valve OUT
Throttle (and Check) Valve 50 gpm

3045 psi
IN
CFR-*-10
Features OUT
Compact and lightweight, requires very Pressure is internally balanced for light
little space for installation. handle operation, even at high pressure.
Special needle valve configuration provides
smooth flow rate control.
IN
Specifications
Model No. Maximum Flow Cracking Maximum Working Weight lbs
Nominal Diameter
Rate pressure Pressure
Screw Mounting Gasket Mounting (Size) T Type G Type
gpm psi psi
(C)FR-T03-10 (C)FR-G03-10 3/8 7
0.9 21.7 2.8 3.7
(C)FR-T06-10 (C)FR-G06-10 3/4 19.8
0 3045 6.6 8.1
14.5
(C)FR-T10-10 (C)FR-G10-10 11/4 50 12.3 12.7
• Handling
1 The control flow rate is increased by Applicable Pump Model Bolt Size Q'ty Tightening Torque ft lbs
counter clockwise (leftward) rotation of the (C)FR-G03-10 M8 × 65 l 4 14.7 to 18.4
flow rate control handle.
(C)FR-G06-10 M12 × 75 l 4 55 to 70
2 The control flow rate does not become
zero even if the handle is fully turned. (C)FR-G10-10 M14 × 90 l 4 88 to 110
3 There is no pressure or temperature Note: For mounting bolts, use 12T or equivalent.
compensation mechanism.
4 Bi-directional restriction is possible when
there is no check valve. • Sub Plate
5 Use the table to the right for specification
Pipe Recommended Weight
when a sub plate is required. Model No. Flow Rate Applicable Valve Type
6 See the table to the right for installation Diameter gpm lbs
hex socket bolts. However, bolts are not MFR-03-10 3/8 7
0.9 2.2 (C)FR-G03-10
included for a screw mounting type.
MFR-06-10 3/4 19.8
0 4.8 (C)FR-G06-10
MFR-10-10 11/4 50 9 (C)FR-G10-10
J
Flow Control Valves

(C)FR – G 03 – 10
Design number
Mounting method
T: Screw connection G: Gasket type
Throttle valve
Throttle and check valve
Catalog 1501
J1
(C)FR-T**-10 (Screw Mounting)
SC Lock out stroke

SB Throttle stroke
Model No. LA LB DA DB
SA Full stroke
(C)FR-T03-10 066 21.5 38 40
Ƶ 58 (C)FR-T06-10 095 30.5 55 55
(C)FR-T10-10 130 38.5 74 70
HA HB HC SA SB SC MA
130.5 085 35 07 06 1 3/8

175.5 123 55 10 09 1 3/4
MAX.HA
2- BSPT “MA”
206.5 150 70 14 12 2 11/4
HB
Ƶ DA
HC
LB Ƶ DB
LA
(C)FR-G**-10 (Gasket Mounting) Sub Plate MFR-**-10
LE
LF LG
LH
HA
LI HE
HB
HC
HD
LJ HF
4- M “MA”xHH
6
Ƶ6
MAX LA
MAX LC LB
SA Full stroke Ƶ7x8
SB Throttle stroke OUT IN
SC Lock out stroke OUT IN
BD
BB
BC
BA
4- ƵDBxHG counterbore
BE
ƵDC holes
J
Ƶ58
BC
BSPT “MB”
ƵDD hole
Flow Control Valves
LF 4-Ƶ DBx2 counterbore (from back)

LD Ƶ DC holes LK LL
LE
DB DC DD MA MB SA SB SC
14 08.8 12 08 3/8 7 6 1
20 13 20 12 3/4 10 9 1
23 15 30 14 11/4 14 12 2
Model Number LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH LI LJ LK LL BA BB BC BD BE HA HB HC HD HE HF HG HH
(C)FR-G03-10 130.5 085 45 15 065 10 45 035 22.5 05.5 10 45 100 080 60 40 20 63 60 52 40 25 20 08.6 18
(C)FR-G06-10 175.5 123 52 14 096 13 70 055 35.5 15.5 14 68 132 106 80 54 27 71 68 57 40 30 25 13.6 20
(C)FR-G10-10 206.5 150 56 14 120 15 90 72.5 45.5 17.5 16 88 154 122 90 60 30 83 80 68 45 40 35 15.2 25
J2
Stroke – Flow Rate Characteristics
(C)FR-*03-10 (C)FR-*06-10 (C)FR-*10-10
1 Differential pressure 1 Differential pressure 1 Differential pressure 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 79.2
18.4 2030 psi
36.9 2030 psi 1 2 3 4 2030 psi
Flow rate gpm
2 Differential pressure 2 Differential pressure 2 Differential pressure

15.8 66.0
Flow rate gpm

1522 psi
Flow rate gpm

31.7 1522 psi 1522 psi
13.2 1015 psi 26.4 1015 psi 52.8 1015 psi
10.5 507 psi 21.1 507 psi 507 psi
39.6
7.9 15.8
26.4
5.2 10.5
2.6 13.2
5.2
0 .03 .07 .1 .15 .19 .23 .27 0 .07 .15 .23 .31 .39 0 .07 .15 .23 .31 .39 .47 .55
Stroke mm Stroke mm Stroke mm
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 4 6 8
Number of handle rotations Number of handle rotations Number of handle rotations
(C)FR-*03-10
(C)FR-*06-10 (C)FR-*10-10
Pressure Loss psi
203
Pressure Loss psi
203
174 174
1 145
145
2
116 116
1 2
87 87
1 2
58 58
29 29
0 5.2 10.5 15.8 21.1 26.4 31.7 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66 79.2
J
Flow Control Valves

Cross-sectional Drawing 15 7 2 17 16 3 13 4 6 5 8 9
CFR-G**-10 Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Poppet
3 Piston
4 Bracket
5 Stopper
6 Screw
7 Spring
8 Nut
9 Handle
10 Pin
11 O-ring
12 O-ring
13 O-ring
14 Plug
14 1 IN 10 OUT 12 11 18
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number FSS-***) 15 Plug
16 Ball
Part CFR-G03-10 CFR-G06-10 CFR-G10-10
Part Name 17 Plate
No. Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
18 Rod
11 O-ring IB-P18 1 IB-G25 1 IB-G25 1
12 O-ring IB-P16 2 IB-G25 2 IB-G35 2
13 O-ring IB-P8 1 IB-P8 1 IB-P8 1 *** in the kit number is used for specification of the valve size (G03, T06, etc.)
J3
FT-G0*-**-22
Temperature Compensated Flow Control
(and Check) Valve OUT
FT Type Flow Control (and Check) Valve .01 to 28 gpm

(with Pressure and Temperature Compensation) 3045 psi IN
CFT-G02-*-22
Features OUT
Pressure compensation and temperature temperature fluctuates.
compensation mechanisms provide a A wider control flow rate range as well
stable control flow rate, even when fluid as easier minute flow rate adjustability
than previous products.
IN
Specifications
Nominal Volume control Maximum Working Reverse
Model No. Diameter flow rate Pressure Flow Rate Cracking pressure Weight Gasket Surface Dimensions
(Size) gpm psi gpm psi lbs
(C)FT-G02-8-22 .01 to 2.1

1/4 13.2 8.1 ISO 6263-AK-06-2-A
30-22 .02 to 7.9
3045 14.5
FT-G03-42-22 .02 to 11.0
3/8 31.7 17.4 ISO 6263-AM-07-2-A
106-22 .05 to 28.0
Asterisk (*) indicates values for auxiliary plate with check valve.
• Handling 7 See the table below for installation hex 8 Use the following table for specification
1 In the temperature range of 68°F to 140° socket bolts. when a sub plate is required.
F, flow rate fluctuation is within ±5% of the • Sub Plate and Auxiliary Plate Application Table
standard flow rate at 104°F.
Recommended Weight Applicable Valve Use With
2 In the pressure range of 145 to 3045 psi, Name Model No. Pipe
Flow Rate
flow rate fluctuation is within ±5% of the Diameter gpm lbs Type Sub Plate
setting flow rate. MF-02X-10 3/8 7.9
3 Note that flow rate fluctuation exceeds the Sub Plate 4.8 (C)FT-G02-*-22 –
rated fluctuation amount slightly in the MF-02Y-20 1/2 13.2
vicinity of the minimum control flow rate, MF-03-10 3/8 11
due to changes in operating temperature 7.2
and hydraulic fluid viscosity. Sub Plate MF-03Y-20 3/4 19.8
4 When controlling flow rates that are less MF-03Z-20 1 31.7 10.3 –
than .05 gpm, use with a filter that does
FT-G03-**-22
QRWH[FHHGƫP Sub Plate with Check MF-03Y-C-22 3/4 19.8 12.5
5 For flow rate control, make sure that the Valve MF-03Z-C-22 1 31.7 12.3
pressure differential between the input
port and output port is at least 145 psi. Auxiliary Plate A with
J 6 The control flow rate is increased by
clockwise (rightward) rotation of the control
Check Valve
MCF-03-A-22 Ƶ 23 31.7 7.0 MF-03*-*
handle. 9 Though FT-G03 does not have a built-in used in addition to the normal sub-plate.
check valve, a sub plate with check valve (Use the auxiliary plate in combination
Flow Control Valves
and auxiliary plate with check valve is with the sub plate.)
Applicable Model Bolt Size Q'ty Tightening Torque ft lbs

(G)FT-G02-*-22 M8 × 55 l 4 14.7 to 18.4
(C) FT-G03-*-22 M10 × 75 l 4 55 to 70
With FT-G03 Auxiliary Plate M10 × 110 l 4 55 to 70
Note: For mounting bolts, use grade 8 or equivalent.

(C) FT – G 02 – 8 – (F) – 22
Design number
Anti-jumping mechanism (option)
Temperature compensated flow control valve
Temperature compensated flow control and check valve
J4
(C)FT-G02-**-22 Sub Plate MF-02*-*
Ƶ7x10 4- M8 holes
88
95 62
11.1
4- Ƶ14x1 counterbore 47.5 Hydraulic 52
Ƶ 8.8 holes 60 fluid inlet 45 6
IN
23.8
52.4
82.6
102
Ƶ6
Volume control flow rate port
OUT
102
Ƶ 43
44.3
Ƶ 8.8 holes 9.5
54
76.2
79.4
95
FT-G03-***-22 114
133
4- Ƶ17.5x1 counterbore Hydraulic fluid inlet
Ƶ 11 holes 2-ƵA holes
24
21
Ƶ6
2- BSPT “B”
Volume control flow rate port
124
Sub Plate A B
Ƶ 50
MF-02X-10 14.7 3/8

52
MF-02Y-20 17.7 1/2
74 61 6
62 72
84.5
124 111.5
Anti-jumping mechanism
(C)FT-G02-*-F-22 (C)FT-G03-**-F-22
MAX 22.5 MAX 26
33.5
40
Flow Control Valves

Sub Plate MF-03-10 MF-03Z-20
MF-03Y-20
170 170
146 146
124 124
101.6 101.6
A 74.9
0.8 20.6 0.8 20.6
11.2
17.5
IN IN
B
28.6
28.6
80.3
86.6
101.6
101.6
124
124
C
103.2 103.2
OUT 2- Ƶ7x8
OUT
4- Ƶ17.5x10.8 counterbore 2- Ƶ7x8 4- Ƶ17.5x10.8 counterbore

Ƶ11 holes Ƶ11 holes 4- M10x25
4- M10 holes
2- Ƶ E
2- Ƶ 23
21
24
38
21
BSPT “F”
2- BSPT 1
Sub Plate A B C E F
MF-03-10 71.4 12.7 88.9 14.7 3/8
MF-03Y-20 74.9 11.2 86.6 23.0 3/4
J5
Sub Plate with Check Valve MF-03*-C-22
4- M10x25 Ƶ11 holes
11.2
11.2
2- Ƶ7x8
IN
28.6
A
2- Ƶ
80.3
86.6
101.6
124
2- BSPT “B”
OUT
26.7 0.8
81
101.6 11.2
102.4 22.2
124 23
146
170 Model No. A B
MF-03Y-C-22 11.2 3/4
46
MF-03Z-C-22 17.5 1
21
Auxiliary Plate with Check Valve MCF-03-A-22

4- Ƶ10.5 holes
6 0.8 102.4
11.2
11.2
2- Ƶ7 x 8
2- Ƶ6
28.6
28.6
IN
86.6
IN
101.6
124
OUT
OUT
Ƶ 28
2- Ƶ32
2- Ƶ23
26.7 2 34
81 0.8
101.6 11.2
102.4
124
29.0
29.0 4
26.4
J
1 (C)FT-G02- 8-22 4
26.4 1 (C)FT-G02- 8-22 2 (C)FT-G02- 30-22
2 (C)FT-G02- 30-22
Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm
3 FT-G03- 42-22
3 FT-G03- 42-22
13.2 4 FT-G03-106-22 13.2
4 FT-G03-106-22
Flow Control Valves
10.5 3 3
10.5
7.9 2
7.9 2
3
5.2 5.2 3
2 2
2.6 1 2.6 1
1 1
0 68 86 104 122 140 158 176 0 435 870 1305 1740 2175 2610 3045
Oil temperature º F Pressure psi
Scale – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure Loss Characteristics

Volume control flow rate gpm
31.7 145
1 (C)FT-G02- 8-22
4
2 (C)FT-G02- 30-22 130.5
26.4 3 FT-G03- 42-22
116
Pressure Loss
4 FT-G03-106-22
21.1 101.5
87
5.8 72.5
3 58
10.5 43.5
2 29
5.2
1 14.5
1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2

Scale Flow rate gpm
J6
Cross-sectional Drawing Note: O-ring 1A/B-** refers to JIS B2401-1A/B.
CFT-G02-*-22 8 13 36
24 31 28
X X
4 19 10
3 2
1
37 17
27 25
EASE
I N REA
16 20
C
CR DE SE
26 11 21
15 32 35
X
X X
7 29 34
39 33
23 22 3 38 9 5 6 2 30 14 12 18 41 1
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number FBBS-***)
1 Body 15 Knob 29 O-ring
Part (C)FT-G02-*-22 FT-G03-*-22
2 Retainer 16 Screw 30 O-ring Part Name
3 Stopper 17 Spring 31 O-ring
26 Backup ring T2-P5 1 T2-P5 1
4 Dial 18 Spring 32 Plug
27 O-ring IB-P5 1 IB-P5 1
5 Plate 19 Snap ring 33 Plug
6 Plate 20 Poppet 34 Plug
7 Plate 21 Spring 35 Plug
8 Spring 22 Pin 36 Plug
9 Plate 23 Pin 37 Screw
41 O-ring – – IB-P20 1
10 Plug 24 Pin 38 Screw
Seal Kit Number FBBS-G02-1A FBBS-G03
11 Plug 25 Pin 39 Screw
12 Throttle 26 Backup ring 40 Washer Note: 1.O-ring 1B-** refers to JIS B2401-1B-**.
2.Backup ring indicates JIS B2407-T2**.
13 Piston 27 O-ring 41 O-ring
14 Sleeve 28 O-ring
Anti-jumping mechanism Anti-jumping mechanism

(C)FT-G02-*-F-22 (C)FT-G03-*-22 Part No. Part Name
2 6 7 1 4 3 5 2 6 7 1 4 3 5 1 Retainer
J
2 Bolt
3 Nut
4 Nut
5 Spring pin
Flow Control Valves

6 O-ring
7 O-ring

Part (C)FT-G02-*-22 FT-G03-*-22
Part Name
Sub Plate MF-03*-C-22 6 O-ring IB-P5 1 IB-P8 1
IN
Note: 1.O-ring 1B-** refers to JIS B2401-1B-**.
2.#7 O-ring and #29 O-ring are interchangeable.
MCF-03-A-22
IN

OUT
1 2 5 4 3
5 1 Sub Plate 5 O-ring
6 2 Poppet 6 Pin
3 Spring 7 O-ring
1 Sub Plate 4 Plug 4 Plug 8 Screw
2 Poppet 5 O-ring
3 Spring
OUT
1 2 7 4 3 List of Sealing Parts
List of Sealing Parts Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty
Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty 5 O-ring 1B-P26 2
5 O-ring 1B-P18 2 7 O-ring 1B-P18 2
J7
F-G**-*-20
Flow Control (and Check) Valve OUT
F Type Flow Control (and Check) Valve 2.3 to 98.5 gpm

(with Pressure Compensation) 3045 psi
IN
CF-G**-*-20
Features OUT
Wide control flow rate range.
A pressure compensation mechanism
ensures that the control flow rate does not
change, even when there is pressure fluctuation.
IN
Specifications
Nominal Volume control flow Maximum Working Cracking pressure Weight Gasket Surface
Model No. Diameter rate Pressure
(Size) gpm psi psi lbs Dimensions
(C)F-G06-170-20 3/4 2.3 to 44.9 45.2 ISO 6263-AP-08-2-A

3045 14.5
(C)F-G10-373-20 11/4 5.2 to 98.5 95 –
• Handling 4 See the table below for installation hex 5 Use the following table for specification
1 In the pressure range of 145 to 3045 psi, socket bolts. when a sub plate is required.
flow rate fluctuation is within ±5% of the
setting flow rate.
2 For flow rate control, make sure Sub Plate Application Table
that the pressure differential between the Recommended
input port and output port is at least 145 Pipe Weight Applicable Valve
Model No. Flow Rate
psi. Diameter gpm lbs Type
3 The control flow rate is increased by MF-06-10 3/4 28 1
03.8
clockwise (rightward) rotation of the (C)F-G06-170-20
control handle. MF-06X-20 1 44.9 2
01.3
MF-10-10 11/4 64.9 46.5 (C)F-G10-373-20

(C)F-G06 M16 × 100 l 4 140 to 173
(C)F-G10 M20 × 115 l 4 272 to 339
J
Flow Control Valves
(C) F – G 06 – 170 – 20
Design number
Flow control valve
Flow control and check valve
J8
Installation Dimension Drawings Ƶ “L” hole
(C)F-G**-*-20 G
E A 6
2- Ƶ6
Hydraulic
fluid inlet
F
C
Oil adjustment outlet Lock bolt “N”
H
ƵD
B
M
Dimensions mm
Model No.
A B C D E F G H J K L M N
(C)F-G06-*-20 107 095 63.4 80 178 165 144.5 105 26 1 18 80 M5
(C)F-G10-*-20 124 108 81.8 90 245 225 169.5 140 32 1 22 89 M6
Sub Plate MF-06*-20

178
146
144.4 4- Ƶ 26x17.5 counterbore
104.8 Ƶ 18 holes
22.2 S
1.6
12.7
IN
R
41.3
2- Ƶ23 holes
104.8
133.4
J
165
2- Ƶ7x8
OUT
2- BSPT “U”
Flow Control Valves

210
241
4- M16 holes
Dimensions mm
Sub Plate
R S T U
MF-06-20 12.7 25 22 3/4
MF-06X-20 16.7 43 21 1
J9
Pressure – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Scale – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure Loss Characteristics
105.6 2
Volume control flow rate

1 CF-G06-170-20
Pressure Loss psi

92.4
2 92.4 1 (C)F-G06-170-20
1 (C)F-G06-170-20 2 CF-G10-373-20
2 (C)F-G10-373-20
79.2
2 (C)F-G10-373-20 79.2 203
Flow rate gpm
1
66 174
gpm
66 2
2
145
52.8 52.8
1 1 116
39.6 39.6
2 87
26.4 1 26.4 58
13.2 1 13.2 29
0 435 870 1305 1790 2175 2610 3045 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 26.4 52.8 79.2 105.6 132.1
Scale Flow rate gpm
Pressure psi
CF-G**-**-20
24 1 26 44 43 20 27 2 30 11 36 31 40
IN
14 9
19 10
25 18
3 17
29
37
23 42
4 15
7 12
21 OUT 13
J 38 39 28 6 5
22
32 16 41 40 33 34 13 12 35 34
Flow Control Valves
Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 9 Sleeve 18 Retainer 27 Screw 36 O-ring
2 Cover 10 Piston 19 Stopper 28 Screw 37 O-ring
3 Knob 11 Spring 20 Pin 29 Screw 38 O-ring
4 Gear 12 Spring 21 Pin 30 Washer 39 O-ring
5 Gea 13 Poppet 22 Pin 31 Plug 40 O-ring
6 Gear 14 Plug 23 Pin 32 Plug 41 O-ring
7 Bushing 15 Plug 24 Pin 33 Plug 42 O-ring
8 Throttle 16 Plug 25 Screw 34 Plug 43 Plate
17 Plug 26 Screw 35 Plug 44 Screw
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number FBBS-***)

Part CF-G06-170-20 CF-G10-373-20
Part Name
36 O-ring IB-G45 1 IB-G60 1
37 O-ring IB-P48 1 IB-G65 1
39 O-ring IB-P22A 1 IB-P39 1
41 O-ring IB-P20 1 – –
42 O-ring – – IB-P26 1
For the *** part of the kit number, specify the valve size (G06, G10).
J 10
TN-G02-*-11
Temperature Compensated Flow Control
TN Type Flow Control (and Check) Valve .0079 to 2.1 gpm

(Fine Adjustment Type with Pressure and Temperature Compensation) 1522 psi IN
CTN-G02-*-11
Features OUT
With a very compact, lightweight configura- Stable control of each setting to flow rate for simple and
tion, the intelligent design of this valve flow rate, even as pressure and accurate control flow rate
makes it a low-cost option. fluid temperature are fluctuating. adjustment.
Minute flow rate control from 1.8 in³. Dial markings are proportional
IN
Specifications
Nominal Volume control Maximum Working Reverse Cracking pressure Weight
Model No. Diameter flow rate Pressure Flow Rate
(C)TN-G02-2-11 .007 to .52

1/4 1522 9.2 14.5 4.8
(C)TN-G02- 8-11 .01 to 2.1
• Handling
1 In the temperature range of 68º to 140º F, 7 For connection to piping, normally
flow rate fluctuation is within ±5% of the connect to the sub plate. Valve mount-
standard flow rate at 104º F. ing is gasket type, using an O-ring. When
2 In the pressure range 145 to 1522 psi, a screw in connection is required, seal
flow rate fluctuation is within ±5% of the the gasket surface, remove the side
setting flow rate. plug, and create a screw in connection
3 Note that flow rate fluctuation exceeds the directly to the valve unit. In this case,
rated flow rate fluctuation amount slightly remove all seal material affixed to the
in the vicinity of the minimum control flow plug.
rate, due to changes in operating tempera- 8 Use the following table for specification
ture and hydraulic fluid viscosity.
4 When controlling flow rates that are less when a sub plate is required.
than .05 gpm, use with a filter that does Pipe
Recommended Weight
QRWH[FHHGƫP Model No Flow Rate
Diameter gpm lbs
5 Make sure that the pressure differential
between the inlet port and outlet is at MTL-03-10 3/8 9.2 2.8
least 87 psi at 1 gpm or less, and at least
145 psi at 16 gpm or greater. 9 Bundled Accessories: Hex Socket Bolts
6 The control flow rate is increased by M8 x 60 l, (four)
clockwise (rightward) rotation of the Note: 1.For mounting bolts, use 12T or
adjustment handle. equivalent.
2.Tightening torque is 14.7 to 18.4 ft
J
lbs.
Flow Control Valves

(C) TN – G 02 – 2 – (F) – 11
Design number
Flow control valve
J 11
63
6
86 4- Ƶ14x8.6 counterbore
(C)TN-G02-**-11 68 9 Ƶ 9 holes 58
Ƶ6
IN
4 5 6
3 7
52
52
70
OUT
Ƶ 25
2 8
34
1
20
16
0 10
9
Screw in use- BSPT 1/4 17
Lock bolt
37
Screw in use- BSPT 1/4
104
Sub Plate MTL-03-10 68 18
4- M8x14
Ƶ 7x8 50
34
10 4- Ƶ14x8.6 counterbore
Ƶ 9 holes MAX 108
MAX 22
27
IN
52
70
34
16
OUT
86 18
9
122
2- Ƶ11 Anti-jumping mechanism
24
20
2- BSPT 3/8

3.1 3.1
1 (C)TN-G02-2-11 1 (C)TN-G02-2-11
2.9 2.9 2 (C)TN-G02-8-11
2 (C)TN-G02-8-11
2.6 2.6
2.3 2.3
Flow rate gpm
J
Flow rate gpm
2
2.1 2.1 2
1.8 1.8
1.5 1.5
Flow Control Valves
1.3 1.3
1.0 1.0
2 2
.79 .79
1
.52 .52 1
.26 .26
1 1
0 50 68 86 104 122 140 158 0 145 290 435 580 725 870 1015
Oil temperature º F Pressure psi
Scale – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure Loss Characteristics

Volume control flow rate gpm
3.1
1 (C)TN-G02-2-11
2 (C)TN-G02-8-11
2.6
101
2
2.1 87
Pressure Loss psi
72.5
1.5
58
1.0 43.5
29
.52 1 14.5
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5
Scale Flow rate gpm
J 12
23
CTN-G02-*-11
28
30 14
14 6
27 28
5 12
15 16
30 1 31 34 35
13
IN OUT
FLOW CONTROL VALVE

MODEL
MFG.NO
5 7
4 6
3 7
33
2 8
1 8
0 10
NACHI FUJIKOSHI CORP, 19
25
24 18 21 26 17 9 10 22 11 2 3 32 27 29 20
1 Body 13 Spacer 25 Screw
2 Sleeve 14 Snap ring 26 Screw
3 Spool 15 Spring 27 O-ring
4 Piston 16 Spring 28 O-ring
5 Plug 17 Plate 29 O-ring
6 Plug 18 Pin 30 Plug
7 Plate 19 Pin 31 Ball
8 Knob 20 Pin 32 Ball
9 Ring 21 Pin 33 Washer
10 Gear 22 Pin 34 Screw
11
12
Gear
Poppet
23
24
Pin
Screw
35 Plate
J
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number FNS-G02(C))
Flow Control Valves

Part Part TN-G02-*-11 CTN-G02-*-11
No. Name Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
27 O-ring IA-P9 4 IA-P9 4
Note: Specify C at the end of the model number for the CTN kit.
Note: O-ring 1A-** refers to JIS B2401-1A-**.
Part No. Part Name
(C)TN-G02-*-F-11
1 Retainer Seal Part List
2 Bolt Part No. Part Name Part Number Q'ty
3 Nut
7 O-ring IA-P9 1
4 Nut
5 Nut 8 O-ring IA-P3 1
6 Spring pin
Note: #7 O-ring and #27 O-ring are inter-
7 O-ring changeable.
8 O-ring
6 4 5 3 2 1 8 7
J 13
Temperature Compensated Flow Control TS-G01-2-11
TS Type Flow Control (and Check) Valve .002 to .52 gpm

(Fine Adjustment Type with Pressure and Temperature Compensation) 1522 psi IN
CTS-G01-2-11
Features
OUT
Original compact, lightweight configuration. rate relative to control flow rate, which even as pressure and
High-precision control up to minute flow means there is no need to include an extra fluid temperature are
rates of .61 in³. valve in the quick return circuit. fluctuating.
Design allows large 5.2 gpm reverse flow Stable control of each setting flow rate,
IN
Specifications
Nominal Volume control Maximum Reverse Cracking pressure Weight
Model No. Diameter flow rate Working Pressure Flow Rate
(C)TS-G01-2-11 1/8 .002 to .52 1522 5.2 11.6 1.9
• Handling Recommended
1 In the temperature range of 68º to 140º F, 4 When controlling flow rates that are Pipe Weight
5
Model No. Flow Rate
flow rate fluctuation is within ±5% of the Diameter
less than .05 gpm, use with a filter that gpm lbs
standard flow rate at 104º F. does not exceed 10 m. MTS-01Y-10 3/8 5.2 1.7
2 In the pressure range of 87 to 1522 psi, 5 For flow rate control, make sure that
flow rate fluctuation is within ±5% of the the pressure differential between the 8 Bundled Accessories: Hex Socket Bolts:
setting flow rate. input port and output port is at least 87 M4 x 35 l (four)
3 Note that flow rate fluctuation exceeds the psi.
rated fluctuation amount slightly in the 6 The control flow rate is increased by Note: 1.For mounting bolts, use 12T or
vicinity of the minimum control flow rate, clockwise (rightward) rotation of the equivalent.
due to changes in operating temperature control handle. 2.Tightening torque is 1.9 to 2.4 ft lbs.
and hydraulic fluid viscosity. 7 Use the table to the right for specifica-
tion when a sub plate is required.

(C) TS – G 01 – 2 – 11
Design number
J Nominal diameter (size)

Flow Control Valves
Flow control valve

(C)TS-G01-2-11
Ƶ3
OUT
45
35
IN
20.5
17.5
14.5
10
5
16.5
32 32
42 47.5
3 65 5 58
2 68
J 14
Sub Plate MTS-01Y-10 104
89
68
2- Ƶ11x6.5 counterbore 58 28
Ƶ 3.3x5
Ƶ 6.6 holes 15.5 15.5 22 23 17
3
3
55
45
35 OUT
IN
3
4- M4x10 2- Ƶ6.5
2- 3/8 BSPT

Fluid Temperature – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Scale – Control Flow Rate Characteristics
.52 .52 .52
Flow rate gpm

Flow rate gpm
Flow rate gpm
.39 .39 .39
.26 .26 .26
.13 .13 .13
0 50 68 86 104 122 140 158 0 290 580 870 1160 1450 0 290 580 870 1160 1450
Oil temperature º F Pressure psi Scale

261
Cross-sectional Drawing Pressure Loss psi

203
CTS-G01-2-11
145
22 1 23 3 12 10 7 18 26 11 16 21
87
15
2
29
0 2.6 5.2 7.9

J
Flow rate gpm
Flow Control Valves

5
24 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 10 Spacer 19 Spring pin
19 2 Cover 20 Spring pin
11 Knob
3 Sleeve 12 Spring 21 Spring pin
17
4 Piston 13 Plug 22 Spring pin
5 Guide 14 O-ring 23 O-ring
6
6 Spring 15 Screw 24 O-ring
4 7 Throttle 16 Screw 25 O-ring
8 Poppet 17 Plug 26 O-ring
25 9 Spring 18 Spring pin 27 Nameplate
20
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number FKS-G01(C))
Part TS-G01-2-11 CTS-G01-2-11
Part Name
14 O-ring —— —— IB-P8 1
Specify C at the end of the model number for the CTS kit.
14 13 9 8 27
J 15
TL-G0*-*-11
Rapid Traverse and Fee Control Valve
IN
TL (TLT) Type Feed Control Valve .02 to 2.1 gpm OUT

(Fine Control Type with Pressure Compensation) 1000 psi
Note: 04 has DR
TLT-G04-*-*-11
Features IN
Very compact, lightweight, and economically Cutting Feed (2 stage) => Fast Return. Sealing the gasket
priced. Stable control of each setting flow rate, even surface allows as-is
Applicable for control of machine tool table as pressure and fluid temperature are screw-in connection.
operations. For example, a single valve fluctuating. DR
provides smooth control of: Fast Feed => Dial markings are proportional to flow OUT
rate for simple control flow rate adjustment
Specifications
Nominal Volume control flow rate gpm Reverse Flow Maximum Cracking pressure Weight
Model No Diameter Rate Working Pressure
(Size) Feed 1 Feed 2 gpm psi psi lbs
TL-G03-2-11 .02 to .5
3/8 – 9.2 4.8
8-11 .02 to 2.1
TL-G04-2-11 .02 to .5
– 1015 14.5
8-11 .02 to 2.1
1/2 14.0 15.4
TLT-G04-2-1.5-11 .02 to .5 .02 to .39
8-2-11 .02 to 2.1 .02 to .5
• Handling
1 In the temperature range of 68º F to 140º 6 The control flow rate is increased by Recommended Applicable Valve
Pipe Flow Rate
Model No.
F, flow rate fluctuation is within ±5% of the clockwise (rightward) rotation of the Diameter gpm Type
standard flow rate at 104º F. control handle. 003 does not
G require drainTL-G03-*-11
pipe connec-
MTL-03-10 3/8 9.2
2 In the pressure range of 145 to 1000 psi, 7 For connection to piping, normally tion.
flow rate fluctuation is within ±5% of the connect to the sub plate. Valve MTL-04-10
setting flow rate. mounting is gasket type, using an Cam Down 1/2
1 Force 14.0 TL(T)-G04-*-*-11
3 Note that flow rate fluctuation exceeds the O-ring. When a screw in connection is TL-G03-11 -
rated fluctuation amount slightly in the required, seal the gasket surface, Cam Down Force
vicinity of the minimum control flow rate, remove the side plug, and create a 27 lbs minimum
due to changes in operating temperature screw in connection directly to the valve TLT-G04-*-*-11
and hydraulic fluid viscosity. unit. In this case, remove all seal Feed 1 Cam Down Force
4 When controlling flow rates that are less material affixed to the plug. 31 lbs minimum
than .05 gpm, use with a line filter no 8 See the table below for installation hex Feed 2 Cam Down Force
JUHDWHUWKDQƫP socket bolts. 45 lbs minimum
Make sure that the pressure differential 9 Use the table to the right for specifica-
J 10 Make the cam angle no greater than
5
between the inlet port and outlet is at tion when a sub plate is required. 30 degrees.
least 87 psi at 1 gpm or less, and at least
145 psi at 1 gpm or greater.
Flow Control Valves

TL-G03-*-11 M8 × 60r 4 14.7 to 18.4
TL(T)-G04-*-11 M10 × 75r 4 33 to 40.5

TLT – G 04 – 2 – (1.5) – (F) – 11
Design number
Maximum volume control flow rate (Feed 2)
2-position feed control valve
1-position feed control valve
J 16
TL-G03-*-11 Sub Plate MTL-03-10
4- Ƶ14x8.6 counterbore 104
Ƶ 9 holes
Lockout stroke 2
Throttle stroke 6
86 84.5 6 68 18
50
Full stroke 8
68 9 63 4-M8x14
Ƶ 16 Ƶ 7x8 34
18 4 4- Ƶ14x8.6 counterbore
10 Ƶ 9 holes
Ƶ6
IN
52±0.2
70
IN
4 5 6
34
87
16
3 7 OUT
52
70
52
2 8 OUT
Ƶ 25
34
1
20
16
0 10
9
86 18
122
2- Ƶ11
9
Lock bolt Screw in use - BSPT 3/8 Screw in use - BSPT 3/8
6.4
17
37
24
20
58
2-3/8 BSPT
TL(T)-G04-*-*-11 Sub Plate MTL-04-10

Feed 1 full stroke 9 140
Feed 2 full stroke 9 118
73 6 84
Ƶ 20 Throttle stroke 6 6 82
11 59
Lockout stroke 3 74 Ƶ7x8
59
18
3/8 BSPT 49
35
11 41 4- M10x20
50
Feed 2 (TLT) Ƶ6
Feed 1
15
FEED CONTROL VALVE
52
22
MODEL Ƶ 11 holes IN
108
IN
71
22
78
MFG.NO.
52
108
Hydraulic fluid inlet OUT Ƶ 11 holes

4 5 6 4 5 6
3 7 3 7 Lock bolt DR
Ƶ25
2 8 2 8
1 9 1 9 OUT BSPT 1/2 160
35.63
0 10 0 10
does not have this knob. 180
NACHI-FUJIKOSHI CORP
MADE IN JAPAN FL80-042-0A
Ƶ6
2- Ƶ14
7
27 27
60°
26 DR 1/8 BSPT
70 DR 52
30
20
140 78
Oil adjustment outlet 99.5 2- 1/2 BSPT 1/4 BSPT
Anti-jumping Mechanism TL-G03-*-F-11 TL(T)-G04-*-*-F-11

J
MAX 108
MAX 22 MAX 162
MAX 22
Flow Control Valves

37
27

Fluid Temperature – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Scale – Control Flow Rate Characteristics Pressure Loss Characteristics
3.1 3.1 3.1
Pressure Loss psi
1 1 1
2.9 2
2.9 2
2
2.6 2.6 2.6 3
3 101
Flow rate gpm
3
2.3
Flow rate gpm
2.3
Flow rate gpm
2 2
1.8 2.1 87
1.8 2
1.6 1.6 72.5
1.6
1.3 1.3 58
1.0 1.0 1.0 43.5
2 2
.79 .79
1 1 1 29
.52 3
.52 .52 3
.26 .26
3 14.5
1 1
0
0 50 68 86 104 122 140 158 0 145 290 435 580 725 870 1015 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 15.8
Oil temperature º F Pressure psi Scale Flow rate gpm
J 17
TLT-G04-*-*-11
55 50 21 17 6 15 4 44 57 43
IN
26
48
24
FEED CONTROL VALVE
7 MODEL
MFG.NO.
42
9 4 5 6 4 5 6
3 7 3 7
22 2 8 2 8
41 1 9 1 9
0 10 0 10
1 NACHI-FUJIKOSHI CORP
MADE IN JAPAN FL80-042-0A
35
49
OUT DR
46
10 53 23 19 56 2 40 51 37 8 29 38 31 54 18 32 9 5 16 27
12
34
20
36
3
39
25
11
13
45
33
52
47 28 14
Note: The drawings on the left are TLT cross sections. In the case of TL, there is no
knob on the right side.
TL-G03-*-F-11
TL(T)-G04-*-*-F-11 1 Body 20 Spacer 39 Screw
2 Cover 21 Pin 40 Plug
3 Plug 22 Spring 41 Plug
4 Plug 23 Spring 42 Plug
5 Throttle 24 Spring 43 Screw
6 Spool 25 Snap ring 44 Screw
7 Poppet 26 Snap ring 45 O-ring
J 8
9
Piston
Sleeve
27
28
Plate
Washer
46
47
O-ring
O-ring
10 Sleeve 29 Pin 48 O-ring
11 Gear 30 Pin 49 O-ring
Flow Control Valves
12 Gear 31 Pin 50 O-ring

13 Knob 32 Pin 51 O-ring
6 4 5 3 2 1 8 7 14 Ring 33 Pin 52 Ball
15 Stopper 34 Pin 53 Ball
16 Plate 35 Pin 54 Ball
Part No. Part Name 17 Roller 36 Screw 55 Ball
18 Pin 37 Screw 56 Ball
1 Retainer
19 Spacer 38 Screw 57 Plate
2 Bolt
3 Nut
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number FLS-***(2))
4 Nut
5 Nut Part TL-G03-*-11 TL-G04-*-11 TLT -G04-*-*-11
6 Spring pin Part Name
No. Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty Part Number Q'ty
7 O-ring
8 O-ring 45 O-ring IA-P9 4 IA-P9 4 IA-P9 6
46 O-ring – – IA-P10 1 IA-P10 1
47 O-ring IA-P16 2 IA-P16 2 IA-P16 4
Seal Part List
48 O-ring IA-P14 1 IA-P18 1 IA-P18 1
49 O-ring IA-P14 2 IA-P20 2 IA-P20 2
7 O-ring IA-P9 1
50 O-ring IA-P18 2 IA-P24 1 IA-P24 1
8 O-ring IA-P3 1
51 O-ring – – IA-P20 1 IA-P20 1
Note: 1.#7 O-ring and #45 O-ring are interchangeable.
2.O-ring 1A-** refers to JIS B2401-1A-**. Note: 1. *** in the kit number is used for specification of the valve size. To specify TLT, add 2 to the end.
J 18
Right Angle Check Valve
In-Line Check Valve
Right Angle Check Valve 84.5 gpm

In-Line Check Valve 3045 psi
Features
The right angle type check valve changes The cracking pressures of these valves
the flow direction of fluid 90 degrees, while are fixed, so fluid passes freely in one
the in-line check valve allows only axial direction, but is restricted from flowing
direction flow. in the opposite direction.
Specifications
Model No. Nominal Maximum Maximum Cracking Pressure Weight lbs
Diameter Working Pressure Flow Rate
Screw Mounting Gasket Mounting (Size) gpm psi T Type G Type
psi
CA-T03-1-20 CA-G03- 1-20 5.8
2 2 3/8 10.5 50 2.2 3.9
3 3 72
CA-T06-1-20 CA-G06- 1-20 5.8
2 2 3/4 29 50 4.8 8.5
3 3 72
CA-T10-1-20 CA-G10- 1-20 5.8
2 2 11/4 84.5 50 8.8 13.4
3 3 72
3045
CN-T03-1-11 5.8
2 3/8 7.9 50 .8
In-line Check Valve
3 72
CN-T06-1-11 5.8
2 – 3/4 19.8 50 1.5 –
3 72
CN-T10-1-11 5.8
2 11/4 50 50 4.8
3 72
• Handling
1 Use the following table for specification when
a sub plate is required.
2 The following are the bundled mounting bolts.
Pipe Recommended Weight Applicable Valve Model No. Bolt Dimensions Q'ty Tightening Torque ft lbs
Model No. Diame- Flow Rate
gpm lbs Type
ter CA-G03-*-20 M8 × 45 l 4 0 14.7 to 18.4 0
MCA-03-20 3/8 10.5 3 CA-G03-*-20 CA-G06-*-20 M16 × 65 l 4 140 to 173
MCA-06-20 3/4 29 7.7 CA-G06-*-20 CA-G10-*-20 M20 × 75 l 4 272 to 339
MCA-10-20 11/4 84.5 13.4 CA-G10-*-20 Note: For mounting bolts, use 12T or equivalent. K
Check Valves
CA – T 03 – 1 – 20
Design number
11: In-line type
20: Right angle type
Cracking pressure
1, 2, 3
Mounting method
T: Screw connection type
G: Gasket type
CA: Right angle check valve

C1: In-line check valve
Catalog 1501
K1
CA-T**-20(Screw Mounting)
LA
ƵDA
2- BSPT “Q”
HD
HC
Model No. LA HA HB HC HD DA DB Q
CA-T03-*-20 59 91 81 45 10 52 40 3/8
HA
2- Ƶ DB
OUT HB CA-T06-*-20 72 106 96 55 10 60 45 3/4

CA-T10-*-20 96 139 127 70 12 80 62 11/4
IN
CA-G**-*-20(Gasket Mounting) Sub Plate MCA-**-20
LA LH
LB LG
LA
Ƶ 7x8
IN OUT
BB
BA
BB
BA
BC
4- ƵDBx1 counterbore
ƵDC holes LE 4- ƵDEx1 counterbore
ƵDA
4- ƵM "X" holes LD ƵDF holes
LC
LF LB 2- ƵDD
HD
HF
HG
HA
HB
HC
K
HE
2- BSPT "Q"
DC DD DE DF Q X
9 14.7 14 9 3/8 8
17 23 20 14 3/4 16
Check Valves
Ƶ6 pin 22 30 20 14 11/4 20
Model No. LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH BA BB BC HA HB HC HD HE HF HG DA DB
CA-G03-*-20 86 65 46.5 32.5 18.5 10.5 105 125 71 50 25 80 70 41 10 33 28 19 42 14
CA-G06-*-20 117 81 68.2 40.5 22.2 18 140 172 101 65 32.5 98 88 58 10 43 31 19 52 26
CA-G10-*-20 133 92 71.4 46 20.6 20.5 152 187 133 92 46 119 107 65 12 46 40 28 68 32
CN-T**-*-11(Screw Mounting)
LA BB 2- BSPT “D”
Model No. LA BA BB D
CN-T03-*-11 70 31.2 27 3/8
CN-T06-*-11 95 43.9 38 3/4
CN-T10-*-11 130 69.3 60 11/4
IN OUT
BA
K2
CA-*03 CN-T03 CA-*06 CN-T06 CA-*10 CN-T10
c c
145 145 145
b
c
b
116 116 116
f a
a
Pressure Loss psi

e
Pressure Loss psi

Pressure Loss psi
b
87 87 87
f d
f
58 58 58
e e
a
d
29 29 29
d
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 15.8 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 0 26.4 52.8 79.2 105 132 158
Applicable Valve Type Applicable Valve Type Applicable Valve Type

a. CA-*03-1-20 a. CA-*06-1-20 a. CA-*10-1-20
b. CA-*03-2-20 b. CA-*06-2-20 b. CA-*10-2-20
c. CA-*03-3-20 c. CA-*06-3-20 c. CA-*10-3-20
d. CN-T03-1-11 d. CN-T06-1-11 d. CN-T10-1-11
e. CN-T03-2-11 e. CN-T06-2-11 e. CN-T10-2-11
f. CN-T03-3-11 f. CN-T06-3-11 f. CN-T10-3-11
CA-G**-*-20
Part No. Part Name

1 Body
2 Poppet
3 Seat
4 Plug
5 Spring
6 Pin
7 O-ring
8 O-ring
9 Nameplate
4 8 5 9 1 2 3 7 6
K
Check Valves
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number DAS-***)
Type/Part Number
CA-G03 CA-G06 CA-G10
7 O-ring 1B-P18 1B-G30 1B-G40 2
8 O-ring 1B-P22 1B-P30 1B-P42 1
Note: O-ring 1B-**refers to JIS B2401-1B-**.
*** in the kit number is used for specification of the valve size (G03, G06, G10, etc.)
K3
Normal form
Pilot Operated Check Valve OUT
Pilot Check Valve 84.5 gpm

PP
3045 psi
IN
External drain type

Features OUT
Normally, fluid is allowed to flow in a however, when the check valve is pushed
single direction, just as with a standard upwards by external pilot pressure.
check valve. Reverse flow can be enabled, Very compact configuration.
PP
DR IN
Specifications
Model No Nominal Maximum Maximum Cracking Weight lbs Area Ratio
Diameter Working Pressure Flow Rate Pressure Small
Screw Mounting Gasket Mounting (Size) psi gpm psi T Type G Type Pilot Piston Valve
Valve
CP-T03- 1-*-20 CP-G03-1-*-20 29 8.3 9.4
3/8 10.5 1 0.35 0.05
2 2 72.5 (10.3) (11.4)
CP-T06-1-*-20 CP-G06-1-*-20 29 15.4 14.5
3/4 3045 29.0 1 0.37 0.03
2 2 72.5 (18) (17.1)
CP-T10-1-*-20 CP-G10-1-*-20 29 26.4 27.5
11/4 84.5 1 0.36 0.03
2 2 72.5 (31.5) (32.6)
Note: Weight values in parentheses are for the external drain type.
• Handling
1 The following explains how to use the 2 Minimum pilot pressure is altered by 3 Use the following table for specification
external drain. Be sure to always use the input side B pressure during reverse flow. when a sub plate is required.
external drain type when back pressure is Because of this, operate the valve so Recommended
Pipe
applied to fluid outlet port side A during pressure is at least twice as high as the Model No. Diame- Flow Rate
Weight Applicable
reverse flow as in the circuit illustrated lbs Valve Type
required pilot pressure obtained using the ter gpm
below. minimum pilot pressure characteristics. MCP-03-20 3/8 10.5 2.4 CP-G03-*-20
MCP-06-20 3/4 29 3.7 CP-G06-*-20
MCP-10-20 11/4 84.5 7.9 CP-G10-*-20

bolts.
Model No. Bolt Dimensions Q'ty Tightening Torque ft lbs
CP – G 03 – 1 – B – 20
CP -G03-*-*-20 M8 × 45 l 4 14.7 to 18.4
-G06- M10 × 55 l 4 33 to 40.5
Design number
-G10- M10 × 65 l 6 33 to 40.5
Auxiliary symbol
K
None: Standard
B: External drain type
F: With anti-shock mechanism (decompression type)
BF: With external drain, with shock-resistant mechanism
Check Valves
Cracking pressure
1, 2
Mounting method
T: Screw connection type B B
G: Gasket type
Pilot check valve

A A
K4
CP-T**-*-*-20 (Screw Mounting)
LA
LE LB LH BC
LF LC
LG LD IN
DR
BB
BA
BD
BB
PP
1/4 BSPT
1/4 BSPT 1/4 BSPT 2- BSPT "D" OUT Pressure gauge attachment port
Model No. LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH BA BB BC BD D
CP-T03-*-(F)-20 146 30 15 –
106 61 46 10 84 65 54 32 3/8
CP-T03-*-B(F)-20 174 58 39 16
CP-T06-*-(F)-20 180 30 15 –
140 85 66 10 122 76 64 41 3/4
CP-T06-*-B(F)-20 212 62 43 16
CP-T10-*-(F)-20 225 35 15 –
178 108 85 12 150 95 85 58 11/4
CP-T10-*-B(F)-20 266 76 57 16
CP-G**-*-*-20 (Gasket Mounting) Sub Plate MCP-**-20

LJ N-M"P"x20 2- Ƶ 5 holes
LK 2-1/4 BSPT
LL N-Ƶ DAx1 counterbore
LM ƵDB holes
LN
DR BC
IN OUT
BC
BG
BH
BB
BA
BB
BA
BF
BD
BD
BC
BC
PP
2- Ƶ
2- BSPT "Q"
LE
LD
LC LN
LF LB LH LM HE
LA HD
LL
1/4 BSPT Ƶ
LG Pressure gauge attachment port LK
K
LJ Ƶ
LE
LD Note: Drain piping is not required for standard products.
LP Drain piping is required in the case of external drain type (B).
BE
BF
HA
Check Valves
HB
HC
BH HA HB HC HD HE DA DB DC N P Q
106 68 35.5 33 30 19 14 9 14.7 4 8 3/8

6
Ƶ 6 pin
124 79 41 38 30 19 17.5 11 22 4 10 3/4
138 100 52.5 50 40 29 17.5 11 30 6 10 11/4
Model No. LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH LJ LK LL LM LN LP BA BB BC BD BE BF BG
CP-G03-*-(F)-20 146 30
106 51 64 44 61 10 37 – – 16 7 – 82 64 23 18 32 65 126
CP-G03-*-B(F)-20 174 58
CP-G06-*-(F)-20 180 30
140 66 83 60.3 85 10 49.2 44.5 – 20.6 11.1 – 102 79.4 33.3 – 41 76 146
CP-G06-*-B(F)-20 212 62
CP-G10-*-(F)-20 225 35
178 85 105 84.1 108 12 67.5 62.7 42.05 24.6 16.6 120 118 96.8 44.5 – 58 95 159
CP-G10-*-B(F)-20 266 76
K5
CP-*03 Applicable Valve Type CP-*06 Applicable Valve Type
a. CP-*03- 1 -*-20 Free Flow a. CP-*06- 1 -*-20 Free Flow
b. CP-*03- 2 -*-20 Ȩ b. CP-*06- 2 -*-20 Ȩ
c. CP-*03- * -*-20 Reverse Flow c. CP-*06- * -*-20 Reverse Flow
b
203 203
Pressure Loss
Pressure Loss
174 174 b
145 145
116 116 a
a
87 87
58 58 c
c
29 29
0 2.6 5.2 7.9 10.5 13.2 15.8 0 13.2 26.4 39.6 52.8 66
Flow rate Flow rate
CP-*10 Applicable Valve Type Minimum Pilot Pressure Characteristics

a. CP-*10- 1 -*-20 Free Flow
b. CP-*10- 2 -*-20 Ȩ 1812

c. CP-*10- * -*-20 Reverse Flow 1450
b c
203 1057 b
Pressure Loss
174 a
725
a
145
362
116 d
e
87
c 0 725 1450 2175 2900 3625
58
29 Reverse flow inlet side pressure
0 26.4 52.8 79.2 105 132

Applicable Valve
Flow rate Model No. Valve Open Small Valve Open
CP-*03 a d
CP-*06 b e
CP-*10 c e
Cross-sectional Drawing Note: O-ring 1B-** refers to JIS
B2401-1B-**.
CP-G**-*-20
1 Body 7 Spring 13 O-ring
16 14 11 2 10 3 9 5 4 15 17 12 8 1 7 13 6 2 Cover 8 Pin 14 Screw
3 Piston 9 O-ring 15 Plug
4 Poppet 10 O-ring 16 Plug
5 Seat 11 O-ring 17 Plate
6 Plug 12 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number DPS-***)

Part No. Part Name CP-G03-*-20 CP-G06-*-20 CP-G10-*-20 Q'ty
9 O-ring 1B-P18 1B-G25 1B-G35 2
K 10
11
O-ring
O-ring
1B-G25
1B-P7
1B-G40
1B-P9
1B-G55
1B-P9
1
2
12 O-ring 1B-P9 1B-P9 1B-P9 2
Check Valves
13 O-ring 1B-P22 1B-P30 1B-P42 1

***in the kit number is used for specification of the valve size.
CP-G**-*-BF-20 Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
1 Body 9 Plug 17 O-ring
18 13 12 2 5 8 17 21 7 19 15 1 20 6 14 3 4 11 10 9 16 2 Cover 10 Spring 18 O-ring
3 Poppet 11 Spring 19 O-ring
4 Poppet 12 Screw 20 O-ring
5 Piston 13 Plug 21 O-ring
6 Seat 14 Plug 22 Plate
7 Rod 15 Pin
8 Bushing 16 O-ring
Seal Part List (Kit Model Number DPS-***R)

Part No. Part Name CP-G03-*-BF-20 CP-G06-*-BF-20 CP-G10-*-BF-20 Q'ty
16 O-ring 1B-P22 1B-P30 1B-P42 1
17 O-ring 1B-G25 1B-G40 1B-G55 1
18 O-ring 1B-P7 1B-P9 1B-P9 2
19 O-ring 1B-P9 1B-P9 1B-P9 2
20 O-ring 1B-P18 1B-G25 1B-G35 2
21 O-ring 1B-P18 1B-P30 1B-G45 1
***in the kit number is used for specification of the valve size.
K6
Gauge Cock
Gauge Cock 5075 psi
Features
Ultra-compact configuration requires Maximum operating pressure of 5075
minimal installation space. psi allows operation across a wide
Intelligent design packs plenty of range.
function into a simple configuration.
Specifications
Model No. G “A” B C Maximum Weight
Working Pressure
Float Type Flange Type (Nominal Dimension) mm mm psi lbs
K2-T02-11 K2-F02-11 G1/4 (BSPP) 10 19 3045
K2-T03-10 K2-F03-10 G3/8 (BSPP) 16 23 .77
5075
K2-T04-10 K2-F04-10 G1/2 (BSPP) 16 26

K2 – T 02 – 10(11)
Design number
11: For K2-T02, F02
Mounting method
T: Float type F: Flange type
Gauge cock K2: Rotatable pressure gauge attachment.
K2-T**-10 (11) K2-F**-10 (11)

MAX.74 MAX.96
C 58 72
BSPP "A"
12
BSPP "A"
X Y Z K
B
Check Valves
(49)53
(49)53
Note 2
Note 2
Ƶ40
Ƶ40
26
26
13
13
1/4 BSPT 27 1/4 BSPT 27 6 12

45 45
MAX.9
Note: 1.Maximum iron plate thickness: 9t;Mouting Bolt Hole Diameter: Ƶ 20 3.For information about G "A" and B, see the specifications. The O-
When mounted to panel ring shown below is used as a pressure gauge seal beneath screw G.
Loosen the X lock nut and Y cap nut, and pull out the Z adjusting G1/4 JIS B2401-1B-P5
screw. To return to its original position, reverse this process. G3/8 JIS B2401-1B-P6
2.Dimensions in parentheses are for the 02 size. G1/2 JIS B2401-1B-P9
K7
Flange Type Check Valve/Throttle Valve
Pilot Operated Check Valve
Flange Type Check Valve / Throttle Valve 33 to 343 gpm

Pilot Operated Check Valve 3625 psi
Features
This series provides high capacity and Measurable higher pressure and
flange connection, as well as compliance higher capacity than previous models.
with new standards.
Specifications Contact your agent for more information about mounting methods, etc.
Model No. Nominal Maximum Rated flow Cracking pressure Weight

Diameter Working Pressure rate
Flange Mounting psi lbs
(Size) psi gpm
CA-F06-1-30 5.8
2 3/4 33 50 8.3
3 72
CA-F10-1-30
5.8
2 11/4 79 50 16.5
3 72
3625
CA-F16-1-30 5.8
2 2 158 50 44.3
3 72
CA-F24-1-30 5.8
2 3 343 50 139
3 72
CP-F06-1-*-30 29
3/4 33 14.1
2 72
Pilot Operated
Check Valve
CP-F10-1-*-30 29
11/4 3625 66 25.3
2 72
CP-F16-1-*-30 29
2 158 70.5
2 72
Model No. Nominal Maximum Rated flow Cracking pressure Weight

Diameter Working Pressure rate
Flange Mounting psi lbs
(Size) psi gpm
K (C)FR-F06-30 3/4 22.4 10.3

Slot Valve
(C)FR-F10-30 11/4 3625 60.7 14.5 24.2
(C)FR-F16-30 2 132 47.4

Check Valves
K8
Vertical Power Unit
Vertical Power Unit
NACHI Standard Vertical Hydraulic Power Compensated Piston or Vane pumps.

Units offer standard systems complete • Pressure Gauge w/Shut Off, Air Breath-
with: er/Filter Combination, Sight Gauge
• Reservoir, Pump, Pump Motor Adaptor, w/Thermometer, Drain Plug, Pressure and
Electric Motor, Flexible Coupling, Pressure Return Connections, Suction Strainer
Control Relief Valve for Gear Pumps. w/3PSI By-Pass (except on 5 gallon) and
• Remote Compensator for Pressure check valve.
Features
Noise Levels: flow can vary depending on specific your application requirements for
Noise levels are well below the 90db (a) applications. Generally a 2:1 reservoir optimum productivity and Cost-Effective
specified under the WALSH-HEALY ACT. to pump ratio is acceptable. Pressures operation.
Standard Units: at specific pump flow will determine the Reliability:
Standard units can be ordered using the hydraulic horsepower required. Refer to Strict control of accepted hydraulic
simple model codes. Optional selections "TABLE A", below. assembly practices, testing procedures,
can be obtained with the same codes. Quality: plus high quality components assure
Custom units can be manufactured using Quality components and high successful operation in a variety of
standard unit components. manufacturing standards make these industrial applications.
Capacities: factory assembled units fit virtually any Low Cost:
Reservoir capacities available from 5 application. The wide variety of pumps, Production line assembling, combined
gallon to 30 gallons (specials upon motors, reservoirs, manifolds and with minimal piping offers compact
request). Reservoir capacities vs. pump choice of options enable you to match systems at low cost.
Operating Instructions
Fill reservoir with new premium grade Once a year or every 4000 hours of pressure or lower motor load during the
hydraulic fluid (Mobil DTE26 or equal). It is operation, the reservoir's air breather cycle will provide for motor cooling. Dead
highly recommended to filter all hydraulic filter and the suction strainer should be head pressure loading would require full
fluid before filling the reservoir. Fluid level replaced. The reservoir oil should be motor HP using a constant displacement
gauge will indicate proper level. Electric drained, and the reservoir cleaned. Dusty gear pump. Dead head pressure with a
motor wiring must conform to the motor or contaminated environments may pressure compensated Piston or Vane
wiring nameplate. Jog motor to check require more frequent cleaning and pump would require a small percentage
proper rotation, indicated by the rotation maintenance. of the full flow loading, consequently
arrow on the unit. Incorrect rotation can be Pressures shown will load AC electric generating less heat. Actual HP require-
reversed by interchanging any two lines on motors to their nameplate horsepower ments depend on the duty cycle and
a three phase motor. rating. Pressures shown should not be operating conditions. This is many times
Relief or compensator control valve should exceeded when system must be started best determined by actual testing by the
be set at lowest pressure setting for at full pressure. Momentary pressures customer.
startup. Decrease pressure by turning the higher than those listed can be applied if The components and piping are designed
adjusting screw counterclockwise. If pump sufficient operating time at lower pump for the use of petroleum base fluids.
does not prime, vent pump pressure line to
atmosphere and into an open container to THEORETICAL PRESSURE TABLE (PSI)
establish flow. After pump has primed, Table “A”
reconnect pressure line and run at lowest *30 +256(32:(55(48,5(0(176ɺ
pressure setting to purge air from the
system piping. Recheck the fluid level in
1
GEAR PUMPS
1.5 2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20
L
the reservoir, as some fluid could be lost in
1.6 1071 1607 2143 *
the filling of piping and components.
Most foreign material and contaminents 2.4 714 1071 1428 2143 * Hydraulic Unit
will be trapped by the return line filter after 3.0 571 857 1143 1714 2857 *
a few hours of operation. The return line 5.2 494 659 989 1648 2472 *
filter element should be replaced when 7.0 367 490 735 1224 1836 2449 *
gauge indicates. Most industrial applica- 9.0 381 571 952 1428 1904 2857 *
tions should operate at a temperature 10.4 494 824 1236 1648 2472 *
below 140 degrees fahrenheit. At higher 12.3 418 697 1045 1393 2090 *
temperatures, problems are often experi- PISTON PUMPS
enced in maintaining reliable and consis- 3.8 451 677 902 1353 2255 *
tent hydraulic control. Component service 7.8 220 330 439 659 1099 1648 2197 *
life is also reduced and hydraulic oil ɺ+RUVHSRZHUDQGODUJHUFDQ
10.5 163 245 326 490 816 1224 1632 * only be used on 10 gallon and
deteriorates. If the system tends to operate
VANE PUMPS larger reservoirs.
at an elevated temperature level, steps * Using this horsepower could
7.9 325 434 651 1085 1627 *
must be taken to reduce this elevated cause pump to exceed maximum
operating temperature. 10.5 245 325 490 816 * rated pressure
14.2 241 362 604 905 1207 1811 *
Catalog 1501
L1
THEORETICAL PRESSURE TABLE (PSI)
Table “B”
ORDERING THEORETICAL DISPLACEMENT ORDERING THEORETICAL DISPLACEMENT
CODE FLOW (GPM) CU IN/REV CODE FLOW (GPM) CU IN/REV
GEAR PUMPS PISTON PUMPS
G/1.6 1.63 0.21 P/3.8 3.80 0.49
G/2.4 2.41 0.31 P/7.8 7.80 1.01
G/3.0 3.03 0.39 P/10.5 10.50 1.34
G/5.2 5.22 0.67 VANE PUMPS
G/7.0 7.09 0.91 V/7.9 7.90 1.02
G/9.0 9.03 1.16 V/10.5 10.50 1.34
G/10.4 10.44 1.34 V/14.2 14.20 1.83
G/12.3 12.38 1.59
Reservoir Code How to Order Replacement Items:

FILTER ELEMENT (INLINE) #72-001
NV20 - 5 - G/5.2 - P1~3 - N - IL FILTER ELEMENT (INTANK) #72-015
AIR BREATHER FILTER #42-001
SUCTION STRAINER (5GPM) #70-001
Return Filter SUCTION STRAINER (8GPM) #70-002
IL - Inline, Spin-on (All size Reservoirs)
IT - Intank, Cover mounted (10 gallon and larger) SUCTION STRAINER (10GPM) #70-003
SUCTION STRAINER (20GPM) #70-004
Cooler - Air cooled attached to TEFC motor
C1 4 GPM (Drain) C3 20 GPM Rear Mount
182-184TC MTR Motor Enclosure
C2 15 GPM Rear Mount C4 24 GPM Rear Mount Totally enclosed motors (TEFC) are intended for
145TC MTR 213-215TC MTR use where moisture, dirt, and/or corrosive
materials are present in indoor or outdoor
Pressure Range P1 - 1000 psi locations.
P2 - 1000-2000 psi
P3 - 2000-3000 psi
Motor Voltage
Pumps
G/1.6; G/2.4; G/3.0; G/5.2; G/7.0; G/9.0; G/10.4; G/12.3 3 PHASE - 208-230/460V, 60HZ
P/3.8; P/7.8; P/10.5 (Special voltages upon request)
V/7.9; V/10.5; V/14.2
*Combination of reservoir and pumps are
Motors generally a 2:1 reservoir to pump flow
1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15 ratio. Smaller pump and motor combina-
Reservoirs MOTOR CODE: 5 hp
NV5 - 5 Gallon tions may be mounted on larger reservoirs.
(Ref. Table “A”, pg. L-1)
NV10 - 10 Gallon
NV20 - 20 Gallon
NV30 - 30 Gallon
NOTE: Piston and Vane Pumps must use 10 gallon or larger reservoir
Manifold Code How to Order

D05/4R - 15 - N - C5/OG1 - C5 - A3X - C6 - C115
Station Station Station Station Voltage - Solenoid Valve Voltage
#1 #2 #3 #4 EASY WIRING: Directional control valves come
Omit - Not Required; C115 - AC 115V 60HZ standard with a large waterproof wiring box with
C230 - AC 230V 60HZ; D1 - DC 12V; D2 - DC 24V terminal screws, solenoid indicator light(s) and
Directional and Modular Valves (2) PF 1/2 conduit connections.
DIRECTIONAL VALVES &ɺ

Pressure Adjusting Range
OMIT - NOT REQUIRED MODULAR VALVES C: 21 - 500 PSI (D03 & D05 ONLY)
&ɺ 1: 114 - 1000 PSI
$=ɺ
2: 500 - 2286 PSI
OG* - Reducing * Pressure Adjusting Range
&ɺ 1: 0 - 1000 PSI
$;ɺ 3: 500 - 3000 PSI
L
OR* - Relief *
&<ɺ Cracking Pressure
OY - Flow Regulator 1: 5.7 PSI
(;ɺ
OC* - Check 2: 50 PSI
* 3: 71 PSI
Hydraulic Unit
Pump Compensator Control OCP* - Pilot Check * Cracking Pressure

Relief Valve Pressure Adjustment Range 1: 29 PSI
N - None 15 - 150 - 1500 psi OCY - Metered Out 2: 71 PSI
30 - 250 - 3000 psi Flow Regulator Station #1 is closest to reservoir STATION #4
Manifold OCF - Flow Control on a multiple station manifold
STATION #3
with Metered
Out Check ADD “F” FOR OPTIONAL
ALUMINUM MANIFOLD BLOCKS HYDRAULIC SHOCKLESS
STATION #2
D03/*R - D03 Directional valve PB3R - Pressure block (#8SAE pressure SOLENOID STATION #1
manifold with relief valve. connection) with relief valve “D03” SIZE ONLY
(*Number of valve stations for gear pumps.
required, 4 maximum. PB3C - Pressure block (#8SAE pressure
connection) with
Consult factory if more compensator control for
stations are required.) piston and vane pumps.
D05/*R - D05/(D02) Directional valve PB5R - Pressure block (#12SAE pressure
connection) with relief valve
manifold with relief valve. for gear pumps. (8 gallons
(*Number of valve stations and larger reservoir only) Note: “A” and “B” port connections on “D03”
required, 4 maximum. PB5C - Pressure block (#12SAE pressure and “D05” manifolds are #8SAE (3/4 - 16 UNF).
Consult factory if more connection) with
compensator control for Consult factory for additional configurations.
stations are required. 8
gallon and larger reservoir piston and vane pumps. (8
gallons and larger reservoir only)
only)
L2
Schematics
Piston/Vane Pump Unit

with Case Drain Air Cooler with By-Pass
Gear Pump Unit

with Manifold Option “PB3R” (8SAE)
or “PB5R” (12SAE)
Measurements are approximate.
Where dimensions are critical,
obtain special quotation.
F B
with Manifold Option “PB3C” (8SAE)
7 or “PB5C” (12SAE)
(4) 16 Dia. Mounting Holes
(VALVE MOUNTING SURFACE) J
G 3
8
C
NV5 Gallon w/Inline Filter
(VALVE MOUNTING SURFACE) J (VALVE MOUNTING SURFACE)
L
F B F B
7 H 7 H
7 G
7 G Hydraulic Unit
16 C 16 C
X X
A A
E D
NV10 Gallon w/Intank Filter NV10 Gallon w/Inline Filter
L3
Measurements are approximate. J (VALVE MOUNTING SURFACE) J (VALVE MOUNTING SURFACE)
Where dimensions are critical,
D B D B
7 7 7
7 E (4) 16 Dia. Mounting E
(4) 16 Dia. Mounting Holes 16 Holes 16
C C
X X
A A
NV20 Thru NV30 Gallon w/Intank Filter NV20 Thru NV30 Gallon w/Inline Filter
UNIT DIMENSIONS (INCHES) HORSEPOWER “X”

(TEFC)
RESERVOIR
A B C D E F G H J 1 10 5/8
1.5 10 5/8
NV5 10” 12.5” 14.5” - - 10” 13.5” 1.25” .05” 2 11 5/8
3 12 1/4
NV10 19.7” 16.5” 19” - - 14” 13.5” 1.25” .075”
5 14 1/2
NV20 23.7” 16.5” 19” - - 14” 17.5” 1.25” .075” 7.5 16 1/4
10 18 1/8
NV30 35.7” 16.5” 19” - - 14” 17.5” 1.25” .075” 15 20 3/8
Manifold Dimensions
5 - 1/4”
“B” SAE Customer
Connection
5 - 1/4”
P RV
#8 SAE Customer C
Connections A
A B
D Relief Valve
B Typ. A B 1 - 5/8”
C
Manifold Option “PB3R” shown
L A
RV
Relief Valve MANIFOLD MANIFOLD DIMENSION (INCHES)
OPTIONS A B C D
5/8”
Hydraulic Unit
PB3* 1.50 8 2.50 .84

D
PB5* 1.63 12 2.75 1.13
Manifold Option “DO3/2R” shown
Optional Component Information - Bolt Kit Length
MANIFOLD MANIFOLD DIMENSION (INCHES)
OPTIONS Bolt Length for DO3
A B C D
Valve - 10 - 24 x 1 3/4
DO3/1” 1.06” 2.13” 1.75” Valve & module - 10 - 24 x 3 1/4
DO3/2” 1.06” 2.13” 4.25” 1.75” Valve & 2 modules - 10 - 24 x 5
L
DO3/3” 1.06” 2.13” 6.38” 1.75” Bolt Length for DO5
DO3/4” 1.06” 2.13” 8.50” 1.75” Valve - 1/4 - 20 x 2 3/4
DO5/1” 1.56” 3.25” 3.25” 2.12” Valve & module - 1/4 - 20 x 5
DO5/2” 1.56” 3.25” 6.50” 2.12” Valve & 2 modules - 1/4 - 20 x 7
DO5/3” 1.56” 3.25” 9.75” 2.12” Note:

1. Bolt kits to be ordered separately when using modulars.
DO5/4” 1.56” 3.25” 13.0” 2.12” 2. Bolt kits are furnished with directional valves when no modulars are required.
3. All “DO3” modulars are 40mm thick.
4. “DO5” modulars are 55mm thick.
L4
Horizontal Power Unit
Horizontal Power Unit
NACHI Standard Horizontal Hydraulic Power Gear Pumps. Return Connections, Return Line Filter
Units offer standard systems complete • Pressure Compensated Piston or Vane w/By-pass and Dirt Indicator, Suction
with: pumps. Strainer w/3PSI By-Pass.
• Reservoir, Pump, Pump Motor Adaptor, • Pressure Gauge w/Shut Off, Air Breath-
Electric Motor, Motor Channel, Flexible er/Filter Combination, Sight Gauge
Coupling, Pressure Control Relief Valve for w/Thermometer, Drain Plug, Pressure and
Features
Noise Levels: specific applications. Generally a 2:1 options enable you to match your
Noise levels are well below the 90db (a) reservoir to pump ratio is acceptable. application requirements for optimum
specified under the WALSH-HEALY ACT. Pressures at specific pump flow will productivity and Cost-Effective operation.
Standard Units: determine the hydraulic horsepower Reliability:
Standard units can be ordered using the required. Refer to "TABLE A", below. Strict control of accepted hydraulic
simple model codes. Optional selections Quality: assembly practices, testing procedures,
can be obtained with the same codes. Quality components and high plus high quality components assure
Custom units can be manufactured using manufacturing standards from such successful operation in a variety of
standard unit components. companies as VESCOR, DAMAN and industrial applications.
Capacities: others, make these factory assembled Low Cost:
Reservoir capacities available from 10 units fit virtually any application. The Production line assembling, combined
gallon to 40 gallons. Reservoir capacities wide variety of pumps, motors, with minimal piping offers compact
vs. pump flow can vary depending on reservoirs, manifolds and choice of systems at low cost.
Operating Instructions
Fill reservoir with new premium grade Once a year or every 4000 hours of pressure or lower motor load during the
hydraulic fluid (Mobil DTE26 or equal). It is operation, the reservoir's air breather filter cycle will provide for motor cooling. Dead
highly recommended to filter all hydraulic and the suction strainer should be head pressure loading would require full
fluid before filling the reservoir. Fluid level replaced. The reservoir oil should be motor HP using a constant displacement
gauge will indicate proper level. Electric drained, and the reservoir cleaned. Dusty gear pump. Dead head pressure with a
motor wiring must conform to the motor or contaminated environments may pressure compensated Piston or Vane
wiring nameplate. Jog motor to check require more frequent cleaning and pump would require a small percentage of
proper rotation, indicated by the rotation maintenance. the full flow loading, consequently
arrow on the unit. Incorrect rotation can be Pressures shown will load AC electric generating less heat. Actual HP
reversed by interchanging any two lines on motors to their nameplate horsepower require-ments depend on the duty cycle
a three phase motor. rating. Pressures shown should not be and operating conditions. This is many
Relief or compensator control valve should exceeded when system must be started at times best determined by actual testing by
be set at lowest pressure setting for full pressure. Momentary pressures higher the customer.
startup. Decrease pressure by turning the than those listed can be applied if The components and piping are designed
adjusting screw counterclockwise. If pump sufficient operating time at lower pump for the use of petroleum base fluids.
does not prime, vent pump pressure line to
atmosphere and into an open container to PRESSURE TABLE (PSI) AT 1800 RPM
establish flow. After pump has primed, Table “A”
reconnect pressure line and run at lowest GPM HORSEPOWER REQUIREMENTS
pressure setting to purge air from the
system piping. Recheck the fluid level in
2
GEAR PUMPS
3 5 7.5 10 15 20
L
the reservoir, as some fluid could be lost in 1.6 1821 2732 *
the filling of piping and components. 2.4 1214 1821 *
Most foreign material and contaminents 3.0 971 1457 2428 * Hydraulic Unit
will be trapped by the return line filter after 5.2 560 841 1401 2101 2802
7.0 416 624 1041 2101 2802
a few hours of operation. The return line 9.0 325 486 809 1214 1619
filter element should be replaced when 10.4 280 420 700 1051 1401 2101 2802
gauge indicates. (See pg. 8 for spare 12.3 237 355 592 88 1185 1777 2369
element numbers). Most industrial PISTON PUMPS
applications should operate at a tempera- 3.8 767 1150 1917 2876 *
ture below 140 degrees fahrenheit. At 7.8 374 560 934 1401 1868 * *
higher temperatures, problems are often 10.5 n/a 416 694 1041 1388 2081 2775
experienced in maintaining reliable and 16.6 n/a n/a 439 658 878 1317 1775
consistent hydraulic control. Component 21.5 n/a n/a 339 508 678 1017 1355
service life is also reduced and hydraulic oil VANE PUMPS
deteriorates. If the system tends to operate 4.0 728 *
7.9 369 553 992 1383 1844 * * Using this horsepower could
at an elevated temperature level, steps cause pump to exceed maximum
10.5 278 416 694 *
must be taken to reduce this elevated rated pressure
14.2 n/a 309 513 770 1026 1539 *
operating temperature. 7.9 n/a 238 396 594 792 *
L5
THEORETICAL PRESSURE TABLE (PSI)
Table “B”
ORDERING THEORETICAL DISPLACEMENT ORDERING THEORETICAL DISPLACEMENT
CODE FLOW (GPM) CU IN/REV CODE FLOW (GPM) CU IN/REV
GEAR PUMPS PISTON PUMPS
G/1.6 1.63 0.21 P/3.8 3.80 0.49
P/7.8 7.80 1.01
G/2.4 2.41 0.31 P/10.5 10.50 1.34
G/3.0 3.03 0.39 P/16.6 16.60 2.14
G/5.2 5.22 0.67 P/21.5 21.50 6.10
G/7.0 7.09 0.91 VANE PUMPS
G/9.0 9.03 1.16 V/4.0 4.00 0.51
G/10.4 10.44 1.34 V/10.5 7.90 1.02
G/12.3 12.38 1.59 V/14.2 10.50 1.34
V/14.2 14.20 1.83
V/18.4 18.40 2.38
Reservoir Code How to Order
NH40 - 10 - P/10.5 - P1~3 - N - IL40
Motor Enclosure
Return Filter Nachi standard horizontal power units come with
IL22 - 22 Gpm, Spin-on IL40 - 40 Gpm Spin-on totally enclosed fan cooled motors (TEFC). These
IT25 - 25 Gpm, In-Tank IT40 - 40 Gpm In-Tank motors are intended for use where moisture,
Cooler - Case drain cooler for piston and vane pumps. dirt, and/or corrosive materials are present in
Attached to TEFC motor. indoor or outdoor locations.
C1 4 GPM (Drain) C3 20 GPM Rear Mount
182-184TC MTR
Motor Voltage
C2 15 GPM Rear Mount C4 24 GPM Rear Mount
145TC MTR 213-215TC MTR All standard horizontal power units come with
3 PHASE - 208-230/460V, 60HZ
Pressure Range P1 - 1000 psi (Single phase and special voltages available
P2 - 1000-2000 psi
P3 - 2000-3000 psi upon request)
Pumps
G/1.6; G/2.4; G/3.0; G/5.2; G/7.0; G/9.0; G/10.4; G/12.3 *Combination of reservoir and pumps are
P/3.8; P/7.8; P/10.5; P/16.6; P/21.5 generally a 2:1 reservoir to pump flow
V/4.0; V/7.9; V/10.5; V/14.2; V/18.4 ratio. Smaller pump and motor combina-
tions may be mounted on larger reservoirs.
Motors
2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20
Reservoirs
NH10 - 10 Gallon
NH20 - 20 Gallon
NH30 - 30 Gallon
NH40 - 40 Gallon
NOTE: Piston and Vane Pumps must use 10 gallon or larger reservoir
Manifold Code How to Order

D05/4R - 15 - C5/OG1 - C5 - A3X - C6 - C115
Station Station Station Station Voltage - Solenoid Valve Voltage EASY WIRING: Directional control valves come
#1 #2 #3 #4 standard with a large waterproof wiring box with
Omit - Not Required; C115 - AC 115V 60HZ
C230 - AC 230V 60HZ; D1 - DC 12V; D2 - DC 24V terminal screws, solenoid indicator light(s) and (2) PF
1/2 conduit connections.
Directional and Modular Valves
DIRECTIONAL VALVES &ɺ
Pressure Adjusting Range
OMIT - NOT REQUIRED MODULAR VALVES C: 21 - 500 PSI (D03 & D05 ONLY)
&ɺ 1: 114 - 1000 PSI
$=ɺ
2: 500 - 2286 PSI
OG* - Reducing * Pressure Adjusting Range
&ɺ 1: 0 - 1000 PSI
$;ɺ 3: 500 - 3000 PSI
L
OR* - Relief *
&<ɺ Cracking Pressure
OY - Flow Regulator 1: 5.7 PSI
(;ɺ
OC* - Check 2: 50 PSI
* 3: 71 PSI
Hydraulic Unit
OCP* - Pilot Check * Cracking Pressure

Relief Valve Pressure Adjustment Range 1: 29 PSI
N - None 15 - 150 - 1500 psi OCY - Metered Out 2: 71 PSI
30 - 250 - 3000 psi Flow Regulator Station #1 is closest to reservoir STATION #4
Manifold OCF - Flow Control on a multiple station manifold
STATION #3
with Metered
Out Check ADD “F” FOR OPTIONAL STATION #2
ALUMINUM MANIFOLD BLOCKS HYDRAULIC SHOCKLESS
SOLENOID STATION #1
D03/*R - D03 Directional valve D08/*R - D08 Directional valve
manifold with relief valve. manifold with relief valve. “D03” SIZE ONLY
(*Number of valve stations (*Number of valve stations “D03” & “D05” SIZE ONLY
required, 6 maximum. Consult required, 2 maximum. Consult
factory if more stations are factory if more stations are required.)
required.) N - No Manifold, Pressure Connection at Pump
D05/*R - D05 Directional valve (Piston and Vane Pumps Only)
manifold with relief valve. RV1 - No Manifold with 50 - 1000 PSI Relief Valve
(*Number of valve stations (Required for Gear Pumps)
required, 6 maximum. Consult RV2 - No Manifold with 500 - 3000 PSI Relief Note: “A” and “B” port connections on “D03”
factory if more stations are Valve (Required for Gear Pumps) and “D05” manifolds are #8SAE (3/4 - 16 UNF).
required.)
Consult factory for additional configurations.
L6
Schematics

with Manifold Option “N”
Gear Pump Unit

with Manifold Option “RV*”
Measurements are approximate. Piston/Vane Pump Unit
Where dimensions are critical, with “AO*” Cooler Option
G K
7/16”
TYP
(4) 7/16” DIA. MOUNTING HOLES
COOLER OPTION:
A01 -- 3.22
AO2 -- 5.11
L
AO3 -- 5.85
Hydraulic Unit
L J
E D
B A
L7
Dimensional Information
UNIT DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION
BASIC RESERVOIR DIMENSIONS MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY HEIGHT

(L DIMENSION)
NHID NHID
A B C D E F G DO3 DO5 D08
1 Station 12.00 12.00

NH10 26 16 9.5 25.2 15 3.38 7
CONSULT FACTORY
2 Station 12.00 12.00
NH20 26 16 15.5 25.2 15 3.38 7 3 Station 12.00 12.00
4 Station 12.00 15.25
NH30 26 16 21.5 25.2 15 3.38 7
5 Station 14.25 18.50
NH40 26 16 27.5 25.2 15 5.38 9.25 6 Station 16.25 21.75
MOTOR HORSEPOWER
2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20
J 9.95 11.88 11.88 13.50 13.50 16.59 16.59
K 7.04 8.08 8.08 9.31 9.31 10.96 10.96
PUMP/MOTOR ASSEMBLY LENGTH CHART (H DIMENSION)

MOTOR HORSEPOWER
2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20
G/1.1 17.58
G/1.6 17.68 20.26
G/2.4 17.8 20.38
G/3.0 17.48 19.62 20.62
G/5.2 17.8 19.94 20.94 24.03 25.53
G/7.0 17.8 19.94 20.94 24.03 25.53
G/9.0 18.06 20.18 21.18 24.27 25.77 28.98
G/10.4 18.14 20.25 21.25 24.34 25.84 29.05 30.8
AVAILABLE PUMPS
G/12.3 18.14 20.25 21.25 24.34 25.84 29.05 30.8

P/3.8 21.64 23.09 24.09 27.75
P/7.8 22.84 24.29 25.29 28.95 30.45 33.09
P/10.5 N/A 24.29 25.29 28.95 30.45 33.09 34.84
P/16.6 N/A N/A 27.44 30.29 31.79 34.43 36.18
P/21.5 N/A N/A 27.44 30.29 31.79 34.43 36.18
V/4.0 16.75
V/7.9 17.26 18.96 19.96 23.05 24.55
V/10.5 17.26 18.96 19.96
V/14.2 N/A 19.74 20.74 23.83 25.33 27.97
V/18.4 N/A 19.74 20.74 23.83 25.33 27.97
L
Hydraulic Unit
Optional Component Information - Bolt Kit Length

Bolt Length for DO3
Valve - 10 - 24 x 1 3/4
Valve & module - 10 - 24 x 3 1/4
Valve & 2 modules - 10 - 24 x 5
L
Bolt Length for DO5
Valve - 1/4 - 20 x 2 3/4
Air/Oil Return Oil Cooler Valve & module - 1/4 - 20 x 5
Valve & 2 modules - 1/4 - 20 x 7
GPM Max Hp
Removed Note:
A01 15 .85 HP 1. Bolt kits to be ordered separately when using modulars.
2. Bolt kits are furnished with directional valves when no modulars are required.
A02 20 1.50 HP 3. All “DO3” modulars are 40mm thick.
A03 24 2.50 HP 4. “DO5” modulars are 55mm thick.
A04 24 2.85 HP
L8
NCP Series
NCP Series
Standard Variable Pump Unit
NCP Series is a compact, low-cost standard Specifications
unit that includes a variable vane pump
(VDS, VDR, VDC Series) or a variable piston Note: 1. For direct connect type, use a Nachi Uni-pump.
pump (PVS/PZS Series). The power unit is 2. Fluid temperature limit is room temperature +25°C setting conditions are full cutoff
continual operation, tank located in a well-ventilated area.
low-noise, low-heat, energy- efficient, and $QXQORDGFLUFXLWLVUHTXLUHGZKHQWKHPRWRULVVWDUWHGXQGHUFRQGLWLRQ²Ƅ&RQWDFW\RXU
highly reliable. The NCP Series has been agent about the unload circuit.
expanded to include a choice of models 4. Unless specified otherwise, electrical systems and paint colors are NACHI standards
that are optimized for a very wide range of (see page L-13).
needs. Available tank capacities range Variable Vane Pump Series Power supply for all types is 200V AC.
from 30 l to 650 l . Full Cutoff Pressure at Tank Fluid Temperature
Motor Tank Limit Note 3) MPa{kgf/cm 2} Approxim-
Conne-
Model No. Pump Model No. (All External) Capacity ate Weight
ction With High-
kW, 4P l No Fan
Cooler
With Standard
Fan Cooler
power Fan kg
Cooler
(VC1A2) (VDC-1B-1A*-20) 3.0 8.0

Direct 0.75 40 – 70
NCP-40-0.7VD1A2- M -12(21) VDR-1B-1A*-22 (30.6) (81.6)
Features 1.5 90
(VC1A*) (VDC-1B-1A*-20) 4.5 9.0
Direct 2.2 60 – 95
NCP-60-**VD1A*- M -12(21) VDR-1B-1A*-22 (45.9) (91.8)
3.7 115
Low energy, high efficiency
A built-in low-noise, high-efficiency NACHI (VC q A3)
NCP-100-3.7VD q A3-C-12(21)
(VDC-1B-2A3-20)
VDR-1B-2A3-22
Direct 3.7 100
7.0
(71.4)
– – 155
variable pump ensures low heat, 5.5 240
high-efficiency, low-energy operation. 2A*
NCP-160-**VC w A*-M -12
VDC-2A-1A*-20
2A*
Coup-
ling
7.5 160
3.5
(35.7)
6.5
(66.3)
8.5
(86.7)
250
A rich range of options 11 300
A full selection of options include base 2A* VDC-2A-1A*-20 Coup-

7.5
11 250
4.5 7.0 9.5
300
350
block, cooler, terminal box, microseparator, NCP-250-**VC w A*-M -12 2A* ling
15
(45.9) (71.4) (96.9)
375
oil pan, return filter, and more, so you can 7.5 475
configure a unit that meets your particular Coup-
11
4.5 7.0 8.5
505
NCP-400-**VC3A*- M -12 VDC-3A-1A*-20 15 400 525
needs. ling (45.9) (71.4) (86.7)
A selection of versatile circuits [ 18.5

22 ] 560
590
Virtually any type of circuit can be 11 600

configured using ganged type NACHI 15 620
[ ]
Coup- 6.0 8.5 10.0
NCP-650-**VC3A*- M -12 VDC-3A-1A*-20 18.5 650 660
ling (61.2) (86.7) (102.0)
modular valves. 22 685
30 750
Low cost, short lead time
Components are all standard and mass Note: 1. Contact your agent when mounting motors enclosed in parentheses. These motors require special
handing concerning operating pressure, heat generation, etc.
produced, so parts are readily available at 2. Equip a return filter for pressures of 7MPa or greater.
low prices. 3. A radiator is equipped as standard with the 100 l type.
Variable Piston Pump Series Power supply for all types is 200V AC.
Full Cutoff Pressure at Tank Fluid Temperature
Motor Tank Limit Note 3) MPa{kgf/cm 2} Approxim-
Conne-
Model No. Pump Model No. (All External) Capacity ate Weight
• Handling ction
kW, 4P l No Fan With Standard With High-
power Fan kg
Fan Cooler
All pump rotation is clockwise (rightward)
Cooler Cooler
1
0.75 5.0 43
when viewed from the shaft side. NCP-30-**PV8N*-R-12 PVS-0B-8N*-30 Direct
1.5
30
(51.0)
– –
46
2 See the table below for information about 0.75 5.0 21.0 75
NCP-40-**PV8N*-R-12 PVS-0B-8N*-30 Direct 40 –
adjusting discharge volume and pressure. 1.5 (51.0) (214.1) 80
3 For operating fluid, use regular oil 1.5
7.0 21.0
90
NCP-60-**PV8N*-R-12 PVS-0B-8N*-30 Direct 2.2 60 – 95
equivalent to ISO VG 32 to 68 (Viscosity 3.7
(71.4) (214.1)
115
Index: 90 or greater).
L
0.75 4.5 21.0 75
NCP-40-**PV16N*-R-12(21) PVS-1B-16N*-12 Direct 40 –
1.5 (45.9) (214.1) 80
1.5 90
7.0 21.0
NCP-60-**PV16N*-R-12(21) PVS-1B-16N*-12 Direct 2.2 60 – 95
(71.4) (214.1)
3.7 115
Adjusting Screw Pump type 16 16 Coup-

3.7
8.5
(86.7)
21.0
(214.1)
– 145 Hydraulic Unit
NCP-100-**PV N*-R-12(21) PVS-1B- N*-12 5.5 100 170
Rotation Direction 22 22 ling 7.0 21.0
VDS · VDC · PVS · PZS VDR 7.5 – 185
(71.4) (214.1)
Clockwise Increase Decrease 5.5 235
Pressure Coup- 7.0 14.0 21.0
Counterclockwise Decrease Increase NCP-160-**PV35N*-R-12 PVS-2B-35N*-12
ling
7.5 160
(71.4) (142.7) (214.1)
245
11 295
Discharge Clockwise Decrease
9.5 17.0 21.0
rate Counterclockwise Increase 35 35 7.5 (96.9) (173.3) (214.1) 295
Coup-
NCP-250-**PV N*-R-12 PVS-2B- N*-12 11 250 345
45 45 ling 7.0 14.0 21.0
15 370
(71.4) (142.7) (214.1)
7.5 490
11 525
Coup- 5.5 14.0 16.0
NCP-400-**PV70N*-R-12 PZS-3B-70N*-10 15 400 545
ling (56.1) (142.7) (163.1)
18.5 580
22 605
11 620
15 640
Coup- 8.5 16.0 18.0
NCP-650-**PV70N*-R-12 PZS-3B-70N*-10 18.5 650 680
ling (86.7) (163.1) (183.5)
22 705
30 770
Note: All models in this series are equipped with a return filter as standard.
L9
Specifications )ORZUDWH
l PLQ $UHD
Pressure
03D 9DULDEOH9DQH3XPS6HULHV
1&36HULHV0RGHO
9DULDEOH3LVWRQ3XPS6HULHV
WR NCP 915
WR NCP 391&5
10
WR 391&5
WR NCP 9 $
WR 9 $
+] NCP 3915
WR
WR 391&5
WR NCP 9 $
WR 9 $
NCP 391&5
WR
WR NCP 391&5
WR NCP 9 T $
WR 9 T $&
+] NCP 391&5
WR
WR 391&5

WR NCP 9 $
WR 9 $&
+] NCP 391&5
WR
WR 391&5
Cylinder area cm
Cylinder diameter mm
Pressure 03a
WR NCP 9 T $

WR 9 T $&
PLQ
+] NCP 391&5
WR
WR 391&5
Speed PPV
Output kN
WR NCP 9&$&

+] WR NCP 391&5
)ORZ rate WR 391&5

WR NCP 9 T $&
+] WR NCP 391&5
WR
1
WR NCP 9&$&
100 10 WR NCP 391&5

WR 391&5
+] WR NCP 9& Z $&
WR 9& Z $&
0 00
WR NCP 391&5
391&5
10 0 WR
WR NCP 3915
0 +] WR 391&5
0 WR 391&5
160 0 60 WR NCP 9& Z $
0 0 WR 9& Z $&
(a) +]
0 WR NCP 391&5
10 WR 391&5
100 (E) 10
WR NCP 9&$
WR 9&$&
100 +]
WR NCP 391&5
0 WR 391&5
0
NCP 3915
(Line $) 0 0 0
WR
391&5
WR
0 +]
100 WR 391&5
6 WR 391&5
6 0 0
NCP 9&$
WR
(Line %) 0 WR 9&$&
0 0 0 90 +] WR NCP 391&5
9 00 WR 391&5

60 WR 391&5
10 0 100 0 WR NCP 3915
10 100
WR 3915
+] WR 391&5
0 10 10 WR 391&5

1 WR 391&5
100
WR NCP 9&$
WR NCP 3915
+] WR 391&5
WR 391&5
WR 391&5
WR NCP 9&$
WR 9&$&
110 +] WR NCP 391&5
WR 391&5
WR 391&5
L
WR NCP 3915
WR 3915
+] WR 3915
WR 391&5
WR 391&5
Hydraulic Unit
[Example] PPVSRLQWRQWKHVSHHGOLQH 1RWH&RQWDFW\RXUDJHQWLI\RXQHHGD

To determine the NCP Series model that ([WHQG/LQH%XQWLOLWLQWHUVHFWV ORZSUHVVXUH1&3XQLWZLWKSLVWRQSXPS
GULYHVDƵF\OLQGHUZLWKDQRXWSXWRI ZLWKWKHIORZUDWHOLQHDW3RLQWE ,IIORZUDWHDQGSUHVVXUHDUHQRW
VSHFLILHGSURGXFWVDUHFRQILJXUHGZLWK
N1DQGVSHHGRIPPV ZKLFKLQGLFDWHVDUHTXLUHGIORZUDWH FRPSDQ\VWDQGDUGVHWWLQJVEHIRUH
D'UDZDOLQH/LQH$EHWZHHQN1RQWKH RIlPLQ VKLSSLQJ
RXWSXWOLQHDQGWKHƵSRLQWRQWKH F%DVHGRQWKHUHTXLUHGIORZUDWHRI :KHQUXQQLQJLWHPVPDUNHGZLWKDVWDU
F\OLQGHUGLDPHWHUOLQH([WHQG/LQH$ lPLQDQGUHTXLUHGSUHVVXUH WRWKHULJKWRIWKHWDEOHIRUORQJSHULRGV
XQWLOLWLQWHUVHFWVZLWKWKHSUHVVXUHOLQH RI03DREWDLQHGDERYHZHFDQ DWSXPSVHWWLQJSUHVVXUHIOXLGWHPSHUD
WXUHPD\H[FHHG&HYHQZKHQDIDQ
DW3RLQWD7KRXJK3RLQWDLQGLFDWHVD QRZFKHFNWKHVHOHFWLRQFKDUW FRROHULVXVHG,QWKLVFDVHXVHDZDWHU
SUHVVXUHRI03DZHQHHGWRDGG ZKHUHZHHDVLO\ILQGRXWWKDWWKH FRROHU
DERXW03DWRFRPSHQVDWHIRUSUHVVXUH UHTXLUHGPRGHOLV1&3 &RQWDFW\RXUDJHQWIRUDSSOLFDWLRQV
ORVVGXHWRSLSLQJDQGRWKHUIDFWRUVVR 9'$1H[WVHOHFWWKHUHTXLUHG ZKHUHWKHUHLVWKHFKDQFHRIIUHTXHQW
DSUHVVXUHRI03DLVUHTXLUHG RSWLRQIURP7DEOHRQWKHIROORZLQJ PRPHQWDU\UHWXUQIORZGXHWRWKHXVHRI
$&&RUVXUJHYROWDJHJHQHUDWHGGXHWRWKH
E)URPWKHƵSRLQWRQWKHF\OLQGHU SDJH XVHRIIDVWVZLWFKLQJYDOYHUHVSRQVHDQGD
GLDPHWHUOLQHGUDZDOLQH/LQH%WRWKH KLJKF\FOH
L 10
NCP – 100 – 3.7 – – 12(21)
Design number
21: Additional base block type
Option (Table 1)
Pump function For variable vane pump For variable piston pump
Pressure 2 3.5 7 10.5 14 Pressure
2 to 7MPa 7 to 14MPa
Capacity MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa Capacity
8.3cm3/rev 0A1 0A2 0A3 8.0cm3/rev 8N1 8N2
16.7cm3/rev 1A2 1A3 1A4 (1A5) 16.5cm3/rev 16N1 16N2
22.0cm3/rev q A2 q A3 22.0cm3/rev 22N1 22N2
38.9cm3/rev w A2 w A3 45.0cm3/rev 45N1 45N2
Pump type
VC, VD: Variable vane
PV: Variable piston
Motor capacity
(0.4 to 30) kW, 4P (0.75kW only indicated as 0.7)
NCP Series (standard variable pump unit)
Table 1: Option Symbols

Symbol Description Model Number and Description 30L 40 to 100L 160, 250L 400, 650L
B Base Block (Design No. 12 Only) MPU Series built-in ɾ Note 2 ɾ ɾ ɾ
C Radiator 3A92-001-1050 ɾ ɾ
3A92-001-0000
C1 General-purpose Fan Cooler ɾ ɾ ɾ
16/15W Single-phase 200V AC 50/60Hz
3A92-002-0000
C2 High-power Fan Cooler ɾ ɾ
33/30W Single-phase 200V AC 50/60Hz
D Terminal Wiring (Drive System + Control System) Wiring from each electrical device to the terminal box (Drive System + Control System) ɾ ɾ ɾ ɾ
E Terminal Wiring (Control System Only) Wiring from each electrical device to the terminal box (Control System Only) ɾ ɾ ɾ ɾ
F Mounting Foot for Forklift See mounting foot for forklift specifications. ɾ
M Microseparator MSB-110 ɾ ɾ ɾ ɾ
N Noise Control Motor 6P specifications ɾ
P Oil pan See oil pan specifications. ɾ ɾ ɾ
R Return Filter WS-20-20-V(20 μ paper) ɾ
CF-0*(10 μ paper) ɾ Note 3 ɾ Note 3
R1 Return Filter
FRS-**-20P***(20μ paper) ɾ Note 4 ɾ
R2 Return Filter FPL-0*(10 μ paper) ɾ ɾ
Temperature Gauge Ƶ6 × 80L Ƶ 25
T (0 to 100°C) with guard ɾ ɾ ɾ ɾ
(With Fluid Level Gauge) Ƶ8 × 120L Ƶ 35
V Vibration Control Anti-vibration rubber, rubber hoses, etc. ɾ
W1 Self Leak Test Tank leak test by NACHI ɾ ɾ ɾ
W2 Government-mandated Leak Test Tank leak test by fire department ɾ ɾ ɾ
TH
PS
Thermostat (Abnormal fluid temperature detection: Contact a)
Pressure Switch
(Abnormal pressure detection: Contact a)
TNS-C1070C (Contact on: 65º C and above)
CP20-223
Contact ON: (Pump Setting
Pressure) –(1.5MPa) and above
ɾ
ɾ
ɾ
ɾ
ɾ
ɾ
L
Float Switch Contact on: (Fluid Level Gauge
FS OLV-2A ɾ ɾ ɾ
G
(Low fluid level detection: Contact a)
Fluid Level Gauge Guard
Visual Low Level) –(10mm) or less
Protective cover installation ɾ ɾ ɾ ɾ
Hydraulic Unit
R3 Return Filter (Tank Top Type) VLR**-**P-S
L Anchor Hole Outer Side Anchor hole set on outer side
Motor Abnormal Voltage Reference Voltage Other than 200V AC 50/60Hz; 220V AC 60Hz Supported for Design Number 5100A
Special Paint (Exterior) Other than standard lacquer paint (phthalates, epoxy, etc.)
Piston Pump Variable Control Option Other than standard control system N (NQ, RS, WS, RQS, etc.)
Fire Resistant Operating Fluid (W/G Type) Water- or glycol-based hydraulic operating fluid (Contact your agent about other fluid types.)
Water Cooler When capacity of pump DR fan cooler is insufficient
Electric Oil Heater When there is the possibility of fluid pressure dropping below 0º C
Note: 1. Design 12 when option symbol B is selected. (Base block additional 21 design is not applicable)
2. With the optional Symbol B capacity 30L, a special base block can be used in a configuration of up to 01 × 3.
3. Option symbol R1 CF-0* is applicable to pump functions *A2 and *NO only.
4. FRS-08-20P08T for option symbol R1, capacity 250L using a 45cm³/rev type.
5. Contact Nachi for information about design number 5100A.
L 11
Selecting a Motor
• The lower side of the output curves for Example: To find the motor that can lines from a pressure of 3.5MPa
each of the motors shown in the graph produce pressure of 3.5MPa {35.7kgf/cm2} and discharge rate of
indicates the operating range under rated {35.7kgf/cm2} and a discharge rate of 25r/min intersect in the area under the
output for that motor. 25r/min. 2.2kW curve, it means that a 2.2kW
• Standard voltage for drive motor is 200 Since the intersection of the two broken motor should be used.
VAC, 50/60 Hz or 220 VAC, 60 Hz.
F o r v ariable v ane pump F o r v ariable pis to n pump

/min
/min
Discharge rate Q
Discharge rate Q
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm
Installation Dimension Drawings Note: Catalog dimensions, layout, and used devices are subject to
change without notice. In particular, be sure to check in cases
where dimensions are limited.
• Mini NCP Series
NCP-30-**PV8N*-*-12 •Option item numbers are colored.
(105)
D E 2-Rc3/8 Rc3/8
P T DR
3
5
DR
4
(15)
T 7
(520)
307
* **kW,4P
3
5
M
* 6
0
(30) 407 (30)

(108)
2 1
L (467)
Hydraulic Unit
4
(260)
6 P B
Part No. Name Model No. Q'ty
T
1 Tank 30 l 1
G
(625)
2 Strainer CS-06(150 mesh) 1

1 7 R 3 Uni-pump UPV-0A-8N*-**A-4-31 1
365
2 4 Pressure gauge AUR1/4- Ƶ 60 × **M 1

M
P Fluid supply
5 MSA-V30 1
port/air breather
6 Fluid level gauge Ƶ 6 × 80L 1
15 30
20
300 7 Return filter WS-20-20-V 1

400
2 x 4 to Ƶ7 drilling
Auxiliary View P
L 12
C C
NCP-40-0.7V 1A2-*-12 NCP-60-**V 1A*-*-12
D D
D E
Dimensions (mm)
Symbol
(40)
40 l 60 l
(175)
LA 625 725 4-Rc1/2 Rc1/2
P1 P2 T1 T2 DR
LB 560 660
LC 510 610 6
P2
LD 350 440 P T2
(LE)
LD
LE 675 765
LF 290 380 3 8
(35)
5
LG 300 350
DR
LH 590 640 **kW 4P
(150)
LI 31 33 3
6
C1 7
2 1
(15) LB (50)
(LA)
8 B Built-in base block Part No. Name Model No. Q'ty
Mounting reference 5
1 Tank ** l 1
(290)
(255)
LI 3 Uni-pump UVC(D)-1A-A*-**-4-26 1
P1 T1
4
90
5 Pressure gauge AUR1/4- Ƶ 60 × **M 1
(LH)
Fluid supply
40 7 1 6 MSA-V30 1
port/air breather
T LG
2 7 Fluid level gauge Ƶ 6 × 80L 1
G
8 Check valve CA-G03-1-20 1
M
4 to Ƶ15 drilling
30 LF 30 25 LC 25
D E
C
NCP-100-3.7V 1A3-C-12 R
D 6 C
(175)
4-Rc1/2 Rc1/2
P1 P2 T1 T2 DR
(50)
P2
P T2
(825)
600
8 11
9
3.7kW 4P
6
DR 3
L
3 10
(50)
(15) (50) 2 1
700
(765)
11 B Built-in base block
Hydraulic Unit
Mounting reference 8
1 Tank 100 l 1
(290)
23
(270)
P1 T1
T 3 Uni-pump UVC(D)-1A-2A3-3.7-4-26 1
90
G 4
(655)
10 5
1
55 6 Radiator 3A92-001-1050 1
365
2 7
M
Fluid supply
4 to Ƶ15 drilling 9 MSA-V30 1
port/air breather
30 540 30 25 650 25 Ƶ 6 × 80L
10 Fluid level gauge 1
L 13
NCP-40-0.7VD1A2-*-21
NCP-60-**VD1A*-*-21
(75)
Dimensions (mm)
Symbol
40 l 60 l
LA 605 705 2-Rc1/2 Rc1/2
LB 560 660 P1 T1 DR
LC 510 610 P
T 6
LD 350 440
(LE)
LD
LE 460 550 5
LF 290 380
LG 580 630 DR 8
LH 300 350
**kW 4P
3
(35)
LI 31 33
(45) 3
LB
6 7
(LA)
2 1
8 MUB mounting LI 5
reference

1 Tank ** l 1
(280)
90 98

90
3 Uni-pump UVD-1A-A*-**-4-26 1
(LG)
1 4
160 5 Pressure gauge AUR1/4-Ƶ 60 × **M 1
2
LH
7 Fluid supply
6 MSA-V30 1
port/air breather
4 to Ƶ15 drilling
8 Check valve CA-T03-1-20 1
30 LF 30 25 LC 25
NCP-100-3.7VD1A3-C-21
(60)
6 C
T
P
2 to Rc1/2 Rc1/2
P T DR
(710)
600
9
8
DR
11
**kW,4P
3
(50)
3 6
9
700 (45) 10
L (745)
2 1
MUB mounting 8
Hydraulic Unit
11 reference 23
1 Tank 100 l 1
(290)
90 98
3 Uni-pump UVD-1A-2A3-3.7-4-26 1
90
4
(655)
1 5
175 6 Radiator 3A92-001-1050 1
365
2
7
10
8 Pressure gauge AUR1/4- Ƶ 60 × 16M 1
Fluid supply
4 to Ƶ15 drilling 9 MSA-V30 1
port/air breather
30 540 30 25 650 25 10 Fluid level gauge Ƶ 6 × 80L 1
L 14
NCP-160-**VC2A*-*-12 NCP-250-**VC2A*-*-12
Dimensions (mm)
Symbol
160 l 250 l
(LM)
4 to Rc3/4 Rc3/4
D E T1
LA 1120 1175 P1 P2 T2 DR
LB 850 1000
LC 780 930
(LN)
LD 650 750
P 10
LE 750 850 7
P2
LF 580 680 T2
5
LG 415 495 4 5
(LA)
LB
3 8
LH 835 995 4
LI 385 420 10 M
**kW,4P 9
8 0
LJ 420 500
DR
2 1
LK 0 20
LL 100 215
LM 220 125 3
(50)
LN 75 0 (50) LD (50) Part No. Name Model No. Q'ty
(LE) 1 Tank ** l 1
B Built-in base block 7 9 T G 2 Strainer CS-10(150 mesh) 1
Mounting reference
C2 3 Uni-pump VDC-2A-*A*-20 1
4 Coupling CR-****J 1
LK
Fully closed external fan Terminal B
5 Motor 1
(LJ)
90
(LI)
*kW-4P
P1 T1
6
(LH)
LL 1 Fluid supply
8 MSA-V50-VS10 1
port/air breather
LG
2
M
35 LC 35 35 LF 35 4 to Ƶ15 drilling
NCP-400-**VC3A*-*-12 NCP-650-**VC3A*-*-12
(220)
Dimensions (mm) E D
Symbol (Rc1) (Rc1)
400 l 650 l
LA 1470 1790 P1 P2 T1 T2 DR
P DR
LB 1200 1520
11
LC 1100 1420 5
LD 900 1010
(LA)
LE 1014 1164 7 10
LB
T2
LF 800 910 P2
LG 620 670 4 8
LH 1120 1170 11 4 5
3
LI 57 77
M 8 9
LJ 300 450 **kW,4P
0
3
(50)
L
G (LI) LD (LI) 2 1
T (LE)
9 B Built-in base block
7 10
Mounting reference
R1
33 Part No. Name Model No. Q'ty
Hydraulic Unit
1 Tank ** l 1
C2
143

(500)
(450)
3 Uni-pump VDC-3A-1A*-20 1
Fully closed external fan A terminal
(LH)
5 Motor 1
1 *kW-4P
LG
2 P 6
M
Fluid supply
4 to Ƶ 19 drilling 8 MSA-V50-VS10 1
LJ port/air breather
50 LC 50 50 LF 50 9 Fluid level gauge Ƶ 8 × 120L 1
Auxiliary View P 10 Check valve CA-G10-1-20 1

11 Relief valve R-T03-3-11 1
L 15
• Variable Piston Pump Series
(120)
NCP-40-**PV16N*-R-12 D E 8
(70)
4-Rc1/2 Rc1/2
P DR
P1 P2 T1 T2 DR
(620)
350
T2
6
(35)
P2
5
8
(150)
3 C1 * **kW 4P
3
(15) 560 (140)
M 6 7
*
(715) 0
B Built-in base block
Mounting reference 2 1
G 5
T
7
(330)
P1 T1
1 Tank 40 l 1
90
(630)
1 3 Uni-pump UPV-1A-16N*-**A-4-17 1
4
300
30 2
M P 6
Fluid supply
MSA-V30 1
port/air breather
30 290 30 25 510 25 4 to Ƶ15 drilling
(FPL-06)CF-06
8 Return filter 1
10μ paper
Auxiliary View P
NCP-60-**PV16N*-R-12
4-Rc1/2 Rc1/2
D E 8 P1 P2 T1 T2 DR
(125)
P DR 8
(715)
440
6 T2
* **kW 4P
(35)
P2 3 5
M 6 7
0
*
(150)
2 1
3 C1
L
3
( 15) 660 ( 50)
B Built-in base block (725)

Hydraulic Unit
Mounting reference Part No. Name Model No. Q'ty

G 5 1 Tank 60 l 1
C1 T 2 Strainer CS-06(150 mesh) 1
7 3 Uni-pump UPV-1A-16N*-**A-4-17 1
(310)
P1 T1
30 4
90
Fluid supply
(660)
1 6 MSA-V30 1
port/air breather
350
2 7 Fluid level gauge Ƶ 6 × 80L 1

35
P (FPL-06)CF-06
M 8 Return filter 1
10μ paper
4 to Ƶ15 drilling
30 380 30 25 610 25
Auxiliary View P
L 16
NCP-40-**PV8N*-*-12 NCP-60-**PV8N*-*-12
Dimensions (mm)
Symbol
40 l 60 l D E 8
LA 350 440 4-Rc1/2 Rc1/2
(LI)
LB 560 660 P1 P2 T1 T2 DR
LC 300 350 DR
LD 620 715
6 5
LE 715 725
8
LF 630 660 P
LA
(LD)
T2
LG 290 380
(35)
P2
* **kW 4P
LH 510 610 3
LI 120 125
(150)
LJ 140 50 3
M
* 6
0
7
LK 30 35
LL 0 30 2 1
( 15) LB (L J )
LM 330 310
(LE)
C1 B Built-in base block 5
Mounting reference Part No. Name Model No. Q'ty
G 1 Tank ** l 1
LL
T 2 Strainer CS-06(150 mesh) 1
(LM)
P1 T1 7 3 Uni-pump UPV-0A-8N*-**A-4-31 1
90
4
(LF)
1
LK Fluid supply
6 MSA-V30 1
LC
2 port/air breather
P 7 Fluid level gauge Ƶ 6 × 80L 1
M
4 to Ƶ15 drilling (FPL-06)CF-06
8 Return filter 1
10μ paper
30 LG 30 25 LH 25
Auxiliary View P
D E
16 4-Rc1/2 Rc1/2
NCP-100-**PV N*-*-12
22 P1 P2 T1 T2 DR
(240)
7
(115)
DR 10
5
* 4 5
(990)
3
700
T2
4
P2
M 8
* **kW 4P 9
8 0
2
3 1
B
L
(50)
Built-in base block ( 50) 600 ( 140)

Mounting reference (790) Part No. Name Model No. Q'ty
10 C1 7 1 Tank 100 l 1
2 Strainer CS-06(150 mesh) 1 Hydraulic Unit
G
3 Pump PVS-1A-**N*-12 1
T
(400)
(335)
9
P1 T1
5 Motor 1
90
**kW-4P
(765)
X
6
365
240
1 P Fluid supply
8 MSA-V30 1
port/air breather
2
4 to Ƶ15 drilling 9 Fluid level gauge Ƶ 6 × 80L 1
M
25 650 25 30 540 30
(FPL-06)CF-06
10 Return filter 1
Auxiliary View P 10μ paper
L 17
NCP-40-**PV16N*-(C1)R2-21 NCP-60-**PV16N*-(C1)R2-21
Dimensions (mm)
Symbol
40 l 60 l
LA 350 440
(120)
LB 560 660
2-Rc1/2 Rc1/2
LC 300 350 P T DR
LD 620 710 DR
LE 605 705
(LD)
LF 630 665
LA
5
6
LG 290 380
(35)
P 8
T
LH 510 610
LI 330 315
(150)
LJ 150 155 3
M
LK 0 30 3 C1 9 M
0
LB (45) 6 7
M
(LE)
9 C1
MUB mounting 2
reference
8 R2 5 LK 1

7
90 98
1 Tank ** l 1
(LI)
90
3 Uni-pump UPV-1A-16N*-**A-4-17 1
(LF)
1 4
LJ
LC
2 P Fluid supply
6 MSA-V30 1
port/air breather
4 to Ƶ15 drilling 7 Fluid level gauge 1
Ƶ 6 × 80L
8 Return filter FPL-06(10 μ paper) 1
30 LG 30 25 LH 25
9 Fan cooler 3A92-001-0000 1
Auxiliary View P
16 10 R2
NCP-100-**PV N*-(C1)R2-21
22
(120)
2-Rc1/2 Rc1/2
DR
P T DR
5 7
(865)
700
10
4
P
T 4 5
3
8 M
M
0 8
9
M
11 C1
3
(45)
2 1
MUB mounting (50) 600 (50)
L reference
700
7 Part No. Name Model No. Q'ty
C1 11
100 l
Hydraulic Unit
1 Tank 1
(400)
(350)
16
3 Pump PVS-1A- N*-12 1
22
(765)
90
9
360 1 5 Motor 1
*kW-4P
365
2 P 6 --- ---
4 to Ƶ15 drilling
Fluid supply
25 650 25 30 540 30 8 MSA-V30 1
port/air breather
Auxiliary View P
10 Return filter FPL-06(10 μ paper) 1
11 Fan cooler 3A92-001-0000 1
L 18
NCP-160-**PV35N*-R*-12 D E
(225)
P
(130)
5 DR
4-Rc3/4 Rc3/4
P1 P2 T1 T2 DR
C1
(1125)
850
4
T2
P2
8 7
10
3
* 4 5
3
(50)
M
(50) 650 (50) M
* **kW 4P 8 9
0
B Built-in base block (750)
Mounting reference 2 1
10 7
G
T
(420)
(385)
1 Tank 160r 1
9
P1 T1
90
(835)
3 Uni-pump PVS-2A-35N*-12 1
1 4 Coupling CR-****J
415
2 Fully closed external fan A terminal
P 5 Motor 1
*kW-4P
M
6
250 4 to Ƶ15 drilling
7 Pressure gauge AUR1/4- Ƶ60 × **M 1
35 780 35 35 580 35
Fluid supply
8 MSA-V50-VS10 1
Auxiliary View P port/air breather
9 Fluid level gauge Ƶ8 × 120L 1
(FPL-08)CF-08
10 Return filter 1
10μ paper
35
NCP-250-**PV N*-R*-12 4-Rc3/4 Rc3/4
(125)
45 10
P1 P2 T1 T2 DR
E D
7
5 DR 10
(25)
P 4 5
3
(1175)
1000
M
4 M 8
T2
P2 0 9
8 2 1

L
(50)
(50) 750 (140)

(940) 1 Tank 250 l 1
2 Strainer CS-10(150 mesh) 1 Hydraulic Unit
7 25 3 Uni-pump PVS-2A-**N*-12 1
B Built-in base block
Mounting reference C2 4 Coupling CR-****J 1
G 5 Motor 1
**kW-4P
(500)
T
(420)
6
P1 T1 9
7 Pressure gauge AUR1/4- Ƶ60 × **M 1
90
(995)
Fluid supply
1 8 MSA-V50-VS10 1
port/air breather
495
2 9 Fluid level gauge Ƶ8 × 120L 1

M P FRS-08-20P08T(20 μ )
4 to Ƶ15 drilling 10 Return filter (FPL-08)CF-08 1
260
10μ paper
35 930 35 35 680 35
Auxiliary View P
L 19
NCP-400-**PV70N*-R1*-12
(Rc1) (Rc1)
NCP-650-**PV70N*-R1*-12
F1 1 Rc1 F1 1 Rc1 Rc3/4
4 4
Dimensions mm 11 12 R1 P1 P2 T1 T2 DR
Symbol
400 l 650 l E D
(220)
LA 1470 1790
LB 1200 1520 5 DR 7
LC 1100 1420 10
P
LD 900 1010
12
LE 1014 1164 C2
(LA)
LB
LF 800 910 T2
11
4 P2 3 4 5
LG 620 670 10 *
LH 1180 1230 13 8 M
M
LI 57 77 0
3 13 8
LJ 300 450 9
(50)
2
(LI) LD (LI)
1
(LE)
7 B Built-in base block 33 Part No. Name Model No. Q'ty

Mounting reference 1 Tank ** l 1
143
(560)
(450)
P1 T1 3 Uni-pump PZS-3A-70N*-10 1
4 Coupling CR-****J
(LH)
5 Motor 1
1 **kW-4P
LG
T 9 6
2
G P 7 Pressure gauge AUR1/4- Ƶ 60 × **M 1
M Fluid supply
LJ 4 to Ƶ 19 drilling 8 MSA-V50-VS10 1
port/air breather
50 LC 50 50 LF 50 Ƶ 8 × 120L
9 Fluid level gauge 1
Auxiliary View P
11 Relief valve R-T03-3-11 1
12 Return filter FRS-12-20P-12F 1
13 Flexmaster joint M1600-150-0350 1
Note: Set 11 relief valve setting pressure so it is equivalent

to pump setting pressure plus 1.0MPa {10.2kgf/cm²}.
L
Hydraulic Unit
L 20
Outlet Block Specifications
Design number 12 Design number 21
Outlet Block Dimensions Outlet Block Dimensions
LB T
LC
P
98
67
31
LF
P2 T2
62
LG
90
2 - Rc “S” tap 120
LA
LB
LC
MUB Series
98
(Flange can be mounted
LD
with 400L and 650L only.)

LE
P1 T1
Mounting reference
Mounting reference
Option B
Tank Dimensions (mm) Outlet Size
Capacity LA LB LC LD LE LF LG S T MPU Series Built-in
40L (See base block specifications for dimensions.)
60L 1/2 1/2
100L 160 135 85 72 36 98 26 B1 B2 B3
160L
3/4 3/4 A1 A2 A3
250L
JIS B 2291
400L Mounting reference
300 260 160 98 49 148 48 1 SSA-32
650L
(Rcl)
Oil Pan Specifications Forklift Mounting Leg Specifications

A "headband type" oil pan is standard,
and an oil pan drain is provided at one
location (Rc3/8).
Forklift Mounting Leg Specifications
Structural Diagram
Upper plate
Oil pan
Oil tank
Tank longitudinal
direction
2 to
Forklift mounting leg
(Both sides)
Packing
Tank
L
Standard Specifications Hydraulic Unit
1. Paint Color: Mancel No. 5B6/3 (lacquer) Note: Mancel No. 5B/0.5 for tank capacity 30L uni-pump motor only.
2. Motor Specifications: Wiring Color Coding Terminal number Terminal Terminal box specifications
Single SOL White, Black 1.2.··· Inner : Mancel No. 2.5Y8/2

Control SA Consecutive
VCT-1.25mm 2
Y Type Solderless Dust-tight type, cover fastened
System SS numbers
Double SOL Red, White, Black, Green (Common: C) by screws
Drive to 3.7kW VCT Red, White, Black, Green Outer : Mancel No 5B6/3
U, V, W, E Round Solderless
System 5.5kW to IV + PF Black (3) + Green (Lacquer)
L 21
Base Block Specifications
Design number
10: 01 size and 03 size
for M8 mounting
J10: 03 size for M6 mounting
1 to MAX 6 control circuit size symbol

1: 01 size
3: 03 size
Multiple base block

MPU: Built-in type
MUB: Bass block added type
MBS: Single removable type for unit assembly
MBW: Double removable type for unit assembly
• MPU Series (Unit Built-in)

This base block is a special type built into the NCP Series.
Block Model Numbers, Appearance, Dimensions
01 size
03 size
2 to Ƶ9 drilling 2 to Ƶ11 drilling
(Facing side
identical)
Dimensions (mm) Weight Dimensions (mm) Weight

Model No. Model No.
LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH N kg LA LB LC LD LE LF LG N kg
MPU -1-10 160 130 75 1 8.3 MPU -3-J10(10) 160 95 1 11.1
-11-10 210 180 125 50 2 10.9 -33-J10(10) 235 170 75 2 16.3
-111-10 260 230 175 50 100 3 13.4 -333-J10(10) 310 245 75 150 3 21.5
-1111-10 310 280 225 50 100 150 4 16.0 -3333-J10(10) 385 320 75 150 225 4 26.7
-11111-10 360 330 275 50 100 150 200 5 18.6 -33333-J10(10) 460 395 75 150 225 300 5 31.9
-111111-10 410 380 325 50 100 150 200 250 6 21.2 -333333-J10(10) 535 470 75 150 225 300 375 6 37.0
Note: 1 . There are two types of mounting bolts available for the 03 size: M6 and M8. Be
sure to specify the type of bolt you need.
M6 : SA, SS-J Series
M8 : SS Series
2. When using the 01/03 combination type
Other a)The installation pitch uses the 03 size dimensions shown above, and for A and B
L Space is limited in accordance with tank capacity, so use the basic
data in the following table when designing the circuit.
ports only the 01 size installation part is Rc3/8.
b) In the case of MPU-313131-J10, for example, valve installation locations 1, 3,
and 5 counting from the left are 03 size, while 2, 4, 6 are 01 size.
Hydraulic Unit
Tank Capacity 01 Space Block 03 Space Block
30 l Up to 3
40 l Up to 4 Up to 3
VD* Series
400, 650 l Up to (2, 4, 6) + Up to (3, 2, 1)
30 l Up to 3
Up to 5 Up to 3
PVS Series
60 l
Z Up to 6 Up to 4
160, 250 l Up to 6 Up to 6
400, 650 l Up to (2, 4, 6) + Up to (3, 2, 1)
Note: Using in series larger than those noted above causes overhang from the top plate.
L 22
• MUB Series (Base Block Additional Configurations)
This series makes it easy to add an option base block using only four mounting bolts. The following
shows the range of the possible addition. In this configuration, the NCP unit design number becomes 21.

4 to Rc3/4
(Opposite side the same) 4XN to M(M)x14 4XN to M5x12
LA
49
11
167
26
49
60
T
72
76 T A A
98
P P T
P B B
15 68 15 LB
11
4 to M10x20 LC
55 LD
4 to M10x125L
21
B1 B2 B3 B4
77
98
A1 A2 A3 A4
Outlet block LB
LC
55 LD
O-ring (G30) 2XN to Rc (T)
Model No.
Dimensions (mm) Weight 21 Design Series Scope
kg
LA LB LC LD N M T This series consists of a total of six best-seller piston and
MUB-1-10 105 1 – 3/8 7.6
vane types with 40, 60, and 100 l tanks. Note that piston
MUB-3-J10(10) 105 1 6(8) 1/2 7.6
MUB-11-10 180 75 2 – 3/8 12.8
Z type and vane VC type are not included.
MUB-33-J10(10) 180 75 2 6(8) 1/2 12.8
MUB-111-10 255 75 150 3 – 3/8 18.0
MUB-333-J10(10) 255 75 150 3 6(8) 1/2 18.0 Option Base Block Addition Scope
MUB-1111-10 330 75 150 225 4 – 3/8 23.2
MUB-3333-J10(10) 330 75 150 225 4 6(8) 1/2 23.2
Tank Capacity 01 Base Block 03 Base Block
Note: 1. There are two types of mounting bolts available for the 03 size: M6 and
M8. Be sure to specify the type of bolt you need. 40 l Up to 2 Up to 2
M6 : SA, SS-J Series 60 l Up to 3 Up to 3
M8 : SS Series 100 l Up to 4 Up to 4
2. When using the 01/03 combination type
a) The installation pitch uses the 03 size dimensions shown above, and
for A and B ports only the 01 size installation part is Rc3/8.
b) In the case of MUB-3131-J10, for example, valve installation locations
1 and 3 counting from the left are 03 size, while 2, 4 are 01 size.
3. When using a 2-speed plate, a special MUB type is used.
Contact your agent for more information.
Option Base Block Installation Procedure

Loosen bolts 1 and 4 and remove plate 2 . Next, after
checking to ensure that O-ring 3 is installed, install the
Option base block
option base block using 1 , 4 , and 5 .
L
Note: 4 and 5 are used only in 3 and 4 multi configurations.
In single and double configurations, 4 and 5 are just removed.
3 O-ring
Hydraulic Unit
120 4 to M10 holes
NCP Series 90
outlet block 62
67 31 T
98
P
B1 B2 B3 B4
98
Part No. Name Model No.

A1 A2 A3 A4
1 Hexagon Socket Head Bolt M10 × 125
2 Plate 98 × 98 × 15t
2 Plate Option block 3 O-ring 1B-G30
1 Bolt
5 Lock washer 4 Bolt 4 Hex bolt M8 × 25
5 Lock washer For M8
L 23
• MBS, MBW Series (Unit Assembly Type)
This base block is used to install the valve unit only around machinery.

MBS Series (Single Ejection Multi Block) MBW Series (Double Ejection Multi Block)
01 size 01 size
(Opposite side
the same)
2 to Ƶ 8.5 drilling 2 to Ƶ 8.5 drilling

Model No. Model No.
LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH N kg LA LB LC LD LE LF LG M N kg
MBS -1-10 80 64 1 3.4 MBW -1-10 110 86 2×2 1 5.7
-11-10 130 114 50 2 5.5 -11-10 160 136 50 4×2 2 8.3
-111-10 180 164 50 100 3 7.6 -111-10 210 186 50 100 6×2 3 10.9
-1111-10 230 214 50 100 150 4 9.8 -1111-10 260 236 50 100 150 8×2 4 13.4
-11111-10 280 264 50 100 150 200 5 11.9 -11111-10 310 286 50 100 150 200 10×2 5 16
-111111-10 330 314 50 100 150 200 250 6 14 -111111-10 360 336 50 100 150 200 250 12×2 6 18.6
-1111111-10 380 364 50 100 150 200 250 300 7 16
03 Size (01, 03 Connection Type) 03 Size (01, 03 Connection Type)
(both sides)
Note:
4xN to M (M)x9 tap Note:
4xN to M (M)x9 tap
2 to Ƶ11 drilling
2 to Ƶ 11 drilling Side A

Model No. Model No.
kg kg
L
LA LB LC LD LE LF LG MNote 1) N LA LB LC LD LE LF LG MNote 1) N
MBS-3 -J10(10) 110 90 6(8) 1 8.2 MBW -3-J10(10) 120 100 6(8) 1 8.4
-**-J10(10) 185 165 75 6(8) 2 13.8 -**-J10(10) 195 175 75 6(8) 2 13.6
-***-J10(10) 260 240 75 150 6(8) 3 19.4 -***-J10(10) 270 250 75 150 6(8) 3 18.9
Hydraulic Unit
-****-J10(10) 335 315 75 150 225 6(8) 4 25.0 -****-J10(10) 345 325 75 150 225 6(8) 4 24.1
-*****-J10(10) 410 390 75 150 225 300 6(8) 5 30.7 -*****-J10(10) 420 400 75 150 225 300 6(8) 5 29.4
-******-J10(10) 485 465 75 150 225 300 375 6(8) 6 36.3 -******-J10(10) 495 475 75 150 225 300 375 6(8) 6 34.6
Note: 1. There are two types of mounting bolts available for the 03 size: M6 Note: 1. There are two types of mounting bolts available for the 03 size: M6
and M8. Be sure to specify the type of bolt you need. and M8. Be sure to specify the type of bolt you need.
M6 : SA, SS-J Series M6 : SA, SS-J Series
M8 : SS Series M8 : SS Series
2. When using the 01/03 combination type 2. When using the 01/03 combination type
a) The installation pitch uses the 03 size dimensions shown above, a) The installation pitch uses the 03 size dimensions shown above,
and for A and B ports only the 01 size installation part is Rc3/8. and for A and B ports only the 01 size installation part is Rc3/8.
b) In the case of MBS-313131-J10, for example, valve installation b) In the case of MBS-313131-J10, for example, valve installation
locations 1, 3, 5 counting from the right are 03 size, while 2, 4, 6 locations 1, 3, and 5 counting from the right are 03 size, while 2,
are 01 size. 4, 6 are 01 size.
L 24
Control Circuit Option Specifications
A wide variety of systems can be configured by combining a base block with valve unit that forms the assembly of the basic control circuit
and a NCP unit. Or the base block alone can be used by installing it in the vicinity of the valve unit.
M
Option (for MBS, MBW Series)
Electric signal (Table 3) G: With pressure gauge panel

N: With nameplate panel
P: With oil pan
1 to MAX 6 control circuit (valve) symbol
Basic control circuit symbol
Solenoid valve flow path symbol (Table 4)
G06 Solenoid valve series symbol (Note)
G03 Solenoid valve series symbol
G01 Solenoid valve series symbol
1 to MAX 6 control circuit size symbol

1: For G01 3: For G03 6: For G06 (Note)
Note: G06 size is for built-in MPU unit type only.
Multiple base block MPU: Built-in unit type

MUB: Bass block added type
MBS: Single removable type for unit assembly
MBW: Double removable type for unit assembly
Table 2: Solenoid Valve Series Symbols Table 4: Solenoid Valve Flow Path Symbols
Series Size G01, (G06) G03
(D)SA A A A B A B
b a b
(D)SS S (S) – 1 a 7
P T P T
SS-J – J A B A B A B
b b a b a
A 2 8
P T P T P T
Table 3: Solenoid Valve Voltage Symbols A B
a b
A B
a b
A B
a
Power Supply Voltage Symbol Remarks H 4 9
P T P T P T
AC 100V C1 E1 b A B A B A B
a b a b a
AC 200V C2 E2
50/60Hz
E 5 1S
P T P T P T
DC 12V D1 A B A B
b a b a
DC 24V D2
6 6S
P T P T
Note: A separate basic control circuit selection table is also available for control circuit symbols. Contact your agent for more information.
Also contact your agent concerning hydraulic circuit drawings, specification drawings, etc.
Option G (Pressure Gauge Panel Dimension Diagram) Option N (Nameplate Panel Dimension Diagram) Option P (Oil Pan Dimension Diagram)
Ƶ 52 drilling Model No. A B Number of M
MBS-01 74 9 Modules For 01 For 03
(Block width)
L
MBS-03 98 11 Ƶ 9 drilling 0 145 165
MBW-01 98 9 1 185 225
2 225 265
MBW-03 123 11
3 265 330
2 to
Hydraulic Unit
4 305 385
Hex
Ƶ 66 socket bolt
drilling
2 to Ƶ C
drilling
2 to Ƶ 9 drilling
Ƶ B drilling
Note: The nameplate panel is separate from the base block when Note: When shipped, the oil pan is fastened from the
Option P Dimension Table shipped, so fasten them together during installation. back by the same nut as the block.
Model No. A B C Applicable
P-S1-1 64 92 9 MBS- 1 Model No. A B C Applicable Model No. A B C Applicable Model No. A B C Applicable
-2 114 142 9 11 P-W1-1 86 118 9 MBW- 1 P-S3-1 90 120 11 MBS- 3 P-W3-1 100 130 11 MBW- 3
-3 164 192 9 111 -2 136 168 9 11 -2 165 195 11 33 -2 175 205 11 33
-4 214 242 9 1111 -3 186 218 9 111 -3 240 270 11 333 -3 250 280 11 333
-5 264 292 9 11111 -4 236 268 9 1111 -4 315 345 11 3333 -4 325 335 11 3333
-6 314 342 9 111111 -5 286 318 9 11111 -5 390 420 11 33333 -5 400 430 11 33333
-7 364 392 9 1111111 -6 336 368 9 111111 -6 465 495 11 333333 -6 475 505 11 333333
L 25
NSP Series
NSP Series
Compact Variable Pump Unit
Compact hydraulic units are widely used During pressure holding, NSP unit enables
as a power source in such machine tool machine efficiency that delivers energy
applications as NC lathe check opening savings of approximately 40% when
and closing, tool rotation, machining center compared with standard Nachi units, all in
spindle raise and lower operations, etc. a compact, lightweight hydraulic unit.
Features
Space-saving, lightweight design New structure increases efficiency Greatly improved cooling capacity
A smaller tank capacity makes it easier for A structure that draws on years of A powerful, energy-efficient built-in
the unit to fit in, and greatly reduces space accumulated know-how includes an cooling system eliminates the need for
requirements. improved pump joint that provides fan motor wiring and coolant pipes.
more efficient operation.
Specifications
Model No. NSP-*-*VOA* NSP-*-*V1A* NSP-*-*V2A*
Item
Pump Capacity cm 3/rev 8.0 16.0 26.0
Maximum Pressure MPa (psi) 8.0 (1160 psi) (Full Cutoff Pressure) 7.0 (Full Cutoff Pressure) * Allowed peak pressure is 13.0
Motor Output kW (hp) 0.75, 1.5 (1, 2) 1.5, 2.2 (2, 3) 2.2, 3.7 (3, 5)
Tank Capacity l 10, 20 30, 40
Installation Space mm 300 × 400 340 × 450
Approximate Weight kg 37 (10 l , 1.5kW, excluding options) 63 (30 l , 2.2kW, excluding options)
Pump Volume 60 Hz 3.8 gpm 7.6 gpm 12 gpm
L
Hydraulic Unit
L 26
Understanding Model Numbers Note: 1. Note that there are certain restrictions on pump capacity and
motor capacity combinations. See the Selection Precautions on
page L-23 before selecting a model.
NSP – 10 – 07 V 0 A2 – F2T – E13 2. Design numbers are subject to change without notice.
Design number
E13 220V 60 Hz
E13G 460v 60 Hz
E13M 230v 60Hz
L-30
Pressure adjustment range (A : Constant discharge type)

A2 : 1.5 to 4.0MPa (507 psi) Pressure gauge Scale 16MPa
Note : 1. Figures in parentheses show factory default full cutoff set values.
Flow rate adjustment range (Maximum capacity)

0 : 8cm 3 /rev (.49 cu in)
1 : 16cm 3 /rev (.98 cu in)
2: 26cm³ /rev (1.59 cu in)
Note : 2. Factory defaults are maximum values shown above.
Pump type : Variable vane pump

Motor capacity 07 : 0.75kW (1 hp)
15 : 1.5kW (2 hp)
22 : 2.2kW (3 hp)
37 : 3.7kW (5 hp)
Tank volume : 10, 20, 30, 40l
NSP Series compact variable pump unit
NSP – 20L – 07 V 0 A2 – F – 13
Design number
E13 220V 60 Hz
E13G 460v 60 Hz
E13M 230v 60Hz
Option (Indicate in alphabetic sequence.)

F*, R*: Built-in Block (standard)
Pressure adjustment range (A : Constant discharge type)

A2 : 2.0 to 4.0MPa (507 psi)
A3 : 3.5 to 6.0MPa (725 psi)
A4 : 5.5 to 7.0MPa (1015 psi)
Note : Figures in parentheses show factory default full cutoff set values.
Flow rate adjustment range (Maximum capacity)

0 : 8cm³ /rev (.49 cu in)
L
Pump type : Variable vane pump Hydraulic Unit
Motor capacity 0.75kW (1 hp)

1.5kW (2 hp)
Tank volume : 20 l (8 gal)
NSP- 20L Series compact variable pump unit
L 27
Design Drawings, Dimension Tables Note: See the following page for dimensions.
8.0, 16.0 cm³/rev Series Air flow

Rc1/2 Rc1/2 Rc3/4
NSP-*-**V*A*-13 T
P DR
P: Rc 1/2 Above oil level
4
4 to Unit hanger hardware
9 4 to M8x14(17)
(eye nut) 3
17.5±0.2
3 38.1±0.2 Ƶ 0.8 2.2kW.4P
8
LB
LA
8 5
M
DR:Rc3/4(Above oil level) SAEJ518b-1/2 6
7
P:Rc1/2 Flange mounting surface details
50 50
T:Rc1/2 9
Flange mounting
(64)
surface 2 1 20 L
Oil supply port /
5
air breather
5
(140) 45
300
Discharge rate adjusting screw
(161) Right rotation: Rate decreased
4 Rotate left: Rate increased Wiring port G 3/4
Right rotation: Pressure up
Left rotation: Pressure down Part No. Part Name
7 1 Oil tank
LE
Fluid level
gauge 2 Suction strainer
LF
6
LG
3 Uni-pump
HIGH
LI
Upper limit H 4 Pressure gauge

LC
Lower limit L 1 5 Fluid supply port/air breather

LOW
6 Fluid level gauge
LD
LH
(22)
2
7 Radiator
Oil drain port 8 Flexible hose
NAMEPLATE 4 to Ƶ13 drilling Closed plug Rc3/8 9 Flexible hose
(40) (145) For M10 bolt 12 376 12
25 240 25
290
26.0 cm³/rev Series Air flow 4 to Unit hanger hardware

NSP-*-**V2A*-13 (eye nut)
P: Rc 1/2 Rc1/2 Rc3/4 Rc3/4
P T DR
4 to M8x15
Above oil level
17.5
38.1 4
9 8
3
3 SAEJ518b-1/2
Flange mounting surface details Ƶ 0.8 3.7kW.4P
LB
LA
8 5
6
7
DR:Rc3/4(Above oil level) 9
P:Rc1/2
55 55
T :Rc3/4 2 1 30 L
Flange mounting
83
surface
Oil supply port /

air breather 150 55
(9)
5
LJ 350
L Pressure adjusting screw

(366)
Discharge rate adjusting screw

(171) Right rotation: Rate decreased
Right rotation: Pressure up 4
Hydraulic Unit
Rotate left: Rate increased

Left rotation: Pressure down
Fluid level 7
gauge Part No. Part Name
LE
6
1 Oil tank
LF
LG
HIGH
2 Suction strainer
LC
Upper limit H 3 Uni-pump

1 4 Pressure gauge
LI
Lower limit L
5 Fluid supply port/air breather
LD
LOW
2
LH
6 Fluid level gauge

(27)
7 Radiator
8 Flexible hose
NAMEPLATE 4 to Ƶ13 drilling Oil drain port 9 Flexible hose
(35) 170 For M10 bolt Closed plug Rc1/2
25 290 25 12 426 12
340
L 28
8.0, 16.0cm3/rev Series
Dimensions Approximate
Motor
Model No. Weight
(kW-P) LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH LI H L (kg)
NSP-10-07V*A*-*-13 0.75 – 4 405 400 394 234 154 109 33
NSP-10-15V*A*-*-13 1.50 – 4 430 425 396 160 236 164 119 102 10 10L 9L 37
NSP-10-22V*A*-*-13 2.20 – 4 460 455 422 262 174 129 42
NSP-20-07V*A*-*-13 0.75 – 4 405 400 496 234 154 109 35
NSP-20-15V*A*-*-13 1.50 – 4 430 425 498 262 236 164 119 185 30 20L 17L 39
NSP-20-22V*A*-*-13 2.20 – 4 460 455 524 262 174 129 44
(Excluding operating fluid)
26.0cm3/rev Series
Motor
Model No. Weight
(kW-P) LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH LI LJ H L (kg)
NSP-30-22V2A*-*-13 2.20– 4 564 555 619 234 177 127 9 63
306 197 50 30L 23L
NSP-30-37V2A*-*-13 3.70– 4 589 580 661 276 189 139 15 73
NSP-40-22V2A*-*-13 2.20– 4 564 555 619 234 177 127 9 67

385 256 70 40L 31L
NSP-40-37V2A*-*-13 3.70– 4 589 580 661 276 189 139 15 77
(Excluding operating fluid)
Selecting a Motor
NSP Motor Selection Curves (Standard voltage for drive motor is 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz or 220 VAC, 60 Hz.)
50Hz 60Hz
07 15 2.2
13 13 13
15 35 22 60 3.7
15 30
/min
50
/min
/min
1.5kw 2.2kw
25 3.7kw
40
Discharge rate Q
Discharge rate Q
Discharge rate Q
10 20
0.75kw 1.5kw 30
15 2.2kw
20
5 10
5 10
0 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8
{20.4} {40.8} {61.2} {81.6} {20.4} {40.8} {61.2} {81.6} {20.4} {40.8} {61.2} {81.6}
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm²} Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm²} Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm²}
* See page B-40 for the characteristics of the drive motor.

L
Hydraulic Unit
L 29
[Block Addition Example]
NSP-10-07V0 A2-F2-13
9 NSP 10 07V0A2 F2 13
3 8 (01) 11 (01) 11
Rc1/2
(403)
Rc3/4 2 to Rc3/8
400
T DR P T
(Above
DR:Rc3/4(Above oil level) 10
oil level)
50 50
T:Rc1/2
B1 A1 4 to Rc3/8 B2 A2
3
Ƶ0.8 0.75kW.4P
(3)
4
45
M 8 5 Part No. Part Name
300 6 1 Oil tank
7
9 2 Suction strainer
1 10 L 2 3 Uni-pump
A1 A2 B1 B2 4 to Rc 3/8
11 11 P T 2 to Rc 3/8 4 Pressure gauge
(30)
5 Fluid supply port/air breather

6 Fluid level gauge
7 Radiator
10
78
8 Flexible hose
(262)
7 9 Flexible hose
(154)
10 Base Blocks
4
11 End Plates
6
1 : Part numbers 10 and 11 are
options. Part number 11 is
160
(22)
2 standard when a block is

equipped.
Performance Characteristics
Conditions
(The values shown in the graph to the left are
Noise Characteristics typical characteristics under the following
13 conditions.)
70 Operating Fluid: ISO VG32
equivalent
Fluid Temperature: 40±5°C
dB (A)
60
Revolution Speed: 1800min –1
Measurement Distance:
1 meter around the unit
Noise level
(Average value from four directions )

Note: Noise characteristics are affected by
50 the condition of the floor and stand
Capacity 8cm 3/rev, motor 1.5kw where the unit is mounted, whether
Capacity 16cm 3/rev, motor 2.2kw there are noise reflective items near-
by, and other factors. Such factors
40 can produce different characteristics
0 2 4 6 8 than those indicated above.
L {20.4} {40.8}
Discharge pressure P MPa{kgf/cm²)

{61.2} {81.6}
Conditions
(The values shown in the graph to the left
Hydraulic Unit
Fluid Temperature Characteristics are typical characteristics under the fol-

13 lowing conditions. )
30 30 Operating Fluid: ISO VG32
(room temperature differential)
Tank volume 10L Tank volume 20L equivalent

Oil temperature rise º C
F.C pressure 5.0MPa Revolution Speed: 1800min –1

20 20 F.C pressure 7.0MPa Room Temperature: 29 °C
Motor: 0.75 to 2.2kW
F.C pressure 5.0MPa
Note) 1.Note that conti nuous operation at
10 10 pressures of 5.0MPa or greater
F.C pressure 3.5MPa F.C pressure 3.5MPa with the 10 l tank cause a large
rise in fluid temperature. A 20 l
tank is recommended in this case.
0 0 2.Rises in fluid temperature depend
0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 on actual operating conditions, and
so actual temperatures may be dif-
T ime h T ime h ferent from those indicated above.
Note: For information about power consumption, see the data for the UVN Series variable vane uni-pump on page B-41.
L 30
Selection Precautions
• Model Combinations Provide piping with sufficient flexibility into the pump, make sure the block and
The table below shows the standard pump between the unit and external manifold. valve total weight is not greater than
and motor combinations. Make sure the maximum peak 15kg.
Pump
Motor kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 pressure (setting pressure + surge Block Type F1·R1 F2·R2 F3
0A* ɾ ɾ pressure) during operation does Block Weight (kg) 04.5 6.5 8.5
1A* ɾ ɾ not exceed 14MPa. Allowable Additional Weight (kg) 10.5 8.5 6.5
2A2 ɾ ɾ The following are typical pipe
2A3 ɾ ɾ conditions at a reference maximum Contact your agent for information
2A4 ɾ peak pressure at 14MPa or less as about equipping a circuit.
A 30l tank capacities with 8.0 or 16.0 cm³/rev reference. The 26 cm3/rev series blocks are
are special specifications. Rubber hose (for 14MPa) 1/2" x 2m different, contact us for information.
(Pipe Capacity: 250cm3) pump • Paint Specifications
A model equipped with a block comes with a RSHUDWLQJFRQGLWLRQV03Dȹ03D The interior and exterior of the tank and
stopper plate on the block. full cutoff the motor are covered with a melanin
• Circuit Configuration At pressures in excess of 14MPa, baked-on resin coating, while the pump
The basic configuration is a standard NSP-** equip a circuit side surge cutoff relief is spray painted with a lacquer finish.
plus an external manifold (circuit). valve. Color is Nachi standard color (Mancel
• Built-in Manifold Block No. 5B6/3).
Option Details When a manifold block (optional) is built Contact your agent about specifying
external paint colors.
176
4 to Ƶ 8.5 drilling 4 to Ƶ8.5 drilling 38.1±0.2
To
4 to Ƶ 8.5 drilling Rc3/8 Rc3/8
Rc3/8 Ƶ 14 x 10 counterbore 126 Ƶ 14 x 10 counterbore 78
15.5
Ƶ 14 x 10 counterbore 38.1±0.2 38.1±0.2 28 49
28 28
A A A
A A P T P T P T
78
27
A
27
58
P T P T P T
78
38
17.5±0.2
78
B B B
58
38
58
17.5±0.2
B B
38
To
B
17.5±0.2
To
127
77 49 77 49 200 (30) 78
(30) 150 (30) 78
106 78
15
15
15
B1 B2 B3
34
P
49
B1 B2
63
34
B P T
49
34
P
63
49
A3
63
T T A1
A A1 A2
A2 28
4 to Rc3/8 28 28 8 to Rc3/8 78
6 to Rc3/8 59 109
59
95 145
89
F1 126 F2 176 F3
4 to Ƶ8.5 drilling 47 4 to Ƶ 8.5 drilling 47 Hydraulic Circuit 6 to Rc3/8
Ƶ 14 x 10 counterbore 38
38.1 ±0.2 Ƶ 14 x 10 counterbore 38.1 ±0.2 38 Diagram A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3
For F3 (01) (01) (01)
To
To
100
T P
80
T
17.5±0.2
A B A B P
55
150
17.5±0.2
G25
130
30
30
P P
B
A
B1
105
2 to Rc3/8
A1
80
T
80
41.5 15 A B
T
30
30
P To Rc3/8
B2
A2
78 63
41.5 15
3 to Rc3/8
78 63 Note: Options
(30)
(30)
1.Blocks can be selected from among

5 to Rc3/8
the five types (F1 through R2) shown
T
34
T above. The P and T ports of each

34
49
49
P P
78
78
block are closed with plugs when

shipped.
18 2 to Rc3/8 18 2 to Rc3/8 2.The shape of the temperature gauge
Ƶ25
47 with fluid level gauge "T" is shown to

47
R1 R2 the left.
Handling Overview
Startup Precautions
• Adjusting the Pressure and Discharge
Pressure gauge
Discharge rate
L
Check to make sure that the operating fluid in the tank is at adjusting screw
the prescribed level.
• Upper Limit Mark (Yellow): Prescribed fluid level (nominal Hydraulic Unit
capacity)
• Lower Limit Mark (Red): Minimum fluid level
Hydraulic Operating Fluid: General oil-based operating fluid
equivalent to ISO VG32 Note: Do not touch anything except the adjustment screw shown above.
Perform electrical wiring exactly as shown below. • Maintenance and Inspection
Fluid Temperature: Use in an area where the temperature
Motor and Power If wiring is performed incorrectly... is 15º C to 60º C.
Supply Polarity · Electric pump rotates in reverse, fluid is not discharged Operating Fluid Replacement Cycle: Perform the initial fluid
replacement after three months of operation. After that,
R ȹU ȹ Continued operation can damage the pump.
replace fluid when it becomes dirty or once a year, whichever
S ȹV · Attach a pressure gauge to the discharge side and
T ȹW check for pressure rise. comes first.
Radiator Fin Cleaning and Fin Strainer Cleaning: Every six
months or 4,000 hours of operation, whichever comes first.
Perform repeated motor starts and stops to bleed air from • Environment
the interior of the pump and the suction piping. A no-load Temperature: 10 to 35º C
circuit allows faster bleeding. Avoid areas exposed to mist of water-soluble coolant.
L 31
NSP-L Series
NSP-L Series
Compact Variable Pump Unit
Compact hydraulic units are widely used During pressure holding, NSP-L unit
as a power source in such machine tool enables machine efficiency that delivers
applications as NC lathe check opening energy savings of approximately 40% when
and closing, tool rotation, machining center compared with standard Nachi units, all in
spindle raise and lower operations, etc. a compact, lightweight hydraulic unit.
Features
Space-saving, lightweight design New structure increases efficiency Greatly improved cooling capacity
A smaller tank capacity makes the power Based on years of experience, the A powerful, energy-efficient built-in
unit more compact, and greatly reduces structure includes an improved pump cooling system eliminates the need
space requirements. joint that provides more efficient for fan motor wiring and coolant
operation. pipes.
Specifications
Model No. NSP-*-*VOA* NSP-*-*V1A*
Item
Pump Capacity cm 3/rev 8.0 16.0
Maximum Pressure MPa (psi) 8.0 (1160 psi) (Full Cutoff Pressure)
Motor Output kW (hp) 0.75, 1.5 (1, 2) 1.5, 2.2 (2, 3)
Tank Capacity l 20
Installation Space mm 300 × 400
Approximate Weight kg 39 (20 l , 1.5kW, excluding options)
Pump Volume 60 Hz 3.8 gpm 7.6 gpm
Noise Characteristics Oil Temperature Characteristics

80 180 Tank capacity 5 Gallons Conditions
The value on the left-hand drawing
(room temperatu)(ºF)
Oil temperature rise
represents typical characteristics

Noise level dB (A)
60 120 under the following conditions:

FC pressure 7.0MPa {1014psi}
105º F Oil used: ISO VG32 or its equivalent
Speed: 1800 min-1
40
Discharge rate 0.49in 3/rev, Motor .075kW
60 Room temperature: 65ºF
Discharge rate 0.98in 3/rev, Motor 1.5kW Motor: 0.75~1.5kW
20 32
0 2{290} 4{579} 6{869} 8{1158}
0 1 2 3 4
Discharge pressure P MPa {psi} Time (Hr)
L NSP – 20L – 07 V 0 A2 – F – 13
Design number E13 220 Volt 60 Hz
E13G 460 Volt 60 Hz
E13M 230 Volt 60 Hz
Hydraulic Unit
Option (Indicate in alphabetic sequence.) F*: Built-in block*=1~2 Temp gauge standard
Pressure adjustment range (A: constant discharge type)
A2: 2.0 to 4.0 MPa (507 psi)
A3: 3.5 to 6.0 MPa (725 psi)
A4: 5.5 to 7.0 MPa (1015 psi)
Note: 1. Figures in parentheses show factory default full cutoff set values.
Flow rate adjustment range (Maximum capacity) 0: 8 cm³ / rev (.49 cu in)
1:16cm³/ rev (.98 cu in)
Pump type: Variable vane pump
Motor capacity: 0.75 kW (1 HP)
1.5 kW (2 HP)
Tank volume: 20 l (5 gal)
NSP-20L Series compact variable pump unit
L 32
Design Drawings & Dimensions
8.0, 16.0 cm³ / rev Series 20.00
NSP-20L-**V*A*-13 18.00
6.00
6.00
0.88
14.00
3/4" SUCTION PORT
12.82
11.00
7.91
1.00
0.19 23.00
0.38
14.00 3/4" PORT PLUGGED 1/2" PORT WITH DOWNSPOUT
1.50
12.82
23.00 3/4 DRAIN PLUG
2 PART NO. PART NAME

1 NL-4 L Shape Reservoir
5 M 2 UVN-1A-1A4-1.5-4-11
Pump Motor
6
4 3 SUS-A088-068-N16F
Strainer
3 4 948-173 3/4’ Ball Valve
1
5 3A92-001-1050 Cooler
6 SM57XL-10 Filler/Breather
NSP-20L-07V0A*-(*)-E13
NSP-20L-15V0A*-(*)-E13
NSP-20L-15V1A*-(*)-E13 L
( ) 220V 60 Hz Hydraulic Unit
(G) 460V 60 Hz
(M) 230V 60 Hz
L 33
Inverter Drive NSP Series
Inverter Drive NSP Series

Energy-saving Variable Pump Unit with Inverter Drive
The "Inverter Drive NSP Series" is a
hydraulic unit that reduces energy
consumption by approximately 60%
(dwelling, in-house comparison)
compared to the standard unit by adding
an energy saving NSP Series inverter
drive. They are great for jobs that need
to dwell for long periods.
Features
Hydraulic fluid temperature is Quiet operation at only 53dB (A) Easy Operation
kept at room temperature +1.5°C NSP-20E-22V1A4-13 Starts up as soon as the power is
The NSP series benefits your entire system 6.0MPa dwelling turned on
by lowering oil temperature to improve 4-directional average Absolutely no external commands or
machining accuracy, lengthen the life of Standard unit sound level is 64dB (A) delicate electrical adjustments
seals and hydraulic fluid, and reduce needed because the pump's RPMs
factory air conditioning costs. are controlled automatically in
NSP-20E-22V1A4-13 response to the load.
6.0MPa maintained while dwelling
Operates with the inverter removed also Inverter drive function can be installed
Can operate as an NSP unit just by separately later
switching out the wiring in case of If you are already using an NSP unit,
emergencies. you can add the inverter drive
Production lines continue running even if function by installing the inverter
there is trouble with the inverter because control box kit, which is sold
it is based on our reliable NSP unit and separately.
keeps running as a regular NSP unit.
Specifications
3Ƶ AC200 to 220V, 50/60Hz
1. Power Supply
9.7A/1.5kW, 13.4A/2.2kW
Rated Input Current
22.4A/3.7kW
8, 16cm3/rev series 26cm3/rev series

2. Pressure Adjustment A2: 1.5 to 4.0MPa A2: 2.0 to 4.0MPa
Range A3: 3.5 to 6.0MPa A3: 3.5 to 6.0MPa
A4: 5.5 to 8.0MPa A4: 5.5 to 7.0MPa
0A*: 14 l /min, 1A*: 28 l /min
L
3. Output Flow (at No-load)
2A*: 46 l /min
4. Hydraulic Fluid Standard mineral-based hydraulic fluid (equivalent to ISO VG32)

Hydraulic Unit
5 Hydraulic Fluid
10 to 60:
Temperature
6 Color of Paint Munsell number 5B 6/3 (NACHI color)
7. Ambient Temperature/ 0: to 35 / 20 to 85%RH (non-condensation)

Humidity (Keep the unit away from water-soluble cutting fluid mist.)
L 34
8.0, 16.0 cm³/rev Series
NSP - 20 - E - 15 V - 0 - A2 - 13

A2: 1.5 to 4.0MPa
A3: 3.5 to 6.0MPa
A4: 5.5 to 8.0MPa
Discharge rate (No-load)

0: 14 R /min (1.5kW only)
1: 28 R /min
Motor capacity
15: 1.5kW, 22: 2.2kW
E: Inverter drive
Tank capacity: 10l, 20l, 30l
26.0 cm³/rev Series

NSP - 30 - E - 22 V - 2 - A2 - 13

A2: 2.0 to 4.0MPa
A3: 3.5 to 6.0MPa
A4: 5.5 to 7.0MPa
Discharge rate (No-load)

2: 46 R /min
Motor capacity
22: 2.2kW, 37: 3.7kW
E: Inverter drive
Tank capacity: 30l, 40l
Inverter Control Box Kit Specifications

EBK - 20 - 22 - 1 K - 10 L
Accessories No symbol: none
Hydraulic Unit
K: Pedestal, hydraulic fluid drain, pipes, fittings
Applicable pump capacity 1: 8,16cm³/rev

2: 26cm³/rev
Applicable size of electric motor

15: 1.5kW, 22: 2.2kW, 37: 3.7kW
Applicable tank size

20: 20l 30: 30l 40: 40l
Note: 10l is not available
L 35
Design Drawings, Dimension Tables
8.0, 16.0cm3/rev Series Note: See the following page for dimensions.
NSP-10E-**V*A-13
maintenance
R c 1/2 R c 1/2 Rc3/4
Inverter box
(200)
Air flow P 10 T D R Above
space
oil level
(18)
11 P.S *B
3
1.5kW
Ƶ0.8
1.5kW.4P
9 *A *B
8
LB
LA
3 4 *A
9
DR:Rc3/4 (Above oil level)
(64)
7 5
P:Rc1/2 T:Rc1/2
50 50
Flange mounting
surface 6
(8)
Oil supply port / 4 to Unit hanger hardware 2
air breather (140) 45 8
5 (eyebolt)
(6) Rc3/8
300
(306)
1 10L
Pressure Discharge rate adjusting screw
10
7
adjusting screw 4 Right rotation: Rate decreased
Right rotation: Pressure up Rotate left: Rate increased Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name
Left rotation: Pressure down
Unit 1 Oil tank 7 Fan cooler
Comment
sticker 2 Suction strainer 8 Flexible hose
LC
Fluid
level gauge
6
3 Uni-pump 9 Flexible hose
Upper limit
30
LD
9.6 L 4 Pressure gauge 10 Pressure sensor
Lower limit 5 Fluid supply port/air breather 11 Inverter control box
(267)
8.1 L 1
6 Fluid level gauge
187
11 Control box Oil drain port 145 4 to Ƶ 13 drilling

Comment sticker Rc3/8
Hole for power supply 25 240 25 (For M10 bolt)
Ƶ 21 hole (open) 290
26.0cm3/rev Series
20 30
NSP- 30 E-**V*A*-13 NSP-
40
E-**V2A*-13
Air flow
(31)
4 to Unit
hanger hardware
9 (eye nut)
3 9 8
8
LA
(64)
(LB)
DR:Rc3/4
LA
P:Rc1/2
50 50
T:Rc1/2 3
DR:Rc3/4
LB
Oil supply port / (Above oil level)
Oil drain port P:Rc1/2
55 55
air breather T:Rc3/4
5 Flange mounting
(83)
Rc3/8
(265)
surface
Warning
sticker
(305)
(140) 45 Oil supply port /
air breather
(30) 5
300
(330) Pressure adjusting screw 150 55
Discharge rate adjusting screw Right rotation: Pressure up
Pressure adjusting screw 350 38
L
Left rotation: Pressure down LC
Right rotation: Pressure up Right rotation: Rate decreased
(161) 4 Rotate left: Rate increased 8 10
10 Left rotation: Pressure down 7
7 Unit
Comment Fluid level 4
sticker gauge
Hydraulic Unit
6
(LC)
LD
6 Upper
limit 30L Control box
(LE)
LF
Comment sticker
50
Lower
LD
LE
limit 23L
197
1
11 1 11
Ƶ 21 hole
Hole for power supply
40
2
40
15 675 15 30 230 30 ƵZ hole 4-13 hole

2 30 280 30
705 290 4- Ƶ13 hole (Hole for power supply)
340
L 36
8.0, 16.0cm3/rev Series
Model No. Weight
LA LB LC LD LE (kg)
NSP-10E-15V*A*-13 465 491 211 503 – 51
NSP-10E-22V1A*-13 485 521 221 523 – 56
NSP-20E-15V*A*-13 425 750 211 545 65

262
NSP-20E-22V1A*-13 455 780 221 564 71
NSP-30E-15V*A*-13 425 750 211 647 70

364
NSP-30E-22V1A*-13 455 780 221 666 76
26.0cm3/rev Series
Model No. Weight
LA LB LC LD LE LF Z (kg)
NSP-30E-22V2A*-13 555 895 409 229 21 84
306 582
NSP-30E-37V2A*-13 580 915 415 241 27 96
NSP-40E-22V2A*-13 555 895 409 229 21 89

385 661
NSP-40E-37V2A*-13 580 915 415 241 27 101
Precautions
• Turning the inverter on and off by cutting the main power supply (circuit breaker) significantly reduces the life of the
inverter and should be limited to once an hour.
Contact us if you need to start and stop operations frequently.
• Do not change or adjust any switches except the inverter parameter settings and the pressure setting switches.
• Use a flexible hose with a 1/2 inch inner diameter that is 2 meters long and is rated for maximum pressure of 14MPa to
connect the hydraulic unit's P port (output port) and the external manifold (or actuator).
• Maximum peak pressure (set pressure + surge pressure) must be 14MPa or below for the 8 and 16cm3/rev series, and
13MPa or below for the 26cm³/rev series.
Install a relief valve to cut surges in the circuit if the maximum peak pressure exceeds these figures.
[For 10l tanks]

• Leakage amount in the hydraulic circuits must be 1l/min or less. Contact us if leakage in the hydraulic circuit exceeds
1l/min.
• Level of hydraulic fluid in the tank must stay within the visible range on the fluid level meter (approximately 1.5l).
L
Hydraulic Unit
L 37
NACHI NN Pack
NACHI NN Pack
High-Pressure Standard Variable Pump Unit
Newly developed compact variable pump unit has environmentally friendly low hydraulic fluid temperature for cutting and
manufacturing equipment hydraulic units. Extensive lineup in the series to handle requirements exactly.
Features
Low hydraulic fluid temperature = room A wide selection of models from which to
temperature + 7°C choose
NNP-20-22P16N1-20 Basic Series: 10 types
60Hz, 7MPa Full cut-off in Pump Variable Controllers: 5 types
continuous operation Options: 8 ty pe s
Fan to cool pump drain is standard A wide range of models provides a
equipment, hydraulic fluid temperatures selection of capacity levels, and selecting a
are kept low using tank construction variable control mechanism helps to
focused on anti-foaming. reduce energy needs.
Specifications Power supply: AC200V-50/60Hz AC220V-60Hz
Pump Motor Maximum Pressure Tank Capacity Fan Cooler Motor Input Standard
Model No. Capacity capacity {Full Cutoff Pressure} Weight
cm 3/rev kW-P MPa{kgf/cm 2} l W{at50/60Hz} kg Note)
NNP-20-22P8N*-**-20 2.2 – 4 20 65
08.0
NNP-20-37P8N*-**-20 3.7 – 4 20 75
21{214}
NNP-20-22P16N*-**-20 2.2 – 4 20 16/15W 70
16.5
NNP-30-37P16N*-**-20 3.7 – 4 30 Single-phase 80
NNP-20-22P22N*-**-20 2.2 – 4 20 70
22.0 14{143}
NNP-30-37P22N*-**-20 3.7 – 4 30 80
NNP-40-37P35N*-**-20 3.7 – 4 40 105
35.0 21{214}
NNP-60-55P35N*-**-20 5.5 – 4 60 33/30W 125
NNP-80-37P45N*-**-20 3.7 – 4 80 Single-phase 120 Note: Operating fluid is not
45.0 14{143} included in options
NNP-80-55P45N*-**-20 5.5 – 4 80 130

NNP – 20 – 22 P 16 N2 – – 20
Design number
Table 1: Option Symbols (Specify in alphabetic sequence.)
Option (Table 1)
Symbol Description
(N: Pressure compensation type) F* F*Type block (See block specifications.)
N0 : 2.0 to 3.5MPa R* R*Type block (See block specifications.)
N1 : 2.0 to 7.0MPa Note: N3 is not available G Fluid level gauge guard
N2 : 3.0 to 14.0MPa for flow rate adjustment Temperature switch (Contact on at fluid
N3 : 3.0 to 21.0MPa ranges 22 and 45 H temperature of 65 °C )
Flow rate adjustment range (Maximum capacity) M Microseparator
L 8 : 8cm 3/rev
16 : 16.5cm 3/rev
22 : 22cm 3/rev
35 : 35cm 3/rev
45 : 45cm 3/rev
P
S
Bottom oil pan
Float switch (Contact on at fluid low limit
level)
Fluid level gauge with temperature gauge
T
Pump type: Variable piston pump (with guard)
Hydraulic Unit
W Self Leak Test

Motor capacity: 22: 2.2kW; 37: 3.7kW; 55: 5.5kW
Tank volume: 20, 30, 40, 60, 80l Note: Return filter and fan cooler are equipped as standard.
NACHI NN pack
Tank Capacity and Motor/Pump Combinations
Selecting a Motor Motor capacity
2.2 – 4 3.7 – 4 5.5 – 4
80
(kW-P)
Discharge rate l / min
The lower sides of the Pump Capacity

60 8 16 22 8 16 22 35 45 35 45
curves for each of the (cm 3/rev)
motors shown in the 40 20 l ɾ ɾ ɾ ɾ
l )
graph, indicate the 5.5

kW
operating range under 3.7k 30 l ɾ ɾ
Tank Capacity (
20 W
2.2
rated output for that kW 40 l ɾ
motor. 0
0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5 21.0 MPa
60 l ɾ
Pressure
0 35.7
71.4
107.1
142.8
178.5
214.2
{kgf/cm2} 80 l ɾ ɾ
L 38
Dimensions
Model No.
LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH LI LJ LK LL LM LO LP LR KD P T R
NNP-20-22P 08N*-**-20 466 226 179 1/2
NNP-20-22P16N*-**-20
571 474 540 240 234 600 188 3/4
NNP-20-22P22N*-**-20
350 340 450 290 426 400 100 185 3/4
NNP-20-37P 28N*-**-20 526 191 Ƶ27 1/2
7 NNP-30-37P16N*-**-20 286
(LE)
601 605 570 31 319 630 200 3/4 3/4
NNP-30-37P22N*-**-20
10 NNP-40-37P35N*-**-20 711 575 680 267 308 820
9
NNP-60-55P35N*-**-20 776 686 745 358 328 885 230 Ƶ35
450 440 560 390 536 500 172 245 1 1
Pressure adjusting bolt NNP-80-37P45N*-**-20 711 762 680 308 820 Ƶ27
454
Right rotation: Pressure up NNP-80-55P45N*-**-20 776 783 745 329 885 231 Ƶ35
Left rotation: Pressure down D Rc3/4
(LA)
LD
H 3
S
Rc3/4 Part No. Part Name
P T D
Oil supply port / air breather 1 Fluid tank
5 4
**kW,4P 2 Suction strainer
(LP)
Discharge rate 3 8
adjustment screw * 3 Uni-pump
Right rotation: Rate decreased (LR) Orientation of return filter can M 4 Pressure gauge
Rotate left: Rate increased be changed 90 °. M *
P 0 G
Pump discharge T 5 Fluid supply port/air breather
10 S H 5
port center 6
7 6 Fluid level gauge
P 9 **W1Ƶ M
W 2 1 **L 7 Fan cooler
8 Return filter
Pressure
gauge F* R* 9 Flexible hose
4 8
10 Flexible hose
P Options
(LG)
(LO)
Oil level Ƶ KD T Rc T
gauge Wiring hole Part No. Part Name
G T 6
(LC)
Upper limit
yellow mark 2
F* Built-in block (F Type)
AIR
Lower limit R* Built-in block (R Type)
LF
red mark 1
Ground G Fluid level gauge with guard
W E-M5
U VW H Temperature switch
P Oil drain port 4- Ƶ13 drilling
M
For option P (30)
R S T M Microseparator
25 LJ 25 12 LK 12 U V W
(30) (25) M3.5 P Bottom oil pan

LH LI
Ƶ 27 (cable through hole) S Float switch
For option P (LL) For option P(LM)
Fluid level gauge with tempera-
Auxiliary View P Uni pump terminal box details T ture gauge (with guard)
W Self leak test
Option Installation Example Model No. : NNP-20-22P16N2-F3HMPSTW-20
Plug stopper 01 01 01
Rc1/2 22 22 22
P
F3 21 Rc3/4
D
T
D Rc3/4 Rc1/2 B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1
2.2kW,4P
600
Plug stopper Rc3/8

540
H Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Rc3/8

*
S
M
M
L
0 *
G
S H T
P
**W 1Ƶ M
W 20L
350
400 Hydraulic Unit
A1 B1
A3 B3
A2 B2
A* B* 6 to Rc3/8 F3
P T 2 to Rc3/8
P
T
Symbol Name
11 Flexible hose
12 End Plates
G
(291)
Note: Part numbers 11 and 12 are

T standard with a built-in block.
P
(561)
2
AIR
240
1
W
30
P
M
Auxiliary View P
L 39
F* and R* Block Specifications Note: Note that there are certain restrictions on block-equipped combinations.
See the Selection Precautions on page L-32.
Options F1, F2, F3, F6 Options R1, R2, R3, R6
Model No. Model No.

Symbol Description Symbol Description
Tank Capacity 20, 30 l Tank Capacity 40, 60, 80 l Tank Capacity 20, 30 l Tank Capacity 40, 60, 80 l
F1 F1 Type Block (01 x 1) F1-1A F1-2A R1 R1 Type Block (01 x 1) R1-1A R1-2A
F6 F6 Type Block (03 x 1 - M6) F6-1A-M6 (Standard M6) F6-2A-M6 (Standard M6) R6 R6 Type Block (03 x 1 - M6) R6-1A-M6 (Standard M6) R6-2A-M6 (Standard M6)
Tank Dimensions Tank Dimensions

Options Options
Capacity MA MB MC MD ME MF MG MH MI MJ MK ML MM MN N F S Capacity MA MB MC MD ME MF MG MH MI MJ MK ML MM MN MO N F S
F1 133 – – 2 R1 123 – – 2
20r F2 175 – 20 090 55 088 15 58 33 22 088 65 21 4 3/8 1/2 20r R2 170 – 42 085 12 73 15 43 20 17 098 42 16.5 4 3/8 1/2
55 42 38
30r F3 225 105 6 30r R3 220 92 6
F6 152 – – 25 102 67 103 18 67 39 25 103 80 26 2 1/2 3/4 R6 160 – – 54 119 0 98 18 62 49 0 108 47 09 2 1/2 3/4
F1 143 – – 2 R1 132 – – 2
40r 40r
F2 183 – 20 096 58 088 15 58 33 22 098 68 4 3/8 1/2 R2 180 – 45 092 13 73 15 43 23 14 103 45 16.5 4 3/8 1/2
60r 58 24 60r 45 40
F3 233 108 6 R3 230 95 6
80r 80r
F6 155 – – 25 105 70 103 18 67 39 25 103 73 2 1/2 3/4 R6 167 – – 57 122 0 98 18 62 49 0 110 47 09 2 1/2 3/4
Valve mounting surface
Valve mounting surface Pump discharge 01 mounting surface
Pump port center (ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A)
01 mounting surface 03 mounting surface discharge
(ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A) (ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A) T
port center A B
P
ME
A A
T TA
03 mounting surface
P P (ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A)
ML
MM
B B
MN
P
A B
ME TA
MO
MA
MB ME ML
MC MF MM MO MA
MD MD MN MB ME
N to Rc “F” MC MD
B3
B1
B2
A* B* 2 to Rc “S” R* A* B*
F*
P T P T
P
T
A2
A1
A3
P
T
B3
B2
B1
MI
MK
MK
MG
MG
MI
MH
MJ
A3
A2
A1
MJ
MH
MF
Pump discharge
Pump discharge port center Pump discharge
port center MF
port center
MF
Note: Each block is shipped with plug stoppers in the P and T ports.
Hydraulic Circuit Diagram For F3,R3 (01x3 array) Symbol Name
L
21 Flexible hose
For F2,R2 (01x2 array)
22 End Plates
For F1,R1 (01x1 array)
(For F6,R6) (03x1 array) Note: Part numbers 21 and 22 are
01 standard with a built-in block.
Hydraulic Unit
Plug stopper
01 01 (03)
Rc1/2
22 22 22
(Rc3/4)
P
F* R* 21 Rc3/4
D
T
Rc1/2 B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1
(Rc3/4) Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 ** kW,4P
Plug stopper (Rc1/2) (Rc1/2)
*
M
0 *
** Ƶ
**L
L 40
Typical Performance Characteristics
Fluid Temperature Rise Characteristics - Full Cutoff
These graphs show fluid temperature rise during continuous operation.
· Tank Fluid Pressure = Room Temperature + Fluid Temperature Rise Value
· Operating Fluid: ISO VG32 equivalent Note: The fluid temperature rise value depends on actual operating conditions, and so actual
· Revolution Speed: 1800min -1 (60Hz) temperatures may be different from those indicated above.
NNP-20-22P16N*-10 NNP-60-55P35N*-10 NNP-30-37P22N*-10

35 35 35
30 30 30
Oil temperature rise value


25 25 25
20 20 20
15 15 15
10 10 10
5 5 5
0 0 0
0 7{71.4} 14{143} 21{214} 0 7{71.4} 14{143} 21{214} 0 7{71.4} 14{143} 21{214}
Pressure MPa{kgf/cm²} Pressure MPa{kgf/cm²} Pressure MPa{kgf/cm²}
Noise Characteristics - Measurement Position

These graphs show noise values at locations one meter in front of and behind the pump.
· ISO VG32 equivalent Note: Noise characteristics are affected by the condition of the floor and stand
where the unit is mounted, whether there are noise reflective items near- Full flow
· Fluid Temperature: 40 ±5°C by, and other factors. Such factors can produce different characteristics Full cutoff
than those indicated below.
NNP-20-22P16N*-10
50Hz 60Hz
70 70
Noise value dB (A)
Noise value dB (A)
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
0 7{71.4} 14{143} 21{214} 0 7{71.4} 14{143} 21{214}
Pressure MPa{kgf/cm²} Pressure MPa{kgf/cm²}
NNP-30-37P22N*-10
50Hz 60Hz
75 75
Noise value dB (A)
Noise value dB (A)
70 70
65 65
60 60
55 55
50
0 7{71.4} 14{143} 21{214}
50
0 7{71.4} 14{143} 21{214} L
NNP-60-55P35N*-10
50Hz 60Hz Hydraulic Unit
80 80
Noise value dB (A)
75
Noise value dB (A)
75
70 70
65 65
60 60
55 55
0 7{71.4} 14{143} 21{214} 0 7{71.4} 14{143} 21{214}
L 41
Selection Precautions
• Standard Accessories 01, 03 size solenoid valves and modular valves can be
A return filter with visual clogging inspection tool, and a fan selected.
cooler are equipped as standard. With option F* and R*, block and cylinder piping is hoses,
• Options configured by Nachi.
Options F* and R* cannot be selected for inclusion with an Contact your agent for information about equipping a circuit.
8N* pump (NNP-**-*P8N* Type). Option P is a bottom type oil pan.
For optional F* and R* blocks, up to three blocks can be The oil pan does not have an oil drain port.
specified for 01 size, and only one block can be specified The oil drain port is secured in place with the same
for 03 size. Note, however, that the total weight of blocks mounting holes as the hydraulic unit.
and valves should not exceed 20kg. Option W is a leak test performed by Nachi.
· Tank Capacity 20l, 30l • Circuit Configuration
Block Type F1 F2 F3 F6 R1 R2 R3 R6 Allow for sufficient flexibility in the piping between the NN
Block Weight (kg) 07.5 19.5 12.5 11.5 16.5 08.5 11.0 12.0 pack, external manifold, and actuator.
Allowable Additional
• Paint
Weight (kg) 12.5 10.5 17.5 18.5 13.5 11.5 19.0 18.0 Nachi-Fujikoshi standard color: Mancel No. 5B6/3 (lacquer)
However, the electric drive is Munsell No. N7.
· Tank Capacity 40l, 60l, 80l
Contact your agent about specifying external paint colors.
Block Type F1 F2 F3 F6 R1 R2 R3 R6
Block Weight (kg) 08.5 11.0 14.0 11.5 07.0 09.5 12.0 12.5
Allowable Additional
Weight (kg) 11.5 09.0 06.0 08.5 13.0 10.5 08.0 07.5
Note: M6 is the standard mounting tap for 03 size.
Handling Overview
• Hydraulic Operating Fluid • Electrical Wiring
Use general oil-based operating fluid equivalent to viscosity Perform electrical wiring exactly as shown below.
grade ISO VG32 or 46. Just contact us regarding options to Motor and Power Supply If wiring is performed incorrectly...
petroleum based hydraulic operating fluid. The following is the R–U · Electric pump rotates in reverse, fluid is not dis-
viscosity grade and operating pressure. S–V
charged
· Up to 7.0MPa: ISO VG32 · Attach a pressure gauge to the discharge side
T–W and check for pressure rise.
· 7.0MPa or higher: ISO VG46
Keep the moisture content of the operating fluid below 0.1% vol. · Do not forget to ground the pump!
Excessive moisture in the fluid creates the risk of short-circuiting · After wiring is complete, be sure to cover the terminal box
and current leakage. with the cover that comes with it.
Contaminated operating fluid can lead to malfunction and · Do not forget to wire the fan motor of the fan cooler. The
shortened pump life. Manage operating fluid so that contamina- power supply is single-phase 200V AC, non-polarity.
tion is maintained at class NAS10 or lower. Provide a no fuse breaker on the main power supply to protect
electric circuitry against shorts and other current leakage, and
• Startup Precautions as protection against motor overload. Also provide a leak
Before starting the pump, inch the electric drive to make sure breaker to protect against the risk of electric shock, etc.
there is hydraulic fluid being sucked up.
Check to make sure that the operating fluid in the tank is at the • Air intake and Exhaust
prescribed level. Take care so there is nothing blocking the area around air
· Upper Limit Mark (Yellow): Prescribed fluid level (nominal intake and exhaust of the pump drain fan cooler. Also, be sure
capacity) to locate the pump in an well-ventilated area where heat will not
· Lower Limit Mark (Red): Minimum fluid level build up.
Do not touch the surface of the pump while it is operating, it is
very hot. • Transport and Installation
Use the hangers when transporting the pump.
L Adjusting the Pressure and Discharge Rate Since this is a stationary type pump, secure it with bolts on a
vibration-free, level surface.
Pressure adjusting bolt Discharge rate adjustment screw Pressure gauge
• Maintenance and Inspection
Hydraulic Unit
Fluid Temperature: Use the pump in an area where the tempera-

Right rotation: Increase Right rotation: Decrease ture is 10°C to 60°C.
Operating Fluid Replacement Cycle: Perform the initial fluid
replacement after three months of operation. After that, replace
Left rotation: Decrease Left rotation: Increase fluid when it becomes dirty or once a year, whichever comes
first.
Strainer and Tank Internal Inspection and Cleaning: Every three
months
Return Filter Element Inspection: Every three months (replace
as required)
Fan Cooler Fin Inspection and Cleaning: Every six months
• Environment
Temperature: 10 to 35°C
Avoid areas exposed to mist of water-soluble coolants, etc.
L 42
Inverter Drive NNP Series
Inverter Drive NCP/NNP Series

Energy-Saving Variable Pump Unit with Inverter Drive
By adding an inverter drive to our NCP/NNP series standard variable pump unit, we created the inverter drive NCP/NNP
series hydraulic units to achieve great energy savings. They are great for jobs that need to dwell for long periods.
Features
Low increase in hydraulic fluid Quiet Easy Operation
temperature Sound level is 52dB (A). Can start as soon as power is turned on.
Maintained at room temperature +2.5:. • NNP-20E-22P16N1-10 Absolutely no external commands or
• NNP-60E-55P35N1-10 • 7MPa while dwelling delicate electrical adjustments needed.
• 7MPa maintained while dwelling • One meter behind pump • Operates even with the inverter
removed in emergencies.
40% energy savings compared
to the NCP unit
• NCP-60E-3.7PV16N3-C1R2-12
• 21MPa while dwelling (in contrast to
standard unit)
Specifications
3Ƶ AC200 to 220V, 50/60Hz
9.8A/1.5kW (NCP series only)
1. Power Supply 13.5A/2.2kW
Rated Input Current 22.5A/3.7kW
21.4A/5.5kW
29.1A/7.5kW (NCP series only)
N0: 2.0 to 3.5MPa
N1: 2.0 to 7.0MPa
2. Pressure Adjustment Range
N2: 3.0 to 14.0MPa
N3: 3.0 to 21.0MPa
8: 14.4 l /min
16: 29.7 l /min
3. Output Flow
22: 39.6 l /min
(Theoretical Value at No-load) 35: 63.0 l /min
45: 81.0 l /min
Standard mineral-based hydraulic fluid
4. Hydraulic Fluid
ISO VG32 or 46
5. Hydraulic Fluid Temperature 0 to 60:
6. Ambient Temperature/Humidity 10 to 35: /20 to 85%RH (non-condensation)
7. Color of Inverter Box Munsell no. 2.5Y9/1 (cream)
L
Hydraulic Unit
L 43
Inverter Drive NCP Series
NCP - 60 E - 3.7 PV 16 N 2 - ** - 12
Option (NCP option)

Pressure adjustment range: See specification on previous page
Variable control mechanism: Pressure compensation type
Discharge rate: See specification on previous page
PV: Variable piston pumps
Motor capacity
1.5:1.5kW, 2.2:2.2kW, 3.7:3.7kW, 5.5:5.5kW, 7.5:7.5kW
E: Inverter drive
Tank capacity: 40l, 60l, 100l, 160l, 250l
Inverter Drive NNP Series
NNP - 20 E - 22 P 16 N 2 - ** - 10
Option (NNP option)

Pressure adjustment range: See specification on previous page
Variable control mechanism: Pressure compensation type
Discharge rate: See specification on previous page
P: Variable piston pumps
Motor capacity
22:2.2kW, 37:3.7kW, 55:5.5kW
E: Inverter drive
Tank capacity: 20l, 30l, 40l, 60l, 80l

Contact us for more information.
Precautions
• Turning the inverter on and off by cutting the main power supply (circuit breaker) significantly reduces the life of the
inverter and should be limited to once an hour.
Contact us if you need to start and stop operations frequently.
• Do not change or adjust any switches except the inverter parameter settings and the pressure setting switches.
• Allow for sufficient flexibility in the piping between the hydraulic unit, external manifold, and actuator.
(Recommended: Flexible hose that is at least 1 meter long)
• Some options are not compatible with the inverter drive models, contact us for more information.
• Contact us if excessive leakage in the external hydraulic circuit limits energy saving efficiency.
L
Hydraulic Unit
L 44
Power Meister
Power Meister
By adding an inverter drive to our NCP/NNP series standard variable pump unit, we created the inverter drive NCP/NNP
series hydraulic units to achieve great energy savings. They are great for jobs that need to dwell for long periods.
Features
Compact Hydraulic System Incredible energy savings by only
• Superior energy savings operating when necessary.
• High precision Position, Speed and Pressure are
controlled with great precision by using a
AC servo motor controls rotational speed high-speed digital processing servo
and direction of pump. controller.
Generates flow and pressure to match the
operating cycle of machinery and to stop
during idle times.
Specifications
Electric Motor AC servo motor (0.5~7.5kW) (0.7~10.0HP)
Piston Pump (2.0~15.8 cm 3/rev) (0.12~0.96 in3/rev)
Ambient Temperature/ 0~+40°C (32~104°F) / 20~90% RH

Humidity
Fluid Temperature 5~60°C (41~140°F)
Recommended Fluid ISO VG32~68 (VG 46 recommended)
Range of Viscosity 20~200 mm 2/s (cSt)
Cleanliness Level NAS class 10
Setting Range of 3.5~30MPa (508~4350 psi)

Relief Valve
Maximum Pressure 30MPa (4350 psi)
Color Black

UPS - 0 A - 7 V 20 C 1 S 4 - HS - 1- (11)
Design No. 10 = For Motor Power 05, 10, 15, 20, 55 & 75
11 = For Motor Power 29 & 44
Option for Reservoir – : No Option
Voltage of Shut Off Valve

H: Temperature Switch
S: Float Switch L
4: 24 V DC
Hydraulic Unit
Range of Differential Valve Pressure 1:0.8~7MPa (116~1015 psi)
Option of Circuit – : No Option
C: Differential Pressure Valve
S: Shut Off Valve
Servo Motor Output 20:2.0kW (2.7 HP) (See below for details)
Installation - V: Vertical
H: Horizontal
Pump Capacity - 7: 6.7 cm³/rev (0.41 in³/rev) See below for other capacities)
Mounting - A: Foot type mounting
Pump Size - 00: Pump Capacity 2 & 4

0: Pump Capacity 5 & 7
1: Pump Capacity 11, 13 & 16
POWER Meister Unit
L 45
Pressure: Pressure Command Voltage - Pressure Characteristic (0-100%) Speed: Speed Command Voltage- Speed Characteristic (0-100%)
30.0 MPa 1500

(4350 psi) （min-1）
Speed of Hydraulic Motor

Pressure
15.0 750
2175
0.0 0.0
0.0 Command 10.0 0.0 Command 10.0
Voltage （V） Voltage （V）
1500 min-1 at 10V Minimum Speed: 50 min -1

30MPa (4350 psi) at 10V Minimum Pressure: 0.15 MPa (22 psi)
Command of 0V 10V 0V Maximum Speed: 1500 min-1
Command of 0V 10V 0V Maximum Pressure: 30 MPa (4350 psi)
(In case of oil motor as actuator)
Pressure: Sine Wave Response Command Wave Speed: Sine Wave Response Command Wave
Response Wave Response Wave
30.0 MPa 1500

（min -1）
(4350 psi)
Speed of Hydraulic Motor

15.0
Pressure
750
2175
0.0 0.0
0.0 Time 3.2 0.0 Time 3.2
（s）（s）
Sine Wave of 1HZ Command Sine Wave of 1HZ Command
Range of Wave 10-90% Range of Wave 10-90%
(In case of oil motor as actuator)
Hold Pressure: Electric Power Consumption Characteristic

Hydraulic Unit (UPS)
Pump 0.29 in 3/rev, Motor 2.7HP
2kW
(2.7HP)
POWER Meister
At 3045 psi,
1.2HP=64% Savings
( 1.9HP
0.7HP
)
Electric Power Consumption
1.5 Conventional
2.0
(At Hold Pressure)
1
1.3
0.5
0.7
L
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 4350
（MPa） psi
Hold Pressure
Ref. 2.2kW unipump (variable piston pump)

Consumption at full cut off (N=1.800 min -1 )
Hydraulic Unit
L 46
Installation Dimensional Drawings
UPS-00A Series
Option : Without option S (Shut Off Valve)
UPS-00A-*H**** (Horizontal type) UPS-00A-*V**** (Vertical type)
Tap Size (M10 x 18) 4-ø22 Counterbore ø11 drilling
For lifting (Counterbore height 11) B Port (G3/8) Lubrication Port (G1/2)
(3.19)
B Port Side
81
206 (8.11)
Relief Valve ＯＩＬ
注油口
Temperature Switch
(Option : H)
180 (7.09)
150 (5.91)
(1.38)(1.38)
(4.92)
35 35
125
Float Switch
注油口
ＯＩＬ
本体内へ清浄な作動油
始動前には必ずポンプ
Ｏ
口
BEFORE STARTING,
FILL THE PUMP CASE
WITH CLEAN FLUID.
(Option : S)
注
Ｌ
を充満のこと。
Lubrication Port (G3/8) 180 (7.09)

15 60 36 A Port (G3/8) 150 (5.91)
A Port Side Relief Valve
(.59) (2.36)(1.42)
35 35
(1.38)(1.38) Air Breather
(Set after lubrication)
Differential Pressure Valve
A Port Side Pressure Port (G3/8)
Level Gauge
(Opposite: B Port Side Pressure Port)
Air Breather
(Set after lubrication) Temperature Switch
(Option:H)
(4.92)
Level Gauge B Port (G 3/8) A Port
125
Float Switch
(8.46)
215
(G3/8)
206 (8.11)
(Option : S)
Oil Drain Port
(3.19)
(G1/2) Differential
81
(.59) (2.36) (1.42)

4-ø22 Counterbore ø11 drilling Pressure
（LE）
60 36
(Counterbore height 11) Valve
(3.54) LC
(Option : C)
Tap Size (M10 x 18)
90
LA 61 90 215
(2.40) (3.54)LB (8.46)
B Port Side
(2.40)
15
（LD ） Relief Valve
61
Oil Drain Port A Port Side
mm (inch) / kg (lbs) (G3/8) Relief Valve
(Note 2)
LA
UPS Model ＬＡＬＢ LC LD LE Weight
UPS-00A- ＊Ｖ
Ｈ05 113 (4.45) 505 (19.88) 519 (20.43) 559 (20.01) 551 (21.69) 28 (61.7)
UPS-00A- ＊Ｖ
Ｈ10 133 (5.24) 525 (20.67) 539 (21.22) 579 (22.80) 571 (22.48) 30 (66.2) A Port Side Pressure Port (G3/8)
UPS-00A- ＊Ｖ
Ｈ15 152 (5.98) 544 (21.42) 558 (21.97) 598 (23.54) 590 (23.23) 31 (68.4)
UPS-00A- ＊Ｖ
Ｈ20 171 (6.73) 563 (22.17) 577 (21.93) 617 (24.29) 609 (23.98) 33 (72.8)
Note 1: Dimensions in (parentheses) and two dot chain lines are for circuit
options C and S and tank options H and S.
Note 2: Does not include circuit or tank options or weight of hydraulic fluid.
Note 3: Install the air breather face up.
Option : With option S (Shut Off Valve)

UPS-00A-*H****S4 (Horizontal type) UPS-00A-*V****S4 (Vertical type)
Tap Size (M10 x 18) 4-ø22 Counterbore ø11 drilling

(3.19)
For lifting (Counterbore height 11)

81
B Port Side Lubrication Port (G1/2)

247 (9.72)
Shut Off Valve (Option : S) B Port (G 3/8) Relief Valve ＯＩＬ
注油口
Temperature Switch
(Option : H)
(1.38) (1.38)
150 (5.91)
180 (7.09)
Float Switch
(6.54)
166
B
35 35
(Option : S)
注油口
ＯＩＬ
本体内へ清浄な作動油
始動前には必ずポンプ
Ｏ
口
BEFORE STARTING,
FILL THE PUMP CASE
WITH CLEAN FLUID.
Ｉ
注
Ｌ
を充満のこと。
Lubrication Port (G3/8)

15 60 36
(.59) (2.36)(1.42)
A Port ( 3/8) A Port Side Relief Valve
180 (7.09)
150 (5.19)
L
35 35
(1.38)(1.38) Air Breather
Differential Pressure Valve
(Set after lubrication)
Hydraulic Unit
Level Gauge
Air Breather
(Set after lubrication) Differential
B Port Side
(9.72)
Temperature Switch Pressure Valve

(6.54)
166
(Option : H) Relief Valve A Port Side

(8.46)
215
Level Gauge Float Switch B Port (G3/8) Relief Valve

(Option : S) A Port (G3/8)
247
Oil Drain Port

(3.19)
(G1/2)
(.59) (2.36)(1.42)
81
（LE）
60 36
4-ø22 Counterbore ø11 drilling

(3.54) LC
(Counterbore height 11)

90
Tap Size (M10 x 18)

LA 61 90 215
For lifting
(2.40) (3.54)LB (8.46)
(2.40)
15
B Port Side
61
（LD ） Relief Valve

Oil Drain Port
(G3/8)
LA

L 47
UPS-0A/1A Series UPS-*A-**V**** (Vertical type)
UPS-00*A-**H**** (Horizontal type) MAX.150 142 （182)/(5.59)(7.17)
(MAX.5.91) MAX.150
(MAX.5.91)
4-ø34 Counterbore ø18 drilling 22.5 90 160.5 (6.32) B Port Side

(Counterbore height 24) (.89) (3.54) 22.5 Relief Valve
(.89)
B Port (G1/2)
270 (10.63)
(4.53)
Shut Off Valve (Option : S) Differential Pressure Valve

115
45 45
Float Switch Temperature Switch
(9.06)
230
(Option : S) (Option : H)
Tap Size (M10 x 20) Air Breather
A Port (G1/2) (Set after lubrication)
45 45
(1.77)(1.77)
Tap Size (M10x20) Level Gauge Tap Size
For lifting Lubrication Port (G1/4) A Port Side Relief Valve (M10 x 20)
Temperature Switch Float Switch
Air Breather
(Set after lubrication) (Option : H) (Option : S)
Differential Pressure Shut Off Valve (Option : S) B Port (G1/2) A Port (G1/2)
Valve
LB
(3.54)
90
90
(9.61)
A Port Side
244
B Port Side
LC
Relief Valve Relief Valve

(4.33)
110
(5.31) 304 (11.97)

160.5 (6.32)
（LG ）
Oil Drain Port
22.5
LE
(.89)
135 (G 1/4) MAX.150
LA (5.31) 304 (11.97) LB (MAX.5.91) MAX.150 Oil Drain Port
LD （182)/(5.59)(7.17)(MAX.5.91)
142 (G 1/4)
(3.54)
135
（LF）
90
mm (inch) / kg (lbs) Tap Size
(M10 x 20)
22.5
(Note 2)
(.89)
UPS ＬＡＬＢ LC LD LE LF LG Weight
4-ø34 Counterbore
LA
UPS-0A- ＊Ｖ
Ｈ20 171 (6.73) 120 (4.72) 229 (9.01) 620 (24.40) 639 (25.15) 666 (26.22) 657 (25.86) 52 (114.7) ø18 Drilling
UPS-1A- ＊＊Ｖ (Counterbore Height 24)
Ｈ29 160 (6.29) 244 (9.60) 684 (26.92) 703 (27.67) 730 (28.74) 721 (28.38) 58 (127.9)
UPS-1A- ＊＊Ｖ
Ｈ44 184 (7.24) 195 (7.67) 708 (27.87) 727 (28.62) 754 (29.68) 745 (29.33) 62 (136.7) 115(4.53)
230 (9.06) 110
UPS-1A- ＊＊Ｖ
Ｈ55 267 (10.51) 276 (10.86) 791 (31.14) 810 (31.88) 837 (32.95) 828 (32.59) 76 (174.2) 270 LC (4.33)
UPS-1A- ＊＊Ｖ
Ｈ75 332 (13.07) 856 (33.70) 875 (34.44) 902 (35.51) 893 (35.15) 87 (191.8) (10.63)
Note 1: Dimensions in (parentheses) and two dot chain lines are for circuit options C and S and tank options H and S.
Note 2: Does not include circuit or tank options or weight of hydraulic fluid.
Note 3: Install the air breather face up.
6HUYR$PSOLÀHU Servo Controller - EPD-PD3-10-D2-20

For 1.0, 1.5kW
For 0.5kW (0.7HP) Motor (1.3, 2.0HP) Motor
No.
SERVO CONTROLLER
MODEL EPD-PＤ3-１０-D2-20
MFG.No. *** （*.**）
NACHI-FUJIKOSHI CORP.
MOD SET MADE IN JAPAN
(7.84)
ＶＲ3 ＶＲ4
CNA
CNA
ＶＲ1 ＶＲ2
(6.61)
(6.61)
168
(7.17)
168
(6.77)
CN2 CN2
182
172
TB2 TB2
190
ＳＷ1
ＲＵＮ
CN3 ＴＸ CNB
5
CNB
ＲＸ 1
CND CND
CN4 CN4
CN1
50 （70） 130 90 （70） 130 CN1
(1.97) (2.76) (5.12) (3.54) (2.76) (5.12) TB1 TB1

9
4
Weight：1.0kg (2.2lbs) Weight：2.2kg (4.8lbs) 27.5

(1.08) 55 80 (3.15)
(2.17)
For 2.9, 4.4kW 110 (4.33)
For 2.0kW (2.7HP) Motor (3.9, 5.9HP) Motor Wiring Space
Weight ：0.5kg (1.11lbs)
L
(9.84)
(9.25)
250
235
Hydraulic Unit
110 （75） 210

100 （70） 235 (4.33) (2.95) (8.27)
(3.94) (2.76) (9.25)
Weight：5.5kg (12.1lbs) Weight：4.6kg (10.1lbs)
For 5.5kW (7.4HP) Motor For 7.5kW (10.0HP) Motor
External Regenerative Reservoir

340
(13.39)
(9.25)
235
(9.84)
(5.51)
250
140
(2.24)
220 （70） 235

57
130 （70） 235 (8.66) (2.76) (9.25)

(5.12) (2.76) (9.25)
Weight：6.8kg (15lbs) Weight：10.0kg (22lbs) Weight：1.0kg (2.2lbs)
L 48
Power Fit
Power Fit
-
Energy-Saving Power Unit - Variable Displacement Piston Pumps Driven by AC Servo Motor. Precise Pressure Flow Control
Based on Machine Motion
Features
• Energy saving type power unit with two Pressure and flow can be set digitally at
displacement piston pumps driven by AC given value by control panel.
servo motor. • Multiple settings of pressure and flow
• Pressure and flow is controlled by motor are possible by an external signal input.
drive speed and pump displacement.
Specifications
Model Max. Pump Displacement Hi/Lo Servo motor Reservoir
pressure (initial setting)
NPQ-60E-55PV45N3A2-6161A 3625PSI (25MPa) 23.8GPM (90 L/min) 2.74 / 0.73”cu in (45 / 12cm3/rev) 7.37HP (5.5kW) 15.85GAL (60L)
NPQ-80E-75PZ70N4A2-6161A 4061PSI (28MPa) 37GPM (140 L/min) 4.27 / 1.04”cu in (70 / 17cm3/rev) 10.05HP (7.5kW) 21.13GAL (80L)

NPQ - 60 E - 55 PV 45 N 3 A 2 - ** - 6161A
Design No.
Option (Note 1)
Solenoid Valve Source 2: AC200V
Solenoid Valve Type A: SA-G01
Cut-off Pressure Range
3: 3~25MPa (435-3625PSI)
4: 2~28MPa (290-4060PSI)
NA: 2-Flow Type
Pump Capacity (cm³/rev) (in³/rev)
45 (2.75) (PVS), 70 (4.27) (PZS)
Pump Type PV: PVS, PZ: PZS
Motor 55: 5.5kW (7.4HP), 75: 7.5kW (10HP)
Control Box E: with control box; nothing: without control box
Reservoir 60.80Lit (15.9, 21.2 Gallon)
Power-Fit
Notes: G: Guard Level Gauge H: Thermostat M: Microseparator P: Oil Pan

S: Float Switch (for lower) T: Level Gauge with Thermometer
Outline Diagram L
Example of Press Motion
Rapid decline Rapid incline

Hydraulic Unit
Stroke
Slow decline Depressure

Pressurization
Time
Cylinder
ɵ
Effect of
energy savings
Flow
Limit Switch
Solenoid Valve Relay
• Speed (flow) and force Pressure Convertor
0
(pressure) are automatically Cope
controlled by controller based on Controller Time
Pump
load situation.
Limit Switch M Effect of
Work ɵ
Pressure
energy savings
• No need to use additional Servo Servo Setting pressure
valves for flow and pressure Motor
Drag Reservoir
Actual pressure
control. Power-Fit 0
Time
L 49
PHV Track Motors
PHV Track Motors
Features
This product is the 2 speed hydraulic motor Remove the upper side plug of "DRAIN Please refer to page M3 and the
with reduction gear for the crawler type PORTS"(DR1 or DR2), and then connect instruction manual for other notes.
machine, which is a mini-excavator or a directly to the tank after installing this track
similar one in the operating condition and motor to the machine.
the operating rate.
Specifications
SPECIFICATION (THEORETICAL) (Note 3) (Note 4) (Note 5) (Note 6) (Note7)
Code for Hyd.Motor Option
Code for Final Max. Max.Output Torque Max. Max.Output Speed
Model No. Displacement (Theoretical, Lo mode) (Theoretical, Hi mode) Parking Brake
Gear Ratio Displacement Pressure Flow Torque
Lo mode Hi mode Intermittent Continuous Track Motor Hyd.Motor Track Motor Hyd.Motor
code:*1 in³ code:*2 in³ code:*3 ratio Lo mode Hi mode psi Ft. Lbs Ft. Lbs gpm rpm rpm Ft. Lbs. Ft. Lbs.
PHV-1B-1213A-(P)-10 A 1/25.26 240.0 118.7 689 2.5 (2021) 365
1 .57 3 .28
PHV-1B-1213B-(P)-10 B 1/36.96 351.1 173.7 3552 1010 3.6 (2957) 533
PHV-1B-1223A-(P)-10 A 1/25.26 275.3 141.5 791 2.9 (2021) 365
2 .66 3 .34
PHV-1B-1223B-(P)-10 B 1/36.96 402.9 207.0 3407 1113 4.3 (2957) 533
556 80 14.5
PHV-1B-1233A-(P)-10 A 1/25.26 288.0 146.5 3552 953 3.0 (2021) 365
3 .69 3 .35
PHV-1B-1233B-(P)-10 B 1/36.96 421.3 214.4 3262 1113 4.5 (2957) 533
PHV-1B-1243A-(P)-10 A 1/25.26 313.2 156.6 3552 900 3.3 (2021) 365
4 .75 3 .37
PHV-1B-1243B-(P)-10 B 1/36.96 458.3 229.2 3000 1113 4.8 (2957) 533
Note 1: Use this track motor within the Specification.

Note 2: The Specification is theoretical value. Real torque at 10 rpm (lo) should be approximately 83% of Theoretical Torque.
Real Speed at Hi(P<1493 psi) should be approximate 96% of Theoretical Speed.
The particular performance is shown on page M3.
Note 3: Max. Pressure is 3550 psi. However, the value in ( ) is limited by Max. Output Torque.
Note 4: Max. Output Torque is 1113 Ft. Lbs. However, the value in ( ) is limited by Max. Pressure.
"Intermittent" means less than 7% of operating time.
Note 5: Max. Flow is 5.2 gpm. However, the value in ( ) is limited by Max. Output Speed (track motor or hydraulic motor).
Note 6: Max. Output Speed is 80 rpm (track motor), 3000 rpm (hydraulic motor).
However, the value in ( ) is limited by Max. Flow or Max. Output Speed (track motor or hydraulic motor).
Note 7: Parking Brake Torque (hydraulic motor) is 14.5 Ft Lbs.
Therefore, Parking Brake Torque (track motor) is different value between Gear Ratio "A(1/25.26)" and "B(1/36.96)".

PHV-1B-12 ***- (*) - 10
Design No.
Option Code
P : with Parking Brake
None : without Parking Brake
(*3) Gear ratio code
A : 1/25.26
B : 1/36.96
(*2) Code for Hyd. Motor displacement (Hi mode)
(*1) Code for Hyd. Motor displacement (Lo mode) M
Track Motors
Catalog 1701
M1
CAUTION
39
43
58.5
1. Speed Control Pressure: min. 217 psi
2. Hydraulic Fluid: ISO VG46
(Anti-Wear Hydraulic Fluid) DR1 DR2
A B
3. Contamination: within NAS Grade 10 PP
2-BSPP 1/4(DR PORTS)
4. Oil Temp: -4 ~ 180° F 16 16
5. Filter: 10m
ø24 C'BORE
2-PLUGS 34 2-BSPP 3/8(A,B PORTS)
6. Gear Oil: SAE-30-CD (Amount of Oil 20 in³) 43 43
7. Mass: 37.4 lbs. ø28 C'BORE
8. Paint Color: Red (Under Coat) BSPP 1/8(PP PORT)
ø18 C'BORE
190
77 45 68
39
8 11 13 8
R0.8 R0.8
48
52
1
ø140h8
ø140h8
P.C.D.155
P.C.D.155
ø133
ø175
ø175 8-M10X1.5thru 70
(Mounting Side) 88
120
9-M10X1.5thru
(Sprocket Side) 132
JIS SYMBOL
DR1 DR1
GEAR OIL
DR2 DR2 LEVEL
B B
RED
RED
A A
2-BSPP 3/8
PP PP
GEAR OIL LEVEL
(VIEWED FROM X)
MODEL NO. PHV-1B-12***-10 MODEL NO. PHV-1B-12***-P-10
ALLOWED DRAIN PRESSURE ROTATIONAL DIRECTION (VIEWED FROM X )
NAME 2 speed type TRACK MOTOR RATED Max. 43 psi INLET OUTLET
DWG.NO. AM-2101ME-1-A SURGE Max. 145 psi CLOCKWISE B A
COUNTER-CLOCKWISE A B
M
Track Motors
M2
Performance Curves
Allowable Output Torque Curve
PHV-1B-12 *** - (P) - 10 100
Volumetric
efficiency
Condition:
90
Hydraulic Fluid: ISO VG46
Oil Temperature: 50±5 º C
80
Efficiency (%)
Mechanical
efficiency
70
60
10 rpm 40 rpm 20 rpm 80 rpm

§
0
1450 2900
Pressure (psi)
: Lo mode
Performance Characteristics : Hi mode
PHV-1B-12 *** - (P) - 10 Allowable Output Torque Curve

1475
20 To
Condition of allowable output torque Lh = 200 N ( T ) ³
Life: 200 hr (driving time) Lh: Life (hr)
N: Your using speed (min-1)
Clockwise - 100 hr 1113
To: Torque on curve at N
Counterclockwise - 100 hr T: Your using Torque (N•m) (Theoretical)
Torque Ft. Lbs
Reduction gear life under your 737 Note: When the track motor is driven only
using condition side direction, the life is reduced by half.
0
20 40 60 80 100
Speed rpm
Condition of allowable bearing load Allowable Bearing Load [*1] Figure that W (your using equivalent
Life: 500 hr 5620
load) is the following:
Bearing life under your using condition
L+38.7 (D/2)
Wo 4496
W = 74.8 Wr 74.8 W th
Lh = 500 (W)³ L: Offset length [*2] of your sprocket (mm)
Lh: Life (hr)
Allowable Load Lbs
D: Pitch circle diameter of your sprocket (mm)

Wo: Load on curve at your using speed 3372 Wr : Your using radial load (N)
W: Your using equivalent load (N) [*1] Wth : Your using thrust load (N)
2248 [*2] Refer to the figure below
1124
0
20 40 60 80 100
M
Speed rpm
Track Motors
Instructions:
1. Use this track motor within ‘Specification’ shown in DWG. No. AM-2101ME-1.
2. Use an installation mounting with stiffness and clean the mounting before installing this track motor to the machine.
3. Install this track motor horizontally.
4. Remove the upper side plug of ‘Drain ports’ (DR1 or DR2: refer to DWG. No. AM-2101ME-1) and then connect to the tank after installing this track motor to the machine.
5. Fill the motor case with clean hydraulic fluid through the ‘Drain port’ before starting.
6. When the ‘PP port’ (refer to DWG. No. AM-2101ME-1) is connected to the tank, this track motor is operated at Lo mode. (permitted back pressure: 0.5 MPa)
7. When the ‘PP port’ is supplied pressure, this track motor is operated at Hi mode. (speed control pressure: min. 1.5 MPa)
8. The parking brake (option) of this track motor is negative brake system. Parking brake is working when ‘A port’ and ‘B port’ (refer to DWG. No. AM-2101ME-1) are not
supplied pressure; is not working when ‘A port’ or ‘B port’ is supplied pressure. (parking brake releasing pressure: 1.5 MPa)
9. Change the gear oil to the new one each following period. First: 200 hr or 2 months; Second and after: 1000 hr or 1 year
10. Please refer to the instruction manual for other notes.
M3
PHV Track Motors
PHV Track Motors
Features
with reduction gear for the crawler type PORTS" (DR1 or DR2), and then connect instruction manual for other notes.
the operating rate.
Specifications
SPECIFICATION (THEORETICAL) (Note 3) (Note 4) (Note 5) (Note 6) (Note 7)
code:*1 in³ code:*2 in³ code:*3 ratio Lo mode Hi mode psi Ft. Lbs. Ft. Lbs. gpm rpm rpm Ft. Lbs. Ft. Lbs.
PHV-2B-2012A-(P)-10 A 1/31.00 499.1 282.1 3552 1435 5.6 (2325) 694
2 .55
PHV-2B-2012B-(P)-10 B 1/39.00 627.9 354.9 3509 1784 7.0 (2925) 874
1 .98
PHV-2B-2013A-(P)-10 A 1/31.00 499.1 260.4 3552 1435 5.1 (2325) 694
3 .51
PHV-2B-2013B-(P)-10 B 1/39.00 627.9 327.6 3509 1784 6.5 (2925) 874
892 75 22.4
PHV-2B-2022A-(P)-10 A 1/31.00 533.2 294.5 3552 1553 5.8 (2325) 694
2 .57
PHV-2B-2022B-(P)-10 B 1/39.00 670.8 370.5 3277 1784 7.3 (2925) 874
2 1.04
PHV-2B-2023A-(P)-10 A 1/31.00 533.2 266.6 3552 1533 5.2 (2325) 694
3 .52
PHV-2B-2023B-(P)-10 B 1/39.00 670.8 335.4 3277 1784 6.6 (2925) 874

Note 7: Parking Brake Torque (hydraulic motor) is 22.4 Ft. Lbs.

PHV-2B-20 ***- (*) - 10
Design No.
Option Code
M (*3) Gear ratio code
A : 1/31.00
B : 1/39.00
Track Motors
(*1) Code for Hyd. Motor displacement (Lo mode)
M4
CAUTION
(Anti-Wear Hydraulic Fluid)
54.5
58.5
3. Contamination: within NAS Grade 10
74
4. Oil Temp: -4 ~ 180º F
5. Filter: 10m
6. Gear Oil: SAE-30-CD (Amount of Oil 20 in³) DR1 A B DR2
PP
7. Mass: 53 lbs 2-BSPP 1/4(DR PORTS)
8. Paint Color: Black (Under Coat) 16 16 ø24 C'BORE
34 2-BSPP 3/8(A,B PORTS)
43 43 ø28 C'BORE
BSPP 1/8(PP PORT)
2-PLUGS
ø18 C'BORE
1 222.5
99 40 83.5
17
39
8 13 13 8
R0.8 R0.8
48
52
* *
P.C.D.180
P.C.D.170
ø150h8
ø160h8
Ą
Ą
ø200
ø190
10-M10X1.5thru
ø154
ø142
(Mounting Side) 70
8 UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED + 2(SYMBOL *) 88
9-M10X1.5thru 120
(Sprocket Side)
132
2-BSPP 3/8
JIS SYMBOL BSPP1/8
DR1
DR2
DR1
DR2
GEAR OIL
LEVEL
B B
RED
RED
A A
PP PP GEAR OIL LEVEL

(VIEWED FROM X)
MODEL NO. PHV-2B-20***-10 MODEL NO. PHV-2B-20***-P-10 ALLOWED DRAIN PRESSURE ROTATIONAL DIRECTION (VIEWED FROM X )
NAME 2 speed type TRACK MOTOR RATED Max. 43 psi INLET OUTLET
SURGE Max. 145 psi CLOCKWISE B A
DWG.NO. AM-2201ME-1-A COUNTER-CLOCKWISE A B
M
Track Motors
M5
Performance Curves
PHV-2B-20 *** - (P) - 10 100
Volumetric
efficiency
Condition:
90
80
Efficiency (%)
Mechanical
efficiency
70
60
10 rpm 37.5 rpm 20 rpm 75 rpm

§
0
1450 2900
Pressure (psi)
: Lo mode
: Hi mode
PHV-2B-20 *** - (P) - 10 Allowable Output Torque Curve
1784
20 To
1475 N: Your using speed (min-1)
Clockwise - 100 hr To: Torque on curve at N
Torque Ft. Lbs.
Reduction gear life under your Note: When the track motor is driven only
737
0
50 75 100
Speed rpm
Life: 500 hr 11240
52.9-L (D/2)
Wo 8992
: ::/
92 r 92 th
Lh = 500 (W)³ 39.1+L (D/2)
: ::/
92 92 th
Lh: Life (hr)
Allowable Load Lbs
Wo: Load on curve at your using speed L: Offset length [*2] of your sprocket (mm)
6744 D: Pitch circle diameter of your sprocket (mm)
W: Your using equivalent load (N) [*1]
Wr : Your using radial load (N)
Wth : Your using thrust load (N)
4496
[*2] Refer to the figure below
2248
M 0
50 75 100
Speed rpm
Track Motors
Instructions:
1. Use this track motor within ‘Specification’ shown in DWG. No. AM-2201ME-1.
6. When the ‘PP port’ (refer to DWG. No. AM-2201ME-1) is connected to the tank, this track motor is operated at Lo mode. (permitted back pressure: 0.5 MPa)
M6
PHV Track Motors
PHV Track Motors
Features
the operating rate.
Specifications
code:*1 in³ code:*2 in³ code:*3 ratio Lo mode Hi mode psi Ft. Lbs. Ft. Lbs. gpm rpm rpm Ft. Lbs Ft. Lbs
PHV-3B-3513A-(P)-11 A 1/36.51 755.8 398.0 2173 7.37 (2556) 977
1 1.26 3 .66
PHV-3B-3513B-(P)-11 B 1/45.20 935.6 492.7 2690 9.11 (3164) 1210
PHV-3B-3521A-(P)-11 A 1/36.51 781.3 471.0 3552 2247 8.71 70 (2556) 977
2 1.30 1 .78
PHV-3B-3521B-(P)-11 B 1/45.20 967.3 583.1 2781 10.77 (3164) 1210
PHV-3B-3531A-(P)-11 A 1/36.51 861.6 573.2 2478 10.59 (2556) 977
3 1.44 1 .95
PHV-3B-3531B-(P)-11 B 1/45.20 1066.7 709.6 3509 3034 1517
11.1 (59.2) (2675) 1210 26.7
PHV-3B-3532A-(P)-11 A 1/36.51 861.6 471.0 3552 2478 8.71 (2446) 977
3 1.44 2 .78
PHV-3B-3532B-(P)-11 B 1/45.20 1066.7 583.1 3509 3034 10.77 (3164) 1210
PHV-3B-3533A-(P)-11 A 1/36.51 861.6 438.1 3552 2478 8.11 70 (2556) 977
3 1.44 3 .73
PHV-3B-3533B-(P)-11 B 1/45.20 1066.7 542.4 3509 3034 10.0 (3164) 1210
PHV-3B-3542A-(P)-11 A 1/36.51 916.4 518.4 3552 2635 9.66 (2556) 977
4 1.53 2 .86
PHV-3B-3542B-(P)-11 B 1/45.20 1134.5 641.8 3291 3034 11.0 (65.4) (2958) 1210

Note 5: Max. Flow is 11 gpm. However, the value in ( ) is limited by Max. Output Speed (track motor or hydraulic motor).
Note 8: You can select “Option Valve”. This drawing is showing the track motor without Option Valve.
Other options available are Surge Supressor Relief Valve and Shock Less Relief Valve.

PHV-3B-35 ***- (*) (*) - 11
Design No. M
Option Valve Code
None: without Option Valve
Track Motors
R : with Surge Suppressor Relief Valve

S : with Shock Less Relief Valve
Option Code
A: 1/31.00 B: 1/39.00
M7
Installation Dimensional Drawing 1.6
R2
&$87,21
6SHHG&RQWURO3UHVVXUHPLQSVL
53.5
56.5
+\GUDXOLF)OXLG,629*
78.5
Detail of the section P
1.6
$QWL:HDU+\GUDXOLF)OXLG 2-BSPP 1/4(DR PORTS)
260.5 DR1 A DR2
&RQWDPLQDWLRQZLWKLQ1$6*UDGH B Ć&
%25('((3
119 50 91.5 PP
2LO7HPSa) 20 20
2-BSPP 1/2(A,B PORTS)
21.5
)LOWHUP Ć&
%25('((3
8 13 18 5 51 51
*HDU2LO6$(&'$PRXQWRI2LOLQò BSPP 1/4(PILOT PORT)
1(&.,1*5 2-PLUGS
R0.8 Ć&
%25('((3
0DVVOEV (EQVIVALET R0.8)
sectionP Ą

Ą

3DLQW&RORU(ERQ\*UD\8QGHU&RDW
*
*
*
2-BSPP 3/8
3
ø185
51
ø190h8
ø165h8
ø212
ø189
ø235
ø192
ø214
BSPP 1/8
56
GEAR OIL
LEVEL
* *
*
GEAR OIL LEVEL 12-M12X1.75 thru Ą Ą
6352&.(76,'(
(VIEWED FROM X) 9 UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED + 3(SYMBOL *) 107
12-M12X1.75 thru 147
(MOUNTING SIDE)
9 UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED + 3(SYMBOL *) 160
JIS SYMBOL
DR1 DR1
DR2 DR2
B B
RED
RED
A A
ROTATIONAL DIRECTION (VIEWED FROM X )
PP PP INLET OUTLET
CLOCKWISE B A
MODEL NO. PHV-3B-35***-11 MODEL NO. PHV-3B-35***-P-11 COUNTER-
CLOCKWISE A B
NAME 2 speed type TRACK MOTOR ALLOWED DRAIN PRESSURE
RATED Max. 43 psi
DWG.NO. AM-2301ME-1-0A SURGE Max. 145 psi
M
Track Motors
M8
Performance Curves
PHV-3B-35 *** - (*) (*) - 11 100
Volumetric
efficiency
Condition:
90
80
Efficiency (%)
Mechanical
efficiency
70
60

§
0
1450 2900
Pressure (psi)
: Lo mode
Performance Characteristics : Hi mode
PHV-3B-35 *** - (*) (*) - 11 Allowable Output Torque Curve

1475
20 To
N: Your using speed (min-1)
Clockwise - 100 hr 1113
To: Torque on curve at N
Torque Ft. Lbs
Reduction gear life under your 737 Note: When the track motor is driven only
0
20 40 60 80 100
Speed rpm
Life: 500 hr 5620
64.1-L (D/2)
: ::/
106.4 r 106.4 th
4496
42.3+L (D/2)
Wo
Lh = 500 ( W ) ³ : ::/
106.4 106.4 th
Allowable Load Lbs
Lh: Life (hr) L: Offset length [*2] of your sprocket (mm)

Wo: Load on curve at your using speed 3372 D: Pitch circle diameter of your sprocket (mm)
W: Your using equivalent load (N) [*1] Wr : Your using radial load (N)
Wth : Your using thrust load (N)
2248
[*2] Refer to the figure below
1124
0
20 40 60 80 100 M
Speed rpm
Instructions:
Track Motors
1. Use this track motor within ‘Specification’ shown in DWG. No. AM-2301ME-1, -2, -3.
2. A machining process is necessary on the track motor installation face of the track frame. Flatness of the installation face should be 0.1 mm or better.
5. The sprocket should be a flat type - see drawing:
6. Remove the upper side plug of ‘Drain ports’ (DR1 or DR2: refer to DWG. No. AM-2301ME-1, -2, -3)
and then connect to the tank after installing this track motor to the machine.
8. When the ‘PP port’ (refer to DWG. No. AM-2101ME-1, -2, -3) is connected to the tank, this track motor is operated at Lo mode. (permitted back pressure: 0.5 MPa)
10. The parking brake (option) of this track motor is negative brake system. Parking brake is working when ‘A port’ and ‘B port’ (refer to DWG. No. AM-2101ME-1, -2, -3) are not
M9
PHV Track Motors
PHV Track Motors
Features
This product is the 2 speed hydraulic motor Remove the upper side plug of "DRAIN “PHV-4B-60***-10” and
with reduction gear for the crawler type PORTS"(DR1 or DR2), and then connect “PHV-4B-60***-P-10” Other models
machine, which is a mini-excavator or a directly to the tank after installing this track not shown.
the operating rate. Following drawings show the models
Specifications
code:*1 in³ code:*2 in³ code:*3 ratio Lo mode Hi mode psi Ft. Lbs. Ft. Lbs. gpm rpm rpm Ft. Lbs. Ft. Lbs.
PHV-4B-6011A-(P)-10 A 1/36.80 1052.5 640.3 3026 10.9 (2392) 2342
1 1.74 1 1.06
PHV-4B-6011B-(P)-10 B 1/47.53 1359.4 827.0 3909 14.2 (3089) 3025
PHV-4B-6021A-(P)-10 A 1/36.80 1093.0 673.4 3143 11.5 (2392) 2342
2 1.81 1 1.11
PHV-4B-6021B-(P)-10 B 1/47.53 1411.6 869.8
3552
4059
2542
14.9 65 (3089) 3025
63.6
PHV-4B-6032A-(P)-10 A 1/36.80 1258.6 702.9 3619 12.0 (2392) 2342
3 2.08 2 1.16
PHV-4B-6032B-(P)-10 B 1/47.53 1652.5 907.8 4672 15.5 (3089) 3025
PHV-4B-6041A-(P)-10 A 1/36.80 1299.0 783.8 3735 13.4 (2392) 2342
4 2.15 1 1.29
PHV-4B-6041B-(P)-10 B 1/47.53 1677.8 1012.4 4824 15.8 (59.3) (2817) 3025
The particular performance is shown in "DWG.NO. AM-2301ME-4".
Note 8: You can select “Option Valve”. This drawing is showing the track motor without Option Valve.
Other options available are Surge Supressor Relief Valve and Shock Less Relief Valve.

PHV-4B-60 ***- (*) (*) - 10
M Design No.
Option Valve Code
None: without Option Valve
Track Motors
R: with Surge Suppressor Relief Valve

S: with Shock Less Relief Valve
Option Code
A: 1/36.80 B: 1/47.53
M 10
Installation Dimensional Drawing
43
46
68
CAUTION 296 DR1 A B
DR2 2-BSPP 1/4(DR PORTS)
PP
1. Speed Control Pressure: min. 217 psi 139.5 75.5 81 ø24 C'BORE
2. Hydraulic Fluid: ISO VG46 31 20 20 2-BSPP 1/2(A,B PORTS)
(Anti-Wear Hydraulic Fluid) 9 21 21 7.5 51 51 ø34 C'BORE
R0.8 2-PLUGS BSPP 1/4(PP PORT)
R0.4 ø24 C'BORE
4. Oil Temp: -4 ~ 180º F
5. Filter: 10m *
6. Gear Oil: SAE-30-CD
(Amount of Oil 20 in³)
7. Mass: 124 lbs.
3
51
P.C.D.262
8. Paint Color: Red (Under Coat),
ø230h8
P.C.D.220
ø180h8
ø207
ø288
ø246
Black (Top Coat)
56
* *
12-M14x2.0 thru
(Mounting Side) 20º 20º
9 UNIFORMMLY DISTRIBUTED + 3(SYMBOL *) 107
12-M14x2.0 thru 147
(Sprocket Side) 160
2-BSPP 3/8
HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
BSPP 1/8
DR1 DR1
DR2 DR2
GEAR OIL
B B LEVEL
RED
RED
A A
ROTATIONAL DIRECTION (VIEWED FROM X )

PP PP
INLET OUTLET GEAR OIL LEVEL
CLOCKWISE B A (VIEWED FROM X)
MODEL NO. PHV-4B-60***-10 MODEL NO. PHV-4B-60***-P-10 COUNTER-
CLOCKWISE A B
NAME 2 speed type TRACK MOTOR ALLOWED DRAIN PRESSURE
RATED Max. 43 psi
DWG.NO. AM-2401ME-1-B SURGE Max. 145 psi
M
Track Motors
M 11
PHV Track Motors
PHV Track Motors
Features
the operating rate.
Specifications
SPECIFICATION (THEORETICAL) (Note 3) (Note 4) (Note 5) (Note 6) (Note7)
Code for Hyd.Motor Max.Output Torque Max.Output Speed Option Shock Less Relief Valve
Displacement Code for Final Max. (Theoretical, Lo mode) Max. (Theoretical, Hi mode) Parking Brake
Model No. Gear Ratio Displacement Pressure Flow Torque Cracking Setting
Lo mode Hi mode Intermittent Continuous Track Motor Hyd.Motor Track Motor Hyd.Motor Pressure Pressure
code:*1 in³ code:*2 in³ code:*3 ratio Lo mode Hi mode psi Ft. Lbs Ft. Lbs gpm rpm rpm Ft. Lbs. Ft. Lbs. psi psi
PHV-5B-11011A-PS-10 1 1.99 1 1.23 127.81 79.20 (7869) (20.58)

4640 60 (3855)
4350 psi +435
0 4640 psi +145
-73
PHV-5B-11032A-PS-10 2 2.26 2 1.25 A 1/64.25 145.45 80.37 (8954) 4794 (20.87) 5019 78
at 0.26 gpm at 5.28 gpm
PHV-5B-11043A-PS-10 3 2.58 3 1.30 165.84 83.51 (4350) 9588 21.14 (58.5) (3756)

Note 7: Parking Brake Torque (hydraulic motor) is 78 Ft Lbs.

PHV-5B-110 * * A - (PS) - 10
Design No.
Option Code
S : with Shockless Relief Valve
A : 1/64.25
M (*2) Code for Hyd. Motor displacement (Hi mode)

Track Motors
M 12
CAUTION
(Anti-Wear Hydraulic Fluid)
4. Oil Temp: -4 ~ 194° F (Instantaneous Max. 212º F)
5. Filter: 10m
6. Gear Oil: SAE-30-CD (Amount of Oil 91.5 in³)
7. Mass: 192 lbs.
8. Paint Color: Ebony Gray (Under Coat)
JIS SYMBOL
MODEL NO. PHV-5B-110**A-PS-10

ALLOWED DRAIN PRESSURE ROTATIONAL DIRECTION (VIEWED FROM X )
NAME 2 speed type TRACK MOTOR RATED Max. 43.5 psi INLET OUTLET
DWG.NO. AM-2701ME-2 SURGE Max. 145 psi CLOCKWISE B A
COUNTER-CLOCKWISE A B
M
Track Motors
M 13
Performance Curves 100
Volumetric
efficiency
PHV-5B-110**A-PS-10
90
Condition:
80
Efficiency (%)
Oil Temperature: 122±41 º F
Mechanical
efficiency
70
60

§
0
1450 2900 4350
Pressure (psi)
Performance Characteristics : Lo mode
: Hi mode
PHV-5B-110**A-PS-10
Condition of allowable output torque 20 To

Lh = 300 N ( T ) ³
Clockwise - 150 hr N: Your using speed (min-1)
Counterclockwise - 150 hr To: Torque on curve at N
9588 T: Your using Torque (N•m) (Theoretical)
Torque Ft. Lbs
8851
Reduction gear life under your
7376 Note: When the track motor is driven only
using condition
side direction, the life is reduced by half.
5900
4426
2950
1475 [*1] Figure that W (your using equivalent

0 load) is the following:
20 40 60 80 100
Speed rpm 73.5-L (D/2)
: ::/
143.2 r 143.2 th
Condition of allowable bearing load W = 69.7+L Wr (D/2) W th (1.9<L)
Life: 500 hr Allowable Bearing Load 143.2 143.2
L: Offset length [*2] of your sprocket (mm)
Bearing life under your using condition D: Pitch circle diameter of your sprocket (mm)
Wr : Your using radial load (N)
Wo Wth : Your using thrust load (N)
Lh = 500 ( W ) ³
Lh: Life (hr)
Allowable Load Lbs
29976 [*2] Refer to the figure below

Wo: Load on curve at your using speed
W: Your using equivalent load (N) [*1] 22480
17984
13488
8992
4496
0
20 40 60 80 100
Speed rpm
M Instructions:
1. Use this track motor within ‘Specification’ shown in DWG. No. AM-2701ME-1
2. A machining process is necessary on the track motor installation face of the track frame. Flatness of the installation face should be 0.1 mm or better.
Track Motors
5. The sprocket should be a flat type. (Refer to drawing at right)
8. When the ‘PP port’ (refer to DWG. No. AM-2701ME-1) is connected to the tank, this track motor is operated at Lo mode. (permitted back pressure: 72 psi)
9. When the ‘PP port’ is supplied pressure, this track motor is operated at Hi mode. (speed control pressure: min. 217 psi)
supplied pressure; is not working when ‘A port’ or ‘B port’ is supplied pressure. (parking brake releasing pressure: 217 psi)
12. The neutral position of the control valve should be AB-T open. Please secure enough open area (more than 78 mm²), not to occur abnormal pressure rising at A•B port.
M 14
Hydraulic Fluid
Operating Fluid
Operating fluid is liquid inside of a hydraulic tasks as lubrication, rust prevention, reliability of hydraulic equipment, it is
device that acts as a medium to transmit sealing, and cooling. Because of the vital important to exercise sufficient care
power. In addition to its operational task, contributions hydraulic operating fluid when selecting the correct type for your
hydraulic operating fluid also performs such makes to the operation, efficiency, and needs and when storing fluid.
• Oil-based operating fluid equipment, and account for most concerning seal material, paint and metal
The most commonly used mineral oil hydraulic operation fluid in use today. compatibility (see table below), and
hydraulic fluids are general operating fluid because their lubrication characteristics
and anti-wear operating fluid. General • Fire-resistant Hydraulic Fluid are different from those of mineral oil.
operating fluid is called "R&O type." It is Fire-resistant hydraulic fluid (FRHF) is
made by adding oxidation inhibitors, rust used in fire fighting equipment and in • See the pages for each hydraulic
inhibitors, foam inhibitors, and other hydraulic equipment in applications device or contact your agent to find out if
additives to a highly refined paraffin base where there is the danger of fire. a fire-resistant hydraulic fluid can be
oil to enhance its characteristics. There are two types of FRHF: watercon- used with a particular device.
Anti-wear operating fluid contains extreme taining and synthetic.
pressure additives that enhances the The common types are water-glycol type
extreme pressure characteristics required and water in oil emulsion type for
for high-pressure, high-speed hydraulic water-containing FRHF, and phosphate
operations. ester type and fatty acid ester type for
These oil-based operating fluid have a very synthetic FRHF.
wide range of application in hydraulic Care is required when using an FRHF
Fire-resistant Hydraulic Fluid Seal Fire-resistant Hydraulic Fluid Paint Fire-resistant Hydraulic Fluid Metal Compatibility
Material Compatibility Compatibility (¨ indicates partial problem.)
Fluid Water Fluid Water Fluid Water

Phos- Fatty Phos- Fatty Phos- Fatty
In Oil Water- In Oil Water- In Oil Water-
phate Acid phate Acid phate Acid
Sea Emul- glycol Emul- glycol Emul- glycol
Ester Ester Ester Ester Ester Ester
Material sion Paint sion Metal sion
Nitril Rubber ɾ ɾ × ɾ Epoxy Resin × × × ɾ Aluminum ɾ × ɺ ɾ
E.P.R. × ɾ ɾ ɾ Vinyl Resin × × × ɾ Cast Iron ɾ ɾ ɾ ɾ
Fluro Rubber ɾ × ɾ ɾ Urethane Resin × × × ɾ Steel ɾ ɾ ɾ ɾ
Teflon ɾ ɾ ɾ ɾ Phtalic Resin × × × × Brass ɾ ɾ ɾ ɾ
Butyl Rubber × ɾ ɺ × Phenolic Resin × × × × Copper ɺ ɾ ɾ ɾ
Urethane Rubber × × × ɾ Magnesium ɾ × ɺ ɾ
Silicon Rubber × × ɾ ɾ Cadmium ɺ × ɺ ɺ
Leather (Wax Sealed) × × ɾ ɾ Zinc ɺ × ɾ ɺ
Beech N ɾ ɾ × ɾ
Beech S ɾ ɾ × ɾ
1RWH7KHɺ symbol indicates items that may have problems. For details, consult your agent or a hydraulic operating fluid manufacturer.
ɾ symbol indicates items that may be used. × symbol indicates not ok.
• General Properties of Hydraulic Fluid (Typical)

Type
Oil-based operating fluid Water-glycol Water In Oil Emulsion Phosphate Ester Fatty Acid Ester
Item
Specific Gravity 15/4 °C 0.874 1.072 0.890 1.152 0.900
Fire Pointº F 435 None None 503 494
40º C 59.8 45.5 67.9 36.4 43.6
Viscosity 100º F
centistokes 100º C 8.09 9.09 12.0 4.72 8.00
212º F
Viscosity index 113 206 146 110 165
Pour Pointº C (F) –25 (-13) –40 (F/C) –12.5 (9.5) –20 (-4) –10 (14) or less
• Viscosity–Temperature Characteristics (Oil-based operating fluid ) N

Viscosity is the most important factor to Though the overall efficiency and characteristics for oil-based operating
Data
Technical
consider when selecting hydraulic operat- characteristics of the hydraulic device fluid with viscosity indexes from 105 to
ing fluid. Viscosity has a major effect on a should be considered when determining 115, as well as ASTM Viscosity
variety of characteristics, including the the proper viscosity of the fluid, the main Index–Temperature tables with informa-
volumetric efficiency, mechanical efficien- consideration should be the needs of the tion about suitable and optimal viscosity
cy, and pipe resistance, valve leakage, hydraulic pump at the heart of the ranges for hydraulic pumps.
operational characteristics, etc. hydraulic system. The following pages
show typical Viscosity-Temperature
Catalog 1501
N1
Temperature º C
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
200000 50000
100000 20000
50000 10000
20000 5000
10000 2000
5000 1000
4000
3000 Maximum startup viscosity
500
2000 400
300
1000
Kinematic viscosity
200 150 centistokes

700
500
400 100
Allowable Viscosity Range
300 60 centistokes
50
200
40 Optimal Viscosity Range
30 centistokes
150 30
2000 psi ) 20 centistokes

100 20
90
80 15
70
2000 psi )
60 10 150
9
8 100
50
7 83 Viscosity grade
Standard running temperature 68 (ISO VG)
45 6
56
5 46
40
4 32
Mineral oil hydraulic fluid
Viscosity index VI 105 to 115
3
35
2
SUS mm 2/s -22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122 140 158 176 194 212 230 248 266 284 302
Temperature º F
• Fluid Cleanliness Levels Allowable Number of Particles in Hydraulic Fluid - NAS-1638 (100 m l ; 6.1 in³)
Today's high-pressure, high-speed, high-precision Particle
control hydraulic equipment is more susceptible Size
100
50 to
than ever before to problems caused by hydraulic 15 to 25 to m
fluid contaminants. Fluid contaminants can cause 5 to 15 m 100 Device Filter Remarks
25 m 50 m or
a loss of machine performance, shorten machine m larger
Class
life, and even lead to equipment malfunction.
Because of this, the U.S. has taken the lead in 00 125 22 4 1 0
defining numeric contamination limits to govern
cleanliness levels for hydraulic operating fluid. 0 250 44 8 2 0
Japan also applies the same standards (normally, 1 500 89 16 3 1
NAS-1638) to classify fluid contamination limits. 2 1,000 178 32 6 1
In the future, the world standard ISO cleanliness 3 2,000 356 63 11 2
codes (ISO 4406) will use a range code to define 4 4,000 712 126 22 4
the cumulative number of particles by diameter
5 8,000 1,425 253 45 8
per milliliter. The range codes are separated by a From nominal 0.8 m
slash in order of the diameter of the particle: larger 6 16,000 2,850 506 90 16 ȷ
to absolute 3 m
WKDQƫP&ODUJHUWKDQƫP&DQGODUJHUWKDQ 7 32,000 5,700 1,012 180 32
Electric –Hydraulic Clean oil
ƫP& 8 64,000 11,400 2,025 360 64 Servo Device NC hydraulic fluid
From nominal 10 m
For example: 9 128,000 22,800 4,050 720 128 Electric –Hydraulic ȷ
In drum
/DUJHUWKDQƫP&SDUWLFOHVPU 10 256,000 45,600 8,100 1,440 256 Pulse Motor to absolute 40 m
General hydraulic
/DUJHUWKDQƫP&SDUWLFOHVPU fluid (new)
11 512,000 91,200 16,200 2,880 512
/DUJHUWKDQƫP&SDUWLFOHVPU General Industrial
The cleanliness code looks like: 17/15/12 12 1,024,000 182,400 32,400 5,760 1,024 Hydraulic Device
Weight of Contaminants Per 100 m l (6.1 in³) of Hydraulic Fluid–NAS-1638

Class 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108
ISO Contamination Limit Equivalents (ISO 4406:1999) Weight mg 0.02 0.05 0.01 0.30 0.50 0.70 1.0 2.0 4.0
Number of particles show upper limit values for each scale number.
N Number of Particles (Particles/m l ) Scale Number Number of Particles (Particles/m l ) Scale Number Number of Particles (Particles/m l ) Scale Number
2,500,000 + >28 5,000 19 5 9
Data
Technical
2,500,000 28 2,500 18 2.25 8

1,300,000 27 1,300 17 1.3 7
640,000 26 640 16 0.64 6
320,000 25 320 15 0.32 5
160,000 24 160 14 0.16 4
80,000 23 80 13 0.08 3
40,000 22 40 12 0.04 2
20,000 21 20 11 0.02 1
10,000 20 10 10 0.01 or less 0
N2
Subplate/Conversion Chart
Hydraulic Component for use with Water - Glycol
Pump Specifications for Water - Glycol Oil
VDR22 Design Series Variable Vane Pump

Rated Pressure Max. Pressure Max. Drive Speed Suction Pressure
Pump Model for W/G psi psi rpm psi
W-VDR-1 * - 1A2-(E)22 500 500
1A3 1000 1000
1800 -2.1 to 4.3
2A2 500 500
2A3 714 714
VDC Series Variable Vane Pump
W-VDC-1 * - 1A2-20, (E)35 500 500
1A3 1000 1000
1800 -2.1 to 4.3
2A2 500 500
2A3 714 714
W-VDC-2 * - 1A2-20, (E)35 500 500
1A3 1000 1000
1800 -2.1 to 4.3
2A2 500 500
2A3 714 714
W-VDC-3 * - 1A2- (E)35 500 500
1800 -2.1 to 4.3
1A3 1000 1000
IPH Series Internal Gear Pump
W-IPH-2 * - * - 11
W-IPH-3 * - * - 20
W-IPH-4 * - * - 20 3000 3571 1200 -2.1 to 4.3
W-IPH-5 * - * - 21(11)
W-IPH-6 * - * - 21(11)
PVS, PZS Series Variable Piston Pump
W-PVS-0B- 8N *- (E)30 2000 2000 1200 -2.1 to 4.3
W-PVS-1B- 16N *- 11, E12 2000 2000
1200 -2.1 to 4.3
22N * 1500 1500
W-PVS-2B- 35N *- 11, E12 2000 2000
1200 -2.1 to 4.3
45N * 1500 1500
W-PZS-3B- 70N *- (E)10
W-PZS-4B- 100N *- (E)10 2000 2000 1200 -2.1 to 4.3
W-PZS-5B- 130N *- (E)10
N
Data
Technical
N3
Valve Specifications for Water - Glycol
Specifications
Valve Name Valve Model for W/G
Max. Pressure psi Max. Flow gpm
R- * 03 - * - 11 7.9 (5.3) Note
Relief Valve R- * 06 - * - (E)20 3000 39.7
R- * 10 - * - (E)20 89.9
RI- * G03 - * - (E)10 22.5 (5.3) Note
Relief Valve 3000
RI- * G06 - * - (E)10 44.9
RD- * G03 - * - 11 11.9
Direct Type Relief Valve 3000
RD- * G06 - * - 11 19.8
RCD- T02 - * - 11 4.0
Relief Valve for Remote Control RC- T02 - * - 12 3000 0.5
RC- G02 - * - 21 0.5
RSA- * 03 - *** - ** - 13 7.9
RSA- * 06 - *** - ** - 22 39.7
RSA- * 10 - *** - ** - 22 89.9
Solenoid Control Relief Valve 3000
RSS- * 03 - *** - ** - 13 7.9
RSS- * 06 - *** - ** - (E)22 39.7
RSS- * 10 - *** - ** - (E)22 89.9
RIS- G03 - *** - ** - 11 22.5
Solenoid Control Relief Valve 3000
RIS- G06 - *** - ** - 11 44.9
W-(C)G - * 03 - * - 21 10.6 (5.3) Note
Reducing Valve W-(C)G - * 06 - * - 21 3000 26.4
W-(C)G - * 10 - * - 21 66.1
GR- G01 - A * - 20 5.3
Balancing Valve 2000
GR- G03 - A * (B) - 20 10.6
(C)G - * 03 - * * - 21 10.6
Pressure Control Valve (C)G - * 06 - * * - 21 3000 26.4
(C)G - * 10 - * * - 21 66.1
Note: ( ) value is for pressure range “A”, “B” and “C”.

Specifications
CA- * 03 - * - 20 10.6
Right Angle Check Valve CA- * 06 - * - 20 3000 29.1
CA- * 10 - * - 20 84.6
W-CN - T03 - * - 10 7.9
Inline Check Valve W-CN - T06 - * - 10 3000 19.8
W-CN - T10 - * - 10 50.2
CP- * 03 - * - 20 10.6
Pilot Check Valve CP- * 06 - * - 20 3000 29.1
CP- * 10 - * - 20 84.6
W-DMA- G01 - *** - (E)20 3000 9.3
DMA Type Manual Valve
W-DMA- G03 - *** - (E)10 17.2
W-DM- T03 - *** - (B)-10 11.9
Manual Valve W-DM- T06 - *** - (B)-10 3000 26.4
SA- G01 - ** - ** - (E)30 Note. 22.5
DSA- G04 - ** - ** - (E)21 66.1
SA Type Solenoid Valve DSA- G06 - ** - ** - (E)21 4000 132.2
SS- G01 - ** - ** - (E)30 Note. 22.5
SS- G03 - ** - ** - (E)20 24.1
DSS- G04 - ** - ** - (E)21 4000 66.1
SS Type Solenoid Valve DSS- G06 - ** - ** - (E)21 132.2
SS- G01 - ** - FR - ** - (E)30 Note. 11.9
SS- G03 - ** - FR - ** - (E)20 3000 17.2
N Fine Solenoid Valve

SS- G03 - ** - ** - (E)10
SF- G01 - ** - ** - 10 - (E)10 2000
18.5
Note. 9.0
SNH- G01 - ** - ** - 10 Note. 4.5
Data
Technical
SNH- G03 - ** - ** - 10 9.0

Non Leak Type Solenoid Valve 4500
SNH- G04 - ** - ** - 10 13.2
SNH- G06 - ** - ** - 10 22.5
W- K - * ** - 10 5000 --
Gauge Valve K2- * 02 - 10 3000 --
K2- * 03/04 - 10 6000 --
Note: Max. flow capacity changes depending on spool type. Flow rating is 85% of standard max. oil flow.
N4
Flow Control Valve
Specifications
R- * 03 - * - 11 7.9
Flow Regulator R- * 06 - * - (E)20 3000 19.8
R- * 10 - * - (E)20 50.2
RI- * G03 - * - (E)10
FT Type Flow Control Valve 3000
RI- * G06 - * - (E)10
F Type Flow Control Valve RD- * G03 - * - 11 3000
RD- * G06 - * - 11 1500
TN Type Flow Control Valve
RCD- T02 - * - 11 Note.
TS Type Flow Control Valve RC- T02 - * - 12 1500
RC- G02 - * - 21
TL (TLT) Type Feed Control Valve RSA- * 03 - *** - ** - 13 1000
RSA- * 06 - *** - ** - 22
Note: Flow rating is 85% of standard max. oil flow.
Modular Valve
Specifications
Valve Name Valve Model for W/G Max. Pressure psi Max. Flow gpm
OR- G01 - ** - 20 (21) 7.9
Relief Valve OR- G03 - ** - (E)50 3000 17.2
OR- G06 - ** - (E)10 31.7
ORO- G01 - ** - 20 5.3
Brake Valve 3000 7.9
ORO- G03 - ** - (J)50
ORD- G01 - ** - 20 5.3
Direct Type Relief Valve ORD- G03 - ** - (J)50 3000 7.9
OG- G01 - P * - (E)20 7.9
OGB- G01 - P * - 20 7.9
W-OG- G03 - P * - (E)50 3000 17.2
Reducing Valve W-OG- G06 - P * - (E)12 31.7
OGS- G01 - P * C - 20 7.9
1000
OGC- G01 - P * - (E)12 4.0
OG- G01 - * * - (E)20 7.9
OGB- G01 - * * - 20 7.9
Reducing Valve 3000
W-OG- G03 - * * - (E)50 17.2
W-OG- G06 - * * - (E)12 31.7
OCQ- G01 - P2 - 20 7.9
Sequence Valve OCQ- G03 - P2 * - (J)50 3000 17.2
OCQ- G06 - P2 * - (E)11 31.7
OCQ- G01 - * 1 * - 20 7.9
Counter Balance Valve OCQ- G03 - * 1 * - (J)50 3000 17.2
OCQ- G06 - * 1 * - (E)11 31.7
Pressure Switch OW- G01 - ** - 20 3000 7.9
OY- G01 - * - 20 7.9
OCY- G01 - P - 20 7.9
OCY- G03 - P - (J)50 22.5
Flow Regulator OCY- G06 - P - 10 31.7
3000
OCY- G01 - * - X/Y - 20 7.9
OCY- G03 - * - X/Y - (J)50 22.5
OCY- G06 - * - X/Y - 11 31.7
OF- G01 - P20 - 20
Flow Control Valve OF- G03 - P60 - J50 Note.
OCF- G01 - * 40 - X/Y - 30 3000
OCF- G03 - * 60 - X/Y - (J)50
OC- G01 - ** - 20 7.9
Check Valve OC- G03 - ** - (J)50 3000 22.5
OC- G06 - ** - 10 31.7
OCV- G01 - W - 20 7.9
Vacuum Check Valve 3000
OCV- G03 - W - (J)50 17.2
N
OCP- G01 - ** - (F) - 21 7.9
Pilot Check Valve OCP- G03 - ** - (J)50 3000 22.5
OCP- G06 - ** - 11 31.7
D07 Relief Valve ORH- G04 - P * - 10 4500 66.1
Data
Technical
D07 Direct Type Relief Valve ORH- G04 - D * - 10 4500 10.6

D07 Reducing Valve OGH- G04 - * * - 10 4500 66.1
D07 Counter Balance Valve OQH- G04 - * * - 10 4500 66.1
D07 Flow Regulator OYH- G04 - * * - 10 4500 66.1
D07 Flow Control Valve OFH- G04 - * 200 - X/Y - 10 4500 Note.
D07 Check Valve OCH- G04 - * * - 10 4500 66.1
D07 Vacuum Check Valve OVH- G04 - W - 10 4500 66.1
D07 Pilot Check Valve OPH- G04 - * * - 10 4500 66.1
N5
Proportional Valve
Specifications
Valve Name Valve Model for W/G Max. Pressure psi Max. Flow gpm
Pilot Relief Valve EPR- G01 - * - (E)11 4000 0.3
ER- G03 - * - (E)10 10.6
Relief Valve 3571
ER- G06 - * - (E)10 39.7
W-EBG- G03 - * - (E)10
Reducing Valve 3571 10.6
W-EBG- G06 - * - (E)10 21.2
(O)ES- G02 - * - (F) - (E)11
ES- G03 - * - (F) - (E)11 3000 Note.
Flow Control Valve (C)ES- G06 - 250 - (E)10
ES- G10 - 500 - (F) - (E)10
ESR- G03 - 125 - (E)11
ESR- G03 - 125R * - (E)11
Load Sensing Type ESR- G06 - 250 - (E)11 3571 Note.
Flow Control Valve ESR- G06 - 250R * - (E)11
ESR- G10 - 500 - (E)11
ESR- G10 - 500R * - (E)11
ESD- G01 - *** - (E)11
Directional and Flow Control Valve ESD- G03 - *** - (E)11 3571 Note.
ESD- G06 - *** - (E)11
Modular Type Reducing Valve EOG- G01 - P * - 10 3571 6.6
Modular Type Flow Control Valve EOF- G01 - * 25 - 10 3000 Note.
N
Data
Technical
N6
Conversions and Formulas
Conversions Formulas
GPM x .3208
TO CONVERT INTO MULTIPLY BY Cylinder Area = diameter 2 x .7854 Tube Area =
oil velocity
C
Y cyl area x GPM
Bar PSI 14.5 Cylinder Force = pressure x area Adjust GPM on Return =
L area
I
N area x stroke x .26 Cylinder Speed (Ft/Min) = stroke x 5
cc Cu. In. 0.06102 Cylinder Time (in seconds) =
D GPM time (in secs)
E compressed CFM x PSI x 144 GPM x 19.25
ºC ºF ( º C x 9/5 ) + 32 R
S
Pneumatic HP =
33,000
Cylinder Speed (Ft/Min) =
area
cyl speed x cyl force area x stroke x 60
Kg lbs. 2.205 Cylinder HP = Comp CFM =
33,000 time (in secs) x 1728
KW HP 1.341 HP IN x overall Eff. RPM x disp. (in inches) 3

P HP Out = GPM =
100 231
Liters Gallons 0.2642 U
M theo. torque x mech. eff. GPM x PSI
P Actual Torque = 100 Hyd. HP = 1714
mm inches 0.03937 S
Actual Motor RPM =
theo. RPM x vol. eff. PSI x disp. (in inches) 3
M 100 Torque (in lbs.) =
6.28
Nm Lb. - ft. 0.7375 O
T mech. eff. x vol. eff. HP x 63025
Overall Efficiency = Torque (in lbs.) =
O 100 RPM
N Lbs. 0.22481 R
S theo. GPM x vol. eff.
Actual Pump GPM =
100
Cu. In. cc 16.39
V RPM = MPH x 168
ºF ºC ( º F-32) / 1.8 E LR
H
I Torque = TE x LR
Gallons Liters 3.785 C
L Wheel Slip Torque = WD x ADC x LR
E
HP KW 0.7457 TE = RR + GR + DP
S
I GVW x R
Inches mm 25.4 Z RR =
1000
I
N % Grade x GVW
Lbs. Kg 0.4535 GR =
G 100
Lb.-ft. Nm 1.356
L G = Gear Reduction Ratio GR = Grade Resistance
PSI Bar 0.06896
E LR = Load Radius DP = Draw Bar Pull Desired
In. of HG PSI 0.4912 G TE = Tractive Effort TE = RR + GR + DP
E WD = Weight on Drive Wheels R = Rolling Resistance Coefficient
In. of H 2 O PSI 0.03613 N ADC = Adhesion Coefficient GVW = Gross Vehicle Weight
D RR = Rolling Resistance
Lbs. Nm 4.4482
N
Data
Technical
N7
Item SI units Power (engineering) units
P.Q P·Q P·Q

hp= hp=
1714×Ʀ 1714×Ʀ
Requirement
L : Power Requirement [hp] L : Power Requirement [hp]

P : Discharge Pressure [psi] P : Discharge Pressure [psi]
Q : Discharge Rate [gpm] Q : Discharge Rate [gpm]
Ʀ : Pump Efficiency Ʀ : Pump Efficiency
PQ x 36.77 ¨P·q
Oil Motor Output Torque
T= T= ×Ʀ
RPM 200×Ư
¨P T T : Output Torque [in lbs] T : Output Torque [kgf·m]
P : Inlet/Outlet Pressure Differential [psi] ¨P : Inlet/Outlet Pressure Differential [kgf/cm2]
Q : Discharge rate [gpm] q : Volume per Oil Motor Turn [cm 3]
Ʀ : Torque Efficiency Ʀ : Torque Efficiency
F=PA Ʀ F=P ×A ×Ʀ
Cylinder Output
F : Cylinder Force [lbs] F : Cylinder Output [kgf]

F
P : Working Presure [psi] P : Working Presure [kgf/cm 2]
P A : Cylinder Contact Area [in 2] A : Cylinder Contact Area [cm2]
A
Ʀ : Cylinder Efficiency Ʀ : Cylinder Efficiency
Pressur Loss Conversion Energy
¨P
H=60×P ×Q H=1.4×P ×Q
H : Heat Release [kJ/h] H : Heat Release [kcal/h]
Q P : Pressure Loss [MPa] P : Pressure Loss [kgf/cm2]
Valve, piping, etc. Q : Flow Rate [ l /min] Q : Flow Rate [ l /min]
––
¥ 2g·Ƣ¨P ×0.06
––
Q=29.81 CA² ¥ ¨P
S
Q=CA
Q : Flow Rate [ l /min]

Q : Flow Rate [gpm]
Orifice Flow
C : Compressibile Flow Coefficient

A Q C : Compressibile Flow Coefficient
[Dimensionless] ( .=.0.6)
[Dimensionless]
A : Passage Area [cm²]
A : Passage Area [Dia. in²]
g : Gravitational Acceleration [980cm/s²]
¨P : Pressure Differential [psi]
¨P : Pressure Differential [kg/cm²]
S : Sp. Gr.
Ƣ : Specific Gravity [kg/cm 3] ( .=.0.87×10–3)
N ¨P= ư×g×H×10–6
¨P= Ƣ×g×H×10–4
Pressure Loss
¨P : Pressure Loss [MPa]

Data
Technical
¨P : Pressure Loss [kg/m 2]

ư : Density [kg/m 3]
H Ƣ : Specific Gravity [kgf/cm 3]
g : Gravitational Acceleration [9.8m/s 2]
H : Height [m]
H : Height [m]
Note: When performing calculations, make sure that you first convert values correctly. Cutting off and rounding up values can cause differences in calculation results.
N8
Model Number
Index page page
(Alphabetic sequence)
DMA-G03-***-E20
DSA-G04-***-(R)-**-E22
E-01
D-41 G
Note: *Indicates value and symbol entries, but due to the DSA-G06-***-(R)-**-E22 D-41
amount of model numbers, they have been eliminated DSS-G04-***-(R)-**-E22 D-41 G-G03-*-21 I-18
from this item. See the items in the catalog for specific DSS-G06-***-(R)-**-E22 D-41 G-G06-*-21 I-18
details. G-G10-*-21 I-18
G-T03-*-21 I-18
E G-T06-*-21
G-T10-*-21
I-18
I-18
B page
EA-PD4-***-**-10 G-44 GR-G01-A*-20 I-23
EA41-1A D-22 GR-G03-A*-(B)-20 I-23
BRC41-01WC2 F-53
EA41-DR-1C D-22
BRC41-01WD2 F-53
EA41-GR**-1C
EA41-R*-1C
D-22
D-22 I
C EA42-1B
EA42-R*-1B
D-22
D-22 IHAS-2S**** C-09
EAC64-C* D-18 IHF-2-T-20 C-10
CA-F**-*-30 K-08
EAC64-D* D-18 IHF-3-T-20 C-10
CA-G03-*-20 K-01
EAC64-E* D-18 IHF-4-T-20 C-10
CA-G06-*-20 K-01
EBA-PD1-N-C1-10 G-30 IHF-5-T-20 B-30·C-10
CA-G10-*-20 K-01
EBA-PD1-NW-C1-10 G-30 IHF-6-T-20 C-10
CA-T03-*-20 K-01
EBA-PD1-NW(Z)-D2-10 G-30 IHF-22-T-20 C-10
CA-T06-*-20 K-01
EBA-PD1-N(Z)-D2-10 G-30 IHF-23-T-20 C-10
CA-T10-*-20 K-01
EBB64-C* D-18 IHF-24-T-20 C-10
CAB-T02-*-11 C-13
EBB64-E* D-18 IHF-25-T-20 C-10
CES-G02-*-(F)-12 G-08
EBB64-D* D-18 IHF-26-T-20 C-10
CES-G06-250-12 G-08
ECB64-C* D-06 IHF-33-T-20 C-10
CF-G06-170-20 J-08
ECB64-D* D-06 IHF-34-T-20 C-10
CF-G10-373-20 J-08
ECB64-E* D-06 IHF-35-T-20 C-10
CFR-F**-30 K-08
EDA-PD1-NWZ-D2-11 G-34 IHF-36-T-20 C-10
CFR-G03-10 J-01
EDC64-C* E-03 D-06 IHF-44-T-20 C-10
CFR-G06-10 J-01
EDC64-D* E-03 D-06 IHF-45-T-20 C-10
CFR-G10-10 J-01
EDC64-E* E-03 D-06 IHF-46-T-20 C-10
CFR-T03-10 J-01
EDC-PC6-AWZ-D2-20 G-34 IHM-2-10 A-26 · C-12
CFR-T06-10 J-01
EGB-G03-*-E11 G-06 IHM-4-10 A-26 · C-12
CFR-T10-10 J-01
EGB-G06-*-E11 G-06 IHM-22-10 C-12
CFT-G02-*-22 J-04
EMA-PD5-N-20 G-26 IHM-44-10 A-26 · C-12
CG-G03-*-21 I-18
EMC-PC6-A-20 G-26 IHM-45-10 A-50 · B-36 · C-12
CG-G06-*-21 I-18
EOF-G01-*25-11 G-24 IHM-46-10 C-12
CG-G10-*-21 I-18
EOG-G01-P*-11 G-22 IHM-55-10 A-26 · A-50 · C-12
CG-T03-*-21 I-18
EPR-G01-*-****-E12 G-02 IHM-66-10 C-12
CG-T06-*-21 I-18
ER-G03-*-E21 G-04 IPH-2A(B)-*-11 C-01
CG-T10-*-21 I-18
ER-G06-*-E21 G-04 IPH-3A(B)-*-20 C-01
CN-T03-*-11 K-01
ES-G03-*-(F)-E12 G-08 IPH-4A(B)-*-20 C-01
CN-T06-*-11 K-01
ES-G06-F-250-11 G-08 IPH-5A(B)-*-21(11) C-01
CN-T10-*-11 K-01
ES-G10-500-(F)-11 G-08 IPH-6A(B)-*-21(11) C-01
CP-F**-*-*-30 K-08
ESD-G01-***-E12 G-14 IPH-22B-*-*-(*)-11 C-14 C-14
CP-G03-*-B(F)-20 K-04
ESD-G03-***-(**)-E12 G-14 IPH-23B-*-*-(*)-11 C-14 C-14
CP-G03-*-(F)-20 K-04
ESD-G04-***-(**)-E12 G-14 IPH-24B-*-*-(*)-11 C-14 C-14
CP-G06-*-B(F)-20 K-04
ESD-G06-***-(**)-E13 G-14 IPH-25B-*-*-(*)-11 C-14 C-14
CP-G06-*-(F)-20 K-04
ESH-G01-H*A-E10 G-38 IPH-26B-*-*-(*)-11 C-14 C-14
CP-G10-*-B(F)-20 K-04
ESH-G03-D*****-(*)-E11 G-40 IPH-33B-*-*-(*)-11 C-14 C-14
CP-G10-*-(F)-20 K-04
ESH-G04-D*****-(*)-E11 G-40 IPH-34B-*-*-(*)-11 C-14 C-14
CP-T03-*-B(F)-20 K-04
ESH-G06-D*****-(*)-E11 G-40 IPH-35B-*-*-(*)-11 C-14 C-14
CP-T03-*-(F)-20 K-04
ESR-G03-125(**)-E12 G-11 IPH-36B-*-*-(*)-11 C-14 C-14
CP-T06-*-B(F)-20 K-04
ESR-G06-250(**)-E12 G-11 IPH-44B-*-*-(*)-11 C-14 C-14
CP-T06-*-(F)-20 K-04
ESR-G10-500(**)-E11 G-11 IPH-45B-*-*-(*)-11 C-14 C-14
CP-T10-*-B(F)-20 K-04
IPH-46B-*-*-(*)-11 C-14 C-14
CP-T10-*-(F)-20 K-04
IPH-55B-*-*-(*)-11 C-14 C-14
CQ-G03-**-21
CQ-G06-**-21
I-25
I-25 F IPH-56B-*-*-(*)-11 C-14 C-14
CQ-G10-**-21 I-25
CQ-T03-**-21
CQ-T06-**-21
I-25
I-25
F-G06-170-20
F-G10-373-20
J-08
J-08 J
FR-G03-10 J-01
CQ-T10-**-21 I-25 G-20
FR-G06-10 J-01 JHF-01027 I-20
CTN-G02-*-11 J-11 G-20
FR-G10-10 J-01 JHF-03040(E) I-20
CTN-G02-*-F-11 J-11 G-20
FR-T03-10 J-01 JHF-03080(E) I-20
CTS-G01-2-11 J-14 G-20
FR-T06-10 J-01 JHF-06170(E) I-20
FR-T10-10 J-01
D FT-G02-*-E22
FT-G03-*-E22
J-04
J-04 O
DMA-G01-***-E20 E-01
Index
Model
Catalog 1501
O1
K
page page page
MSA-01*-E10 D-17 · H-4 O
MSA-03-E10 D-17 · H-2
K2-F02-11 K-07 MSA-03X-E10 D-17 · H-4 OB-G01-W-20 F-83
K2-F03/04-10 K-07 MSA-03-T-E10 H-4 OB-G01-W-H-20 F-83
K2-T02-11 K-07 MSR-03*-10 G-12 OB-G03-W-H-J30 F-83
K2-T03/04-11 K-07 MSR-06*-10 G-12 OB-G03-W-J30 F-83
MTL-03-10 J-11 · J-16 OCF-G01-*40-*-30 F-63
MTL-04-10 J-16 OCF-G03-*60-*-J50 F-63
M MTS-01Y-10
MUB-*-10
J-14
L-22
OC-G01-A*-21
OC-G01-AP*-20
F-69
F-69
MUB-*-J10 L-22 OC-G01-P*-20 F-69
MBS-*-10 L-22 MVD-11-135-10 B-19 OC-G01-T*-20 F-69
MBW-*-10 L-22 MVD-11-135X-10 B-19
MCA-03-20 K-01 OC-G03-A*-J50 F-69
MVD-1-115-10 B-17
MCA-06-20 K-01 OC-G03-AP*-J50 F-69
MVD-1-115Y-10 B-17
MCA-10-20 K-01 OC-G03-P*-J50 F-69
MVD-1-135-10 B-17
MCF-03-A-22 J-04 MVD-1-135Y-10 OC-G03-T*-J50 F-69
B-17
MCF-03-D-22 G-09 MVD-2-*-10 B-18 OCH-G04-A*-10 F-69
MCP-03-20 K-04 MVD-2-160Z-10 B-18 OCH-G04-P*-10 F-69
MCP-06-20 K-04 OCH-G04-T*-10 F-69
MCP-10-20 OCP-G01-**-21 F-76
MDS-04-E10
K-04
D-43 · H-4 N OCP-G01-**-F-21
OCP-G03-**-J50
F-76
F-76
MDS-04X-E10 D-43 · H-4
MDS-06-T-E10 H-4 NCP-100-**PV16N*-R-12 L-09 OCP-G03-**-D-J50 F-76
MDS-06X-T-E10 H-4 NCP-100-**PV16N*-R-21 L-09 OCQ-G01-**-20 F-47
MDS-06-E30 D-43 · H-4 NCP-100-**PV22N*-R-12 L-09 OCQ-G03-*1*-J50 F-47
MDS-06X-E30 D-43 · H-4 NCP-100-**PV22N*-R-21 L-09 OCV-G01-W-20 F-69
MES-03*-E10 NCP-100-3.7(VCqA3)-C-12 L-09 OCV-G03-W-J50 F-69
G-09
MES-06*-E10 NCP-100-3.7(VCqA3)-C-21 L-09 OCY-G01-*-*-20 F-55
G-09
NCP-100-3.7VDqA3-C-12 L-09 OCY-G01-P-20 F-55
MF-02X-10 J-04
NCP-100-3.7VDqA3-C-21 L-09 OCY-G03-*-*-J51 F-55
MF-02Y-20 J-04 NCP-100E-*PV16N*-*-12 L-42 OCY-G03-P-J50 F-55
MF-03-10 J-04 NCP-30-**PV8N*-R-12 L-09 OF-G01-P20-20 F-63
MF-03Y-C-22 J-04 NCP-40-**PV16N*-R-12 L-09 OF-G03-P60-J50 F-63
MF-03Y-20 J-04 NCP-40-**PV16N*-R-21 L-09
MF-03Z-20 J-04 OGB-G01-**-20 F-34
NCP-40-0.7VD1A2-*-12 L-09
MF-03Z-C-22 J-04 OG-G01-**-21 F-34
NCP-40-0.7VC1A2-*-21 L-09
MF-06-10 J-08 OG-G01-P*-21 F-34
NCP-40E-*PV16N*-*-12 L-42
MF-06X-20 J-08 NCP-40Z-**PV16N*-R-12 OG-G03-**-J51 F-34
L-09
MFR-03-10 J-01 NCP-60-**PV16N*-R-12 L-09 OG-G03-P*-(V)-J51 F-34
MFR-06-10 J-01 NCP-60-**PV16N*-R-21 L-09 OGH-G04-**-10 F-26 · F-34
MFR-10-10 J-01 NCP-60-**(VC1A*)-*-12 L-09 OGS-G01-PCC-K-**-22 F-41
MFR-**-10 J-02 NCP-60-**(VC1A*)-*-21 L-09 OGS-G01-PIC-**-22 F-41
MG-03-20 I-18 · I-20 NCP-60-**VD1A*-*-12 L-09 OK-G01-*-E20 F-81
MG-03X-20 I-18 · I-20 NCP-60-**VD1A*-*-21 L-09 OK-G01-*-H-E20 F-81
MG-06-20 I-18 · I-20 NCP-60E-*PV16N*-*-12 L-42 OK-G03-J50 F-81
MG-06X-20 I-18 · I-20 NCP-60Z-**PV16N*-R-12 L-09 OPH-G04-**-10 F-76
MG-10-20 I-18 · I-20 NCP-160-**PV35N*-R-12 L-09 OPH-G04-**-D-10 F-76
MG-10X-20 I-18 · I-20 NCP-160-**VCwA*-*-12 L-09 OQ-G01-P*-20 F-44
MOB-G01-10 NCP-160-**VC2A*-*-12 L-09 OQ-G03-P2*-J50 F-44
F-85
MOB-G01-*-10 NCP-160E-*PV16N*-*-12 L-09 OQH-G04-B1*-10 F-47
F-85
NCP-250-**PV35N*-R-12 L-09 ORD-G01-**-20 F-20
MOB-G03-J50 F-85
NCP-250-**PV45N*-R-12 L-09 ORD-G03-**-J50 F-20
MOB-G03-H-50 F-85 NCP-250-**VCwA*-*-12 L-09 OR-G01-**-20 F-10
MOB-G03-*-J50 F-85 NCP-250-**VC2A*-*-12 L-09 OR-G01-**-21 F-10
MOB-G03-*-H-50 F-85 NCP-250E-*PV16N*-*-12 L-42 OR-G03-**-J50 F-10
MOB-G03-AA-J50 F-85 NCP-400-**PV70N*-R-12 L-09
MOB-01X-B*-10 F-90 OR-G03-P*(V)-J50 F-10
NCP-400-**VC3A*-*-12 L-09
MOB-01Y-W*-10 F-90 ORH-G04-DA*-10 F-10
NCP-650-**PV70N*-R-12 L-09
MOB-03X-B*-J30 F-91 ORH-G04-DB*-10 F-10
NCP-650-**VC3A*-*-12 L-09
MPU-*-10 L-14 L-22 NNP-20-*P***-10 ORH-G04-DW*-10 F-10
L-36
MPU-*-J10 L-14 L-22 NNP-20E-*P***-10 L-42 ORO-G01-**-20 F-16
MRC-02-20 F-08 I-09 NNP-30-*P***-10 L-41 ORO-G03-**-J50 F-16
MR-03-10 F-01 I-01 NNP-30E-*P***-10 L-42 OTD-01-*-E10 F-87
MR-06X-20 F-01 I-01 NNP-40-*P***-10 L-36 OTD-03-*-E30 F-87
MR-06-20 F-01 I-01 NNP-40E-*P***-10 L-42 OTD-03-*-J30 F-87
MR-10X-20 F-01 I-01 NNP-60-*P***-10 L-41 OTD-04-*-10 F-88
MR-10-20 F-01 I-01 NNP-60E-*P***-10 L-42 OTH-01-*-E10 F-87
MRI-03-10 F-5 · F-15 · I-5 I-5 · I-6 · G-5 NNP-80-*P***-10 L-36 OTH-03-*-E30 F-87
MRI-03X-10 F-5 · F-15 · I-5 I-5 · I-6 · G-5 NNP-80E-*P***-10 L-42 OTH-03-*-J30 F-87
MRI-06-10 F-5 · F-15 · I-5 I-5 · I-6 · G-5 NSP-10-*V*A*-13 L-27 OTH-04-*-E10 F-88
MRI-06X-10 I-3 · I-6 · G-5 NSP-10E-*V*A*-13 L-33 OW-G01-**-30 F-52
MRI-10-10 I-3 · I-6 NSP-20-*V*A*-13 L-27 OY-G01-T-20 F-55
MRI-10X-10 I-3 · I-6 NSP-20E-*V*A*-13 L-33 OYH-G04-*-*-10 F-55
MS-03-T-10 NSP-30-*V*A-13 L-27
O
F-90
MS-03X-T-10 H-1 NSP-30E-*V*A*-13 L-33
MS-03-30 H-2 NSP-40-*V*A-13 L-27
MS-03X-30 H-4 NSP-40E-*V*A*-13 L-33
Index
Model
MSA-01Y-T-E10 H-4
O2
P U
page page page
PHV-1B-12***-(*)-10 M-1 RSA-G10-*-F-**-E23 I-10 UPS-00A-****-10 L-43

PHV-2B-20***-(*)-10 M-4 RSA-G10-AQ*-**-E23 I-10 UPS-0A-****-10 L-43
PHV-3B-35***-(*)(*)-11 M-7 RSA-G10-AR*-**-E23 I-10 UPS-1A-****-10 L-43
PHV-4B-60***-(*)(*)-10 M-10 RSA-T03-*-F-**-E23 I-10 UPV-0A-8N*-*-4-31 A-27
PJF-10300E A-34 RSA-T03-AQ*-**-E23 I-10 UPV-1A-16N*-*-4-E20 A-27
PJF-10400E A-34 RSA-T03-AR*-**-E23 I-10 UPV-1A-22N*-*-4-E20 A-27
PJF-10500E A-34 RSA-T06-*-F-**-E23 I-10 UPV-2A-35N*-*-4-E20 A-27
PJF-10600E A-34 RSA-T06-AQ*-**-E23 I-10 UPV-2A-45N*-*-4-E20 A-27
PJF-10300T A-34 RSA-T06-AR*-**-E23 I-10 USV-0A-A*-0.4-4-20 B-04
PJF-10400T A-34 RSA-T10-*-F-**-E23 I-10 USV-0A-A*-*-4-20 B-04
PJF-10500T A-34 RSA-T10-AQ*-**-E23 I-10 UVC-1A-A*-*-4-E30 B-37
PJF-10600T A-34 RSA-T10-AR*-**-E23 I-10 UVC-11A-A*-A*-4-E30 B-37
PSF-101000 A-18 RSS-G03-*-F-**-E23 I-10 UVD-1A-A*-*-4-E30 B-22, B-12
PSF-102000 A-18 RSS-G03-AQ*-**-E23 I-10 UVD-1A-A*-*-4-E30 B-22, B-12
PVS-0B-8**-E30 A-03 RSS-G03-AR*-**-E23 I-10 UVD-11A-A*-A*-*-4-E30 B-22, B-12
PVS-1B-16**-(*)-E13 A-03 RSS-G06-*-F-**-E23 I-10 UVD-11A-A*-A*-*-4-E30 B-22, B-12
PVS-1B-22**-(*)-E13 A-03 RSS-G06-AQ*-**-E23 I-10 UVD-2A-A*-*-4-E30 B-22, B-12
PVS-2B-35**-(*)-E13 A-03 RSS-G06-AR*-**-E23 I-10 UVN-1A-*A*-*-4-E30 B-39
PVS-2B-45**-(*)-E20 A-03 RSS-G10-*-F-**-E23 I-10
PZ-2B-*35E*A-11 A-36 RSS-G10-AQ*-**-E23 I-10
PZ-2B-*45E*A-11
PZ-3B-*70E*A-10
A-36
A-36
RSS-G10-AR*-**-E23
RSS-T03-*-F-**-E23
I-10
I-10
V
PZ-4B-*100E*A-10 A-36 RSS-T03-AQ*-**-E23 I-10 VDC-1A(B)-*A*-E20/35 B-25
PZ-5B-*130E*A-10 A-36 RSS-T03-AR*-**-E23 I-10 VDC-2A(B)-*A*-11 B-25
PZ-6B-*180E*A-20 A-36 RSS-T06-*-F-**-E23 I-10 VDC-3A(B)-1A*-E20/E35 B-25
PZ-6B-*220E*A-20 A-36 RSS-T06-AQ*-**-E23 I-10
VDC-11A(B)-*A*-*A*-E20 B-25
PZF-4-T-10 A-42 RSS-T06-AR*-**-E23 I-10
VDC-12A(B)-*A*-*A*-E20 B-25
PZF-6-T-10 A-42 RSS-T10-*-F-**-E23 I-10
VDC-13A(B)-*A*-*A*-E20 B-25
PZM-3-10 A-42 RSS-T10-AQ*-**-E23 I-10
VDC-22A(B)-2A3-*A*-E20 B-25
PZM-4-10 A-34 · A-42 RSS-T10-AR*-**-E23 I-10
VCM-11-20 B-36
PZMK-SAE A A-27
PZMK-SAE A 5/8 VCM-22-20 B-36
A-27
PZS-3B-70**-E10 A-22 S VDR-1A(B)-*A*-E22
VDR-1A(B)-*A*-E22
B-06, B-15
B-06, B-15
PZS-4B-100**-E10 A-22
PZS-5B-130**-E10 A-22 SA-G01-A**-**-31 D-16 VDR-2A(B)-*A*-E22 B-06, B-15
PZS-6B-180**-E10 A-22 SA-G01-C**-**-E31 D-16 VDR-11A(B)-*A*-*A*-E22 B-06
PZS-6B-220**-E10 A-22 SA-G01-E**-**-E31 D-16 VDR-11A(B)-*A*-*A*-E22 B-06
SA-G01-H**-**-E31 D-16 VDS-0A(B)-1A*-E11 B-01
SA-G03-A**-**-E21
Q
D-16
SA-G03-C**-**-E21 D-16
SA-G03-E**-**-E21 D-16
Q-G03-**-21 I-25 SA-G03-H**-**-E21 D-16
Q-G06-**-21 I-25 SAW-G01-A**-**-**-10 E-59 D-62
Q-G10-**-21 I-25 SAW-G01-C**-**-**-10 E-59 D-62
Q-T03-**-21 I-25 SCW-G03-A**-**-**-J10 E-68 D-71
Q-T06-**-21 I-25 SE-G01-***-**-40 E-25 D-28
Q-T10-**-21 I-25 SE-G03-***-**-30 E-25 D-28
SF-G01-C***-R-D*-10 E-46 D-49
SK-G01 D-76
R SS-G01-A**-R-**-E31
SS-G01-C**-R-**-E31
D-04
D-04
RC-G02-*-21 I-08 SS-G01-E**-R-**-E31 D-04
RC-T02-*-12 I-08 SS-G01-H**-R-**-E31 D-04
RCD-T02-*-11 I-08 SS-G03-A**-R-**-E21 D-04
R-G03-*-E12 I-01 SS-G03-C**-R-**-E21 D-04
R-G06-*-E20 I-01 SS-G03-E**-R-**-E21 D-04
R-G10-*-E20 I-01 SS-G03-H**-R-**-E21 D-04
R-T03-*-12 I-01 SNH-G01-**-**-11 D-53
R-T06-*-E20 I-01 SNH-G03-**-**-10 D-53
R-T10-*-E20 I-01 SNH-G04-**-**-10 D-53
RI-G03-*-20 I-05 SNH-G06-**-**-10 D-53
RI-G06-*-20 I-05
T
RIS-G03-*-F-**-21 I-15
RIS-G03-AQ*-**-21 I-15
RIS-G03-AR*-**-21 I-15
RIS-G06-*-F-**-21 I-15 TL-G03-*-11 J-16
RIS-G06-AQ*-**-21 I-15 TL-G04-*-11 J-16
RIS-G06-AR*-**-21 I-15 TLT-G04-*-11 J-16
RSA-G03-*-F-**-E23 I-10 TN-G02-*-11 J-11
O
RSA-G03-AQ*-**-E23 I-10 TS-G01-2-11 J-14
RSA-G03-AR*-**-E23 I-10
RSA-G06-*-F-**-E23 I-10
RSA-G06-AQ*-**-E23 I-10
Index
Model
RSA-G06-AR*-**-E23 I-10
O3
NACHI America Inc.
715 Pushville Rd. Phone: 800-622-4410 hydraulics@nachiamerica.com
Greenwood, IN 46143 Fax: 888-383-8665 www.nachiamerica.com

NACHI Full - Catalog - Small - Rev PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

NACHI Full - Catalog - Small - Rev PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Using the NACHI Standard Hydraulic Equipment Catalog

As a comprehensive manufacturer of a full range of hydraulic equipment, Nachi-Fujikoshi manufactures, markets,

6. Valve, Pump, and Motor Installation

Warning Never attempt to modify an accumulator by mechanical processing or welding.

:DUQLQJ 6HWWKHSUHVVXUHWRDYDOXHWKDWGRHVQRWRSHUDWHWKHDFWXDWRU QRUPDOO\WRSVL 3HUIRUPRSHUDWLRQFDUHIXOO\ZKLOH

:DUQLQJ 8VHYDOYHVZLWKLQWKHLUSUHVFULEHGPD[LPXPRSHUDWLQJSUHVVXUHV LQFOXGLQJVXUJHSUHVVXUH 

:DUQLQJ 6XGGHQRSHUDWLRQRIWKHKDQGOH VFUHZ LVGDQJHURXV%HVXUHWRXQORDGWKHYDOYHEHIRUHJUDGXDOO\LQFUHDVLQJSUHVVXUH1HYHUNHHS

Solenoid Valves, Proportional Valves, Servo Valves

:DUQLQJ 8VHYDOYHVZLWKLQWKHLUSUHVFULEHGPD[LPXPRSHUDWLQJSUHVVXUHV LQFOXGLQJVXUJHSUHVVXUH 

ɵHandling Precautions During Non-use

Flow Control Valves Wheel Motors M

NACHI Wheel Motors

Model No. Index

NACHI Hydraulic Pumps

PVS series variable piston

Uni-pump UPV 3000 .21 2.74 A-19

PZS series variable piston PZS 3000 A-22

Uni-pump USV 1015 .18 .5 B-4

VDR22 design series variable 2030

Uni-pump UVD 1015 .3 2.0 B-12

VDR13 design series variable 870

Uni-pump UVD 870 .24 1.69 B-22

VDC series high-pressure 2030

Uni-pump UVC 1015 .3 2.0 B-37

UVN series variable vane 1160

IPH series IP pump IPH 3625 .21 7.68 C-1

IPH series double IP pump IPH 3045 .43 15.36 C-14

PVS-1B-16*0-(*)-E13 290 to 507

PVS-1B-22*0-(*)-E13 290 to 507

PVS-2B-35*0-(*)-E13 290 to 507

PVS-2B-45*0-(*)-E13 290 to 507

inching mode to release any air in the [Discharge volume Pressure

PVS-0B-8 13 5 Provide an air bleed valve in circuits Turning the flow

P2: 429-2000psi Q1: 290-1000psi

Discharge pressure Discharge pressure Discharge pressure

P2: 429-2000psi W2: 429-2000psi

Pressure compensation type

Pilot port Drain port Differential pressure Discharge

Pressure SOL b Solenoid cutoff control type

P1 P2 Suction Drain speed.

q2 flow rate Drain port adjusting screw

Load sense Drain port Differential pressure Discharge

Flow rate adjusting screw Pilotport port

Installation Dimension Drawing

Pump capacity q cu in/rev

Seal Kit Part No. PSS-100000

4.0 Discharge volume

Volume efficiency Ʀ v r /min

100 6.7 Q=3.2

Input Lin –1 5.4 1.1 in

2.7 0.5 2 1.3

Noise level dB(A)

Pump capacity q cu in/rev

42.5 Key width

(suction port (discharge port 12.5

24 mm dia.) 26.2±0.2 22±0.2 24 mm dia.)

Part No. Part Name Part No. Part Name

List of Sealing Parts (Kit Model Number PSS-101000-2A)

General Performance Volume Characteristics Axial Input

80 Overall efficiency Ʀ Q=5.3

Discharge pressure P psi Discharge pressure P psi Discharge pressure P psi

Noise Characteristics Oil Temperature Rise Characteristics

Noise level dB(A)

:DUQLQJ 6HWWKHSUHVVXUHWRDYDOXHWKDWGRHVQRWRSHUDWHWKHDFWXDWRUQRUPDOO\WRSVL3HUIRUPRSHUDWLRQFDUHIXOO\ZKLOH

:DUQLQJ 8VHYDOYHVZLWKLQWKHLUSUHVFULEHGPD[LPXPRSHUDWLQJSUHVVXUHVLQFOXGLQJVXUJHSUHVVXUH

:DUQLQJ 6XGGHQRSHUDWLRQRIWKHKDQGOHVFUHZLVGDQJHURXV%HVXUHWRXQORDGWKHYDOYHEHIRUHJUDGXDOO\LQFUHDVLQJSUHVVXUH1HYHUNHHS

:DUQLQJ 8VHYDOYHVZLWKLQWKHLUSUHVFULEHGPD[LPXPRSHUDWLQJSUHVVXUHVLQFOXGLQJVXUJHSUHVVXUH

PVS-1B-160-()-E13 290 to 507

PVS-1B-220-()-E13 290 to 507

PVS-2B-350-()-E13 290 to 507

PVS-2B-450-()-E13 290 to 507

PVS-1B- 16 NQ-E13 SAE A Mount

PVS-2B- 35 NQ-E13(E20) SAE B Mount

PVS-1B- 16 WA -E13 6$($0RXQW

PVS-2B- 35 WA -E13 6$(%0RXQW